Annual Notice

NP247(2)
ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --

UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2017 (Week 52/17)
CONTENTS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

ii
INTRODUCTION
NP247(2), ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners -- Updates to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous
Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing
Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been published in Sections IV and
VII of ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 29 December 2017
(Week 52/17).
HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION
Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications

Updates to ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are always
applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any
particular volume can be established by consulting:
NP131 ADMIRALTY Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.
Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January.
NP234 Cumulative List of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners, published 6--monthly in January
and July.
New editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are
announced in Section I of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is
updated and published quarterly in Part IB of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. It is also
available on the UKHO website at admiralty.co.uk.
Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Most volumes of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous Revision” cycle.
This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period
of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the
life of the book, it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of ADMIRALTY
Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of
navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation
affecting shipping, and to port regulations.
It is recommended that updates are kept in a file with the latest list of updates in force on top. The
list should then be consulted when using the parent book to see if any changes, affecting the area
under consideration, are in force. Mariners may also annotate the parent book with the relevant week
number at affected paragraphs to indicate the presence of an update. It is not recommended that
changes be pasted into the parent book.
Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners

Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
A check--list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end of Sections IV and
VII respectively of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and VII Notices.
iii
Action on receipt of a volume of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions or Miscellaneous Nautical
Publication
(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held.
(2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied.
(3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of ADMIRALTY Notices to
Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent
quarterly check--list at Section IV or VII of the Weekly Edition.
For further information, please refer to ‘How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date’,
NP294.
Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all
ADMIRALTY publications can be obtained from ADMIRALTY Distributors, and back copies of
ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website.
iv
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
(Corrected to Week 52/17)
NP No Title Edition Published /

correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 18th (2017) 47/17
4 South--East Alaska Pilot 8th (2015) 16/15
5 South America Pilot Vol 1 19th (2017) 22/17
7A South America Pilot Vol 4 7th (2016) 21/16
8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and USA Pilot 14th (2016) 46/16
9 Antarctic Pilot 8th (2014) 38/14
10 Arctic Pilot Vol 1 9th (2016) 07/16
13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 5th (2017) 17/17
18 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 17th (2015) 50/15
21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 12th (2013) 05/14
22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 13th (2016) 43/16
23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 8th (2013) 07/14
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 5th (2017) 07/17
25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 16th (2017) 04/17
26 British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2017) 11/17
27 Channel Pilot 11th (2017) 01/17
28 Dover Strait Pilot 12th (2017) 34/17
30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 10th (2016) 35/16
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 6th (2017) 49/17
34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 8th (2017) 12/17
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 20th (2017) 26/17
38 West Coast of India Pilot 18th (2016) 39/16
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 15th (2017) 14/17
40 Irish Coast Pilot 20th (2016) 36/16
41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 11th (2014) 09/15
1 -- 1
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
42A Japan Pilot Vol 2 6th (2017) 36/17
42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 11th (2016) 10/16
42C Japan Pilot Vol 4 5th (2015) 18/15
43 S and E Coasts of Korea, E Coast of Siberia and 10th (2014) 49/14
Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
44 Malacca Strait and W Coast Sumatera Pilot 13th (2017) 42/17
45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 15th (2014) 14/15
50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 14th (2016) 34/16
51 New Zealand Pilot 19th (2015) 51/15
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 9th (2015) 27/15
54 North Sea (West) Pilot 10th (2016) 13/16
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 10th (2017) 13/17
56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 16th (2015) 24/15
57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 12th (2016) 50/16
57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 10th (2017) 45/17
58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 8th (2015) 20/15
58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 7th (2013) 20/13
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 15th (2013) 04/14
60 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 12th (2012) 11/13
63 Persian Gulf Pilot 17th (2015) 26/15
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 18th (2015) 36/15
65 St Lawrence Pilot 18th (2016) 03/16
66A SW Coast of Scotland Pilot 1st (2014) 13/15
66B NW Coast of Scotland Pilot 1st (2014) 13/15
67 W Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 12th (2014) 06/15
68 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 1 15th (2016) 12/16
69 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 2 14th (2017) 38/17
69A E Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 7th (2015) 22/15
70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 6th (2015) 46/15
71 West Indies Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 18/17
72 S Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 3rd (2014) 38/14
1 -- 2
Index
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 29th December 2017 (Week 52/17)
NP Pilot Page
1 ... Africa Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 3
4 ... South--East Alaska Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 6
5 ... South America Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 6
6 ... South America Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 9
7 ... South America Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 13
7A . . South America Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 17
8 ... Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 22
9 ... Antarctic Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 24
10 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 25
13 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 36
18 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 49
21 . . . Bay of Bengal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 77
22 . . . Bay of Biscay Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 87
23 . . . Bering Sea and Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 89
24 . . . Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 91
25 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 93
26 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 95
27 . . . Channel Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 96
28 . . . Dover Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 101
30 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 102
33 . . . Philippine Islands Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 155
34 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 155
37 . . . West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 162
38 . . . West Coast of India Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 163
39 . . . South Indian Ocean Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 167
40 . . . Irish Coast Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 168
41 . . . Japan Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 171
42A . Japan Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 174
42B . Japan Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 175
42C . Japan Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 178
43 . . . South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot . . 2 -- 179
44 . . . Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 191
45 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 192
50 . . . Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 214
51 . . . New Zealand Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 215
2 -- 1
Index
NP Pilot Page
52 . . . North Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 220
54 . . . North Sea (West) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 223
55 . . . North Sea (East) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 226
56 . . . Norway Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 227
57A . Norway Pilot Volume 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 233
57B . Norway Pilot Volume 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 235
58A . Norway Pilot Volume 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 235
58B . Norway Pilot Volume 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 241
59 . . . Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 249
60 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 250
63 . . . Persian Gulf Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 254
64 . . . Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 265
65 . . . St Lawrence Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 273
66A . South--West Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 275
66B . North--West Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 280
67 . . . West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 282
68 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 288
69 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 293
69A . East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 293
70 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 297
71 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 305
72 . . . Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 307
2 -- 2
Index
NP1
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay —
Prohibited area
Africa Pilot Volume 1 — Date 263

After Paragraph 9.130 2 line 8 Insert:
v
3 An area extending 2¼ cables E, 3 cables W and
Preface page last line For 4th September 2017 Read 24th 2½ cables S from a submarine pipeline and Multi
August 2017 Buoy Mooring (MBM) (9.132). Anchoring, trawling and
unauthorised navigation within 500 metres is
UKHO [NP1/No.1/Wk.47/17] prohibited.
4 Fishing is prohibited within much of the harbour
area and its approaches.
Morocco -- Ad Dakhla — Arrival information;
outer anchorages South African Notice 9/62/17 [NP2/No.3/Wk.47/17]
183
Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay —
Paragraph 6.17 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: MBM; submarine gas pipeline
1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage outside the bar may 263

be obtained in an area about 3 miles W of Punta Paragraph 9.132 1 lines 1--5 including heading. Replace
Galera Light (6.12), centred on 233752N by:
160337W. Depths range from 116 to 250 m. A
dangerous wreck (233620N 160201W), lies in the Hazards
SE part of the anchorage, with a second dangerous 9.132
wreck (233840N 160140W) on the NE limit. 1 Crayfish trap fishing. See 9.9.
Submarine and military exercise areas. See 9.3.
Notice 47/03(P)/17 and BA Chart 1690 Aquaculture areas and shellfish beds.
[NP1--No 2--Wk 51/17] Aquaculture areas and mussel beds lie in large
concentrations on the E side of the harbour and on
the NE side of Spending Beach (330200S
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) 175820E). Mariners should keep well clear of rafts,
buoys, floats or lines associated with shellfish
breeding.
Angola -- Malongo Terminal — Pilotage A submarine pipeline, carrying liquid petroleum
gas, extending 1½ miles SSW from the shore
171 (330050S 180055E), connecting to a MBM within
a prohibited area (9.130).
Paragraph 6.27 3 line 3 For 52800S 115800E Read
52950S 115860E South African Notices 9/60 and 62/17
[NP2/No.4/Wk.47/17]
Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2--No 5--Wk 48/17]
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2016 Edition)
Angola -- Futila Terminal — Directions; buoyage
Mozambique -- Ponta do Ouro to Baía de Maputo
173 -- Cabo Inhaca — Anchorage
Paragraph 6.46 1 line 2 For 52981S 121003E Read 158

53004S 121012E Paragraph 5.13 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3--4 For 52956S 121003E Read Spare

52976S 121008E 5.13
Paragraph 6.46 1 line 6 For 4½ cables Read 2 cables BA Chart 644 [NP3/No.1/Wk.24/17]
Mozambique – Baia de Maputo —

Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2/No.1/Wk.39/17] General information; depths;
vessel traffic service; directions; anchorages
Angola -- Palanca Terminal — Pilotage 158
196 Paragraph 5.16 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

1 The passage from 1N Light Buoy to Ponta
Paragraph 7.73 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Vermelha (5.44) follows a recommended route. The
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 2¼ miles route is a channel, 150 m wide which becomes 100 m
NW or 9½ miles SE of the.... in the S, with dredged depths of 130 m to 144 m
(2017). Contact Maputo Port Authority for latest
Total E&P Angola [NP2/No.2/Wk.39/17] information.
2 -- 3
Index
NP3
Vessel traffic service Mozambique – Maputo — Port information
5.16a
160
1 Mandatory vessel reporting points for the
approaches to Maputo are charted. See Admiralty List Paragraph 5.31 1 line 1 Replace by:
of Radio Signals Volume 6(8) for details. 1 Canal da Polana, Rio Espirito Santo, and Canal da
Matola are dredged to depths of 13 m or more (2017).
159 BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.3a/Wk.17/17]
Mozambique -- Maputo — Vertical clearances

160
...to shoal areas (5.59), until Lacerda Light bears 295, After Paragraph 5.31 1 including existing Section IV Week
before altering course W to 1N Light Buoy (N cardinal) 17/17 Insert:
(253849S 325300E), noting a 12 m coral patch
(253930S 330016E) and a 147 m depth (253829S Vertical clearance
325696E). 5.31a
From a position in the vicinity of 1N Light Buoy, the 1 Maputo--Catembe Bridge (255832S 323346E)
recommended route leads generally SSW for 8½ miles has a vertical clearance of 625 m at HAT in the
to Barra Norte, then SSE about 10 miles to No 5 Light centre of the channel and 610 m at berth No 5.
Buoy (starboard hand) (255589S 325193E), Vessels with an air draught of 59 m or more are
passing: required to contact the port authority prior to
approach.
Paragraph 5.24 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: Porto de Maputo Harbour Master
[NP3--No 11--Wk 52/17]
3 W of shoal ground (255560S 325300E)
which forms the SW extremity of Baixos da Mozambique – Maputo — Port information
Inhaca, thence:
160
Paragraph 5.24 4 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 5.35 1 lines 3--8 Replace by:
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
N of a 95 m shoal area (255610S 325060E) Rio Espirito Santo NW of Cais Maputo, except as
lying close S of the recommended route, thence: instructed by pilot.
4 S of Baixo Ribeiro (255400S 324900E); a... Paragraph 5.36 1 line 2 For 255590S 324480E at Read
255551S 324695E near
Paragraph 5.37 1 lines 1--3 including heading Replace by:
Water tower (260053S 323378E)
Spare
5.37
Approach via Southern Channel
5.24a BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.3b/Wk.17/17]
1 Southern Channel leads from Cabo Inhaca
anchorage (5.13) across Barra Sul, between Baixo do Mozambique -- Maputo — Regulations
Meio (255242S 325515E) and Baixos da Inhaca 160
(5.24) to join the main approach channel between
Paragraph 5.37 1 lines 1--3 including heading and existing
Baixo Fawn and the NW extent of Baixo da Inhaca.
Section IV Week 17/17 Replace by:
Least charted depth along the SW edge of the
channel is 38 m. The channel is unmarked and not Regulations concerning entry
maintained; local knowledge is essential. 5.37
(Directions continue for Maputo at 5.40) 1 Vessels with an air draught of 59 m or more are
required to contact the port authority prior to
Paragraph 5.27 1 line 3 Replace by: approach.
Porto de Maputo Harbour Master
In the vicinity of 1N Light Buoy (253849S
[NP3--No 12--Wk 52/17]
325300E);
Within Canal do Norte, in depths from 12 to... Mozambique -- Maputo —
Directions; leading lights
160
South of the entrance channel between the SW After Paragraph 5.42 1 line 4 Insert:
extent of Baixos da Inhaca (5.24) and Baixo Serra Caution. Channels, depths and aids to navigation
(5.43). are subject to frequent change. Leading lights may not
correspond to changes in the channel. The Harbour
Master should be consulted for the latest information.
BA Charts 644, 646 & ENC GB400644
[NP3/No.2/Wk.17/17] Harbour Master Port of Maputo [NP3/No.4/Wk.02/17]
2 -- 4
Index
NP3
Mozambique – Maputo — Port information Mozambique – Maputo — Port information
160 162
Coal Terminal, quay length 220 m, depth alongside
...to depths of 134 to 136 m (2017), passing:
154 m (2017).
161 Paragraph 5.49 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 5.44 1 line 1 Replace by: Spare

5.49
1 Caution. Leading lights may not correspond to
channel alignment, see 5.42. BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.5b/Wk.17/17]
Leading lights:
Paragraph 5.44 2 line 5 Replace by: Mozambique – Beira approaches —
General information; directions; Racon; buoy
...to depths of 131 to 133 m (2017), passing:
169
Paragraph 5.44 3 lines 9--10 Replace by: ...82 miles to the vicinity of 200888S 351970E, in the
outer approaches to...
Thence the track leads NW to the berths at Maputo
and Matola. Paragraph 5.111 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 5.46 1 line 4 Replace by: Spare

5.111
Caution. Leading lights and marks may not
correspond to channel alignment, see 5.42. Paragraph 5.112 5 lines 4--5 Replace by:
Leading lights: To the vicinity of 200888S 351970E SE of the
Paragraph 5.47 1 line 4 For 1--16 Read 1--12 port of Beira.
170
Paragraph 5.47 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: Paragraph 5.129 1 lines 2--3 Delete
...vessels. Declared berth depths in 2017 range generally
from 90 m at berth No 3 and No 4 to 120 m at berth No 5, 171
95 m at berth No 6 and 120 m at berth No 7 through Paragraph 5.131 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
No 12. Contact Maputo Port Authority for latest
information. 1 Approaching from the vicinity of 200888S
351970E, the...
BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.5a/Wk.17/17] 173
Mozambique -- Maputo —
Berths; vertical clearance 1 From the vicinity of 200888S 351970E SE of
the port of Beira...
162 Paragraph 5.149 1 lines 2--3 Delete
Paragraph 5.47 1 including existing Section IVs Week Paragraph 5.150 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
17/17 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 200888S 351970E SE of
1 There are 3 km of continuous wharfage on the NE the port of Beira...
side of Rio Espirito Santo, adjacent to the city of
Maputo. From seaward, the berths are numbered BANM 34/4276/16 [NP3/No.6/Wk.37/16]
1--12 and handle general, reefer, bulk and bulk sugar
cargoes as well as container, RoRo and cruise Mozambique – Quelimane approaches —
vessels. Declared berth depths in 2017 range Directions; wreck
generally from 90 m at berth No 3 and No 4 to 120 m
at berth No 5, 95 m at berth No 6 and 120 m at berth 176
No 7 through No 12. Contact Maputo Port Authority for
latest information. Paragraph 5.171 1 line 10 Replace by:
Caution. See 5.31a for vertical clearance at berth ...WNW, passing:
No 5. Clear of a dangerous wreck (180492S
365953E), thence:
Porto de Maputo Harbour Master
[NP3--No 13--Wk 52/17] Mozambique Notice 5/39(T)/17 [NP3/No.7/Wk.26/17]
2 -- 5
Index
NP3
Kenya -- Mombasa — Maritime security zone Cook Inlet – Approaches to Anchorage —
Directions; V--AIS
262 365
After Paragraph 10.21 3 line 7 Insert: After Paragraph 12.212 1 line 3 Insert:
V--AIS:
Maritime security zone The channel, in places, is marked by V--AIS.
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
10.21a
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
1 A security zone has been established to provide
extra security for vessels awaiting berthing at the port US Notice 45/16660/15 [NP4/No.1/Wk.47/15]
of Mombasa. The zone is a rectangular area that lies
between 3 and 19 miles offshore and is located
between Ras Mwachema (10.9) and Mtwapa Creek NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition)
(10.48). The zone is subject to enhanced patrols by
the Kenyan Navy.
Brazil -- Rio Amazonas — Regulations
Kenya Maritime Authority [NP3/No.10/Wk.28/17]
81
Kenya -- Mombasa — Anchorage berths
1 Ship reporting systems. The SISTRAM reporting
267 system is mandatory within Brazilian territorial waters;
see 1.36.
Paragraph 10.34 1 lines 4--16 Replace by: Ballast water management. Special regulations
apply to ports of the Amazon basin; see 1.48.
...Kilindini and provide berths for vessels up to
110 000 dwt. Correspondence [NP5--No 14--Wk 48/17]
Mombasa Harbour Master [NP3/No.8/Wk.12/17] Brazil -- Porto de Santana — Berths; anchorage
88
Kenya -- Mombasa -- Port Reitz — Berths
Paragraph 3.75 1 line 4 Replace by:
269 ...510656W. An anchorage in vicinity of 00550S
510670W is designated for vessels carrying or
Paragraph 10.36 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: transferring inflammable cargoes. These areas may
change due to shifting...
2 Kipevu Oil Terminal at Ras Mkadini is for crude oil
and refined oil products and can accommodate Brazil Notice 16/107/17 [NP5/No.8/Wk.41/17]
vessels up to 85 000 dwt, length 259 m and draught
1325 m. Brazil -- North coast -- East of Ilha Do Oiapoque
Kipevu Container Terminal (40300S 393700E) — Directions
comprises:
Berth 20 on the E side of the terminal orientated N to 88
S; 210 m in length, draught 99 m.
Berth 21, the main berth, orientated E to W, 350 m in Paragraph 3.81 2 line 4 Replace by:
length, draught 140 m. NW extremity of Ilha do Pará, and;
SE of a shoal patch with a least depth of 25 m lying
Correspondence [NP3/No.9/Wk.26/17] 5 cables E of Ilha Do Oiapoque, thence:
Brazil Notice 21/120(P)/17 [NP5--No 21--Wk 50/17]
NP4 South--East Alaska Pilot (2015 Edition)

Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Canal do Espadarte —
Directions; depths
Kake -- Security Bay — Patch 93

169
...over it. Thence:
After Paragraph 6.22 6 line 5 Insert: SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least
reported depth of 61 m and marked by a light buoy
A 12 m (4 ft) patch (565048N 1342033W) lies (lateral).
SSE of this patch.
Brazilian Notice 20/143(P)/17, 20/146(P)/17
US Notice 35/17368/17 [NP4/No.2/Wk.41/17] [NP5--No 15--Wk 48/17]
2 -- 6
Index
NP5
Brazil -- River Amazon -- Ilha das Garças — Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Bridge
Directions; depths
116
109--110 Paragraph 3.268 1 lines 9--12 Delete
Paragraph 3.239 3 line 9 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by:

ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17]
...573120W, thence the track favours the N bank
of the river, passing: Brazil -- Baía de São Marcos --
4 NW of Ilha das Garças (23541S 573808W); Terminal da Ponta da Madeira — Berth
a shoal area extends NNW from the island.
Thence: 129
SE of Capela Light (white diamond on white metal Paragraph 4.61 1 line 7 Replace by:
post, 10 m in height) (23537S 574002W),
clear of the shoal area extending SSE from Ilha ...is 500 m with a minimum depth of 23 m.
das Garças, in mid--stream, thence the track
Paragraph 4.61 2 line 3 For 508 m Read 980 m
crosses to the S bank of the river, passing:
NW of Porto Equador Light (white diamond on metal
framework tower, 10 m in height) (24300S Paragraph 4.61 2 line 4 For 23 m Read 21 m
574241W)
Thence to a position off Vila de Urucurituba (3.250). Brazilian Notice 8/65/17 [NP5/No.1/Wk.23/17]
Brazilian Notice 20/144(P)/17 [NP5--No 16--Wk 48/17] Brazil -- Pecém Terminal — Anchorages; berths
137
Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —
Vertical clearance Paragraph 4.143 1 line 3 For 32850N 384650W Read
32850S 384650W
115
Paragraph 4.143 1 line 4 For 32950N 384650W Read
32950S 384650W
Vertical clearance 33180S 384680W
3.263a
1 A fixed bridge (30716S 600472W) with a Paragraph 4.146 1 lines 6--12 Replace by:
vertical clearance of 55 m spans Rio Negro
NE from Camarao Island (30852S Pier 2 projects about 400 m NW; POL is handled
600509W). on each side; LNG transhipment. Vessels up to 310 m
and 175 000 dwt are handled.
Pier 3 projects about 1580 m NW alongside the
ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 17--Wk 48/17] inner side of the NW arm of the breakwater; general
and solid cargo. Vessels up to 330 m and 140 000
dwt are handled.
Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —
Anchorages Brazilian Chart 705/17 [NP5--No 20--Wk 50/17]
115
Brazil -- East coast -- Guaxindiba —
Directions; lights
209
1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city,
clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143 to Paragraph 6.174 2 lines 1--3 Delete
34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity
averages 2 kn. Brazilian Notice 19/E138/17 [NP5/No.12/Wk.46/17]
Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general
cargo ships waiting to berth.
Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer Brazil -- Cabo Búzios -- Enseada de Búzios —
Anchorage
quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection
anchorage. 214
2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock. After Paragraph 6.202 6 line 5 Insert:
Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general Anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of
cargo vessels waiting to dock. about 15 m as follows:
Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels A. 224460S 415340W.
waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.273) B. 224453S 415395W.
Brazilian Notice 20/148/17 [NP5--No 18--Wk 48/17] Brazilian Notice 18/126/17 [NP5/No.13/Wk.46/17]
2 -- 7
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janerio — Directions Brazil -- Porto de Itaguaí — Anchorages
237
227
Paragraph 7.158 1 lines 1--13 and 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.65 2 line 8 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained S of Ilha Jurubaíba
(225760S 435695W), from the W end of which a
...9 m in height) stands, thence: light (white square concrete tower, 5 m in height)
S of a dangerous wreck (225327S 431005W) (225760S 435705W) is exhibited, as follows:
with a depth of 105 m lying close to the buoyed Anchorage Maximum Maximum length
channel. draught (m) (m)
A1 90
Brazil Notice 21/151/17 [NP5--No 22--Wk 50/17]
A2 128
B1 113
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí — B2 89
Directions; channels
B3 118
up to 310
B4 115
236
2 B5 109
Paragraph 7.150 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: C1, C2 71
E1 105
1 From a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (7.148),
the channel divides into two. E2 104
D 65 up to 300
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 23--Wk 52/17] F1 112 up to 270
F2 112 up to 210
Areas G and H, situated S of Ilha de Itacuruçá
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí — (7.151) are exclusively for warships.
Directions; channels; depths
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 25--Wk 52/17]
236 Brazil -- Porto Do Rio Grande — Berths
Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: 276

1 East channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
Branca (7.148) the East channel, dredged to 174 m 4 The following berth lies on the E side of the main
(2004), leads through a channel marked by light channel:
buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track leads Cocuruto Quay (320233S 520239W), located
generally ENE passing: 1¾ miles E of Porto Novo; length 560 m; alongside
SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S depth 90 m.
435239W), thence: Brazilian Notice 17/119/17 [NP5/No.10/Wk.43/17]
SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
2 The track then continues ENE in the dredged Uruguay – Río de La Plata — Directions; wreck
channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals
(7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow 290
support on white metal structure) (225621S Paragraph 9.71 2 line 7 Replace by:
435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the
TECAR jetty. ...farther N. A dangerous wreck (345711S
3 West channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra 551730W) lies SSW of Punta Negra. And:
Branca (7.148), the West channel, dredged to 196 m Uruguay Notice 5/40/17 [NP5/No.5/Wk.27/17]
(2015), leads generally NNE through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto Sudeste Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —
(225607S 435142W), passing: Prohibited area
ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W),
thence: 295
WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W). Paragraph 9.106 1 line 1 Replace by:
4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
located SW of the port. A light (225603S 1 Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys
435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most (cardinal), is established and extends about 1¼ miles
breakwater. S of Punta Yeguas (345431S 561874W) (9.211).
Navigation within this area is prohibited.
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 24--Wk 52/17] Uruguayan Notice 9/0617/17 [NP5/No.11/Wk.45/17]
2 -- 8
Index
NP5
Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo — Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
Alongside berths; Muelle C Directions; name change; new route
298 335
Paragraph 9.122 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 10.166 3 line 1 Replace by:
2 Muelle C (345387S 561198W) is 370 m in 3 NE of Puerto Bunge Ramallo (10.170).

length with a depth alongside of 105 m. The track then divides in to Paso Tonelero passing
NE of an unnamed island (332263S 600510W),
Uruguay Notice 4/36/17 [NP5/No.2/Wk.23/17] and Paso Isla Nueva, passing SW of the above
island; both channels are marked by light buoys
(lateral). Vessels intending to use Paso Isla Nueva,
Argentina – Río de La Plata — Directions; should contact the local port authorities for the latest
Canal Punta Indio Sudeste information. The track then continues to lead generally
NW, passing:
303
Correspondance -- Pandi Liquidadores
Paragraph 9.163 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: [NP5/No.6/Wk.41/17]
Spare Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —

9.163 Name change
Argentine Notice 1/26/15 [NP5/No.3/Wk.22/17] 336
For the heading above 10.170 Puerto Ramallo Read
Uruguay – Río de La Plata – Paso de San Juan Puerto Bunge Ramallo
and Pozos de San Juan — Directions;
emergency anchorage; passing areas
Paragraph 10.170 1 line 1 For Puerto Ramallo Read Puerto
319 Bunge Ramallo
Paragraph 10.24 1 line 4 Replace by: BA Chart 1327 [NP5/No.7/Wk.41/17]

...stands on a spit on the S shore of the river. An
emergency anchorage area (10.33) lies in the NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
vicinity of km 85. Thence:
After Paragraph 10.24 2 line 5 Insert: Canal Beagle – West Part – Canal Thomson —
General information; directions
Passing area. A designated passing area, marked
by light buoys (special), lies adjacent to Pozos de San 220--221
Juan between km 876 and km 93.
Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by:
2 Emergency anchorage. An emergency anchorage CANAL THOMSON
(341817S 580136W) lies to the E of the main
channel in Paso de San Juan. Its E limits are marked General information
by light buoys (special) at km 847 and km 857. Two
Chart 1373 (undetermined datum), Chilean Chart 12750
vessels, maximum LOA 255 m, can be (WGS84 datum), 12720 (yendegaia datum) (see 1.10)
accommodated. Route
5.276
Uruguay Notice 12/96/2016 [NP5/No.4/Wk.22/17] 1 From the head of Bahía Cook (551000S
701000W) (5.371) the route leads NNW, NNE, then
Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- N, for about 17 miles, to a position ENE of Isla Timbal
Puerto de Nueva Palmira — Light; berths Chico (545420S 701460W) in the W entrance to
Paso Darwin (5.264) and the junction of Canal
326 Thomson with Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
(5.257) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).
Depths
...moored 1 cable SW of Muelle Sur Light (white tower, red 5.277
bands) (335310S 582546W). The bottom in the 1 The fairway has depths of more than 100 m over a
roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A 135 m wreck least width of 1 mile.
(335265S 582592W) lies 4 cables W of Muelle Norte. Pilotage
5.278
1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (7)
Muelle Sur: total berthing face 530 m; depths of and 5.54.
73 m... Traffic regulations
5.279
Uruguay Notice 8/61/2017 [NP5/No.9/Wk.41/17] 1 See 5.285.
2 -- 9
Index
NP6
Directions Chile – Canal Thomson — Directions; AIS
(continued from 5.375)
Track 221
5.280 After Paragraph 5.279 1 line 1 Insert:
1 From a position ESE of Islotes Salientes
(550803S 701516W) the track leads NNW, Other aids to navigation
passing: 5.279a
ENE of Islotes Salientes; Islotes Salientes Light 1 AIS:
(white GRP tower, red band; 3 m in height) Islotes Pollera Light (550430S 701290W).
(550803S 701516W) is exhibited from the E Isla Maruja Light (545600S 701410W).
islet of the group. Thence: For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
2 ENE of Islotes Miño (550725S 701420W), Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
thence: Chilean Notice 3/43/14 [NP6/No.2/Wk.14/14]
WSW of Islote Goddard (550600S 700980W),
thence: Chile – Bahía Cook — Pilot boarding position
ENE of the islets lying off the E side of Isla Herrera
(550630S 701580W), thence: 235
WSW of Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W),
thence: After Paragraph 5.372 1 line 2 Insert:
3 WSW of Islotes Pollera (550435S 701290W); Pilotage
Islotes Pollera Light (red GRP tower, lateral; 5.372a
3 m in height), is exhibited from the W islet. 1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
Thence: channels from S is shown on the chart, about
ENE of the dangers (550410S 701720W) lying 1¾ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light (55076S
E, and NE, of Punta Mariana, thence: 70136W). See 5.54.
ENE of the dangers (550320S 701760W) lying N
of Punta González, and: Chilean Notices 101/09/11; 145/11/11
4 WSW of Bajo Ana Maria (550234S (SDD 2011000 192402; 234905)
701400W), a shoal, covered by kelp, lying [NP6--No.3a--Wk.10/12]
W of the W end of Isla Dos Cumbres; a light
buoy (lateral) marks the shoal. Bahia Cook – General information — Directions
The track then leads NNE, passing:
ESE of the rocks, islets and other dangers 235--236
(550100S 701600W) fronting Isla Kelvin Paragraph 5.371 to 5.375 including heading and existing
(550040S 701780W), thence: section IV Notice Week 10/12 Replace by:
5 WNW of a dangerous rock (550090S
701260W) lying close off the SW side of BAHÍA COOK
Isla Thomson, thence:
General information
WNW of Islote Uribe (545910S 701180W) the
largest of the islets and rocks lying off the NW Charts 1373, 554 (undetermined datums), Chilean Chart
corner of Isla Thomson, thence: 12750 (WGS84 datum) (see 1.10)
ESE of the E extremity of Isla Cook (545780S Description
701380W). 5.371
6 The track then leads N, passing: 1 Bahía Cook (551000S 701000W), bounded SE
W of Punta Howard (545645S 701220W), a by Islas Christmas and Isla Hoste, and NW by Isla
point of sheer cliffs, thence: Londonderry, is an extensive arm of the sea forming
E of Isla Maruja Light (white GRP tower, red band, probably the best approach from SW to the W part of
4 m in height) (545603S 701410W) exhibited Canal Beagle (5.243) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).
from the E extremity of Isla Maruja (545610S Though the bay has not been fully surveyed it is free
701460W) the largest island of the Islas Ferrer. of dangers in the fairway.
Thence: 2 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
E of Isla Timbal Chico (545420S 701460W) the E Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the route leads
islet of the Grupo Timbales (5.283). NNE for about 25 miles to a position at the junction of
7 The track continues a short distance N to a position the route with Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
ENE of Isla Timbal Chico. (5.245) and Canal Thomson (5.276), ESE of Islotes
Useful mark: Salientes (550803S 701516W).
Pico Huemul (545560S 708080W) (5.263). Depths
5.372
1 There is a least depth (551580S 701852W) of
(Directions for Canal O’Brien continue at 5.287,
29 m close to track.
Directions for Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
Pilotage
are given at 5.263, and for
5.373
Canal Pomar at 5.292)
1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
channels from S is situated, as shown on the chart,
about 2½ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light
Chilean Chart 12750 [NP6/No.1/Wk.25/12] (550803S 701516W). See 5.54.
2 -- 10
Index
NP6
Directions Chile – Canal Cockburn — Directions; light
Other aids to navigation 243

5.374
1 Racon: Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W). 1 From a position NW of Islote Negro (54312S
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 72028W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions
Automatic Identification System: relative to the SE islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas
Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W). Clavel):
See Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 6.24 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
Track SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence:

5.375
1 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the track leads 244
NNE, passing:
WNW of Islotes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (5.355), Paragraph 6.28 1 lines 6--7 Delete
thence:
WNW of Islotes Ripita (552020S 701240W), a
group of islets and rocks, thence: 252
WNW of Cabo Carfort (551670S 701280W) the
W extremity of Isla Hamond; see 5.372. Thence: Paragraph 6.92 1 line 1--6 Replace by:
2 WNW of a shoal (551530S 701670W) with a
depth of 26m, thence: 1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, SSW of Islas
ESE of Islotes Sandwich (551255S 702580W), a Clavel (6.24), Paso Sur (54250S 72030W) leads
large group of islets and rocks; Islotes Sandwich N, between Isla Henry and Islas Clavel, to a position
Light is exhibited from the group. Thence: NE of Isla Ballena (54207S 72073W), passing
ESE of a shoal (551260S 701880W) with a depth (with positions relative to the SE islet (54253S
of 16 m lying ESE of the Islotes Exterior, thence: 71592W) of Islas Clavel):
3 WNW of Islote Niño (551140S 700910W),
thence: Paragraph 6.93 1 line 1--7 Replace by:
ESE of Islotes Salientes (550803S 701516W) 1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, ENE of Islas
(5.280); Islotes Salientes Light is exhibited from
Clavel (6.24), Paso Aguila (54240S 71590W)
the E islet of the group.
leads NW, between Islas Clavel and Isla Vidal
Useful marks:
Gormáz, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54207S
Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W).
Islotes Pollera Light (550435S 701290W) 72073W), passing (with positions relative to the SE
(5.280). islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Clavel):
(Directions continue for Canal Thomson at 5.280; NE of Islas Clavel, thence:
directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
are given at 5.250) Chilean Notice 141/11/11 [NP6/No.5/Wk.10/12]
Chilean Chart 12750 [NP6/No.3b/Wk.25/12]

Chile – Primera Angostura — Directions; AIS
273
Chile – Bahía Cook — Directions; AIS
AIS:
Bajo Satélite Light Beacon — as above.
235
Existing Section IV Notice Week 25/12 Paragraph 5.374 1

lines 4--7 Replace by: 275
AIS: After Paragraph 7.74 1 line 6 Insert:

Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W).
Islotes Pollera Light (550430S 701290W). AIS:
For further information see The Mariner’s Handbook Bajo Satélite Light Beacon — as above.
and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Chilean Notice 3/43/14 [NP6/No.4/Wk.14/14] Chilean Notice 3/42/14 [NP6/No.6/Wk.14/14]
2 -- 11
Index
NP6
Chile – Estrecho de Magallanes – Puerto Sara — 4 Berthing at San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay is carried
General information; directions; leading lights out during daylight at slack water; maximum permitted
wind 10 m/second (19 kn), with an E component then
5 m/second (10 kn). Departure undertaken day or night
275--276 at slack water; similar maximum permitted wind
speeds. The exact time of slack water in the vicinity
Paragraph 7.76 to 7.82 including headings Replace by: of San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay has not been fully
ascertained and, given it is of short duration, then all
manoeuvres are undertaken when some stream is
flowing, however there is no set on, or off, the quay.
Puerto Sara Vessels berth on heading 013.
Chilean Chart 11512 (WGS84) 5 Notice of ETA required. See 7.171.
Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, as
General information shown on the chart, about 3 miles NE of Cabo
7.76 Gregorio in depths between 23 and 24 m.
1 Position and function. Puerto Sara (523750S Pilotage is compulsory; if not embarked, pilot
701180W), an oil terminal on the W shore of Bahía boards in the pilot and waiting area 1½ miles ENE of
Gregorio (7.84), comprises an offshore mooring Cabo Gregorio (523905S 701275W) (7.92), as
terminal for use by tankers loading crude oil and oil shown on the chart.
products, and a jetty for loading and discharge of Tugs are available.
clean oil products. Quarantine. See 7.175.
Port Authority. Puerto Sara is a satellite port of
Punta Arenas, see 7.162.
Harbour
7.79
Limiting conditions 1 General layout. The offshore oil terminal lies SE of
7.77 Puerto Sara Quay (523757S 701175W) (ruins
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm3. 2008) in depths between 25 and 28 m. San Gregorio
Maximum size of vessel handled: Clean Oil Quay is situated close NNE of Cabo
Offshore terminal; length 250 m, draught 14·9 m, Gregorio.
75 000 dwt. Tidal streams set S with the in--going stream and
Clean oil quay; length 120m draught 70 m, N with the out--going; see Admiralty Tide Tables
6500 dwt. Volume 4.
2 Local weather. Winds from E create a swell which
affects both the offshore terminal and the clean oil
quay. The prevailing winds are from W and WNW with Directions for entering harbour
the most frequent gales from NW and N; see 7.12. 7.80
1 Offshore Oil Terminal Leading Light Beacons:
Front light beacon (white triangle with orange bands
Arrival information
on white post with red bands, 11 m in height)
7.78
(523739S 701183W).
1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing from the
Rear light beacon (white metal framework tower, red
offshore terminal are undertaken in daylight only at bands, 5 m in height) (523721S 701198W).
HW slack which usually occurs about 33 minutes 2 From a position in the pilot and waiting area (7.78)
before HW Puerto Montt (412891S 725704W). the alignment (334) of these light beacons leads
Mariners are advised to anchor off the terminal about NNW towards the offshore terminal berth.
1 hour before the predicted time of slack water; Anchor positioning beacons:
observation of the small buoys marking the flexible Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common).
pipelines will give a good indication of the time of Beacon (523818S 701258W).
commencement of slack water, a time which may be 3 The alignment (2655) of these beacons indicate
advanced or delayed by the prevailing wind. the position to drop the port anchor.
2 Maximum permitted wind speed during berthing and Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common).
unberthing operations is 10 m/second (19 kn); during Beacon (523819S 701257W).
periods of winds with an E component the maximum The alignment (256) of these beacons indicate the
permitted wind speed is reduced to 5 m/second position to drop the starboard anchor.
(10 kn). 4 Useful marks:
3 Berthing is undertaken with the assistance of two tugs Oil storage tanks (523728S 701200W).
which take ship’s lines to mooring buoys and provide two Radio masts (523825S 701260W).
wires, one on each quarter, laid from permanent moorings.
On close approach to the berth the port anchor is let go,
good holding ground of mud and shell; the starboard Berths
anchor is then let go, over poorer holding ground of rock 7.81
and pebbles taking care to avoid dragging, and the stern is 1 Offshore terminal. The berth (523807S
swung to starboard to make secure at the berth on a 701143W) consists of a submarine pipeline laid from
heading of 230. As prevailing winds are from W extra lines shore to the vicinity of four mooring buoys and two
should be passed to the appropriate buoys. permanent ground moorings.
2 -- 12
Index
NP6
San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay (523890S Chile – Puerto San Vicente —
701249W) is connected to the shore by a Arrival information; pilotage
footbridge. The berth consists of a T--shaped head
with a berthing face of 30 m and two mooring 198
dolphins. Vessels over 70 m in length must not Paragraph 6.235 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
exceed a forward draught of 60 m. The quay is fairly
well protected from the prevailing winds. Pilots are embarked in the following areas:
No 1: 364420S 731030W radius 15 cables.
Port services No 2: 364359S 731107W radius 2 cables.
7.82 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
1 Facilities. Dirty ballast accepted at Clean Oil Quay.
Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil and fresh water Chilean Notice 7/80/15 [NP7/No.1/Wk.35/15]
available from Clean Oil Quay.
Chile – Bahía Concepción – Puerto Lirquén —
Chilean Chart 11512; Chilean Notice 65--2012 Arrival information; anchorage
[NP6/No.7/Wk.42/12]
204
Paragraph 6.303 1 line 3 For 725292W Read 725932W
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2015 Edition)
Chilean Chart 6110 [NP7/No.2/Wk.17/17]
Colombia -- Isla Malpelo — PSSA Chile -- Puerto Valparaíso — Light
91 215
Paragraph 6.399 5 lines 4--6 Delete
50000N 802217W Chilean Notice 9/67/17 [NP7/No.23/Wk.41/17]

42650N 802217W
42650N 804383W Chile -- Puerto Valparaíso — Useful mark
34567N 804383W
34567N 810800W 216
32892N 810800W
32892N 820615W Paragraph 6.401 2 line 3 Add:
50000N 820615W. Molo de Abrigo Light, on the head, (white metal
framework tower, red stripe, 7 m in height)
Colombian Notice 229/17 [NP7/No.25/Wk.47/17] (330191S 713725W).
Chilean Notice 9/67/17 [NP7/No.24/Wk.41/17]

Colombia -- Isla Malpelo —
Particularly Sensitive Sea Area
Chile -- Puerto Tocopilla — Outer anchorages
91 261
Paragraph 2.181 1 including existing Section IV Week Paragraph 8.130 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
47/17 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained at either one of the
1 Isla de Malpelo Particularly Sensitive Sea Area designated alphabetically listed anchorages:
(PSSA). To avoid risk of damage to the environment Anchorage A; 220512S 701361W
and economy all vessels greater than 500 gt, and all Anchorage B; 220486S 701298W
fishing vessels, should avoid the area bounded by: Anchorage C; 220449S 701266W
50000N 802217W; Anchorage D; 220519S 701322W
42650N 802217W; Anchorage E; 220456S 701316W.
42650N 804383W; Chilean Notice 8/58/17 [NP7/No.20/Wk.35/17]
2 34567N 804383W;
34567N 810800W;
32892N 810800W; Peru – Matarani – Caleta Islay —
32892N 820615W; Directions; berths
24327N 820609W;
283
24327N 830350W;
50000N 830350W. After Paragraph 9.72 2 line 3 Insert:
3 Fishing within the area is prohibited, in addition to
any other activity as designated by the Colombian Caleta Islay approaches
authorities. 9.72a
1 From a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding
Colombian Notice 249/2017 [NP7--No 32--Wk 52/17] position (9.66), the track leads generally S.
2 -- 13
Index
NP7
Caleta Islay Leading Lights: Peru – Callao — Arrival information;
Front light (5 m in height) (170017S 720648W). Outer anchorage
Rear light (18 m in height) (120 m from front light).
301
The alignment (0815) of these lights leads E
through the dangerous cargo anchorage and clear of Paragraph 9.225 6 lines 3--6 Replace by:
two mooring buoys, to a position off the jetty.
A 120363S Dirección de Three wrecks
770950W Hidrograffía y and two
Navegació mooring buoys
284 lie in the area
After Paragraph 9.76 1 line 8 Insert: Peru Notice 06/47/16 [NP7/No.5/Wk.31/16]
2 Caleta Islay. An L--shaped jetty extends N and
then W from the shore. Mineral Quay F is 240 m long
Peru -- Callao to Punta Colorado Grande --
and is used for the receiving, storing, and loading of Between Punta Herradura and Islotes Ichoacan
mineral concentrate. — Measured distance
Peru Notice 11/101--104/2016 [NP7/No.3/Wk.52/16] 307--308

Paragraph 10.12 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Spare
Peru – San Nicolás — Directions; buoy 10.12
290 Peruvian Notice April/014/2017 [NP7/No.6/Wk.23/17]
Paragraph 9.126 1 line 1 For 5 miles Read 3½ miles

Peru -- Punta Malabrigo — Directions; wreck
NNW of Punta San Nicolás, and: Paragraph 10.150 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:
SSE of a light buoy (safe water) (151348S ...point. A dangerous wreck lies about 1½ miles S.
751613W) moored at the E end of the TSS, Two dangerous wrecks lie 2 and 2½ miles N
thence: respectively.
Paragraph 9.126 2 line 2 Replace by: BA Chart 3092, ENC PE300126
[NP7--No 28--Wk 52/17]
...boarding position (151408S 751456W), about 1 mile
N of Muelle San...
Paragraph 9.127 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Peru – Eten — Directions; light
323
NNE of a light buoy (safe water) (151348S
751613W) moored at the E end of the TSS, After Paragraph 10.172 3 line 2 Insert:
thence:
Punta Eten Light (concrete tower with black and
SSW of a shoal (151171S 751734W) with a least
white bands, 15 m in height) (65691S
depth of 56 m, thence:
795188W).
Peru Notice 1/001/17 [NP7/No.4/Wk.09/17] Peru Notice 10/90/16 [NP7/No.7a/Wk.48/16]
Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Punta Aguja –

Eten — Directions; light
Peru -- Bahía del Callao — Arrival information;
outer anchorages 323
Paragraph 10.172 3 line 3 Delete
301
Peru Notice 9/80/16 [NP7/No.7b/Wk.44/16]
6 115998S Fishing A stranded Peru -- Pimentel -- Roca San José —

770874W vessels wreck lies in Directions; wreck
the SE part
and a subma- 324
rine pipeline is Paragraph 10.174 2 line 4 Replace by:
laid across the
N part. SW of dangerous wrecks (64698S 800759W),
(64734S 800866W)...
Peru Notice 7/029--17/2017 [NP7/No.21/Wk.36/17] ENC PE300124 [NP7--No 29--Wk 52/17]
2 -- 14
Index
NP7
Peru -- Isla Lobos de Tierra — Peru – Paita — Directions; wreck
Directions; obstructions
330
Paragraph 10.174 3 line 5 Replace by: 3 WSW of a dangerous wreck (50426S
810650W), thence:
...currents. Numerous obstructions, reported, ENE of No 1 Light Buoy (50464S 810682W),
existence doubtful, with a least depth of 128 m lie thence:
9 miles SW of Isla Lobos de Tierra. WSW of No 2 Light Buoy (50462S 810642W).
Dangerous wrecks lie 2 cables ESE and SE,
BA Chart 3092 [NP7--No 30--Wk 52/17]
respectively.
Peru – Eten — Directions; light Peru Notice 9/79/16 [NP7/No.10/Wk.44/16]
325 Peru -- Paita — Berths
After Paragraph 10.182 1 line 8 Insert: 330
Punta Eten Light (10.172). Paragraph 10.243 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Muelle del Terminal Maritimo (50494S
810650W), a finger jetty, 360 m in length, with four
Punta Eten Light (10.172). berths, and depths from 126 to 74 m alongside.
Terminal Portuario Euroandino (50489S
Peru Notice 10/90/16 [NP7/No.8a/Wk.48/16] 810634W), a quay with 300 m berthing area on its
N side, has depths of 131 m alongside; container
Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Punta Aguja – vessels are handled here.
Eten — Directions; light
325 ENC PE501133/2017 [NP7/No.27/Wk.47/17]
Paragraph 10.182 1 lines 9--11 Delete Peru -- Paita -- Punta Paita —

Directions; obstruction
Paragraph 10.189 2 lines 2--3 Delete 331
Peru Notice 9/80/16 [NP7/No.8b/Wk.44/16]
SW of an obstruction (45796S...
Peru – Paita — Arrival information; pilotage ENC PE300113 [NP7--No 31--Wk 52/17]
329 Ecuador – Puerto Bolívar —

Directions; beacon; light; buoy
343
...boards in position 50300S 810760W.
Peru Notice 1/01/16 [NP7/No.9/Wk.08/16] 1 Leading beacon and direction light:
Front beacon (white metal and concrete structure,
Peru -- Paita — Directions; leading lights orange daymark, 9 m in height) (31393S
800033W).
329 Rear direction light (similar structure) (5 cables from
front beacon).
Paragraph 10.237 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: From the pilot boarding position, the track, marked
by a beacon and light, leads about 2 miles SSE, on
1 Leading lights (Muelle del Terminal Maritimo): the alignment (158), during daylight, of the above
Front light (metal framework tower, 4 m in height) beacon and light and, at night, in the white sector
(50503S 810645W). (1577--1583) of the light, to a position 1 mile NNW
Rear light (similar structure) (1¼ cables from front of the front beacon, passing:
light).
Leading lights (Terminal Portuario Euroandino): Paragraph 11.51 2 line 2 For 31131S 800142W Read
Front light (green concrete tower) (50486S 31135S 800137W
810636W).
Rear light (similar structure) (2 cables from front Paragraph 11.51 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:
light). 3 From a position about 1 mile NNW of Bajo Salinas
The alignment (150) of both these sets of lights front beacon, the track, marked by the white sector
leads towards Muelle del Terminal Marítimo (10.243) (1695--1705) of Iglesia Light (church tower, 32 m in
or Terminal Portuario Euroandino (10.243), as height) (31610S 800017W), leads S for about
required, from the pilot boarding place, passing: 2½ miles, passing:
ENC PE501133/2017 [NP7/No.26/Wk.47/17] ENC EC510811/17 [NP7/No.19/Wk.35/17]
2 -- 15
Index
NP7
Ecuador – Manta — Limiting conditions; depths Paragraph 12.70 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
355 Alongside berths

12.70
Paragraph 11.169 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: 1 Terminal Marítimo (35354N 770436W). Has
14 berths. Twelve berths handle container, general and
Following an earthquake in 2016, depths shoaler dry bulk cargoes and two are specialised berths:
than charted have been reported. Berth No 9 serves Terminal Azucarero, handling raw
For the latest controlling depths the chart and the sugar and molasses.
port authorities should be consulted. Berth No 14 is used for the discharge of bulk liquid
cargoes.
Ecuador Notice 06/2016 [NP7/No.11/Wk.33/16] Depths alongside are 105 m apart from No 13
berth which is 88 m and No 14 berth which is 10 m.
Colombia – Approaches to Buenaventura — 2 TCBuen Container Terminal (35357N
Directions; lights 770264W). A 438 m long berth handling containers
and general cargo, with a charted depth of 109 m
366 alongside.
Sociedad Puerto Industrial de Aguadulce (SPIA)
Paragraph 12.42 2 lines 7--12 Delete Terminal (35417N 770523W). A purpose built
container and coal terminal 850 m in length. The terminal is
reported to have a controlling depth of 145 m.
Colombian Notices 208/15; 214/16
[NP7/No.12/Wk.46/16] ENC CO500730 [NP7/No.13/Wk.47/16]
Colombia – Bahía de Málaga —

Colombia -- Bahía de Buenaventura — General information; Marine nature reserve
Arrival information; outer anchorages
369
367 After Paragraph 12.79 1 line 8 Insert:
Fishing within the nature reserve is restricted.
ENC CO300306 [NP7/No.14/Wk.50/15]
No Position Remarks
Colombia – Bahía de Málaga —
I 34610N 771958W Least charted Directions; safe water buoy
depth 117 m
369
H 34935N 771980W Least charted
depth 104 m Paragraph 12.86 2 line 2 For 35441N 772616W Read
35476N 772592W
G 34904N 771140W Least charted
depth 83 m 370
F 34962N 770930W Least charted Paragraph 12.87 1 line 7 For 35441N 772616W Read
depth 89 m 35476N 772592W
E 35050N 770834W Least charted Columbian Notice 62/16 [NP7/No.15/Wk.16/16]
depth 86 m
D 35092N 770732W Least charted Colombia – Punta San Francisco Solano —
depth 72 m Directions; light
C 35163N 770620W Least charted 370

depth 74 m Paragraph 12.95 1 lines 11--12 For 61772N 772822W
B 35253N 770545W Least charted Read 61777N 772838W
depth 60 m
371
Paragraph 12.100 1 lines 7--8 For 61772N 772822W
Paragraph 12.55 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: Read 61777N 772838W
2 Quarantine anchorage ‘J’ centred on position Colombian Notice 218/16 [NP7/No.16/Wk.47/16]

34520N 771953W, depths over 110 m.
Panama -- Balboa — Anchorage; depths;
Explosives anchorage ‘K’ centred on position obstructions
34416N 771934W, depths over 132 m.
379
BA Charts 2318 & 2319 [NP7/No.22/Wk.36/17] Paragraph 13.31 1 lines 2--5 Replace by:
Merchant Ship Anchorage (85321N
Colombia – Buenaventura — Berths 792929W), depth 5 to 20 m, mud. Attention is
drawn to a 97 m rocky patch (85387N
368 792951W), marked by EL Light Buoy (isolated
danger), a 98 m obstruction (85399N
Paragraph 12.69 1 line 3 For 77 m Read 78 m 793025W) and a rock,...
2 -- 16
Index
NP7
Paragraph 13.31 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 2.170 4 lines 3--4 Replace by:
2 Pacific Anchorage Expansion West Side Clear of a dangerous wreck (65462N 580547W),
(85089N 793112W) depth 13 to 22 m; a position approximate, marked by a light buoy
wreck with a depth of 129 m lies towards the (isolated danger), thence:
NW corner of the anchorage. NW of an obstruction (65412N 580577W),
Pacific Anchorage Expansion East Side thence:
(85106N 792851W), depth 19 to 23 m.
Guyana Notice 5/17 [NP7A/No.1/Wk.10/17]
BA Chart 1401 [NP7/No.18/Wk.33/17]
Trinidad -- North coast — Directions; light
Panama -- Balboa and approaches —
Anchorages 114
379
N of Grand Matelot Point (104934N 610857W),
Paragraph 13.31 2 lines 4--8 Replace by: thence:
Explosives anchorage (85222N 793173W). Trinidad & Tobago Nav Warning 12/17
Close WNW of the fairway light buoy (13.42). [NP7A/No.2/Wk.25/17]
Anchorage Area No 1 (84969N 793125W). S of
Pacific Anchorage Expansion and extending
down the NW side of Isla Taboguilla (13.20). Trinidad -- Boca de Navios —
Depths between 15 and 25 m. Directions; useful mark
3 Anchorage Area No 2 (85102N 792706W).
117
E of Pacific Anchorage Expansion with depths
of about 24 m. Paragraph 4.75 2 lines 5--6 Delete
Anchorage Area No 3 (85290N 792706W). E of
the Merchant Ship Anchorage with depths
between 16 and 24 m. Trinidad & Tobago Nav Warning 11/17
Anchorage Area No 4 (84817N 793509W). NW [NP7A/No.3/Wk.25/17]
of Isla Taboga (13.19) with depths of 14 to 21 m.
4 Spoil grounds are established W of the Pacific Trinidad -- Port of Spain approaches —
Anchorage Expansion, the explosives anchorage and Pilotage; caution
the entrance channel.
It is prohibited to anchor in the fairway. 123
Panama Maritime Authority [NP7/No.17/Wk.04/17]
2 Caution. Two dangerous wrecks lie 3 cables SSW
and 5 cables W of pilotage boarding place A.
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4 An obstruction, with a depth of 52 m, has been
(2016 Edition) reported (2017) to lie 5½ cables W of pilot boarding
place A.
French Guiana -- Îles du Salut — H102 [NP7A/No.23/Wk.31/17]

Anchorage; obstruction
Trinidad -- Port of Spain -- Grier Channel —
65 Ferries; channel width
...Royale. Paragraph 4.115 1 line 4 Replace by:
Caution. An obstruction (51692N 523579W),
with a depth of 75 m, lies close to the tanker ...through Grier Channel which has a width of 122 m.
anchorage area. A second obstruction, with a depth of See caution (4.120).
70 m, lies 3 cables E.
French Chart 7484 & ENC FR67481A ...caution during the period of operation. It is reported
[NP7A/No.29/Wk.40/17] (2017) that ferries enter Grier Channel in the vicinity of
No 10 Light Buoy.
Guyana – Georgetown – Directions; wrecks Paragraph 4.120 2 lines 8--10 Replace by:
81 Caution. The width of Grier Channel is reduced

between No 3 Light Beacon and No 4 Light Buoy due
Paragraph 2.170 2 line 7 Replace by: to an obstruction (103714N 613515W), reported
(2004).
...dangerous wreck (65703N 580380W) and a
stranded wreck (65700N 580400W) lie... H102 Notice 20/06/17 [NP7A/No.30/Wk.41/17]
2 -- 17
Index
NP7A
Tobago -- North coast -- Directions; lights Venezuela – Isla de Margarita –
Morro de Robledal — Directions; light
141
1 From a position about 3 miles NNE of Saint Giles’ Paragraph 5.57 2 lines 3--5 Delete
Islands (112130N 603130W) the route leads...
Paragraph 4.267 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 5.59 3 lines 10--11 Replace by:
...Margarita.
Spare
4.267 ENC VE400402 [NP7A/No.7a/Wk.45/16]
Paragraph 4.268 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Veneuzuela -- Isla de Margarita -- Cabo Negro to
Bajo Ostial — Directions; depths
1 From a position about 3 miles NNE of Saint Giles’
Islands (112130N 603130W) the track leads SSE,
156
passing:
Paragraph 4.288 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: ...642879W), marking the NW side of Bajo Ostial.
1 From a position about 3 miles NNE of Saint Giles’ UKHO [NP7A/No.8/Wk.10/17]

Islands (112130N 603130W) the route leads...
145 Venezuela – Isla de Margarita –
Morro de Robledal — Directions; light
157
1 From a position about 3 miles NNE of Saint Giles’
Islands (112130N 603130W) the track leads WSW, ...and thence W of...
passing:
ENC VE400402 [NP7A/No.7b/Wk.45/16]
3 The track then leads to a position NNW of The
Sisters (111997N 603869W). The sisters are five Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz —
above--water rocks lying... Arrival information; pilotage
Trinidad & Tobago Nav Warning 14/17 166

[NP7A/No.4/Wk.25/17]
Tobago -- Mount Irvine Bay — Light 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a
day. The pilot boards in Bahía de Pozuelos. For
145 further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(7).
UKHO [NP7A/No.9/Wk.40/16]
Trinidad & Tobago Nav Warning 16/17
[NP7A/No.5/Wk.25/17]
Venezuela – Naiguatá — Directions; light
Venezuela – Cabo Malapascua to 177

Isla de Margarita — Directions; light
153
2 Naiguatá Light (metal post on building, 55 m in
height) (103714N 664470W).
...framework tower, 1 m in height) (104024N
631495W), standing on Cerro Miranda, a... Servicio de Hidrografica Y Navegacion (SHN)
[NP7A/No.10a/Wk.07/17]
...Recalada Puerto de Carúpano Light (5.27). A pier
Venezuela -- Puerto La Guaira — Directions; light
projects NW from the shore close...
Recalada Puerto de Carúpano Light (104024N Paragraph 6.6 2 lines 7--9 Delete
631495W) (5.27).
VE500507 [NP7A/No.6/Wk.52/16] Venezuelan Notice 34/2016 [NP7A/No.11a/Wk.48/16]
2 -- 18
Index
NP7A
Venezuela – Naiguatá — Directions; light Venezuela -- Golfo Triste -- Puerto Borburata —
Directions; leading beacons
178
185
N of Punta Naiguatá (103748N 664450W), ...the SE extremity of Isla del Rey (6.55).
which is low and indefinite. A small harbour is Leading beacons:
situated on the W side of the point; a light (6.6) is Front beacon (white GRP tower, black stripes)
exhibited from a building 4 cables SSW of the (102912N 675898W).
point. Other marks for identifying Punta Naiguatá 3 Rear beacon (similar structure) (1¼ cables from
are a sandy beach E of the point behind which front beacon).
there are some reddish cliffs and, at night, the The alignment (141) of these beacons then leads
lights of Naiguatá which stands above the cliffs. into Puerto Borburata.
Thence:
BA Chart 1628 [NP7A/No.33/Wk.45/17]
Servicio de Hidrografica Y Navegacion (SHN)
[NP7A/No.10b/Wk.07/17] Curaçao -- Willemstad -- Rif Otrabanda —
Basins and berths
Venezuela -- Puerto La Guaira — Directions; light 217
180 Paragraph 7.113 1 Replace by:

1 Megapier Cruise Terminal is situated on the
Otrabanda sea front, close W of the entrance to Sint
Anna Baai. It consists of two piers:
181 Mega Cruise Pier 1, a T--shaped jetty (120626N
685651W) about 140 m in length and with a
minimum depth of 150 m alongside. Able to
accept vessels up to 150 000 gt. Lights are
Venezuelan Notice 34/2016 [NP7A/No.11b/Wk.48/16] exhibited from the ends of the outer arm of the
jetty.
Venezuela – Puerto Cabello — Directions; Racon Mega Cruise Pier 2, an L--shaped jetty (120633N
685673W) about 200 m in length, extended by
181 mooring dolphins close NE and NW.
Paragraph 6.34 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: H102 MV Crown Princess [NP7A--No 35--Wk 51/17]
1 Racon: Golfo de Venezuela — Directions; buoy
Puerto Borburata Light Buoy (safe water)
(103000N 675992W). 236
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 8.22 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Venezuelan HO [NP7A/No.12a/Wk.21/16] 1 From a position about 12 miles W of Punta Macolla
(120603N 701202W) the track leads SW, passing:
Venezuela -- Catia Le Mar Marine Terminal — Clear of superbuoy Cardon IV (lit) (115850N
Directions; light 703400W), thence:
183 Venezuelan Notice 15/16 [NP7A/No.13/Wk.30/16]
Paragraph 6.38 1 line 1 Replace by: Venezuela -- Golfo de Venezuela -- Punta Macolla
to Canal de Maracaibo — Directions; platforms
1 The alignment (124) of the following lights in line
lead to the general area of the CBMs and jetty: 236
Front light (103584N 670220W). Paragraph 8.22 existing Section IV Notice Week 30/16 1
Rear light (82 m from front light). lines 3--4 Replace by:
Remarks. There are no specific directions for...
Clear of three platforms (115762N 703225W),
ENC Cell VE500315 [NP7A/No.31/Wk.41/17] thence:
UKHO [NP7A/No.14/Wk.07/17]
Venezuela – Puerto Cabello — Directions; Racon
Venezuela -- Bahía de Amuay -- Punta Judibana
185 — Directions; Leading lights
1 Racon: Paragraph 8.39 2 line 2 For 114512N 701230W Read
Puerto Borburata Light Buoy (safe water) 114516N 701219W
(103000N 675992W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 8.39 2 line 5 For 0748 Read 0728
Venezuelan HO [NP7A/No.12b/Wk.21/16] BA Chart 2190 [NP7A/No.34/Wk.46/17]
2 -- 19
Index
NP7A
Venezuela -- Canal de Maracaibo -- Canal Interior Colombia -- Bahía de Cartagena —
— Directions; leading lights Basins and berths; anchorage
280
248
4 Anchorage -- Barge handling. An anchorage area
has been designated for barge movements
within the following points:
2 Leading light beacons:
101800N 753288W
Paragraph 8.114 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: 101800N 753266W
101779N 753266W
3 The alignment (1888) of these beacons leads
through the channel to a position close ENE of 101779N 753288W
T52 Light Buoy (104922N 713754W).
Colombian Notice 137/2017 [NP7A/No.24/Wk.31/17]
The track then leads SSE to a position close ESE
of B58 Light Buoy (104667N 713611W), W of
Punta de Palmas. Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena —
Basins and berths
280
Correspondence [NP7A/No.15/Wk.13/17]
Sociedad Portuaria El Cayao S.A. LNG Terminal
Colombia -- Península de la Guajira -- (101687N 753346W) at Bajos de Coquitos.
Puerto Bolivar — Outer anchorages The terminal consists of a FSRU (Floating
Storage and Regasification Unit) alongside a
T--shaped jetty, 340 m in length with dolphins (lit),
260 extending NNW from the shore.
Colombia – Golfo de Morrosquillo —
1 Anchorage areas are positioned as follows: Marine park; traffic regulations
CP14--Alpha. Waiting anchorage (121770N
720077W); depths from 175 to 540 m. 284
CP14--Bravo. Quarantine anchorage (121676N
720350W); depths from 25 to 50 m.
Three further anchorages lie within Bahía de
Traffic regulations
Portete:
9.151a
2 CP14 -- Charlie. Quarantine anchorage
1 National Marine Parks. Anchoring, fishing,
(121058N 715809W); depths from 75 to
discharging waste, and carriage of dangerous cargoes
95 m.
CP14--Delta. (121351N 715450W); depths from is prohibited within the National Marine Parks centred
112 to 135 m. on 95800N 754800W and 95700N 760900W.
CP14--Echo. Small craft anchorage (121148N Transit of vessels carrying hydrocarbons within the
715918W); depths of around 80 m. Marine Parks is restricted.
Colombian Notices 58/17 [NP7A/No.18/Wk.17/17]

ENC CO500229 and CO400603
[NP7A--No 36--Wk 52/17] Colombia -- Golfo de Morrosquillo --
Roca Morrosquillo — Directions; buoyage
285
Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena and approaches Paragraph 9.161 2 line 4 Replace by:
— Basins and berths; inner anchorages
...exhibited. Light buoys (cardinal) are moored
close N, E, S and W of the shoal. An obstruction
280 with a depth of 18 m lies close N of the N cardinal
light buoy. Thence:
Paragraph 9.141 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: Colombian Notices 169/2017; 170/2017; 172/2017
[NP7A/No.28/Wk.36/17]
Anchorage C (CP05 Tankers), with depths from
around 141 to 300 m, in an area centred on Colombia – Gulf of Urabá — Directions; lights
101843N 753365W, about 1 mile ESE of
Fuerte... 288
Paragraph 9.188 1 line 8 For Brazo Matungo Read Isla los
Colombian Notice 227/16 [NP7A/No.16/Wk.48/16] Muertos
2 -- 20
Index
NP7A
289 Panama – Colón — Berths
Paragraph 9.199 1 line 2 For Isla de los Muertos Read Isla 308
los Muertos
Paragraph 11.16 1 and 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.199 1 lines 9--11 Replace by: 1 Colón Container Terminal (92232N 795313W),
Berth Nos 1 and 2 lie on the N side of Coco Solo
2 Major lights: Basin (92221N 795317W) and has a combined
Isla los Muertos Light — as above. length of 612 m and a depth alongside of 140 m.
Punta Las Vacas Light (red and white tower) Berth Nos 3 and 4 are situated on the E side of Bahía
(80383N 764456W). Manzanillo (11.13) with a combined length of about
780 m and a depth alongside of 140 m.
ENC CO400625; Colombian notice 22/16 Colón Oil Jetty (92226N 795307W), Jetty No 1
[NP7A/No.19/Wk.21/16] has a berth length of 260 m and a depth alongside of
125 m.

Colombia -- Bahia Colombia -- Rio León — Wreck
Berth Nos 8 and 9 are located on the S quay of Coco
Solo Basin. Berth No 8 has a length of 400 m and
290 a depth of 165 m.
Berth Nos 6 and 7 are mediterranean style RoRo
After Paragraph 9.210 1 line 6 Insert: berths with a dolphin pier. Maximum LOA 300 m,
depth 120 m.
Caution. A dangerous wreck (75787N Berth No 5 at the N end of the main terminal. The
764735W) lies within the anchorage. quay has a total length of 400 m, with a depth of
165 m.
Colombian Notice 210/17 [NP7A/No.32/Wk.43/17]
2 Berths Nos 1 to 4 are for container vessels; total

continuous length 1240 m, with a depth of
Panama – Puerto de la Bahía de Las Minas – 14 m alongside.
Punta Galeta — Directions; caution; wreck
Cruise Terminal (92169N 795354W); length
200 m.
304
1 Cautions. Vessels approaching from the W should

avoid a dangerous wreck in position 92535N Panama – Colón — Berths
795202W off Punta Galeta (10.53). Approaching the
harbour, it was reported in 2003 that the leading 309
marks were difficult to identify.
Panama Maritime Authority Correction
...berth; length 100 m, depth alongside 110 m.
[NP7A/No.20/Wk.52/16]
Panama – Colón and associated terminals —
Directions for entering harbour; leading lights
Panama -- North approach to the Panama Canal

308 — Anchorage

3 The track then leads S for... East Anchorage area; Contains 23 individual anchor
N of Bahía de las berths allocated according to
Paragraph 11.13 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: Minas (10.57). vessel size. The largest
berths are on the N boundary
...reached about 4½ cables S of the E entrance the track and the smallest on the S and
leads SSE towards the main berthing areas. E boundaries.
RFA Wave Knight [NP7A/No.21/Wk.08/17] Panama Maritime Authority [NP7A/No.22/Wk.04/17]
2 -- 21
Index
NP7A
Panama -- Puerto Cristóbal — Anchorages NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2016 Edition)
316
Guatemala -- Puerto Quetzal —
Paragraph 11.68 1--6, including existing Section IV Notice Directions; berths
Week 04/17 Replace by:
135
Area Used by
1 Atlantic Expansion East Large deep draught ships
Side (92556N or any ship so directed. From a position close N of Recalada Light Buoy
795456W); N of East (135442N 904586W) the alignment (295) of these
Breakwater. lights on the W entrance point of the harbour leads
Atlantic Expansion Large deep draught ships midway between the breakwaters to the entrance,
Anchorage (92582N or any ship so directed. passing:
795648W); N of the SSW of a dangerous wreck (135500N
West Breakwater. 904670W), position approximate, lying ESE of
the E breakwater head and marked by a light buoy
2 Atlantic Anchorage Large deep--draught ships (isolated danger) moored close W, thence:
(92434N 795621W); or any ship so directed. SSW of an obstruction (135506N 904708W),
between the N side of the There is an obstruction in depth 115 m, SSW of the E breakwater head.
West breakwaters and this anchorage, the position
the S limit of the Atlantic of which is approximate, Paragraph 4.166 3 line 11 Replace by:
Expansion area. 9 cables WNW of the head
of West Breakwater. ...basin, least charted depth alongside 48 m. A number of
obstructions lie in the SW corner of the W basin, depths
3 Anchorage Area A Ships with deep salt water from 43 to 51 m.
(92232N 795556W); draught between 104 and
W of dredged channel 119 m. Correspondence IALA WWA; Fleet Survey Team
and NW of Muelle 14GTM01 [NP8--No 16--Wk 49/17]
Cristóbal.
Anchorage Area B Ships with deep salt water Mexico -- West coast -- Puerto Chiapas — Depths
(92194N 795616W); draught less than 97 m.
W of Area A and N of A stranded wreck lies in 141
spoil ground. position 92184N
795643W. Paragraph 5.24 1 line 3 For (2009) of 103 m Read (2017) of
95 m
4 Anchorage Area C Required pilotage
(92104N 795541W); anchorage for
W of dredged channel inward--bound ships.
and W of Muelle Shoaling due to swell and currents may occur near
Cristóbal. the entrance to the access channel.
Anchorage Area D Ships more than 1094 m Paragraph 5.24 1 line 6 For 69 m (2009) Read 64 m
(92261N 795457W); long with deep salt water (2017)
E of dredged channel draught less than 107 m.
and N of Puerto Colón. There is a least charted
depth of 86 m. ENC MX506341 [NP8--No 19--Wk 52/17]
5 Anchorage F (92060N Small craft and yachts.
795481W); E of Mexico -- West coast-- Puerto Chiapas — Berths
dredged channel and S
of Puerto Cristóbal. 142
Outer Hazardous Ships carrying dangerous Paragraph 5.28 Replace by:
Anchorage (92344N cargoes as defined in the
795736W); 1½ miles International Dangerous 1 Muelle Turistico (144244N 922412W); length
NW of the head of West Goods Code or which are about 150 m; charted depth alongside 83 m (2017).
Breakwater. subject to the Bulk Muelle Fiscal (144263N 922410W); length
Chemical Code, Gas 400 m; least charted depth alongside 93 m (2017);
Carrier Codes or Appendix vessels usually berth port side--to using the starboard
B of the Solid Bulk Code. anchor.
Vessels are to await Muelle de Pesca (144222N 922383W); three
instructions before jetties with six berths for vessels up to 85 m in length;
anchoring. depths alongside from 29 to 67 m. A stranded wreck
6 Inner Hazardous As above; least charted lies alongside the E side of the W jetty.
Anchorage (92244N depth 90 m. 2 SUMICOL Wharf (close W of Muelle de Pesca);
795628W); N sides of length 50 m; depth alongside 48 m.
Areas A and B. Navy Pier (144205N 922387W); length 85 m;
depths alongside from 4 to 5 m.
BA Chart 3111 [NP7A/No.27/Wk.34/17] ENC MX606342 [NP8--No 20--Wk 52/17]
2 -- 22
Index
NP8
Mexico -- Pacific coast -- Salina Cruz -- United States -- Port Hueneme —
Directions; Leading lights Controlling depths
144 287
Paragraph 5.49 1 line 2 For 3465 Read 3455
2 Controlling depths:
Entrance channel 42 m (14 ft) (2017);
Mexican Notice 03/33/17 [NP8/No.1/Wk.17/17] Entrance basin 39 m (13 ft) (2017);
Inner basin 30 m (10 ft) (2015).
Mexico -- Lázaro Cárdenas — The national chart should be consulted for the
Harbour; development latest controlling depths.
158 US Notice 41/18725/17 [NP8/No.12/Wk.45/17]
After Paragraph 5.130 1 line 19 Insert: United States of America -- California --

Channel Islands Harbor — Depths
Development. Works are in progress (2017) to
extend the N and S breakwaters ESE. 287
Paragraph 8.238 2 lines 1--4, including existing Section IV
Mexican Notice 10/253(P)/2017 Notice Week 45 Replace by:
[NP8--No 15--Wk 48/17]
2 Controlling depths:
Entrance channel 48 m (16 ft) (2017);
Mexico -- Bahía de Manzanillo to Entrance basin 39 m (13 ft) (2017);
Cabo Corrientes — Directions; light Inner basin 27 m (9 ft) (2017).
The national chart should be consulted for the
165
latest controlling depths.
Paragraph 5.175 4 lines 8--10 Delete United States Notice 46/18724/2017
[NP8--No 18--Wk 50/17]
166
United States of America – San Francisco Bay –
Paragraph 5.178 2 line 6 For (5.175) Read (194615N Yerba Buena Island — Wreck
1052086W) 331
MV UBC Salaverry [NP8/No.2/Wk.46/16]
...is located on the E side of the island. A dangerous wreck
(374850N 1222120W), position approximate, lies E of
Mexico – Bahía De Todos Santos – the island.
Ensenada — Development
US Notice 16/18650/17 [NP8/No.11/Wk.29/17]
242
United States of America – San Francisco Bay –
After Paragraph 7.150 1 line 13 Insert: Hunters Point to Coyote Creek — Directions;
San Bruno Shoal Channel depth and width.
Development. The W breakwater is being extended
(2017) to the SSW by 400 m; light buoys mark the 335
extent of the construction.
243 ...dredged to a depth of 82 m (27 ft) over a width
of 152 m (500 ft) (2016). The channel, which is
Paragraph 7.151 2 lines 5--7 Delete entered...
US Notice 41/18651/16 [NP8/No.5/Wk.46/16]
Mexican Notice 12/399/16 [NP8/No.3/Wk.06/17]
United States of America – Pacific Coast –
United States – San Diego Bay – Suisun Bay — Anchorages; wrecks
Entrance channel —
Directions; dangerous wreck 346
254
No 26 (general and Reserve Fleet Anchorage); on
After Paragraph 8.32 1 line 7 Insert: the W side of the bay. Mariners should note the
wrecks lying within the anchorage in positions
Caution. A dangerous wreck (323962N 380283N 1220732W and 380378N
1171365W), position approximate, has been reported 1220640W.
within the entrance channel, close W of the 353 lead.
United States U1 Notice 38/18652/16
US NOAA notice 06/18765/2017 [NP8/No.4/Wk.10/17] [NP8/No.6/Wk.46/16]
2 -- 23
Index
NP8
United States -- California -- Suisun Bay -- United States of America – Washington –
Antioch — Vertical clearance Grays Harbor — Berths
347 421
Paragraph 14.39 2 line 7 For 1235427W Read
...vertical clearance in the main channel is 372 m 1235472W
(122 ft).
US Notice 43/18660/17 [NP8/No.13/Wk.47/17]
US Chart 18502 [NP8/No.10/Wk.21/17]
United States of America – Port of Sacramento
— Vertical clearances
349
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2014 Edition)

...to Sacramento, is 367 m (1207 ft) in position British Antarctic Territory –
380399N 1214719W. The minimum clearance over South Orkney Islands – Signy Island —
the river itself is 335 m (110 ft) in position 381757N Directions; light
1213375W.
221
NOAA Notice 48/18652/16 [NP8/No.7/Wk.51/16]
United States -- California -- Port of Sacramento --
Sacramento River — Vertical clearance 9 NNE of Berntsen Point (604235S 453550W),
the S entrance point to Borge Bay (4.41), thence:
349
Paragraph 10.238 3 lines 9--12 including existing Section RRS Ernest Shackleton [NP9/No.1/Wk.21/17]
IV Notice Week 51/16. Replace by:
...to Sacramento, is 363 m (119 ft) in position British Antarctic Territory –
380399N 1214719W. The minimum clearance over South Shetland Islands – Clarence Island to
the river itself is 335 m (110 ft) in position 381757N Low Island through Bransfield Strait —
1213375W. Directions
US Notice 43/18660/17 [NP8/No.14/Wk.47/17]
229
United States of America – Coos Bay to
Yaquina Bay — Directions; major light Paragraph 4.80 1 lines 4--7 Replace by:
386 ...which rises to a rounded peak off which overfalls

occur, thence:
...visible from N. HYDROPAC 4102/15 [NP9/No.2/Wk.01/16]
U1 53/18580/16 [NP8/No.8/Wk.05/17]
Antarctica – Hope Bay — Grunden Rock Light
United States of America – Oregon –
Columbia River — Pilotage 289

...area about 4 to 10 miles NW to SW of CR Light Buoy Navarea VI warning 24/15 [NP9/No.3/Wk.09/15]
(13.23) and not...
Columbia River Bar Pilots information dated 21/04/17

[NP8/No.9/Wk.21/17] Antarctic -- Trinity Peninsula -- Antarctic Sound
to Montravel Rock — Directions; shoal
United States -- Washington -- Columbia River --

291
Chinook — Controlling depth
Paragraph 13.27 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: N of a shoal (631098S 573131W), depth
unknown and position approximate, over which
In 2017 the controlling depth in the channel and breakers have been reported (2017), thence:
basin was 06 m (2 ft).
US Notice 45/18521/17 [NP8--No 17--Wk 49/17] UKHO [NP9/No.4/Wk.13/17]
2 -- 24
Index
NP9
Antarctic Peninsula -- Gerlache Strait -- Obskaya Guba – Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanov —
North North West of Useful Island — Directions; anchorages and harbours
Directions; shoal
275
310 Paragraph 10.20 1--7 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.147 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 From a position about 24 miles NNE of Mys Belyy
(732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended
4 Thence the track continues to lead SW to a track leads SSE, passing:
position NW of the NW extremity of foul ground with a ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black
least depth of 11 m (36 ft) (644060S 625490W),... framework tower with platform, 21 m in height)
(732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies
Argentinian Notice 11/184/2017 [NP9--No 8--Wk 52/17] 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence:
WSW of an extensive shoal bank (733053N
735347E) with a least depth of 40 m.
Antarctica – Port Lockroy — Bills Island Light 2 ENE of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E)
(9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy.
320 Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated
pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands
Paragraph 5.168 3 lines 1--2 Delete close N of this point. Thence:
ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E)
(9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina
Navarea VI warning 24/15 [NP9/No.5/Wk.09/15] (9.94), thence:
3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N
742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light
Antarctic Peninsula W coast – Liard Island —
Directions; rock (black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted
on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral
truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N
371
740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least
Paragraph 6.143 4 line 4 Replace by: charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW
from the W extremity of the island. Thence:
...NE entrance point to Langmuir Cove, thence: 4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo
SE of a rock (665285S 671817W), reported Light (tetrahedral truncated framework
(2017), thence: pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height)
(724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW
MY Hanse Explorer [NP9/No.6/Wk.06/17] of the headland and a remarkable hummock
lies on the low sandspit which extends E from
it.
Ross Sea – Scott Island — Position 5 Thence the track continues SSE following a
recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of
424 Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E
extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov
Paragraph 9.24 1 line 1 For (672300S 1795375W) Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each
Read (672275S 1795472W) side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks
up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and
moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated
Paragraph 9.25 1 line 2 For (672300S 1795375W) framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in
Read (672275S 1795472W) height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW
of the point.
NGA Chart 29282 [NP9/No.7/Wk.11/17] Russian Charts 12312, 13329; POLAR L8048
[NP10/No.2/Wk.52/16]
Paragraph 10.22 including heading Replace by:
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2016 Edition)
Spare
10.22
Navigation and Regulations -- Russian pilotage
— Icebreaker pilotage Russian Chart 12312 [NP10/No.2/Wk.52/16]
8 Mys Drovyanov to Mys Shtormovoy —

275
1 Icebreaker pilotage is available, on request, for the Paragraph 10.23 1 Replace by:
whole of the NSR and is obtained through the
Northern Sea Route Administration (NSRA). For 1 From a position E of Mys Drovyanoy (723969N
further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 725750E), the route leads along the recommended
tracks and DW route for about 52 miles, to a position
Volume 6(2) and www.nsra.ru.
WSW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E).
Russian Notice 28/3752/16 [NP10/No.1/Wk.32/16] Russian Charts 13329, 13330 [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16]
2 -- 25
Index
NP10
276 Mys Shtormovoy to Mys Khonarasalya —
Directions
Paragraph 10.29 1--10 Replace by: 277

Paragraph 10.33 1--6 Replace by:
1 From a position 7 miles NE of Mys Drovyanoy 1 From a position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy
(723969N 725750E) (10.20), the DW route leads (714545N 732726E), the DW route leads SSW,
initially SE to a position about 20 miles E of Mys passing:
Yuzhnyy (723298N 725907E), passing: ESE of the E extremity of a spit (714488N
NE of South No 1 Light (black tetrahedral truncated 723032E), with an obstruction, with a depth of
framework pyramid, 18 m in height) (723471N 20 m, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence:
725694E), thence: ESE of Mys Poludennyy (714203N 721877E)
2 NE of Mys Yuzhnyy the S extremity (723298N which is low and conspicuous from S, though from
725907E) of an island, in the form of a N or E it merges with the coast, thence:
narrow sandspit which dries in places and 2 ESE of a shallow flat which fronts the mouth of
which extends 7 miles S from Mys Drovyanoy. Reka Tambey delta (713305N 715847E)
Thence, from a position about 20 miles E of Mys and extends 2 miles offshore. Reka Tambey,
Yuzhnyy, the DW route leads about 30 miles SW to a one of the largest rivers in Poluostrov Yamal,
position 8¾ miles SW of Peschanka Light (721529N has an extensive delta with four branches
725006E), passing: extending from 3½ to 14 miles SW of Mys
3 SE of Mys Yuzhnyy, thence: Poludennyy, between which are low islands
SE of Mys Tye--sale (722923N 725003E), the composed of swampy tundra. Thence:
NE entrance point of Reka Khabey--yaga, thence: WNW of the shoal ground, with a least charted depth
SE of the NE extremity of a bank (722800N of 28 m, extending 3 miles WNW of Mys Taran
734350E), with charted depths of less than (10.32), marked by buoys (W cardinal), thence:
10 m. 3 ESE of Tambey, the administrative centre for the
4 Between shoal patches with depths less than N part of Poluostrov Yamal, from where a
10 m, which are part of a bar which extends light (black vertical rectangle on tetrahedral
across the gulf from Mys Drovyanoy to Mys metal framework tower with platform, 15 m in
Shtormovoy. height) (712886N 714887E) is exhibited.
SE of Drovyanoy trading post and meteorological The village has a trading post, the buildings of
station (722479N 724591E), reported as which are visible from the centre of the gulf.
standing on the cliff top; the main building is visible 4 Thence the recommended track continues to lead
from 10 miles seaward. Thence: SSW, to a position W of Mys Khonarasalya (10.32),
5 SE of Reka Yarra--yaga, the mouth of which is which lies S of the mouth of the broad valley of Reka
marked by Peschanka (Yarra--yaga) Light Ngarkakhorteyakha; Mys Khonara--sale Light (trihedral
(black tetrahedral framework tower, 15 m in truncated metal pyramid, 14 m in height) (712270N
height) (721529N 725006E); a sandbank 730243E) is exhibited from a position SSE of the
obstructs the mouth of the river, extending point.
1½ miles E then 3½ miles N.
Thence the DW route and recommended track lead (Directions continue at 10.40)
SSW for about 7 miles, to position 14 miles S of Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Chart 13330
Peschanka Light. The track then leads S, passing: [NP10/No.4/Wk.52/16]
6 WNW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N
732726E), which rises to three steep and Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba -- Port Sabetta —
conspicuous sandy hills; from N it appears as Development
a steep bluff with a low spit extending S from
it. Shtormovoy Light (black trihedral truncated 278
metal pyramid, 8 m in height) (714798N Paragraph 10.43 including heading Replace by:
733081E) is exhibited from a position NNE
of the point. Thence: Russian Chart 18331 (datum Pulkovo 1942) (see 1.25)
7 WNW of a light buoy (W cardinal) (714987N Port Sabetta
731065E), moored 2 miles W of the 10.43
shoalest part of a coastal bank, with a least 1 General information. Port Sabetta (711674N
charted depth of 64 m, extending N from Mys 720454E), is situated in the mouth of the
Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E), which Sabettayakha River, on the W side of Obskaya Guba
continues to extend N forming the bar across and is the port facility for the Yamal LNG terminals.
the gulf. Limiting conditions. The least charted depths
Thence the recommended track continues S, to a (2017) in the approach channel is 121 m and in the
position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy. harbour basin is 98 m.
Arrival information. The port is operational all
year. A tug is available.
(Directions continue at 10.32) 2 Harbour. The port consists of a harbour basin
(711676N 720520E) with a concrete quayside in
the NW part and a concrete pier lying to the SE.
Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Charts 13329, 13330 Development. Work is in progress (2017) to dredge
[NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16] the approach channel to a reported depth of 151 m.
2 -- 26
Index
NP10
Reclamation work and the construction of the main Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba — Directions;
LNG terminal berths in the vicinity of 711654N DW route; wreck; landmarks
720555E are ongoing, with the first LNG shipment
scheduled for the end of 2017 and full operational 279--280
capacity achieved by 2021.
3 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
W of Mys Khonarasalya (712395N 730034E) 1 From a position W of a shoal spit, marked by a
(10.32), the track leads SW following a two--way DW buoy (W cardinal), extending 3¼ miles W of Mys
route (2266) to the harbour basin. Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E) (10.45), the DW
Basins and berths. Berths 1--4, with charted route leads S, passing (positions relative to Mys
depths ranging from 77 to 106 m, are located on the Tryokhbugornyy (690526N 735248E)):
NW quayside.
Berths 5--6 are located on the concrete pier Paragraph 10.52 3 lines 4--7 Replace by:
(711660N 720491E), with charted depths ranging E of a wreck (692549N 732275E), with a least
from 84 to 116 m. All of the berths are being utilised depth of 74 m, marked by a buoy (isolated
for the construction of the LNG Terminal. danger), thence:
Russian Chart 18331 [NP10/No.5/Wk.12/17]
6 The DW route then leads SSE, passing:
WSW of a shoal patch (7¼ miles WSW), with a depth
Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba —
Directions; DW route; landmarks; depths of 84 m, thence:
WSW of the SW extremity of a shoal spit, with depths
less than 8 m, extending 7 miles SW from Mys
Tryokhbugornyy, marked a buoy (W cardinal)
278--279
(5½ miles SW), moored close to its extremity.
7 Thence the recommended track continues to lead
Paragraph 10.45 1--7 line Replace by: SSW, to a position 16¾ miles E of Nurma Light
(tetrahedral framework pyramid, black upper, 6 m in
1 From a position W of Khaltsyney Light (705020N height) (684312N 730516E), exhibited from the N
735623E) (10.40), the DW route leads S, passing entrance to Reka Nurma--yaga.
(positions relative to Mys Kharse (7007N 7341E)): Paragraph 10.53 Replace by:
E of a shoal patch (43 miles NNW), with a depth of
12 m, thence:
Spare
E of a shoal patch (22 miles NW), with a depth of
10.53
44 m, lying on a coastal bank extending 4 miles E
of Mys Belyy (702290N 724236E), which can Russian Notice 25/3083/17; Russian Charts 13334, 13335
be identified by the bright colour of its steep sides. [NP10/No.12/Wk.29/17]
W of an obstruction area (9¾ miles NNW), with a
radius of 1 mile, centred on 701607N
733112E. Kara Sea – South Part —
2 Thence a vessel may either continue S to a Aids to navigation; lights
position W of Mys Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E),
289
passing over a shoal bank with a least depth of about
10 m, or, for vessels with a deeper draught the track After Paragraph 11.2 1 line 4 Insert:
leads SSE, passing:
WSW of a shallow bank extending 7 miles N of Mys Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area
Kharse, marked on its W side by a buoy (W have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local
cardinal) (5 miles NNW), thence: authorities should be consulted for the latest
3 WSW of the W extremity of a spit extending information.
from Mys Kharse, marked by a buoy (W
UKHO [NP10/No.6/Wk.04/17]
cardinal) (2½ miles WNW). A beacon (black
tetrahedral truncated pyramid, white bands
and gallery, 16 m in height) stands on the Reka Yenisey – Mouth of river to Igarka —
point. Thence: General information; navigation; lights
WSW of Ngabkeyyakha (7½ miles S).
Thence the track leads S to a position in the 311
vicinity of 695100N 733358E. The DW track then
leads SW to a position W of Mys Nalivnoy
(694440N 733193E) the W extremity of a low Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area
marshy plain. A shoal spit, marked by a buoy (W have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local
cardinal) extends 3¼ miles W of the point. authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
Russian Charts 13332, 13333 [NP10/No.11/Wk.29/17] UKHO [NP10/No.7/Wk.04/17]
2 -- 27
Index
NP10
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Mys Krestovskiy to 474
Dudinka — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages
319
3 From the vicinity of 6954N 16223E, on the
After Paragraph 12.41 1 line 7 Insert: alignment (1815) of the above light beacons, in the
approaches to Protoka Kamennaya, the alignment
(1815) of the above light beacons, leads S through
Pilotage the outer anchorage and pilot station to a position E
12.41a of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (694113N
1 Pilot boarding positions for S--bound vessels to 1622182E).
Dudinka are as follows: 4 Thence the track alters to starboard and from
1) Approximately 9 cables WNW of position 694108N 1622175E, close SSW of No 3
Verkhe--Novoselenskiy Front Leading Light Light Buoy, follows a recommended course of 2155
(692839N 860512E). to position 693921N 1621792E, NE of No 4 Light
2) Approximately 7 cables E of the N point of Ostrov Buoy (port hand) (693917N 1621806E). There are
Kabatskiy (692560N 860563E). minimum depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and
2 The pilot boarding position for northbound vessels starboard of the course line of 41 and 34 m
to Dudinka is approximately 16 miles NNE of respectively.
Kabatskiy Front Leading Light (691969N 5 The track then alters slightly to starboard and, from
860381E). the position NE of No 4 Light Buoy, follows a
recommended course of 2249 to position 693878N
322 1621670E, SE of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(693887N 1621640E). There are minimum depths
Paragraph 12.51 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: at a distance of 06 cables to port and starboard of
the course line of 47 and 36 m respectively.
Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, 6 Thence the track leads WSW from the position SE
abreast Verkhne--Novoselenskiy Leading Lights of No 5 Light Buoy on a recommended course of
(12.45). 2609 to position 693870N 1621520E, 2 cables
ESE of No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) (693880N
After Paragraph 12.51 1 line 4 Insert: 1621468E). There are minimum depths at a distance
of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of
Quarantine area, abreast Nizhne--Dudinskiy 46 and 37 m respectively.
Leading Lights (12.45). 7 The track then leads WNW from the position ESE
of No 1 Light Buoy on a recommended course of
Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.8/Wk.16/16] 2875 across the Protoka Kamennaya Bar, proceeding
at slow speed, to position 693910N 1621163E,
NNE of No 6A Light Buoy (port hand) (693903N
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Dudinka to Igarka — 1621157E). There are minimum depths at a distance
Pilot boarding position of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of
40 and 36 m respectively.
322 8 Thence the track alters to port and follows a
recommended course of 2569 to position 693899N
1621033E, SW of No 5B Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (693907N 1621060E), and at the beginning
of the Sukharnyy leading line. There are minimum
Pilotage depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and 08 cables
12.55a to starboard of the course line of 23 and 45 m
1 For pilotage of N--bound vessels to Dudinka see respectively. For further information on depths and
12.41a. levels over the bar see 17.104 and 17.105.

Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.9/Wk.16/16]
10 Thence from a position SW of No 5 B Light Buoy
(693907N 1621060E) (starboard hand) the
Reka Kolyma – Protoka Kamennaya — alignment (2385) of the above light beacons leads
Depths; directions
WSW, to a position...
Paragraph 17.104 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: 12 Useful marks:

Stolbovoy Leading Light Beacons (black rectangular
2 Protoka Kamennaya Bar. There is a least depth of boards with white triangles, point up, mounted on
39 m over the bar, but the fairway across it is subject tetrahedral truncated pyramids, 11 m in height,
to periodic changes due to alluviation. radar reflector) (693771N 1621448E).
2 -- 28
Index
NP10
13 Ambarchik Leading Light Beacons (black and 4 Maps of these areas can be found in the
white vertical striped rectangular board Regulations (Norwegian)
mounted on tetrahedral truncated pyramid, http://lovdata.no/dokument/SF/forskrift/2014--04--04--377.
10 m in height, radar reflector) (693832N The translated version will be found at
1622207E). www.sysselmannen.no/en/Toppmeny/About/Svalbard/La
ws--and--regulations/Regulations/--Svalbard/Laws--and--r
Russian Notice 02/28/16 and Russian Sailing Directions egulations/Regulations/.
Volume 1119 [NP10/No.10/Wk.07/16]
Norwegian Notice 01/Miscellaneous/15
[NP11/No.3/Wk.07/15]
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2013 Edition) Svalbard — Regulation

10
Svalbard — Radio facilities; Loran--C After Paragraph 1.60 Insert:
Fuel restrictions
8 1.60a
1 It is forbidden for any vessel to have or use heavy
Paragraph 1.41 including heading Replace by: fuel oils in these protected areas in Svalbard:
Nothwest Spitsbergen National Park.
Spare Forlandet National Park.
1.41 Northeast Svalbard Nature Reserve.
Southeast Svalbard Nature Reserve.
2 Vessels may not bring or use fuels other than DMA
Norwegian Notice 01/Miscellaneous/15 grade fuels pursuant to the ISO 8217 Fuel Standard.
[NP11/No.1/Wk.07/15]
The following exceptions are available for vessels
using the shortest possible safe route:
North--western part of South Spitsbergen National
Iceland -- Radio facilities — DGPS Park sailing to and from Sveagruva.
3 Northwest Spitsbergen National Park sailing to
8--9 and from Magdalenefjorden until 1st January
2015.
Paragraph 1.43 1--2 including heading Replace by: Northern part of Forlandet National Park and the S
part of Northwest Spitsbergen National Park for
sailing to and from Ny--Ålesund until 1st January
Spare 2015.
1.43 4 Further information can be found at
www.sysselmannen.no
Icelandic Notice 2/5/16 [NP11/No.2/Wk.10/16]
Corres. -- Governor of Svalbard [NP11/No.4/Wk.03/15]
Svalbard — Regulation Iceland – South coast – Grindavík —

Directions; lights
10 92
After Paragraph 1.60 1 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 2.89 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:
4 E of Grindavík Outer Light Beacon (port hand)
2 On 1st May 2014, a revised regulation concerning (635010N 222572W), marking the W
protected areas in Svalbard came into force. extremity of the dredged channel, thence:
(Regulations concerning establishment of bird Between the heads of the inner harbour
sanctuaries and major nature conservation areas in breakwaters. A light (pole, 3 m in height)
Svalbard from 1973). Please note especially the new (635027N 222570W) is exhibited from the
demands: head of the inner W breakwater.
It is forbidden to release sewer and grey water within
a distance of 500 m from the shore in the nature Icelandic Notices 14--15/2/2014 [NP11/No.5/Wk.30/14]
reserves in E Svalbard and in the whole of
Rijpfjorden (Nordaustlandet). Iceland -- Reykjavík -- KollafjörÉur — Anchorages
3 Notification requirements for traffic in new areas 113
(zone A) in nature reserves in E Svalbard.
The areas extend 500 m seawards from Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 5--8 Replace by:
shore. KollafjörÉur. Two anchorage berths (641250N
Prohibition of traffic in two new areas (zone B) in the 215400W and 641250N 215550W) have been
period 15 May to 15 August in the nature reserves established in depths from 29 to 34 m, NE of Engey
in E Svalbard; the W part of Lågøya and (3.89). The holding ground is reported to be good.
Tusenøyane. The areas also include marine
areas. Icelandic Notice 3/23/2017 [NP11/No.17/Wk.29/17]
2 -- 29
Index
NP11
Iceland -- Reykjavík — Pilotage Paragraph 3.125 6 line 4 For 643050N 215860W Read
643066N 215823W
113
7 The track then leads ENE towards Borganes,
...in the following positions: passing:
Reykjavík (A) (641158N 215752W); NW of SigurÉareyrar, thence:
Engeyjarsund (B) (641010N 215580W); NW of a drying shoal (643171N 215650W) to a
ViÉeyjarsund (C) (641030N 215350W). position off the berth on Storá Brákarey.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for
details. Icelandic Notice 3/21/2017 [NP11/No.21/Wk.29/17]

Iceland – East coast – NeskaupstaÉur — Light
Iceland -- Reykjavík -- EiÉsvík — 179

Directions; lights
118
Paragraph 3.93 1 and 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 From a position WSW of the W extremity of Lundey Iceland – East coast – NeskaupstaÉur — Light
(641123N 214980W), a low grass--covered islet,
the track leads SSE, passing: 179
ENE of the E side of Vesturey (641040N
215170W) (3.90), thence: Paragraph 5.131 5 lines 1--7 including existing Section IV
WSW of the W extremity of Geldinganes (641010N Notice Week 21/14 Replace by:
214820W) (3.83), thence:
2 The berth (3.96) at Gufunes can then be 5 Useful marks:
approached directly. Pierhead light (post) (650880N 134117W).
Light (post) (650880N 134122W).
Fish harbour breakwater N light (650832N
134395W).
Harbour breakwater light (650827N 134402W).
Iceland -- HvalfjörÉur — Directions; buoyage
Icelandic Notice 6/2015 [NP11/No.7/Wk.26/15]
125
Iceland – North coast – EyjafjörÉur —
Paragraph 3.118 10 line 2 For (642225N 233100W) Directions; marine farms
Read (642297N 212918W)
202
BA Chart 2733 [NP11/No.16/Wk.28/17] After Paragraph 6.88 6 line 5 Insert:

ENE of a disused marine farm, which can be
Iceland -- Grundartangi — Pilotage dangerous to navigation, lying in RauÉavík
(655329N 181536W) and Arnarnesvík
126 (655250N 181465W), thence:
Paragraph 3.122 3 line 1 Replace by: 203
3 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 3½ miles After Paragraph 6.89 5 line 10 Insert:
SE of Akranes Light (641853N 220570W)
(3.106)... NE of a disused marine farm encompassing Reitsvík
(655730N 182500W), which can be
dangerous to navigation, and:
Iceland -- BorgarfjörÉur — Directions; lights 6 SW of the coastal bank (655853N

182246W), with a depth of 39 m, fronting
127 SyÉtibær (6.99), the village on Hrísey (6.88).
A disused marine farm, which can be
Paragraph 3.125 6 lines 1--2 Replace by: dangerous to navigation, covers an area up to
5 cables S from the S part of Hrísey. Thence:
6 E of the E--most danger of Borgareyjar (643042N
215949W), a group of islets from which a... Icelandic Notice 4/23/14, 4/24/14 [NP11/No.8/Wk.46/14]
2 -- 30
Index
NP11
Spitsbergen – West coast – Hornsund — Svalbard -- Isefjorden -- Ranvika — Anchorage
Directions; rock
255
238 Above Paragraph 9.83 and under heading Anchorages
and harbours Insert:
N of a rock (765890N 161887E) with a depth of Randvika
08 m, lying at the N extremity of a... 9.82a
1 Description. Randvika (780385N 133830E), the
Norwegian Notice 16/51875/14 [NP11/No.9/Wk.39/14] W--most anchorage in Isefjorden, is situated on the
inside of Kapp Linné (780383N 133667E). Isfjord
Spitsbergen – West coast – Bellsund — Radio Station stands on the W shore of the bay.
Directions; light
Since 1995 the station has been used as a tourist
facility. The area S of Isfjord Radio Station to
241
Revleodden (780298N 133470E) is a bird reserve
Paragraph 9.43 2 lines 5--9 Replace by: and access to the area is restricted.
2 Directions. The bay is approached from the NW
Thence the track continues NE to a position 4 miles and entered on the alignment (149) of the following
SW of Akseløya N Point Light (red framework tower, leading lights:
white stripe, shown mid September to mid January) Isfjord Front Light (780362N 133839E).
(774484N 143429E), in the white sector Isfjord Rear Light (780356N 133857E).
(0150--0380) of Sundodden Light (9.54), where the Anchorage. Vessels can anchor in the outer part of
pilot boards for onward passage. the bay, in depths from 12 to 13 m, about 3 cables
ENE of Kapp Linné.
244
Norwegian NM 20/54195/15; ENC Cell NO5D4627; Den
Paragraph 9.54 1 lines 2--9 Replace by: Norske Los 7 (2011) page 199 [NP11/No.12/Wk.48/15]
Akselsundet to Kapp Amsterdam. From the pilot Svalbard – Spitsbergen – Grønfjorden,

boarding position 4 miles SW of Akseløya N Point Adventfjorden and Trygghamna —
Light (774484N 143429E) (9.43), the track leads Restricted areas; wrecks
NNE in the white sector (0150--0380) of Sundodden
Light (774544N 143259E), passing between two 255
light buoys (lateral), to a position 4 cables SSW of After Paragraph 9.83 1 line 6 Insert:
Sundodden Light.
Restricted area. On the E side of the inlet, diving,
Norway Notice 18/56041/16 [NP11/No.10/Wk.44/16] fishing, anchoring and salvage are prohibited within a
circular restricted area, with a radius of 150 m,
centred on 781462N 135087E. An historic wreck
Svalbard – Spitsbergen – Grønfjorden, lies within this area.
Adventfjorden and Trygghamna —
Restricted areas; wrecks Norwegian Notices 11/51361/15373/51375/14
[NP11/No.13/Wk.29/14]
248
Svalbard -- Forslandsundet — Directions
After Paragraph 9.69 3 Insert:
257
Restricted areas Paragraph 9.98 1 line 2--3 For 784354N 112724E Read
9.69a 784364N 112826E
1 Two circular restricted areas with radii of 150 m, in
which there are historic wrecks, centred on 780429N Paragraph 9.100 5 line 6 Replace by:
140934E and 780440N 140867E, are situated in
the N part of Grønfjorden. Anchoring, fishing and ...(784364N 112826E) is exhibited, thence:
diving are prohibited within these areas. Norwegian Notice 16/53993/15 [NP11/No.14/Wk.39/15]
249 Spitsbergen – North coast – Raudfjorden —

Directions
273
4 Restricted area. An historic wreck lies within a
circular restricted area, radius 150 m, centred on Paragraph 10.33 1--2 Replace by:
781451N 154182E, off Hiorthhamn at the head of 2 From a position N of Flathuken (795052N
the fjord. Diving, fishing, anchoring and salvage are 114870E), the track leads S, passing:
prohibited within this area. E of Kobbskjera (795435N 113852E) (10.13),
thence:
Norwegian Notices 11/51361/15373/51375/14 W of an isolated rock (795190N 120170E),
[NP11/No.11/Wk.29/14] with a depth of 90 m, thence:
2 -- 31
Index
NP11
2 W of a rock (795058N 120408E), with a Narsaq (Narssaq) (605460N 460270W), a large
depth of 20 m, being the W--most danger on settlement, population in 2011 1598, stands on the
the shoal bank extending 1½ miles W from mainland coast at the head of a narrow cove 1¼ miles
Ermaktangen (795044N 121207E) (10.31), NW of Nuugaarsuk (Narssaq Pynt) (605361N
and: 460150W), which marks the junction of Skovfjord,
E of Flathuken (795052N 114870E), fringed Narsap Ikerasaa and Tunugdliarfik (2.147).
with rocks and noting the shoal ground with
depths of less than 10 m extending 1 mile N. Paragraph 2.137 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Norwegian Chart 521 [NP11/No.15/Wk.07/15]
2 Niaqornaarsuk (Niaqornârssuk) (605434N
460364W), connected to the coast by a gravel spit,
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition) is situated on the S side of the entrance to the cove;
a 40 m patch lies...
Greenland – Julianhåbs Fjord – Qaqortoq —
General information; positions Paragraph 2.137 3 line 4 For Narssaq Read Narsaq
102
Paragraph 2.100 Delete reference charts and Replace by: Paragraph 2.137 3 line 6 For Narssaq Pynt Read
Nuugaarsuk
Danish Charts 1132 (Qornoq 1927), 1151(WGS 84)
(see 1.14)
Danish Chart 1151 [NP12/No.1/Wk.06/13] Paragraph 2.137 3 line 8 For Narssaq Pynt Read
Nuugaarsuk
Greenland – Julianhåbs Fjord –
Qaqortoq — Anchorage
102--103 107
Paragraph 2.107 2 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
...orange triangle, point up) (604282N
460263W) (WGS 84). Anchoring lights, north pair:
Paragraph 2.107 5 and 6 Replace by: Front light (framework mast, topmark orange
triangle, point up, 8 m in height) (605450N
5 Anchoring lights, west pair: 460277W) (WGS 84).
Front light (mast, topmark orange triangle, point up, Rear light (framework mast, topmark orange
6 m in height) (604286N 460254W) (WGS triangle, point down, 4 m in height) (34 m N).
84).
Rear light (mast, topmark orange triangle, point Paragraph 2.143 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
down, 6 m in height) (31 m NW).
6 Anchoring lights, northeast pair: 2 Anchoring lights, east pair:
Front light (white mast, topmark red and white Front light (framework mast, topmark red triangle,
triangle, point up, 9 m in height) (604308N point up, 7 m in height) (605438N 460229W)
460197W) (WGS 84). (WGS 84).
Rear light (white mast, topmark red and white Rear light (framework mast, topmark red triangle,
triangle, point down, 5 m in height) (17 m NNE). point up, 7 m in height) (28 m ENE).
Paragraph 2.109 1 line 8 Replace by: Paragraph 2.144 1 line 2 For 83 m Read 86 m
...(604296N 460222W) (WGS 84).
Paragraph 2.110 1 lines 6 and 7 Replace by:
Danish Chart 1151 [NP12/No.3/Wk.06/13]
...triangle, point up, 23 in height) (604310N
460215W) (WGS 84).
Danish Chart 1151 [NP12/No.2/Wk.06/13] Greenland – Nuup Kangerlua — Directions
Greenland – Skovfjord and Tunugdliarfik –
Narsaq — General description; positions 132
106
Paragraph 2.137 Delete title, heading and reference chart
and Replace by: 1 Attention is drawn to the note on the chart
regarding two--way routes in Nuup Kangerlua.
Narsaq Mariners should note that the directions in this volume
make the assumption that electronic navigation aids
Danish Chart 1151(WGS 84) (see 1.14) may not be available, and should be guided
General description accordingly.
Paragraph 2.137 1 Replace by: A vessel making for Nuuk from seaward is
1 Narsap Ikerasaa (Narssaq Sund) (605558N recommended to approach from 7 to 10 miles W of
460800W) is bounded on the SW side by Illutalik Kitsissut, steering for position 6400N 5220W.
and Tugtutôq, and on the NE side by the mainland
coast. Danish Chart 1331 [NP12/No.4/Wk.36/12]
2 -- 32
Index
NP12
Greenland – Nuup Kangerlua — West coast of Greenland –
Directions; leading lights Aasiaat (Egedesminde) harbour —
132
162
1 At night, from position 6400N 5220W, approach
Leading lights are...
on a NE track until in the white sector (073--121) of
Attorsuit light, thence use Nassuitsunnguaq Light and Danish Notice 09/116/2016 [NP12/No.8/Wk.14/16]
its intensified sector to maintain a NE track through
Nuup Kangerlua. Greenland West Coast -- Kigataq SW — Depths
Paragraph 2.347 4 Delete 192
Paragraph 2.348 1 lines 1--3 Delete After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 11 Insert:
A depth of 8 m lies in position 720180N
Danish Notice 632/48/2015 [NP12/No.5/Wk.52/15] 560250W.
Danish Notice 640/40/2013 [NP12/No.9/Wk.44/13]

Greenland -- Nuuk — Directions; leading lights
Canada – Franklin Strait – East Side —
133 General description; shoal
1 Nuuk (Godthåb) S Leading Lights: Paragraph 12.108 2 line 7 Add:
Front light (yellow hut, red band, 2 m in height)
(640980N 514308W). ...A shoal depth of 22 m is reported (2012) to lie in
Rear light (similar structure, 2 m in height) position 714394N 954130W.
(1¼ cables from front light).
Canadian Eastern Notices 7573/7575/01/2013
The alignment (061) of these lights leads ENE,
[NP12/No.10/Wk.06/13]
passing:
NNW of Qeqertarsuaq (640807N 514627W),
thence: Coronation Gulf – Off--lying islands — Depth
2 SSE of a shoal (640955N 514448W), with a
431
depth of 53 m, which lies 2 cables SSW of
the S extremity of Nuuk Peninsula. Paragraph 14.180 1 line 9 Add:
Thence the track leads NNE within the white sector
A shoal, least depth 23 m lies in position
(015--025) of Umiarsualivik Light (6410·34N
675827N 1124034W.
5142·94W) (2.354) into the harbour.
Canadian Notice [NP12/No.11/Wk.36/12]
Denmark Notice 30/643/17 [NP12/No.16/Wk.35/17]
Queen Maud Gulf – East side —
Greenland – Sisimiut — Approaches; wreck General description; wreck
151 448
After Paragraph 3.101 4 Insert: After Paragraph 15.48 1 line 9 Insert:
A wreck, depth unknown, has been reported to lie 2 Restricted area defined by the following positions:
in approximate position 665805N 534795W, SSE A. 681475N 985237W
of this inner route. B. 681774N 984030W
C. 681326N 983227W
Danish Notice 1073/43/2012 [NP12/No.6/Wk.47/12] D. 681028N 984432W.
The area encloses a shipwreck, identified in
October 2014, to be that of HMS Erebus from Sir
Greenland -- Aasiaat (Egedesminde) -- Tipitooq John Franklin’s last expedition.
Kangilleq — Inner approaches; leading lights
3 The area of seabed has been designated a national
161 historic site which benefits from legal protection under
the Canada National Parks Act and relevant
Paragraph 4.25 2--3 Delete regulations; which prohibit the removal of artifacts and
allow for control of access and activities that may
damage the wreck.
162
For further information see Canadian Coast Guard
Paragraph 4.30 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: (CCG) Annual Edition of Notice to Mariners or Parks
Canada National Information Service.
...Angissôq, which is steep--to.
Canada Eastern Notices 804 and 7083/08/15
Danish Notice 2/116/15 [NP12/No.7/Wk.05/15] [NP12/No.12/Wk.38/15]
2 -- 33
Index
NP12
Canada – Simpson Strait — Directions The recommended track is normally marked each
season by buoys (red or green); red buoys are left to
449 starboard proceeding from W to E through the strait.
2 The buoys are liable to be displaced by ice and
Paragraphs 15.56 -- 15.73 inclusive, including title, strong streams, and in some years cannot be laid
Replace by: because of ice conditions and so cannot be relied
upon.
SIMPSON STRAIT Caution. Since many dangerous shoals with depths
of 5·0 m or less exist close to the track, it is most
important that it be closely adhered to and beacons
GENERAL INFORMATION have been established along the strait to facilitate this.
It is probable that the shoals may alter from year to
Canadian Charts 7083,7736,7760 (see 1.14) year with ice action.
General description 3 Strong tide rips occur in the narrows from 4 miles
15.56 WNW to 1½ miles SE of Eta Island and it is
1 Simpson Strait, which lies between King William recommended that passage of this part of Simpson
Island on the N and Adelaide Peninsula on the S, Strait only be attempted at slack water.
connects Queen Maud Gulf with Rasmussen Basin,
45 miles ESE.
The strait is entered from W between Cape John
Herschel (6841N 9804W) and Cape Geddes, Directions
8 miles SSE. Its E limit lies between Booth Point Aid to navigation
(6829N 9616W) and Ogle Point, 14 miles SE. 15.60a
15.57 1 Racon:
1 The W part of the strait, between the entrance and Ristvedt Island beacon (15.70).
a narrows, 16 miles ESE, is greatly encumbered with Approach
small islands, islets and rocks concentrated, mainly, 15.61
on the S and shallower side. 1 In the middle of the W entrance to the strait a
2 The islands are generally low--lying, although some beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar reflector,
have elevations up to 15 or 30 m, and are mostly elevation 13 m) stands on Salliq Island (6838N
composed of stones and boulders. From seaward, 9801W).
they appear to merge with each other and are difficult A vessel entering Simpson Strait from Storis
to distinguish, both individually and from the adjacent Passage (15.33) is recommended to follow a track of
shoreline. Alicia Island (15.73) is radar conspicuous.
072 through a position 1¼ miles 004 from this
In the narrows, Simpson Strait is only about
beacon, until the W edge of Alicia Island (15.73)
1¾ miles wide and the navigable channel is reduced
to a width of about 7 cables by off--lying islands and situated 3½ miles E of Cape John Herschel, bears
dangers. 350.
Ice Leading beacons
15.58 15.62
1 Break -- up commences in late July and by 1 Then alter track ESE onto the alignment (111) of
mid--August the strait is normally clear of ice. leading beacons established on the King William
Freeze--up commences in early October. The dates Island coast, 10½ miles ESE of Cape John Herschel.
are much affected by variations in weather conditions. Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
Tidal streams elevation 11 m) (683706N 973897W) stands
15.59 on the shore.
1 From brief, intermittent observations, the tidal Rear beacon (similar structure, radar reflector,
streams appear to set roughly along the axis of the elevation 20 m) (5¾ cables from front beacon).
strait, except in the vicinity of the islands, islets and 2 Aligned (111) the beacons lead clear of shoals
shoals, where there are marked changes of direction, which encumber Simpson Strait between the coast of
tide rips and eddies. King William Island and Comb Islands, a chain of four
In the narrows, a W--going stream of 2 kn has been small islands about 4 miles S.
observed, followed by a stronger E--going stream for a 15.63
shorter period. At times a stream with a rate of 4 kn
1 On the SE extremity of Gladman Point (15.74)
has been experienced in the strait, and up to 7 kn S
of Eta Island (683940N 972333W) (15.67). 8 miles ESE of Cape John Herschel, there is a
beacon (red daymarks on tripod tower, radar reflector,
elevation 5 m). Continue to make good a track of 111
ROUTE THROUGH SIMPSON STRAIT
until this beacon bears 045 distant 9 cables.
Leading beacons
General information 15.64
Canadian Chart 7736 (see 1.14) 1 Then alter track SSE onto the alignment (331), astern,
General description of leading beacons established on King William Island
15.60 1½ miles WNW of Gladman Point.
1 Passage through Simpson Strait is generally Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
considered to be the most difficult, navigationally, of radar reflector, elevation 8 m) (683937N
any part of the sea route between the Canadian 974774W).
mainland and the SW islands of the Arctic Rear beacon (similar structure, radar reflector,
Archipelago. elevation 12 m) (about 3 cables NNW).
2 -- 34
Index
NP12
2 When abeam of the summit of St Magnus Island The island, 15 m high, is one of the larger islands
(683583N 974511W) alter track onto the alignment in Simpson Strait, composed of rock and boulders,
(151) of leading beacons established on Boulder Island interspersed with ponds and green patches.
and Dens Island. These islands lie off the coast of Adelaide 2 Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tripod
Peninsula, about 8 miles E of Cape Geddes (6833N tower, elevation 11 m) (683227N 972376W)
9758W). stands on the SW side of Eta Island.
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower, Rear beacon (similar structure, elevation 22 m)
(about 1½ cables from front beacon) is situated in
elevation 8 m) (683376N 973958W) stands
the middle of the island.
on the N end of Boulder Island. Aligned (109) the beacons lead between two
Rear beacon (similar structure, elevation 17 m) buoys (red conical), on the S, and a buoy (green can)
(about 1½ miles SSE) stands on Dens Island. on the N, toward the narrows.
3 Aligned (151) the beacons lead between shoals which 15.68
front King William Island, on the E, and shoal water which 1 These buoys normally mark, respectively, the NE
surrounds Saint Magnus Island, Sarvaq Island and limit of shoal water off Saatuq Island and the
Kilwinning Island, in that order from N to S, on the W. extremity of a shoal extending SSE from Amittuq
4 Maintain the alignment of 151/331 as far as Hook Point. Between the buoys the fairway through
Island, which lies about 7½ miles ENE of Cape Geddes. A Simpson Strait has a least width of 1½ cables.
beacon (red daymarks on tripod tower, radar reflector, The strong tide rips mentioned above extend across
elevation 11 m) (683506N 973964W), stands on the the fairway at this point and also mark a shoal with a
depth of 0·6 m (2 ft) or less, situated midway between
NW end of Hook Island.
Saatuq Island and Dolphin Island, 1½ miles ESE.
Caution: A shoal patch depth 58 m lies close to the 2 A beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar reflector,
track 7 cables WNW of the beacon on Hook Island. elevation 13 m) (683307N 972660W) stands 2 cables
Leading beacons within Peglar Point (6833N 9726W) on the N shore of
15.65 the narrows, about 7 cables NW of Eta Island.
1 When the SE extremity of Hook Island bears 061½ Leading beacons
distant 7½ cables, alter track E onto the alignment (0955) 15.69
of leading beacons established 3½ cables SE of Amittuq 1 Keep the leading beacons on Eta Island aligned (109)
Point (683457N 973386W). until the rear beacon on Saatuq Island bears 210 distant
The latter point is the NW extremity of a small, irregular 3¾ cables, and then alter track onto the recommended
peninsula, situated 9½ miles ENE of Cape Geddes, and track (117) on line of bearing of the beacon established on
connected to the King William Island coast by a short, Cape Seaforth the N extremity of Catherine Island. The
narrow neck of land. latter island is situated about 1 mile SE of Eta Island, close
off the S shore of the narrows.
2 Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tripod
Beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar reflector,
tower, elevation 9 m) (683433N 973331W) elevation 11 m) (683126N 972064W) on
stands on the shore. Cape Seaforth.
Rear beacon (similar structure, radar reflector, Strong tide rips extend into the fairway, created by
elevation 17 m) (1 cable E) is situated in the a shoal off the SE end of Eta Island. The channel
middle of the peninsula. between Eta Island and King William Island is foul.
Aligned (0955) the beacons lead in mid--channel Leading beacons
between Boulder Island, to the S, and Hook Island. 15.70
Leading beacons 1 A beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar reflector,
15.66 elevation 14 m) (683208N 972339W) stands on the
1 A beacon (tripod tower, radar reflector, elevation 6 m), SW extremity of Eta Island (15.67). When it bears 024
stands in the middle of Minor Island. When it bears 143 distant 3 cables, alter track on the alignment (107), of
leading beacons established on Ristvedt Island
distant 6½ cables, alter track SE onto the alignment (126)
(683102N 971559W) and its unnamed neighbour
of leading beacons established on Saatuq Island, which close W.
lies in shoal water 10½ miles E of Cape Geddes, in the W Front beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, elevation
entrance to Simpson Strait narrows. 8 m) (683098N 971627W) on unnamed
Front beacon (red and white daymark on square island.
framework tower, radar reflector, elevation 9 m) Rear beacon (similar structure, racon, elevation
(683300N 973196W) stands on the NW 12 m) (4 cables from front beacon) stands near
extremity of Saatuq Island. the S end of Ristvedt Island.
2 Rear beacon (red and white daymark on tripod Leading beacons
tower, radar reflector, elevation 13 m) 15.71
(3 cables from front beacon) stands in the 1 Maintain a track of 107 until on the alignment
middle of the NE side of the island. (305), astern, of leading beacons established on the
Aligned (126) the beacons lead in mid--channel E side of Eta Island, when the track can be altered to
125.
between Amittuq Point, on the E, and Minor Island
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
and Ujarat Island on the W. elevation 9 m) (683218N 972268W) stands
Leading beacons near the SE extremity of Eta Island.
15.67 Rear beacon (tower, elevation 21 m) (3¾ cables
1 Maintain the alignment (126) until the rear beacon from front beacon) stands near the N end of the
at Amittuq Point bears 028, distant 8½ cables, and island.
then alter track onto the alignment (109) of leading Aligned (305), astern, the beacons lead through
beacons on Eta Island, situated 13 miles E of Cape the E approach to the narrows into the more open
Geddes, in the middle of the narrows. water of the E part of Simpson Strait.
2 -- 35
Index
NP12
2 Maintain a track of 125 until on the alignment Canada – Eureka Sound — Depth
(286), astern, of leading beacons standing on
Catherine Island, when track can be altered to 106. 491
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower, Paragraph 17.115 3 lines 7--10 Replace by:
elevation 13 m) (683086N 971966W) stands
in the middle of the E side of the island. The W part of Slidre Fiord appears to be deep; in
3 Rear beacon (similar structure, elevation 18 m) the E part the depths are irregular. A depth of 148 m
(1¼ cables from front beacon) stands in the lies about 3 miles SE of Eureka Station.
middle of Catherine Island.
Aligned (286), astern, the beacons lead through Canada East Notice 7920/05/12
the E approach to the narrows into the more open [NP12/No.15/Wk.36/12]
water of the E part of Simpson Strait.
15.72
1 On the N side of the approach, Tulloch Point
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition)
(6831N 9707W), is a prominent, fairly high point,
covered with rounded boulders on its lower levels and Northern Territory -- Arafura Sea --
distinctively marked with old beachlines; a beacon South Goulburn Island — Depths
(tower, red daymark, radar reflector, elevation 18 m),
130
stands on the point. Tide rips extend up to 3 miles S
from the point. Paragraph 3.38 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
2 On the S side of the approach, 2 miles SSW of
...shoals with depths of approximately 8 m in the
Tulloch Point, a beacon (red daymark on tripod tower,
fairway. A least known depth of 53 m lies 5½ cables
radar reflector, elevation 11 m) stands on the
SSE of Sand Point, the SW extremity of North
outermost small island of a chain which fringes the
Goulburn. A shoal with a depth of 57 m is charted
coast of Adelaide Peninsula between Gould Point 2½ miles SW of Sand Point.
(6830N 9715W), and Thunder Cove (15.83), 9 miles
SSE. Australian Notice 21/857/17 [NP13/No.11/Wk.45/17]
SIMPSON STRAIT – NORTH SIDE Western Australia -- Brunswick Bay --

Hanover Bay — Anchorage
Canadian Charts 7646,7736,7760 (see 1.14)
General description 183
15.73
1 Between Cape John Herschel (6841N 9804W)
and Booth Point, 41 miles ESE, the S coast of King Anchorage. Good anchorage is afforded in position
William Island is low, regular and generally 151695S 1244591E, which is protected to the E,
featureless, backed by long, low, narrow hills formed S and W by the mainland with a bottom of sticky grey
of glacial deposits running NW/SE and seldom rising mud.
over 45 m.
Australian Hydrographic Office [NP13/No.1/Wk.17/17]
2 Shoal water, in which lie numerous islets and rocks,
fringes the whole coast which is everywhere marked
by old beachlines. Western Australia -- Port Hedland —
Secchi Bay is formed 2 miles E of Cape John Traffic Regualtions
Herschel (15.32), between Mitalik Peninsula, about 221
5 m high, and the coast 1 mile N. Shoal water fronts
the bay within which the depths are not known. After Paragraph 5.270 1 line 5 Insert:
3 Alicia Island, over 5 m high and Petersen Island, lie
Registration. All arriving vessels, including vessels
in shoal water close offshore about midway between
anchoring outside VTS limits, must pass within a
Cape John Herschel and Gladman Point, 8 miles ESE.
2½ mile radius of the First Reporting Point (195721S
Canada East Notice 11/7736/12 & 12/ARC403/12 1182850E) to ensure that automatic registration (via
[NP12/No.13/Wk.07/13] AIS) of having arrived at Port Hedland takes place.
Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.6/Wk.38/17]

Canada – Rasmussen Basin – West Side —
General description; shoal Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Berths
223
453
Paragraph 15.91 2 line 5 Add:
2 Finucane Island Berths C and D (201863S
...A shoal depth of 19 ft (58 m), is reported (2013) 1183416E). Double berth for loading iron ore.
to lie in position 682941N 954638W. Combined length 680 m and 65 m wide with
maintained depths of 184 m (Berth C) and 192 m
Canadian Eastern Notices 7760/02/2013 (Berth D). Maximum vessel LOA 325 m. Mooring
[NP12/No.14/Wk.11/13] dolphins are located at either end.
2 -- 36
Index
NP13
Paragraph 5.290 1 line 2 Replace by: Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point —
Directions; Racon
Berth PH 1, with a length of 213 m and a...
284
Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.7/Wk.38/17]
Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Tug haven 1 Racon:
224 Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.10/Wk.44/17]

Western Australia -- Port Denison —
Hunt Point Tug Haven
5.294a 291
1 A basin (201823S 1183417E) lies between Hunt
Point and Island Wharf. There are eight berths for Paragraph 7.184 5 line 6 For 1743 Read 1759
tugs. The basin and the access channel have
maintained depths of 72 m. Australian Notice 16/650/17 [NP13/No.5/Wk.37/17]
Australian Notice 22/901/17 [NP13--No 12--Wk 48/17] South Australia -- Kangaroo Island --
Hog Bay — Anchorage
Western Australia -- Port Walcott —
Pilot boarding place 398
235
2 Anchorage. Two designated anchor berths are
Paragraph 6.74 1 line 4 For 203215S 1171765E Read located at 354272S 1375758E (radius 3 cables)
203240S 1171500E and 354278S 1375740E (radius 23 cables) with
depths from 11 to 18 m.
Australian Notice 05/164/2017 [NP13/No.2/Wk.17/17]
Port Walcott -- Outer North Channel —
Emergency waiting areas
236
Australia — Regulations; Australian Quarantine
After Paragraph 6.77 1 line 5 Insert: and Inspection Service; website
2 Emergency Waiting Areas, have been established
5
along the Outer North Channel as follows:
Emergency Waiting Area 2 centred on 203061S Paragraph 1.45 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
1171573E.
Emergency Waiting Area 3 centred on 202821S ...Territorial Sea. Full details may be found at:
1171804E. www.agriculture.gov.au/biosecurity.
Emergency Waiting Area 4 centred on 202890S See also Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters
1172053E. and ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
Australian Notice 18/734/17 [NP13/No.8/Wk.42/17] Australian Notice 24/1005/17

[NP14--No 28--Wk 52/17]
Western Australia -- Dampier -- Distress and Rescue --

East Intercourse Island -- Radome Ship reporting systems — MASTREP
10
241
Paragraph 1.77 including title Replace by:
Modernised Australian Ship Tracking and Reporting
Australian Notice 05/163/2017 [NP13/No.3/Wk.17/17] System (MASTREP)
1.77
Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point — 1 MASTREP is an integral part of the maritime SAR
Directions; Racon system in Australia, which was launched on 1st July
2013. MASTREP is operated by AMSA (1.42) through
281 RCC Australia. The objective of MASTREP is to
contribute to safety of life at sea through limiting the
Paragraph 7.92 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: time between the loss of a ship and the initiation of
1 Racon: SAR, limiting the SAR area, and providing up to date
information on shipping resources in the area. The
Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.9/Wk.44/17] MASTREP area is the same as the Australian SRR.
2 -- 37
Index
NP14
2 Participation in MASTREP is mandatory for certain Paragraph 4.100 1 line 9 For lights Read beacons
vessels under The Commonwealth of Australia
Navigation Act 2012 and Marine Order Part 63. Paragraph 4.100 2 line 4--9 Replace by:
Vessels which must report to MASTREP are: A pair of beacons (green and white bands, front
A) Foreign vessels from the arrival at its first port in topmark triangular point up, rear topmark triangular
Australia until its departure from its final port in point down) in line bearing 2463, mark the limit of
Australia; and: the berth area.
B) All regulated Australian vessels whilst in the
MASTREP area. Australian Notice 10/553/16 [NP14/No.4/Wk.28/16]
3 The entire area covered by this volume falls within
the MASTREP area. Port Phillip -- Werribee River —
Full details of the MASTREP system are given in
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4) and 138
Australian Seafarers Handbook.
Australian Marine Order 63 (MASTREP) 2013 2 Directions. From a position 1 cable SE of a pair of
[NP14/No.1/Wk.08/17] light beacons (lateral) (375867S 1444167E) and
(375870S 1444164E), the track leads NW between
Bass Straight — Regulations; restricted area the above beacons, over the bar and into the river
through a channel marked by light beacons (lateral).
68 Depths of less than 1 m may be found in the channel.
After Paragraph 2.15 1 line 6 Insert: Australian Notice 16/656/17 [NP14/No.27/Wk.37/17]
Traffic regulations Bass Strait -- Cape Woolamai to Cape Liptrap --

2.15a Anderson Inlet — Prohibited anchorage
1 Restricted area. The Kent Group (2.22), Curtis
165
Group (2.20), Judgment Rocks (2.20), and Devils
Tower (392258S 1464456E) (6.13) each lie within Paragraph 5.84 4 line 7 Replace by:
an ESSA. Entry into these areas is restricted and Submarine cable. Anchorage is prohibited within a
special dispensation is required to land or conduct charted area one mile either side of a submarine
activities and/or operations in this area. cable (5.72).
Australian Chart 802 [NP14/No.25/Wk.33/17] Australian Notice 3/104/2017 [NP14/No.5/Wk.10/17]
Chappell Islands -- East side — Bass Straight — Regulations; restricted area

Directions; Minnie Carmichael
169--170
87 Paragraph 6.9 1 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 2.101 5 lines 1--7 Delete Traffic regulations
6.9
Australian Notice 21/1119/16 [NP14/No.2/Wk.46/16] 1 Restricted area. The Hogan Group (6.16) and
Devils Tower (6.13) each lie within an ESSA. Entry
Point Grey to Port Phillip Heads — into these areas is restricted and special dispensation
Anchorages and harbours is required to land or conduct activities and/or
operations in this area.
111 -- 112 Area to be Avoided. An ATBA by unauthorized
vessels of more than 200 gt lies S of Lakes Entrance
Paragraph 3.91 including heading Replace by: (375343S 1475840E). The area contains oil wells
and oil and gas production platforms most of which
Spare are marked by lights, light buoys and buoys.
3.91
Australian Hydrographic Office [NP14/No.26/Wk.33/17]
Aus Chart 143 [NP14/No.3/Wk.52/16]
Victoria -- Gabo Island — Racon
Victoria -- Port Philip -- Geelong — 171
Directions for Point Henry Pier; leading beacons
133
Paragraph 4.100 1 line 1--5 Replace by: 191
1 Leading beacons:
Front beacon (triangular topmark, apex down) Spare
(380773S 1442616E) 6.120
Rear beacon (similar structure, apex up) (5 cables
from front beacon) Australian Notice 05/168/2017 [NP14/No.6/Wk.14/17]
2 -- 38
Index
NP14
North coast of Tasmania -- Circular Head -- Tasmania -- Devonport —
Stanley Harbour — Prohibited anchorage Limiting conditions; berths
209
197
Paragraph 7.75 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.14 6 lines 1--10 Replace by: 1 A dredged channel with a least width of 79 m and
a depth of 92 m (2016) leads through the entrance to
6 NE of Circular Head (404593S 1451837E) Mersey River and to a swinging basin abreast West
(7.11) on the S side of which lies Stanley Harbour Wharf; the basin has a maximum width of 300 m and
(7.27). Between Highfield Point and Circular Head lies a maintained depth of 84 m (2016).
a small sandy bight with depths of 46 to 73 m in it.
The bight is the landing site for a submarine cable 212
laid across Bass Strait to Venus Bay (384015S Paragraph 7.89 1 line 4 For 67 m Read 57 m
1454320E) (5.84). Anchorage within a charted area
about one mile either side of the cable is prohibited. Paragraph 7.89 2 line 3 For 86 m Read 76 m
This part of the peninsula is covered with grassland
and rises to 82 m about 1 mile SW of Highfield Point. Paragraph 7.90 1 line 3 For 90 m Read 89 m
Thence:
200 Paragraph 7.90 2 line 4 For 103 m Read 85 m
After Paragraph 7.29 1 line 5 Insert: Australian Notice 18/964/16 [NP14/No.9/Wk.39/16]
Caution. Anchorage is prohibited in a area E and

N of the port, within one mile of a submarine cable Tasmania West coast – Cape Grim —
Directions; shoal
(7.14) that is laid NE then NNE across the Bass
Strait. 231
3 Clear of a shoal (404839S 1442306E) where
no bottom has been found at a depth of
Tasmania – Port Latta — Anchorage 20 m, thence:

201
Port Arthur — Restricted area; anchorage
265
Australian Notice 12/460/17 [NP14/No.23/Wk.20/17] After Paragraph 9.77 1 line 4 Insert:

2 Restricted area. A Cruise Ship area has been
established in Port Arthur, centred on 430845S
Tasmania North coast – Burnie — 1475250E, radius 648 m. Vessels must not anchor
Arrival information; pilotage; directions or impede access to this area without clearance. For
further information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
205 Volume 6(4).

...normal international pilot signals. The pilot boards in Port Arthur — Restricted area; anchorage
position 410000S 1455870E. Vessels requiring a pilot
should not... 266
1 Cruise Ship Anchorage (430845S 1475250E),
...towards the pilot boarding position (7.54), paying with a swinging radius of 648 m, and depths from 16
attention to the clearing marks... to 36 m, sand and stone.
Safety Cove (431080S 1475140E), a small bay,
206 lies between Briggs Point (431097S 1475189E), a
steep point, and a precipitous point, 30 m high,
8 cables N. A sandy beach at the head of the cove is
Paragraph 7.59 1 line 8 For 410163S 1455719E Read
backed by swampy ground. Anchorage may be
7.54
obtained in the middle of the cove, in depths of 10 to
15 m, but there is always some swell.
Australian Notice 06/193/2017 [NP14/No.8/Wk.17/17] Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.18/Wk.27/17]
2 -- 39
Index
NP14
Hobart — Arrival information; outer anchorages West coast of Tasmania -- Wineglass Bay —
Anchorage
269 293
Anchorage
Outer anchorages Wineglass Bay
9.99 10.41a
1 Three designated anchorages with swinging radii of 1 Wineglass Bay (421000S 1481850E), with a
556 m and charted depths from 22 to 27 m, mud, white sandy beach, is situated at the head of Thouin
have been established in the following positions: Bay (420900S 1482000E). A Cruise Ship
Anchorage 1 (425610S 1472330E) anchorage area, radius 2 cables, has been established
Anchorage 2 (425690S 1472310E) in Wineglass Bay, in depths from 132 to 200 m,
Anchorage 3 (425770S 1472290E) sand. Vessels are required to not anchor or impede
access to this area without permission.
Cape Tourville to Eddystone Point —

Hobart — Arrival information; restricted area Anchorages and harbours
294
270
After Paragraph 9.103 6 line 6 Insert: ...1481780E). Bayley Hummock...
296
Restricted area Paragraph 10.56 including heading Replace by:
9.103a
1 A Cruise Ship Area has been established on the Spare
River Derwent in the vicinity of 425730S 10.56
1472360E. Vessels must not anchor or impede
access to this area without clearance. For further UKHO [NP14/No.11/Wk.52/16]
information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4). New South Wales – Port Botany —
Limiting conditions; controlling depths; berths
Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.20/Wk.27/17] 338

1 The channel leading from seaward to Port Botany
West coast of Tasmania -- (335830S 1511250E), on the NE side of Botany
Wineglass Bay — Anchorage
Bay, is 213 m wide with a minimum depth of 156 m.
The Port Botany swinging basin (335856S
290 1511235E) has a minimum depth of 159 m.
Paragraph 12.73 1 line 9 For 112 m Read 128 m.
NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.12a/Wk.01/17]
4 E of Thouin Bay (420900S 1482000E) with
Wineglass Bay (421000S 1481850E)
New South Wales – Botany Bay — Berths
(10.41a) at its head, thence:
341
Australian Notice 11/416/17 [NP14/No.21/Wk.27/17] Paragraph 12.92 2 Replace by:
2 Bulk Liquids Berths (335850S 1511265E), for
the handling of bulk liquid chemicals and LPG lie
Tasmania -- Spring Bay -- Paddys Point — close S of the entrance to Brotherson Dock. The
Leading lights
facility comprises two T--shaped jetties:
No 1 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is
292 183 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA
230 m, draught 140 m, 90 000 tonnes dwt.
Paragraph 10.34 3 lines 3--8 Delete No 2 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is
190 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA
270 m, 120 000 tonnes dwt.
2 -- 40
Index
NP14
New South Wales – Port Botany — 361
Limiting conditions; controlling depths; berths
341 No 1 Berth; length 232 m; depth alongside 119 m.
2 No 2 Berth; total length 234 m; depth alongside
Paragraph 12.92 1 and 2 Including existing Section IV Notice 118 m.
Week 30/16 Replace by: No 7 Berth; length 229 m; depth alongside 107 m.
1 Brotherson Dock (335907S 1511277E) with a No 8 Berth; length 115 m; minimum depth alongside
81 m.
maintained depth of 15 m, contains two container
terminals, one on each side of the dock as follows: Paragraph 12.161 1 lines 4--7 and 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
North Quay: total wharf length 1556 m; five berths; No 2 Berth; length 141 m; depth alongside 106 m.
RoRo ramp at the E end; depths of 139 to 164 m No 3 Berth; length 260 m, depth alongside 107 m.
alongside. 2 No 4 Berth; length 254 m; depth alongside
South Quay: total wharf length 937 m; four berths; 111 m.
depths of 137 to 148 m alongside. No 5 Berth, the White Bay Cruise Terminal; length
2 Bulk Liquids Berths (335850S 1511265E), for 333 m; depth alongside 110 m.
the handling of bulk liquid chemicals and LPG lie 364
close S of the entrance to Brotherson Dock. The
facility comprises two T--shaped jetties: Paragraph 12.163 2 line 2 For 137 m Read 126 m.
No 1 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is
183 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA Paragraph 12.163 2 line 4 For 97 m Read 98 m.
230 m, draught 140 m, 90 000 tonnes dwt.
3 No 2 with berthing dolphins, depth alongside is NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.15/Wk.01/17]
190 m. Maximum size of vessel handled LOA
270 m, 120 000 tonnes dwt. Sydney -- Paramatta River — Wreck
Hayes Dock (335792S 1511205E) is a
container terminal with a total wharf length of 1300 m. 366
Four berths have depths ranging from 160 to 163 m
alongside.
S of a wreck (335065S 1510997E) with a depth
NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.12b/Wk.01/17] of 62 m, thence:

New South Wales – Sydney Harbour —
Arrival information; anchorages
347
Paragraph 12.126 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: Australia — Regulations; Australian Quarantine
and Inspection Service; website
1 For anchoring outside Sydney Harbour (335130S
1511315E) see 12.111. The following anchorages 7
are available for vessels within Sydney Harbour:
Anchorage Position LOA Draught
...Territorial Sea. Full details may be found at
B1 335081S 150 to Less than www.agriculture.gov.au/biosecurity
(Bank 1) 1511565E 190 m 134 m See also Seafarers Handbook for Australian
B2 335073S 210 to Less than Waters.
(Bank 2) 1511557E 340 m 131 m Australian Notice 24/1005/17

T1 335066S Less Less than [NP15--No 51--Wk 52/17]
(Triangle) 1511593E than 12 m
150 m Distress and Rescue -- Ship reporting systems
W1 335068S 150 to Less than — MASTREP
(Watsons Bay) 1511647E 200 m 99 m 13
Paragraph 1.90 including title Replace by:
NSW Port Authority Guide [NP14/No.14/Wk.01/17]
Modernised Australian Ship Tracking and Reporting
New South Wales – Sydney Harbour – System (MASTREP)
Glebe Island – White Bay – Gore Cove — 1.90
Directions; naval berths; 1 MASTREP is an integral part of the maritime SAR
commercial basins and berths system in Australia, which was launched on 1st July
2013. MASTREP is operated by AMSA (1.48) through
360 RCC Australia. The objective of MASTREP is to
contribute to safety of life at sea through limiting the
Paragraph 12.155 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: time between the loss of a ship and the initiation of
SAR, limiting the SAR area, and providing up to date
... Royal Australian Navy; there is a reported (2016) depth information on shipping resources in the area. The
of 12 m alongside. MASTREP area is the same as the Australian SRR.
2 -- 41
Index
NP15
2 Participation in MASTREP is mandatory for certain 4 WNW of Lihou Reef (172500S 1513900E);
vessels under The Commonwealth of Australia the W edge of the reef rises to a ridge, with
Navigation Act 2012 and Marine Order Part 63. depths of 10 to 30 m. The ridge gives no
Vessels which must report to MASTREP are: visual indication of reefs, or discoloured water,
A) Foreign vessels from the arrival at its first port in for a distance of 17 miles NNE from its SW
Australia until its departure from its final port in extremity. South West Cay (173863S
Australia; and: 1512482E) (2.124) lies E of the same
B) All regulated Australian vessels whilst in the extremity.
MASTREP area. 5 The track then continues SSW for about 145 miles
3 The entire area covered by this volume falls within to the seaward entrance of Hydrographers Passage
the MASTREP area. (194353S 1502592E) (6.25).
Full details of the MASTREP system are given in (Directions continue at 6.37)
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4) and
Australian Seafarers Handbook. IMO Advisory SN.1/Circ.331 (13/07/2015)
[NP15/No.3/Wk.20/16]
Australian Marine Order 63 (MASTREP) 2013 Australia – Coral Sea – Outlying reefs and
[NP15/No.1/Wk.08/17] dangers – Saumarez Reefs — Major light
73
Australia – Coral Sea – Sandy Cape to After Paragraph 2.110 1 line 5 Insert:
Torres Strait outer route — Major light:
Directions; major lights
Saumarez Reefs Light (213959S 1534601E)
(2.84).
69
Australian notice 25/1238/16 [NP15/No.4/Wk.02/17]
After Paragraph 2.84 1 line 4 Insert: East Coast – Great Barrier Reef –
Diamond Passage; Holmes Passage —
Saumarez Reefs Light (213959S 1534601E) Two Way Routes
(red GRP hut on stainless steel framework tower, 79
18 m in height).
Australian notice 25/1238/16 [NP15/No.2/Wk.02/17] 2 To the W of both reefs, a two way route (IMO
adopted) has been established. This route is not
marked by buoys or beacons. The coordinates are as
follows:
East Coast – Great Barrier Reef –
Diamond Passage; Holmes Passage — 155778S 1475150E 160108S 1475542E
Two Way Routes
162337S 1472848E 162569S 1473329E
164476S 1472376E 164581S 1472886E
70
IMO Advisory SN.1/Circ.331 (13/07/2015)
Paragraph 2.94 Replace by: [NP15/No.5/Wk.20/16]
1 Route. From the Solomon Sea (2.88) the track Nouvelle--Calédonie -- New Caledonia Trough —
leads across the Coral Sea, SSW or S as required, to Other dangers; shoal
Diamond Passage (173000S 1511390E) through 85
which a two way route (IMO adopted) has been
established. This route is not marked by buoys or Paragraph 2.192 1 including heading Replace by:
beacons. The coordinates are as follows: Spare
165825S 1511556E 165895S 1512072E 2.192
173232S 1511056E 173350S 1511568E French Notice 20/205/2017 [NP15/No.43/Wk.31/17]
175500S 1510241E 175664S 1510737E
Australia – New South Wales – Newcastle –
2 The track then leads SSW in mid--channel Stockton Channel — Directions; buoy
through the passage, which has a least width
of 12¼ miles between the 500 m depth 102
contours on each side of the channel, outside Paragraph 3.103 4 lines 3--5 Replace by:
which depths shoal rapidly to Lihou Reef
...1514714E).
(2.118) on the E side and to Diamond Islets
The track then leads N, passing:
bank on the W. The track passes:
E of a light buoy (starboard hand) (325382S
3 ESE of East Diamond Islet (172650S
1514712E), thence:
1510450E), thickly covered with bushes and
Clear of small craft moorings (325357S
grass and reef--fringed out to 1½ miles except
1514728E), thence:
on its NW side. A light (172645S
1510453E) stands on the islet. And: Australian Notice 12/442/17 [NP15/No.44/Wk.31/17]
2 -- 42
Index
NP15
Australia – South East Coast – Newcastle to Australia -- Brisbane and Approaches — ESSA
Sugarloaf Point — Directions
133
106
Paragraph 3.118 2 line 3 For 54 m Read 38 m
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area
Australian Notice 22/1180/2015 [NP15/No.6/Wk.48/15] 4.1a
1 The chapter includes an Environmentally Sensitive
Sea Area (ESSA) for the waters of Moreton Bay,
Australia -- New South Wales -- Moreton Island and the adjacent shoals and reefs.
Port Stephens — Directions
Restrictions on access and activities apply. See 1.78.
108
Australian Chart 236 [NP15/No.9/Wk.10/17]
Australia -- Brisbane and Approaches --
7 From a position N of Sandy Point (324298S Moreton Bay and Approaches — Directions; AIS
1520677E), the track continues WNW passing: 134
N of Corlette Point (324309S 1520612E) and
clear of the shallow bank extending 2½ cables N After Paragraph 4.10 2 line 10 Insert:
from the marina entrance situated on the N side of
Other aids to navigation
the point.
4.10a
Australian Chart Aus 209 [NP15/No.7/Wk.30/16] 1 AIS:
NW Fairway Light Beacon (safe water) (264872S
1531062E) (4.13).
Australia – New South Wales – Yamba — NW2 Light Beacon (special) (264984S
Arrival information; pilotage 1530897E).
M1 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (270347S
121 1531788E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Australian Notice 22/1137/16 [NP15/No.8/Wk.03/17] Australian Charts 235, 236 [NP15/No.10/Wk.10/17]
Australia -- Clarence River — Australia -- Brisbane and approaches —

Directions; leading lights Directions; AIS
121 134
Paragraph 3.191 2 lines 1--2 For (292600S 1532184E) Paragraph 4.10a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 10/17
Read (292595S 1532184E) Replace by:

4.10a
The alignment (2376) of these lights leads across 1 AIS:
the outer bar in a least charted depth of 51 m. A NW Fairway Light Beacon (safe water) (264872S
depth of 35 m lies close S of the head of the N 1531062E) (4.13).
breakwater. NW2 Light Beacon (special) (264984S
1530897E).
Paragraph 3.192 2 line 6 Replace by: M1 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (270347S
The alignment (about 2785) of these lights... 1531788E).
BNE SWMARK (safe water) (271743S
AUS 222 [NP15/No.47/Wk.42/17] 1531338E).
Volume 2.
Australia -- Clarence River —
Directions; leading lights Australian Chart 236 [NP15/No.11/Wk.20/17]
122
Australia -- Brisbane and approaches --
Paragraph 3.192 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Spitfire Channel — Light
3 S of a rock reef (292557S 1532168E) with 136

depths less than 28 m, thence:
2 NNE of S1 Light Beacon (special) (270288S
The alignment (1544), astern, of the beacons... 1531599E), thence:
AUS 222 [NP15/No.48/Wk.42/17] Australian Notice 22/1139/16 [NP15/No.12/Wk.04/17]
2 -- 43
Index
NP15
Brisbane – Moreton Bay and approaches – After Paragraph 5.203 1 line 7 Insert:
Directions — Spitfire Channel
Calliope River Leading Light Beacons:
136 Front light beacon (triangle point up on orange
beacon) (234904S 1511372E).
Paragraph 4.18 2 line 4 For 270345S 1531768E Read Rear light beacon (similar structure, point down)
270347S 1531788E
(234906S 1511371E).
The alignment (198) of these light beacons leads
Australian Notice 33/01/2016 [NP15/No.13/Wk.05/16] from the fairway into the river.
Australia – East Coast – Cape Moreton to 2 A road bridge (235075S 1511267E) with a
Cape Townshend — Introduction
vertical clearance of 79 m spans the river; a number...
158
Paragraph 5.12 Replace by:
East Coast – Cape Moreton to Cape Townshend
Spare – Rockhampton — Directions
5.12 198
Paragraph 5.19 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Paragraph 5.229 3 line 7 For (231059S 1510011E)
...Great Barrier Reef Marine Park (1.80). Most of the group Read (231059S 1515989E)
has been incompletely surveyed.
Australia – Queensland – Percy Isles —
Australia -- Queensland -- Fraser Island -- Directions; light
Hook Point — Directions; direction light 211
Paragraph 5.52 1 line 9 For 281 Read 2696
213
Australian Notice 12/473(P)/17 [NP15/No.41/Wk.29/17] Paragraph 6.56 5 lines 6--10 Replace by:
...nominal range, and just outside the visible
Australia -- Queensland -- Wide Bay -- sector of High Peak Island Light (215714S
Inskip Point — Directions; leading lights 1504212E) (5.62). Thence:
Paragraph 5.52 2 lines 2--5 Replace by: 10 SW of Pine Islets (213942S 1501304E), the
largest...
Front light beacon (white triangle, point up on
structure) (254862S 1530388E). Australian Notice 11/403/17 [NP15/No.18/Wk.26/17]
Rear light beacon (similar structure, point down)
(150 m from front light beacon). Australia – Queensland – Whitsunday Group —
The alignment (238) of these light beacons leads Light beacons
WSW towards Inskip Point (244851S 1530373E).
242
ENC AU426153 [NP15/No.42/Wk.29/17]
SSW of Platypus Rock (203123S 1490232E),
East Coast – Cape Moreton to Cape Townshend
– Gladstone — Anchorages lying off the SW extremity of Shaw Island. Eddies
occur close SW and NW of the rock.
187
247
An emergency anchorage position (No 15)
(235190S 1512088E), is located within South ...extends about 150 m from the point. Thence:
Trees anchorage. Australian Notices 717 and 718/13/2015
Australian Notice 1346/25/2015 [NP15/No.15/Wk.02/16] [NP15/No.19/Wk.20/16]
Queensland – Albino Rock — Light

Australia -- Queensland -- Gladstone --
Calliope River — Directions; leading lights 269
Paragraph 5.203 1 line 3 Replace by: Major Light:

Albino Rock (white square concrete tower, 5 m in
...shallow bar, 5 cables WNW of... height) (18463S 1464310W).
2 -- 44
Index
NP15
270 Australia -- Queensland -- Townsville —
Pilot boarding position
279
...light (8.33) stands on the rock. Chilcott Rocks...
Paragraph 8.99 1 line 6 For B Read TT
271
Paragraph 8.99 1 line 8 For 3 miles E Read 4 miles S
Australian Notice 22/897/2017 [NP15--No 50--Wk 48/17]
Australian Notice Edition 15/282/2016
[NP15/No.20/Wk.14/16] Australia -- Queensland -- Magnetic Island —
Directions; wreck
Australia -- Queensland -- Palm Isles -- 281

Challenger Bay — Light After Paragraph 8.118 2 line 5 Insert:
276 WSW of a dangerous wreck (190720S
1464654E) with a depth of 4 m thence:
Directions. The line of bearing 0925 of Casement
Bay Direction Light (white triangle topmark, apex up, Australia -- Queensland -- Mourilyan Harbour —
on post) (184413S 1463457E) leads through a Directions; wreck
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), to a small
jetty. 284
Australian Notice 16/639/17 [NP15/No.45/Wk.39/17] After Paragraph 8.136 5 line 10 Insert:

ENE of a dangerous wreck (173590S
Australia – Queensland – Townsville — 1461291E), lying close off the W edge of the
Arrival information; Outer anchorages two--way route, thence:
Australian Notice 24/1012/17
278 [NP15--No 52--Wk 52/17]
Australia – Cape Flattery — Directions; beacons
1 There are 13 designated outer anchorages at the
following positions: 310
Min. charted Paragraph 9.115 2 line 3 For (215) Read (2165)
Anchorage Position
depth
190825S Australian Notice 23/1172/16 [NP15/No.22/Wk.50/16]
No 1 110 m
1465500E
Queensland – Cape Flattery – Decapolis Reef —
190700S Light
No 2 140 m
1465575E
190700S 315
No 3 155 m
1465700E Paragraph 9.145 1 lines 7--10 Replace by:
190700S NE of Decapolis Reef (145111S 1451640E),
No 4 162 m
1465825E marked by a starboard (lateral) light buoy.
190700S Thence:
No 5 171 m
1465950E
Australian Notice 08/413(T)/2014 and ENC AU415145
190575S [NP15/No.23/Wk.08/16]
No 6 165 m
1465575E
190575S Australia – Queensland — Directions; light
No 7 177 m beacon
1465700E
190575S 331
No 8 180 m
1465825E
Paragraph 10.77 4 line 2 For 134970S Read 133970S
190575S
No 9 192 m
1465950E AUS 833 and ENC AU414144 [NP15/No.24/Wk.27/16]
190450S
No 10 192 m
1465575E Australia -- Queensland -- Lloyd Bay — Rock
190450S 338
No 11 198 m
1465700E
190450S
No 12 215 m ...required passing S of Sunter Island and clear of
1465825E
190450S a rock awash (124929S 1432441E), reported
No 13 215 m (2017), either to a selected anchorage or to the
1465950E
approach to the landing.
2 -- 45
Index
NP15
East Coast – Cape Weymouth to Cape York – 362
Approaches to Murray Islands — Directions
349 1 N of a 67 m patch (104247S 1423726E),
thence:
Paragraph 11.68 3 line 1 For 66 m Read 60 m N of Sana Rock (104211S 1423585E), marked
by overfalls off its N side and lying on the outer
Paragraph 11.68 3 lines 3--7 Replace by: edge of the coastal bank, mostly steep--to, N of
Albany Island. (104375S 1423625E) depths
Between the drying reefs to N and S of the passage less than 10 m extend more than 1 mile ESE and
to a position S of a 6.1 m patch (100043S 1½ miles WNW from the rock. Tree Islet
1433924E). Thence: (104228S 1423577E), and Brush Islet
(104255S 1423580E) lie on the same bank
Paragraph 11.69 3 line 1 For 10 m Read 106 m and are steep and bare. Thence:
Paragraph 11.69 3 line 2 For 107 m Read 96 m Paragraph 11.132 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
3 S of Mid Rock (104064S 1423582E)
Paragraph 11.69 3 line 4 For 09 m Read 01 m (11.131).
350 The track then leads NW passing:
Paragraph 11.74 2 line 3 For (152) Read (145) Paragraph 11.132 4 lines 1--10 Replace by:
4 NE of a 76 m patch. The patch is the outer
Paragraph 11.74 2 line 6 For 09 m Read 01 m danger off Evans Point (104181S
1423243E), a smooth double point rising to
Paragraph 11.74 4 line 1 For (152) Read (145) Mount Bremer (11.127) (104195S
1423208E). Sextant Rock (104169S
Australian Chart 837 [NP15/No.25/Wk.47/15] 1423287E), lying between the patch and
Evans Point (above), is flat. Thence:
East Coast of Australia – Cairncross Islets to
Cape York — Directions 5 NE of Eborac Island (above). Passage between
Eborac Island and York Island (104105S
361 1423170E) is obstructed by an above--water
rock and by a bar with depths of less than
Paragraph 11.129 2 line 4 For red Read green 5 m. Heavy tide--rips occur N of the two
islands as shown on the chart. There is a foul
Paragraph 11.129 3 line 1 For 61 m Read 59 m area between York Island (above) and Cape
York (104126S 1423185E). Thence:
Paragraph 11.129 3 line 6 For green Read red Paragraph 11.132 6 lines 1--6 Replace by:
6 SW of Alpha Rock (103674S 1423109E)
(11.131).
Paragraph 11.131 1 line 8 For 69 m Read 79 m (Directions continue at 13.78)
Paragraph 11.131 3 line 3 For 147½ Read 145 363

Paragraph 11.134 1 line 11 For white Read green
Paragraph 11.131 7 line 4 For red Read green
Paragraph 11.134 1 line 12 For (324–337) Read
(325–334)
361 -- 362
Paragraph 11.134 4 line 8 For (312½–324) Read
Paragraph 11.132 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: (321–338)
1 South of Mid Rock From the position about
1¼ miles NNE of Albany Rock (104317S
1423780E), the line of bearing 279 of 6 NE of Four Fathom Patches (104810S
Eborac Island Light (104093S 1423201E) 1424055E), a number of shoal patches
leads W within the two--way route. The light which lie within the same green sector of
(white lantern on white square concrete Albany Rock Light through which the track
house, 6 m in height) stands on the summit of now passes. Heavy tide--rips occur over the
Eborac Island (104093S 1423201E), which patches, which are considered to be formed
is moderately steep--to on its N side. York by sandwaves. Passage SW of Four Fathom
Island (104105S 1423170E), is rocky and Patches is obstructed by shoal depths,
similarly steep--to on its N side. The track beyond which only inadequate surveys have
leads W within the two--way route, passing: been conducted.
2 -- 46
Index
NP15
Paragraph 11.135 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Papua New Guinea -- Port Moresby —
1 Directions for Albany Pass.(104415S
1423575E) From a position off the SE 385
entrance to the pass the track leads NW in
mid--channel, see caution on tidal streams at Paragraph 12.125 7 line 3 Replace by:
(11.132) The track passes: Lolotua Island (92973S 1470716E). Anchorage
may be obtained W of Lolotua Island in position
92945S 1470619E, depth 20 m, mud, shells.
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — ENC AU5621P0 [NP15/No.30/Wk.49/16]

Directions; AIS
382 Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Arrival information; pilotage
385
Other aids to navigation Paragraph 12.127 1 and 2 Replace by:
12.102
1 Racon: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 30 m in
Basilisk Light Beacon (93234S 1470804E) length. Pilot is available from Port Moresby or Lae at
(12.138). 48 hrs notice. Pilotage is available at any hour but see
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals berthing restrictions at 12.123. Pilots board in the
Volume 2. following positions:
AIS: Outer Pilot Station -- 93269S 1470728E
Light buoy (port hand) (93156S 1470853E). Inner Pilot Station -- 93193S 1470836E
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and 2 See 12.125 for details of an anchorage for vessels
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. awaiting a pilot.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Paragraph 12.105 including heading Replace by: Signals Volume 6(4).
Other aids to navigation UKHO [NP15/No.31/Wk.49/16]

12.105
1 Racon: Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Basilisk Light Beacon (93234S 1470804E) Directions; AIS
(12.138).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 386
Volume 2.
AIS: Paragraph 12.137 including heading Replace by:
Light buoy (port hand) (93156S 1470853E).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Other aids to navigation
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 12.137
1 Racon:
Australian Chart 621 [NP15/No.27/Wk.49/16] Basilisk Light Beacon (93234S 1470804E)
(12.138).
Papua New Guinea – Dedele Point to Yule Island Volume 2.
– Hood Point to Port Moresby — Directions for
inshore passage AIS:
383 For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Paragraph 12.109 6 line 12 For 14 m. Read 06 m.
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby –
Basilisk Passage — Directions; light buoy
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Limiting conditions; depth 387
Paragraph 12.122 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 5 Close SE of Lark Patch, (93154S 1470853E);
see caution below. A light buoy (port hand) marks the
1 Controlling depth. Least charted depth on SE side of the patch. The least charted depth for the
approach and entry is 107 m (93178S 1470854E) approach (12.122) is found 2½ cables S of the light
on the leading line through Basilisk Passage. buoy.
Australian Chart 621 [NP15/No.29/Wk.49/16] Australian Chart 621 [NP15/No.33/Wk.49/16]
2 -- 47
Index
NP15
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Paragraph 12.237 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Directions for entry; AIS
3 Pilotage is compulsory. Early advice will be given
388 by the Pilot/Mooring Master by e--mail/VHF indicating
the Pilot boarding location and arrangements. See
Paragraph 12.143 including heading Replace by: Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4) for details.
Tidal streams in the vicinity of the terminal are
reported as being 3 knots, setting NW’ly on the flood,
and SE’ly on the ebb.
12.143
1 Racon:
Basilisk Light Beacon (93234S 1470804E)
(12.138). 1 Helicopter deck on the operations platform; a
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals mooring buoy situated 3 cables N of the operations
Volume 2. platform is for the use of tugs or service vessels.
AIS: Emergency only medivac is available.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Mooring Master Kumul Marine Terminal
[NP15/No.36/Wk.43/15]
Torres Strait – Prince of Wales Channel –
East Strait Island — Light
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Alongside berths; depths 424

East Strait Island Light (white, red square tower,
Paragraph 12.149 1 line 5 For 85 m Read 105 m 25 m in height) (102977S 1422708E).
Paragraph 12.149 1 line 5 For (1993) Read (2016) 425

Torres Strait – Prince of Wales Channel and
Paragraph 12.149 1 line 7 For (1993) Read (2016) West Approaches – Flinders Passage –
Directions
Australian Chart 622 Edition 2 [NP15/No.35/Wk.49/16] 429
Papua New Guinea – Gulf of Papua —
Kumul Marine Terminal ...a dangerous wreck exists in position 103314S
1421513E. Thence:
403
Australia – Torres Strait – Thursday Island —
1 Position and function. The terminal, consists of an Directions; lights
operations platform, 31 m high, in position 80386S
1443364E, and a lit SPM 4 miles further S. Crude 432--433
oil, supplied by pipelines from oilfields inland, is
exported.
Approach by tankers in ballast should be made 1 The track then leads ESE in the white sector of
from S or E. Horn Island Directional Light (white rectangular
Port Authority. Kumul Terminal daymark with black stripe) (103618S 1421440E),
E--mail: pngmt001@oilsearch.com standing on the foreshore of Horn Island, passing:
Telephone: +675 278 6171/6172
Paragraph 12.237 1 line 4 For 1 mile Read 15 miles
Australia -- Torres Strait -- Ellis Channel —
Paragraph 12.237 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Directions; buoyage; depths
2 Anchorage. For tankers wishing to anchor, the 433

recommended area is 4 miles E of the platform, within
a one mile radius of position 80350S 1443800E,
in a least depth of about 270 m. Local knowledge is required to cross Hovell Bar.
2 -- 48
Index
NP15
Paragraph 13.125 2 lines 4--14 Replace by: NE of a rock (574213N 113819E) close to the N
coast of Hönö. Thence the channel is marked by
NNW of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (103413S buoys (lateral) for about 1 cable before leading S
1421542E), thence: to the harbour breakwater entrance.
On passing No 2 Light Buoy, the track alters NW,
passing: Paragraph 3.43 1--2 Replace by:
Between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(103395S 1421538E) and No 4 Light Buoy 1 Alternative approach. From a position about
(port hand) (103405S 1421534E), noting a 6½ cables S of Torrbeskär (574423N 113497E)
18 m patch (103401S 1421542E) close SE of (3.28), the track leads SE, passing:
No 1 Light Buoy. The buoys mark the fairway NE of rocks and shoals (574274N 113609E) at
across Hovell Bar, which connects the coastal the NE extremity of Bolleskären (3.34), thence:
bank extending from Horn Island with that SW of Hästebådan, an isolated rock (574268N
extending ENE from Thursday Island. 113706E), thence:
Paragraph 13.126 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: NE of Grytan (574256N 113692E) (3.41).
Thence the track continues SE in the channel
1 On passing No 4 Light Buoy, the track alters SW to leading through Röds sund described above.
lead through Ellis Channel, passing:
SE of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (103418S Swedish Notice 631/11792/16 [NP18/No.2/Wk.04/17]
1421515E), thence:
Australian Notice 24/1014/17 Sweden – Northern Kattegat –

[NP15--No 53--Wk 52/17] Western approaches to Göteborg –
Valskär to Hönö Klåva — Vertical clearance
Torres Strait – Prince of Wales Channel and 99

West Approaches – Thursday Island –
Alongside berths Paragraph 3.172 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Vertical clearance. A fixed bridge, Fotöbron
435 (574060N 113983E), crosses the fairway between
After Paragraph 13.133 3 line 6 Insert: the S tip of Hönö and Söö. It has a navigational width
of 496 m and a vertical clearance of 134 m above
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 1 cable SW of the MSL.
jetty, marked by a light buoy (special purpose)
(103556S 1421463E). Swedish Notice 568/10682/15 [NP18/No.3/Wk.50/15]

Sweden -- Kattegat -- Rivö Fjord — Obstruction
99
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2015 Edition)
Sweden – The Sound – Flintrännan — R2 (574001N 114771E), E of Light No 7. An

Controlling depths obstruction (lost anchor and cable) is reported
(2017) at the anchorage.
76
Swedish Notice 679/12679/17
Paragraph 2.35 1 line 5 For 7 m Read 80 m [NP18--No 83--Wk 52/17]
Swedish Notice 616/11479/16 [NP18/No.1/Wk.45/16] Sweden -- Southern approaches to Göteborg --

Fiskebäck — Directions; leading lights
Sweden – Kattegat -- Hönö Röd and approaches 106

— Directions; lights
85 2 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
about 2 cables NE of Småskären Beacon (3.205), the
track leads NE to a position about 2½ cables WNW of
1 Thence, from a position in the vicinity of 574255N Stora Lyngsk (573855N 115078E) and the start of
113724E, the track leads SE through Röds sund to the buoyed channel. The alignment (098) of
a position close N of the harbour, passing: Fiskebäck Leading Lights then leads through the
SW of Älekråkesk (574255N 113765E), a small buoyed channel to the harbour entrance and to the
islet, thence: NW end of the Eskils Kanal (3.235):
NE of a steep--to islet, NE of Kröckle (574228N
113720E), thence: 3 Front light (yellow triangle point up, on post on
2 SW of a number of rocks extending 1½ cables dolphin) (573861N 115140E).
W of Öckerö Huvud (574241N 113788E), Rear light (yellow triangle point down, on mast)
thence: (200 m from front light).
SW of the SW point (574229N 113795E) of
Öckerö, lying close to the track, thence: Swedish Notice 623/11645/16 [NP18/No.4/Wk.48/16]
2 -- 49
Index
NP18
Sweden – Göteborgs Hamn — Sweden -- Göteborg -- Marieholm — Bridge
Limiting conditions; depths
110
Paragraph 3.268 Replace by: Marieholmsbron (574374N 115962E), a rail

bridge with two swinging spans, about 65 m apart, is
1 Controlling depths in the main channel are as 6 miles above entrance:
follows:
Main and S approach channels, see 3.141. Swedish Notice 667/11359/2017 [NP18/No.74/Wk.45/17]
Torshamnen (574113N 114720E) to
Skarvikshamnen (574145N 115251E): Sweden – Göteborgs Hamn — Harbour; bridge
142 m.
Skarvikshamnen to Lindholmshamnen (574237N 110
115656E): 84 m.
2 Lindholmshamnen to Frihamnen (574276N After Paragraph 3.278 1 line 3 Insert:
115738E): 74 m. Hisingsbron, a new lifting road and pedestrian
Frihamnen to Tolsegård (574558N 115974E): bridge is under construction (2016) in position
59 m at Hisingsbron and thence 63 m to 574290N 115806E.
Tolsegård.
Depths within Göteborgs Hamn are subject to Swedish Notice 625/11693/16 [NP18/No.7/Wk.49/16]
silting.
Sweden -- Göteborg -- Marieholmsbron —
BA Chart 857 [NP18/No.5/Wk.03/17] Development
110
Sweden -- Göteborgs Hamn — Depths
Paragraph 3.278 1 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV
Notice week 49/16 Replace by:
109
1 Hisingsbron, a new lifting road and pedestrian
Paragraph 3.268 including existing section IV Notice Week bridge is under construction (2016) in position
03/17 Replace by: 574290N 115806E.
1 Controlling depths in the main channel are as Swedish Notice 667/11359/2017 [NP18/No.75/Wk.45/17]
follows:
Main and S approach channels, see 3.141. Sweden -- Kattegat -- Göteborg — Depth
Torshamnen (574113N 114720E) to
Skandiahamnen (574128N 115167E): 114
142 m.
Skandiahamnen to Skarvikshamnen (574145N Paragraph 3.295 1 line 4 For 90 m Read 93 m
115251E): 132 m.
Skarvikshamnen to Ryahamnen (574142N Swedish Notice 599/11205(P)/16 [NP18/No.8/Wk.24/16]
115376E): 10 m.
Ryahamnen to Lindholmshamnen (574237N
115656E): 84 m. Sweden – Göteborg – Ryahamnen —
Basins and berths; alongside depths
2 Lindholmshamnen to Frihamnen (574276N
115738E): 74 m. 114
Frihamnen to Tolsegård (574558N 115974E):
63 m. Paragraph 3.295 1 line 6 For 78 m Read 60 m
Depths within Göteborgs Hamn are subject to
silting. Paragraph 3.295 1 line 8 For 78 m Read 60 m
FGC Chart SE 9312/17; BA Chart 857 BA Chart 857 [NP18/No.9/Wk.09/17]

[NP18/No.73/Wk.44/17]
Sweden – Kattegat East – Through routes —

Route T; directions
Sweden – Göteborg – Älvsborgsbron —
Limiting conditions; depth under bridge
128
109--110 Paragraph 418 3 line 6 Replace by:

...stands on the NE side of the bank. A light buoy (W
Paragraph 3.269 1 line 6 For 10 m Read 84 m cardinal) (570795N 114137E) is moored on
its SW side. The...
BA Chart 857 [NP18/No.6/Wk.09/17] Swedish Notice 568/10724/15 [NP18/No.10/Wk.50/15]
2 -- 50
Index
NP18
Sweden -- Falkenberg — Depths Denmark -- The Sound -- Helsingør — Depths
137 196
1 Controlling depth is 66 m in the entrance channel 197
and turning basin; the maximum recommended Paragraph 6.37 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:
draught is 60 m. The depth is reduced to 63 m
between dock No 2 and a position 1¾ cables Søndre Havn: from 40 m to 70 m; 55 m at ferry
berths.
downstream of the fixed rail bridge.
Nordre Havn: from 40 m to 55 m.
Paragraph 4.111 1 line 2 Replace by: Danish Notice 17/167/17 [NP18/No.15/Wk.23/17]
...dredged channel leading...
Sweden – The Sound – Landskrona approaches
– Gräsrännan — Directions
138
208
Swedish Notice 631/11786/16 [NP18/No.11/Wk.04/17] Clear of a 26 m shoal (555039N 124855E),
which lies on the leading line, thence:
ENE of Valgrundet (555050N 124782E), a
Denmark – Kattegat – continuation SSE of Västerflacket (6.82).
Spodsberg to The Sound — Directions
Swedish Notice 574/10816/15 [NP18/No.16/Wk.52/15]
146
Denmark -- The Sound -- København —
Paragraph 4.179 2 lines 1--4 Delete Limiting conditions; bridges
209
Danish Notice 3/132/16 [NP18/No.12/Wk.06/16] Paragraph 6.113 including heading Replace by:
Bridges
Denmark -- Isefjord -- Lysegrund —
Directions; wreck 6.113
1 Inderhavnsbroen (554071N 123569E), a
pedestrian and cycle sliding bridge, is situated in
149 Inderhavnen (6.152) about 16 miles SSW of Trekroner
(554220N 123687E) (6.132):
After Paragraph 4.215 1 line 10 Insert: Central span opens. Marked by lights on either side;
Clear of a wreck (554946N 114757E) with a navigable width 45 m.
Sliding bridge closed. Vertical clearance 54 m;
horizontal width reduced to 20 m.
For details of traffic regulations see 6.125. For
Danish Chart 116/17 [NP18/No.76/Wk.46/17] bridge signals see 6.129.
6.113a
1 Knippelsbro bascule bridge, road traffic, is situated
Denmark – Kattegat -- southern side – in Inderhavnen (6.152) about 2 miles SSW of
Roskilde Havn — Directions; leading lights
Trekroner (554220N 123687E) (6.132):
Central span: opens, marked by lights on either side;
161 navigable width 34 m.
Bascule closed. Vertical clearance 5 m.
Paragraph 4310 5 and 6 lines 1--4 Replace by: For details of traffic regulations see 6.125. For
bridge signals see 6.129.
5 From a position about 2 cables S of Elleore, in the
vicinity of a buoy (port hand), the track leads SSE for Danish NM’s 23/586(P)/16; 28/309/16;
about 1¾ miles through a channel marked by buoys http://www.danskehavnelods.dk [NP18/No.17/Wk.33/16]
(lateral and cardinal) to the harbour entrance.
Danish Notice 42/1125/15 [NP18/No.13/Wk.50/15] Traffic regulations; bridges
211
Sweden – The Sound – Flintrännan —
Controlling depths Paragraph 6.125 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Bridges. The following regulations apply to
193 Inderhavnsbroen (6.113), Knippelsbro (6.113a),
Langebro (6.114) and Sjællandsbroen (6.117):
Paragraph 6.5 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Vessels over 100m are obliged to use a tug when
passing Inderhavnsbroen, Knippelsbro and
Flintrännan: Dredged to 80 m. Landebro.
Swedish Notice 616/11479/16 [NP18/No.14/Wk.45/16] http://www.danskehavnelods.dk [NP18/No.18/Wk.33/16]
2 -- 51
Index
NP18
Denmark -- The Sound -- København — Paragraph 6.205 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Harbour; bridge
2 Västra Hamnen: three berths on its W side; longest
213 berth 190 m in length, depths from 65 m to 72 m.
The pier between Nyhamnen and Västra Hamnen has
Paragraph 6.129 1 line 1 For Knippelsbro and Langebro. a RoRo berth on its W side.
Read Inderhavnsbroen, Knippelsbro and Langebro. The maximum permissible draught in Nyhamnen
and Yttre hamnen (the S part of Västra Hamnen) is
59 m.
http://www.danskehavnelods.dk [NP18/No.19/Wk.33/16]
Directions; bridge Sweden – Drogden and Flintrännan —
General information; controlling depths
214
223
...SW to pass through Inderhavnsbroen (6.113), Flintrännan: dredged to 80 m.
Knippelsbro (6.113a), Langebro...
Danish NM 28/309/16 [NP18/No.20/Wk.33/16]
Sweden – Drogden and Flintrännan –
Denmark -- København -- Frederiksholmsløbet — Malmö Redd to Drogden Light —
Prohibited area Directions; caution
226
215
1 The channel through Flintrännan, 370 m in width, is
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area dredged to 80 m, and is marked by light--structures
just inside the entrance to the basin. (6.223) and light buoys (lateral).
Danish Notice 40/323/17 [NP18/No.78/Wk.46/17] Paragraph 6.230 2 lines 1--8 Delete
Denmark -- København -- Nordhavnen — Depths Swedish Notice 616/11479/16 [NP18/No.23/Wk.45/16]
216 Sweden -- Falsterbokanalen — Buoyage
Paragraph 6.149 1 line 4 For 50 Read 34 m 232

Danish Notice 22/497/17 [NP18/No.69/Wk.27/17] 1 Approach from south. From a position 3½ miles
SSE of the canal entrance, the track leads NNW in
Denmark -- København -- Prøvestenshavnen — the white sector...
Vertical clearance
217
Caution. An overhead transporter, with a vertical Sweden -- The Sound -- Kogrundsrännan —
clearance of 45 m, spans the W of the basin between Directions; shoal
554067N 123810E and 554072N 123813E.
232
Danish Notice 35/290/2017 [NP18/No.79/Wk.47/17] Paragraph 6.282 5 lines 1--6 Replace by:
5 From a position about 1¼ miles N of Skanör
The Sound – Sweden – Malmö — Molehead Light, the track leads S for 1¼ miles,
Basins and berths; depths passing:
E of Rynkorna (552552N 124816E), a group of
222 shoals, marked by a buoy (E cardinal), and:
Paragraph 6.204 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: W of Grunt Shallow (not charted by name)
(552510N 124950E), marked by a buoy (W
1 Frihamnen has four berths with depths of 92 m, cardinal), thence:
except in its E part where there are depths of 70 to The track leads SW towards Falsterborev Light
82 m. The longest quay is on the SW side of the... (6.260).
Paragraph 6.205 1 line 6 For 72 m Read 65 m Swedish Notice 647/11895/17 [NP18/No.25/Wk.21/17]
2 -- 52
Index
NP18
Denmark -- Køge — Controlling depth Sweden – The Sound -- southern part –
Falsterborev to Kullagrund —
Directions; major light
233
236
After Paragraph 6300 2 line 5 Insert:
Controlling depth is 7 m, reduced to 65 m in the
vicinity of the ferry berth No 39 (552733N Kullagrund Light (see above).
121179E) and in Sydhavn.
Danish Notice 47/985/2017 [NP18--No 82--Wk 52/17]

Sweden -- Falsterbokanalen — Buoyage
236
Denmark – The Sound -- southern part –
Køge — Directions Paragraph 6.304 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of M43 Light Buoy (safe water)
234
(551542N 125199E), at the E end of the TSS
(6.253), the track leads NE for about 7 miles to a
position 3½ miles SSE of the S entrance to
1 Directions for entering harbour. From a position Falsterbokanalen (6.265), passing (positioned from
about 5 miles SW of Aflandshage (553330N Måkläppen Beacon (552124N 124864E) (6.302)):
123553E) (6.283), the track leads WSW for about
10 miles to the light buoys (lateral) marking the
entrance channel to Køge Havn.
2 The track passes NNW of a 62 m shoal Sweden – Falsterborev to Kullagrund –
(552687N 122014E) on Juelsgrund, and close Trelleborg — Basins and berths
SSW of the S limit of a regatta area (552830N 238
121334E). The track continues between two areas,
marked by buoys, light buoys (special) and posts, Paragraph 6.312 1 line 8 For 87 m Read 89 m
where reclamation works are in progress, to the
harbour entrance, noting depths of less than 6 m Swedish Notice 572/10708/15 [NP18/No.31/Wk.50/15]
extending ENE from the head of the N mole. The
heads of both moles are marked by light buoys
(lateral). Denmark -- The Sound -- Kriegers Flak —
Prohibited areas
Danish Notice 36/484/15 [NP18/No.26/Wk.50/15] 238

Sweden – Klagshamn — Controlling depth
Prohibited area
6.317
235
1 Wind farm. Entry is prohibited to the EnBW Baltic 2
wind farm (545920N 131020E) close SE of
Paragraph 6.292 1 line 4 For 4 m Read 24 m
Kriegers Flak (6.321)
Construction sites. Entry to two offshore
construction sites (550172N 125096E and
550287N 125666E) in the vicinity of Kriegers Flak
is prohibited. Both sites are marked by light buoys
(special).
Sweden -- The Sound -- Skanör —
Directions; buoyage Danish Notice 20/458/17 [NP18/No.32/Wk.25/17]
235 Denmark -- Rødvig —

Anchorages; submarine cables
239
Directions for entering harbour. From a position
about 3 cables N of Skanör Molehead Light (white Paragraph 6.325 1 lines 5--7 Replace by:
tower, 6 m in height) (552502N 124968E), the Caution. Submarine cables extend SE from the
track leads S through a channel marked by buoys shore in a position 8½ cables SW of Rødvig.
(lateral), into the harbour, passing E of a 28 m shoal For details of anchorages off Fakse Ladeplads
(552518N 124958E), marked by a buoy (N Havn see 6.328 and in the approaches to Præstø
cardinal). Fjord see 6.331.
Swedish Notice 647/11895/17 [NP18/No.28/Wk.21/17] Danish Notice 42/341/17 [NP18/No.80/Wk.47/17]
2 -- 53
Index
NP18
Denmark -- Århus Bugt -- Approaches to Denmark -- Århus Havn —
Århus Havn — Directions; lights Traffic regulations; restricted area
253 255
Restricted area. Entry is restricted (2017) to the
1 From a position close SSW of Sletterhage Light NE part of Basin 7 in the port.
(560571N 103077E) (7.50) the track leads WNW,
BA Chart 949 [NP18/No.35/Wk.09/17]
passing:
NNE of Mejlgrund (560315N 102661E), and: Denmark – Århus Havn —
SSW of the coastal bank on the W side of Helgenæs Directions; other aid to navigation
(560762N 103146E).
2 The track then leads to the beginning of the 256
following leading line: Paragraph 7.107 including heading Replace by:
Århus Havn Ø3 Front Light (framework tower, 45 m
Spare
in height) (560985N 101376E).
7.107
Århus Havn Ø3 Rear Light (framework tower, 30 m
in height) (560989N 101359E). Danish Notice 46/1218/15 [NP18/No.36/Wk.50/15]
3 The alignment (2951) of these lights leads
65 miles WNW, passing: Denmark -- Århus Bugt --
NNE of Wulffs Flak (560505N 102240E), an Approaches to Århus Havn — Directions; lights
isolated shoal, thence: 256
SSW of the coastal bank off Mols Hoved (560977N
102386E) (7.81). Paragraph 7.108 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
4 Thence the track leads to a position close SSW of 1 The alignment (2951) of the Århus Havn Ø3
Århus Approach Light Buoy (starboard hand), moored Leading Light (7.86) continues WNW from Århus
1½ miles ESE of the harbour entrance close N of the Approach...
leading line.
Danish NMs 29/731/16; 29/320/16
Danish NMs 29/731/16; 29/320/16 [NP18/No.37/Wk.34/16]
[NP18/No.33/Wk.34/16]
Denmark -- Århus Havn — Directions; lights
256
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Århus Havn —
Directions; lights Paragraph 7.108 3 lines 3--9 Replace by:
...breakwater, through a channel dredged to 14 m.
253
Danish Notices 41/458/16; 46/489/16
Paragraph 7.86 Including existing Section IV Notice Week [NP18/No.38/Wk.09/17]
34/16 Replace by:
Horsens Fjord -- Horsens — Harbour
1 From a position close SSW of Sletterhage Light
(560571N 103077E) (7.50) the track leads WNW, 262
passing: Paragraph 7.161 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
NNE of Mejlgrund (560315N 102661E) (7.125),
and: Basins and berths
SSW of the coastal bank on the W side of Helgenæs 7.161
(560762N 103146E). 1 Nordhavn (555149N 95192E). Berths in
2 Århus Havn Leading Lights: Nordhavn are as follows:
Århus Havn Front Light (framework tower on Berth No 5. Length 120 m, least depth 54 m.
building) (560985N 101376E): Berth Nos 7 to 11, depths from 63 to 54 m.
Århus Havn Middle Light (framework tower on Berth No 15, T--shaped oil jetty, maximum length
building) (1 cable from front light): 150 m, depth 63 m.
Århus Havn Rear Light (church tower) (7 cables from Sydhavn (555136N 95208E). Six numbered dry
front light). bulk berths on two wharfs; depth 63 m.
3 The alignment (2951) of these lights then leads Gammel Havn (555152N 95152E). Two berths;
6½ miles WNW, passing: depths from 40 to 63 m.
NNE of Wulffs Flak (560505N 102240E), an
Danish Notice 11/283/17; ENC DK5HORSN
isolated shoal, thence:
[NP18/No.39/Wk.16/17]
SSW of the coastal bank off Mols Hoved (560977N
102386E) (7.81). Denmark -- Spodsbjerg Havn —
4 Thence the track leads to a position close SSW of Directions; leading lights
Århus Approach Light Buoy (starboard hand), moored
1½ miles ESE of the harbour entrance close N of the 291
leading line. Paragraph 8.147 5 line 1 For (286½) Read (288)
Danish Notice 15--16/362/17 [NP18/No.34/Wk.21/17] Danish Notice 47/514/16 [NP18/No.40/Wk.52/16]
2 -- 54
Index
NP18
Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Brandsø — Denmark -- Bredningen —
Prohibited area Directions; shoal; buoyage
296 310
1 From a position about 1 mile SSE of Fænø Light
4 Prohibited area, marked by buoys (special), is (552850N 94209E) (9.34), the track leads SSW
situated about 6 cables N of Brandsø (9.16). A wave and S for about 5¼ miles, passing:
buoy and measuring equipment are moored within the ESE of a 32 m shoal (552745N 94212E),
area. Unauthorised navigation, anchoring, diving and marked by a buoy (starboard hand) at the
fishing are prohibited within this area. extremity of the coastal bank, which extends
about 5 cables parallel with the shore from
Danish Notice 34/699/17 [NP18/No.72/Wk.40/17] Stenderup Hage (552770N 94159E) (9.19) to
Skibelund (9.101), thence:
2 WNW of Flækøjet (552626N 94226E) (9.34),
Denmark – Lillebælt -- Skærbæk — and:
Directions; light ESE of a marine farm (552625N 94069E).
From a position about 1 mile NW of Brandsø
300 (552154N 94229E), the track leads SW, thence
SE, passing:
Paragraph 9.34 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Between the coastal bank on the SW side of the
island, on the S part of which lies a wreck with a
...white sector (3115--3145) of Skærbæk Light (roof of least depth of 38 m, and:
building) (553066N 93691E), astern, between the Anslet Grund (552035N 94021E), marked by a
narrow... buoy (E cardinal).
Danish Notice 17/447/16 [NP18/No.41/Wk.21/16] Danish Chart 158/17 [NP18/No.77/Wk.46/17]
Denmark – Lillebælt —
Denmark – Lillebælt--northern part – Directions; sector light; marine farm
Fredericia — Port services
311
302
Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4 For Tvingsbjerg N Light Read
Paragraph 9.58 1 lines 2--5 Replace by: Tvingsbjerg Light.
...machinery can be carried out. There are two 311--312

slipways.
Danish Notice 45/1190/15 [NP18/No.42/Wk.50/15] 1 From a position 1 mile SW of Tvingsbjerg Light
(9.111), the track leads SW for about 4 miles in the
white sector (041--043), astern, of Tvingsbjerg Light,
Denmark – Lillebælt -- Skærbæk — passing:
Directions; light
SE of Remmen (9.112), thence:
NW of a buoy (port hand) (551746N 95224E),
306 moored in the approach to Assens, thence:
2 NW of Asnæs Rev (551673N 95229E), a
shoal of sand and weed, which extends about
...the white sector (3115--3145) of Skærbæk Light 8 cables NNW of Assens Havn. The N side of
(553066N 93691E) (9.34) for about 1 mile, passing... the shoal is marked by a buoy (N cardinal).
Thence:
Paragraph 9.78 1 line 3 For (042½--044) Read SE of Bågø Flak (551700N 95000E), marked by
(042--044) a buoy (starboard hand), and which extends
1¼ miles S of Klintende, SE extremity of Bågø,
thence:
Danish Notice 17/447/16 [NP18/No.43/Wk.21/16] 3 NW of Tømmen (551609N 95050E), a 49 m
patch, marked by a buoy (port hand), opposite
the SE entrance to Fyrrenden (9.117). Torø
Denmark -- North part of Snævringen -- Rev, a large shoal extending 1¼ miles W of
Skærbæknærkets Havn — Description; depths
Torø, lies close SE. And:
SE of Årø Flak (551631N 94767E), an extensive
308 bank which projects NE from Årø, marked by a
buoy and a light buoy (starboard hand). A marine
farm, marked by buoys (special), lies ESE of Årø
Controlling depth is 70 m. Kalv (551590N 94640E. And:
NW of a buoy (port hand) (551495N 94874E),
Paragraph 9.83 2 line 5 Replace by: marking the W extent of Torø Rev (551505N
95050E).
...length, marked by a light buoy...
Danish Notice 50/1224/16; BA Chart 2592
Danish NM 25/274/16 [NP18/No.44/Wk.30/16] [NP18/No.45/Wk.02/17]
2 -- 55
Index
NP18
Denmark – Lillebælt – Assens Havn — Denmark – Aabenraa Havn —
Directions; Leading lights Directions; leading lights
313 321
Paragraph 9.130 1 lines 2--5 Replace by: Paragraph 9.188 3 line 6 including existing Section IV
Week 12/17 For 3203 Read 3503
Front light (red and white striped triangle, point up)
(551608N 95322E). BA Chart 901 [NP18/No.49/Wk.17/17]
Rear light (red and white striped triangle, point down)
(2 cables from front light).
Denmark – Fyn--southern part – Egholm Flak to
Danish Notice 44/1099/16 [NP18/No.46/Wk.48/16] Marstal approaches — Directions
339
Denmark -- Aabenraa Fjord — Directions; light
The following notice is to be implemented at 2359
...(positioned from Birkholm Havn (545564N
UTC on 31 st March 2017
102995E)):
319 Danish Notice 40/1077/15 [NP18/No.50/Wk.50/15]

Denmark – Lillebælt southern part – Ærø –
Track. From a position about 2¼ miles SE of Marstal Havn — Controlling depths
Knudshoved (550535N 93302E) (9.166), the track
leads WSW for about 1¾ miles, passing NW of 341
Varnæs Hage (550268N 93442E), extending about
3 cables N from Varnæs Hoved, and on which there
are rocks inshore.
Danish Notice 37/499--500/15 [NP18/No.51/Wk.50/15]
2 Enstedværket Havn Leading Lights: Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet --
Front light (550139N 92568E) (9.181). Masnedsund — Directions; light
Rear light (308 m farther SW) (9.181).
The alignment (249) of these lights leads WSW to 348
a position about 7 cables SW of Skærrev (550274N
93003E), which extends about 2 cables offshore and Paragraph 11.26 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
nearly dries. 3 From a position about 3½ miles WNW of Ore Light
(550041N 115219E), the track leads ESE, passing:
320
1 Enstedværket Havn Leading Lights: Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Eastern part --
Kalve Strøm — Directions
Danish Notice 8/225(P)/17 [NP18/No.47/Wk.12/17]
366--367

Denmark -- Aabenraa Havn —
Directions for entering harbour
Kalve Strøm
11.169
321
1 Description. Kalve Strøm (545827N 115540E),
Paragraph 9.188 1 line 1 Replace by: a channel passing N of Middelgrund (540809N
115529E), leads across the SE part of Masnedø
1 From Aabenraa pilot boarding position (550200N E--Flak, linking Storstrøm with the SE end of
93080E), the track leads W for about 2½ miles to a Færgestrom.
position close SSE of a buoy (S cardinal) (550198N Controlling depth, The channel is dredged to a
92623E). depth of 50 m.
Leading lights: 2 Directions, From a position close NE of
Storstrømbroen (545803N 115313E) the track
Paragraph 9.188 2 line 1 For 320 ¼ Read 3202 leads E through a channel marked by buoys (lateral)
for about 8 cables until a position is reached at the
Paragraph 9.188 3 line 6 For 350 ¼ Read 3203 beginning of the following leading line:
Masnedø E--Flak front light (framework beacon,
topmark triangle point up, 35 m in height)
BA Chart 901 [NP18/No.48/Wk.12/17] (545859N 115817E).
2 -- 56
Index
NP18
3 Masnedø E--Flak rear light (framework beacon, Paragraph 11.191 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
topmark triangle point down, 11 m in height) 3 Vertical clearance. Clearance at the mean
(545865N 115866E). water level; 48 m at the N end of the bridge;
Thence the alignment (0778) of these lights leads 54 m at the S end.
1 mile ENE through a channel marked by buoys
(lateral) to the junction with Færgestrøm, marked by a Danish Notice 29/726/16 [NP18/No.55/Wk.33/16]
buoy (W cardinal) (545842N 115734E), N of Farø
Jord. Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet --
(Directions are given for Færgestrøm at 11.200) Masnedsund — Directions
370
367
Paragraph 11.170 Replace by: 1 From a position about 6 cables W of Ore Light
(550041N 115219E) (1123) the track leads
Spare generally ESE for about 4¼ miles through a narrow
11.170 channel, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral),
passing:
Denmark ENC DK4SMFAV [NP18/No.53/Wk.33/16]
SSW of Ore Light, thence:
Close NNE of Masnedøværkets Havn (11.219),
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Eastern part -- thence:
Northern passage -- Masnedsund — Under Masnedsundbroen (11.191), thence:
General information; traffic signals 2 The track continues generally ESE through
369--370 Færgestrøm, a channel less than 1 cable in width,
passing between Masnedø E--Flak (545884N
Paragraph 11.188 Replace by: 115518E) and Kirkegrund (545889N 115742E),
to a position 5 cables WSW of Masnedø E--Flak front
Spare light (11169).
11.188 The track then leads ESE and ENE to a position N
of Skippergrund (545796N 115912E), 8 cables NW
of Sjælland--Farøbroen (11193).
Spare Paragraph 11.200 1 and 2 Replace by:
11.189
Spare
Danish Notice 29/726/16 [NP18/No.54/Wk.33/16] 11.200
Danish Notice 17/171/17 and 17/172/17
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Masnedsund — [NP18/No.56/Wk.23/17]
Prohibited area; bridge construction
Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet –
370 Masnedsund — Directions; leading lights
Paragraph 11.190 1 line 1 For Prohibited area. Read 370

Prohibited areas. Paragraph 11.199 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Danish Notice 14--15/147/2017 [NP18/No.57/Wk.21/17]
A prohibited area has been established around
Masnedsundbroen (545980N 115337E) and a new Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet -- Eastern part –
bridge under construction (2017) close E. Skippergrund to Kalvehave Pynt — Area marks
A new bridge is under construction (2017) E of Paragraph 11.203 2 Delete
Masnedsundbroen.
Danish Notice 45/960(P)/2017
[NP18--No 81--Wk 49/17] Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Eastern part --
Northern passage -- Vordingborg Sydhavn —
directions
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Eastern part --
Northern passage -- Masnedsund — 373
General information; bridges After Paragraph 11.220 2 line 6 Insert:
370 Directions. Vessels able to pass under
Masnedsundbroen (11.191) may approach the harbour
Paragraph 11.191 2 lines 1--8 Replace by: from the NW following the directions given at 11.198.
Larger vessels will need to approach from the SE
2 Navigable width: 25 m, marked at night by fixed
following the directions given at 11.199 and 11.200 in
lights (lateral) and several floodlit dolphins on
reverse.
either side of the opening. The bascule bridge
has been permanently closed. Denmark ENC DK4SMFAV [NP18/No.59/Wk.33/16]
2 -- 57
Index
NP18
Germany -- Fehmarn Belt — Restricted areas Germany – Kieler Förde to Fehmarnsund —
Directions; other aids to navigation
376
390
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area NNW
of Fehmarn (542790N 110890E). German Notice 43/(16)30/15 [NP18/No.64/Wk.50/15]
German Notice 7/(16)30/17 [NP18/No.60/Wk.23/17]
Germany – Fehmarnsund —
Fehmarnsund bridge; vertical clearance
Germany -- Kieler Förde — Prohibited area
390
384
German Notice 12/31(T)/17 [NP18/No.65/Wk.17/17]
Prohibited area. Entry into an area W of
Sporthafen Mönkeberg (12.67), marked by light buoys
(special), is prohibited. Germany – Kieler Förde to Flensburg Fjord —
393
Germany -- Kieler Hafen — Prohibited area Paragraph 12.157 1 line 2 Delete
384 German Notice 43/(16)30/15 [NP18/No.66/Wk.50/15]
Paragraph 12.65 1 including existing Section IV Notice Wk

31/17 Replace by: Germany – Plantagenetgrund to Baltic Sea —
Wind farm
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity
of submarine cables and degaussing ranges (12.70). 431
1 EnBW Baltic 2 offshore wind farm comprising 80
wind turbines lies centred on 545911N 131027E,
Germany -- Kieler Förde — General information; within the German EEZ. Entry to the wind farm is
traffic regulations
restricted to authorised vessels only.
387
German Notice (WSA Stralsund 7/16) 03/16
Paragraph 12.100 2 line 2 For 58285N 10186E Read [NP18/No.67/Wk.06/16]
542555N 101861E
Index
ENC DE416020 [NP18/No.61/Wk.30/16] 446
Below title Insert:
Germany – Kieler Förde —
Directions; other aid to navigation For entries from 6.58 to 6.332 decrease the
paragraph number by 1.
387
UKHO [NP18/No.68/Wk.50/15]
Paragraph 12.103 including paragraph head Replace by:
Spare
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2014 Edition)
12.103
German Notice 43/(16)30/15 [NP18/No.62/Wk.50/15] South eastern Baltic – Södra Midsjöbanken —

Landmark; AIS; directions
Germany – Kieler Förde to Öjet Bank — 86

389
1 Södra Midsjöbanken (553840N 172280E) has
Paragraph 12.112 1 line 2 Delete depths of 11 to 18 m. A wreck, the position of which
is approximate, lies close S of the bank.
German Notice 43/(16)30/15 [NP18/No.63/Wk.50/15] Swedish Notice 584/10947/16 [NP19/No.1/Wk.08/16]
2 -- 58
Index
NP19
Southern Baltic – Poland — Denmark – Rønne — Directions; shoal
Offshore production platforms
92
86
After Paragraph 2.9 2 line 4 Insert: ...leads ENE through the dredged channel, passing NNW
of an 83 m patch (550550N 144067E) and continues
3 CALM SÞawek (lit) is moored in position 552297N between the heads...
184473E and lies within a security zone, radius
22 miles centred on 552300N 184200E, in which Danish Notice 25/631/16 [NP19/No.5/Wk.36/16]
anchoring and fishing are prohibited.
Polish Notice 41/612/15 Denmark – Bornholm – Allinge —
(SDD 2015000 225230) [NP19/No.2a/Wk.45/15] Arrival information; pilotage
96
Southern Baltic – Poland —
Offshore production platforms Paragraph 2.77 1 line 5 Replace by:
86 (3) 55170N 14400E Bornholm W
Paragraph 2.9 3 existing Section IV Notice Week 45/15. Danish Chart Corrections Notice 9/137(1--2)/15
Replace by: [NP19/No.6/Wk.15/15]
3 CALM SÞawek (lit) is moored in position 552297N

Sweden -- Gotland -- Lickershamn —
184473E and production platform Lotos Baltic (lit) is Leading lights
moored in position 552402N 184332E. They lie
within a security zone, radius 22 miles centred on 107
552300N 184200E, in which anchoring and fishing
are prohibited. Each structure is enclosed by a safety Paragraph 2.154 Replace by:
zone, radius 500 m, in which entry is restricted. 1 Description. Lickershamn (574965N 183094E)
is a fishing harbour protected by two breakwaters.
Polish Notice 5/116/16 [NP19/No.2b/Wk.08/16] There are three quays with depths from 15 to 30 m.
Directions for entering harbour. Leading lights:
Front light (white triangle, point up, on post)
South eastern Baltic – Södra Midsjöbanken — (574956N 183098E).
Landmark; AIS; directions
Rear light (white triangle, point down, on post) (40 m
from front light).
86 2 The alignment (151) of these lights leads from
seaward to the harbour entrance.
Paragraph 2.11 2 line 6 Delete Caution. The leading line passes close SW of the
shallows and rocks lying N of the N breakwater.
Paragraph 2.12 1 line 5 to 2.12 2 line 3 Delete Supplies: provisions; fresh water.
Swedish Notice 664/12340/2017

[NP19/No.82/Wk.39/17]
87
Paragraph 2.14 2 lines 5--6 Delete Sweden – South coast – Åhus, Sölvesborg and
Karlshamn — Pilot boarding positions

2 Pilots are available 24 hours, and pilotage is
compulsory as follows:
Swedish Notice 584/10947/16 [NP19/No.3/Wk.08/16] (a) Simrishamn; off the harbour entrance.
(b) Åhus: at 555490N 142880E, about 3 miles S
of Lägerholmen Light.
Denmark – Bornholm West Coast – (c) Sölvesborg: at 555720N 143740E, about
Rønne — Arrival information 5 miles ESE of Lägerholmen Light.
3 (d) Karlshamn: (i) at the Karlshamn Outer
92 position (560498N 145165E); (ii) at
Karlshamn W position (560693N
Paragraph 2.44 2 lines 3--5 Delete 144908E); (iii) at Karlshamn E position
(560711N 145340E).
J Brandt, Pilot, Rønne Havn A/S [NP19/No.4/Wk.47/15] Swedish Notice 519/9943/2014 [NP19/No.7/Wk.49/14]
2 -- 59
Index
NP19
Sweden -- South Coast -- Kullagrund to 3 Keep about 15 m off the floodlit E mole heads, and
Kalmarsund — Pilotage then head NNE in to the harbour.
119 Swedish Notice 538/10237/15 [NP19/No.11/Wk.16/15]
Notice Week 49/14 Replace by: Sweden – Hanöbukten – Kivik —
Description; draught
(c) Sölvesborg: at 555780N 143629E, about
4½ miles E of Lägerholmen Light. 125
Paragraph 3.7 3 lines 3--4 including existing Section IV Paragraph 3.49 1 line 6 Replace by:
Notice Week 49/14 For 560693N 144908E Read ...a maximum draught (2015) of 14 m and has
560655N 144955E berths for yachts in...
Swedish Notice 626/11719/2016 [NP19/No.8/Wk.51/16] Swedish Notice 564/10644/15 [NP19/No.12/Wk.41/15]
Sweden -- South Coast -- Karlskrona — Sweden – Åhus —

Pilot boarding point Arrival information; restricted area
126
119
Restricted area. The Port of Åhus has declared all
4 (e) Karlskrona: in the vicinity of 560300N commercial berths of the harbour lying along the N
153410E, 35 miles S of Västra bank as a restricted area. Commercial shipping may
Försänkningen Light. only enter the port after obtaining prior permission. All
pleasure craft are prohibited from approaching the
commercial berths or vessels berthed alongside and
are only permitted a through passage to the guest
Sweden -- Ystad — Limiting conditions; depths harbour.
121 Swedish Notice 575/10828/15 [NP19/No.13/Wk.52/15]

Sweden – Sölvesborg —
1 Controlling depth. The approach channel is Limiting conditions; authorised draught
dredged (2017) to 79 m.
127
Tidal levels. The normal range is 05 m and the...
Sweden – Sandhammaren to Åhus – Simrishamn
— Limiting conditions
Sweden – South coast – Sölvesborg —
123 Arrival information
Paragraph 3.38 1 line 2 For 45 m Read 42 m 128

Paragraph 3.86 including paragraph heading Replace by:
Port operations
3.86
Sweden – Sandhammaren to Åhus – Skillinge —
Description; speed limit; directions 1 Speed restriction. A speed limit of 5 kn is in force
in Sölvesborgsviken N of Sbg 7 Light Buoy (starboard
124 hand) (560147N 143480E).
Traffic regulation. Vessels bound for Ytterhamnen
Paragraph 3.46 1 lines 6--10 Replace by: with a length exceeding 135 m may only enter during
...entrance channel is 400 m long with a least depth daylight with a wind speed not exceeding 15 kn
of 32 m close S of the outer head of E mole. (8 m/s).
Paragraph 3.46 2 line 1 For 5 kn Read 3 kn Swedish Notice 542/10305/15 [NP19/No.15/Wk.19/15]
Paragraph 3.47 2--3 Replace by: Sweden – Sölvesborg – Ytterhamnen — Depth

2 From a position about 2 miles to seaward, the 128
alignment (290) of these lights leads through the
fairway, marked by a buoy (safe water) and by buoys Paragraph 3.92 1 line 2 For 82 m Read 70 m (2017)
(lateral), to a position close SSW of the harbour
entrance. Swedish Notice 659/12082/17 [NP19/No.80/Wk.32/17]
2 -- 60
Index
NP19
Sweden – Hanö to Karlskrona – Pukaviksbukten Sweden -- Ronneby -- Gö -- Millegarne — Light
— Depths; directions
142
132--134 Paragraph 3.184 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.114 1 line 2 For 40 m Read 55 m (2015) 2 Directions for entering harbour. Care is needed
when entering the harbour to keep S of two
dangerous underwater rocks lying about ½ cable E of
Paragraph 3.119 -- 3.120 Replace by: the head of the N breakwater.
3.119
1 Main approach. A channel authorised for a draught
of 55 m (2015) leads W from a position 1¼ miles Swedish Notice 670/12491/17 [NP19/No.86/Wk.46/17]
SSW of Stärnö Udde (560813N 144998E) (3.112)
on the alignment (272) of Norje Leading Lights: Sweden -- South Coast -- Karlskrona —
Front light (white triangle, black border, on post, Pilot boarding point
elevation 7 m) (560716N 144221E), exhibited
from Norjegryt, an islet close E of Norje Böke. 142
2 Rear light (similar structure, elevation 14 m),
375 m W of front light. Paragraph 3.187 1 Replace by:
The track passes (with positions from Stärnö Udde
1 Pilotage is provided by Karlshamn and is available
above):
24 hours. Pilots are ordered from South Coast Pilot
Close N of a buoy (N cardinal) (1¼ miles SSW),
Ordering Centre at Malmö. Pilots board in the vicinity
thence:
3 Between two light buoys (special) (1½ miles of 560300N 153410E, 35 miles S of Västra
SSW) marking a submarine pipeline, thence: Försänkningen Light. See Admiralty List of Radio
S of Rockegrund (1¾ miles SW), a shoal marked on Signals Volume 6(2) for details.
its S side by a buoy (lateral), and:
N of Kyrkegrund (2 miles SW), a shoal marked on its Swedish Notice 595/11114/16 [NP19/No.18/Wk.20/16]
N side by a light buoy (port hand).
4 Thence the track leads to a position close S of Sweden -- Karlskrona and approaches --
Nypgrund (3 miles WSW), a shoal patch, marked by a Entrance and Yttre redden —
light buoy (starboard hand). Directions; useful marks
The track then leads 7 cables NW to a position SW
of Gryn, a shoal patch 1 mile NE of Norjegryt 144
(560724N 144203E), marked on its SE side by a
light buoy (starboard hand).
5 Thence the track leads 1½ miles N to Elleholm
entrance on the alignment (009) of Ljungholmen Swedish NM 605/11305/16 [NP19/No.19/Wk.29/16]
Leading Lights:
Front and rear lights (white triangles, orange Sweden -- Baltic Sea -- Djupasund —
borders, on posts) (560929N 144381E), Vertical clearance
100 m apart and exhibited from an islet on the E
side of the harbour. 147
3.120
Spare Paragraph 3.229 1 line 8 Replace by:
...vertical clearance of 27 m, a horizontal clearance
Swedish Notice 568/10718/15 [NP19/No.16/Wk.45/15] of 190 m and a depth of...

Sweden – South coast – Karlshamn —
Arrival information; traffic regulations Sweden -- Karlskrona and approaches --
Eastern approaches -- Djupasund —
Directions; beacon
136
147
2 Prohibited entry. Unauthorised entry in to the 1 Track. From a position about 1 mile SSE of Tjurkö
berthing areas, shown on the chart, of sten (560445N 153623W) the...
Stillerydshamnen and Karlshamn Oljehamnen is
prohibited. Paragraph 3.230 1 line 8--9 Replace by:
...passing (with positions from Tjurkö sten):
Swedish Notice 542/10275, 10278 /15
[NP19/No.17/Wk.19/15] Swedish NM 605/11305/16 [NP19/No.20/Wk.29/16]
2 -- 61
Index
NP19
Sweden – Kalmarsund — Pilotage positions Sweden – Öland – East coast – Ölands Södra
Udde to Kapelludden — Directions
153
180
(ii) N part — 2½ miles W of Västervik Approach Light Paragraph 4.174 4 lines 3--4 Delete
Buoy (574489N 165500E) or 3¾ miles SSW
of Kungsgrundet (574100N 165418E) or Swedish Notice 522/10000/2014
1 mile SSE of Finnrevet (571660N 163808E) [NP19/No.26/Wk.52/14]
(4.126).
Sweden – Baltic coast – Arkö to Landsort –
(ii) N entrance — 6 cables NE of Sillåsen Directions — Buoy
(564583N 162977E) or 1¾ miles NE of
Krongrundet (564139N 162428E). 206
Paragraph 4.7 5 line 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.158 1 lines 3--4 and 4 line 5 For Landsorts
5 (i) 2½ miles W of Västervik Approach Light Angöring Light Buoy Read ‘A’ Landsorts Angöring Light
Buoy, as above. Buoy
(ii) 3¾ miles SSW of Kungsgrundet — as above.
Sweden – Kalmarsund – Degerhamn — Sweden – East coast – Approach and

Arrival information; pilotage entry channels to Norrköping and Oxelösund –
Alternative channel — Directions; light
155
210
Paragraph 4.22 1 line 6 For 56182N 16182E Read
561990N 162240E. Paragraph 5.172 4 Replace by:
4 S of a 59 m shoal (2 miles WSW), marked by
Swedish Notice 646/11921/2017 [NP19/No.22/Wk.20/17] Munken S Light Buoy (starboard hand). The
white sector (2724--2793) of Gullängsberget
Sweden – Öland – Degerhamn — Light (white tower, yellow band) (583669N
Directions; useful marks 165591E) leads through this section of the
fairway. Thence:
156 5 N of a light buoy (port hand) moored NW of
Rëdgrunden (2½ miles WSW).
Paragraph 4.25 1 lines 4--6 Delete Thence the track leads to a position close S of
Gullängsberget.
Master, M.V Nordic Erica [NP19/No.23/Wk.52/15]
Sweden – Kalmarsund – Kalmar —

Arrival information; pilotage Sweden – East coast – Approach and
entry channels to Norrköping and Oxelösund —
163 Anchorage and harbours

...162428E), in position 564255N 162650E.
Swedish Notice 646/11921/2017 [NP19/No.24/Wk.20/17] Marsviken anchorage
5.196
Sweden – Central Baltic – Kalmarsund – 1 Description. Marsviken (584030N 165890E) is
Kalmar to Dämman — Directions an inlet about 3 miles W of Oxelösund. Anchorage
may be obtained NW of the islet of Bergö (584010N
167 165900E) in depths of 7 to 12 m, clay.
2 Directions. Local knowledge is required. The
After Paragraph 4.88 2 line 6 Insert: approach channel to Marsviken is entered about
WNW of an underwater rock (2½ miles W), lying in a 5 cables NW of Mellanskär Beacon (583799N
depth of 87 m, thence: 170462E) (5.171). The track, shown on the chart
WNW of a 81 m depth (2½ miles W), lying less than leads about 4 miles NW and W through the fairway to
1 cable E of the recommended track, thence: the anchorage.
2 -- 62
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Norrköping -- Limiting conditions; Sweden – Södertälje Kanal —
controlling draughts Traffic regulations; speed limit
242
215
Speed limit
6.92a
Swedish Notice 651/12133/17 [NP19/No.30/Wk.25/17] 1 Throughout the year a speed limit of 7 kn is in
force in the channel between Kungshatt and Sätra
between Kungshatt Light (591784N 175420E)
Sweden -- South of Askö — Prohibited areas; (6.101) and a position 3 cables SW of this light.
unexploded ordnance
224
Sweden – Mälaren east side – Stockholm to
Bålsta — Nockebybron; vertical clearance
245
Prohibited areas Paragraph 6.115 1 line 4 For 125 m Read 120 m
5.274a
1 Due to the risk of unexploded ordnance in the Swedish Notice 568/10699/15 [NP19/No.33/Wk.45/15]
proximity of Askö firing range, entry is prohibited to
the islets of Skvallran (584737N 174253E),
Sweden -- Mälaren east side --
Asenskallen (584691N 174203E) and Bredhäll Nockebybron — Depths
(584682N 174252E).
245
Swedish Notice 674/12440/2017 Paragraph 6.115 1 line 11 Replace by:
[NP19/No.87/Wk.47/17]
...1 m. A least depth of 63 m lies over the fresh
water pipeline (591968N 175450E) NW of
Sweden – Baltic coast – Landsort to Nockebybron.
Rökogrundet – Directions — Buoys
231 Sweden – Mälaren – Nockebybron — bridge

Paragraph 6.18 1 lines 1--2 For Landsorts Angöring Light 245
Buoy Read ‘A’ Landsorts Angöring Light Buoy.
Paragraph 6.115 2 line 2 For VHF Read telephone
Paragraph 6.18 2--5 Replace by: www.sjofartsverket.se [NP19/No.34/Wk.46/16]

2 E of ‘A’ Landsorts Angöring Light Buoy
(584043N 175202E), thence: Sweden – Mälaren – Tosteröbron — bridge
W of Storpallarn (584176N 175296E), a shoal 252
patch marked by Buoy ‘B’ (W cardinal), thence:
E of Bonden (584218N 175096E), a shoal area Paragraph 6.158 1 lines 5 to 8 Replace by:
marked on its E side by Buoy ‘C’ (E cardinal), and: ...over a navigable width of 200 m. S of the swing bridge,
3 W of Lillpallarn (584233N 175373E), a shoal the S fairway is for the use of merchant vessels, whilst the
patch, thence: N fairway is designated for pleasure craft only.
W of Buoy ‘E’ (W cardinal), marking Bosknösen
(584300N 175307E) (7.37), thence: Paragraph 6.158 2 line 6 Delete See 6.115.
WSW of Landsorts Bredgrund Light (584386N
175248E), thence: Paragraph 6.158 3 lines 1 to 4 Replace by:
4 NE of Göjknösen (584400N 175010E), a 3 Tosteröbron is unmanned and remotely controlled
shoal marked by Light Buoy ‘F’ (E cardinal), from Hjulstabron (6.137). Requests for opening should
thence: be made in advance by VHF on channel 68 between
SW of Åttan, a 78 m shoal, marked by Light Buoy ‘G’ 0600--2200 LT (or by telephone at other times)
(W cardinal) (584474N 175076E), thence: followed up by confirmation 8 minutes prior to the
5 NE of Lillberget (584463N 174942E), an islet
transit.
on which stands a beacon (red with white
If two vessels are approaching at the same time
band, 2 m in height), thence:
the E--bound vessel has precedence for passage
NE of Lillbergsgrund, a 52 m patch (584493N
through the bridge. See Admiralty List of Radio
174944E), marked by Light Buoy ‘H’ (port
Signals Volume 6(2) for details.
hand), thence:
www.sjofartsverket.se; BA Chart 802
Swedish Notice 531/10087/15 [NP19/No.31/Wk.08/15] [NP19/No.35/Wk.46/16]
2 -- 63
Index
NP19
Sweden – Västerås — Directions; sector light Sweden -- Nynäshamn and approaches —
Directions; light
254
271
Paragraph 6.180 1 line 7 For (268—282) Read Paragraph 7.69 3 lines 1--3 Delete
(268—283)
Sweden – East coast – Baggensfjärden to
Stockholm – Side channel — Vertical clearance
Sweden – Mälaren – Kvicksundbron — bridge
277
255
2 Operation and signals. Requests for opening Swedish Notice 572/10680/15 [NP19/No.42/Wk.49/15]
should be made in advance, by VHF on channel 68 or
telephone direct to the bridge control, to ensure that Sweden -- Sandhamn Entrance --
there is to be an opening at the expected passage Main Channel — Authorised draught
time. W--bound vessels should call at Reporting Point
279
No 28 (592780N 162860E), E--bound vessels
should call in the vicinity of Tallklubben (592767N Paragraph 7.125 1 line 3 For 110 m Read 100 m
161293E). Confirmation of the opening request must
be made 8 minutes before arrival at the bridge. In Swedish Notice 651/12134/17 [NP19/No.43/Wk.25/17]
general the bridge will open at all times after prior
request. Passage is regulated by light
Sweden -- Sandhamn to Stockholm --
signals (diagram 6.192) exhibited from the bridge. Saxarfjärden to Långholmsfjärden — Authorised
draught
www.sjofartsverket.se; BA Chart 802
[NP19/No.37/Wk.46/16] 284
Sweden -- Landsort to Sandhamn —
Coastal passage; prohibited anchorage and BA Chart 820 [NP19/No.44/Wk.21/17]
fishing areas
Sweden -- Sandhamn to Stockholm --

264 Saxarfjärden to Långholmsfjärden —
Directions; shoal; authorised draught
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area 285
centred on 585277N 182848E. Paragraph 7.159 4 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Swedish Notice 651/12146/17 [NP19/No.38/Wk.25/17] 4 SSW of a 12 m shoal (2½ miles ESE), marked
by a buoy (starboard hand). From this
position, to a position in the vicinity of
Sweden – Baltic coast – Landsort entrance to Risholmen, the authorised draught is 126 m.
Mysingen — Directions; buoy Thence:
SSW of Lången Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles
267 ESE). A 128 m shoal lies close SE of the light
buoy. Thence:
Paragraph 7.37 1 line 6 For a buoy Read Buoy ‘E’
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Lilla Värtan —
Anchorages
Sweden – Nynäshamn — Arrival information;
traffic regulations; restricted areas 290
269
Paragraph 7.62 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Swedish Notice 594/11109/16 [NP19/No.46/Wk.18/16]
...LNG terminal on Brunnsviksholmen and the
channel between Brunnsviksholmen and the mainland Sweden – Stockholm – Harbour — Bridges
are closed to all unauthorised traffic. 291
Swedish Notice 580/10901/16 [NP19/No.40/Wk.04/16] Paragraph 7.207 2 line 4 For 24 m Read 232 m
2 -- 64
Index
NP19
After Paragraph 7.207 2 line 5 Insert: Sweden -- Koholmen to Staboudde light —
Speed restriction
Kvarnholmsförbindelsen (591895N 180885E),
a fixed bridge, vertical clearance 180 m, spans the 306
entrance to Svindersviken.
Paragraph 7.298 1 line 2 Add:
Swedish Notices 569/10678, 10728/15 ...In addition, speed is restricted to 10 kn for vessels
[NP19/No.47/Wk.46/15] greater than 12 x 4 m in the main channel abeam of the SW
end of Koholmen (593024N 182932E) to 04 miles NE
of Staboudde Light (593374N 183776E).
Sweden – Stockholm —
Directions; other aid to navigation
292
Germany -- Baltic Sea — Wind farms
After Paragraph 7.210 Insert:
315
Other aid to navigation After Paragraph 8.10 1 line 6 Insert:
7.210a
1 AIS:
Wind farms
Mooring buoy (lit) (591920N 180512E) in
8.10a
Strömmen.
1 Wikinger wind farm, under construction (2016), lies
centred in position 545038N 140412E, about
10 miles WNW of Adlergrund. Arkona--Becken Südost
wind farm, under construction (2017) lies centred in
position 544685N 140659E, close W of
Adlergrund. The restricted area in which entry is
Sweden – Stockholm – Riddarfjärden — prohibited, except for authorised vessels, to both wind
Directions; depths farms is marked by light buoys (cardinal).
293 German Notice 30/(16)40/2017 [NP19/No.81/Wk.34/17]
After Paragraph 7.212 5 line 3 Insert: Baltic South Shore – Germany –

Greifswald Hafen – Ladebow —
Caution. Vessels proceeding W from Karl Controlling depth
Johansslussen to Riddarfjärden should note that due
to silting over the two tunnels in Söderström 324
(591932N 180386E) the depths are shoaler than
charted. Paragraph 8.84 2 line 3 For 58 m Read 50 m

German Notice (WSA Stralsund 08/01/16) 03/16
[NP19/No.53/Wk.06/16]
Sweden – Stockholm – Ulvsundasjön —
Huvudstabron; vertical clearance Germany – Stralsund east approach –
Stahlbrode — Leading lights
294 326
Paragraph 7.216 5 line 3 For 24 m Read 23 m Paragraph 8.103 2 and 3 Delete
Swedish Notice 568/10696/15 [NP19/No.50/Wk.45/15] German Notice 6/(16)1579/15 [NP19/No.54/Wk.10/15]
Poland -- ©winoujñcie —
Sweden – Stockholm – Harbour — Bridges Arrival information; pilotage
333--334
294
1 A pilotage service is available 24 hours and is
...180815E), an inlet on the S side of compulsory for all vessels exceeding 60 m LOA or
Kvarnholmen. The entrance to the inlet is spanned by carrying dangerous cargo, and all passenger vessels.
a fixed bridge (7.207). It... Pilots board as follows:
Position PILOT--3 (541430N 141053E), in the
Swedish Notices 569/10678, 10728/15 vicinity of N--2 Light Buoy (safe water), for vessels
[NP19/No.51/Wk.46/15] with fresh water draught over 110 m.
2 -- 65
Index
NP19
2 Position PILOT--2N (540170N 141420E), in Poland -- Port DarÞowo —
the vicinity of Nos 11 and 12 Light Beacons Directions; major light; light; depths
(lateral) for vessels with fresh water draught 349
over 70 m, approaching from N.
Position PILOT--2E (540130N 141800E), in the Paragraph 8.282 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
vicinity of Nos 11 and 12 Light Beacons (lateral) 1 Landmarks:
for vessels with fresh water draught over 70 m, W Breakwater Head Light (green tower with gallery)
approaching from E. (542649N 162231E).
3 Position PILOT--1 (535850N 141530E), in the E Breakwater Head Light (red tower with gallery)
vicinity of Nos 13 and 14 Light Buoys (lateral), (542652N 162233E).
for vessels with fresh water draught of less Major Lights:
than 70 m. Port DarÞowo Lighthouse (8.263).
In the anchorage area for vessels at anchor. Approach. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding
Position 541681N 140464E, in the vicinity of N1 station (8.280), the approach leads ESE on a track
Light Buoy (safe water) for LNG carriers entering which keeps Port DarÞowo Lighthouse visible between
©winoujñcie Outer Harbour. the E and W breakwater heads.
4 In a position 7 cables W of Brama Torowa No 2
East Light Tower (534567N 142430E), for Paragraph 8.282 2 line 2 For 5 m Read 56 m
vessels arriving from W within Zalew Paragraph 8.282 3 lines 2--5 Delete
Szczecimski.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Polish Notice 38/515/16 [NP19/No.58/Wk.42/16]
Volume 6(2).
5 Information concerning pilots and berthing may be Gulf of Gdamsk – Anchorages and harbours –
obtained from the pilot station or port duty officer by Jastarnia — Directions; caution
VHF. Both offices are manned continuously. 359
In winter, at the onset of ice in the roadsteads,
vessels arriving should await the pilot at the ice limits, After Paragraph 9.36 4 line 6 Insert:
which may only be entered with tug or icebreaker There is a depth of 39 m on the leading line close
assistance. S of the harbour entrance.
Polish Notice 35/546/15 [NP19/No.59/Wk.39/15]
©winoujñcie VTS; Polish NMs 23/330/16; 29/399/16
[NP19/No.55/Wk.35/16] Poland – Rzeka WisÞa ©miaÞa — Directions; buoy
367
Poland -- Dziwna to Port DarÞowo —
Directions; major light 1 From the vicinity of GW Light Buoy (safe water)
(542361N 184680E)...
346
Poland Notice 03/52/17 [NP19/No.60/Wk.08/17]
After Paragraph 8.263 3 line 5 Insert: KlaipÌda — Traffic regulations; restricted area
Port DarÞowo Lighthouse — as above. 381
Paragraph 8.263 3 line 6--7 Delete
Restricted area. The LNG Terminal lies within a
restricted area in which unauthorised traffic is
prohibited.
Polish Notice 38/515/16 [NP19/No.56/Wk.42/16] Lithuanian Nav Warning 10(12.19)--53
[NP19/No.61/Wk.37/15]
Lithuania – KlaipÌda — Arrival information;

Poland – Zatoka Pomorska to Gulf of Gdamsk – traffic regulations; speed limit; right of way
KoÞobrzeg — Directions; approach
381
348 Paragraph 10.26 1--2 including existing Section IV Week
37/15 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.275 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1 Speed. Within the port area, speed must not
exceed 8 kn.
3 Approach. From KoÞ Light Buoy (safe water) Right of way. Vessels with draught exceeding
(541208N 153164E), moored 1 mile NW of the 70 m with a pilot on board are permitted to use the
entrance, the line of bearing 1335, of KoÞobrzeg main channel, and have priority over traffic crossing
Lighthouse (8.263), leads 1 mile SE to a position the channel. Vessels carrying LNG have priority over
2 cables NW... other vessels using the main channel.
2 Tankers are required to berth with bows towards
the port entrance, unless special permission is
Polish Notice 14/245/15 [NP19/No.57/Wk.18/15] obtained.
2 -- 66
Index
NP19
LNG Carriers are permitted to navigate during Latvia -- Irbe Strait -- OvØðu — Directions; AIS
daylight only, with wind speed less than 10 m/s and 396
current less than 1 kn.
3 Restricted area. The LNG Terminal lies within a Paragraph 11.15 2 line 2 Delete
restricted area in which unauthorised traffic is
prohibited.
Latvian Notices 11/169/16; 11/170/16; 11/171/16
Klaipeda State Seaport Regulations [NP19/No.66/Wk.48/16]
[NP19/No.62/Wk.16/17]
Latvia – Gulf of Riga — MÏrsrags — Directions

KlaipÌda – Jørų Kanalas (Sea channel) — 400
Basins and berths; prohibited area
383
Paragraph 10.38 2 lines 2--4 Replace by: Latvian Notice 6/52--53/15 [NP19/No.67/Wk.27/15]
...Winter Harbour and Ship Repair Yard basin. A
9 m wide floating pier... Latvia – Gulf of Riga – Riga —
Limiting conditions; maximum draught
Lithuanian Notice 10 (12.19)/21/15
401
[NP19/No.63/Wk.21/15]
Latvia -- Liepºja to Ventspils — Directions; AIS
389 Channel depths
11.39
Paragraph 10.103 including heading Replace by: 1 The navigation channel from B Light Buoy (safe
water) to Berth ZO--2 (570236N 240454E) is
dredged to 160 m. The Daugava channel from Berth
Spare ZO--2 to Berth LP--27 (570134N 240514E) is
10.103 dredged to 140 m.
2 From Berth LP--27 to Export Harbour Berth EO--15
Latvian Notices 11/169/16; 11/170/16; 11/171/16 Light (565912N 240565E), the channel is dredged
[NP19/No.64/Wk.48/16] to 130 m. The secondary channels of MØlgrºvis and
Sarkandaugava are dredged to 100 m.
The port authority should be contacted for the latest
Latvia – Ventspils — Limiting conditions;
draughts; vertical clearance depths alongside and draught information.
391 Latvian Notice 11/141/15 [NP19/No.68/Wk.50/15]

Latvia – Riga —
1 The permitted draughts for vessels entering Limiting conditions; channel depths
Ventspils are as follows: 401
150 m in the W channel.
125 m in the N channel. Paragraph 11.39 existing sect IV notice week 50/15
150 m in the outer harbour. Replace by:
142 m to berth No 12 in the river.
For berths beyond the turning basin in the Reka
Channel depths
Venta, advice should be sought from the port
11.39
authority.
1 The navigation channel from B Light Buoy (safe
Vertical clearance water) (570650N 235694E) to Berth ZO -- 2
10.117a (570236N 240454E) is dredged to 160 m,
1 Vessels with the following dimensions may pass reducing to 155 m off Berth ZO--19. The Daugava
through the Venta Bridge (572332N 213533E): channel from Berth ZO--2 to Berth LP--27 (570134N
When the bridge is closed, between the permissive 240514E) is dredged to 140 m
light and maximum windage sign: maximum 2 From Berth LP--27 to Export Harbour Berth EO--15
length 50 m, breadth 28 m, draught 30 m, height Light (565912N 240565E), the channel is dredged
65 m; sailing under the movable span of the to 140 m. The secondary channels of MØlgrºvis and
bridge is prohibited. Sarkandaugava are dredged to 100 m.
When the bridge is open: maximum length 130 m, The port authority should be contacted for the latest
breadth 25 m, draught 74 m. depths alongside and for draught information.
Ventspils Port Rules 8.1 & 12.1 [NP19/No.65/Wk.16/17] Latvian Notice 10/149/16 [NP19/No.69/Wk.44/16]
2 -- 67
Index
NP19
Latvia -- Riga — Directions; leading lights 406--407
402
1 From a position about 3¼ miles SE of Liusäär
Paragraph 11.53 2 lines 6--8 Replace by: (11.85), the fairway, marked by buoys and light buoys,
leads 7¾ miles WSW, passing:
The alignment (1284) of these lights leads, from a
SSE of Kerise madal (581338N 241326E), a
position about 2 cables outside the harbour entrance,
shoal patch with multiple rocks, thence:
SE for about 2 miles to a position, in the centre of the
NNW of Laimadal (581176N 241287E), a small
channel, abreast of Ziemequ vºrtu ziemequ Light
islet, thence:
Beacon (red round column with platform, 6 m in
NNW of Sorgu saar (11.85), thence:
height) (570283N 240393E).
NNW of Tammepakk (581144N 241066E),
2 S of Anõlaid (581223N 240771E), a low
3 Mangaqu kanºls. From the above position, the rocky islet, lying 2½ cables SE of Manöja.
recommended tracks lead generally SE for about Between them are some rocks with depths of
1½ miles to Baltas--BaznØcas leading line. less than 18 m.
Thence the track leads W to a position S of
Latvian Notice 129--133/9/16 [NP19/No.70/Wk.41/16] Manilaid Light Beacon (white round tower, red lantern,
8 m in height) (581220N 240601E), from where
the track leads WNW to a position 7 cables NE of
Latvia -- Riga — Basins and berths Kakraots, a small islet at the head of Kakrasiär
(581132N 240275E).
403
(Directions for the West approach are given at 11.105)
After Paragraph 11.58 4 line 4 Insert: Estonian Chart 781 [NP19/No.72/Wk.06/17]
Krievu salas (3 cables W). Berths KRS--1 to KRS--3;
depths alongside from 121 m to 139 m. Berths Estonia – Pärnu —
KRS--4 to KRS--7; dredged to 155 m (2016). Directions for entering harbour; AIS
407
Latvian Notice 9/129/16; 9/130/16
[NP19/No.71/Wk.41/16] Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1 AIS:
Latvia -- Skulte — Speed limit Pärnu Light Buoy (starboard hand) (582143N
242689E).
404 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
After Paragraph 11.73 3 line 7 Insert: Pärnu Approach Leading Lights:
Front light (white rectangle, black stripe on red round
Port operations. A speed limit of 5 kn applies on metal tower, 22 m in height) (582273N
arrival at the port entrance. 242794E).
Rear light (white rectangle, black stripe on metal
Latvian Notice 9/17 [NP19/No.84/Wk.42/17] framework tower, 34 m in height) (820 m from
front light).
Estonia – East approach to Kihnu väin — Estonian Chart 977 [NP19/No.73/Wk.06/17]

Estonia – Kihnu väin —
406 General information; approaches
Paragraph 11.87 1 Replace by: 409
1 Description. In the E approaches to Kihnu väin After Paragraph 11.104 4 Insert:

(11.104), a fairway, marked by buoys, leads from the 5 Depths. The least depth within the W approach
Pärnu Approach through the shoal waters S of Manöja fairway is 57 m.
(581281N 240731E) (Manilaid on Chart 2215) and
those extending E from Kakra saar. Paragraph 11.105 1--2 Replace by:
2 Topography. Manöja (581281N 240731E) 1 West. From a position in the vicinity of Kihnu Väin
(Manilaid on Chart 2215) is a low island, about 5 m K1 Light Buoy (safe water) (581715N 234454E), a
high, covered with grass and bushes. The island is fairway, marked by buoys, leads ESE to a position
surrounded by foul ground and it is separated from 7 cables NE of Kakraots (581132N 240275E),
Torila ots, on the mainland N of it, by a shallow passing:
channel. NNE of Ipsi madal (581526N 234654E), a shoal
Depths. The least depth in the fairway is 38 m. with an obstruction with a depth of 16 m and
Local knowledge is required as the channel is which is marked on its N and S sides by buoys
somewhat tortuous. (cardinal), thence:
2 -- 68
Index
NP19
2 SSW of a shoal (581752N 234621E) with a Estonia -- Hiiumaa -- Lehtma — Underwater rock
depth of 36 m, marked by a buoy
(S cardinal), which lies about 2 miles N of Ipsi 426
madal, thence: After Paragraph 12.78 2 line 8 Insert:
NNE of Aleksandri madal (581369N 235023E),
Caution. Numerous underwater rocks lie either side
marked by a buoy (N cardinal), lying about
of the leading line. A rock with a depth of 37 m lies
2½ miles SE at the extremity of the foul ground
in position 590383N 224311E.
extending NW from Kihnu saar.
3 East. In the E approaches to Kihnu väin there is a Estonian Notice 7/103/2017 [NP19/No.78/Wk.31/17]
channel S of Manöja (Manilaid on Chart 2215) (11.87).
Local knowledge is required. NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2016 Edition)
Estonian Charts 781; 632 [NP19/No.74/Wk.06/17] Estonia -- Paldiski —

Anchorage; prohibited areas
Estonia – Gulf of RØga -- 101--102
West--south--west of Allirahu —
Directions; wreck Paragraph 3.20 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
2 Prohibited areas. Within Anchorage Area A, (3.23),
410 anchoring is prohibited within 1 cable of 592016N
After Paragraph 11.112 2 line 12 Insert: 240238E due to the presence of an underwater
obstruction, and within 2 cables of 592048N
SE of a dangerous wreck (580776N 225457E). 240213E due to the presence of a sunken mine.
Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within 3 cables
of the wreck. Thence: Paragraph 3.23 1 line 7 For anchorage Read areas
Estonian Notice 5/62/17 [NP19/No.75/Wk.24/17] Estonian Notice 11/162/2017 [NP20--No 62--Wk 48/17]
Estonia -- Väike--Pakri — Obstruction

Estonia -- Gulf of Riga --
South east of Kõiguste--Allirahu — Wreck 102
410 Paragraph 3.22 2 line 7 Replace by:
...standing at the NE end of the island, thence:
NE of an obstruction (592176N 235982E),
SE of a wreck (581339N 231183E) with a depth thence:
of 20 m, thence:
Estonian Notice 9/130/17 [NP20/No.55/Wk.41/17]
Estonian Notice 10/154/2017 [NP19/No.85/Wk.45/17]
Estonia – Muuga Sadam and Approaches —
Estonia -- Approaches to Soela Väin —
Directions; AIS 109 --110
416 Paragraph 3.80 1--3 Replace by:

1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas:
After Paragraph 1211 2 line 2 Insert: Area I, situated E of Agena saar (3.31), centred on
position 593520N 244900E, with depths of 26
Other aids to navigation to 60 m, sand, gravel and mud.
12.11a Area J, situated S of Karbimadal (3.92), centred on
AIS: position 593220N 245860E, with depths of 18
1 Undva N Light Buoy (N cardinal) (583480N to 45 m, sand and mud.
214130E). 2 Area K, centred on (593545N 250155E),
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and 1½ miles SSW of Prangli SE Light (3.89), in
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. depths from 20 to 60 m, sand, is designated
for vessels carrying dangerous cargoes.
418 Area L, situated ESE of Karbimadal, centred on
position 593250N 250300E, with depths of 39
After Paragraph 12.26 2 line 5 Insert: to 62 m, mud.
3 Area M, situated 1¼ miles NE of Zernovoy Grain
Other aids to navigation Pier (592960N 245740E) (3.95) and lying
12.26a on the E side of the entrance leading line,
AIS: with depths of 14 to 35 m, sand and clay.
1 Undva N Light Buoy (N cardinal) (583480N Area N, 2 miles SW of Ihasaluneem (593250N
214130E). 250880E) (3.88), in depths from 19 to 37 m,
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and sand and clay, provides shelter from winds
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. between ENE and S.
BA Chart 2222 [NP19/No.76/Wk.42/16] Estonian Chart 608 [NP20/No.1/Wk.05/17]
2 -- 69
Index
NP20
Estonia -- Gulf of Finland -- Russia -- Approaches to Sankt Peterburg —
East of Agena saar — Obstruction Speed restrictions
109--110 128
Paragraph 3.80 1 including existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 3.215 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 05/17 Replace by: Week 07/17 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas: 1 Speed restrictions. Maximum speed restrictions
Area I, situated E of Agena saar (3.31), centred on apply as follows:
position 593520N 244900E, with depths from Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater. From the mid
26 to 60 m, sand, gravel and mud. Note. An channel buoy (3.221) to buoys No 9 and 10 --
obstruction (593450N 244880E) lies in the 12 kn, and in the remaining section 10 kn. For
SW corner of the anchorage. vessels whose length exceeds 260 m a maximum
Area J, situated S of Karbimadal (3.90), centred on speed is in force from buoys No 11 and 12 as far
position 593220N 245860E, with depths from as buoy No 23 in the Sankt Peterburgskiy
18 to 45 m, sand and mud. Morskoy Kanal of 6 kn. HSC are allowed to
navigate in non--water--displacing mode without
Estonian Notice 10/145/17 [NP20/No.59/Wk.46/17] speed restriction in the Korabel’nyy Farvater and
in the inner waters of Bol’shaya Neva and Malaya
Estonia – Muuga Sadam to Letipea Neem — Neva.
Directions; AIS
112 ...Sankt Peterburg, the maximum speed is 6 kn
with the exception of HSC.
Other aids to navigation ...is 10 kn with the exception of HSC.
3.102a
1 AIS:
Notice 43/5649/2017 [NP20/No.61/Wk.47/17]
Soolamadal N Light Buoy (N cardinal) (594262N
253760E).
Russia -- Sankt Peterburg and approaches --
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Port Bronka — Depths; directions
Volume 2.
131
Estonian Chart 606 [NP20/No.2/Wk.05/17]
Estonia – Narva Bay and Approaches —
General information; hazards 1 Controlling depth. The approach canal leading to
the terminal is dredged to a depth of between 107 m
117 and 134 m.

1 Several dangerous wrecks and obstructions are 1 Port Bronka is approached from WNW through
situated in the SE part of Narva Bay. Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater until a position is
Sunken mines have also been located in Narva reached about 35 cables NW of Ostrov Kronshlot
Bay, with positions relative to Narva--Jõesuu Light (595876N 294484E), at the beginning of the
(3.129): following leading line:
8½ miles NW; Bronka 2 Front light (beacon, red and white vertical
6 miles W; stripes) (595750N 294519E).
2¼ miles SW. Bronka 2 Rear light (similar structure) (595740N
See also 3.127 below. 294525E).
2 The alignment (1617) of these lights then leads
Estonian Chart 601 [NP20/No.3/Wk.05/17] 1 mile SSE through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral) to the beginning of a second leading line:
Bronka 3 Front light (beacon, red and white vertical
Russia – Sankt Peterburg – Outer Approaches — stripes) (595835N 294521E).
General information; traffic regulations Bronka 3 Rear light (similar structure) (595849N
294536E).
128 3 Thence the alignment (0276), astern, of these
lights leads 17 m SSW through the channel to a
position 07 cables SE of Fort 1 South (595698N
...buoys No 11 and 12 as far as buoy No 23 in the Sankt 294221E). The track then leads WSW to the berths.
Peterburgskiy Morskoy Kanal of 6 kn.
ENC’s RU5NTKT2 and RU4NTKS9
BA2395 [NP20/No.4/Wk.07/17] [NP20/No.5/Wk.28/16]
2 -- 70
Index
NP20
Finland – Hanko approaches — Finland -- Tammisaari Approaches —
Directions; draught; beacons Directions; beacon
153
147
5 WNW of Storgadden (594689N 231790E), a
...channel authorised for a draught of 90 m leads from group of rocks and islets. A shoal,
the... Gaddgrund, extends 1 mile SW from the
islets, and a foul area extends 1 mile NW
Paragraph 4.37 2 lines 1--5 Delete from the islets;...
Finnish Notice 24/250/2017 [NP20/No.54/Wk.40/17]

Paragraph 4.39 1 line 9 For 73 Read 90
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Julö —
Directions; light
156
Finland – Hanko approaches — Directions; light Paragraph 4.111 3 line 2 For 086 Read 087
148 Finnish Notice 32/343/17 [NP20--No 64--Wk 50/17]
Paragraph 4.42 8 lines 8--11 Replace by: Finland – Approaches to Kotka —

Outer anchorage
...Tistron group. The route then leads 6 cables N between
Saaristomeri and Hanko. 202
Paragraph 4.43 4 lines 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.82 1 line 2 For 22 to 30 m Read 20 to 31 m
...N of Tullisaari (594830N 225450E) (4.37). BA3814 [NP20/No.6/Wk.47/16]

Finland – Kotka — Anchorages
203
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Hanko —
Limiting conditions; draught Paragraph 5.96 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
1 Waiting anchorage. See 5.82.
149
BA3814 [NP20/No.7/Wk.47/16]
Paragraph 4.52 1 line 2 For 73 m Read 9.0 m
Finland – Kotka — Anchorages
Finnish Chart 136/2017 [NP20/No.56/Wk.44/17] 203--204
Finland -- Tammisaari Approaches — Good anchorage can be obtained in Norskansalmi,
Directions; beacon
the E roadstead, 2½ cables WNW of Pirköyri
(602780N 265878E), in depths of 12 to 15 m;
152 local knowledge is required.
Paragraph 4.81 1 lines 5--8 Delete Finnish Notice 30/310(P)/16 [NP20/No.8/Wk.47/16]
Paragraph 4.83 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Kotka — Directions
for western harbours; authorised draughts
Vessels approaching Raseborg from the Gulf of
Finland through route (2.36) should depart from the 204
TSS and proceed on a line of bearing 006 of Paragraph 5.100 2 line 1 Replace by:
Längden Light (594665N 231487E) until
Segelskär... 2 Thence the route, authorised for a draught of 30 m,
leads 3 cables N on...
...leads 9 miles NNE in a channel marked by buoys
(lateral) to the entrance of the fjord,... Paragraph 5.101 3 line 2 For 54 m Read 30 m
Finnish Notice 24/250/2017 [NP20/No.53/Wk.40/17] Finnish Notice 15/142/16 [NP20/No.9/Wk.26/16]
2 -- 71
Index
NP20
Finland -- South coast -- Kotka — Basins and Finland – Hamina — Directions; draught
berths; depths and maximum draughts restriction; leading lights
212
205
1 General information. Jetties in the SW part of the
1 Mussalo Deep -- water Terminal (602570N town (603400N 271200E) are used by pleasure
265530E) is situated in the SE corner of Mussalo. craft.
The port area consists of bulk, container and liquid Directions. From a position SE of Hailikari
bulk terminals. (603268N 271055E) the route, authorised for a
least draught of 35 m, is marked by buoys and leads
Paragraph 5.105 2 line 2 For 100 m Read 105 m generally N for 1 mile.
Finland Notice 3/30/2017 [NP20/No.13/Wk.09/17]

Finland -- North of Harvajanniemi -- Klamilanlahti
— Directions; draught
Finish NM 19/187/16 [NP20/No.10/Wk.31/16]
214
Finland – Approaches to Hamina -- Paragraph 5.185 2 lines 2--4 Replace by:

Hamina bypass channel — Directions. From a position S of Harvajanniemi
Directions; maximum draught
(602800N 272899E), the recommended route with
an authorised draught of 42 m, leads about 9 cables
208 E to the alignment of the following:
2 The alignment astern (1391) of these lights leads Finnish Notice 6/70/2017 [NP20/No.14/Wk.13/17]
1¼ miles NW between shoal areas SW of Houtere,
within the Hamina bypass channel, which has a
maximum permitted draught of 73 m. The SW side of Russia -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd --
the channel is marked by Rapuniemi and Itä--Kotka West of Ostrov Krepysh —
Anchorages; wrecks and obstruction
Light Beacons (port hand); the NW side by a buoy
and a light buoy (starboard hand).
219
Finnish Notice 09/99/17 [NP20/No.11/Wk.19/17] Paragraph 5.210 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
2 Area 18B -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd. Anchorage
is available in Area 18B, 8 cables NNE of Igrivyy E
Finland – Hamina -- Eastern entrance; Light (603540N 282766E) (5.205), in depths from
Pieni--Musta to Haminanlahti — Directions 12 to 15 m, mud.
Area 18C -- Malyy Tranzundskiy Reyd. Anchorage
211 is available 5 cables NW of Hallikivi Front Leading
Light (603652N 283156E), in depths from 11 to
Paragraph 5.159 1--4 Replace by: 14 m, mud and sand. A wreck lies in the N part of the
area and an obstruction in the W part. A further wreck
1 From a position NE of Pieni--Musta (603049N lies on the SE limit of the area.
271064E), the track leads N in the white sector
(0055--0094) of Suviluoto Light (yellow rectangle, BA Chart 2569 [NP20/No.60/Wk.46/17]
red stripe on mast) (603229N 271164E). The track
then passes E of Ulkokari Light (603147N Finland -- Saaristomeri —
271107E), to a position NE of Norskari, a shoal on Directions; other aids to navigation
which stands a light (white mast, red band)
(603177N 271136E). 231
The channel is marked by buoys and authorised to
a position ENE of Ulkokari Light for a draught of After Paragraph 6.17 2 line 5 Insert:
83 m.
3 AIS:
2 From a position ENE of Norskari Light, the berths
Suomen Leijona (592836N 204879E).
at Hiirenkari and Lakulahti are approached in swept
channels, the limits of which are marked by buoys.
Volume 2.
Finnish Notice 30/311(P)/16 [NP20/No.12/Wk.47/16] Finnish Notice 12/120/16 [NP20/No.15/Wk.26/16]
2 -- 72
Index
NP20
Finland – Hanko to Salo -- Route East of Kemiö Finland -- Isokari and approaches —
— Bridge clearances Directions; depth
239
264
...rock. A shoal with a least depth of 67 m extends
Limiting Conditions 1¼ miles NW of the light. Etela Sandbäck, an
Vertical clearance above--water...
6.58 Paragraph 6.224 5 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of
38 m, span the fairways in three places above Förby 5 SW of a shoal (7 cables WSW) with a depth of
(600587N 225206E). 67 m, thence:
A bascule bridge with a vertical clearance of 35 m
spans the Strömma Kanava (601126N 225210E). BA Chart 3803 [NP20/No.19/Wk.13/17]
Horizontal clearance Finland -- South--west -- Laupunen to Rajakari —

6.58a Directions; light
1 The bascule bridge spanning Strömma Kanava has
267
a horizontal clearance of 26 m.
Paragraph 6.238 3 line 2 For (317--339) Read
(3105--3235)
...Teijo, about 5 miles farther NE; a bascule bridge (6.58a)
spans the fairway at Strömma. Arrangements should be Finnish Notice 15/143/16 [NP20/No.20/Wk.26/16]
made in...
Finnish Notice 32/331/16 [NP20/No.16/Wk.50/16] Finland -- Åland Hav -- Signilskär —

Directions; lights; beacons
Finland -- Saaristomeri -- 278

Isokari--Lövskär channel — Directions; light
244
2 Local knowledge is required.
Paragraph 6.92 7 line 3 For 0035 Read 005 Directions. From a position W of Kappalgrynnorna
(601207N 191914E), a fairway, marked by buoys
(N and S cardinal) and authorised for a draught of
Finnish Notice 32/347/17 [NP20--No 65--Wk 50/17] 49 m, leads ENE to a position N of Kappalgrynnorna.
Thence the track leads NE, to a position NW of
Mjölkarskatan (601224N 191968E), passing:
Finland -- Lövskär to Purha — Directions; light
Between buoys (N and S cardinal) (601233N
252 191959E) thence:
3 The track then leads generally E to a position NNE
Paragraph 6.138 10 line 7 For 0245 Read 0201 of Österhamnsskatan (601215N 192060E); a buoy
(N cardinal) is moored N of the headland.
The track then leads ESE to a position NW of
Finnish Notice 35--36/357/16 [NP20/No.17/Wk.13/17] Tödding (601124N 192571E).
Finland -- Kråkholm to Kyrkfjärden — Finnish Notice 23/244/17 [NP20/No.52/Wk.39/17]

Directions; link channel; leading beacons
Finland – Avenanmaa —
253 General information; draught regulations
...particularly in the narrows S of Korvet, 1 mile WSW. Paragraph 6.331 1--2 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.143 2, 3 and 4 Delete 1 Through route. From the vicinity of Långnäsudd
(600696N 201812E) a route, authorised for a
draught of 55 m, leads generally N along the E side
Finnish Notice 30/319/2017 [NP20--No 63--Wk 48/17] of Lumparland, thence W of Mickelsö (601100N
201600E) and into Prästösund, close NNE.
Finland – Rödhamnsfjärden — Anchorage 2 From N of Prästö, the route leads about 5 miles N
to Bergökubb (601815N 201886E), thence turns
257 sharply WNW and leads close inshore, between the
Paragraph 6.177 1 line 5 For 37 m Read 32 m off--lying islands and Ahvenanmaa, for about 11 miles
to Hundklubb (602412N 200118E).
2 -- 73
Index
NP20
Finland – Ahvenanmaa – 25 m route to Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —
Maarianhamina — Directions Directions; rock awash
280 303
2 W of a 91 m shoal (10½ miles NNW) lying
...12 m in width. 2 miles WSW of Hiidensilta, an extensive
group of dangerous offshore shoals, thence:
Finland -- Rauma to Porin Majakka — Directions; Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —

other aids to navigation Directions; shoals
297 303
Paragraph 7.136 3 line 1 For Rockaboll Read Rakaren
Finnish Chart 43 [NP20/No.28/Wk.13/17]
Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki —
Finland -- Rauma to Porin Majakka --
Directions; buoys 303
297
Paragraph 7.94 3 lines 1--7 Replace by: Finnish Notice 16/160/16 [NP20/No.29/Wk.27/16]
3 W of Lännennaulat shoal (16½ miles NNE), Finland -- Tahkoluoto — Wind farm

thence:
W of numerous shoals, including Lindgreninmatala, 303
which extends 3½ miles W of Säppi Light Paragraph 7.139 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
(612864N 212086E) (7.92), thence:
...section of buoyed channel, which leads through a
Paragraph 7.94 4 lines 2--3 Replace by: wind farm, to cross the Tahkoluoto approach fairways.
...shoals extending 4 miles NW of Hylkiriutta Finnish Notice 25/263/17 [NP20/No.58/Wk.45/17]

(613884N 211973E), thence:
Finland -- South approaches to Vaasa --
Finnish Notice 6/71/2017 [NP20/No.24/Wk.13/17] Gåshällan to Bergö — Directions; lights
316
Finland -- Pori and Approaches — Paragraph 7.214 4 lines 4--6 and 5 lines 1--3 Replace by:
ESE of Norra Sälhuvudet (625449N 210624E), a
299 group of above--water rocks, thence:
5 ESE of Tredjedelsstenarna (625523N
Paragraph 7.112 1 line 4 Delete 210680E), a group of islets and
above--water rocks, to a position 4 cables
NNW of Remmargrynnan (625594N
300 210955E)
Paragraph 7.117 1 line 4 Delete Finnish NM 17/168/16 [NP20/No.30/Wk.28/16]
Finland -- North approaches to Vaasa —

301 Vertical clearance
Paragraph 7.122 1 line 4 Delete 322
BA Chart 2612 [NP20/No.31/Wk.27/16]
Finland -- Porin Majakka to Kristiinankaupunki — Finland – North approaches to Vaasa —

Directions; other aids to navigation Vertical clearances
302 322
Paragraph 7.135 1 line 2 Delete Paragraph 7.254 1 line 7 including existing sect IV notice
week 27/16. For 26 m Read 24 m
2 -- 74
Index
NP20
Finland – Stubben to Raahe – Pietarsaari — Finland -- Raahe and approaches -- Roska Roads
Directions; general information; light to Lapaluote — Directions; maximum draught
331 340
Paragraph 8.9 3 lines 4--7 Delete Paragraph 8.87 1 line 2 Replace by:
...an inner channel, authorised for a maximum draught of
Paragraph 8.10 1 line 2 Delete 21 m...
Finnish Notice 23/241/16 [NP20/No.33/Wk.39/16] ...short distance WSW. From this leading line the
maximum authorised draught increases to 24 m.
Finland -- Stubben to Kokkola Majakka — This alignment is also...
Other aids to navigation; racon
331
Finland -- Oulu -- Toppila —
After Paragraph 8.10 1 line 2 Insert: Toppilansalmi Leading lights
Kallan Light — as above. 346

2 This channel is subject to frequent change and
Finland – Stubben to Raahe – Pietarsaari — marked as follows:
Directions; general information; light
331
3 The track leads ESE for 3½ cables into the
Paragraph 8.12 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: harbour, passing close NNE of Toppilansalmi
Light (grey pile) (650252N 252486E),
Secondary west approach (8.17), passing S of
standing on the...
Nygrundet rock.
331--332
Approaches to Oulu -- Kropsu —
Paragraph 8.16 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: Directions; light
3 The alignment (089) of these lights leads E for 348
2½ miles through a partly buoyed channel, passing
between Kallan Lighthouse and a lit beacon (lateral) Paragraph 8.147 6 lines 2--3 Replace by:
(634459N 223179E) to the Ådöskatan leading line. ...2¾ miles N,...
Paragraph 8.17 3 lines 1--12 Replace by: Finnish Notice 10/119/17 [NP20/No.37/Wk.26/17]
3 The alignment (0898) of these marks leads
2¾ miles E, passing: Approaches to Oulu -- Kropsu —
Directions; light
N of Storgrundet shoal (634275N 222725E),
marked to its N and S by buoys (cardinal), thence: 349
N of Gammalgrundet, a rocky coastal bank marked
at its N end by a buoy (N cardinal) (634367N Paragraph 8.152 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
223135E), thence: 1 From a position about 5 cables NNE of Kropsu
S of Nygrundet, one of several rocks awash (650892N 251160E) a fairway, authorised for a
(634437N 223187E), marked on its S side by draught of 2.1 m, leads off NNE from...
a buoy (S cardinal) (634381N 223262E), to
the Gräsgrund/Rönnskär leading line. Paragraph 8.152 2--3 Replace by:
2 The first part of the channel, marked by buoys
Finnish Notice 23/241/16 [NP20/No.35/Wk.39/16] (lateral) leads 3 miles NNE until a position is reached
3 ¾ ENE of Simppumatala (651248N 251226E), a
Finland – Kokkola — Anchorage shoal with a depth of 51 m. Thence the track leads N
and NE along the following alignments:
335
Paragraph 8.44 1 line 2 For 1 mile Read 1¾ miles
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia – Singösund —
Vertical clearance
363
Paragraph 8.44 2 and 3 Delete
Finnish Notice 17/194/17 [NP20/No.49/Wk.30/17] Swedish Notice 624/11667/16 [NP20/No.39/Wk.48/16]
2 -- 75
Index
NP20
Sweden – Väddö Kanal — Bridge clearances Paragraph 11.23 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
2 Between Synan (11.22) and Toppgrund
368
(641625N 211795E), a shoal with a depth
Paragraph 9.96 3--4 Replace by: of 59 m, to join the route from SSE, 3 cables
N of Hällgrundsstenen.
3 Controlling depth. The canal has a least depth of Thence the recommended track leads NNW into the
20 m and can be navigated by vessels drawing up to entrance of Lövselefjärden.
18 m.
Vertical clearances: Swedish Notice 679/12676/17
Overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of [NP20--No 66--Wk 52/17]
17 m, spans the canal 3 cables NNW of
Storfjärden.
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia –
Overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of Skelleftehamn — Draught
26 m, spans the canal 4 cables S of Storfjärden.
4 Fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 17 m, 462
spans the canal at Trästa (600328N
184610E). After Paragraph 11.46 1 line 4 Insert:
Swing bridge at Bagghus (595638N 185088E),
with a horizontal clearance of 126 m and a
vertical clearance when closed of 62 m. Maximum draught
Bascule bridge at Älmsta, 2¼ miles NNW, with a 11.46a
horizontal clearance of 120 m and a vertical 1 The maximum draught allowed in Skelleftehamn
clearance when closed of 45 m. inner harbour (11.63) is 82 m (2017).
Sweden – Skelleftehamn – Gåsören to

Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Lövsele — Sörfjärden — Directions
464
459
...on to a recommended track of 318 towards the S side of
1 Directions from south. From a position about Rönnskär.
6¼ miles NNE of Vännskär Light (640968N
210780E) (11.14), follow the recommended track N, Paragraph 11.59 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
passing:
3 Thence, when entering the green sector of
W of Kallen (641559N 211637E), a rock awash,
Kopparudden Light (062), the track leads WNW to
thence:
pass through the narrow strait keeping NNE of the
W of Hällgrundsstenen (11.20), a rock awash,
buoy (port hand) (643968N 211627E) marking the
thence:
shoals NNE of Nörd--Olsgrundet. Keep Örviken Rear...
To a position about 5 cables E of Storklubben
(11.23). The recommended track then leads NNW into
the entrance of Lövselefjärden. Swedish Notice 634/11818/16 [NP20/No.42/Wk.07/17]

Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia –
1 Directions from south -- south -- east. From a Skelleftehamn — Draught
position about 5¾ miles ENE of Vännskär Light
(11.14), follow the recommended track NNW, passing: 465
Close ENE of Knävringen (641508N 211695E), ... (MSL 2010). See 11.46a for draught restriction.
a shoal with a depth of 79 m, thence:
3 Between Synan (641595N 211730E), with a Sweden -- Piteå and approaches — Depths
depth of 39 m, and Hällgrundsstenen (11.20).
The track then continues NNW into the entrance of 469
Lövselefjärden.
The least depth in the channel to Sandholmen
...212261E) (11.25) follow the recommended track WNW (11.118a) from Skuthamn (11.118) is 50 m.
with Storklubben (641688N 211477E), an islet on the E
side of the entrance to the fjord, bearing 301, passing: Swedish Notice 638/11810/17 [NP20/No.44/Wk.11/17]
2 -- 76
Index
NP20
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Bondöfjärden — Munksundet Norra Leading Line:
Directions; leading lights Front beacon (wooden triangle) (651812N
212879E).
470 Rear beacon (wooden triangle on post) (1½ cables
from front light).
Paragraph 11.109 3 line 1 For 0465 Read 0461 4 The alignment of these lights continues N until clear
of the channel. The recommended route then leads
Paragraph 11.109 3 line 2 For 2265 Read 2261 NNW through Inrefjärden, passing ENE of
Stadsrännan (651810N 212766E), to a turn in the
channel, marked by a buoy (starboard hand)
Paragraph 11.109 6 line 1 For 320 Read 3185 (651833N 212761E), W of Lövholmen (651840N
212825E), whence the track leads NE into
Paragraph 11.110 3 line 6 For 022 Read 0199 Sörfjärden.
Swedish Notice 638/11810/17; Swedish Chart 4151

Paragraph 11.110 5 line 1 For 145 Read 1466
[NP20/No.47/Wk.11/17]
Paragraph 11.110 5 line 2 For 3195 Read 320

Sweden -- Piteå and approaches — Berths
BA Chart 1135 [NP20/No.45/Wk.19/17] 472

Sweden -- Piteå and approaches — Directions
Sandholmen
471 11.118a
1 Sandholmen (651716N 212794E), a 54 m long
Heading above Paragraph 11.112 For Munksundet Read quay located in the channel between Sandholmen and
Skuthamn Fingermanholmen. The berth is approached through a
channel marked by buoys (lateral), on the alignment of
Tungen Leading Lights (651725N 212763E), from
Paragraph 11.112 10 Delete
a position S of the entrance to Munksundet on the
Skuthamn to Piteå Södra Hamn route (11.113).
Swedish Notice 638/11810/17 [NP20/No.46/Wk.11/17] Paragraph 11.119 3 lines 1--4 Delete
Sweden -- Piteå and approaches -- Skuthamn to Swedish Notice 638/11810/17; Swedish Chart 4151
Piteå Södra Hamn — Directions [NP20/No.48/Wk.11/17]
471
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2013 Edition)
Skuthamn to Piteå Södra Hamn India – Coromandel Coast —

11.113
1 From a position in the vicinity of a buoy (lateral) 73
(651592N 212981E) moored in the approaches to
Skuthamn (11.118), the track leads NNW for about After Paragraph 2.36 2 line 4 Insert:
9½ cables to a position between two buoys (lateral)
(651673N 212856E). †lam Pºrai Fort (white masonry tower, red bands,
Fingermanholmen Leading Lights: 30 m in height) (121653N 800066E).
Front light (651718N 212820E).
Indian Notice 11/109/14 [NP21/No.1/Wk.31/14]
Rear light (85 m from front light).
2 Thence the alignment of these lights leads NNW
through a channel marked by buoys (lateral) for about India – East coast – Coleroon Point to
1 cable. The limits of the channel are marked by Palºr River — Directions; wreck
leading lights either side of Fingermanholmen Leading
Lights. 73
Munksundet Södra Leading Lights:
Front light (651621N 212833E).
Rear light (1 cable from front light). Clear of a dangerous wreck (115595N
3 Thence the alignment of these lights, astern, leads 795692E), position approximate, thence:
N for about 3 cables to the entrance of Munksundet
(651720N 212870E). Indian Notice 17/155/14 [NP21/No.2/Wk.42/14]
2 -- 77
Index
NP21
India -- Ennore Port — India -- East Coast -- Krishnapatnam —
Arrival information; fairway buoy Anchorages
82
Outer anchorages. Designated areas as follows:
Paragraph 2.101 2 lines 3--7 Replace by: Anchorage A (141300N 801288E) for vessels of
LOA 180 m or less, depths from 134 to 167 m.
...usual anchorage lies 2 miles N of Fairway Light Buoy Anchorage B (141329N 801478E) for vessels of
(safe water) (131210N 802360E) in depths of 25 m, LOA greater than 180 m, depths from 169 to
mud and sand. Waiting areas for Main Port and Minor Port 209 m.
are centred on 131500N 802326E and 131308N Anchorage B1 (141368N 801710E),
802194E, respectively. unrestricted anchorage, depths from 215 to
360 m.
Paragraph 2.101 2 line 13 For (131292N 802240E)
Anchorage C (141661N 801117E), quarantine
Read (131210N 802360E)
anchorage, depths from 94 to 109 m.
BA Chart 569 [NP21/No.43/Wk.43/17]
H102 MTAgility [NP21/No.3/Wk.31/16] India -- Krishnapatnam Port —
Arrival information; pilot station
82
India -- Ennore Port —
Arrival information; pilotage Paragraph 2.117 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
B Vessels of maximum
80 141486N 801529E draught between 10 and
16 m.
Paragraph 2.101 2 including existing Section IV Notice B1 Vessels of maximum
31/16 Replace by: 141520N 801770E draught greater than 16 m.
2 Outer anchorages. Port Control will normally Indian Notice 05/70/16 [NP21/No.6/Wk.12/16]
allocate an anchorage for vessels waiting to enter; the India – East coast – Kºkinºda Bay to
usual anchorage lies 2 miles N of Fairway Light Buoy Vishºkhapatnam — Directions; wreck; SPM
(2.103) in depths of 25 m, mud and sand. Waiting
88
areas for Main Port and Minor Port are centred on
131500N 802326E and 131308N 802194E, After Paragraph 2.160 4 line 2 Insert:
respectively. SE of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
Anchoring is prohibited within the area enclosing the (173970N 831820E), thence:
ammonia discharge berth (131277N 802062E) and Clear of a SPM (173914N 831892E) (2.192),
pipeline. thence:
3 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a
day. Pilots board in the waiting area in position
131308N 802194E. For further details, see India – East coast -- Kºkinºda Bay to
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Vishºkhapatnam — Directions; dangerous wreck
88
Indian ENC IN43001A [NP21/No.4/Wk.04/17] Paragraph 2.160 4 lines 1--19 existing Section IV Week
42/14. Replace by:
4 SE of Gangavaram Port Signal station
India -- Ennore Port — Directions; fairway buoy (173705N 831393E), thence:
Clear of a SPM (173914N 831892E), thence:
80 SE of a dangerous wreck (173969N 831818E);
other dangerous wrecks lie to the W and N of the
wreck. Thence:
Paragraph 2.103 1 lines 9--10 For (131291N 802240E) 5 To a position SE of Dolphin’s Nose, the steep faced
Read (131210N 802360E) extremity of the slope extending ENE from Yºrºda
Konda. A light (2.158) is exhibited from the seaward
slope of the headland; two masts, which exhibit red
obstruction lights, stand close NW of the light.
Read (131210N 802360E)
Although the headland is remarkable when
approached from SW or NE along the coast it is not
Paragraph 2.104 1 line 6 For (131291N 802240E) easily discernible from a distance offshore.
Read (131210N 802360E) (Directions continue for Vishºkhapatnam
at 2.200 and for Vishºkhapatnam to
Vamsadhºra River at 2.218)
H102 MT Agility [NP21/No.5/Wk.31/16] ENC IN63012P [NP21/No.8/Wk.04/16]
2 -- 78
Index
NP21
India -- Bay of Bengal -- Vishºkhapatnam -- Berths. The basin to the NE contains quays,
Leading lights; alignment suitable for small vessels and lighters, which line the
NW and SE sides of the basin and the NE side of the
91 entrance channel; the latter is 240 m in length with an
alongside depth of 3 m.
A dry cargo berth (191737N 845697E), 225 m
Paragraph 2.203 2 line 5 For (280) Read (2786) in length and handling vessels with a maximum
draught of 125 m, is located in the SW corner of the
harbour.
BA Chart 244 [NP21/No.41/Wk.41/17]
Correspondence Gopalpur Ports 08/17
[NP21/No.44/Wk.47/17]
India -- Bay of Bengal -- Vishºkhapatnam --
Leading lights; alignment India -- Bay of Bengal -- South of Pºrºdip —
Directions; shoal
92 101
Paragraph 2.207 2 line 2 For (280) Read (2786)
...(3.26). And:
Clear of a depth of 82 m (195610N 865210E),
reported (1963), thence:
BA Chart 244 [NP21/No.42/Wk.41/17]
Indian Chart 31 [NP21/No.38/Wk.31/17]
India -- East Coast -- Gopºlpur — India -- Bay of Bengal -- Pºrºdip —

Port information Directions; depth
101
98--99
Paragraph 3.30 1 line 3 including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 3.15 1, 2 and 3 Replace by: 31/17 Replace by:
...(3.26). Thence:
1 General information. Gopºlpur Port (191800N
845800E) lies 4¼ miles NE of Gopºlpur; the port BA Chart 321 [NP21/No.40/Wk.40/17]
limits, shown on the chart, extend 2¼ miles offshore
between Gopºlpur Light (191535N 845441E) and India – East coast – Pºrºdip — Berth
a position close NE of Gopºlpur Port basin. The port
comprises of a small inland basin to the NE that is 101
entered through a heavily silted channel, allowing Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 2--3 For a tanker berth Read two
passage for small vessels only. A pier with an angled tanker berths
head extends 2½ cables SE from the SW side of the
entrance channel and a shorter pier extends SE from
102
the NE side of the entrance. An outer harbour
(191735N 845732E) is protected from the W and Paragraph 3.41 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
SW by a large breakwater extending 5 cables ESE,
...development of new container berths and new berths
then 3 cables ENE, with its root in the SW of the handling...
harbour (191724N 845683E). A short breakwater
constructed of boulders extends SE for 2 cables from Indian Notice 39/174/16 [NP21/No.9/Wk.43/16]
the shore, 7 cables NE from the SW breakwater.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than India -- Pºrºdip —
200 grt. The pilot boards in position 191770N Directions for entering harbour
850090E.
Development. Since 2008 Gopºlpur Port has been 102
developed into a large bulk handling port. Plans Paragraph 3.45 including heading Replace by:
continue for the construction of deep water berths, dry
cargo berths and an LNG terminal. Depths of 185 m Spare
are planned, allowing vessels of 120 000 dwt to be 3.45
handled.
3 Anchorage may be obtained off Gopºlpur Port in Paragraph 3.46 2 lines 1--9 Replace by:
depths of 14 m, coarse sand and, in places, mud as 2 From the vicinity of Pºrºdip Fairway Light Buoy
directed by Gopºlpur port control. The usual berths (safe water) (201237N 864684E), the alignment
are on the line of bearing 299 of Gopºlpur Light, (3003) of Pºrºdip Port Leading Lights leads through
6 cables from the lighthouse, or 2½ cables SW of this the dredged approach channel, marked by light buoys
position. In strong winds, usually between April and (lateral), into the harbour, passing:
July, vessels should be anchored in depths of 16 m
with a good scope of cable. Indian Notice 2/43/16 [NP21/No.10/Wk.06/16]
2 -- 79
Index
NP21
India – East coast – Pºrºdip — Berth The track then leads NE into Haldia Channel, which
passes NW of Agnimºri Char (215800N 880500E).
102 The S part of the island is marshy; the N part is
wooded. Haldia Lattice Tower (215998N 880267E)
Paragraph 3.48 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: stands on the NW bank of the channel.
4 From a position E of Haldia Lattice Tower, the track
...E and S, respectively, from the shore. The outer harbour then leads ENE, passing:
contains two deep--water dolphin berths for... SSE of Haldi River (220075N 880350E) (3.120),
thence:
SSE of Jawahar Tower (220107N 880404E), a
103 white concrete office block, 12 storeys high,
surmounted by an enclosed observation platform
Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: and a framework mast. The tower is part of the
port administration building. Thence:
Outer harbour 2 South Oil Jetty, 5 To a position SSE of Haldia Dock entrance lock
355 m (with dolphins), (220146N 880518E). An unmarked channel leads
171 m from the NE end of Haldia Channel, passing N of
Agnimºri Char, to the N end of Rºngºfala Channel, off
the NW part of Rºngºfala Island (3.115).
(Directions for Haldi River and Haldia Port
are given at 3.124 and for
Rºngºfala Channel at 3.115)
India -- Pºrºdip — Directions; wreck
113
104
After Paragraph 3.60 1 line 2 Insert: Tigris Sand to Ghorºmºra Island
(continued from 3.101 and 3.110)
Clear of a dangerous wreck (201775N
3.112
864792E), position approximate, thence: 1 From the vicinity of AD Light Buoy (port hand)
(214340N 875876E), the track leads N across an
Indian Notice 12/97/17 [NP21/No.39/Wk.34/17] area of shifting shoals, marked at the S end by
Maragoalia Light Buoy (starboard hand) (214317N
880100E), and into a channel marked by light buoys
India – Hugli River — Directions (lateral), which then leads generally NNE across the E
part of Auckland Bar (3.111).
112 2 The buoyed channel then leads NNE to the S end
of Rºngºfala Crossing, passing between Haldia Sand
Continuity legend above the heading Tigris Sand to Haldia and a drying shoal extending SSW from Ghorºmºra
Port paragraph 3.111 For Rºngºfala Crossing Read Island (215486N 880773E).
Ghorºmºra Island 3 From a position at the S end of Rºngºfala
Crossing, the track leads NNE through Rºngºfala
Crossing, then NE to a position W of Ghorºmºra
112--113 Island, where the channel divides. The unmarked W
channel passes between Agnimºri Char and a drying
Paragraph 3.111 including heading Replace by: shoal 6 cables ESE of the island and is not in general
use.
(Directions continue for Ghorºmºra Island
Tigris Sand to Haldia Port to Kulpi Roads at 3.115)
(continued from 3.110) Paragraph 3.113 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
3.111
1 From the vicinity of AD Light Buoy (port hand) Spare
(214340N 875876E), the track leads NNW, 3.113
passing: Paragraph 3.114 1 lines 1--15 including heading Replace
ENE of AD Light Buoy, thence: by:
To a position ENE of AS Light Buoy (port hand)
(214715N 875758E), NE of Groyne No 26, which Spare
extends SE from the NW bank. 3.114
2 The channel marked by light buoys (lateral) then Paragraph 3.115 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
leads NNE between the shoals and dangers extending
from the NW bank of Hugli River and Auckland Bar Ghorºmºra Island to Kulpi Roads
(214650N 875900E). The E extent of the channel (continued from 3.112)
is indicated by ABB Light Buoy (starboard hand) 3.115
1 From a position W of Ghorºmºra Island
(214983N 875957E), moored off the SW extremity
(215486N 880773E) (3.112) the main buoyed
of Haldia Sand (3.104) channel leads generally NE towards Rºngºfala
3 The track then leads into Jellingham Channel, Channel, passing:
which passes WNW of Haldia Sand and Agnimºri NW of Mud Point (215506N 880705E), thence:
Char. A submerged dike lies in the channel, extending NW of Silver Tree Point (215752N 880926E).
about 1 mile NNE from its SSW extremity (215819N New Silver Tree Column (pillar) stands 3 cables
880292E). NE of the point.
2 -- 80
Index
NP21
2 The track then enters Rºngºfala Channel N of Kukrºhºtti Crossing Leading Beacons:
Silver Tree Point. The channel then leads NNE, close Front beacon (221236N 880758E).
off the E bank of Hugli River. Light buoys (lateral) Rear beacon (2¼ cables from front beacon).
mark the drying banks of Balari Bar (220370N The alignment (2478) ahead and (0678) astern
881080E), W of the channel. of these beacons leads through Kukrºhºtti Reach,
The channel leads to a position W of Rºngºfala passing beneath overhead power cables suspended
Island (220200N 881300E). from two pylons, one on the S bank and one in the
river at 221232N 880634E.
113 -- 114 Indian Chart 3013; ENCs IN53011H, IN53013K
[NP21/No.12/Wk.23/17]
Paragraph 3.116 1 to 3 including heading Replace by:
India – Haldia Port — Directions; landmark

Kulpi Roads to Hugli Point
(continued from 3.115) 115
3.116
1 From a position W of Rºngºfala Island (220200N Paragraph 3.124 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
881300E), the track leads N through Kulpi Roads Haldia Lattice Tower (215998N 880267E).
(220570N 881250E). The E bank of Kulpi Roads
is lined with brick kiln chimneys. Indian Chart 3013; ENCs IN53011H, IN53013K
The buoyed channel leads to a position W of [NP21/No.13/Wk.23/17]
Kºntºbºria Obelisk (220816N 881267E), passing
clear of the dangerous wreck 1¾ cables WSW of the Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel
obelisk. — Directions; stranded wreck
2 Kºntºbºria Reach is entered W of Kºntºbºria
Obelisk. A buoyed channel leads generally NNW, 127
passing ENE of Diamond Sand. The channel through
Kºntºbºria Reach leads to the S end of Diamond
Reach (221000N 881200E).
Diamond Reach leads generally NW from the N Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.14/Wk.12/16]
end of Kºntºbaria Reach. The channel passes NE of
Diamond Sand, the extent of the shoals and banks on Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel
the SW side of the channel are indicated by light — Directions; stranded wreck
buoys. A radio tower (221035N 881226E) stands
128
3 cables NE of the NE bank.
3 The channel then leads to a position S of Diamond After Paragraph 4.47 2 line 7 Insert:
Harbour Creek (221156N 881086E); the creek,
spanned by a bridge 1 cable within its mouth, is only E of a stranded wreck (214385N 912817E),
navigable by boat. Diamond Harbour, a scattered thence:
town, lies SE of the creek. A light is exhibited from Indian Notice 24/197/15 [NP21/No.15/Wk.01/16]
the shore SE of the town. Large vessels may anchor
W of Diamond Harbour (3.119); explosives may be
Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel
unloaded here. — Directions; stranded wreck
114 128
Paragraph 3.117 1 to 3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.47 3 lines 7--9 Delete
1 From a position S of Diamond Harbour Creek the Paragraph 4.47 4 lines 1--5 Replace by:
track leads WNW, passing:
4 The track continues N, then NNE, passing:
SSW of Dalrymple Lump (221146N 881066E), a
wreck, thence:
913800E), thence:
NNE of an anchorage area (221120N 880900E)
for vessels carrying explosives, thence: Paragraph 4.47 4 lines 14--16 Delete
To a position 6¾ cables N of Buffalo Point Column
(221106N 880805E). Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.16/Wk.12/16]
2 Kukrºhºtti Crossing. The track leads WNW
through Kukrºhºtti Crossing and onto the alignment
Bangladesh -- Chittagong Coast —
Kukrºhºtti Reach and Hugli Bight Leading Beacons. General information; stranded wreck
Caution. A dangerous wreck (221172N
880591E) lies on the alignment, 1½ miles from Hugli 129
Bight front beacon.
3 Hugli Bight Leading Beacons (E pair): Paragraph 4.58 1 lines 8--10 Replace by:
Front beacon (221121N 880455E). ...15 miles NW to the vicinity of a dangerous wreck
Rear beacon (2 cables from front beacon). This (220812N 913800E), then NE to approach Chittagong.
beacon is also the rear beacon of Hugli Bight
Leading Beacons (W pair) (3.118). Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.17/Wk.12/16]
2 -- 81
Index
NP21
Bangladesh – Chittagong Coast – 143
Kutubdia Island — Directions; well
Paragraph 5.41 1 lines 1--9 including centred heading
Replace by:
130
After Paragraph 4.64 3 line 8 Insert: Kyauk Phyu Harbour

Clear of a well (215141N 914829E), thence: General information
5.41
1 Position and function. Kyauk Phyu Harbour
BA Chart 90 [NP21/No.18/Wk.25/17] (192700N 933400E), entered S of Combermere
Bay, is a small anchorage port of local importance but
is developing into a major national port (see 5.44).
Bangladesh -- Chittagong Coast — The town of Kyauk Phyu is a local administrative
Directions; stranded wreck
centre and lies on the S shore of the harbour,
5½ miles within the entrance, fronted by a white
130 pebble beach; the name of the town means white
shore. Low sandstone hills lie SW of the town.
Paragraph 5.41 3 line 7 For Sinbaikchaing Read Sin Bauk
SW of a dangerous wreck (220763N 914528E), Chaing
position approximate, thence:
To a position SE of a dangerous wreck (220881N Paragraph 5.41 4 line 9 For Pyu Read Seik
913800E).
144
Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.19/Wk.12/16]
Paragraph 5.41 4 line 13 For Kyaukpyu Read Kyauk Phyu
Bangladesh -- Chittagong — Paragraph 5.42 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

Directions for entering harbour; stranded wreck
1 Controlling depth. The approaches from W and S
all have a least charted depth of 143 m.
133 The entrance channel has a maintained depth of
228 m (2014).
Paragraph 4.94 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Tidal levels. Mean spring range 28 m; mean neap
range 10 m. For further information see the Admiralty
1 Passage. From a position SE of a dangerous Tide Tables Volume 3.
wreck (220881N 913800E), the track leads NE,
passing: Paragraph 5.43 1--2 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage. Anchorage, for vessels awaiting
Bangladesh Chart 7510 [NP21/No.20/Wk.12/16] a pilot, may be obtained in an area centred on
193200N 931630E.
Pilotage. Pilots board in position 193000N
Burma -- Sittwe — Directions; stranded wrecks 932000E.
2 Local knowledge is essential when approaching
from S.
141
1 General layout. The main anchorage lies NE of
E of a stranded wreck (200821N 925417E); a Kyauk Phyu within the natural harbour created by the
further stranded wreck lies close W. Thence: surrounding islands. An alongside berth is available for
small vessels at Dalhousie Pier (5.48). There are
Indian Notice 62/15 [NP21/No.21/Wk.39/15] numerous berths for small craft at jetties and piers
fronting the town and within Nga La pwe Chaung
(192508N 933432E).
2 Development. Major development of Kyauk Phyu in
Burma – Combermere Bay – Kyauk Phyu
Harbour – Gadechy Harbour — General collaboration with China is underway (2013) at Kyauk
information; arrival information; limiting Phyu and Gadechy Harbour (5.48a) and will provide
conditions; directions; berths and basins an important link between Burma and China,
Bangladesh and India. When complete the new port
142 will be capable of handling 4000 TEU container
vessels and tankers with access through dredged
Paragraph 5.35 1 line 1 For SW Read clear channels.
3 Fishing nets. Large groups of fishing nets may be
encountered throughout the harbour, including in and
Paragraph 5.35 1 line 3 For SW Read WNW near the channel.
2 -- 82
Index
NP21
Current. In the approaches to Kyauk Phyu the SSW of Let Nyo Ngon Kyun (192833N
effects of NE and SW monsoons will be experienced. 933186E), wedge shaped from seaward. The
Tidal stream. Within Kyuak Phyu Harbour the bank around the S extremity of the island is
in--going tidal stream sets N, the out--going stream steep--to, with depths of 73 m 3 cables S of the
sets S; rates are from 1 to 3 kn. Between the islands point. Thence:
the streams follow the direction of the channel. NNE of R3 Light Buoy (192696N 933217E)
(isolated danger), moored 3 cables NE of an
Paragraph 5.45 1--3 Replace by: underwater rock with a depth of 84 m, thence:
1 Caution. This area is subject to mud volcanoes, 4 To a position N of Dalhousie Point (not named on
which form islets and become submerged, creating the chart) (192619N 933287E). The point is low,
dangerous shoals. Navigation should be conducted sandy and wooded with the remains of a fort. A metal
with great caution. pier stands 1¼ cables SSE of the point. A sandy
Approaching from west or north--west. From a beach fronted by a muddy foreshore, which dries
position WNW of The Terribles (5.35) the track leads about 2 cables seaward of the HW mark, extends
ESE, passing: from Dalhousie Point to Nga La pwe Chaung (5.44),
2 SSW of a dangerous wreck (193726N 1¾ miles SE. A dangerous wreck (192606N
930530E), thence: 933325E) lies ESE of Dalhousie Point.
NNE of a shoal with a depth of 180 m (192928N 5 Useful mark:
931232E), thence: Mount Peter (192340N 933042E).
NNE of a shoal with a depth of 162 m (192884N
(Directions for Gadechy Harbour continue at 5.48e)
931501E), thence:
3 Clear of ODAS M4 Buoy (193021N 145
931757E), thence:
NNE of a rock (awash) (192817N 931845E), the
N–most hazard of North Terrible; a bank extends Paragraph 5.48 1--3 including heading Replace by:
1¼ miles WNW of the rock. Basins and berths
The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of 5.48
the pilot boarding position (5.43). 1 Anchorage:
Paragraph 5.46 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: Southampton Road. Temporary anchorage may be
obtained in depths from 5 to 20 m, broken shell
1 Approaching the pilotage position from south. and stones, poor holding ground, E of Dicey Shoal
From a position S of Thanta Light (192663N (192668N 932672E), noting a pipeline lying in
931813E), the harbour can be approached by the area.
passing between The Terribles (5.35) and Irrawaddy Alongside berths:
Rock (192553N 932261E), or through Dickenson 2 Dalhousie Pier lies 1½ cables SSE of Dalhousie
Channel, which lies between Irrawaddy Rock and foul Point. The metal pier extends 60 m NE from
ground extending W from Seik Kyun (5.41). The the shore, has a T--shaped head length 78 m
entrance channel can then be joined in the vicinity of and an alongside depth of 37 m. A smaller
Nos 11 and 12 Light Buoys (lateral). jetty lies close SE.
Local knowledge is essential for these routes. Kyauk Phyu (192570N 933350E). Two covered
jetties for small craft or shallow draught barges
144--145 front the town.
3 Nga La pwe Chaung (5.44). Several small craft
Paragraph 5.47 1--8 Replace by: jetties extend from the N bank 5 cables within
the mouth.
1 Entrance channel. From a position in the vicinity of
the pilot boarding position (5.43), the track leads ESE Gadechy Harbour
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
General information
passing:
5.48a
NNE of Irrawaddy Rock (192553N 932261E), 1 Position and function. Gadechy Harbour
which dries but is not easily distinguished in a
(192250N 934120E) is part of a deep sea port
calm sea. The rock lies at the SW end of a shoal;
development (2017), including the Maday Island Oil
another shoal, over which the sea breaks, lies
Terminal (5.48f), about 95 miles SE of Kyauk Phyu.
4 cables E of Irrawaddy Rock. Thence:
2 Between Nos 11 and 12 Light Buoys (lateral), Limiting conditions
thence: 5.48b
SSW of a rock (192879N 932717E) with a depth 1 Controlling depth. Maintained depth in the
of 99 m, and: approach channel is 228 m (2014).
NNE of Dicey Shoal (192668N 932672E), on
Arrival information
which the sea breaks heavily, lying at the N end of
5.48c
foul ground extending N of Seik Kyun (5.41);
1 Outer anchorage. See 5.43 and 5.48.
numerous submerged reefs and irregular depths
surround the islet. Thence: Harbour
3 SSW of several submerged rocks and shoals in 5.48d
close proximity of Pyi Taw Thar Rock 1 General layout. The harbour consists of a deep
(192790N 933055E), which dries 10 m, water tanker berth at Maday Island Oil Terminal and a
thence: quay for smaller vessels.
2 -- 83
Index
NP21
Development. Construction of additional facilities Burma – Yangon River – Approach to Yangon
continues (2017) along the NE shoreline of Made River — Directions; Western channel
Kyun (5.48e).
161
(continued from 5.47)
5.48e
1 Route. From a position N of Dalhousie Point 1 Caution. Sounding does not provide a reliable
(192619N 933287E) the route to Gadechy Harbour indication of position in the approaches to Yangon
leads ESE and SE along the maintained channel River. Mariners should not attempt to enter the
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Western Channel unless they are confident of their
NNE of Pyin Phyu Maw (192514N 933405E), a position.
low point on the NW entrance to Nga La pwe
Western channel. From a position E of Lanthaya
Chaung (5.44), thence:
Light Buoy (161267N 961667E) (6.40), in the
2 SW of Paung Net Kyee Kyun (192603N
vicinity of the pilot boarding position, the track leads
933645E), which is covered with vegetation,
N, then NNE, passing:
thence:
2 ESE of Dedaye Flats (161866N 961110E),
NE of Nagar Maw (Careening Point) (192489N
an extensive drying bank which fronts the W
933602E). T--shaped piers stand 2½ cables
bank of the river for up to 4 miles from the
and 7 cables SE of the point. Thence:
shore, thence:
3 To a position SW of the S--most extremity of Paung
WNW of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Net She (192530N 933815E). The track then (161813N 961781E), thence:
continues ESE and SE along the channel marked by WNW of Upper Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
light buoys (lateral and cardinal), passing: (162179N 961966E).
SSW of Than Taing Rock (192358N 933861E), 3 The track then leads NE passing:
which dries 03 m, thence: NW of a frequently shifting drying bank, marked to its
NNE of a shoal (192315N 933904E) close S of NW by Intermediate Light Buoy (starboard hand)
the channel, parts of which dry, lying NW of Gonn (162351N 962117E), thence:
Kyun (192277N 933948E), thence: SE of Additional Lower Western Light Buoy (port
4 Between Gadechy Island (192385N hand) (162417N 962112E) which marks the
934075E) and Made Kyun (192190N centre of a small 2 m shoal; a larger shoal lies to its
933960E), thence: W. Thence:
SW of Dana (192319N 934120E), a small island 4 To a position close SW of Lower Spit Light Buoy
SE of Gadechy. A shoal, which is marked by (starboard hand) (162443N 962195E). The track
No 43 Light Buoy (S cardinal), extends SE from then leads NNW in the channel marked by light buoys
the island along the channel edge to Pha Yar
(lateral), to a position between Upper Spit Light Buoy
Taung (192200N 934205E).
(starboard hand) (162664N 962165E), ESE of Sin
5 Thence the berths may be approached directly. The
Min Point (6.43).
SE--most extent of the maintained channel is marked
by No 44 Light Buoy (W cardinal) and No 45 Light
Buoy (N cardinal). Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.24/Wk.45/16]
Basins and berths Burma -- Yangon River — Directions; light buoys

5.48f
1 Alongside berths: 161
Maday Island Oil Terminal (192213N 934117E).
T--shaped pier, extended by mooring dolphins to a Paragraph 6.53 2--3 existing Section IV Notice Week 45/16
length of 465 m. The quay is designed for vessels Replace by:
up to 300 000 dwt.
Quay. Length 150 m, for smaller vessels, close SSE 2 ESE of Dedaye Flats (161866N 961110E),
of the oil terminal pier. an extensive drying bank which fronts the W
bank of the river for up to 4 miles from the
Myanmar Notice 2/2015; Myanmar Charts MM24, MM24A shore, thence:
& MM24B/14 [NP21/No.22/Wk.21/17] WNW of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(161813N 961781E), thence:
WNW of Upper Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Burma -- Baragua Point to Yangon River — (162050N 962010E).
Directions; dangerous wreck 3 The track then leads NE passing:
NW of a frequently shifting drying bank, marked to its
159 NW by Intermediate Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(162232N 962193E), thence:
SE of Additional Lower Western Light Buoy (port
W of a dangerous wreck (161190N 961957E), hand) (162287N 962165E) which marks the
marked by a spar light buoy, thence: centre of a small 2 m shoal; a larger shoal lies to its
W. Thence:
Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 07/16
[NP21/No.23/Wk.08/16] Indian Notice 24/209/16 [NP21/No.25/Wk.03/17]
2 -- 84
Index
NP21
Burma -- Yangon River and Approaches — 2 Route. From a position ESE of Sin Min Point
Buoyed passage (162744N 961956E) (6.43), the track leads NW,
then NNW, through Middle Bank Channel, marked by
161 light buoys (lateral), remaining between 1 and 5 cables
from the W bank of the river, passing:
Paragraph 6.53 1--4 including Existing Section IV Notices SW of Middle Bank (163063N 961728E) which
Week 45/16 and 03/17 Replace by: dries, thence:
The track leads NNW, passing:
1 Caution. Sounding does not provide a reliable 3 WSW of Myet Sein Kyun Island (163253N
indication of position in the approaches to Yangon 961630E), thence:
River. Mariners should not attempt to enter the To a position WSW of Hmawun Wreck Light Buoy
Western Channel unless they are confident of their (starboard hand) (163473N 961490E). The track
position. then leads NNE, passing:
Due to silting, buoys and channels are subject to ESE of a shoal patch which extends up to 9 cables E
from Danot Point (163654N 961397E),
regular movement. The port authority should be thence:
contacted for the most up to date information. 4 Close WNW of South Beacon (163679N
Western channel. From a position E of Lanthaya 961556E), which marks the entrance to the
Light Buoy (161267N 961667E) (6.40), in the MEC Ship Breaking Yard.
vicinity of the pilot boarding position, the track leads The track then continues NNE, remaining between
N, then NNE, passing: 2 and 5 cables from the E bank of the river, for
2 ESE of Dedaye Flats (161866N 961110E), 18 miles, to a position 5 cables NNE of D’silver Light
an extensive drying bank which fronts the W Buoy (port hand) (163818N 961540E), in the
bank of the river for up to 4 miles from the vicinity of the NEA Anchorage Areas (6.70).
shore, thence:
WNW of Lower Float Light Buoy (starboard hand) Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.27/Wk.45/16]
(161714N 961780E), thence:
WNW of Upper Float Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(162050N 962010E).
3 The track then leads NE passing clear of a large Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon —
Limiting conditions; controlling depth;
drying bank (162317N 962139E) and dangerous vertical clearance
wrecks. Numerous shoal patches and drying banks
exist E and SE of the drying bank and in the vicinity
of the dangerous wrecks. 161
4 Thence the track leads to a position close W of
Lower Spit Light Buoy (starboard hand) (162445N Paragraph 6.60 Replace by:
962195E). The track then leads NNW in the channel
marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position between 1 Thanlyetsoon Point Channel over the inner bar, SE
Upper Spit Light Buoy (starboard hand) (162663N of Thanlyetsoon Point (Monkey Point) (164596N
962165E), and Sin Min Point (6.43). 961174E), has a least charted depth of 48 m.
Mayanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 39/17 162

[NP21--No 45--Wk 49/17]
Burma -- Yangon River and Approaches —
Directions; light buoy 1 Two fixed road bridges and an overhead cable
span Pazundaung Creek (6.75):
161 Mahabandoola Bridge (164662N 961100E);
Thaketa Bridge (164711N 961074E);
Paragraph 6.54 3 lines 1--2 For (163821N 961549E) Overhead cable (164666N 961092E).
Read (163804N 961534E) Vertical clearances are unknown.
Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 03/16 Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.28/Wk.45/16]
[NP21/No.26/Wk.06/16]
Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon —

Burma – Yangon River – Sin Min Point to Arrival information; prohibited anchorages
Port of Yangon — Directions; caution; route
161 162
Paragraph 6.54 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
06/16 Replace by: Paragraph 6.63 Replace by:
1 Caution. Aids to navigation within Yangon River are 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area containing
reported to be unreliable. The following directions do submarine pipelines close within the entrance to Bago
not include the latest information about aids to River (164633N 961250E).
navigation within Yangon River, which must be
obtained from local authorities. Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.29/Wk.45/16]
2 -- 85
Index
NP21
Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon — 2 To a position close NNE of Upper Monkey Point
Directions for entering harbour; D’Silva Shoal to Light Buoy (port hand) (164575N 961182E),
Hastings Sand; Hastings Sand to Thanlyetsoon marking the NW point of the shoal. Thanlyetsoon
Point Channel Point Channel then leads W, passing:
S of Thanlyetsoon Point (164596N 961174E),
162 thence:
N of the Cargo Boat and CCA anchorages (6.70),
Paragraph 6.67 including heading Replace by: thence:
3 Through the RTA anchorage.
D’Silva Shoal to Hastings Sand The track then continues along the centre of the
6.67 channel and berths on both sides of the river can be
1 Caution. Charted depths and the depiction of the approached directly.
channel should not be relied upon. Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.30/Wk.45/16]
Local knowledge is recommended.
Route. From a position 5 cables NNE of D’silver Burma – Yangon River – Port of Yangon —
Light Buoy (port hand) (163818N 961540E) the Berths; anchorages and moorings;
track leads NW passing: alongside berths
Through NEA Area anchorages 1, 2 and 3 (6.70),
thence: 163
2 SW of MITT Jetties (6.71) which can be Paragraph 6.70 Replace by:
approached directly, thence:
SW of two wrecks with depths of 38 m (164011N 1 Anchorages.
961426E) and 67 m (164021N 961407E), Anchorage Position
thence: name/type of vessel
To a position 5 cables NE of Yakaing Gyaung NEA Area 3 Off MITT Jetties
Creek (164038N 961272E). The track then leads 163869N 961553E
N, remaining between 1 and 4 cables from the E bank
of the river, passing: NEA Area 2 Off MITT Jetties
3 Through the Explosives anchorage (6.70), 163907N 961525E
thence: NEA Area 1 Off MITT Jetties
Through the Petroleum anchorage (6.70), thence: 163952N 961482E
E of Liffey Reach (164348N 961213E), a shoal
Explosives Off Chokey Point
extending from the W bank of the river, which dries
164120N 961350E
in places. The shoal is marked to its SE by light
buoys (port hand). Thence: Petroleum Off Liffey Reach
4 To a position close E of Hasting Light Buoy (port 164262N 961325E
hand) (164419N 961314E), which marks the E Cargo Boat S of Thanlyetsoon Point
edge of Hastings Sand, a shoal bank lying in the 164546N 961138E
centre of the river.
CCA SW of Thanlyetsoon Point
Hastings Sand to Thanlyetsoon Point Channel 164555N 961090E
6.67a RTA WSW of Thanlyetsoon Point
1 From a position close E of Hasting Light Buoy the 164573N 961046E
track leads NNW, remaining between 1 and 3 cables
from the E bank of the river, passing: Unrestricted Off S Yangon harbour front
ENE of Kavatia Light Buoy (port hand) (164485N 164610N 960906E
961276E), thence: Ahlone Reach Off W Yangon harbour front
ENE of a dangerous wreck (164490N 961256E), 164723N 960694E
thence: West Bagayar Off W Yangon harbour front
2 To a position in the vicinity of 164572N 164775N 960700E
961238E, between Assama and Lower Monkey
Point Light Buoys (lateral). From here, Bago River 2 Moorings:
(6.74) can be entered to the N, Pazundaung Creek to Multiple mooring buoys lie in the river from N of MITT
the NW and Thanlyetsoon Point Channel and the Jetties.
main berths in Yangon to the WNW. Paragraph 6.71 Replace by:
1 The table below provides some details of the
162--163 principal berthing areas. There are a number of other
berths available to smaller vessels.
Complex or area, No of Largest berth,
position berths length, alongside
Thanlyetsoon Point Channel to Yangon inner harbour depth
6.68 Myanmar International 5 1 000 m (combined),
Thilawa Leading Beacons: Terminals Thilawa 80 to 107 m
1 Front beacon (164553N 961309E). (MITT) Port,
Rear beacon (150 m from front beacon). 164000N 961500E
The alignment (106), astern, of these beacons
leads in the channel for about 4½ cables, passing: Botataung Pagoda 4 No 3
NNE of a shoal (164562N 961207E) with a least Wharf, 183 m, 41 m to
depth of 1 m, thence: 164590N 961040E 45 m
2 -- 86
Index
NP21
Complex or area, No of Largest berth, Burma -- Inshore route--North Part --
Mermaid Passage to Pinbwa Island —
position berths length, alongside General information; charts
depth
BSW Wharves 3 400 m (combined), 190
164598N 960992E 98 to 145 m Paragraph 7.102 above heading ‘Description’ Replace by:
Sule Wharves, 7 Nos 5 and 6 both Chart 216
164620N 960930E 160 m, 137 to
144 m BANM 22/2797/16 [NP21/No.35/Wk.32/16]
Myanmar Industrial 3 310 m (combined),
Port (MIP) Wharves, 76 m Andaman Islands – Long Island –
164641N 960790E Raman Point — Berth
Ahlone Wharves, 3 No 3, 221
164741N 960715E 260 m.
Myanmar Chart 09A/16 [NP21/No.31/Wk.45/16] 4 Berth. A T--shaped concrete jetty (122215N
925506E), the head of which is 30 m in length,
extends 57 m offshore 2½ cables N of Raman Point.
Burma -- Myauk Taw Win Island to The N side and NE part of the jetty head dries; the
Chong Pak Phra — Directions; shoal remainder of the jetty head and S side of the jetty has
depths greater than 5 m.
177 A second concrete jetty (122211N 925506E) lies
close S. Depths on the N side and head of the jetty
Paragraph 7.23 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: are greater than 5 m. The S side of the jetty has
3 ENE of Heckford Bank (102020N 971100E); a depths of less than 5 m.
shoal with a depth of 14 m, reported (2016), lies Indian Chart 4014 and ENC IN64046R
6½ miles WNW of the bank. Tide rips form SE of the [NP21/No.36/Wk.16/17]
bank. Thence:
Andaman Islands – Diligent Strait –
H102 CS Asean Restorer [NP21/No.32/Wk.32/16] Charka Juru — Depths; distances
222
Burma -- Inshore route--North Part --
Dawei Point to Myeik — Paragraph 8.87 1 line 4 For 255 m Read 225 m
General information; charts
Paragraph 8.87 2 line 3 For 7¾ cables Read 9 cables
185
Paragraph 7.73 above heading ‘Description’ Replace by: ...depth of 103 m, 3½ cables farther SSE must be...
Charts 824, 216 Indian Chart 4014 and ENC IN64046R
[NP21/No.37/Wk.16/17]
188
Paragraph 7.83 above heading ‘General information’ NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2016 Edition)
Replace by:
Chart 216 Spain -- Pasaia (Pasajes) -- Directions —
Other aids to navigation; AIS
BANM 22/2797/16 [NP21/No.33/Wk.32/16] 54
Burma -- Inshore route--North Part -- Fell Passage 432132N 15629W
— General information; charts; directions
Spanish NM 50/365/16 [NP22/No.1/Wk.01/17]
189
France -- L’Odet river -- Bénodet —
Paragraph 7.95 above heading ‘Description’ Replace by: Fairway; directions; depth
Chart 216 67
190
A shoal patch, with a least depth of 1 m, extends
Paragraph 7.100 3 line 11 For 2 cables Read 1¼ cables across the fairway in the vicinity of 475238N
40693W.
BANM 22/2797/16 [NP21/No.34/Wk.32/16] French Notice 16/61/17 [NP22/No.2/Wk.20/17]
2 -- 87
Index
NP22
France -- Pointe de Trévignon — France – West coast – Loire River estuary –
Directions; wreck Montoir — Berths
69 144
Paragraph 3.107 2 lines 10--11 Delete Paragraph 6.125 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:
RoRo berths (from 0--4 cables): for vessels with a
French Chart 7031 [NP22/No.11/Wk.34/17] maximum draught of 9 m with bow or stern ramps.
France – Approaches to Lorient -- French Notice 36/63/16 [NP22/No.6/Wk.43/16]

Les Coureaux de Groix — anchorages
France -- The Garonne -- Bordeaux —
82 Wreck; buoy
1 An anchorage area centred on 473958N
32480W is located in Les Coureaux de Groix in
depths of 10 to 27 m, gravel, sand and clay. Multiple W of a wreck (445187N 03243W), marked
cables, wrecks and obstructions lie within the close N by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
anchorage area.
French Notice 48/65/17 [NP22--No 14--Wk 52/17]
France – Bayonne — Outer anchorage
...weather, closer to Île de Groix on the alignment... 214
Paragraph 4.37 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Paragraph 8.225 1 line 1 For 46 Read 43
Two anchorages for small vessels are situated
close to the N coast of Île de Groix, off Port Lay and BA1292 [NP22/No.7/Wk.49/16]
Port Mélite.
France – Bayonne — Traffic regulations
French Chart 7139 [NP22/No.3/Wk.11/17]
214
France -- La Loire Approaches and Estuary --
Chenal du Sud, Chenal de Bonne--Anse and Paragraph 8.227 1 line 3 For 300 Read 330
Grande Rade de Saint--Nazaire — Directions; AIS
French Notice 46/6786/16 [NP22/No.8/Wk.49/16]
133
After Paragraph 6.47 1 line 5 Insert: France -- Bayonne — Traffic regulations
Île du Pilier Light — as above.
214
Portcé Leading Lights — as above.
Paragraph 8.227 2 line 1 For 3000 Read 1600
BA Chart 1175 [NP22/No.10/Wk.30/17]

France -- Saint--Nazaire -- Passage du Ronfle —
Prohibited anchorage
Spain -- Pasaia (Pasajes) -- Directions —
137 Other aids to navigation; AIS

Anchoring and trawling are also prohibited in a Paragraph 9.14 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
circular area with a radius of 100 m, centred on
471359N 21693W and marked by a light buoy Pasaia Landfall Light Buoy (432132N 15629W).
(special).
French Notice 39/17 [NP22/No.13/Wk.43/17]
Spain -- Bilbao -- El Abra — Wreck
France – Saint--Nazaire —
General information; vertical clearance 242

Clear of a dangerous wreck (432118N 30215W)
Paragraph 6.119 1 line 2 For 614 m Read 54 m
lying in the fairway, thence:
BA2985 [NP22/No.5/Wk.05/17] Spanish Notice 35/330/17 [NP22/No.12/Wk.41/17]
2 -- 88
Index
NP23
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2013 Edition) United States of America – Aleutian Islands —
General information; areas to be avoided
178
United States of America – Aleutian Islands —
General information; areas to be avoided After Paragraph 6.8 1 line 13 Insert:
137 Area to be avoided

6.8a
After Paragraph 5.5 2 line 11 Insert: 1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and
resultant pollution and damage to the environment,
Area to be avoided ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian
5.5a Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards,
1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs:
resultant pollution and damage to the environment, 2 East Area ATBA. Kupreanof Point (5.75) to
ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian Unimak Pass (6.23) including Shumagin
Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards, Islands (5.111), Sanak Islands (5.241), Unimak
Island (6.14) and the NW coast of the Alaska
solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs:
Peninsula to Port Moller (8.66).
East Area ATBA. Kupreanof Point (5.75) to Unimak
Unalaska Area ATBA. From Unimak Pass (6.23) to
Pass (6.23) including Shumagin Islands (5.111),
Amutka Pass (6.219) including Krenitzin Islands
Sanak Islands (5.241), Unimak Island (6.14) and
(6.34), Unalaska Island (6.76) and Umnak Island
the NW coast of the Alaska Peninsula to Port
(6.170).
Moller (8.66).
179
149
Area to be avoided
6.11a
Area to be avoided 1 See 6.8a.
5.75a
1 See 5.5a. 190
155
Area to be avoided
6.77a
1 See 6.8a.
Area to be avoided
5.114a 206
1 See 5.5a.

6.161a
After Paragraph 5.165 4 line 6 Insert: 1 See 6.8a.
212
Area to be avoided
5.165a After Paragraph 6.192 2 line 8 Insert:
1 See 5.5a.
Area to be avoided
International Maritime Organization SN.1/Circ.331 6.192a
[NP23/No.1a/Wk.49/15] 1 See 6.8a.
219
United States of America -- Alaska --
Pavlof Islands — Rock awash After Paragraph 7.4 1 line 9 Insert:

7.4a
Paragraph 5.183 1 lines 9--11 Replace by: 1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and
resultant pollution and damage to the environment,
...and E coasts of Ukolnoi Island, which should be given a ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian
berth of at least 1 mile. Unsurveyed areas NE of the island, Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards,
including a rock awash (551614N 1613016W), should solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs:
be avoided. A foul area surrounds... Atka Area ATBA. From Amutka Pass (6.219) to
Amchitka Pass (7.145) including all the Andreanof
US Notice 33/16551/2017 [NP23/No.9/Wk.39/17] Islands (7.6).
2 -- 89
Index
NP23
2 Amchitka Area ATBA. From Amchitka Pass to United States of America –
Buldir Island (7.180) including Semisopochnoi Goodnews Bay — Pilotage
Island (7.150) and the Rat Islands (7.147).
West Area ATBA. From Ingenstrem Rocks (7.185) 284
to Stalemate Bank (7.182) including all the Near Paragraph 8.164 1 line 14 Replace by:
Islands (7.181).
Pilotage. Pilots meet vessels at the pilot station
After Paragraph 7.6 2 line 6 Insert: 10 miles SSW of the entrance to Goodnews Bay, in
position 585500N 1620000W; and usually proceed
Area to be avoided ahead in a launch.
7.6a
1 See 7.4a. US Notice 07/16300/16 [NP23/No.3/Wk.09/16]
244
United States of America – Nome —
After Paragraph 7.146 1 line 3 Insert: Arrival information; Pilotage
299
Area to be avoided
7.146a Paragraph 9.68 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 See 7.4a.
2 Pilotage, except for certain exempted vessels, is
251 compulsory for Nome. The pilot boards in position
642700N 1652800W. For further details see 9.4
After Paragraph 7.183 1 line 4 Insert: and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Area to be avoided US Notice 07/16006/16 [NP23/No.4/Wk.09/16]

7.183a
1 See 7.4a. United States of America – Port Clarence —
Arrival information; Pilotage
260

Area to be avoided
8.6a 1 Pilotage. Port Clarence is a compulsory pilotage
1 In order to reduce the risk of marine casualties and area. The pilot boards in position 651900N
resultant pollution and damage to the environment, 1665100W. For details see 9.4 and Admiralty List of
ATBAs have been established around the Aleutian Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Island Archipelago. All ships of 400 gt and upwards,
US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.5/Wk.09/16]
solely in transit, should avoid the following ATBAs:
East Area ATBA. The NW coast of the Alaska
Peninsula from Unimak Pass (6.23) to Port Moller United States of America –
(8.66). East part of Chukchi Sea —
General information; Pilotage
267
303
Area to be avoided ... 672700N 1643500W. Kotzebue pilot boarding place
8.48a lies at the entrance to Kotzebue sound in position
1 See 8.6a. 664400N 1632900W.
International Maritime Organization SN.1/Circ.331 US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.6/Wk.09/16]

[NP23/No.1b/Wk.49/15]
United States of America –
United States of America – Kushkokwim Bay — Kotzebue Sound — Pilotage
305
283
2 Pilotage. Kotzebue is located within a compulsory
1 Pilotage, except for certain exempted vessels, is pilotage area. The pilot boards in position 664400N
compulsory. The Kuskokwim Bay pilot boards in 1632900W. It is advisable for exempted vessels,
position 585200N 1623200W. There is an inner small craft and boats proceeding into Kotzebue to
pilot station for Kuskokwim River. See 8.170. take a pilot as the channel shifts continually. For
For more detail see 8.6 and Admiralty List of Radio further information see 9.4 and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5). Signals Volume 6(5).
US Notice 07/16300/16 [NP23/No.2/Wk.09/16] US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.7/Wk.09/16]
2 -- 90
Index
NP23
United States of America – Barrow — Pilotage Turkey -- ™zmit Körfezi -- Osmangazi Bridge —
Vertical clearance
311
105
2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position
712000N 1565300W. See 9.4 and Admiralty List of Paragraph 2.242 1 line 1 For 64 m Read 60 m
Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Paragraph 2.242 1 line 3 For 60 to 64 m Read 56 to 60 m
US Notice 07/16003/16 [NP23/No.8/Wk.09/16]
Turkish Notice 8/046/2017 [NP24/No.3/Wk.15/17]
Russia -- Bering Sea -- Poluostrov Kamchatka --
Mys Afrika — Directions; light Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- Approaches to
Istanbul BoÔazÝ — Traffic regulations;
339 restricted area
ENC RU2NIXR0/2017 [NP23--No 10--Wk 52/17]
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within a
rectangular area centred on 405680N 284946E,
Russia -- Bering Sea -- Poluostrov Kamchatka --
Mys Afrika — Directions; light SW of Yeîilköy Burnu Light (2.302).
342 Turkish Notice 17/113/17 [NP24/No.4/Wk.24/17]
Paragraph 10.128 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Turkey – Istanbul — Overhead power cables;
1 Cautions. Over an area extending about 5 miles... air draught limit
118
ENC RU2NIXR0/2017 [NP23--No 11--Wk 52/17]
Russia -- Bering Sea -- Poluostrov Kamchatka -- 1 Overhead power cables span ™stanbul BoÔazÝ
Mys Afrika — Directions; light between Arnavutköy (410420N 290250E) and
350 Kandilli, and between Tellitabya Burnu (411050N
290435E) and the Asiatic shore opposite. Vessels
Paragraph 11.12 1 lines 9--11 Delete with an air draught of 58 m or more are not permitted
to pass through ™stanbul BoÔazÝ. Vessels with an air
ENC RU2NIXR0/2017 [NP23--No 12--Wk 52/17] draft from 54 m to 58 m may pass through ™stanbul
BoÔazÝ provided that they satisfy conditions
determined by the local authorities. For details on air
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot draught see The Mariner’s Handbook.
(2017 Edition) ENC TR402921 [NP24/No.5/Wk.11/17]
Turkey -- YiÔitler Geçidi -- Büyükliman Burnu — Turkey – ™stanbul BoÔazÝ (Bosporus) —

Directions; light buoy Directions; AIS
90 120
Paragraph 2.108 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.359 1 line 5 Insert:
5 Caution. A line of rocks, marked by a light buoy (N AIS:
cardinal), extends 3 cables NE of Büyükliman Burnu. Yeniköy Light Beacon (E cardinal; 6 m in height)
Depths of less than 90 m... (410749N 290443E).
Turkey -- EreÔli — Berths; depths
Turkey -- Ambarli LimanÝ —
Arrival information; pilotage 131
Paragraph 2.220 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 1 EreÔli LimanÝ. Passenger and cargo berths total
335 m in length with depths alongside of 34 to 46 m.
1 Pilots board in position 405600N 284065E, Demir Çelik Steel Works:
close W of the recommended track (2.224). Pilotage is E basin: Maximum vessel size 60 000 dwt, depths
compulsory and available 24 hours, although tankers alongside of 59 to 116 m.
are not normally berthed at night but can sail at any W basin: Maximum vessel size 200 000 dwt, depths
time. alongside of 131 to 183 m.
Turkish Chart 2926 [NP24/No.2/Wk.09/17] Turkish Chart 1131 [NP24/No.7/Wk.09/17]
2 -- 91
Index
NP24
Turkey -- Ünye Körfezi — Anchorages Turkey -- Dalyan Burnu — Wrecks
162
143
Paragraph 3.170 1 line 1 For three Read two
...shown on Chart 3930, noting charted dangerous
wrecks in position 411578N 290146E and
Paragraph 3.170 1 lines 3--4 Delete 411555N 290406E, and foul area in position
411594N 290097E. Caution. For dangers
Paragraph 3.170 2 line 1 For No 3 Read No 2 see 2.384.
Turkey -- Karataî Burnu — Anchorage
Turkey -- Giresun — Prohibited anchorage 162

145
1 Anchorage may be obtained by vessels carrying
Paragraph 3.192 1 lines 3--4 Delete dangerous cargo off Karataî Burnu (411510N
285897E), in Zone D.
Turkish Notice 40/234/17 [NP24/No.19/Wk.45/17] Turkish Notice 36/213/17 [NP24/No.15/Wk.43/17]
Ukraine -- Lymans’kyi Kanal --

Turkey – Giresun to Kale Burnu -- Tirebolu — Dnistrovs’ko--Tsarehrads’ke Hyrlo — Light
Directions; light
203
146
Ukrainian Notice 32/347/2017 [NP24/No.17/Wk.44/17]
147 Ukraine -- Lymans’kyi Kanal --

Dnistrovs’ko--Tsarehrads’ke Hyrlo — Light
205
5 Useful mark:
Tirebolu Light (white framework pylon on concrete
base) (410048N 384926E). First leg direction light:
Kosa Bugaz Light (white diamond on white
Turkish Notice 17/109/17 [NP24/No.8/Wk.24/17] rectangle, black stripe, 18 m in height)
(460447N 302806E).
Georgian -- Turkish border – Sarp —
Restricted area; vessel activity 2 The narrow white sector (1688--1692), astern, of
the above light, leads N for 2½ miles along...
153
Ukrainian Notice 32/347/2017 [NP24/No.18/Wk.44/17]
Ukraine -- Port Yuzhnyy — Anchorages
1 Restricted area:
Sarp area, extending WNW for about 6 miles to 216
seaward from a position 2 cables SW of the
Turkish--Georgian frontier at Sarp. Vessels are After Paragraph 6.104 1 line 2 Insert:
prohibited from stopping or conducting any form of Four anchorages have been established close N of
underwater activity. area No 359 as follows:
No 1 -- 463440N 311500E (Area RPP--1);
154 No 2 -- 463440N 311600E (Area RPP--1);
No 1 -- 463440N 311320E;
Paragraph 3.276 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: No 2 -- 463440N 311420E.
2 Four anchorages have been established N of
1 Restricted area: Sarp area (3.261). Recommended Route No 1 as follows:
No 1 -- 463525N 312025E;
No 2 -- 463520N 311910E;
Paragraph 3.279 2 lines 1--4 Delete No 3 -- 463525N 3118’10E;
No 4 -- 463525N 311700E.
Correspondence [NP24/No.9/Wk.19/17] Ukrainian Notice 42/17 [NP24--No 20--Wk 50/17]
2 -- 92
Index
NP24
Ukraine -- Mykolaiv — Anchorages Georgia – Kulevi Terminal —
Directions for entering harbour; buoyed channel
227 277--278
After Paragraph 6.220 1 line 3 Insert: 1 From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water)
(421751N 413579E), the track leads ESE through
Four anchorages have been established E and N of
a dredged channel, marked by buoys (lateral),
Area No 364 as follows:
No 1 -- 465625N 320103E; passing:
No 2 -- 465647N 320089E; Through a turning circle (421680N 413738E)
No 3 -- 465652N 320059E (within No 364); with a radius of 250 m, thence:
No 4 -- 465667N 320042E. SSW of a stranded wreck (421671N 413780E),
An unnamed anchorage area lies close W of Area marked by two light buoys (special), and:
No 364, in position 465647N 315994E, with depths 2 NNE of multiple hulks, a stranded wreck and a
from 45 to 7 m. dangerous wreck, lying on a shoal extending
2½ cables WNW of Kulevi Radar Tower
(421647N 413812E).
Ukrainian Notice 42/17 [NP24--No 21--Wk 50/17] The track then continues ESE to the berths.
Useful marks:
Light exhibited from Kulevi Radar Tower (red
Ukraine -- Approaches to Kherson -- West of four--sided metal framework tower, 45 m in height)
Ostrov Malyi Pot’omkin — Submarine cable (421647N 413812E).
ENC GE510420; BA Chart 3317 [NP24/No.11/Wk.24/17]
232
Black Sea -- Kerch Strait — Anchorages
Anchorage is prohibited within 1 cable of a Paragraph 8.48 3 line 4 Replace by:
submarine cable centred on 463589N ...Route No 12. Anchorage area A is for vessels with a
323338E. draught up to 8 m waiting to enter the ports lying to the N,
replenishment of supplies, and for bunkering. Areas B to E
Ukrainian Notice 44/485/2017 are for transhipment operations.
[NP24--No 22--Wk 52/17] Russian Notice 15/1800/2017 [NP24/No.12/Wk.19/17]
Russia -- Sea of Azov -- Kerch Strait —

Wrecks; fouls; anchorage
Russia -- Black Sea -- Novorossiysk —
Caution; unexploded ordnance 285
264 ...corner of the anchorage (451155N 363164E)
with a depth of 35 m lies close ENE of Anchorage
Paragraph 7.127 2 line 2 Replace by: Berth 4 within Anchorage area 471 A.
Several charted obstructions and foul grounds lie
...the N section of Anchorage Area No 416. An area of within the Anchorage areas No 471 A to D.
unexploded ordnance lies in the NW part of Area 648 S of A dangerous wreck (450624N 363098E) lies 2
Myskhako. Three foul... cables NW of Anchorage Berth 4 within Anchorage
area 471 D.
Russian Notice 38/4945/17 [NP24--No 23--Wk 52/17] Outer anchorage. Berths 1 to 4 are established in
an area about 4 miles SE of Mys Takyl’ (450598N
362722E). The vessel maximum swinging radius is
100 m.
Georgia – Kulevi Terminal —
Limiting conditions; depth and width Russian Chart 35131/17 [NP24/No.16/Wk.44/17]
277 NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1

(2017 Edition)
Canada – Vancouver Island – Mayor Channel —
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is Directions; buoy
dredged to a depth of 144 m (2010). 79
The maximum size of vessel handled is
115 000 dwt; 244 m LOA; 15 m draught.
Navigable width. The approach channel has a ...and 1½ cables S from the island; a buoy (N
navigable width of 150 m. cardinal) (482551N 1231739W) is moored N
of the reef.
ENC GE510420; BA Chart 3317 [NP24/No.10/Wk.24/17] Canadian Notice 03/3313/17 [NP25/No.1/Wk.19/17]
2 -- 93
Index
NP25
United States of America – Juan de Fuca Strait – Paragraph 6.59 1 line 1 Replace by:
Minor Island — Directions; light
1 Pilotage is compulsory. See 1.33. Pilots board at
83 the entrance to Fraser River in position 490468N
1232111W.
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
...ENE to Minor Island (2.173). A bank with... [NP25/No.4/Wk.25/17]
1 ESE of Minor Island (481945N 1224916W), Canada -- Vancouver — Under--keel clearance
low and rocky and connected to Smith Island
(2.170) by a gravel and boulder spit extending 200
1 mile WSW, thence: Paragraph 6.102 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
US Notice 15/18400/2017 [NP25/No.2/Wk.20/17]
Depths
6.102
Canada -- Strait of Georgia -- Roberts Bank — 1 Under--keel clearance. UKC requirements are as
Under--keel clearance follows:
Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack
191
tide tide tide
Paragraph 6.29 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Burrard Inlet
5% 10% 10%
(manoeuvring)
1 Limiting conditions. UKC requirements are as
follows: Burrard Inlet
10% 10% 10%
(transiting)
tide tide tide
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
Roberts [NP25/No.5/Wk.25/17]
5% 10% 10%
Bank
Alongside a
5% 5% 5% Canada -- Vancouver — Under--keel clearance;
berth
depths; regulations
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016 202

[NP25/No.3/Wk.25/17]
Canada -- Fraser River — 1 The channel in First Narrows is dredged to a depth

Under--keel clearance; pilotage of 15 m. The Harbour Master should be consulted for
the latest depths.
195
Under--keel clearance
1 Under--keel clearance. UKC requirements are as
6.115a
follows: 1 UKC requirements are as follows:
Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack Area UKC rising UKC falling UKC slack
tide tide tide tide tide tide
Sand Heads First Narrows 10% 10% 10%
14 m 14 m 14 m
(< 250 m LOA)
Second
Sand Heads 10% 10% 10%
19 m 19 m 19 m Narrows
(> 250 m LOA)
Alongside a
Fraser River 5% 5% 5%
09 m 09 m 09 m berth
(< 250 m LOA)
Fraser River After Paragraph 6.121 2 line 7 Insert:
14 m 14 m 14 m
(> 250 m LOA)
3 Overtaking. Vessels are not permitted to meet or
Alongside a overtake each other between First Narrows Light
5% 5% 5%
berth (6.109) and Calamity Point Light (6.127).
Cautions. The dredged channels are narrow and Vessels are not permitted to overtake other vessels
the buoys do not indicate the width of the channel; transporting dangerous goods between First Narrows
merely staying within the buoyed area may result in Light and Brockton Point (6.128).
grounding. Vessels waiting for pilots at the river
entrance must ensure that they do not drift outside the Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016
dredged channel and run aground. [NP25/No.6/Wk.25/17]
2 -- 94
Index
NP25
Canada -- Vancouver -- Burrard Inlet — Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Thurlow Islands --
Under--keel clearance; depths; regulations Mayne Passage — Offshore platform
207 268
...the strong tidal streams. Thence:
Under--keel clearance. UKC requirements are as E of a platform (lit) (502504N 1252992W)
follows:
marking an underwater turbine.
tide tide tide Canadian Notice 08/3543/2017 [NP25/No.10/Wk.40/17]
Second
10% 10% 10% Canada -- Clayoquot Sound --
Narrows
Calmus Passage — Buoy
2 Second
Narrows 363
135 m 135 m 135 m
(loaded Paragraph 10.245 2 line 5 For W Read SW
tankers)
Alongside a Paragraph 10.245 2 line 7 For 491336N 1260050W
5% 5% 5%
berth Read 491329N 1260014W
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016 Canadian West Notice 9/3673/17

[NP25/No.7/Wk.25/17] [NP25/No.11/Wk.46/17]
Canada -- Vancouver -- Second Narrows — NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2

Navigable width; horizontal clearance (2017 Edition)
208
Douglas Channel -- Gertrude Point —
Paragraph 6.144 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Directions; light
1 The maximum width between the Second Narrow 112
Railway Bridge piers is 137 m. Paragraph 3.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
After Paragraph 6.144a 1 line 2 Insert: E of Gertrude Point (533792N 1291393W),
thence:
Horizontal clearance
6.144a Canadian Western Notice 2/3977/17
1 The minimum channel width required for transiting [NP26/No.1/Wk.22/17]
the Second Narrows is 285 times the vessel beam.
The maximum beam allowed for transiting the Queen Charlotte Sound – Calvert Island —
Second Narrows is 48 m. General information; traffic regulations
Vancouver Port Information Guide 2016 158
[NP25/No.8/Wk.25/17]
Canada – Port Moody — Berths; anchorage Traffic regulations

5.16a
210 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 511900N
1285064W, located about 35 miles WSW of Calvert
1 Anchorage. Small vessels may obtain anchorage in Island.
depths of 3--4 m at the head of the inlet, in an area
centred on 491730N 1225125W, marked by light Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17
buoys (special). [NP26/No.2/Wk.22/17]
Alongside berths. Details of only the largest berth
in each complex are given: Hecate Sound – Price Island —
General information; traffic regulations
Canadian Notice 9/3495/16 [NP25/No.9/Wk.04/17]
176
Canada -- Sechelt Inlet — Directions; depth After Paragraph 6.13 1 line 6 Insert:
248 Traffic regulations

6.13a
After Paragraph 7.153 2 line 4 Insert: 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
SW of a shoaler patch (494381N 1235280W) prohibited within an ESSA centred on 521326N
extending 1½ cables into the channel, with depths 1293421W, located about 29 miles SW of Price
from 01 to 70 m. Island (522400N 1284100W).
Western Canadian Notice 10/3312/17 Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17
[NP25/No.12/Wk.47/17] [NP26/No.3/Wk.22/17]
2 -- 95
Index
NP26
Hecate Strait – Bonilla Island — Canada -- Hecate Strait -- Browning Entrance to
General information; traffic regulations Dundas Island — Directions; shoal; buoyage
197
180
After Paragraph 6.38 2 line 11 Insert: ...other shoals. EF2 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(540254N 1305436W) is moored 5½ cables NNW
Traffic regulations of Grenville Rock. Warrior Rocks lie 2½ miles NE...
6.38a After Paragraph 6.150 3 line 4 Insert:
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are E of a shoal with least depth of 71 m, marked by a
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 531274N light buoy (port hand) (541600N 1310540W),
1303908W, located 16 miles S of Bonilla Island thence:
(6.43).
Canadian Notice 4/3002/17 [NP26/No.5/Wk.23/17]
Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17
[NP26/No.4/Wk.22/17] NP27 Channel Pilot (2017 Edition)
United Kingdom — Distress and Rescue;

British Columbia -- Pitt Island -- coastguard network
Otter Channel — Light
15
4 The United Kingdom maritime radio infrastructure is
a single network of operations centres, all data and
2 WSW of Fleishman Point (531271N communications being available to every officer on
1293519W), which forms the E entrance duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre
point to Principe Channel (532200N (NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres
1295000W) and is lower and less (CGOCs) carry out a range of coast guard duties. All
conspicuous than Ring Point (531331N centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further
1293618W), the SW extremity of Pitt Island, details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.
which is high, bold and conspicuous, thence: All CGOCs keep a constant VHF radio, Digital
WSW of Ring Point. Nepean Rock (531289N Selective Calling (DSC), telephone and telex watch.
1293681W), covered by the green sector
(113--129) of Paige Point Light (white square
framework tower) (531109N 1293212W), is a 1 SAR Helicopters, chartered by the Coastguard, are
drying, steep--to rock, lying 5 cables SW of Ring based at Lee--on--Solent (504851N 11266W).
Point; further shoal rocks lie up to 5 cables SSE
and EM Light Buoy (S cardinal) is moored Maritime and Coastguard Agency
6¾ cables SSE of Nepean Rock. Thence: [NP27/No.16/Wk.29/17]
England -- Falmouth — Obstruction

BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.6/Wk.44/17]
108
British Columbia -- Pitt Island --
Otter Channel — Lights Caution. A sunken barge (500931N 50335W),
with a depth of 16 m, lies alongside The Western
190 quay.
BA Chart 18 [NP27--No 26--Wk 48/17]
...SSE), a white rock covered by the red sector (050--072) United Kingdom -- Falmouth -- Inner Harbour —
Anchorages; moorings
of Paige Point Light (531109N 1293212W) (6.95). The
white sector (083--085) of Blackrock Point Light 108
(531251N 1292066W) (6.77) leads through the centre
of Otter Channel, which has a least width of 1 mile and has
depths that are generally in excess of 145 m (80 fm). 1 Caldy, Packet and Frigate Mooring Buoys
From the E the channel is entered S of McCreight (500956N 50367W) are situated 2½ cables NW of
Point Light (white square framework tower, green top) Falmouth Docks Basin. The maximum size of vessel
(531252N 1293005W) and N of Fanny Point permitted to moor fore and aft between these buoys is
(531142N 1292918W) (6.77), 1¼ miles SE. The 60 m LOA, 50 m draught. Vessels of up to 45 m LOA
white sector (263--265) of Banks Island SE Light and 40 m draught or 40 m LOA and 50 m draught
(white square framework tower) (531102N may also single moor to Frigate Buoy.
1294577W) leads through the centre of the channel. Between Caldy and Jubilee Buoys the maximum
size of vessel permitted to moor fore and aft is 50 m
BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.7/Wk.44/17] LOA, 45 m draught.
2 -- 96
Index
NP27
2 Cutty Sark and Jubilee Mooring Buoys 1 Outer anchorages. For ships up to 120 m LOA
(500958N 50379W) lie close W of the above about 1 mile E or SE of The Ness, silt over clay, good
mooring buoys; the maximum size of vessel permitted holding. Anchorage is also possible for small craft, in
to moor fore and aft between these buoys is 64 m settled weather and with...
LOA, 45 m draught. Vessels of up to 33 m LOA and Paragraph 5.91 1--5 Replace by:
45 m draught may single moor to Jubilee Buoy and
up to 25 m LOA and 45 m draught may single moor 1 General layout. The entrance to River Teign lies
to Cutty Sark Buoy. between The Ness (503227N 32976W) and The
Carrick Roads (500990N 50240W) between... Point, 2½ cables NW. A low tongue of loose sand,
which is subject to constant change, extends SW from
Paragraph 4.50 3 line 7 Replace by: The Point and is marked near its SW extremity by a
...180 m LOA and a maximum draught of 105 m. light beacon. An unlit beacon marks the end of a
masonry groyne situated on The Point. Spratt Sand,
H.102 Falmouth Harbour Commissioners which dries and whose shape is liable to constant
[NP27/No.20/Wk.41/17] change, extends up to 4 cables E of The Point.
2 Pole Sand, which occasionally dries, extends
1½ cables E from The Ness and joins East Pole
England – Fowey Harbour — Directions; depths
Sand, which also occasionally dries, and lies about
118 2½ cables E of The Ness. Shoal water extends E
from East Pole Sand.
Paragraph 4.107 3 line 1 For 46 m Read 38 m 3 The Bar (503238N 32948W) would normally lie
between East Pole Sand and the SE edge of Spratt
Paragraph 4.111 1 line 5 For 57 m Read 52 m Sand but is not allowed to form owing to daily bed
levelling by the Harbour Authority. The depth in the
vicinity of the bar is constantly monitored by the pilots
BA Chart 31 [NP27/No.1/Wk.13/17]
and Harbour Authority.
Teignmouth Harbour, fronts the W side of the town
England -- Plymouth — Obstructions within the river entrance; it contains working berths at
Eastern Quay and Western Quay. The berths are
124 owned by Associated British Ports (ABP) Holdings Plc.
4 Approach channels. Sand tends to build up on
The Point as a result of NE and E gales until it
Caution. An obstruction, reported to be a cable and extends S beyond the light beacon. The sand is
rope, lies within anchorage No 23, in the vicinity of subsequently eroded by the strong out--going tidal
501860N 40900W. streams and/or NW winds and is deposited on the
sandbanks described above. The position of the best
channel is between Pole Sand to the S and East Pole
Caution. An obstruction, depth 74 m, lies in the Sand to the N, marked clearly by light buoys. Light
bay in position 501988N 41133W, near anchorage buoys (lateral) marking the channel are repositioned
No 16. A further obstruction, reported to be a cable occasionally to mark subtle changes to the position of
and rope, lies within anchorage No 14, in the vicinity the sandbanks. Buoys (special) are also moored in
of 501990N 41067W. the channels through the area where The Bar might
form; they are for the guidance of the pilots and have
Plymouth QHM Notices 013/2017; 014/2017 no navigational significance. See information on the
[NP27/No.2/Wk.13/17] chart.
5 Entrance channel. The channel into the river is
United Kingdom – Teignmouth and approaches approximately ½ cable wide between the drying
— General information; limiting conditions; sandbanks on each side and tends to be deepest on
arrival information; harbour; directions for the S side abreast the training wall. Shaldon Pool,
entering harbour; berths with depths of up to 8 m, lies SW of The Point,
thence the channel turns sharply N and is bordered
167
on its W side by The Salty, a hard bank of gravel and
Paragraph 5.88 1 line 4 Replace by: sand. The Salty is marked on its E side by buoys.
The channel, which is confined to the E and N sides
...salt, aggregate and blast furnace slag, and exporting of the Salty and estuary, is clearly marked and lit; see
ball... information on the chart. From The Point as far as
Paragraph 5.88 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Teignmouth and Shaldon Bridge (which spans the river
4 cables W), the channel has depths from 1 to 3 m.
...Harbour Office, 2nd Floor ABP Port Office, Quay
Road, Teignmouth, Devon, TQ14 8TS. 168
Local weather and sea state. In E and SE gales ...advised by the Harbour Master on a 24 hour number
and out--going tides the harbour may be inaccessible. 07796 178456.
2 -- 97
Index
NP27
Paragraph 5.93 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: United Kingdom -- Poole Harbour —
South Quay development
2 Positioning marks. The alignment (334) of the
following lights on the S end of The Den were 194
originally used to keep vessels approaching from the
S clear of the rocks off the Ness but now have no After Paragraph 6.115 5 line 6 Insert:
navigational purpose, unless the Pole and East Pole 6 Development. South Quay (504245N 15925W)
sands reduce to nothing when the lights will fulfil their is under construction (2017). This will provide
original function: additional wharfage and serve as a breakwater for the
marina. A light buoy (special) is moored off the SE
169 corner of the construction works and vessels should
not pass between the light buoy and the quayside.
...vessels to take the ground at all berths, which are Poole Harbour Commission Notice 28/17
classified as Not Afloat but Safely Aground (NABSA) [NP27/No.23/Wk.45/17]
berths.
England South coast – Approaches to
Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Portsmouth — Port information
Other facilities: nearest hospital in Newton Abbot;
SSCC and SSCEC are issued at Teignmouth, for 208
further details see 1.75. Paragraph 7.7 3 line 5 For 504558N 10550W Read
504544N 10546W
Teignmouth Harbour Authority [NP27/No.3/Wk.07/17]
BA Charts 2625, 2629 and 2631 [NP27/No.5/Wk.15/17]

United Kingdom -- South coast --
Portland — Berths
183 Portsmouth — Port information
Coaling Pier (503423N 22604W), with the Inner Paragraph 7.118 1 lines 1--4 Replace by
Coaling Pier and Outer Coaling Pier on...
1 The main approach channel to the harbour is
After Paragraph 6.50 1 line 7 Insert: maintained at a depth of 95 m. From the entrance to
a position about ½ cable S of No 97 Beacon, the main
Inner Coaling Pier (503419N 22614W), has a harbour channel is being dredged to 110 m (2017).
berth length of about 255 m and alongside depth
maintained to 77 m. BA Charts 2625, 2629 and 2631 [NP27/No.5/Wk.15/17]
Outer Coaling Pier extends 1 cable NE from the E
end of the Inner Coaling Pier. Two dolphins,
connected by a walkway, extend the berth 1 cable United Kingdom – Portsmouth Harbour and
farther NE. The outer dolphin exhibits a light. approaches — Controlling depths
Alongside depths are 95 to 127 m. A rock with a
depth of 87 m lies about ¼ cable off the berth in 230
503420N 22596W. Paragraph 7.118 1 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV
Paragraph 6.50 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Week 15/17 Replace by:
The Deep Water Berth is capable of accepting 1 The main approach channel to the harbour has a
vessels up to 250 m in length and the Outer Coaling minimum maintained depth of 105 m. From the
Pier can accept vessels with an overall length of entrance to a position about ½ cable S of No 97
340 m. Beacon (504865N 10688W), the main harbour
channel is being dredged to 110 m (2017).
Portland Harbour Authority [NP27/No.25/Wk.47/17]
E--mail dated 4 July 2017 [NP27/No.19/Wk.31/17]
England -- Weymouth — Limiting conditions;

controlling depth England – Portsmouth Harbour – Spithead —
184
230
Paragraph 6.59 1 line 1 For 50 m Read 45 m After Paragraph 7.121 1 line 8 Insert:
Paragraph 6.59 1 line 2 For 20 m Read 19 m Caution. Mariners are warned not to anchor in a
foul area (504600N 10854W) between Spithead
anchorages 8A and 9. An additional obstruction with a
Weymouth Harbour Master [NP27/No.4/Wk.24/17] depth of 225 m lies in position 504608N 10946W.
2 -- 98
Index
NP27
Caution. A historic wreck lies in the NE part of the 1 Caution. Extensive dredging has taken place
anchorage (7.126). (2017) within Portsmouth Harbour and the approach
channel. Information on tidal streams given in the
following paragraphs was gathered before dredging
QHM Portsmouth Notice 73/16 [NP27/No.6/Wk.01/17]
operations took place and should therefore be treated
with caution.
Tidal streams — channel outer part. On the E
Portsmouth — Port information side of the leading line of the channel, 3½ cables ESE
of Spit Sand Fort (504624N 10594W),...
At a position about 3½ cables E of Spit Sand Fort
Paragraph 7.123 1 line 9 Replace by: the stream is less irregular and more or less...
...being undertaken. 233
Harbour closure. The harbour will be closed during
the movement of aircraft carriers. Special sectored Paragraph 7.133 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
lights (under construction 2017) will be operated for ...strongest streams (153 about 3½ cables ESE of Spit
entry/exit of carriers; other lights will be extinguished Sand Fort, and 142 1 cable farther N) should...
at these times. The new sectored lights are not
charted. See Appendix 1 for details of closure BA Charts 2625, 2629 and 2631 [NP27/No.7b/Wk.15/17]
procedures.
England – Portsmouth — Directions; landmarks
231 234
Paragraph 7.123 2 line 6 For 504558N 10550W Read After Paragraph 7.137 1 line 1 Insert:
504544N 10546W Southsea Castle Tower (disused lighthouse, white
tower, black bands) (504670N 10534W),
Paragraph 7.123 3 lines 5--6 For 504701N 10636W within castle walls.
Read 504698N 10649W
Correspondence [NP27/No.8/Wk.18/17]
England – Portsmouth — Directions; Chimney

BA Charts 2625, 2629 and 2631 [NP27/No.7a/Wk.15/17]
234
England -- Portsmouth — Traffic regulations Paragraph 7.137 4 line 5 Delete
231 QHM Portsmouth [NP27/No.9/Wk.23/17]
After Paragraph 7.124 6 line 9 Insert: England South coast – Approaches to

Portsmouth — Port information
7 Vessels passing others underway. Vessels 237
passing others underway in Portsmouth Harbour and
approaches must do so according to regulations Paragraph 7.139 3, 4 and 5 Replace by:
published by QHM under General Directions (for 3 Leading marks:
further details see website at 7.117). These Front mark. Castle Pile Direction Light (grey pile on
regulations are applied based on the presence or green base, 17 m in height) (504666N
absence of aircraft carriers, underway or at berth, and 10565W) shown throughout 24 hours.
are related to vessel size and weather conditions. Rear mark. Naval War Memorial (504695N
10574W).
QHM General Direction No. 1/17 [NP27/No.17/Wk.30/17] 4 From a position W of Horse Sand Fort (504500N
10435W) (7.78) the alignment (348) of these marks,
or at night in the centre of the white sector
England South coast – Approaches to (347–349) of Castle Pile Direction Light, leads in the
Portsmouth — Port information outer part of the dredged channel, passing:
W of Saddle Light Buoy (starboard hand)
232 (504510N 10495W), thence:
5 Between Outer Spit Light Buoy (S cardinal)
Paragraph 7.125 5 lines 8--10 Replace by: (504544N 10546W) and Horse Sand Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (504562N
Personal watercraft. No use of personal watercraft 10512W), thence:
within the Dockyard Port of Portsmouth is permitted Between Spit Refuge Light Buoy (port hand)
without a licence from QHM. For further information (504621N 10568W) and Castle Light Buoy
see www.royalnavy.mod.uk/qhm/portsmouth. (starboard hand) (504646N 10540W).
2 -- 99
Index
NP27
1 Major berth:
1 Leading mark: Princess Royal Jetty (504834N 10669W); length
Fort Blockhouse Direction Light (base of mast) 275 m; dredged to 138 m (2017).
(504738N 10674W), shown throughout
24 hours. Paragraph 7.146 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
The line of bearing (323) of this light, or at night in Fountain Lake Jetty (504858N 10598W); length
the centre of the white sector (321--325), leads in 650 m; berths 1 and 2, maintained depth 80 m;
Bar Channel, passing: berths 3 and 4, depths from 31 to 50 m.
240
238
Paragraph 7.140 2 and 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
BA Charts 2625, 2629 and 2631 [NP27/No.10/Wk.15/17]
2 SW of Castle Pile Direction Light (7.139),
England – Portsmouth —
thence: Basins and berths; detached jetty
Between 1 Bar Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(504677N 10581W) and 2 Bar Light Buoy 241
(port hand) (504666N 10615W), thence:
Between 3 Bar Light Buoy (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.152 1 including heading Replace by:
(504708N 10623W) and 4 Bar Light Buoy
(port hand) (504698N 10649W). Upper Harbour Ammunitioning Facility (UHAF)
3 Leading mark: 7.152
Harbour Entrance Direction Light (concrete dolphin, 1 Detached jetty (504870N 10708W) with lighted
4 m in height) (504785N 10697W), shown mooring dolphins; maintained depth 95 m.
throughout 24 hours, at Cold Harbour.
QHM Portsmouth [NP27/No.11/Wk.23/17]
The line of bearing (3338) of this light, or at night
in the centre of its white sector (3328–3348), leads
in the fairway through the harbour entrance. France -- Brest -- Port de Commerce — Depths
283
Port de Commerce. The general depths in Basins
Paragraph 7.144 1 and 2 Replace by: No 1 to 5, between Jetée Ouest and Quai Est No 5,
are from 5 to 7 m with a maximum depth of 93 m at
1 Portsmouth International Port. At the N side of Quai Est.
the harbour, at Fountain Lake, between the N end of Paragraph 8.103 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
HM Naval Base and Whale Island (504903N
10581W), is the main commercial area of the port. Alongside depths of 73 to 98 m are found in No 6
Owned by the city council, the company operating Basin, lying close E of No 5 Basin. Quai Sud has a
these berths is known as Portsmouth International maximum depth of 126 m.
Port. It contains the Cruise and Ferry Port, a RoRo French Notice 39/7399/17 [NP27/No.21/Wk.43/17]
terminal for passenger and vehicle ferries, and berths
for refrigerated, container, dry--bulk and tanker traffic, France -- Brest -- Port de Commerce — Depths
amongst others.
2 The S portion of the lake is maintained at a depth 286
of 80 m, but the E area, SE of the Cruise and Ferry
Port, is dredged (2015) to 90 m. Southwest of this
dredged area a small area with depths of 11 m or ...refrigerated products; length 440 m; depths
less, marked by a light buoy (N cardinal), and alongside from 79 to 93 m.
obstructions, depth 5 m, extends ½ cable W. The Quai Sud, Bassin No 6, for containers and
outer part of Rudmore Channel between the NW side agricultural products; length 230 m; maximum
of Cruise and Ferry Port and Whale Island has a depth alongside 126 m.
dredged depth of 65 m (2015). The inner part of the
channel adjacent to North Quay has a dredged depth
of 35 m (2015) with a dredged depth of 27 m (2015)
Saint Peter Port -- Little Russel —
on the NW side; the channel is marked by light Arrival information; restricted area
beacons.
3 Whale Island, occupied by a naval establishment, is 376
connected to the shore E by a causeway; HMS
Bristol, a training vessel, is moored to a jetty at the S
end of the island. Whale Island Marina, for service 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring in the harbour is
personnel, extends S from the centre of the S side of prohibited without the Guernsey Harbour Master’s
the island. permission.
2 -- 100
Index
NP27
Restricted Area. A 200 m safety zone exists France -- Carentan — Directions; lights
around any cruise ship manoeuvering or at anchor in
the vicinity of Little Russel (11.54). Vessels should 438
only enter the safety zone for collision avoidance, to
Paragraph 13.36 3--4 Delete
avoid immediate danger, or with prior authorisation.
Guernsey Harbours Notice 8/16 [NP27/No.15/Wk.27/17] Paragraph 13.36 5 lines 1--5 Delete
Channel Islands – Jersey – Approaches to French Notice 37/49/17 [NP27/No.24/Wk.45/17]

Saint Helier — Danger Rock Passage; shoal
397 NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2017 Edition)

Belgium -- Westhinder — Obstructions
E of drying rocks, Grunes aux Dardes (490922N
20920W) and NW of a 32 m shoal (490916N 61
20889W), thence:
...an ATBA (2.47). A wreck (512553N 23634E) with an
Caution. A 32 m shoal (above) (490916N obstruction ½ cable ENE, a second obstruction
20889W) lies on the leading line in Danger Rock (512530N 23819E) and multiple foul grounds lie within
Passage. the anchorage.
BA ENC GB510320 [NP27/No.12/Wk.01/17] Belgian Notices 23/631/17; 23/651/17
[NP28--No 14--Wk 49/17]
Jersey -- Violet Channel — Depth
France -- Calais — Basins and berths; depths
405
139
4 Between Middle Reef (490829N 15825W) and a Paragraph 6.39 1 line 5 For 125 m Read 115 m
48 m patch (490794N 15757W). Violet Light Buoy
(safe water) is moored 3 cables ESE of the patch. Paragraph 6.41 1 line 5 For 95 m Read 85 m
Thence:
HMS Gleaner [NP27/No.18/Wk.30/17]
France – Cherbourg and approaches — French Notice 43/47/2017 [NP28/No.9/Wk.47/17]
Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage
426
161--162
Paragraph 12.36 1 line 6 For 1412 Read 1403
493954N 13797W ...SW end 2½ miles SE of Bligh Bank and extends
13½ miles NE.
Paragraph 12.37 2 lines 3--9 Replace by: Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.1/Wk.35/17]
...(494119N 14182W), the alignment (1403) of these
lights lead through Passe de l’Ouest, passing: Netherlands -- North Sea -- Schouwenbank
Junction -- Steenbank — Pilot station
162
France – Cherbourg and approaches — Paragraph 7.10 1 line 1 For 514460N 31536E Read
Directions for entering harbour; shoal depths 514496N 31432E
426
Netherlands Notice 40/300/2017 [NP28/No.8/Wk.46/17]
Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage
E of 96 m rocky bank (494137N 13579W) and 166
over a rocky bank with a depth of 92 m on the
leading line, and a least depth of 89 m
(494097N 13502W), thence: ...Thornton Bank Route. Also encountered in the...
BA NM 47/5885/16 [NP27/No.14/Wk.01/17] Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.2/Wk.35/17]
2 -- 101
Index
NP28
Netherlands -- North Hinder Junction — England -- River Thames --
Directions; buoyage Tilbury Power Station — Depths
176 310
Paragraph 7.88 1 line 6 For SNW 4 Read SNW 2
BA Chart 1186 [NP28/No.12/Wk.47/17]

Paragraph 7.88 2 line 2 For MW 1--SNW 2 Read
MW 1--SNW 4
England -- River Thames --
Long Reach Esso Terminal — Depths
315
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1 st October 2017 Paragraph 14.77 3 line 9 For 112 m Read 105 m
BA Chart 2151 [NP28/No.13/Wk.47/17]

Netherlands -- Schouwendiep —
Directions; buoyage
England -- River Medway --
Isle of Grain — Berths
203
327
ENC NL400110 [NP28/No.11/Wk.47/17] ...container park by approach bridges.
UKHO [NP28/No.6/Wk.42/17]
England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage
The Swale -- Kingsferry Bridge —
Paragraph 10.7 1 line 3 For 2010 Read 2017 335

Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017
[NP28/No.4/Wk.35/17] Peel Ports London Medway Notice 14/2017
[NP28/No.10/Wk.47/17]
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
UTC on 1 st October 2017
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2016 Edition)
England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage
South China Sea – Vanguard Bank —
244 Offlying shoals and banks; light beacons
Paragraph 10.9 2 line 4 For 4 m Read 5 m 69

...Vanguard Bank (72800N 1093700E). Four
light beacons (special) stand on the bank. Muddy
After Paragraph 10.9 4 line 10 Insert: discoloured water has been...
To the W of the Margaret Ness Limit for vessels with Paragraph 2.6 5 lines 2--4 Replace by:
an operating draught greater than 4 m.
...Depths over this coral bank are very irregular. Three light
beacons (special) stand on the bank.
Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017
[NP28/No.5/Wk.35/17] UKHO Notice 15/1629/17 [NP30/No.1/Wk.25/17]
England -- River Thames -- Tilbury — Chimney Indonesia -- Pulau--Pulau Anambas — Rock
309 74
Paragraph 14.50 1 lines 2--3 Delete 30875N 1060908E
Port of London Authority [NP28/No.7/Wk.43/17] ENC ID400182 [NP30/No.2/Wk.13/17]
2 -- 102
Index
NP30
Indonesia -- Pulau Siantan -- Malaysia – Pulau Redang to Tumpat —
Tanjung Pedas — Wrecks Directions; light
75 104
Mariners should also note that an area in which Malaysian Notice 75/15 [NP30/No.4/Wk.47/16]
several wrecks lie is centred on 31254N
1061143E, about 1¼ miles S of Tanjung Pedas.
Malaysia – Sungai Semerak — Anchorages and
harbours — light; light buoy
Indonesian Notice 40/633/17 [NP30/No.111/Wk.46/17]
106
Indonesia -- Pulau--Pulau Anambas -- Paragraph 3.153 1 line 7 Replace by:
Selat Peninting — Dangerous wreck
...Kuala Sungai Semerak. Tok Bali Fairway Light Buoy
75 (safe water) (55600N 1023040E) is moored NNE of
the entrance.
Malaysian Notice 97/16 [NP30/No.5/Wk.47/16]
Thailand -- Ko Chuang to Bangkok Bar Light --
Indonesian Chart 181/2013 [NP30/No.3/Wk.13/17] Ao Sattahip — Directions; buoy
131
China -- South China Sea --
North--east of Kakap Natuna Oil Field — Wreck Paragraph 4.166 4 lines 3--4 For 123582N 1005435E
Read 123532N 1005420E
76
Thai Notice 1/17 [NP30/No.6/Wk.10/17]
...remarkable effects. Thence: Thailand -- Gulf of Thailand -- Laem Chabang —
Clear of a dangerous wreck (53337N Outer anchorage; wreck
1072013E).
131
Radio Navigation Warnings correspondence 13/11/17; After Paragraph 4.171 1 line 7 Insert:
BA Chart 4508 [NP30--No 120--Wk 49/17]
Caution. A wreck (130250N 1005170E) lies
within the area.
Malaysia -- Pulau Tioman — Wreck
Thai Notice 26/2017 [NP30/No.100/Wk.40/17]
90
Thailand -- Gulf of Thailand --
Paragraph 3.20 1 line 5 Replace by: Map Ta Phut — Alongside berths
...is clear except for a wreck, safe clearance 136--137
235 m, which lies 4½ miles...
Malaysian Notice 10/187/17
[NP30--No 122--Wk 50/17] 2 Thai Tank Terminal 3 No 2
(123935N 1010863E) 2000
119
Malaysia -- Kuantan Port — 45 000
Directions; wreck; shoal Coal Terminal Alongside depth
(124004N 1010833E) 120
97
Multipurpose Berth Length of berth
Paragraph 3.67 2 lines 3--8 Replace by: (124028N 1010835E) 3180; alongside
depth 125.
SW of a shoal marked by No 1 Light Buoy (lateral) 3 NFC Port 5 Length of berth
(35695N 1032801E), thence: (124042N 1010847E) 11330; alongside
SW of No 3 Light Buoy (lateral) (35744N depth 125.
1032770E), thence:
SW of a dangerous wreck (35775N 1032728E), Alliance Refining LPG 2 North side
depth 67 m, marked by light buoys (special), Berth 900
thence: (124018N 1010897E) 75
Alliance Refining Oil 5 1, 3, 4 combined
Malaysian Notice 10/188/17 Berth draught 120
[NP30--No 123--Wk 50/17] (124003N 1010886E) 90 000
2 -- 103
Index
NP30
4 Alliance Refining Berths 3 No 1 155
(123968N 1010905E) 260 Paragraph 5.19 6 lines 3--6 Delete
draught 115
87 000
Vietnam South Notice 68/2016 [NP30/No.9/Wk.37/16]
all vessels berth
bows S
Vietnam – Mekong River — Directions
Map Ta Phut Tank 4 Jetty No 1
Terminal 260; 140; 157
(123942N 1010918E) 100 000
5 PTT LNG Terminal 3 LNG Berth 1(N)
(123911N 1010921E) 345; 120; 1 From a position 2½ miles S of Mui Vung Tau, close
264 000 S of Song Sai Gon No 0 Light Buoy (safe water)
(101695N 1070504E), the recommended track,
BLCP Power Coal 1 Length of berth marked by light buoys (lateral), leads NNW, passing:
Terminal 3460; alongside WSW of No 1 Light Buoy (101750N 1070480E),
(123846N 1010937E) depth 144 thence:
NPC Terminal 2 NPC 2 ENE of a dangerous wreck (101902N
(123815N 1010755E) 1070359E), thence:
2 WSW of Banc Ranza, with its W extremity
marked by No 5 light buoy (lateral)
Thailand Notice 16/17 [NP30/No.86/Wk.29/17] (101977N 1070335E), thence:
The track leads to Ho Chi Minh City and Vung Tau
pilot boarding Zone 1 (102041N 1070335E), noting
Thailand -- Rayong — Directions; buoyage a wreck with a depth of 78 m about 1½ cables ENE.
137 (Directions continue for Song Sai Gon at 5.67)
Entrance Light Buoy (123089N 1011485E). Paragraph 5.37 4 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.222 lines 1--6 Replace by: 4 The track then leads to the vicinity of Cua Tieu
No 0 Light Buoy (safe water) (101229N
Track. From a position E of Map Ta Phut SPM Terminal 1065723E). A channel marked by light buoys
(122931N 1011175E) the track leads NNE to the (lateral) leads generally WNW towards the mouth of
vicinity of the Entrance Light Buoy (4.221) (safe water) Cua Tieu. The channel in the vicinity of Pointe du
marking the outer end of the approach channel and on to Mirador (101618N 1064525E) is obstructed by fish
the alignment of TPI Port Leading Lights. traps and large isolated fishing stakes, invisible at
night, which constitute a danger to navigation.
Thai Notice 31/2559/16 [NP30/No.7/Wk.41/16] Useful mark:
Cua Tieu Light (tower) (101254N 1065016E).
Cambodia – Kampôt — Anchorages and BA 1059 & 1100 [NP30/No.10/Wk.51/16]
harbours; wreck
142 -- 143 Vietnam -- Can Tho — Directions; depths
Paragraph 4.251 3 Replace by: 159
3 Directions. There are two approaches to Kampôt. Paragraph 5.46 5 lines 1--5 Replace by:
The approach from S of Dao Phu Quoc (101500N 5 Note. It has been reported (2016) that least depths
1040000E) (4.253) through Chenal Sud (94500N in the channel are as follows:
1041000E) (4.268) (not named on chart), then E of
Between Nos 0 and 8 Light Buoys 14 m
Dao Phu Quoc is direct, keeping in the deepest water
and clear of the shoals and other dangers. Between Nos 8 and 25 Light Buoys 35 m
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position Between Nos 25 and Can Tho 50 m
100637N 1041037E. Between Can Tho and 109 Light Buoy 95 m.
HYDROPAC Notice 3753/16 [NP30/No.8/Wk.52/16] Vietnamese Notice V1/251/16 [NP30/No.11/Wk.03/17]
Vietnam – Can Tho — Depths

Vietnam – Mui Bai Bung to Mui Vung Tau —
Directions; major light 159
154 Paragraph 5.46 5 lines 1--6 including existing Section IV

After Paragraph 5.13 1 line 3 Insert: 5 Note. It has been reported that least depths in the
channel are as follows:
Hon Bai Canh Light (white round tower on building,
16 m in height) (84000N 1064237E). The light Between Nos 0 and 8 Light Buoys 22 m (2017)
is obscured W of Con Son. Between Nos 8 and 10 Light Buoys 15 m (2017)
2 -- 104
Index
NP30
Between Nos 10 and 25 Light Buoys 35 m (2016) Caution: There are depths shallower than those
quoted on the edges of the buoyed channel.
Between No 25 Light Buoy and 50 m (2016)
Can Tho Vietnamese Notice 90/2017 NP30/No.83/Wk.27/17]
Between Can Tho and No 109 Light 95 m (2016)
Buoy Vietnam -- Song Sai Gon — Outer anchorage;
anchorage areas
Vietnamese Notice V1/41/17 [NP30/No.12/Wk.14/17]
161
Vietnam -- Mekong River -- Can Tho —
Channel depths Anchorages CG01 to CG19 have been established
S of the Song Sai Gon fairway in the vicinity of
159 102606N 1065759E. A submarine cable, orientated
N/S, is laid through designated anchorages CG03,
Paragraph 5.46 5 lines 1--9 including exisiting Section IV
CG11 and CG12.
Week 03/17 and 14/17 Replace by:
5 Depths. It has been reported that least depths in BA Chart 1039 [NP30/No.95/Wk.35/17]
the channel are as follows:
Vietnam – Vung Tau —
Between Nos 0 and 8 Light Buoys 20 m (2017) Arrival information; pilotage
Between Nos 8 and 10 Light Buoys 17 m (2017)
167
4 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding areas
Between No 25 Light Buoy and 50 m (2016) are as follows:
Can Tho
Zone 1 -- Pilots for vessels of 135 m LOA or less and
Between Can Tho and No 109 Light 95 m (2016) draught 75 m or less board in the vicinity of
Buoy 102040N 1070335E.
Zone 2 -- Pilots for vessels of 135 m LOA or less and
Vietnamese Notice V1/63/17 [NP30/No.13/Wk.18/17] draught 75 m or less disembark in the vicinity of
101994N 1070270E and 101998N
1070292E.
Vietnam -- Song Sai Gon — Depths 5 Zone 3 -- Pilots for vessels of over 135 m LOA
and draught greater than 75 m and vessels
161 carrying dangerous goods board in the vicinity
Paragraph 5.55 1 line 8 Replace by: of 101632N 1070490E.
Zone 4 -- Pilots for tankers, in bad weather, board in
...deeper water than charted. position 101539N 1070496E.
Requests for pilotage should be sent 24 hours in
advance. Pilots are available at all times. See 5.60 for
2 Song Sai Gon main channel fairway has a least signals.
depth of 85 m.
BA1059 [NP30/No.15/Wk.51/16]
Vietnamese Notice V1/256/16 [NP30/No.14/Wk.04/17]
Vietnam -- Ho Chi Minh City -- Cua Soirap —
Hiep Phuoc Terminal
Vietnam -- Ho Chi Minh City --
Cua Soirap — Depths 167
161 Above Paragraph 5.88 heading Add:
Paragraph 5.55 2 lines 1--17 Including Existing Section IV Hiep Phuoc Terminal
Notice Week 04/17 Replace by: 5.87a
1 Hiep Phuoc Terminal (103887N 1064467E) is a
2 Song Sai Gon main channel fairway has a least container facility operated by the Saigon Newport
depth of 85 m. Corporation. Able to accommodate vessels of up to
Cua Soirap reported depths: 50 000 dwt, it is reported to have a berth length of
Section of Channel reported 420 m, with a charted depth of 111 m alongside.
depth
ENC VN4SG103 [NP30/No.84/Wk.27/17]
From No 0 Light Buoy (101712N 80 m
1065868E) to No 15 Light Buoy
Vietnam -- Ilôt Ké Ga — Directions; light
(102178N 1065082E)
From No 15 Light Buoy to Hiep Phuoc 84 m 171
Terminal (103887N 1064467E) Paragraph 5.130 1 lines 7--8 Delete
From Hiep Phuoc Terminal to No 74 Light 85 m
Buoy (103991N 1064602E) Vietnamese Notice 120/2017 [NP30/No.89/Wk.32/17]
2 -- 105
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- Song Sai Gon — Directions; FPSO 2 Directions. The harbour is approached between
Mui Sung Trau (5.146) and Banc de Breda (5.146),
171 noting the dangerous wrecks 1¼ miles S and 3 miles
ESE of Mui Sung Trau. The track then leads W,
Paragraph 5.132 2 line 9 Replace by: passing N of Banc de Breda, to the harbour entrance,
from where the berths can be approached directly.
...1071535E). Thence:
Clear of FPSO Chi Lang (101471N 1071465E), Vietnamese Notice 6/17; ENC VN300022
thence: [NP30/No.16/Wk.06/17]
Paragraph 5.132 5 line 4 For WNW Read ENE
Vietnam -- Nha Trang — Depths
BA Chart 1100 [NP30/No.90/Wk.32/17] 180

Vietnam -- South China Sea -- 1 South fairway has a least depth of 106 m
South--east of Mui Ba Kiem — Track; obstruction between Light Buoy 0 (safe water) (121011N
1091606E) and Light Buoy 4 (port hand) (121209N
171 1091311E).
Paragraph 5.132 6 line 6 Replace by: Paragraph 5.208 1 line 4 Replace by:
...1091700E, has a least depth of 101 m between
...depth of 183 m, thence: Light Buoy 0 (safe water) (121448N 1091324E)
NNW of an obstruction (102035N 1074710E), and Light Buoy 2 (port hand) (121249N
thence: 1091317E).
Hydropac 1254/17(93) [NP30/No.85/Wk.27/17] Vietnamese Notice 45/17 [NP30/No.17/Wk.15/17]
Vietnam – Nha Trang to Cap Varella —

Vietnam -- Ilôt Ké Ga — Directions; light Anchorages and harbours
171 183
Paragraph 5.132 8 line 8 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.234 Insert:
...depth of 183 m, thence: Vinashin Shipyard

SSE of Mui Ké Ga (104195N 1075956E), from 5.234a
close S of which a light (6--sided granite tower, 1 General information. Vinashin Shipyard
21 m in height) (104159N 1075940E) is (122940N 1091660E) is approached from E
exhibited, thence: through a channel with a least depth of 123 m. The
main jetty has a reported depth of 69 m alongside
Vietnamese Notice 120/2017 [NP30/No.91/Wk.32/17] and the berth fronting the dry docks has a reported
depth of 72 m alongside.
Vietnam -- Mui Ké Ga — Light Vietnamese Notice 122/16 [NP30/No.18/Wk.37/16]
172 Vietnam -- Qui--Nhon — Anchorages
Paragraph 5.134 1 line 3 For 5.130 Read 5.132 185

Vietnamese Notice 120/2017 [NP30/No.92/Wk.32/17]
Anchorages
5.252a
Vietnam – Baie de Padaran – 1 Anchorage areas V10 to V16 are located within the
Vinh Tan Power Station — bay N and NNW of Qui--Nhon (5.248). V10 is centred
General information; directions on 134705N 1091478E, with depths from 30 to
98 m.
173
BA Chart 3847 [NP30--No 118--Wk 48/17]
Vietnam – Dung Quat —
Arrival information; limiting condition
Vinh Tan Power Station
5.146a 189
1 General Information. A harbour (111797N
1084847E), enclosed by two breakwaters from which Paragraph 5.279 1 line 9 For 120 m Read 118 m
lights are exhibited, serves a power station located in
the NW part of Vinh Dinh (5.146). Vietnamese Notice 17/256/2015 [NP30/No.19/Wk.37/16]
2 -- 106
Index
NP30
Vietnam – Œa Nang — Vietnam – Vung Œa Nang to Mui Lay —
Limiting conditions; depths; light; buoy Directions; wreck
190 196
Paragraph 5.285 1 line 7 For 38 m Read 33 m Clear of a shoal (162359N 1080731E) with a
191
Paragraph 5.288 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Vietnam – Chan May —

Limiting conditions; depths
1 Major lights:
Mui Œa Nang (160839N 1081935E) (5.276). 197
Den Quan Tuong (tower, 5 m in height) (160734N Paragraph 6.18 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1081283E).
1 Controlling depth. There is a least depth of 115 m
Paragraph 5.288 2 line 2 Replace by: in the approach to Chan May Port and 115 m in the
...marked on its N side by a buoy (N cardinal). turning basin that lies off the berth.
Paragraph 5.288 5 lines 1--4 Replace by: Vietnamese Notice 68/16 [NP30/No.25/Wk.37/16]
5 Useful mark: Vietnam -- Vung Œa Nang to Mui Lay –

Chan May — Limiting conditions; depths
Vietnamese Chart VN50021 [NP30/No.20/Wk.37/16]
197
Vietnam – Œa Nang – Cang Tien Sa — Paragraph 6.18 1 existing sect IV notice week 37/16 lines
Alongside berths; depth 1--3 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. There is a least depth of
191 123 m in the approach to Chan May Port, and 120 m
in the turning basin that lies off the berth.
Paragraph 5.289 2 line 5 For 12 m Read 9 m.
VN 202/16 [NP30/No.26/Wk.47/16]
Vietnam – Ky Ha--Quang Nam Port — Vietnam – Chan May —

Controlling depth; pilotage; berths Limiting conditions; depths
192 197
Paragraph 5.294 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: Paragraph 6.18 1 including existing Section IV Notices,
Weeks 47/16 and 37/16 Replace by:
3 Controlling depth. The entrance channel has a
1 Controlling depth. There is a least depth of
dredged depth of 82 m.
121 m (162061N 1080059E) in the approach to
Pilotage is compulsory, the pilot boarding area is
Chan May Port, and 120 m in the turning basin that
centred on 152951N 1084190E and extends to a
lies off the berth. Depths within the approach channel
radius of 5 cables
and basin change regularly. The Port Authority should
Berths. The port has two commercial wharves.
be contacted for the latest information.
Càng Kü Hà (152844N 1084104E), is the deepest,
length 150 m, depth alongside 60 m. Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 09 m
mean minimum range about 02 m. See Admiralty Tide
Vietnamese Notice 220/2016 [NP30/No.22/Wk.01/17] Tables Volume 3.
Vietnam – Vung Œa Nang to Mui Lay —
Directions; wreck Vietnam – Chan May —
Anchorages and harbours; depths
196
197
Clear of a wreck in position 161480N 1081450E 3 Directions. Cua Thuan An is approached through a
(PA) and then a shoal (162359N 1080731E) 2 mile channel dredged to 28 m (2016) and marked
with a depth of 201 m, thence: by light buoys. The river mouth is 1 cable wide and...
BA3884 [NP30/No.23/Wk.37/16] Vietnamese Notice 38/16 [NP30/No.28/Wk.37/16]
2 -- 107
Index
NP30
Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – 203
Mui Lay to Mui Ron Ma – Cua Giang —
Caution; wrecks Paragraph 6.64 2 line 3 For if Read of
199 UKHO [NP30/No.31a/Wk.37/16]
3 Harbour. The harbour consists of a single basin
Two dangerous wrecks are reported (2016),
1¾ miles NE of the entrance. entered from SE. Berths are located on the E side, on
Bien Son and in the SW corner. Dredging operations
NGA HYDROPAC 3229/3230/16 have been reported (2016) in the N part of the basin
[NP30/No.29/Wk.46/16] and in the vicinity of the E berths.
ENC VN4VA001 [NP30/No.31a/Wk.37/16]
Vietnam – Mui Lay to Mui Ron Ma —
Anchorages and harbours Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Nghi Son —
Harbour development
199
203
Paragraph 6.64 3 including existing Section IV Notice
2 Outer anchorages. Four charted anchor berths, Week 37/16 Replace by:
numbered from V1 to V4, lie to the NW of the HLO 3 Harbour. Nghi Son Terminal is situated in a
buoy, centred on position (175513N 1063123E). harbour, with inner and outer basins, protected by
The least depth in these anchorages is 106 m. Two breakwaters and entered from SE. Berths are located
anchorages, V5 and V6, lie 5 cables NE of Hon La on the E side, on Bien Son and in the SW corner on
Island (175605N 1063190E). the mainland. Nghi Son Cement Terminal Jetty
An additional anchorage area, radius 300 m, depth extends 8 cables ENE from the shore with a berth
193 m, is in position 175400N 1063379E.
either side of its head.
Nghi Son Refinery and Petrochemical Terminal is
protected by a breakwater projecting 5 cables E then
Paragraph 6.39 3 line 4 For 13 m Read 115 m 2¾ cables SE from the mainland.
Development. Dredging and construction (2017) of
more berths is in progress at Nghi Son Terminal. Two
jetties, East (outer and inner), West (outer and inner)
Paragraph 6.39 4 line 6 For 180692N 1062350E Read are under construction (2017) and dredging is in
180794N 1062361E progress within Nghi Son Refinery and Petrochemical
Terminal.
Directions for Nghi Son Terminal. From a position
Vietnamese ENC 4VA001 [NP30/No.30/Wk.37/16] on the coastal route about 4 miles SE of Bien Son,
the track leads NW to the vicinity of NS0 Light Buoy
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Nghi Son — (safe water) (191663N 1055065E). Thence the
Harbour development track continues NW through a channel with a least
depth of 72 m, marked by light buoys (lateral), to a
202 position between Nos 3 and 4 Light Buoys (191781N
1054941E), and between the breakwaters.
Vietnamese Notice 189/133/2017
1 Description. Nghi Son port complex, comprises [NP30/No.94a/Wk.34/17]
Nghi Son Terminal (191839N 1054916E) on the S
side of reclaimed land joining the island of Bien Son Vietnam – Cua Hoi to Hon Mé —
(191969N 1054922E) to the mainland, Nghi Son Anchorages and harbours; Nghi Son
Cement Terminal (192057N 1054892E), Nghi Son
Refinery and Petrochemical Terminal (192184N 203
1054773E) and a fishing harbour (192024N Paragraph 6.64 4 line 5 For 96 m Read 86 m
1054920E).
Vietnamese Notice 96/15 [NP30/No.31b/Wk.37/16]
Vietnamese Notice 189/133/2017
[NP30/No.93/Wk.34/17]
Vietnam – Cua Hoi to Hon Mé —
Anchorages and harbours; Nghi Son
Vietnam – Cua Hoi to Hon Mé —
Anchorages and harbours; Nghi Son 203
Paragraph 6.64 4 line 8 For 3 berths Read berths
202--203
Paragraph 6.64 5 line 7 For W of Bien Son Read N of Bien
Paragraph 6.64 1 lines 7--11 Delete Son
ENC VN4NGS01 [NP30/No.31a/Wk.37/16] ENC VN4NGS01 [NP30/No.31c/Wk.37/16]
2 -- 108
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Nghi Son — Vietnam – Hon Mé — Anchorages
Harbour development
203
203
Paragraph 6.64 5 including existing Section IV Notice 3 Anchorages. Good anchorage may be obtained, off
the SW side of Hon Mé, in the vicinity of 192121N
5 Also from this turning area, the track continues NW 1055395E; depths from 16 to 168 m.
and NNW into the inner harbour. A further Turning Anchorage may also be obtained W of Hon Mé,
Area, radius 167.5 m has been established in the N centred on 192261N 1055291E; depth 136 m.
part of the basin centered on 191881N 1054896E. A further anchorage is situated S of Hon Mé, in the
The channel is marked by light buoys (lateral). The W vicinity of 191784N 1055653E; depth 178 m.
limit of the navigable channel is marked by S Light
Buoy (S cardinal) (191879N 1054835E). One berth Vietnamese Notice 233/16; ENC VN4NGS01
lies on S side of the channel at its W extent. [NP30/No.32/Wk.06/17]
Directions for Cement Terminal From the Pilot
Boarding Area, the track leads NW for 2½ miles, Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – Approaches to
through the channel between Bien Son and the Haiphong — General information; depths;
islands and islets which lie up to 2½ miles SW of Hon restricted area; directions
Me (6.65), to a position in the vicinity of XM1 Light
Buoy (lateral) (192094N 1054990E). 204
Vietnamese Notice 189/133/2017 Paragraph 6.77 1 line 2 For 97 m (32 ft) Read 170 m
[NP30/No.94b/Wk.34/17]
Vietnam – Cua Hoi to Hon Mé — Restricted area

Anchorages and harbours; Nghi Son
6.77a
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in a circular
203
area, radius 2 miles, centred on the TBDP--A platform
Paragraph 6.64 6 Replace by: (6.81) and in an area surrounding the adjoining
pipeline.
6 The track then leads W through a buoyed channel
to the teminal. 205
Berths. There are three berths in Nghi Son, and a
fourth under construction (2014). Cang Nghi Song Paragraph 6.81 2 lines 3--6 Replace by:
Berth Nos 1 to 3 lie on SW part of Bien Son; the Coal
and Equipment Dock is on S side of the inner The track then leads NE to a position SE of the
harbour. banks and shoals fronting the mouth of Song Ca,
Two berths exist at the outer end of the terminal passing:
pier W of the N tip of Bien Son. NW of a wreck (200102N 1063301E), position
approximate.
ENC VN4NGS01 [NP30/No.31d/Wk.37/16] The track then leads NNE, passing:
Paragraph 6.81 2 line 10 For drilling Read production
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Nghi Son —
Harbour development
ENCs VN4HP002, VN4HP005, VN4HP007
[NP30/No.33/Wk.37/16]
203
Paragraph 6.64 6 including existing Section IV Notice Vietnam -- Approaches to Hai Phong —
Week 37/16 Replace by: Directions; wreck
6 The track then leads W through a buoyed channel 205
to the terminal.
Directions for Refinery and Petrochemical After Paragraph 6.81 2 line 12 Insert:
Terminal. From the vicinity of NS Light Buoy (safe
water) (192271N 1055193E) the channel, marked Clear of a dangerous wreck (201590N
by light buoys (lateral), leads WSW then W into the 1065450E), position approximate, thence:
harbour.
Berths. There are six berths and one dolphin jetty Vietnamese Notice 48(T)/2016 [NP30/No.34/Wk.24/17]
in Nghi Son Terminal. Cang Nghi Song Berth Nos 1 to
5 lie on the SW part of Bien Son; the Coal and Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – Approaches to
Equipment Dock is on the SW side of the inner Haiphong — General information; depths;
harbour. Berth No 3 is the longest with a length of restricted area; directions
260 m.
The Cement Terminal is served by two berths each 205
343 m in length. Paragraph 6.81 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Vietnamese Notice 4 ESE of a 164 m patch (202785N
189/133/2017 [NP30/No.94c/Wk.34/17] 1065118E), thence:
2 -- 109
Index
NP30
Paragraph 6.81 4 lines 6--7 Replace by: Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong —
Directions; wreck
ESE of Hon Dau (204003N 1064894E) from
which a light (6.79) is exhibited, and: 209
ESE of a wreck (203767N 1065687E), reported
1999, and:
Clear of a wreck (203668N 1065840E) marked The track then leads NW through the channel,
by a buoy (isolated danger). marked by light buoys (lateral), leading over the bar
and remaining clear of a dangerous wreck (204650N
1065560E), position approximate, to a position
203952N 1070018E
between P15 and P16 Light Buoys (204704N
1065524E).
ENCs VN4HP002, VN4HP005, VN4HP007
[NP30/No.35/Wk.37/16] Corr. HYDROPAC 3873/16 [NP30/No.38/Wk.02/17]
Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong —

Vietnam – Haiphong — Limiting conditions Directions; channels
207 209
Paragraph 6.94 1 line 1 For NT0 Read P0 Paragraph 6.111 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 6.94 1 line 2 For NT19 Read P19 1 West channel. From the vicinity of 204040N
1070000E, the track leads NW for about 1 mile to a
Paragraph 6.94 1 line 2 For 12 m Read 07 m position close NE of HP0 Light Buoy (safe water)
(204095N 1065910E).
Paragraph 6.94 1 line 3 For 23 m Read 11 m The track then leads NNW for about 2 miles
through a channel marked by light buoys to a position
Paragraph 6.95 1 line 6 For 56 m Read 35 m in the main channel between HP3 and HP4 Light
Buoys (lateral).
ENCs VN4HP002, VN4HP005, VN4HP007 Main channel. From the vicinity of 204040N
[NP30/No.36/Wk.37/16] 1070000E, the track leads NNW for about 1¼ miles
to a position close ENE of HP0 Light Buoy (safe
water) (204122N 1065977E).
Vietnam -- Luong Hai Phong — Vertical clearance The track then leads NW through the channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
207 Between HP3 and HP4 Light Buoys (lateral)
Paragraph 6.97 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: (204281N 1065846E), where the Main and W
channels merge, thence:
Across Luong Hai Phong (204837N 1065450E), NE of a dangerous wreck (204650N 1065560E),
with a vertical clearance of 44 m at the centreline position approximate, thence:
and 30 m E of the channel; Between HP15 and HP16 Light Buoys (lateral)
(204704N 1065524E).
Vietnam -- Outer approaches to Hai Phong --
Luong Hai Phong — Vertical clearance Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong —
Main channel; directions
207
209
Paragraph 6.97 1 lines 3--4 including existing Section IV Paragraph 6.111 1 including existing Section IV Week
Notice Week 39/17 Replace by: 10/17 Replace by:
Across Luong Hai Phong (204831N 1065445E), 1 Main channel. From the vicinity of 204040N
with a vertical clearance of 58 m at the centreline 1070000E, the track leads NW for about 1 mile to a
and 42 m E of the channel. position close NE of HP0 Light Buoy (safe water)
(204095N 1065910E).
The track then leads NNW for about 2 miles
through a channel marked by light buoys to a position
Vietnam – Approaches to Haiphong – in the main channel between HP3 and HP4 Light
Den Aval — Directions; racons Buoys (lateral) (204284N 1065851E).
The track then leads NW through the channel
208
Paragraph 6.108 1 lines 2--7 Replace by: NE of a dangerous wreck (204650N 1065560E),
Den Aval Light Beacon (204580N 1065118E) Between HP15 and HP16 Light Buoys (lateral)
(6.112). (204704N 1065524E).
BA Chart 3881 [NP30/No.37/Wk.11/17] Vietnamese Notice VN/13/17 [NP30/No.40/Wk.18/17]
2 -- 110
Index
NP30
Vietnam – Haiphong – Luong Hai Phong — Vietnam -- Approaches to Hai Phong —
Directions; main channel Directions; cautions; shoals
209 209
Paragraph 6.111 1 including existing Section IV Notices Paragraph 6.113 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:
Weeks 02/17, 10/17, and 18/17 Replace by:
...(205092N 1064560E).
1 Main channel. From the vicinity of 204040N Caution. A shoal patch with a depth of 52 m lies
1070000E, the track leads NNW for about 1 mile to in position 204989N 1064778E.
a position close NE of HP0 Light Buoy (safe water)
(204131N 1065981E). Vietnamese Notice 206/North Notice 292/2017
The track then leads NW for about 2 miles through [NP30--No 116b--Wk 48/17]
a channel marked by light buoys to a position in the
main channel between HP3 and HP4 Light Buoys
(lateral) (204292N 1065855E). Vietnam – Haiphong — Buoyage
The track then leads NW through the channel
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: 209
NE of a dangerous wreck (204650N 1065560E),
position approximate, thence: Paragraph 6.114 1 line 3 For HP 15A Read P15A
Between HP15 and HP16 Light Buoys (lateral)
(204704N 1065524E).
Paragraph 6.114 1 line 9 For NT19 Read NT13
Paragraph 6.114 1 line 10 For NT21B Read NT17
Vietnam -- Approaches to Hai Phong —
Directions; cautions; shoals Vietnamese Notice 74/17 [NP30/No.43/Wk.25/17]
209 Vietnam – Haiphong — Basins and berths
209
Caution. A shoal patch (204906N 1065369E),
with a depth of 64 m lies on the S side of the canal. Paragraph 6.114 2 Replace by:
A second shoal patch (204912N 1065344E), with 2 Luong Pha Rung. There are eighteen designated
a depth of 53 m lies 2½ cables WNW.
anchorages in Luong Pha Rung, numbered BD1 to
After Paragraph 6.111 4 line 9 Insert: BD18, and one undesignated anchorage area. They
are situated on both sides of the fairway extending
Caution. A shoal patch (204890N 1065057E), 2¾ miles NW from P47 Light Buoy (S Cardinal)
with a depth of 54 m lies on the N side of the bend. (205079N 1064617E). The least depth in the
anchorage areas is 23 m.
Vietnamese Notice 206/North Notice 292/2017
[NP30--No 116a--Wk 48/17]
ENC VN4HP005 [NP30/No.44/Wk.37/16]
Vietnam – Haiphong – Luong Nam Trieu — Vietnam – Hon Dau to Xuy Nong Chao —
Directions; light buoys General information; route; directions
210
209
Paragraph 6.123 1 line 1 For 6 miles ENE Read 10 miles E
Paragraph 6.112 2 lines 4--5 For (204195N 1065735E)
Read (204335N 1065512E) Paragraph 6.128 1, 2 and 3 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.112 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: 1 From a position 10 miles E of Hon Dau (204003N
1064894E) from which a light (6.79) is exhibited, in
Between NT7 and NT8 Light Buoys (lateral) the vicinity of Haiphong pilot station, the track leads
(204385N 1065430E). SE, passing:
Paragraph 6.112 3 line 4 For NT13 Read NT7 NE of a dangerous wreck (203668N 1065840E),
marked by a buoy (isolated danger), thence:
2 SW of a shoal (203914N 1070453E), with a
Paragraph 6.112 3 line 4 For NT14 Read NT8 depth of 98 m, lying on the outermost part of
a bank extending 5 cables SW from Ta Lao
Paragraph 6.112 3 line 5 For NT15 Read NT9 Pai (Rocher du Large). Ta Lao Pai (Rocher
du Large) Light (white tower) is exhibited from
Paragraph 6.112 3 line 6 For NT16 Read NT10 the E side of the islet. Thence:
SW of the rocky shoal (203687N 1070782E)
fronting Île Ouest.
Vietnamese Notice 74/17 [NP30/No.42/Wk.25/17] BA Chart 1965 [NP30/No.45/Wk.37/16]
2 -- 111
Index
NP30
Vietnam – Gulf of Tonkin – China – Fangcheng Gang —
Port Bayard — Anchorage Directions for entering harbour
220
214
Paragraph 6.150 1 lines 2--6 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of the outer pilot boarding place
(212380N 1082270E) for Fangcheng Gang the
Anchorage may be obtained, 8 cables SE of the
entrance to Port Bayard (204710N 1070612E). track leads N through a channel marked by light
There are three anchorages, numbered LH1 to LH3, buoys to a position W of No 20 Light Buoy
centred around position 204640N 1070662E. (213256N 1082134E).
Vietnamese Chart VN50003 [NP30/No.46/Wk.37/16] 1 Xixian Hangdao Leading lights. From the position
W of No 20 Light Buoy (213256N 1082134E) the
alignment (3174) of the following lights leads through
China – Fangcheng Gang and approaches — Xixian Hangdao:
Arrival information; outer anchorages; pilotage
Front light (white stone pile, black stripe) (213470N
1081924E).
218 Rear light (white stone pile, black stripe) (500 m from
front light).
Paragraph 6.185 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Thence, from a position at the NW end of Xixian
Hangdao the track leads N and NNW passing:
...for 40 miles to the outer approaches to Fangcheng Gang 2 E of a shoal (213402N 1081992E) with a
(213687N 1081970E). depth of 18 m, marked by No 28 Light buoy.
Paragraph 6.193 3 lines 5--6 Delete BA3992 [NP30/No.48/Wk.37/16]
Paragraph 6.193 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: China – Fangcheng Gang and approaches —
Arrival information; outer anchorages; pilotage
The track then leads to the outer approaches to 220
Fangcheng Gang (6.198).
Paragraph 6.212 1 lines 1--5 including Heading and
existing Section IV Notice Week 37/16 Replace by:
219
Outer Anchorages to No 20 Light Buoy
Paragraph 6.203 1 lines 1--3 and 2 lines 1--8 Replace by: 6.212
1 The following anchorages have been established: 1 From the vicinity of the outer anchorages (6.203)
Anchorage No 1 (212440N 1082271E). Ultra for Fangcheng Gang, the track leads N through a
large vessels; depths from 171 to 180 m. channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to a position
Anchorage No 2--1 (212240N 1082825E). Two W of No 20 Light Buoy (213256N 1082134E).
areas for bulk carriers of specified tonnages; Chinese Notice 11/379/2017 [NP30/No.49/Wk.16/17]
depths from 181 to 200 m.
2 Anchorage No 2--2 (212252N 1082233E).
The E side of the anchorage is split into three China – Qinzhou — Controlling depths;
directions; berth information
areas handling bulk carriers and container
vessels of specific tonnages. The W side 224
anchorage is an unrestricted anchorage;
depths from 167 to 202 m. Paragraph 7.17 1 line 2 For 64 m Read 63 m
3 Anchorages B3--B10 (212870N 1082320E);
depths from 116 to 137 m, sand and mud; Paragraph 7.17 1 line 4 For 89 m Read 118 m
lies E of the dredged entry channel.
Two further anchorages, B1--B2 lie W of the Chinese Chart 16785 [NP30/No.50a/Wk.42/16]
dredged channel in depths from 36 to 78 m, in the
vicinity of 212878N 1082063E. An anchorage for China – Qinzhou — Controlling depths;
sailing vessels, in depths of about 80 m, lies in directions; berth information
position 212948N 1082043E.
225
Paragraph 6.204 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 7.20 5 line 6 For 5 m Read 47 m
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours, Paragraph 7.20 6 lines 4--6 Replace by:
subject to tidal variation. Pilots board from a tug, in
the vicinity of No 0 Light Buoy (special) (212700N WSW of a shoal (213870N 1083505E) with a
1082343E). See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals depth of 47 m, thence:
Volume 6(6). Paragraph 7.20 8 line 5 For 50 m Read 40 m
Chinese Notice 11/379/2017 [NP30/No.47/Wk.16/17] Chinese Chart 16785 [NP30/No.50b/Wk.42/16]
2 -- 112
Index
NP30
China -- Qinzhou — Directions; Reef China – Qinzhou — Directions; wreck
225
225
After Paragraph 7.20 8 line 6 Insert: 5 From the vicinity of No W8 Light Buoy, the track
WNW of a reef (214065N 1083546E) with a leads generally N within a narrow channel marked by
drying height of 17 m, thence: light buoys (lateral), through Dahongpai Hangdao
(213800N 1083500E), passing:
Chinese Notice 37/1532/17 [NP30/No.104/Wk.43/17] Clear of a dangerous wreck (213472N
1083515E), reported (2013), thence:
China – Qinzhou — Controlling depths; C1 Notice 45/1951/16 [NP30/No.52/Wk.49/16]

directions; berth information
China – Qinzhou — Controlling depths;
225 directions; berth information
226
Paragraph 7.21 2 table Replace by:
Complex and Number Largest berth,
ESE of a shoal (214141N 1083551E) with a position of length, depth
depth of 29 m, marked by W21 Light Buoy, the berths alongside (m)
shoal lies in the immediate proximity of the Dalanping Operating 8 Berth 1
channel, and: Area 767 m,
214050N 125 m to 148 m
Paragraph 7.20 11 line 1 For 1083580E Read 1083850E
1083583E.
Yingling Operating 6 Guangxi
Area petro--chemical pier
Paragraph 7.20 13 line 1 For 13 Read 12 214200N 500 m,
1083700E 149 m to 164 m
Guozishan Operating 2 Coal Wharf
Area 352 m,
Paragraph 7.20 14 lines 1--2 Replace by: 214260N 127 m
1083600E
SE of a shoal (213453N 1083848E) with a depth
of 25 m, thence: Legou Operating 4 Qinzhou Gang
SE of a shoal (213565N 1083916E) with a depth Area Wharf
of 16 m, thence: 214390N Total 1000 m,
SE of a shoal (213619N 1083949E) with a depth 1083488E 81 m to 121 m
of 07 m, thence:
Chinese Chart 16785 [NP30/No.50d/Wk.42/16]
China – Gulf of Tonkin –
15 ENE of a shoal (213774N 1084000E) which Tieshan Gang — anchorage
extends into the channel, with a depth of 05 m,
thence: 229
WSW of Dalanping Quay (7.21), thence: After Paragraph 7.62 1 line 6 Insert:
Chinese Chart 16785 [NP30/No.50c/Wk.42/16] 2 Bulk Cargo Anchorage (210643N 1085795E)
for vessels of 100 000 gt is situated in a rectangular
area 7½ miles NW of Weizhou Dao (7.71) in 21 to
China – Qinzhou — Racon; AIS 22 m, sand and mud.
225 BA Chart 3892 [NP30/No.53/Wk.18/17]
Paragraph 7.20 1 lines 12--13 Replace by: China -- Qiongzhou Haixa — Directions; racon
Qinzhou Gang E Channel Light Buoy No 19 239
(213745N 1084044E). After Paragraph 7.110 1 line 6 Insert:
Volume 2. Hai’an Gang Light (201614N 1101373E).
AIS: Chinese Chart 15813 [NP30/No.54/Wk.50/16]
Qingcaitou Dao Xishi Beacon (214187N
1083623E).
China -- Qiongzhou Haixa -- Hai’an Wan —
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Directions; depths; anchorage; berths
Volume 2.
240--241
ENC C1516781 [NP30/No.51/Wk.42/16] Paragraph 7.117 2 line 7 For 14 m Read 37 m
2 -- 113
Index
NP30
Paragraph 7.117 4 and 5 Replace by: Port Authority
7.157
4 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 1 Address. SDIC Yangpu Ltd, Xinpu Building, Yangpu
5 m, mud, good holding ground, 1¼ miles S of Hai’an Economic Devlopment Zone, Yangpu, Hainan, China.
Gang Light (white concrete tower, 27 m in height) Website. www.ypport.com
(201614N 1101373E).
Smaller vessels may anchor in depths of about
Limiting conditions
2 m, mud, about 1¾ miles ESE of the light.
5 Berths. The main quay (201618N 1101384E) of Controlling depths
the ferry terminal has a depth alongside of 09 m. 7.158
The deepest berth (201610N 1101273E) in the 1 Inner harbour controlling depths are as follows:
harbour to the W has a depth alongside of 34 m. Yangpu Shuidao channel. From Yangpugang No 1
Light Buoy (194187N 1090676E) to close SE
Chinese Chart 15813 [NP30/No.55/Wk.50/16] of Power Station Fuel Berth (7.169): controlling
depth in fairway 130 m.
China – Hainan Dao – Yinggehai — Anchorage Yangpu Gang Quay channel. From close SE of
242 Power Station Fuel Berth to Yangpu Gang Quay
(7.169): controlling depth in fairway 99 m.
Paragraph 7.129 1 lines 8--9 Replace by: 2 Yangpu Sha channel. From close SE of Power
Station Fuel Berth to Dry Bulk Quay (7.169):
Anchorage, radius 500 m, for the power plant is controlling depth in fairway 94 m.
centred on position 183240N 1083840E; depth Outer harbour controlling depths are as follows:
155 to 235 m, mud and sand. Petrochemical Terminal and Paper Industry Quay
2 Pilotage. The pilot boards in the anchorage. channel. Controlling depth 119 m.
Quarantine. The above anchorage is also a LNG Terminal channel. Controlling depth 143 m.
designated quarantine area. Caution. Depths may be significantly shoaler close
within channel limits.
Chinese Notice 35/1852 and marine information/2016
[NP30/No.56/Wk.40/16] Vertical clearance
7.158a
China – Hainan Dao – Basuo — 1 A bridge (194340N 1091264E) with an unknown
Limiting conditions; controlling depth vertical clearance spans Yangpu Gang at Baimajing.
242 Tidal levels

7.159
Paragraph 7.133 1 line 2 For 11 m Read 93 m 1 Mean maximum range about 48 m, mean minimum
range about 22 m. See information in Admiralty Tide
Tables.
BA chart 3893 [NP30/No.57/Wk.42/16]
Arrival information
China -- Hainan Dao -- Yangpu —
Port Information Outer anchorages
7.160
244--246 1 Principal anchorages are as follows:
Paragraphs 7.155--7.165 including headings and existing Anchorage Position Remarks
Section IV Notice Wk 37/16 Replace by: Vessels over
195100N 300 000 dwt, quarantine
No 1
1085650E anchorage & pilot
YANGPU boarding area
General information Vessels over
Chart 54 194900N 300 000 dwt, quarantine
No 2
Position and function 1085650E anchorage & pilot
7.155 boarding area
1 Yangpu (194355N 1091200E), located on the Vessels over
NW shore of Hainan Dao, is an important regional 194700N 300 000 dwt, quarantine
shipping hub for local and international trade. The port No 3
1085650E anchorage; pilot
handles steel products, machinery, palm oil, sugar, boarding area
paper products, dry bulk, crude and refined oil
194675N LNG vessels
products and general cargoes including containers. No 4
1090020E emergency anchorage
Baimajing (194320N 1091300E), an important
fishing port, lies close SE of Yangpu. 194675N
No 5 LNG vessels
1090180E
Topography
194540N General and quarantine
7.156 No 6
1090080E anchorage
1 The port provides natural shelter; the N and W
shores are generally rocky whereas the E and S 194530N Explosives and
No 7
shores are mainly beaches. 1090325E dangerous cargoes
2 -- 114
Index
NP30
Anchorage Position Remarks Natural conditions
7.164
Small and medium size 1 Tidal streams. With large tidal ranges tidal streams
194552N
No 8 vessels. Pilot boarding attain their greatest rates; within the narrows N of
1090737E
position No 3 Baimajing Jiao (194329N 1091269E) the out--going
194300N tidal stream may attain a rate of 3 kn. Consideration
No 9 Awaiting orders
1090260E should be given to entering harbour close to HW or
Small & medium LW.
194310N 2 Local weather. Typhoons affect the port three
No 10 vessels explosives
1090760E times a year on average, usually from July to
anchorage
September. Fog may affect the port, on average 16
193860N Typhoon & shelter for
No 11 days a year, from December to April, usually during
1090430E medium size vessels
the mornings.
Small & medium
193941N vessels explosives and
No 12 Directions for entering harbour
1090673E dangerous cargoes.
Typhoon anchorage. (continued from 7.153)
Awaiting orders and Other aids to navigation

typhoon anchorage. 7.165
194050N
No 13 Medium and handy size 1 Racons:
1090877E
vessels. No 6 pilot Dachan Jiao NE End Light (194112N
boarding position 1090612E).
195144N Explosives and Yangpu Wan Oil Base Light (194769N
No 14 1090844E).
1090306E dangerous cargoes
195165N Explosives and Volume 2.
No 15
1090788E dangerous cargoes
195200N BA Chart 54; ENC’s C1416510; C1316500; C1616561;
No 16 Unrestricted
1090990E C1616562; Chinese Notice 8/Marine Information/2017
[NP30/No.58a/Wk.12/17]
Pilotage
7.161
1 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots are provided from China – Hainan Dao – Yangpu — Directions
Haikou. The pilot boarding places are:
Vessel type Boarding place 246
300 000 dwt or greater Within anchorage areas Paragraph 7.166 1 and 2 Replace by:
No 1, 2 and 3
General use 194900N 1085900E 1 From Yangpu No 1 Anchorage and pilot boarding
place (194900N 1085644E), the track leads
General use Boarding area No 3 generally SE through the outer anchorages, to a
194541N 1090800E position on the leading line at the beginning of the
General use Within anchorage area 13, entrance channel.
boarding area No 6
194080N 1090880E Chinese Notice 32/1428/16 [NP30/No.59a/Wk.37/16]
Volume 6.
China -- Hainan Dao -- Yangpu —
Traffic regulations Port Information
7.162
1 A one way traffic scheme operates within the 246
entrance channel. Overtaking is prohibited.
Paragraphs 7.166 including heading and existing Section
Harbour IV Notice Wk 37/16 Replace by:
General layout
Approaches
7.163
7.166
1 The principal dry cargo berths lie on the N side of
1 From Yangpu No 2 Anchorage and pilot boarding
Yangpu Gangqu (194350N 1091200E).
place (194900N 1085650E) the track leads
The principal wet bulk berths are located in the
generally SE through the outer anchorages to a
vicinity of Shentou Gangqu (194654N 1090867E).
position on the leading line at the start of the entrance
Development channel.
7.163a
1 Land reclamation (2012) is taking place in the BA Chart 54; ENC’s C1416510; C1316500; C1616561;
vicinity of 194323N 1090966E, 194377N C1616562; Chinese Notice 8/Marine Information/2017
1091044E and 193979N 1091042E. [NP30/No.58b/Wk.12/17]
2 -- 115
Index
NP30
China – Hainan Dao – Yangpu — Directions Outer harbour channels
7.167a
246 1 Petrochemical Terminal and Paper Industry Quay
channel. From Yangpu No 2 anchorage (194900N
Paragraph 7.167 1, 2 and 3 Replace by: 1085650E) the track leads ESE for 11½ miles,
1 Leading lights: through the outer anchorages to a position close S of
Front light (pole, 41 m in height) (194166N SC02 Light Buoy (194477N 1090776E). The track
1091050E). then leads NE through a channel marked by light
Rear light (pole, 55 m in height) (4¾ cables from buoys (lateral) to the berths.
front light). 2 LNG Terminal channel. From Yangpu No 2
The alignment (0943) of these lights leads 3 miles anchorage (194900N 1085650E) the track leads
E through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to ESE for 11 miles, to a position between L1 and
a position at the beginning of the following leading L2 Light Buoys (lateral) (194685N 1090796E). The
line. track then leads generally E through a channel
2 Yangpu Gang Leading lights:
marked by light buoys (lateral and special) to the
Front light (black triangle, point up, on silver white
metal framework tower, 41 m in height) terminal.
(194386N 1091174E).
Rear light (black triangle, point down, on silver white Basins and berths
metal framework tower, 49 m in height) Anchorages and moorings
(3½ cables from front light). 7.168
3 The alignment (0455) of these lights leads NE 1 Anchorages:
through Yangpu Shuidao channel marked by light Yangpu Gangqu (194366N 1091163E); depth
buoys (lateral), passing SE of a 72 m shoal 5 m, mud.
(194291N 1091060E) to a position W of Yangpu Danzhou Wan (Baimajing) (194354N
Sha (194320N 1091135E). 1091301E); depths from 7 to 19 m.
The track then leads generally N, NE then E to
Moorings. There are multiple mooring buoys
round the N part (194360N 1091150E) of Zuitou
moored S of Dry Bulk Quay (7.169) and within
Sha, within the fairway marked by light buoys and
light beacons, to enter Yangpu Gangqu. Danzhou Wan.
Alongside berths
Chinese Notice 32/1428/16 [NP30/No.59b/Wk.37/16] 7.169
1 Inner berths. The main commercial berths are as
China -- Hainan Dao -- Yangpu — follows:
Port Information Yangpu Gang Quay (194377N 1091185E),
consists of three container berths at the W end
246 and two general cargo berths at the E end.
Continuous quay length about 5½ cables, depths
Paragraphs 7.167--7.171 including headings and existing from 89 to 108 m.
Section IV Notice Wk 37/16 Replace by: 2 Dry Bulk Quay (194356N 1091239E),
consists of three berths, quay length about
Inner harbour entrance channel 600 m, maximum depth 109 m.
7.167 Power Station Fuel Berth (194321N 1091091E),
1 Leading lights: consists of a T--shaped pier with dolphins, depth
Front light (pole, 41 m in height) (194166N 125 m.
1091050E). Outer berths. The main commercial berths are as
Rear light (pole, 55 m in height) (4¾ cables from follows:
front light). 3 Petrochemical Terminal (194565N
The alignment (0943) of these lights leads 3 miles 1090938E), consists of an inverted
E, through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral). F--shaped mole with a T--shaped pier at its
Yangpu Gang Leading Lights: head. The deepest berth is No 2; reported
2 Front light (black triangle, point up, on silver depth 153 m, maximum length 291 m.
white metal framework tower, 41 m in height) Paper Industry Quay (194605N 1090942E),
(194386N 1091174E). consists of an inverted F--shaped mole. Depths
Rear light (black triangle, point down, on silver white from 38 to 121 m.
metal framework tower, 49 m in height) 4 LNG Terminal (194679N 1090923E), consists
(3½ cables from front light). of a pier with dolphins extending 2½ cables
The alignment (0455) of these lights leads NE WNW from the shore; maximum depth 143 m.
through Yangpu Shuidao channel, marked by light
Crude Oil Jetty (194772N 1090841E), extends
buoys (lateral), passing:
3 SE of Yangpi Jiao Light Beacon (white square 1¼ miles from the shore. Depth reported as
stone tower, 12 m in height) (194281N 232 m, maximum length 340 m.
1091016E), thence: 5 Oil Product Terminal (194956N 1090944E),
SE of a 72 m shoal (194291N 1091060E), consists of pier which extends 1 mile from the
thence: shore with a crude oil berth for vessels up to
SE of Power Station Fuel Berth (7.169). a maximum 300 000 dwt; depth 243 m. A
The track then follows the channels, marked by finger jetty extends SW from the pier with an
light buoys (lateral), either side of Yangpu Gangqu oil product berth for vessels up to a maximum
(194357N 1091152E), to the berths. 50 000 dwt; 230 m in length, depth 145 m.
2 -- 116
Index
NP30
Port services China -- Hainan Dao -- Dazhou Dao —
Depth; channel
Repairs 251
7.170
1 Equipment repairs only. Paragraph 7.216 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
2 A bank with a least depth of 4.2 m (184088N
Supplies 1102752E) extends W from the N ridge of Dazhou
7.171 Dao. A channel, where anchoring and fishing are
1 Diesel; fresh water; provisions. prohibited, lies about 1 mile to the W of the bank.
Chinese Chart 16171/2017 [NP30/No.102/Wk.42/17]
BA Chart 54; ENC’s C1416510; C1316500; C1616561; China -- Hainan Dao -- Dazhou Dao to Baohu Jiao
C1616562; Chinese Notice 8/Marine Information/2017 — Directions; floating platform
[NP30/No.58c/Wk.12/17]
252
ESE of Futai 3001 Floating Platform (192680N
China -- Hainan Dao – Sanya — 1110185E), thence:
Directions; light buoys
Chinese Notice C1 44/1909/16 [NP30/No.61/Wk.48/16]
249 China – Dazhou Dao to Baohu Jiao — Directions

252
Paragraph 7.199 1 to 6 Replace by: Paragraph 7.223 2 lines 6--7 Replace by:
ESE of Luoni Yan (Lorne Rock) (192799N
1 From a position SSW of Sanya Jiao (181257N
1110182E), and:
1092826E) the track leads NNE, passing:
Clear of an offshore obstruction (193000N
ESE of a dangerous wreck (180860N 1112900E) reported in 2014, thence:
1092085E).
Thence the track continues NNE to the pilot Chinese Chart 15702 [NP30/No.62/Wk.37/16]
boarding place (181100N 1092603E) for Sanya,
thence to the vicinity of a light buoy (special) China – Hainan Dao – Qiongzhuo Haixia to
(181262N 1092691E) moored close S of No 1 Zhanjiang — General information; depths;
Anchorage. The track then leads NE, passing: directions; racon; AIS; leading lights
2 NW of Sanya Jiao (181257N 1092826E), 254
from which a light is exhibited, thence:
Between No 1 (181364N 1092840E) and No 2 After Paragraph 7.233 1 line 5 Insert:
(181376N 1092836E) Light Buoys (lateral), Caution. It is reported that the depths in the vicinity
thence: of 205900N 1104500E may be less than charted.
Between No 3 (181380N 1092868E) and No 4
(181390N 1092861E) Light Buoys (lateral), After Paragraph 7.236 1 line 5 Insert:
thence: Doulong Front Leading Light (205617N
3 To a position NW of Xiaoqing Zhou (181367N 1103781E).
1092910E).
Leading lights:
Front light (red triangle, point up, on 8--sided Paragraph 7.237 including heading Replace by:
concrete tower, black stripe, 18 m in height)
(181429N 1092991E). Middle Passage to Zhanjiang Gang Light Vessel
4 Rear light (red triangle, point down, on white 7.237
metal tower, 29 m in height) (1½ cables from 1 From the vicinity of Middle Passage No 1 Light
front light). Buoy (201539N 1110436E) the track leads NNW,
The alignment (0715) of these lights leads through passing:
the entrance channel, marked with light buoys ENE of the NE end (202218N 1105900E) of
(lateral), to a position about 6½ cables from the front Beifang Qiantan, thence:
light, where a branch of the fairway leads ESE ENE of a shoal (202500N 1105780E), with a
towards Sanya Salvage Pier (181399N 1092955E). depth of 92 m, thence:
5 The main fairway continues NE, to a position about ENE of a dangerous wreck (202996N
3½ cables from the front light, where a branch of the 1105724E), thence:
fairway leads ESE to Turning Basin No 2 (181408N 2 ENE of North Channel No 1 Light Buoy
1092985E). (203099N 1105663E), thence:
The main fairway then continues NE to Turning ENE of the outer part (203210N 1105040E) of a
Basin No 3 (181426N 1092979E). bank with a depth of 74 m, thence:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (204306N
1105895E) the position of which is approximate,
BA chart 3893 [NP30/No.60/Wk.42/16] thence:
2 -- 117
Index
NP30
3 ENE of a dangerous wreck (204211N 4 NNE of a dangerous wreck (205663N
1104115E) the position of which is 1103780E), thence:
approximate, thence: NNE of the coastal bank (205681N 1103746E),
ENE of the outer part of a bank (204692N parts of which dry, and on which there are several
1104190E), thence: dangerous rocks.
ENE of a dangerous wreck (204794N Thence the track leads to Zhanjiang south pilot
1104402E), and: boarding place (205821N 1103727E).
4 ENE of a light buoy (lateral) (204882N
1104548E), thence: (Directions continue for Zhanjiang at 7.261)
ENE of a fish haven (204874N 1104212E),
thence: BA chart 3893 [NP30/No.63/Wk.42/16]
WSW of unexploded ordnance (205162N
1104772E), the position of which is
approximate, thence: China – Shuidong —
5 ENE of a spoil ground (205252N 1104012E) Basins and Berths; anchorages
fronting an area of shoals and dangers
marked by No 1 Light Buoy (E cardinal), 262
thence:
ENE of an area of obstructions (205553N Paragraph 7.300 1 Replace by:
1104295E), thence:
To a position E of Zhanjiang Gang Light Vessel 1 Anchorages:
(7.236). Berth Position and remarks
No 5 Centred on 212856N 1110499E
(Directions to the S pilot boarding place Depths from about 5 to 10 m
are given at 7.239)
No 6 Centred on 212954N 1110391E
Extends from berths on W side of
channel to No 7 Light Buoy
(212961N 1110363E).
ENE of a dangerous wreck (205220N Depths from 4 to 114 m but contains
1105172E), and: numerous charted dangers.
1110190E), thence:
Chinese Chart 15570 [NP30/No.64/Wk.37/16]
255
China – Shui Dong to Yangjiang — Directions
262--263
1 From a position E of Zhanjiang Gang Light Vessel Paragraph 7.309 1--6 Replace by:
(7.236) the track leads W on the following leading
lights: 1 From the pilot boarding place (212262N
Doulong Cun Leading Lights: 1110834E) for Shui Dong the track leads ESE,
Front light (white four--sided pyramidal brick tower, passing:
7 m in height) (205617N 1103781E). SSW of a shoal (212207N 1110949E), with a
Rear light (round stone pile, black and white depth of 99 m, thence:
chequered bands, 26 m in height) (200 m from Clear of the dangerous wreck (212089N
front light). 1111043E), thence:
2 The alignment (2700) of these lights leads W, SSW of a rock (212222N 1111447E), with a
passing N of an area of obstructions (205553N depth of 27 m, thence:
1104295E) to a position close NW of Zhanjiang To a position S of Shui Dong SBM (212090N
Gang Light Vessel (7.236) and the following leading 1112462E). The track then leads NE, passing:
lights: NW of an obstruction (211761N 1112796E), the
Longshui Ling Leading Lights: position of which is approximate, thence:
Front light (white 6--sided pyramidal stone tower, Clear of a dangerous wreck (212446N
11 m in height) (210113N 1103223E). 1113643E), the position of which is
Rear light (similar structure) (6 cables from front approximate, thence:
light). 2 SE of a rock (212993N 1113944E), with a
3 The alignment (3038) of these leading lights leads depth of 128 m, thence:
towards Zhanjiang south pilot boarding place, passing: SE of a rock (213069N 1114073E), with a depth
NNE of an area of fishing stakes (205567N of 118 m, thence:
1103918E), thence: 3 SE of a dangerous wreck (213250N
NNE of the bank (205640N 1103826E) fronting 1114618E), thence:
Yanlou Jiao, thence: To the pilot boarding place (213300N 1114750E)
SSW of a dangerous wreck (205779N for Yangjiang.
1103863E), the position of which is
approximate, and: Chinese Chart 15570 [NP30/No.65/Wk.37/16]
2 -- 118
Index
NP30
China – Shui Dong to Yangjiang — China – Yangjiang — Limiting conditions;
Anchorages and harbours; Yangxi Coal Terminal controlling depth; harbour; anchorages
263 264
Yangxi Coal Terminal ...fronted by three anchor berths and two turning circles.
7.314a
1 General information. Yangxi Coal Terminal
(213194N 1114050E) is located about 2 miles ENE BA Chart 1536 [NP30/No.69/Wk.16/17]
of Shuangyu Zui, on the N side of a pier and
breakwater extending 3½ cables SE and E from
shore. A light (7.310) is exhibited from the E end of China -- Yangjang Gang and approaches —
the breakwater. Pilotage; position
2 The approach channel is marked by light buoys
(lateral) leading between several shoal areas with 264
depths of 48 m to 100 m. Least depth in the turning
basin is 124 m. The entrance to the channel is Paragraph 7.326 1 lines 1--2 For (213300N 1114653E)
marked by No 1 Light Buoy (213171N 1114177E),
equipped with a racon. Read (213300N 1114757E)

Chinese Chart 15591 and ENC C1515591
[NP30/No.70/Wk.24/17]
China – Yangjiang — Arrival information; outer
anchorages
China -- Yangjiang — Wreck
264
1 Anchorage Position and Paragraph 7.327 1 line 4 Replace by:
Remarks
...area. A stranded wreck (213498N 1114901E) lies
No 1 Medium Vessel 212870N 1113390E close W of the breakwater.
Waiting and Typhoon
No 1 Explosives 213233N 1114470E Chinese Notice 37/1690/16 [NP30/No.71/Wk.41/16]
Explosives 213300N 1114600E
A dangerous wreck
(213250N 1114618E) China – Yangjiang — Limiting conditions;
lies on its S limit. controlling depth; harbour; anchorages
2 Quarantine 213300N 1114750E
Also pilot boarding place 264
No 2 Explosives 213240N 1114891E Paragraph 7.327 1 lines 1--7 including existing Section IV
A dangerous wreck Notice Week 41/16 line 4 Replace by:
(213244N 1114957E)
lies in the E part of the 1 Zhapo. Shallow draught vessels may anchor within
anchorage. Zhapo Gang and close W of the breakwater. Winds
No 1 Large Vessel Waiting 212750N 1114440E from N, NW and SW send a heavy swell into the
and Typhoon area. A stranded wreck (213498N 1114901E) lies
3 No 2 Large Vessel Waiting 212500N 1115140E close W of the breakwater.
and Typhoon Jishu. There are three anchor berths, in depths
from 78 to 119 m, in the river. Mooring buoys lie
Lightering 212600N 1120430E
Waiting and Typhoon within anchor berths 2 and 3.
No 2 Medium Vessel 214150N 1120850E BA Chart 1536 [NP30/No.72/Wk.16/17]
Waiting and Typhoon
Chinese Chart 15570 [NP30/No.67/Wk.37/16] China -- Approaches to Gaolan -- South--east of

Wuzhu Zhou — Wreck
China -- Yangjang Gang and approaches —
Pilotage; position 265

Paragraph 7.322 1 line 2 For (213300N 1114653E) ...of Wuzhu Zhou, and:
Read (213300N 1114757E) Clear of a dangerous wreck (213510N
1125500E), reported (2017), thence:
[NP30/No.68/Wk.24/17] Chinese Notice 45/1781/17 [NP30--No 119--Wk 49/17]
2 -- 119
Index
NP30
China -- Approaches to Gaolan Gangqu and China -- Gaolan — Harbour; berths
Zhuhai Gang — Depth; pilotage
267
267 Paragraph 7.357 1 including existing Section IV Notice
1 The entrance channel leads to access channels for
each of the four main berthing areas:
BA Chart 1557/2017 & ENC C1515511
Complex Position
[NP30/No.112a/Wk.47/17]
Oil and petrochemical 215375N 1131368E
terminal
China -- Gaolan — Vessel traffic service Yan’gu and Jiufeng LPG 215478N 1131291E
Terminals
267
Zhuhai LNG terminal 215420N 1131303E
Above Paragraph 7.355 Insert: Container terminal 215624N 1131352E
Power station and steel 215700N 1131170E
Vessel traffic service works
7.354a
1 Zhuhai VTS is in operation for the control of BA Chart 1557/2017 [NP30--No 124--Wk 51/17]
shipping. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6. China -- Gaolan —
Directions; entrance channel; light buoys
Chinese Notice 44/1747/17 [NP30--No 117--Wk 48/17] 268
China -- Approaches to Gaolan Gangqu and
Zhuhai Gang — Depth; pilotage WSW of No 13 Light Buoy (215205N
1131307E). A branch channel leads generally
267 NE from this area to the oil and petrochemical
terminal. Thence:
Paragraph 7.356 1 lines 3--13 Replace by: ESE of No 18 Light Buoy (215421N 1131243E).
A branch channel leads generally NNE from this
Position Remarks area to the LPG terminal. Thence:
No 1 Vessels draught 6 m or greater. Paragraph 7.363 3 lines 1--2 For (215471N 1131254E)
215050N Read (215474N 1131250E)
1131340E
No 2 Vessels draught less than 6 m. BA Chart 1557/2017 & ENC C1515511
215350N [NP30/No.114/Wk.47/17]
1131250E
215350N Within Oil and Petrochemical China -- Gaolan —
1131350E Terminal Basins and berths; alongside berths
215231N Waiting and Typhoon Anchorage 268
1130406E
BA Chart 1557/2017 & ENC C1515511 1 Complex No of Largest berth,
[NP30/No.112b/Wk.47/17] berths length
and depth alongside (m)
China -- Gaolan — Harbour; berths Container 4 410
terminal 152
267 Oil terminal 6 218
(Hualian) 109
Paragraph 7.357 1 lines 3--8 Replace by: Petrochemical 10 180
terminal 128
Complex Position (Sinochem)
Oil and petrochemical 215375N 1131368E Chemicals 3 398
terminal terminal (Yide) 102
Yan’gu and Jufeng LPG 215478N 1131291E 2 Power station 1 550
Terminals coal wharf 14
Container terminal 215624N 1131352E LPG 2 Yan’gu
Power station and steel 215700N 1131170E
330
works
12
BA Chart 1557/2017 & ENC C1515511 BA Chart 1557/2017 & ENC C1515511
[NP30/No.113/Wk.47/17] [NP30/No.115/Wk.47/17]
2 -- 120
Index
NP30
China -- Gaolan — Paragraph 8.64 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Basins and berths; alongside berths
1 From the vicinity of the Outer Harbour fairway light
buoy the track leads WNW for 13 miles through a
268
44 m dredged channel, marked by light buoys.
Paragraph 7.365 1 and 2 including existing Section IV Paragraph 8.64 1 lines 8--13 Replace by:
Notice Week 47/17 Replace by:
Front light (black metal structure) (221177N
1133329E).
1 Complex No of Largest berth, Rear light (similar structure, 1 cable from front light).
berths length
and depth alongside (m) Paragraph 8.65 1 and heading Replace by:
Container 4 410 Spare
terminal 152 8.65
Oil terminal 6 218
(Hualian) 109
1 Macao Porto Exterior Mole DS1 Light (yellow
Oil Terminal 3 242
beacon) (221066N 1133482E).
(Hengjidaxin) 117
Petrochemical 10 180 ENC C1515475; Chinese Chart 15476/16
terminal 128 [NP30/No.73/Wk.42/16]
(Sinochem)
Chemicals 3 398 China -- Hong Kong — Pilotage
terminal (Yide) 102 287
2 Power station 1 550
coal wharf 14
Urmston Road (222400N 1135373E and
LPG 7 Yan’gu
222502N 1135320E).
330
102 ENC’s C1515435; C1515445 [NP30/No.74/Wk.09/17]
LNG 1 LNG Pier
390 China -- Hong Kong -- West Lamma Channel —
133 Directions; wreck
298
BA Chart 1557/2017 [NP30--No 125--Wk 51/17] After Paragraph 8.225 1 line 6 Insert:
Caution. A wreck (221308N 1140398E), with a
China -- Gaolan Dao — Tower depth of 22 m, lies 2¼ miles WSW of Shek Kok Tsui
Light.
269 Chinese Notice 16/53/2017 [NP30/No.96/Wk.37/17]
China -- Hong Kong -- Ha Mei Wan — Depth
Clear of Jin Wan Tower (215258N 1132607E), 299
thence:
MV Yokohama Pioneer [NP30/No.103/Wk.43/17] Depths. The least depth in the approach channel to
the jetty is 146 m (221183N 1140622E). Depths in
the bay are less than 10 m.
China -- Macao — Directions; buoyage;
leading lights; lights Chinese Notice 17/58/17 [NP30/No.99/Wk.40/17]
277 China -- Hong Kong -- Black Point to Kau Yi Chau

— Pilotage; buoyage
Paragraph 8.63 1 lines 5--6 For 220870N 1133941E
Read 220879N 1133941E 300
Paragraph 8.63 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: 1 Black Point to Kau Yi Chau. From the vicinity of
Urmston Road pilot boarding places (8.154) the route
2 Thence the track leads to a position SW of leads SSE to the vicinity of TSK Light Buoy (safe
Jiuzhougang Hangdao No 1 Light Buoy (220938N water) (222177N 1135482E), thence to the vicinity
1133820E). The track then continues NW to the of Tuen Mun Light Buoy (safe water) (222118N
vicinity of M2 Light Buoy (220994N 1133683E) for 1135602E), N of Hong Kong International Airport, ...
passage beneath the bridges to Porto Interior (8.56),
or to Outer Harbour fairway light buoy (221046N Hong Kong Marine Department NM No 18/2017
1133647E) for passage to Porto Exterior (8.64). [NP30/No.75/Wk.09/17]
2 -- 121
Index
NP30
China -- Hong Kong -- Black Point to Kau Yi Chau China -- Hong Kong -- Black Point to Kau Yi Chau
— Regulations; Marine Park — Pilotage; buoyage
312
302
Paragraph 8.305 1 line 8 For UR2 Read TSK Light
The Brothers Marine Park (221973N Paragraph 8.305 1 lines 12--13 For 222341N
1135898E); marked by light buoys (special), 1135365E Read 222502N 1135320E
extending from The Brothers (8.247) to Lantau
Island. No power driven vessel shall exceed Hong Kong Marine Department NM No 18/2017
speeds of 10 kn. Except for Sham Shui Kok [NP30/No.77b/Wk.09/17]
anchorages No 1 (8.262) and No 2 (8.263), no
vessel shall moor or anchor within the park without China -- Zhujiang Kou — Directions
the permission of the Country and Marine Parks
Authority. 313
China C2 (HK) Notice 01/02/2017 Paragraph 8.315 1 line 8 Replace by:

[NP30/No.76/Wk.07/17] ...(221404N 1134981E).
To a position about 1¼ miles W of Tsing Lam Kok
China -- Hong Kong -- Black Point to Kau Yi Chau (221403N 1135049E).
— Pilotage; buoyage Paragraph 8.315 1 line 11 For 8.316 Read 8.332
304 Chinese Chart 15435 [NP30/No.86a/Wk.30/17]
China -- Hong Kong -- Black Point to Kau Yi Chau
1 From the vicinity of Urmston Road pilot boarding — Pilotage; buoyage
places (8.154), the track leads SSE, through the
fairway of Urmston Road marked by lights and light 313
buoys, passing:
Paragraph 8.316 3 line 1 For UR 2 Read TSK
Paragraph 8.247 2 line 4 For UR2 Read TSK
Hong Kong Marine Department NM No 18/2017
Paragraph 8.247 3 lines 2--3 Replace by: [NP30/No.77c/Wk.09/17]
Either side of Tuen Mun Light Buoy (safe water) China -- Zhujiang Kou — Directions
(222118N 1135602E), thence:
313
Hong Kong Marine Department NM No 18/2017
[NP30/No.77a/Wk.09/17] Paragraph 8.316 including heading and Existing Section IV
China -- Hong Kong -- Tsing Yi — Spare
Directions; wreck 8.316
304 Chinese Chart 15435 [NP30/No.86b/Wk.30/17]
Paragraph 8.250 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: China -- Hong Kong -- Lantau Island — Wreck
Under Ting Kau Bridge (222184N 1140479E)
313
(8.243), thence:
Clear of a stranded wreck which lies in position After Paragraph 8.317 line 11 Insert:
222184N 1140543E.
Chinese Notice 16/54/2017 [NP30/No.97/Wk.37/17] 1134925E), position approximate, reported (2017),
lies close S of anchorage No 23DY.
China -- Hong Kong -- Lantau Island -- Chinese Notice 21/73/17 [NP30/No.106/Wk.46/17]
Tung Chung Wan — Development
China -- Zhujiang Kou -- Tsing Lam Kok to
306 Shenzhen through Tonggu Channel —
Route; directions
313
Developments. Works are underway (2017) to
construct new facilities (221901N 1135727E) close Paragraph 8.319 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
E of the airport. 1 From a position about 1¼ miles W of Tsing Lam
A bridge (221837N 1135792E), is under
Kok (221403N 1135049E), the route leads NNW
construction (2017) connecting the new facilities SE to
Lantau Island. for 4½ miles, to a position S of T2 Light Buoy
(221884N 1134812E). Thence NNE for 9 miles,
Hong Kong Notice 23/81/17 through Tonggu Channel to the precautionary area
[NP30--No 121--Wk 50/17] (222659N 1135291E) at Shenzhen.
2 -- 122
Index
NP30
314 China -- Hong Kong -- Longgu West Fairway —
Paragraph 8.330 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: 314
Paragraph 8.333 including existing section IV Notice Week
Tsing Lam Kok to T2 Light Buoy 30/17 Replace by:
8.330 1 From a position about 1¼ miles W of Tsing Lam
1 From a position about 1¼ miles W of Tsing Lam Kok (221403N 1135049E) (8.315), the track leads
Kok (221403N 1135049E), the route leads NNW NNW to a position SE of Mayou Shijiao Light Vessel
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to a (221661N 1134827E).
position S of T2 Light Buoy (preferred channel to port) Thence the track leads NNE through Longgu West
(221884N 1134812E). Fairway, marked by light buoys, passing:
Clear of an obstruction (221702N 1134890E)
Paragraph 8.331 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: with a depth of 48 m, thence:
2 WNW of a dangerous wreck (222078N
1135164E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
T2 Light Buoy to Shenzhen danger), thence:
8.331 WNW of Bai Pai (222163N 1135207E), an islet,
1 From a position S of T2 Light Buoy (221884N marked on its W side by a light buoy (W cardinal),
1134812E), the track leads NNE through Tonggu thence:
Channel marked by light buoys to the precautionary 3 WNW of Lung Kwu Chau (222275N 1135300E),
area (222659N 1135291E) at Shenzhen. from which Lung Kwu Chau Light (8.245) is exhibited.
The island is a marine park and a restricted area is
ENC C1615431 [NP30/No.78/Wk.10/17] established around it.
Thence the track continues NNE to a position in
Urmston Road, N of Lung Kwu Chau.
(Directions for passage SE to Hong Kong are given
China -- Zhujiang Kou -- Longgu West Fairway — at 8.245)
Directions
4 The track then leads NNW to the precautionary
area (222659N 1135291E) at Shenzhen.
314 Useful marks:
Pak Chau (222139N 1135247E), 9 m high.
Paragraph 8.333 1 lines 1--11 Replace by: White Rock (222164N 1135212E), 1 m in height.
(Directions continue
1 From a position about 1¼ miles W of Tsing Lam for entering Shenzhen Harbour at 8.352
Kok (221403N 1135049E) (8.315), the track leads and for passage to Shanban Zhou at 8.378)
NNW to a position SE of Mayou Shijiao Light Vessel Chinese Notice 21/73/17 [NP30/No.107/Wk.46/17]
(221661N 1134827E).
Thence the track leads NNE through Longgu West China -- Shenzen -- Chiwan Fairway —
Fairway, marked by light buoys, passing: Controlling depth
WNW of a dangerous wreck (222078N
314
1135164E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence: Paragraph 8.338 1 line 2 For 105 Read 100
2 WNW of Bai Pai (222163N 1135207E), an
islet, marked on its W side by a light buoy (W Chinese Chart HK1504 [NP30/No.80/Wk.12/17]
cardinal), thence:
WNW of Lung Kwu Chau (222275N 1135300E), China -- Zhujiang Kou -- Tsing Lam Kok to
from which Lung Kwu Chau Light (8.245) is Shenzhen through Tonggu Channel —
Route; directions
exhibited. The island is a marine park and a
restricted area is established around it. 316
3 Thence the track continues NNE to a position in
Urmston Road, N of Lung Kwu Chau.
1 From a position S of T2 Light Buoy (221884N
(Directions for passage SE to 1134812E), at the SW entrance to Tonggu Channel
Hong Kong are at 8.245) the route leads N for 19½ miles, through Zhujiang Kou
The track then leads NNW to the precautionary marked by lights and light buoys to a position E of
area (222659N 1135291E) at Shenzhen. Shanban Zhou (224303N 1133946E).
Useful marks: Paragraph 8.368 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Pak Chau (222139N 1135247E), 9 m high.
White Rock (222164N 1135212E), 1 m in height. 1 From a position S of T2 Light Buoy (221884N
1134812E) (8.330), at the SW entrance to Tonggu
(Directions continue for entering Channel, the track leads N through Lingding Yang and
Shenzhen Harbour at 8.352 Lingding Shuidaol marked by lights and light buoys, to
and for passage to Shanban Zhou at 8.378) the vicinity of No 39 Light Buoy close S off Nansha
Gang Container Wharf (223839N 1134033E).
Chinese Chart 15435 [NP30/No.87/Wk.30/17] Chinese Chart HK1504 [NP30/No.79/Wk.12/17]
2 -- 123
Index
NP30
China – Zhujiang Kou – Ma Zhou to Shanban China -- South coast -- Shanwei Gang —
Zhou — Directions; wreck Directions; shoal
317 348
Paragraph 9.168 4 including existing Section IV Wk 46/17
Replace by:
4 SSE of Sandianjin (224682N 1151981E), a
group of drying rocks, from which a light
(white round concrete pile, 10 m in height) is
China -- Mirs Bay -- Shayuyong and Xiadong exhibited.
Harbours — Approaches; light buoys Thence, once clear of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (224678N 1152035E), the track leads
335 generally SE, passing:
Paragraph 9.63 2 lines 6--8 Replace by: SW of the numerous wharfs and jetties, and:
Clear of a shoal with depths less than 25 m,
...of a set of leading lights through a buoyed channel extending N and E of the breakwater, thence:
(lateral). Xiadong Harbour is also approached from the S The track continues generally SE, clear of
through a buoyed channel. numerous shoal patches and on to the inner leading
line.
Chinese Notice 18/63/2017 [NP30/No.101/Wk.42/17] Caution. Two mooring buoys (224612N 1152097E
and 224605N 1152102E) lie on the inner leading line.
China -- South east coast -- Zhelang Yan --
Directions; wreck Chinese Chart 15343 [NP30--No 126b--Wk 52/17]
346 China -- Shanwei -- Berths; depth
...1154160E), position approximate, reported Paragraph 9.169 2 line 3 For 7 m Read 47 m
(2010).
NNW of a dangerous wreck (222952N BA Chart 1372 [NP30/No.110/Wk.46/17]
1154378E), position approximate.
China -- Honghai Wan -- Shanwei Gang —
BA Chart 1372 [NP30/No.108/Wk.46/17] Haifeng Power Plant
348
China -- South East Coast -- Shanwei and After Paragraph 9.172 3 line 4 Insert:
approaches — Directions; buoyage
347 Haifeng Power Plant

9.172a
Paragraph 9.162 2 line 5 Replace by: 1 General information. Haifeng Power Plant
(224476N 1150260E) is a coal fuelled power plant
...relatively shallow shoal marked by four light buoys situated on the W shore of Honghai Wan. The berths
(special) moored 1 mile SE, thence: are protected by a breakwater which extends 6 cables
Chinese Notice 12/428/2017 [NP30/No.82/Wk.24/17] S and SW from the shore. The Haifeng Huacheng
Energy Terminal, a jetty extending 1½ cables N and
NE from the shore, is situated 1½ miles SW of the
China -- South coast -- Shanwei Gang — harbour. Pilots board from the outer anchorages.
Directions; shoal
2 Directions. From a position on the SW approach to
348 Honghai Wan, ESE of Dongding Yu (223805N
1150558E) (9.162), the track leads NW to a position
After Paragraph 9.168 3 line 3 Insert: close WSW of Huarundianchang No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (223914N 1150571E). The track
NNW of a shoal with a depth of 23 m (224643N
then leads NNW through a channel marked by light
1151925E), SW of No 3 Light Buoy, thence:
buoys (lateral), with depths of about 160 m, into the
Chinese Chart 15343 [NP30--No 126a--Wk 52/17] harbour.
Anchorage. Outer anchorages:
3 Anchorage No 1 (223860N 1150740E).
China -- Shanwei — Directions; depths Anchorage No 2 (223600N 1150900E).
Berths:
348
Coal Berth; 273 m in length.
Paragraph 9.168 4 lines 8--10 Replace by: Heavy Lift Berth; 138 m in length.
Energy Terminal Inner Berth; 140 m in length,
...and thence S, passing clear of patches with depths of 11 including dolphins, depth 56 m.
and 13 m (224643N 1152078E and 224638N Energy Terminal Outer Berth; 140 m in length,
1152076E, respectively), on to the inner leading line. including dolphins, depth 68 m.
BA Chart 1372 [NP30/No.109/Wk.46/17] Chinese Chart 15335 [NP30/No.88/Wk.30/17]
2 -- 124
Index
NP31
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2016 Edition) After Paragraph 2.50 1 line 7 Insert:
Ardasier Bank No 4 Light Buoy (special) (74013N
Routes – Singapore to Hong Kong — 1142087E).
Directions; platforms; lights Ardasier Bank No 5 Light Buoy (special) (74300N
1140726E).
71
BA 1338 [NP31/No.5/Wk.44/16]
Routes – Singapore to Hong Kong —
6 NW of ERB West Oilfield (W platform KINDP–A) Directions; platforms; lights
(62150N 1151840E), thence:
Clear of platforms Kebabangan (62666N 76
1152363E) and KBB (63687N 1152157E), Paragraph 2.80 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
thence:
1 Fiery Cross Reef Light (93330N 1125415E)
Chart 1338, Chinese Notice 27/1235/16 (2.49).
[NP31/No.1/Wk.40/16] Fiery Cross Reef SW Light (93250N 1125310E).
Chart 1338, Chinese Notice 27/1235/16
Malaysia -- Sabah -- North--west coast — [NP31/No.6/Wk.40/16]
Directions; platform
Dangerous Ground--South--West Part —
71 Islands, reefs, banks and shoals; major light
Paragraph 2.15 6 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV 76

Notice Week 40/16 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.80 1 line 2 Insert:
6 NW of ERB West Oilfield (W platform KINDP--A) Fiery Cross Reef Light SW (93250N 1125310E).
62150N 1151840E), thence:
Clear of platform Kebabangan (62666N Chinese Notice 27/1235/16 [NP31/No.7/Wk.31/16]
1152363E), thence:
China Sea -- Dangerous Ground —
Malaysian Notice 3/62/2017 [NP31/No.2/Wk.19/17] Other aids to navigation; racon
76
Dangerous Ground —
General information; major lights Paragraph 2.81 1 lines 2--3 Delete

Ardasier Bank No 4 Light Buoy (special) (74013N
After Paragraph 2.49 2 line 5 Insert: 1142087E).
Subi Reef Light (lighthouse, 50 m in height) Ardasier Bank No 5 Light Buoy (special) (74300N
(105600N 1140606E). 1140726E).
2 A tower (80716N 1143466E) is located 4 miles
Fiery Cross Reef Light SW (93250N 1125310E). from the W end of the reef. A light buoy (special),
fitted with a racon, is moored 14 miles E of the tower
Chinese Notice 27/1235/16 [NP31/No.3/Wk.31/16]
(see 2.81).
Routes – Singapore to Hong Kong — BA 1338 [NP31/No.8/Wk.44/16]

Directions; platforms; lights
Dangerous Ground--South--West Part —
73 Islands, reefs, banks and shoals; major light

Fiery Cross Reef Light (white eight--sided concrete
tower, 32 m in height) (93330N 1125415E). ...40 m between them. Lights (2.49) are exhibited from...
Fiery Cross Reef SW Light (93250N 1125310E). Paragraph 2.101 2 line 2 For light Read lights
Chart 1338, Chinese Notice 27/1235/16
[NP31/No.4/Wk.40/16]
Routes – Singapore to Hong Kong —
China Sea -- Dangerous Ground — Directions; platforms; lights
Other aids to navigation; racon
78
Paragraph 2.50 1 lines 2--3 Delete ...40 m between them. Lights (2.49) are exhibited from...
2 -- 125
Index
NP31
Paragraph 2.101 2 line 2 For light Read lights Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Bintulu —
Directions; leading lights, light
Chart 1338, Chinese Notice 27/1235/16 116

[NP31/No.10/Wk.40/16]
79 1 Approach. From the vicinity of the Fairway Light

Buoy (safe water) (31246N 1130087E) the channel
Paragraph 2.102 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: is marked by light buoys, the positions of which may
change due to silting. Multiple wrecks lie in the
3 Itu Aba Island (102250N 1142183E), which is approaches to Batang Kemena.
covered with scrub and trees. A light Useful marks:
(102250N 1142180E) is exhibited from the Kuala Kemena Light (31116N 1130205E).
island. There are...
Malaysian Notice 10/197/16 [NP31/No.13/Wk.49/16]
After Paragraph 2.108 1 line 7 Insert: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- North--west coast —

Directions; AIS
Major light:
Subi Reef Light (lighthouse, 50 m in height) 117
(105600N 1140610E).
Chinese Notice 19/882/16 [NP31/No.10/Wk.40/16] Beting Nyalau Light Beacon (34662N
1130417E).
Permatang Payung Light Beacon (34752N
Dangerous Ground -- North--west part — 1130867E).
Subi Reef; major light
Marine Department of Malaysia [NP31/No.14/Wk.19/17]
79
Brunei -- Tali Oil Field — Directions; lights
124
Major lights:
Subi Reef Light (lighthouse, 50 m in height) Paragraph 5.15 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
(105600N 1140606E).
1 Tanjung Baram Light (43569N 1135863E)
(4.166).
BANM 24/3110/16 [NP31/No.11/Wk.31/16]
Seria Lumat Light (white and red square tower)
(43897N 1142451E).
Malaysia – Sarawak – Kuala Rajang —
Directions; obstruction Brunei Notice 63/2017 [NP31/No.19/Wk.30/17]
106 Malaysia -- Sabah -- Teluk Kimanis —

Sabah Oil and Gas Terminal
144
Clear of an obstruction, reported (2016) (20780N
1110696E), thence: Paragraph 6.26 Replace by:
Marine Department, Sarawak Notice 98(T)/16 Sabah Oil and Gas Terminal
[NP31/No.12/Wk.03/17] 6.26
1 General information. The Sabah Oil and Gas
Terminal is located in Teluk Kimanis (53900N
Borneo -- Pelabuhan Bintulu — Depths 1154600E) and consists of two SPMs.
Pilotage is compulsory. The Pilot boarding ground
113 is at 54485N 1154858E.
Anchorage for vessels waiting to access a berth
Paragraph 4.136 1 line 2 For 109 m Read 140 m can be found 7 miles E of Pulau Tiga (54355N
1153938E), in depths of about 35 m.
2 SPMs. The following SPMs are moored in the bay:
After Paragraph 4.136 1 line 4 Insert: SPM 1 (54070N 1154860E); vessels with
maximum length 335 m and draught 209 m.
The approaches to the LNG berths are dredged to SPM 2 (54260N 1154930E); vessels with
135 m. maximum length 265 m and draught 147 m.
UKHO [NP31/No.20/Wk.35/17] H102 MT Celtic Sea [NP31/No.15/Wk.31/16]
2 -- 126
Index
NP31
Borneo north--west coast – Sabah – NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2015 Edition)
Teluk Kimanis — Oil and gas terminal
China — Emission Control Areas
144
7
Paragraph 6.26 1 lines 1--9 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 1.51 1 line 10 Insert:
Emission Control Areas
Sabah Oil and Gas Terminal 1.51a
6.26 1 The Chinese Ministry of Transport has announced
1 General information. The Sabah Oil and Gas the introduction of measures to reduce harmful
Terminal is located in Teluk Kimanis (53900N emissions from shipping on the Chinese coast. Three
1154600E) and consists of two SPMs. emission control areas are to be established in the
Pilotage is compulsory. The Pilot boarding ground Zhujiang (Pearl River) Delta, the Yangtze River Delta,
is at 54485N 1154858E. and in the Bohai Sea.
Anchorage for vessels waiting to access a berth 2 The new regulations will apply to all commercial
can be found 7 miles E of Pulau Tiga (54355N trading vessels from 1 January 2016. To comply with
1153938E), in depths of about 35 m.
the new requirements, vessels are to use fuel oil with
2 SPMs are moored in the bay:
a sulphur content of no more than 0.5% m/m, or other
SPM 1 (54070N 1154860E); vessels with
equivalent measures to reduce emissions including
maximum length 335 m and draught 209 m.
exhaust gas scrubbing, alternative clean fuels and
SPM 2 (54260N 1154930E); vessels with
maximum length 265 m and draught 147 m. shore power (cold ironing).
The new emission control areas are being established in
the following three locations:
MT Celtic Sea [NP31/No.16/Wk.40/16]
3 Zhujiang (Pearl River) Delta.
Sea zones: within an area bordered by a line
Philippines -- Palawan Passage — connecting a point on the coast midway between
Directions; platform Huizhou and Shanwei, which extends 12 nm
offshore, passing 12 nm from Zhentouyan, the Jia
156 Peng Islands, Wei Jia Island and Da Fan Shi
Island, to 12 nm from a point on the coast midway
Paragraph 7.14 4 lines 3--4 Delete between Jiangmen and Yangjiang, then to this
point on the coast. (Excluding the waters of Hong
Kong and Macau).
H102 May 2016 [NP31/No.17/Wk.31/16]
Inland waters: the navigable waters under the
administrative jurisdiction of 9 cities: Guangzhou,
Philippines -- Palawan -- Ulgan Bay — Dongguan, Huizhou, Shenzhen, Zhuhai,
Traffic regulations Zhongshan, Foshan, Jiangmen and Zhaoqing.
Key ports: Shenzhen, Guangzhou and Zhuhai.
165 4 Yangtze River Delta.
Sea zones: within an area bordered by a line
After Paragraph 7.75 1 line 5 Insert: connecting a point on the coast midway between
Nantong and Yancheng, which extends 12 nm
offshore, passing 12 nm from Wai Ke Jiao Island,
Traffic regulations
Sheshan Island, Hai Jiao, Southeast Reef, the
7.75a
Yashan Islands, and the Taizhou Islands, to 12 nm
1 Restricted area. Ulugan Bay has been designated
from a point on the coast midway between Taizhou
a Military Reservation Area, vessels are required to
and Wenzhou, then to this point on the coast.
obtain permission to enter fourteen days prior to the
Inland waters: the navigable waters under the
date of entry. administrative jurisdiction of 16 cities: Nanjing,
Zhenjiang, Yangzhou, Taizhou, Nantong,
Philippines Notice 38/2017 [NP31/No.18/Wk.19/17] Changzhou, Wuxi, Suzhou, Shanghai, Jiaxing,
Huzhou, Hangzhou, Shaoxing, Ningbo,
Zhoushan and Taizhou.
Philippines -- Manila —
Berths; anchorages and moorings Key ports: Shanghai, Ningbo-Zhoushan, Suzhou
and Nantong.
187 5 Bohai Sea.
Sea zones: within an area to the W of a line
After Paragraph 8.130 1 line 2 Insert: connecting the coast at Dandong in the N to
Weihai in the S.
There are three anchorages in depths from 87 to 128 m: Inland waters: the navigable waters under the
Anchorage No 1 (143635N 1205647E); administrative jurisdiction of 13 cities: Dalian,
Anchorage No 2 (143626N 1205673E); Yingkou, Panjin, Jinzhou, Huludao,
Anchorage No 3 (143637N 1205626E). Qinghuangdao, Tangshan, Tianjin, Cangzhou,
Binzhou, Dongying, Weifang and Yantai.
Philippine Notice 109/17 Key ports: Tianjin, Qinhuangdao, Tangshan and
[NP31/No.21/Wk.47/17] Huaye.
2 -- 127
Index
NP32
6 The implementation of the new requirements will take Taiwan -- South--West Coast -- Kao--Hsiung —
place, in five stages, as follows: Outer anchorages; wreck
From 1 January 2016, the ports in the emission 77
control areas may require vessels to use fuel oil
with a sulphur content not exceeding 05% m/m, Paragraph 2.50 6 including existing Section IV Notice
or equivalent emission reduction measures, when Week 52/15. Replace by:
at a berth (taken as being either at anchor or 6 No 4 Anchorage, an unrestricted anchorage in 11
alongside, with an allowance of one hour after to 50 m, lies immediately to the S and SW of the
arrival, and one hour prior to departure for fuel oil Second Entrance. A dangerous wreck lies in position
change over). Other emission reduction 223190N 1201750E.
measures may also be required. At the present
time it would appear that MARPOL requirements Chinese Notice 24/1152/2016 [NP32/No.3/Wk.29/16]
will apply in the new emission control areas until 1
January 2017, whilst measures are being taken to Mai Liao — Arrival information;
ensure sufficient supplies of low sulphur fuel oil in outer anchorages
the affected ports. Mariners are, however, advised 87
to contact their local agents prior to arrival to Paragraph 2.99 Replace by:
enquire of any particular local Maritime Safety
Agency emission reduction requirements in the Outer anchorages
three new emission control areas, in particular if 2.99
proceeding to one of the 11 key ports. 1 Anchorage may be obtained in designated
7 From 1 January 2017, while at a berth in a key anchorages as follows:
port within an emission control area, vessels Name Position (Centre) Depths
are to use fuel oil with a sulphur content not No 1 Quarantine 234660N 185 to
exceeding 05% m/m, or equivalent emission Anchorage 1200660E 27 m
reduction measures.
From 1 January 2018, while at a berth in any port No 2 Quarantine 234480N 122 to
within an emission control area, vessels are to use Anchorage 1200810E 184 m
fuel oil with a sulphur content not exceeding 05% The bottom is sand and the holding is reported to
m/m, or equivalent emission reduction measures. be poor in strong winds.
From 1 January 2019, vessels within an emission BA Chart 3231 [NP32/No.4/Wk.16/16]
control area are to use fuel oil with a sulphur
content not exceeding 05% m/m, or equivalent Taiwan -- T’ai--pei Kang — Anchorage
emission reduction measures.
8 By 31 December 2019, the authorities are to 100
evaluate the impact of the foregoing Paragraph 2.198 1 lines 7--12 Replace by:
mandatory requirements and may implement Outer anchorage area, the limits of which are
additional emission reduction measures. shown on the chart, is centred on 251043N
Further requirements may include (a) the use 1212150E, depths 14 to 24 m. The bottom is
of fuel oil with a sulphur content not reported to be mainly sand and not good holding
exceeding 01% m/m, (b) an enlargement of ground in bad weather.
the emission control areas, and/or (c) other
measures and initiatives. Although the new Chinese Notice 49/1973/2015 [NP32/No.5/Wk.01/16]
provisions do not address penalties for
non-compliance with the emission control Taiwan – T’aipei Kang — Arrival information;
requirements, existing Chinese legislation outer anchorage; obstruction
provides for fines of between RMB 10,000 100
(approx. USD 1,550) and RMB 100,000
(approx. USD 15,500) when a vessel does not Paragraph 2.198 1 lines 7--12 including existing Section IV
use the required fuel oil. Vessels that do not Week 01/16 Replace by:
have Bunker Delivery Notes onboard for a Outer anchorage area, is centred on 251043N
period of three years, or a fuel oil sample for 1212150E, depths 14 to 24 m. The bottom is
one year after bunkering, can be fined reported to be mainly sand and not good holding
between RMB 2,000 (approx. USD 310) and ground in bad weather. An obstruction lies in position
RMB 10,000 (approx. USD 1,550). 251000N 1212100E.
9 For further information, see the Peoples Republic
Taiwan Notice 35/2017 [NP32/No.6/Wk.20/17]
of China Ministry of Transport website at
http://www.mot.gov.cn/ Taiwan -- Chi--Lung Kang —
Basins and berths; alongside depths
Peoples Republic of China Ministry of Transport
[NP32/No.1/Wk.01/16] 107
Taiwan – Taiwan Strait – P’eng--hu Tao — Racon 2 East Berths:
E 2, passenger terminal, maximum length 200 m,
73 depth 90 m;
E 3--7, general cargo, maximum length 180 m,
After Paragraph 2.16 3 line 11 Insert: depths from 73 to 109 m;
E 8--11, East Container Terminal, maximum length
P’eng--hu Tao Buoy (233239N 1193146E). 240 m, depths from 98 to 141 m;
E 17--19, general and bulk cargoes, coastal ships,
Chinese Notice 46/1755/2015 [NP32/No.2/Wk.50/15] maximum length 220 m, depths from 39 to 88 m.
2 -- 128
Index
NP32
3 West Berths: 2 Anchorage. Anchorage for LNG vessels between
W 2, passengers, maximum length 204 m, depth 80 000 and 267 000 m3 can be obtained S of Yuedong
77 m; LNG Terminal (225000N 1162220E) in 25 m.
W 3--4, general cargo, maximum length 183 m,
Caution. The anchorage provides no shelter from
depths from 87 to 103 m;
W 7--8, general cargo, maximum length 183 m, typhoon, and vessels should seek alternate
depths from 82 to 94 m; anchorages in the event of a typhoon warning.
4 W 12B, bulk cargo, maximum length 251 m, least 3 Directions. From a position in the vicinty of the
charted depth 94 m, with a 44 m shoal patch LNG anchorage the track leads N, following the
at the NW extremity; alignment (3598) of a set of leading lights
W 14--15 general cargo, maximum length 170 m, (225613N 1162158E) into a buoyed approach
depth 81 m;
W 16--20, West Container Terminal (South Zone), channel (225414N 1162158E), towards a basin
maximum length 403 m, depths from 92 to (225535N 1162162E) serving the berths.
161 m; 4 Berths. The N berth is for heavy lift operations for
5 W 21--26, West Container Terminal (North Zone), the construction of the facility and has a reported
maximum length 300 m, depths from 98 to depth alongside of 56 m. The S berth handles LNG
140 m; tankers and has a reported depth of 139 m.
W 29--33, general, grain and bulk cargo, maximum
length 178 m, depths from 62 to 127 m.
Other berths shown on the chart but not listed Chinese C1 Notice 15/Marine Information Page/2017
here are non--operational and used variously by the [NP32/No.8/Wk.22/17]
military, customs, coastguard or harbour service craft.
Chinese Chart 0353A [NP32/No.7/Wk.24/17] China – Taiwan Strait –

Jinghai Wan — Anchorage
Philippines -- Balintang Channel --
Sabtang Island — Directions; shoal 139
Paragraph 3.54 2 lines 7--9 Replace by: Anchorage. A waiting anchorage, centred on
225780N 1163280E, has a least depth of 19 m,
...part of which a light is exhibited, thence:
mud.
BA Chart 4427 [NP32/No.181/Wk.36/17] After Paragraph 4.27 1 line 12 Insert:
Pilotage. Pilots are embarked at the anchorage.
Philippines -- Balintang Channel --
Sabtang Island — Shoal
120
Paragraph 3.58 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: China – Taiwan Strait –
...edge. Dongshan Dao — Anchorage
BA Chart 4427 [NP32/No.182/Wk.36/17] 147

China – Zhelang Yan to Biao -- Jiao Shibeishan
— Directions; depths A general purpose anchorage, radius 600 m, is
centred on position 233950N 1173645E.
138
Paragraph 4.19 2 line 5 Replace by: Chinese chart 14310 [NP32/No.10/Wk.44/15]
...light (4.16) is exhibited; isolated depths of less
than 10 m extend S and SE for 1¼ miles from the China – East Coast – Dongshan Gang —
cape. Dajin Shan... Anchorages
147
China -- Zhelang Yan to Biao Jiao -- After Paragraph 473 2 Insert:

Yuedong — LNG Terminal
3 Inner anchorages. There are ten designated
139 (unrestricted) anchorages off the port, lying within
Dongshan Wan. These are located as follows:
After Paragraph 4.24 4 line 6 Insert: Nos 10 to 15, running from NNW to SSW, centred on
approximate position 234533N 1173411E,
Yuedong LNG Terminal with depths between 17 and 23 m.
4.24a Nos 16 to 19, running from NW to SE, centred on
1 General information. Yuedong LNG Terminal approximate position 234468N 1173341E,
(225576N 1162229E), consists of two berths, with depths between 13 and 24 m.
protected by a breakwater projecting seven cables SW Note. No 18 anchorage, centred on position
from the shoreline. 234486N 1173349E, has a least depth of 3 m.
2 -- 129
Index
NP32
Paragraph 4.73 3 Replace by: China – Taiwan Strait – Xiamen Gang –
Qingyu Shuidao — Wreck
4 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots
board inside the entrance of the bay at 2343·79N
1173429E. 154
Local knowledge is required.
BA Chart 1768/Chinese ENC No C1514371 Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 7 cables E of
[NP32/No.11/Wk.47/15] Qing Yu, in position 242179N 1180834E.
China – SE coast – Chaozhou Gang — Pilots Chinese Notice 2154/52/2015 [NP32/No.15/Wk.05/16]
149
China – Xiamen Gang – South East approach to
Paragraph 4.82 2 lines 7--11 Replace by: Wu’an Shuidao — Directions; light buoy
Pilotage is compulsory and available by day only.
155
Pilots board as follows:
For Huafeng LPG Terminal, in position 233000N Paragraph 4.115 2 line 1 For No 8 Read Y8
1171000E.
For Datang Terminal, in position 233136N
1170735E. Paragraph 4.115 2 line 4 For (preferred channel to port)
Within No 2 Anchorage (4.81), in position 233030N Read (starboard hand)
1170465E.
Volume 6(6). BA charts 1719 and 3449 [NP32/No.16/Wk.45/16]

China – East Coast -- Xiamen Gang —
Directions for main approach
China – Xiamen Gang — Limiting conditions;
vertical clearance 155
Paragraph 4.97 1 line 9 For 55 m Read 53 m NE of Shen’an Shan, a conspicuous peak, thence:
Chinese ENC C1514291 [NP32/No.17/Wk.06/16]

Chinese Chart C1 14292/16 [NP32/No.13/Wk.42/16]
China – Xiamen Gang — China -- Xiamen Gang to Niushan Dao --

Other aids to navigation; racon; AIS Weitou Wan — Anchorage
153--154 164
Paragraph 4.111 Replace by: Paragraph 4.152 6 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Racons: 6 Anchorage. A designated anchorage with depths of
Jiujie Jiao Light (242017N 1180970E) (4.112). 195 to 23 m lies in position 242828N 1183391E.
Qing Yu Light — as above. During the NE monsoon there is good anchorage
Hou Yu Light (242808N 1180335E). 5 cables SW of Baiyang Yu in 64 m, or 7½ cables W
No 19 Light Buoy (242442N 1180609E). of that islet, in 91 m. Care must be taken to avoid a
Haicang Bridge Centre S Light (242981N drying rock 16 miles WNW of Baiyang Yu.
1180411E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Chinese C1 Notice 15/564/2017 [NP32/No.18/Wk.22/17]
Volume 2.
2 AIS:
Y1 Light Buoy (241377N 1181381E).
Y6 Light Buoy (241526N 1181088E). China – Taiwan Strait – Shenhu Wan —
No 201 Light Buoy (241839N 1181266E). Pilot Stations
No 11 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (241981N
1181127E). 164
1180838E). Paragraph 4.153 2 lines 10--13 Replace by:
Hai Run 607 Wreck (isolated danger mark)
(242130N 1180860E). Pilotage. Pilot boarding positions are as follows:
There are several further AIS beacons in the inner Pilot and quarantine anchorage (243855N
part of the harbour, which are indicated on the chart, 1184211E).
and which are generally fitted to buoys at important
Entrance channel (243910N 1184170E).
points in the buoyed channels.
For information see the Mariner’s Handbook and For further details see the Admiralty List of Radio
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Signals Volume 6(6).
Chinese Chart 14293; Chinese Notice 42/1853/16 Chinese Notice 03/121/2016 and Chinese chart 14192
[NP32/No.14/Wk.45/16] [NP32/No.19/Wk.07/16]
2 -- 130
Index
NP32
China – Taiwan Strait – Shenhu Wan — China – Meizhou Wan — Arrival information;
Quarantine and Pilot Boarding Anchorage pilotage; anchorages
164 170
Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 1--6 including Section IV Week
Paragraph 4.153 2 lines 3--13 including Section IV notice 05/16 Replace by:
(07/16) Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available in daylight
Pilot and Quarantine Anchorages are centred on hours only; pilots board in the following positions:
the following positions; 243855N 1184215E and Quarantine anchorage No 1 – 245182N
244092N 1184619E, respectively. 1190055E.
Notice of ETA required. See Quanzhou (4.162). Quarantine anchorage No 3 – 250120N
Pilotage. Pilots are also embarked in the entrance 1190532E.
channel (243910N 1184170E). LNG anchorage – 245913N 1190437E.
For further details see Quanzhou (4.164) and the No 2 anchorage – 250150N 1190310E.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). No 3 anchorage – 250370N 1190170E.
165 Volume 6(6).
Paragraph 4.153 6 lines 4--10 Replace by: Chinese chart 14171 [NP32/No.23/Wk.47/16]
Anchorages. There is an anchorage for large

South East Coast of China -- Meizhou Wan —
vessels awaiting orders (243891N 1184289E) and General Layout; berths
an unrestricted anchorage (244087N 1184564E).
Within Shenhu Wan, there is an unrestricted 170
anchorage (243935N 1184031E) with a least depth
of 60 m, mud. Note, the bay is unsafe during the SW Paragraph 4.198 1 line 1 For three Read four
monsoon.
Anchorage and shelter may be obtained by boats in After Paragraph 4.198 2 line 6 Insert:
the N part of the bay during the NE monsoon, in
depths from 2½ to 5 m, sand and mud. Meizhouwan Coal Terminal (250854N
1190071E) on the E side of Meizhou Wan.
Chinese chart 14191 and ENC cell C1614192 172

[NP32/No.20/Wk.12/16]
1 The main port areas and berths within Meizhou
China – Taiwan Strait – Quanzhou Wan —
Pilot Stations Wan and approaches are:
After Paragraph 4.211 2 line 17 including existing Section
166 IV Notice Week 17/16 Insert:
Paragraph 4.164 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Coal Terminal (250854N 1190071E):
Berths 9 and 10, length 648 m, depth 187 m.
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is
only available during daylight hours. The pilot boarding Chinese NM 24/Marine Information/2016
positions are as follows: [NP32/No.24/Wk.28/16]
Quarantine anchorage -- 245181N 1190056E.
No 1 -- 244710N 1184830E. China – Taiwan Strait – Meizhou Wan —
No 2 -- 244825N 1184663E. Waizoumadai Operation Area; berths 1 -- 8
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
172
Chinese Notice 03/120/2016 [NP32/No.21/Wk.07/16] After Paragraph 4.211 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Waizoumadai Terminal (250335N 1185524E)
China – Taiwan Strait – Meizhou Wan — comprising 8 berths. Berth No 1 at the SE end is a
Pilot Stations 3000 t solid chemical berth, and Berths 2--8 are all
3000 t liquid chemical berths. The depth alongside all
170 berths is 71 m. There is a swinging area off the
terminal, length 270 m, breadth 216 m.
Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: The terminal is accessed from the Meizhou Wan
main channel at Buoy 20 (250441N 1190060E)
Quarantine anchorage -- 245182N 1190055E. (preferred channel to starboard). The track leads
LNG anchorage -- 245913N 1190437E. generally WSW for 5 miles through a buoyed channel
No 2 -- 250150N 1190310E. to the berths.
No 3 -- 250370N 1190170E.
Chinese Notice 13/Marine Information/2016
Chinese Notice 06/01/2016 [NP32/No.22/Wk.05/16] [NP32/No.25/Wk.17/16]
2 -- 131
Index
NP32
China – Taiwan Strait – Nanri Dao — Wreck China – South East Coast – Haitan Haixia —
Directions; Prohibited area; anchorages
174
178 -- 179
SE of a dangerous wreck (250630N 1193164E),
and SE of a second wreck, depth 14 m Haitan Haixia and the approach channels Haitan
(250573N 1193397E), marked by two buoys Haixia Nankou Shuidao (252170N 1194030E) and
(lateral), thence: Haitan Haixia Nandgongkou Shuidao (252260N
1194480E) are Prohibited Areas. Non--Chinese
vessels are prohibited from taking passage. Directions
Chinese NM 44/1647/2015 [NP32/No.26/Wk.49/15] for the transit are not therefore given.
China – Taiwan Strait – Xinghua Wan — Paragraph 4.238 2 lines 1--2 Delete
Anchorage
175
Paragraph 4.226 5 lines 3--4 Replace by: Spare

4.239
No 1 in 14--21 m, centred on position 252188N
1192388E. Paragraph 4.240 including heading Replace by:
No 2 in 16--21 m, centred on position 252243N
1192243E. Spare
Both anchorages are unrestricted for vessels calling 4.240
for orders.
Spare
4.241
China – Taiwan Strait – Xinghua Wan —
Pilot Stations Paragraph 4.242 including heading Replace by:
175 Spare
4.242
Additional pilot embarkation positions are as follows:
No 1 -- 251380N 1194300E.
No 2 -- 251670N 1193867E. Spare
No 3 -- 251777N 1193552E. 4.243
Spare
4.244
South East Coast – Meizhou Wan to
Nuishan Dao – Haitan Dao — Anchorages Paragraph 4.245 including heading Replace by:
177
Spare
After Paragraph 4.234 1 line 11 Insert: 4.245
Caution. There exists a dangerous wreck Paragraph 4.246 including heading Replace by:
(252687N 1195023E) in the approach to Guanyin
Ao. The vicinity of the wreck is marked with a virtual Spare
AIS beacon (isolated danger) (252689N 4.246
1195014E). For information see Admiralty List of Paragraph 4.247 including heading and centred heading
Radio Signals Volume 2. above Replace by:
Anchorages
China – Taiwan Strait – Haitan Dao – Haitan Haixia Nandongkou Shuidao Entrance
Tannan Wan — Wreck 4.247
1 Shipai anchorage, diameter 5 cables, centred on
177 252312N 1194525E, is suitable for vessels up to
After Paragraph 4.235 2 line 6 Insert: 20 000 t with depths of about 30 m.
Caoyu anchorage, diameter about 6 cables, centred
Caution: There is a wreck (always visible) in on 252186N 194552E, is suitable for vessels up to
position 252760N 1194990E. 100 000 t; depth about 23 m.
Chinese Notice 04/189/2016 [NP32/No.30/Wk.07/16] BA chart 1722 [NP32/No.31/Wk.45/16]
2 -- 132
Index
NP32
China – Taiwan Strait – Songxia Gang — China – Songxia Gang —
Depths; Pilotage position; AIS Directions; aids to navigation; dangers
180 181
Paragraph 4.260 6 line 5 For Y2 Read Songxiagangqu
1 Controlling depth. The least charted depths border No 2
the N side of the buoyed entrance channel, with two
patches (depths 45 m and 47 m) 35 cables SE of
Ren Yu Island (254215N 1193745E). Paragraph 4.260 6 line 6 For 254665N 1194790E Read
254662N 1194793E
Chinese Chart 14132 [NP32/No.32a/Wk.50/15]
Paragraph 4.260 7 line 4 For Y5 Read 5
China – Songxia Gang — Controlling depths
180 Paragraph 4.260 7 line 5 For 254439N 1194411E Read
254443N 1194409E
Notice Wk 50/15 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The least charted depth borders Paragraph 4.260 10 line 5 For 264052N Read 254052N
the N side of the buoyed entrance channel, with a
59 m patch 3 cables SE of Ren Yu Island (254215N Paragraph 4.260 12 line 2 For 264055N Read 254055N
1193745E).
The least mid--channel depth in the channels to
Songxia Pier Operating Area is 101 m. Paragraph 4.260 13 lines 5--7 Delete
China – Taiwan Strait – Songxia Gang —
Depths; Pilotage position; AIS
180
China – Taiwan Strait – Minjiang Kou —
...Anchorage, and in the approach channel in Pilot positions
position 254155N 1193720E.
No 11 Light Buoy (254217N 1193826E). Paragraph 4.270 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is
No 13 Light Buoy (254117N 1193622E). available during daylight hours.
Paragraph 4.260 2 line 3 For No 2 Read GU1 There are two pilot boarding positions as follows:
No 2 -- for vessels of 20 000 dwt and over, and other
Paragraph 4.260 2 line 6 Replace by: vessels on request, in position 260487N
1194810E, in close vicinity of the D1 Light Buoy
No 11 Light Buoy (254217N 1193826E). that marks the entrance of the Minjiang Kou S
Paragraph 4.260 2 line 8 Replace by: (buoyed) Channel.
No 3 -- in position 260543N 1194340E, in the
No 13 Light Buoy (254117N 1193622E). vicinity of D7 buoy. Pilot vessels are white in
181 colour.
Chinese Chart 14132 [NP32/No.32b/Wk.50/15]
China – Taiwan Strait – Songxia Gang — China – SE coast – Fuzhou Gang —

Pilot positions Limiting conditions; vertical clearances
180
184
Paragraph 4.258 3 including Section IV Notice (50/15)
Replace by: Paragraph 4.285 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
3 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and 1 Road Bridge, spans Min Jiang at 260596N
available during daylight only. Pilots board in Dongluo
anchorage, and in the following positions: 1193219E with a vertical clearance of 55 m.
No 1 -- 254408N 1194243E. Qinzhou Bridge, a road bridge, spans the river at
No 2 -- 254478N 1193903E. latitude 255930N with a vertical clearance of 43 m.
Chinese Notice 01/12/2016 [NP32/No.33/Wk.05/16] Chinese Chart 13992/16 [NP32/No.35/Wk.28/16]
2 -- 133
Index
NP32
China – East China Sea – Luoyuan Wan — Magnetic anomaly; see 5.17.
Pilot positions Overfalls occur off Kemen Tou (262541N
1194877E), a prominent headland on the S side of
193 Kemen Shuidao, the entrance channel. For tidal
streams in the entrance, see 5.17.
There are two pilot boarding positions as follows:
5.25
No 1 -- about 3 miles off the entrance to Kemen
1 From the vicinity of No 1 pilot boarding position
Shuidao (5.17), in position 262660N
(5.23), the track leads WSW for 3½ miles through
1195247E.
Luoyuan Wan Deep Water Channel to a position close
No 2 -- in the entrance, in position 262588N
1194902E, SE of the Dahuang Jiao Beacon SE of Dahuang Jiao, marked by a light beacon
(isolated danger). (isolated danger) (262604N 1194883E).
The channel then leads SW for 5 cables to a
position WNW of Kemen Tou (262541N
1194877E), from where a light (white 6--sided
concrete structure, 9 m in height) is exhibited.
China -- Luoyuan Wan — Rewrite 2 The channel then splits to pass NW and SE of
Xiadan Yu (262483N 1194776E) and Dan Yu
193 islets. A light (white 6--sided concrete structure, 10 m
in height) is exhibited from Xiadan Yu, the NE islet.
Paragraph 5.22--5.25 including existing Section IV Notice Main Channel passes NW of the islets, then leads
Week 05/16 Replace by: NW, becoming North Channel and leading to the
berths on the E shore of the inlet. South Channel
Luoyuan Wan passes SE of the islets and then continues SW to the
berths on the S shore of the inlet.
Chart 2416
Basins and berths
General information 5.25b
5.22 1 Luoyuan Anchorage (262318N 1194486E), off
1 Position and function. Luoyuan Wan (262590N the S shore of the inlet, in 11 m, mud. T1 Light Buoy
1194900E), is a large sheltered inlet containing (W cardinal) lies 4 cables S and marine farms lie
several berths and dry docks. It is entered between close W and N of this anchorage.
Kemen Jiao (5.20) and Hutou Jiao, 1 mile farther 2 South Shore. Four jetties line the S shore. The
NNW. It is part of the port of Fuzhou (4.280). E--most remains under construction (2016). Fujian
The town of Luoyuan (262950N 1193260E) lies Kemengang Logistics Jetty (262352N 1194666E)
at the head of the inlet, although a sea wall encloses contains two berths, No 4 and No 5, with a total length
this NW part. of 650 m and depths alongside between 140 m and
Arrival information 230 m. The two western jetties service the power
5.23 station and contain berths No 10 and No 11
1 Vessel traffic service. The use of Fuzhou VTS is (262295N 1194572E), with depths alongside
compulsory for most vessels in Luoyuan and between 91 m and 168 m.
approaches; for details see 4.289. 3 East Shore. 2 000 m of quayside lie on the E
Outer anchorage. Kemenkou South Anchorage shore of the inlet, which includes China Huaneng
(262585N 1195155E), 1¼ miles E of Kemen Jiao, Luoyuanwan Wharf (262762N 1194178E) and
in 46 m, mud. This anchorage is adjacent to a no Fujian Huadong Shipyard (262691N 1194293E).
anchoring corridor, which leads NE to the entrance Depths alongside range from 50 m to 115 m. Three
channel, then NW from the shore S of Kemen Jiao. dry docks are located within Fujian Huadong Shipyard.
2 Pilotage. There are two pilot boarding positions:
No 1 (262660N 1195247E), about 3 miles off the BA Chart 2416 [NP32/No.37/Wk.42/16]
entrance to Kemen Shuidao.
No 2 (262588N 1194902E), in the entrance, SE
China – Sansha Wan to Nanji Liedao – Beijiao Bi
of Dahuang Jiao Beacon (isolated danger). to Lütou Wei — Directions; inshore route
Harbour
5.24 196--197
1 General layout. The inlet contains several berths Paragraph 5.44 Replace by:
and dry docks on its N, E, and S shores. The areas
outside the main access channels, primarily in the W 1 Beijiao Bi to Lütou Wei. From a position E of
of the inlet, are densely populated with marine farms. Beijiao Bi (262257N 1195741E), the track leads
Development. Jiangiun Jiao (262461N NE for about 10 miles, thence NNW, thence generally
1194597E), the furthest SW part of the headland NE, passing:
forming the N side of the entrance channel, is under Clear of three dangerous wrecks in positions
considerable development (2016), including berth 262698N 1195951E, 262506N
construction and land reclamation. 1200133E and 262396N 1200409E
2 Further development is taking place (2016) adjacent (discoloured water occurs in the vicinity of this
to the existing berths within the inlet. wreck), thence:
2 -- 134
Index
NP32
2 NW of Heiyan Dao (262308N 1200516E), China – East China Sea –
also known as Hei Yan, a black rock from Wenzhou Wan — Pilotage
where a light (white six sided concrete tower,
red bands, 13 m in height) is exhibited. 203
Floating stakes attached by ropes to fish traps After Paragraph 5.75 2 line 7 Insert:
may be encountered W and SW of the rock.
A rock awash lies 6 miles ENE (262552N
Pilotage
1201118E). Thence:
5.75a
SE of Xiyang Dao (263058N 1200275E), an 1 Four pilot stations have been established in
island with off lying rocks, islets and dangerous Wenzhou Wan, as follows:
wrecks within 1 mile, and where anchorage (5.54) To the NE and SW of Luxi Dao, in positions
may be obtained. 280060N 1211400E and 275770N
3 The track then continues NE to a position NW of 1210980E, respectively.
Kuishan Dao (262959N 1200811E), rising to a To the SE and S of Damen Dao, in positions
cone 236 m high. A light (5.18) is exhibited from the S 275570N 1211143E and 275642N
point of the island. A dangerous rock lies 1 mile SE 1210417E, respectively.
and a dangerous wreck lies 3 miles farther ESE. Chinese Notice 51/2097 and 2098/2015
[NP32/No.42/Wk.04/16]
Chinese Notice C1 13949/16 [NP32/No.38/Wk.45/16]
China – Wenzhou Wan – Yueqing Wan —
China -- Lütou Wei to Nanji Liedao — General information; harbour; directions;
Directions; dangerous wreck overhead cable; berths
197 206
4 The track then continues to a position 1½ miles E Limiting conditions

of Bei’ao Dao (265298N 1201308E), the largest of 5.87a
a group of... 1 Vertical clearances. An overhead cable
(280878N 1210773E) with a vertical clearance of
52 m spans the side channel leading to anchorage
BA Chart 1754 [NP32/No.39/Wk.52/16] No 3, between Xiaowu Dao and the mainland to the
S.
A bridge is under construction (2016) spanning the
China -- Sansha Wan to Nanji Liedao -- Lütou Wei N part of the harbour; see 5.89.
to Nanji Liedao — Directions; rock; wrecks
BA 1155; Chinese Chart 13715; Chinese Notice C1
198 38/1734/16 [NP32/No.43/Wk.43/16]
Paragraph 5.48 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: China – East China Sea –
Wenzhou Wan — Pilotage
NW of Beibanyang Jiao (270291N 1203708E), a
rock awash, with an 86 m patch 1 mile SW, 206
thence:
BA Chart 1754 [NP32/No.40/Wk.47/16] ...also 5.108 and 5.75a.
Paragraph 5.48 4 line 6 For and: Read thence: Chinese Notice 51/2097 and 2098/2015
[NP32/No.44/Wk.04/16]
China – Wenzhou Wan – Yueqing Wan —
Clear of two wrecks (271710N 1204606E and General information; harbour; directions;
271730N 1204625E), reported (2003), overhead cable; berths
thence:
206
China – East China Sea – Shacheng Gang — Arrival information

Pilotage 5.88
1 Outer anchorages:
Waiting Anchorage (275080N 1212799E), E of
198 Dongtou Liedao Y1 Light Buoy (safe water).
Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage (280264N
After Paragraph 5.50 2 line 10 Insert: 1211238E). A corridor in which anchoring and
fishing are prohibited lies close E.
Pilots board at position 270845N 1202685E. 2 Pilotage. Pilots board in the Pilot and Quarantine
Anchorage (above) and in the fairway (280060N
Chinese Notice 2150/52/2015 [NP32/No.41/Wk.05/16] 1211400E).
2 -- 135
Index
NP32
Paragraph 5.89 Replace by: 206--207
Paragraph 5.93 and 5.94 Replace by:
Harbour
5.89 Basins and berths
1 Development. A bridge is under construction 5.93
(2016) spanning the N part of the harbour across 1 Anchorages. There are six designated anchorages
Maoyan Dao (281357N 1210992E) and between in Yueqing Wan:
anchorage No 1 and the Shelter Anchorage (5.93). Name Position Remarks
New berths are being constructed (2013) on No 5 280270N Depths about 4 to 11 m,
reclaimed land S of Dahuiwan Shan coal jetty Anchorage 1210670E mud.
(280985N 1210612E).
No 4 280628N Depths 3 to 17 m, mud;
2 Fishing areas. Yueqing Wan is heavily obstructed
Anchorage 1210615E unrestricted. Fishing stakes
with fishing nets and stakes all year, and especially are found in the area.
close to the entrance to the bay.
No 3 280910N Depths about 5 m, mud.
Tidal streams at the mouth of Yueqing Wan set W
Anchorage 1210835E
on in--going tide, and E on the out--going stream tide,
at rates of 1 to 1½ kn. Tidal streams of up to 2 kn set No 2 281118N Depths 6 to 11 m, mud.
across the fairway in the vicinity of Dayan Tou Light Anchorage 1210700E
(5.91). No 1 281350N Depths shallow to 10 m,
Anchorage 1210810E mud.
After Paragraph 5.90 2 line 10 Insert: Shelter 281511N Depths 20 to 64 m
Anchorage 1210861E
Between Y6 and Y7 Light Buoys (275884N
1211608E) (lateral), from where the channel Marine farms lie adjacent to, and within most of,
becomes a non IMO--adopted TSS. The authorities the anchorages. For Wuxing Yu Anchorage see 5.107.
advise that the principles for the use of the routeing 2 Berths:
system defined in Rule 10 of the International Damai Yu: L--shaped jetty (280700N
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) 1210734E), extending about 1200 m W from
apply. Thence: Yuhuan Dao, with berths on both sides of jetty
The track continues in the inbound lane of the TSS head about 500 m in length; for vessels with bulk
passing: cargo to 100 000 dwt, depths alongside about
12 m. A smaller L shaped jetty lies inside the main
Paragraph 5.90 4--5 Replace by: jetty and several more jetties and larger terminals
lie up to 4 miles S of the jetty.
4 NE of Cao Yu Light (white square concrete 3 Yuedian: L -- shaped jetty (280990N
structure, 5 m in height) (275968N 1210650E), extending about 1250 m E from
1211421E), exhibited from an islet close E the mainland, marked by three lights (yellow x
of Luxi Dao, thence: on yellow four sided framework towers, 10 m
The track then continues NW, to either the Pilot in height), and with berths on the jetty head
and Quarantine Anchorage (5.93) or a position SW of about 470 m in length, depths about 10 m on
Y9 Light Buoy (starboard hand). outer side. Further L--shaped jetties lie to the
N and a large bulk terminal lies close S.
Paragraph 5.91 Replace by: 4 Caokun Yu (280832N 1210761E), L--shaped
Ro--Ro jetty with charted depths between 2
1 Entry to Yueqing Wan. From the Pilot and
and 5 m.
Quarantine Anchorage (280257N 1211225E), or a
position SW of Y9 Light Buoy (starboard hand), the BA 1155; Chinese Chart 13715; Chinese Notice C1
TSS leads W, passing: 38/1734/16 [NP32/No.45/Wk.43/16]
N of a group of rocks, least depth 03 m (280147N
1211000E), 4 cables E of Hengzhi Shan China – East China Sea – Wenzhou — Bridge
(5.122), thence:
2 S of Dayan Tou Light (white square masonry 208
structure, 8 m in height) (280227N
1210920E), exhibited from S point of Paragraph 5.104 1 line 1 For 31 m Read 30 m
Yuhuan Dao (5.87).
The track then leads NNW and N through Yueqing Chinese Notice 2/71/2016 [NP32/No.46/Wk.05/16]
Wan, through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral), to a position W of Dawu (280970N China – East China Sea – Wenzhou Gang —
1210723E), a small island. Anchorage and Pilotage position
3 The channel then passes E of two anchorage
areas, and other anchorages (5.93) lie to E and N, 208
and jetties the on E and W sides may be approached Paragraph 5.107 1 line 3 Replace by:
from this channel.
Yuanyu pilot and quarantine anchorage (275670N
Paragraph 5.92 1 lines 4--6 Delete 1210980E), depths 10 to 19 m, mud.
Paragraph 5.92 2 lines 1--3 Delete Chinese Chart 13710 [NP32/No.47/Wk.42/15]
2 -- 136
Index
NP32
China – East China Sea – Paragraph 5.151 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
Wenzhou Gang — Buoy
...available 24 hours. Pilots board in either No 1
210 Anchorage (5.150) or at the pilot boarding position
(283980N 1214080E). For further information see
Paragraph 5.121 4 line 2 For (S cardinal) Read starboard Admiralty List of Radio...
(lateral) No 51
BA Chart 1738 [NP32/No.49/Wk.05/17]
Chinese ENC, C1513741 [NP32/No.48/Wk.11/16]
China – SE coast – Haimen Gang — Anchorages

China East Coast -- Xuanmen Wan —
Anchorage; wreck 215
214 Paragraph 5.150 1 line 1 to 2 line 7 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.141 4 line 5 Replace by: 1 No 1 Anchorage, waiting and quarantine, is
centred on 283915N 1214463E, extending for
...Dalu Shan in 5 to 7 m, clear of a dangerous wreck
1 mile from N to S and 3¼ miles from E to W, with
(280490N 1212190E).
depths of about 8 m, mud, good holding.
Chinese Notice 38/1561/17 [NP32/No.186/Wk.44/17] No 2 Anchorage is described at 5.138.
Lightering anchorage is established N of Toumen
Dao (5.159), centred on 284330N 1214775E,
China -- Bo Hai -- Longkou — radius 5 cables, in 71 to 13 m, mud.
Directions; obstruction Waiting anchorage lies 8½ miles E of Dongji Dao
(5.174), centred on 284132N 1220480E. The
China – Haimen Gang — Limiting conditions; anchorage is approximately 1½ miles square, depth of
vertical clearances; anchorage; pilotage about 19 m.
2 A second waiting anchorage lies close N of No 1
215 Anchorage, centred on 284056N 1214417E. The
Paragraph 5.147 1 line 8 Replace by: anchorage extends for about 7 cables from N to S
and 2¼ miles from E to W, with depths of about 6 m.
2 Vertical clearances. Three bridges span the river: Dangerous Cargo Anchorage lies close S of No 1
Outer bridge (284091N 1213087E). Under Anchorage, centred on 283780N 1214378E. The
construction (2016), spans the river at its mouth. anchorage extends for 1 mile from N to S and
Jiaojiang Second Bridge (284116N 1212832E). 2¾ miles from E to W, with depths of about 5 m.
The central navigation opening is for two way
traffic. The bridge has a vertical clearance of 40 m Chinese Notice 5/236/2016 [NP32/No.50/Wk.08/16]
and a horizontal clearance of 405 m. N and S
auxiliary openings, either side of the central
China – Haimen Gang — Directions; Racon; AIS
opening, are for one way traffic; both have a
vertical clearance of 195 m and a horizontal 216
clearance of 75 m.
3 Jiao Jang Bridge (284154N 1212372E). Paragraph 5.156 1 line 6 Replace by:
Upriver of the majority of the berths, has a
vertical clearance of 21 m. ...1213965E).
An overhead cable (284136N 1212737E), Haimen Gang No 11 Light Beacon (284115N
vertical clearance unknown, spans the river W of 1212833E).
Jiojiang Second Bridge.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 4.8 m;
mean... Luyu Jiao Light (284140N 1215140E).
Haimen Gang No 9 Light Buoy (284120N
Chinese Notice 52/Marine information/16 1212871E).
[NP32/No.49/Wk.05/17]
Paragraph 5.150 1 existing Section IV Week 08/16 Replace Chinese Notices 32/1419/16 and 32/1418/16
by: [NP32/No.51/Wk.37/16]
1 No 1 Anchorage, waiting and quarantine, is centred
on 283915N 1214463E, extending for 1 mile from China – East China Sea – Sanmen Wan –
N to S and 3¼ miles from E to W, with depths of Shepan Shuidao — Anchorage
about 8 m, mud, good holding.
Lightering Anchorage is established N of Toumen
Dao (5.159), centred on 284330N 1214775E, 220
radius 5 cables, in 71 to 13 m, mud.
Waiting anchorage lies 8½ miles E of Dongji Dao Paragraph 5.179 2 lines 1--7 Delete
(5.174), centred on 284132N 1220480E. The
anchorage is approximately 1½ miles square, depth of
about 19 m. Chinese Notice 40/1504/2015 [NP32/No.52/Wk.44/15]
2 -- 137
Index
NP32
China -- Jiantiao Gang — Designation Position
Vertical clearances; anchorages
No 1. NW of Zhoushan Dao 301670N
220 1215520E
Paragraph 5.180 3 line 5--10 Replace by: No 2 303300N

1222305E
4 Vertical clearances. A bridge (290248N
No 2. Shengsi Liedao 303700N
1213670E) with an unknown vertical clearance,
1223140E
spans the channel close to the entrance of the inlet.
An overhead cable with a vertical clearance of 19 m No 2. NE of Daishan Dao 301950N
spans the channel close W of the bridge. Further 1221750E
overhead cables span the channel in positions In anchorage for waiting vessels 300908N
290288N 1213476E and 290212N 1213281E, 1221540E
with vertical clearances of 23 m and 17 m respectively. SE of above anchorage 300754N
5 Anchorages. Three numbered anchorages exist 1221768E
within the inlet; No 1 (290230N 1213602E), No 2
(290294N 1213469E) and No 3 (290314N For details, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1213350E), in depths of 3 m to 7 m. Marine farms Volume 6(6).
line the banks within the anchorage areas. Several Chinese NM 44/1640--1643 and 1645--1646/2015
mooring buoys also lie in the inlet above Jiantiao. This [NP32/No.56/Wk.49/15]
inlet provides the best shelter within Sanmen Wan for
vessels able to enter. China – Approaches to Zhoushan and Ningbo —
General information; TSS junction
Chinese Notice 38/16; Chinese Chart 13584/14
235
[NP32/No.53/Wk.43/16]
China – East China Sea – ...1220245E), thence NW to a junction between a
Jiushan Liedao Islands — Wreck TSS leading NNW through...
221 BA Notice 17/1835/17 [NP32/No.57/Wk.22/17]
After Paragraph 5.182 2 line 8 Insert: China – East coast – Xiazhi Men — Pilotage
Note. S of Nanyu Shan Island, there is a 236

submerged wreck in position 285114N 1221405E. Paragraph 6.57 1 line 12 Replace by:
Chinese Notice 43/1579/2015 [NP32/No.54/Wk.48/15] No 1 Pilot Station (294590N 1221813E).

No 2 Pilot Station (294615N 1221675E).
China – East coast – Maji Shan Gang — Pilotage Chinese Notice 42/1548/2015 [NP32/No.58/Wk.47/15]
232 China -- Pushen Shuidao, Shenjiamen Gang and

Menkou Gang — Vertical clearances
...pilots board as follows: Paragraph 6.71 4--7 Replace by:
In Nos 1 and 2 Anchorages.
Vertical clearances:
In No 2 Pilot position (303300N 1222305E).
4 Pushen Shuidao is spanned by a bridge
For details, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
(295762N 1221989E) with a vertical
Volume 6(6).
clearance of 21 m and an overhead cable
Chinese Notice 42/1546/2015 [NP32/No.55/Wk.47/15] (295665N 1221925E) with a vertical
clearance of 35 m over the main channel NW
of Fenshui Jiao Light Beacon (W cardinal).
China – Yellow Sea – Zhoushan Qundao — 5 Shenjiamen Gang N of Lujia Zhi is spanned by
Pilotage positions an overhead cable (295672N 1221817E)
with a vertical clearance of 28 m and a bridge
232
Paragraph 6.41 2 lines 7--9 including existing Section IV clearance of 23 m.
Notice Week 47/15 Replace by: 6 Shenjiamen Gang N of Xiaogan Dao is
spanned by a cable (295659N 1221615E)
Designation Position with a vertical clearance of 52 m and a bridge
No 1 Anchorage 302540N
clearance of 305 m; navigable width 200 m.
1224570E
For vertical clearances W of Xiaogan Dao and in the
No 2 Anchorage 303667N approaches to Zhoushan see 6.140.
1223443E Local knowledge is required.
No 1. NE of Qushan Dao 303130N Speed restrictions are in force in Pushen Shuidao.
1224000E Chinese Notice 38/Section I/16 [NP32/No.59/Wk.43/16]
2 -- 138
Index
NP32
China – East coast – Ningbo — Pilotage 266
247 Paragraph 6.237 2 line 3 For Light Buoy, Read V--AIS
After Paragraph 6.117 1 line 19 Insert: Chart BA 1144 and Chinese Notice 51/2091 and
No 3 Pilot Station (300080N 1214840E). 2094/2015 [NP32/No.64/Wk.04/16]
No 4 Pilot Station (300600N 1214820E).
China -- Hangzhou Wan and Qiantang Jiang --
Chinese Notice 42/1547/2015 [NP32/No.60/Wk.47/15] Qiqu Liedao to Jinshan approaches — Depths
267
China – Yellow Sea – Zhoushan Qundao —
Pilotage positions Paragraph 6.249 Replace by:
252 Depths
6.249
After Paragraph 6.145 2 line 3 Insert: 1 Jinshan Hangdao (303185N 1213060E) (6.259)
Mazhi No 2 Anchorage (295300N 1221288E) has a least charted depth of 75 m; a wreck
(303051N 1215488E) with a depth of 64 m,
Chinese NM 44/1640--1643 and 1645--1646/2015 marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), lies on the
[NP32/No.61/Wk.49/15] S side of channel.
Caojing Donghangdao (303650N 1215300E)
China east coast – Zhoushan Dao approaches -- (6.258) has a least charted depth of 69 m; an
Gualian Shan — Directions; rock obstruction (304493N 1212897E) with a depth of
67 m lies NNW of K28 Light Buoy (port hand).
255 Caojing Xihangdao (6.279) has a least charted
depth of 67 m (304218N 1213460E), near the
Paragraph 6.166 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: intersection with Caojing Donghangdao.
1 NNE of Gualian Shan...
Chinese Notice C1 43/1869/16; C1 Chart 13319; BA Chart
Chinese Chart 13371/2017 [NP32/No.62/Wk.25/17] 1143 [NP32/No.65/Wk.47/16]
China -- Dawu Zhi to Jinshan -- Dawu Zhi to

China -- Daiqu Yang -- Dongzhai Dao to Jinshan approaches — Directions; wreck
Yuxingnao Dao — Directions; wreck
269
259
10 The track then continues to a position N of Chinese Notice C1 43/1870/16 [NP32/No.66/Wk.47/16]
Yuxingnao Dao (302083N 1215159E) (6.92), from
where a light (6.90) is exhibited; a dangerous wreck China -- Hangzhou Wan -- Jinshan —
lies 5¼ miles WNW of Yuxingnao Dao. Arrival information; anchorages
270
China – East China Sea – Zhoushan Qundao — 2 Dushan Gangqu (303727N 1211397E), depth
Buoyage; pilotage 104 to 123 m.
Dushan Gangqu S (303420N 1210984E), depth
260 97 to 123 m.
Paragraph 6.196 1 Replace by: Zhapu Gangqu SW (303205N 1210025E), depth
50 to 66 m.
1 Pilot boarding positions for Yangshan are at: 3 Prohibited anchorage. A corridor about
No 1 Anchorage. 4½ cables...
No 1 Pilotage/Quarantine Anchorage.
Y5 V--AIS. Chinese Notices 21/828; 832; 833/2017
In position 303040N 1222740E. [NP32/No.67/Wk.26/17]
See 6.237.
China – East coast – Jinshan — Pilotage
261
270
Pilotage 2 Pilots may also board in the following positions:
6.206a No 1 Pilot Position (303930N 1211920E).
1 Two pilot stations have been established in the No 2 Pilot Position (303940N 1212500E).
following positions: No 3 Pilot Position (304333N 1213150E).
304675N 1223727E.
304540N 1223550E. Chinese Notice 42/1545/2015 [NP32/No.68/Wk.47/15]
2 -- 139
Index
NP32
China -- Jinshan -- Cao Jing — Paragraph 7.44 7 Replace by:
7 Chuansha
270 Anchorage Position Remarks
Paragraph 6.277 1 line 7 Replace by: Baoshan 313160N Unrestricted

Beimaodi 1212340E
...(port hand) (304408N 1212927E); a 69 m
obstruction lies 3 cables ENE of the buoy. Baoshan 313230N Emergency
Paragraph 6.277 2 line 3 Replace by: Beimaodi 1212210E
...towards the jetties, remaining clear of a 67 m Baoshan 313070N Unrestricted

obstruction about 9 cables NNW of K28 Light Buoy. Beimaodi 1212290E
There are several anchorages within Baoshan
Chinese Notice C1 43/1869/16 [NP32/No.69/Wk.47/16] Hangdao (7.99), as follows:
Anchorage Position Remarks
China – East China Sea – Jiaxing — Taicang 313387N Dangerous
Pilot stations 1211986E Goods
Liuhe 313561N General
272
1211905E Purpose
Paragraph 6.291 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Taicang Gang 313890N General
1211476E Purpose
...by day, and board in position: 303462N
1210512E. Baimaosha 314290N General
Nanshuidao 1210862E Purpose
After Paragraph 6.291 2 line 4 Insert: Changshu Gang 314680N General
Dushan Gangqu: Pilots board in position 1210280E Purpose
303420N 1211200E. Haimen Maodi 314600N Unrestricted
1210920E
...and harbour pilots at Chenshan anchorage
(303460N 1211400E). China -- Shanghai — Directions; wreck
Chinese Notice 51/2092 and 2093/2015 288
[NP32/No.70/Wk.04/16] After Paragraph 7.65 1 line 7 Insert:
S of a dangerous wreck (312406N 1213257E)
China – East China Sea – position approximate, reported (2016), thence:
Changjiang Kou approaches — AIS
282 China – Chang Jiang and approaches –
Shanghai — Berths
290
D11A Beacon AIS (synthetic) (310627N
D11B Beacon AIS (synthetic) (310667N Puhang Petrochemical Terminal (311904N
1221773E). 1214141E), two berths, longest 375 m long
including dolphins, depths 95 m;
Chinese Notice 04/179/2016 [NP32/No.71/Wk.07/16] Shanghai Mingdong Container Terminal (311974N
1214035E), 2068 m long, maximum depth
128 m;
Shanghai and approaches — River anchorages Shanghai East Container Terminal (312041N
1213906E), 1250 m long, providing four berths,
285 maximum depth 113 m, also contains an
automobile terminal at its W berth;
Paragraph 7.44 4 line 30 For 312460N Read 312470N 2a Waigaoigiao Power Station (312191N
1213612E), two L--shaped quays, depth
Paragraph 7.44 4 line 31 For 1213330E Read 128 m, coal;
1213300E Pudong International Container Terminal
(312222N 1213550E), 900 m long, depth
107 m;
Paragraph 7.44 4 line 32 For 312500N Read 312520N Zhendong Container Terminal (312254N
1213480E), 1565 m long, maximum depth
Paragraph 7.44 4 line 33 For 1213200E Read 120 m;
1213170E Largest tanker terminal 288 m long, depth 140 m.
2 -- 140
Index
NP32
291 Directions. From the vicinity of 344799N
1193948E within the Lianyungang approach channel,
Paragraph 7.74 3 lines 2--7 Replace by: the track leads SSW on the following leading lights.
Wusongkou Cruise Terminal (312476N 2 Xuwei Leading lights:
1213029E), longest berth 744 m long, depth Front light (red rectangular topmark, black and white
110 m; stripes, on metal framework tower, 30 m in height)
Baoshan Container Terminal (312510N (343573N 1193523E).
1212845E): three berths, longest 240 m, Rear light (similar construction, 54 m in height)
deepest 94 m, maximum 10 000 dwt, container (1 mile SSW of front light).
vessels; The alignment (196) of the above lights leads
3a Baoshan: (312508N 1212883E) four berths, through a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
longest 180 m, deepest 94 m, maximum passing:
10 000 dwt, timber and general cargo 3 ESE of a light beacon (isolated danger)
Baosteel Jetties (312575N 1212855E), two (344591N 1193595E), thence:
T--shaped jetties, largest 600 m long, depth WNW of an offshore installation (343993N
142 m. 1193872E), thence:
WNW of a stranded wreck (343781N
Chinese Chart 13179 NE Sea Web Ports PO3744 1193880E).
[NP32/No.74/Wk.41/16] The track then continues to lead SSW to a position
1 mile from the front light and thence W to the berths.
4 Berth information is as follows:
China -- Inner Approaches to Shanghai -- Berth No 103 (343662N 1193332E); 315 m in
Boashan Hangdao — Directions; light vessel length, depth 156 m.
295 Another berth (343683N 1193323E) is situated
close NW of berth No 103, it is about 650 m in
Paragraph 7.99 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: length, depth 21 m.
It has been reported that three liquid bulk berths
SW of No 31A Light buoy (special) (312710N
(343540N 1193710E), each with a length of
1212964E), lying towards the end of a bank...
302 m, exist in the E of the harbour.
Chinese Notice 25/17 [NP32/No.176/Wk.30/17]
Yellow Sea – Offshore routes — Directions

China -- Lianyungang — Wreck
311
W of a dangerous wreck (362630N 1224010E), Paragraph 8.35 3 lines 3--6 Replace by:
No 2 345150N Depths about 14 to 16 m;
BA1254 [NP32/No.75/Wk.18/16] 1194250E a dangerous wreck,
reported (2006), lies off
the NW corner; a second
China – Yellow Sea – Guanhe Kou — Wreck dangerous wreck, marked
313 by light buoys, lies at
345175N 1194337E.
3 A third wreck (stranded), lies in position 343622N Chinese Notice 23/930/17 [NP32/No.169/Wk.29/17]
1194837E.
Chinese Notice 2/68/2016 [NP32/No.76/Wk.05/16] China – Yellow Sea –

Lianyungang Gang — Berths
China -- Xuwei Gang — Port development 318

Paragraph 8.26 1--3 Replace by: Nos 61 to 66 berths have been reconstructed and
1 Description. Xuwei Gang (343685N 1193321E) re--numbered 1 to 4, and are capable of handling 4 x
is a newly developed deep water harbour for bulk 50 000 t bulk carriers. The E end of No 1 berth is in
cargoes, built on reclaimed land. position 344490N 1192362E, and the W end of
Development. Land reclamation and construction of No 4 berth is in position 344503N 1192292E. The
new berths is taking place in the vicinity of Xuwei depth alongside all berths is 132 m. To the N of the
Gang. berths, there are two swinging areas, both with a
Controlling depth. The approach channel to the depth of 110 m.
berth has a least depths of 13 m.
(Directions continue from 8.46) [NP32/No.77/Wk.45/15]
2 -- 141
Index
NP32
China – Qingdao approaches — China -- Dongjiakou Gangqu — Directions; wreck
Directions; Racons
324
Paragraph 8.63 2 line 6 Replace by: ...No 119 and 120 (lateral). A wreck (351927N
1200284E) with a depth of 235 m, marked by a
No 511 Light Buoy (355750N 1202192E). light buoy (isolated danger), lies 3 miles E of the
channel entrance.
No 518 Light Float (360015N 1201995E).
Laoshan Tou Light (360816N 1204265E). China – Yellow Sea – Dongjiakou —
Directions; berth
Chinese Notices 32/1413/16 [NP32/No.78/Wk.37/16]
324
China – Yellow Sea – Rizhao Gang — Berths After Paragraph 8.88 3 line 6 Insert:
4 Dongjiakou Liquid Chemical Berth in position
323 353496N 1194620E, can accommodate two
vessels, one of 30 000 tonnes and one of
Paragraph 8.81 1 line 4 For 170 m Read 150 m 20 000 tonnes. Total length of the berth is 454 m and
the designed depth alongside is 125 m.
Chinese Notice 25/Marine information/2016
[NP32/No.81/Wk.29/16]
China -- Yellow Sea -- Rizhao Gang — Berths
China – Yellow Sea – Qingdao Gang —
323 Anchorages
324
Paragraph 8.81 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 19/16 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.96 1 line 7 Insert:
1 North Port. Consists of a pier (352245N No 6 (unrestricted) centred on 360500N
1193286E) with Berths 2--3, and Berth 1 (352258N 1211300E.
1193304E). Berth 1 is 185 m in length and has a No 7 (unrestricted) centred on 361600N
reported depth of 6 m alongside, handling general 1210950E.
cargo. Berths 2--3 are reported to have depths
alongside of 12 m and are 247 m and 34 m in length
respectively; both handle liquid cargoes in bulk. China – Yellow Sea – Qingdao — Wrecks
2 East Port (352180N 1193293E). There are
11 berths in the main harbour for dry cargo including 326
general cargo, cement and alumina in bulk, coal and After Paragraph 8.111 5 line 3 Insert:
iron ore; maximum size LOA 391 m, depths 205 m
Note: A wreck with a depth of 202 m has been
and about 150 000 dwt at the ore berths.
reported in the E going lane of the TSS, in position
Three berths for POL and chemicals. Maximum
355875N 1203011E.
size LOA 160 m, depths 95 m.
3 West Port (352165N 1193192E). Consists of 18 327
berths including a container terminal, bulk cargoes and
a wood products pier (352217N 1193229E). After Paragraph 8.113 4 line 1 Insert:
Charted depths within the facility range from 57 to Note: Two wrecks have been reported; in the N
162 m. part of Precautionary area No 1, and 3 cables to the
A solid bulk cargo terminal with about 750 m of N. Depths and positions are as follows:
berth lies on reclaimed land in position 352020N 288 m -- 360236N 1201623E
1193191E. Charted depths alongside this facility 273 m -- 360271N 1201613E
range from 149 to 189 m. Chinese Notice 49/1960/2015 [NP32/No.83/Wk.01/16]
4 Rizhao Coal Terminal Wharf (352199N
1193427E). The coal wharf, at the head of an China – Yellow Sea – Qingdao Gang Laogangqu
L--shaped jetty about 470 m in length, provides a — Passenger Terminal
berth on each side, with charted depths from 132 to
156 m. The terminal can handle vessels with a 329
maximum LOA 291 m and 125 000 dwt. After Paragraph 8.124 7 line 3 Insert:
5 A port facility with about 1800 m of berth space 8 Passenger Terminal (360500N 1201830E) 1 x
handling solid bulk cargoes lies on reclaimed land in 150 000 tonne berth, designed depth 125 m. The
the vicinity of 351863N 1193229E. Charted depths turning area, diameter 680 m, lies to the NW of the
alongside range from 95 to 155 m. berth.
Chinese Charts 12570, 12572; IHS Sea Web Chinese Notice 35/Marine Information/2015
[NP32/No.80/Wk.23/17] [NP32/No.84/Wk.42/15]
2 -- 142
Index
NP32
China – Yellow Sea – Laoshan Wan — Paragraph 8.142 3 lines 2--4 Replace by:
Directions; Major Light
...1222671E), thence:
330 SE of a dangerous wreck (364685N 1223082E),
and:
Chinese Chart 12300/2017
Aoshan Gang Light (361966N 1204392E). [NP32/No.179/Wk.34/17]
Chinese Notice 13/545/2016 [NP32/No.85/Wk.17/16] Yellow Sea – Lianyungang to Chengshan Jiao –

Qingdao to Moye Dao — Anchorages and
China – Routes to Moye Dao -- Coastal route — harbours
Directions; wreck
333
Paragraph 8.137 4 line 3 For (364494N 1221969E) Pilotage: Pilot boards in position 363270N
Read (364543N 1221855E) 1211585E.
Chinese Chart 12100--2017 [NP32/No.86/Wk.22/17] 4 Development. Extensive development is currently
underway (2015) in the vicinity of Haiyang Gangku.
China – Yellow Sea – Shidao Gang — Wreck Two reclaimed islands extend into No 1 Anchorage, W
of the main channel. A number of basins and piers
331 are also being developed along the coast E of
Haiyang Ku towards Dongjiazhuang (8.148).
NW of a dangerous wreck (364200N
1222909E). 3 Development. Work is currently underway (2015) to
develop the port of Dongjiazhuang. A large basin S of
Chinese Notice 03/118/2016 [NP32/No.87/Wk.07/16] the port is being constructed, protected by
breakwaters to the S and E. A further two piers to the
W of the port are also currently under construction.
China – Routes to Moye Dao -- Gulong Zui to
Sushan Dao — Directions; wreck Chinese Chart 12264 [NP32/No.90/Wk.03/16]
332
China -- Yellow Sea --
Paragraph 8.141 3 lines 4--5 For (364494N 1221969E) Approaches to Jinghai Wan — Pilotage
Read (364543N 1221855E)
334
Chinese Chart 12100--2017 [NP32/No.88/Wk.22/17] Paragraph 8.150 2 line 2 Replace by:

...364670N 1221000E lies S of Jinghai Jiao.
China – Routes to Moye Dao -- Sushan Dao to Pilotage. Pilots board in position 364820N
Moye Dao — Directions; wreck 1221000E.
332 Chinese Chart 12300/2017

[NP32/No.180/Wk.34/17]
Read (364543N 1221855E) China -- Shidao Gang — Port development
334
Chinese Chart 12100--2017 [NP32/No.89/Wk.22/17]
China -- Yellow Sea -- Approaches to 1 D e s c r i p t i o n . S h i d a o G a n g ( 3 6 5 3 0 0 N
Shidao Gang — Wrecks 1222600E) is entered between the head of an
outer breakwater (365280N 1222741E) and a
332 bluff headland at the SW extremity of Moye Dao,
(365497N 1223151E). It affords good shelter with
N winds.
...and drying banks lies to NW. Thence: 2 The port has two main areas; Shidao Port and
Clear of a dangerous wreck (363665N Shidao New Port. Shidao Port has two basins, the N
1220922E), thence: basin (365355N 1222577E) is mainly used by
fishing vessels and shipyards. The S basin
(365287N 1222648E) is used by a shipyard and
...sea breaks heavily, thence: commercial vessels. Shidao New Port (365259N
Clear of a dangerous wreck (364200N 1222690E) is situated SE of the S basin and is
1222909E), thence: protected by the outer breakwater.
2 -- 143
Index
NP32
3 Tide levels. Mean spring range about 21 m; mean China -- Bohai Haixa -- North of Yantai Gang
neap range about 11 m. See information in Xigangqu — Wreck
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables.
340
Pilotage is compulsory and available in daylight
hours only. There are two pilot boarding positions as Paragraph 9.11 7 line 7 Replace by:
follows:
...1¾ miles SE. Vessels heading for the TSS precautionary
No 1 -- 365068N 1222935E.
area (9.136) should give a wide berth to the dangerous
No 2 -- 365115N 1222755E.
wreck in position 375661N 1210881E, marked by AIS
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6)
(Virtual).
4 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of No 1
pilot boarding place, the track leads NNW for about Chinese Notice 14/507/2017 [NP32/No.165/Wk.27/17]
1¾ miles, through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral), to a position close S of S1 Light Buoy (S China – Offshore routes from Chengshan Jiao —
cardinal) (365233N 1222830E). The track then Directions; stranded wreck
leads NW through a dredged channel with a depth of
128 m and a navigable width of 165 m, passing: 341
SW of a 59 m wreck (365279N 1222805E), Paragraph 9.19 1 lines 7--10 Delete
thence:
5 NE of the outer breakwater head, from which a
Chinese Chart 12100--2017 [NP32/No.91b/Wk.22/17]
light (white metal tower, red bands, 6 m in
height) (365280N 1222741E) is exhibited.
Thence the track leads to the berths. South East Yellow Sea – Chengshan Jiao to
Weihai – Longyan — Anchorages and harbours
Anchorages. A quarantine anchorage, centred on
position 365117N 1222747E, lies off the 343
entrance to Shidao Gang, with depths of 12 m to
20 m. A second anchorage, with depths of 17 m to Paragraph 9.36 Replace by:
30 m, is centred on position 364860N 1222790E.
An obstruction with a depth of 5 m lies in Malan Wan
position 364970N 1222674E. 9.36
6 Smaller vessels can anchor in the following 1 Approach and entry. Malan Wan is approached
positions: from the N, passing:
Foreign Vessel Anchorage (365439N E of a shoal patch (372541N 1223967E), depth
1222868E); depth 4 m, mud. 35 m, thence:
Domestic Vessel Anchorage (365428N W of a rock (372538N 1223993E), marked by a
1222793E); depth 3 to 5 m, mud. light buoy (port hand), which covers and
Domestic Vessel Anchorage (365441N uncovers. Thence:
1222658E); depth 3 to 6 m, mud. E of the breakwater (372541N 1223967E), from
Fishing Vessel Anchorage (365419N which a light is exhibited.
1222621E); depth 5 m, sand, mud. 2 Anchorage can be obtained in the bay in 7 to
7 Berths. The main commercial berths in Shidao Port 82 m, sticky mud. N and NW winds send a heavy
are as follows: sea into the bay.
Berth Nos 1 to 3 (365278N 1222659E); length Caution. A shoal patch exists in the bay
570 m, depths 84 to 10. (372515N 1223993E), depth 43 m.
Berth Nos 6 to 8 (365340N 1222634E); length 4 Development. Port facilities are under development
460 m, depths from 49 to 76 m. in Malan Wan (2015), including construction of two dry
The main berths in Shidao New Port are as follows: docks.
Berth Nos 12 to 15 (365270N 1222673E); 642 m
in length, depths 56 to 90 m. Chinese Chart 12111 [NP32/No.92/Wk.52/15]
Berth Nos 16 to 18 (365237N 1222680E); length
661 m, depth about 100 m. China – Weihai to Yantai — Directions; wreck
8 Repairs can be undertaken.
347
Other facilities. Medical; no garbage disposal.
Supplies. Fuel, fresh water, provisions available. Paragraph 9.69 7 lines 7--8 Delete
Chinese Notice 25/17 [NP32/No.177/Wk.30/17] Chinese Chart 12100--2017 [NP32/No.93/Wk.22/17]
China – Yantai —
China – Offshore routes from Chengshan Jiao — Arrival information; pilotage; directions
Directions; stranded wreck
348
No 3 Pilot boarding position (380400N
Paragraph 9.11 6 lines 1--2 Delete 1211700E).
2 No 4 Pilot boarding position (375750N...
Chinese Chart 12100--2017 [NP32/No.91a/Wk.22/17] ENC C1511951 [NP32/No.94/Wk.02/17]
2 -- 144
Index
NP32
349 China – Dalian Xingang, Dayao Wan and
Approaches — Basins and berths
366
1 From a position 3¾ miles NE of Xiaoshanzi Light
(373563N 1212599E) (9.69), in the vicinity of No 2
pilot boarding position (9.83), the track leads SSW, 1 Dalian Xingang:
passing: Crude Oil Terminal (385783N 1215451E);
maximum size 300 000 dwt, LOA 510 m, draught
BA Chart 1317 [NP32/No.94/Wk.02/17] 254 m.
LNG berth (385738N 1215321E); length
including dolphins 435 m, minimum depth 145 m.
China -- Miaodao Haixia — Directions; wreck 2 Mineral Terminal (385696N 1215258E). Two
jetties with about 400 m in length, depths from
353 186 to 258 m.
Paragraph 9.124 2 lines 3--5 Delete Nianyuwan Gangqu (385840N 1215400E) has
four oil wharves with berths on each side, handling
crude oil and POL. Maximum size 175 000 dwt, LOA
Chinese Notice 31/1248/17 [NP32/No.184/Wk.37/17] 421 m, draught 175 m at No 1 Crude Oil Jetty. On W
the side of the area there are a number of T--shaped
China -- Changshan Shuidao -- Changshan jetties with depths less than 10 m, with a boat wharf
Shuidao west bound — to the S.
Directions; obstruction; wreck 3 Dayao Wan:
Multi--purpose Wharf (385988N 1215367E).
355 Four berths, mainly used for grain and general
cargo; maximum draught 121 m.
Paragraph 9.142 4 lines 8--9 Replace by: Dalian Container Terminal (390000N
Clear of a wreck (375993N 1204996E), depth 1215316E). Seven berths; maximum depth
167 m. 141 m.
4 Dalian Port Container Terminal (390074N
BA Chart 1206; ENC C1411910 [NP32/No.95/Wk.47/16] 1215209E). Six berths; maximum depth
178 m.
Motor Vehicles Wharf (390190N 1215057E).
China -- Bohai Haixa -- Three berths; 640 m in length, minimum depth
North of Yantai Gang Xigangqu — Wreck 110 m.
356 Dalian Port [NP32/No.98/Wk.07/17]
Paragraph 9.144 1 line 10 Replace by: China – Yellow Sea – Dayao Wan —
Port services
...position 375993N 1204996E and a dangerous wreck
in position 375661N 1210881E, marked by AIS 366
(Virtual).
Paragraph 9.225 1 line 1 For 10.295 Read 9.202
UKHO [NP32/No.99/Wk.50/15]
China – Yellow Sea – Dalian — China -- Miaodao Haixia and Changshan Shuidao
Arrival information; pilotage to the South of Bohai Wan Oilfield — Light buoy
377
360
...1192974E).
The pilot transfer positions are:
Embarkation 385300N 1214750E. Chinese Notice 34/1508/16 [NP32/No.100/Wk.38/16]
Disembarkation 385300N 1214450E.
China – Bo Hai – Longkou — Approach route
Chinese Chart 11381 [NP32/No.96/Wk.45/16] 378
Dalian Gang and Approaches —
Directions for berths For vessels approaching from the N, an unmarked
approach route that extends N and NW from No 4
363 anchorage has been established, as follows:
East limit: 374117N 1201275E
Paragraph 9.200 1 Replace by: 374900N 1201275E
West limit: 374070N 1200850E
1 Dagang E Entrance N Head light (round stone pile, 374508N 1200200E
12 m in height) (385630N 1214024E).
Chinese ENC 1611382 [NP32/No.97/Wk.06/16] [NP32/No.101/Wk.50/15]
2 -- 145
Index
NP32
China – Bo Hai – Longkou Gangqu — China – Huanghua Gang — General information;
Anchorages controlling depth
379 383
Paragraph 10.42 Replace by: Paragraph 10.83 3 lines 5--6 Replace by:
1 There are four anchorage areas, the limits of which ...least charted depth in the North Channel is 179 m and in
are shown on the chart, centred as follows: the South Channel 141 m.
Number Position Notes Chinese Chart 11783 [NP32/No.104/Wk.05/17]
1 373773N Unrestricted use
1201580E For vessels less than China – Bohai Wan – Huanghua Gang —
500 GT Anchorages
1201307E Vessels less than 1000 GT 383
3 373760N Explosives, fuel oil and Paragraph 10.83 5 line 7 Delete
1201065E liquid chemicals. Vessels
less than 10000 GT
1201038E No 8 (unrestricted, non--hazardous cargo)
(384087N 1181611E).
2 Note: These anchorages are only suitable for
waiting purposes, they are not suitable for sheltering Chinese chart 11781 [NP32/No.105/Wk.44/15]
from strong winds.
China – Bo Hai – Huanghua Gang –
Entrance channel — Racon buoy
[NP32/No.102/Wk.43/15] 384
China -- Bo Hai -- Longkou — Paragraph 10.84 1 line 7 For Beacon Read Buoy
379 Chinese charts 11770, 11783 [NP32/No.106/Wk.51/15]

China – Huanghua Gang — Directions; berths
The track then curves to the SE, passing:
SW of an obstruction (373861N 1201475E), 384
depth 67 m, lying close W of No 110 Light Buoy
(port hand). Paragraph 10.84 9 Replace by:
Thence the track leads to a position close...
9 Basins and berths. South Basin (381967N
Paragraph 10.50 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: 1175306E) contains mainly coal and general cargo
2 From a position close S of No 112 Light Buoy (port berths, as follows:
hand) (373857N 1201520E), in the... Liquid Chemical Berth (381950N 1175389E):
length including dolphins 100 m; depth 142 m;
Chinese Notice 38/1558/17 [NP32/No.187/Wk.44/17] maximum 50 000 dwt; daylight berthing only.
Coal Terminal (381935N 1175268E): three
jetties, of between 879 m and 1200 m in length
China -- Bo Hai -- Laizhou Wan — Anchorage and three quays, of between 213 m and 310 m in
length, with a total of 17 berths. The longest berth,
381
No 400 (391954N 1175208E), is 310 m in
After Paragraph 10.61 2 line 6 Insert: length with a depth of 142 m.
North Basin (382078N 1175146E) contains
A temporary lightering anchorage is centred on mainly dry bulk and container berths, as follows:
position 373263N 1192932E; depth 12 m, mud. Iron Ore Terminal (382201N 1175438E); length
735 m; depth 200 m.
BA Chart 1294 [NP32/No.185/Wk.37/17]
Huanghua Comprehensive Port (382089N
1175198E). Berth Nos 1 to 4; length 1017 m;
China – Bohai Wan – Laizhou Wan — Anchorage depth 156 m.
Huanghua Comprehensive Port Container Terminal
381 (382053N 1175144E). Berth Nos 5 to 8,
After Paragraph 10.67 2 line 10 Insert: length 527 m; depth 153 m.
General Bulk and Cargo Pier (381967N
3 An awaiting temporary anchorage, depth 115 m, 1175016E): length approximately 500 m; depth
mud, has been established, centred on position 148 m.
373255N 1192932E.
BA2644; C1 11782; IHS Sea Web
Chinese Notice 50/2026/2015 [NP32/No.103/Wk.01/16] [NP32/No.107/Wk.05/17]
2 -- 146
Index
NP32
Bohai Wan – Dongying Gang — After Paragraph 10.103 2 line 45 Insert:
Anchorages; pilotage
No 8 Anchorage (N) 384200N 1181600E,
hazardous cargoes.
384 No 8 Anchorage (S) 384050N 1181650E,
non--hazardous cargoes.
Paragraph 10.85 3 -- 5 including existing Section IV NM Note obstruction, (384127N 1181753E) always
Week 01/16 Replace by: submerged, depth 15 m.
3 Anchorages. There are three designated Chinese Notice 36/1340/2015 [NP32/No.110/Wk.44/15]

anchorage areas in the vicinity of Dongying Gang as
follows: China – Bohai Sea – Tianjin Gang — Wreck
Unrestricted anchorage, centred on position
381090N 1190615E, minimum depth 154 m. 387
The W corner of the area is marked by a light buoy
(special). After Paragraph 10.103 2 line 45 Insert:
No 1 anchorage, unrestricted, minimum depth Caution. A dangerous wreck, depth 139 m, lies
125 m, centred on position 380627N 22 miles NNE of the anchorage for vessels over
1190560E. 100 000 dwt (see table above) in position 385052N
4 No 2 anchorage, explosives, minimum depth 1181450E.
137 m, centred on position 380720N
1190732E. Chinese Notice 5/228/2016 [NP32/No.111/Wk.08/16]
Pilotage. The pilot boarding positions are as
follows:
No 1 -- 380867N 1190533E. China – Bo Hai – Tianjin Gang —
No 2 -- 381000N 1190750E.
No 4 -- 381167N 1190700E. 387
5 For outbound vessels with a draught of less than
128 m, the pilot disembarks in the vicinity of No 3 Paragraph 10.104 1 and 2 Replace by:
pilot station (381083N 1190650E). For all other
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
vessels, the pilot disembarks in the vicinity of
for Chinese vessels carrying inflammable liquids; it is
381068N 1190730E.
available 24 hours.
6 No further information is available and details
Tianjin Gang Main Channel leading toward Tianjin
should be obtained from local authorities and vessel’s Gang Main Channel, has a pilot boarding place in the
agents. position 385085N 1181450E. Pilots also embark
and disembark in the following positions:
Chinese ENC C1511862 [NP32/No.108/Wk.24/16] 2 No 1 (385590N 1180652E), No 1
disembarkation (385470N 1180630E),
No 2 (385643N 1180254E), No 2
China – Bo Hai – Tianjin Gang Approaches – disembarkation (385546N 1180223E),
Dagusha Hangdao — Wreck No 3 (385713N 1175735E), No 3
disembarkation (385626N 1175716E).
386
Paragraph 10.104 3 line 1 For 385473N 1175424E
After Paragraph 10.95 2 line 6 Insert: Read 385475N 1175429E
Note: There is a caution area that lies 8 cables NE China Notice 23/1103/16 [NP32/No.112/Wk.28/16]
of Dagusha Hangdao No 217 buoy, wherein a
dangerous wreck has been reported (385178N
1180161E). The least depth within the caution area China – Bo Hai – Tianjin Gang — Pilotage
is 11.3 m.
387
Chinese Notice 49/1957/2015 & ENC C1511779
[NP32/No.109/Wk.08/16] Paragraph 10.104 3 line 1 including existing Section IV
3 Dagusha Hangdao has a pilot boarding place in
China – Bohai Wan – Tianjin Gang — position 374725N 1180650E, in the vicinity of
Anchorages Dagusha Hangdao Light Buoy (safe water) (10.110).
Pilots also embark and disembark in the following
387 positions:
No 1 (385064N 1180170E), No 1
Paragraph 10.103 2 lines 43--45 (No 7 Anchorage) No 2 (385310N 1175756E), No 2
Replace by: disembarkation (385251N 1175710E).
No 7 Anchorage (N) 384400N 1175950E, In position 385475N 1175429E, between the
non--hazardous cargoes. breakwater heads.
No 7 Anchorage (S) 384250N 1175950E,
hazardous cargoes. Chinese Notice 26/1042/17 [NP32/No.172/Wk.30/17]
2 -- 147
Index
NP32
China – Bo Hai – Tianjin Gang — Pilotage Paragraph 10.111 4 lines 6--7 Replace by:
Between Nos 29 and 30 Light Buoys (lateral)
387 (385670N 1175789E). No 3 Pilot stations...
Paragraph 10.104 3 line 1 including existing Section IV Paragraph 10.111 5 lines 2--3 Replace by:
Week 30/17 Replace by: ...Nos 35 and 36 Light Buoys (lateral) (385709N
1175490E) and onto the alignment (2816) of...
3 Dagusha Hangdao has a pilot boarding place in
position 384725N 1180650E, in the vicinity of Paragraph 10.112 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Dagusha Hangdao Light Buoy (safe water) (10.110).
Pilots also embark and disembark in the following 3 From the position between Nos 35 and 36 Light
positions: Buoys (lateral) (385709N 1175490E), the...
No 1 (385064N 1180170E), No 1 Paragraph 10.112 5 lines 6--11 Replace by:
No 2 (385310N 1175756E), No 2 SSW of N45 Light Beacon (S cardinal) (385837N
disembarkation (385251N 1175710E). 1174864E), marking S of a drying bank
In position 385475N 1175429E, between the extending 2 cables S from the S extremity of S
breakwater heads. point of Tianjin Gang Donjiang Gangqu.
6 Tianjinhang Beihangdao. From the position
between Shenhua Tianjin Coal Pier Light and
China – Tianjin Gang — N45 Light Beacon (S cardinal), North Basin is
Directions; racons; buoys approached through Tianjinhang Beihangdao via a
channel marked by light beacons (lateral) leading NW
388 and entered NE of No 47 Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(385825N 1174815E).
Paragraph 10.110 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 10.112 7 line 3 For E Breakwater Vessel Read
East
Tianjin Gang No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(385155N 1181352E).
Tianjin Gang No 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Chinese Chart 11773; Chinese ENC C1511779
(385515N 1180736E). [NP32/No.113/Wk.37/16]
Paragraph 10.110 1 line 5 Replace by: China – West Coast of Bo Hai – Tianjin Gang to
Qinhuangdao — Directions
Tianjin Gang No 47 Light Buoy (E cardinal)...
391
Dagusha Hangdao No 236 Light Buoy (port hand)...
...1194073E). A second dangerous wreck lies
Paragraph 10.111 1 line 2 For 2806 Read 2816 7 miles ENE. Thence:

2 Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) China -- Caofeidian — General information;
(385148N 1181336E), and entering the depths; directions; berths
channel, thence:
NE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (385375N 392
1180884E) marking a wreck; a dangerous Paragraph 10.131 1 lines 8--9 Replace by:
wreck lies 8 cables SSW and another reported
(2007) wreck lies 1½ miles SW. The main port area is the southernmost part of the
island where several deep water wharves exist, and in
Paragraph 10.111 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: Basin No 1 on the SW side of the island. Basin No 2
is being developed to the NW of Basin No 1 and
3 The buoyed channel then continues to the vicinity Basin No 3, a considerably larger basin is being
of 385517N 1180702E, and W of No 13 Light constructed close NE of the island.
Buoy (10.110); No 1 Pilot stations (10.104) lie close
NW and SE. After Paragraph 10.132 1 line 6 Insert:
2 The maximum charted depth within Basin No 1 is
389 185 m, with maximum alongside depths of 16 m
however, considerable development is underway within
Paragraph 10.111 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: the basin (2016).
4 Between Nos 21 and 22 Light Buoys (lateral) Chinese Charts 11761/15; 11762/16
(385591N 1180275E); No 2 Pilot stations... [NP32/No.115/Wk.42/16]
2 -- 148
Index
NP32
China – Bo Hai Sea – Caofeidian — AIS:
Arrival information Buoy No 316 (390025N 1183952E).
Buoy No 329 (390370N 1183977E).
392 Buoy No 337 (390523N 1183881E).
Buoy No 345 (390578N 1183637E).
Paragraph 10.133 2 line 9 For (385348N 1184172E) Buoy No 356 (390453N 1183354E).
Read (385300N 1183700E) 2 Track. A buoyed channel leads into the newly
developed Basin No 3 on the NE side of Caofeidian,
Paragraph 10.133 3 lines 4--5 Delete commencing from Buoy No 301 (385732N
1184164E).
Chinese Charts C1511761/C1511761
[NP32/No.116/Wk.48/15] BA Chart 2657 [NP32/No.119/Wk.42/16]
China – Bo Hai – Caofeidan Gangqu — China – Bo Hai – Caofeidian —

Pilotage positions Liquid Chemical Terminal
392 393
L1 -- 385250N 1183100E 3 Liquid Chemical Terminal, (390270N 1183134E)
L2 -- 385400N 1182740E capable of handling 2 x 5000 t oil product vessels and
D1 -- 385250N 1182750E 2 x 5000 t chemical product vessels simultaneously.
D2 -- 385318N 1183662E Total length 624 m, designed depth 135 m. The
D3 -- 385212N 1182709E
swinging area has a diameter of 458 m, designed
depth of 135 m.
Chinese Chart 11762 [NP32/No.117/Wk.42/15] This berth is accessed through the buoyed channel
(10.135) that is entered on passing between No 301
China – Bo Hai – Caofeidian — Pilotage and 302 buoys.
392 Chinese Notice 10/Marine Information/2016

Paragraph 10.133 4 lines 1--5 including existing Section IV [NP32/No.120/Wk.14/16]
4 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and China -- Caofeidian — General information;
available during daylight hours. Pilots board in the depths; directions; berths
following positions:
L1 -- 385250N 1183100E, 393
L2 -- 385400N 1182740E,
Paragraph 10.136 including existing Section IV Notice Wk
L3 -- 384700N 1183340E,
14/16 Replace by:
D1 -- 385250N 1182750E,
D2 -- 385318N 1183662E,
D3 -- 385212N 1182709E, Harbour
D4 -- 385000N 1184390E. 10.136
1 Berths:
Chinese Notice 24/975/17 [NP32/No.171/Wk.29/17] Coal Wharf, lies on the W side of Basin No 1, with
about 3 km of quayage and charted depths
China – Bo Hai – Caofeidian — Directions between 58 m and 148 m.
General Cargo Wharf, lies on the E side of Basin
392 No 1, about 23 km in length, charted depths of
about 15 m, to be further extended to the N. The N
Paragraph 10134 3 line 1 For 30 Read 38 berths lie alongside a container terminal.
2 Shougan Product Wharf, lies on the S half of the
E side of Basin No 1, about 32 km of
UKHO [NP32/No.118/Wk.49/15] quayage with charted depths of about 13 m.
General Cargo Quay, lies in the SE corner of Basin
China -- Caofeidian — General information; No 1, 3½ cables in length with charted depths of
depths; directions; berths about 15 m.
3 Ore Terminal (385485N 1183035E) lies on
392 the S tip of the island, SE of Basin No 1
entrance. It consists of three adjacent jetties,
Paragraph 10.135 1 and 2 Replace by: marked at its E end by a light (white column,
10 m in height), and at its W by a light (white
Directions for Basin No 3 column, red bands, 10 m in height), providing
10.135 six berths for iron ore, maximum size of
1 Racons: vessel: LOA 370 m, draught 250 m,
Buoy No 301 (385732N 1184164E). 300 000 dwt.
2 -- 149
Index
NP32
4 Oil Wharf, (385494N 1183149E) T--shaped, China – Bo Hai – Liaodong Wan —
about 520 m in length, marked at E end by a Directions; wrecks
light (white GRP tower, blue bands, 18 m in
height), and at W end by a light (red GRP 400
tower, green bands, 18 m in height), for crude Paragraph 10.190 1 lines 12--13 Delete
oil tankers.
LNG Pier, E of the Oil Wharf, (385515N
Chinese Notice 26/1038--1040/17
1183292E) T--shaped, marked to its SE by a
[NP32/No.173a/Wk.30/17]
light buoy (S cardinal), charted depth alongside
154 m.
China -- Liaodong Wan -- Suizhong Gang —
Chinese Chart 11761/15; BA Chart 2668 Directions; dangerous wreck
[NP32/No.121/Wk.42/16] 400
China -- Bohai Wan -- Caofeidian — Berths
393 thence:
Paragraph 10.136 Including existing Section IV Notice Chinese Notice 14/505/17 [NP32/No.124/Wk.25/17]
Week 42/16 and 14/16 Replace by:
Harbour China – Bo Hai – Liaodong Wan —
10.136 Directions; wrecks
1 Berths: 400
Coal Wharf, lying on the W side of Basin No 1. It
consists of about 3 km of quayage with charted Paragraph 10.190 2 lines 7--9 Delete
depths between 58 m and 148 m.
General Cargo Wharf, lies on the E side of Basin Chinese Notice 26/1038--1040/17
No 1. It consists of about 23 km of quayage, [NP32/No.173b/Wk.30/17]
charted depths of about 15 m, to be farther
extended to the N. The N berths lie alongside a
China – Bo Hai – Qinhuangdao to Jinzhou —
container terminal. Directions; light
2 Shougan Product Wharf, lies on the S half of the
E side of Basin No 1. It consists of about 400
32 km of quayage with charted depths of
about 13 m. Paragraph 10.191 2 lines 12--14 Replace by:
General Cargo Quay, lies in the SE corner of Basin ...from it. Thence:
No 1, it consists of about 3½ cables of quayage,
with charted depths of about 15 m. Chinese Notice 38/1728/16 [NP32/No.125/Wk.46/16]
3 Ore Terminal, (385485N 1183035E) lying on
the S tip of the island, SE of Basin No 1 China – Bo Hai – Liaodong Wan —
entrance. It consists of three adjacent jetties, Directions; wrecks
providing six berths for iron ore. Maximum
size of vessel: LOA 370 m, draught 250 m, 400
300 000 dwt. Paragraph 10.191 3 lines 13--14 Delete
4 Oil Wharf, (385494N 1183149E) T--shaped,
about 520 m in length, for crude oil tankers.
LNG Pier, E of the Oil Wharf, (385515N Chinese Notice 26/1038--1040/17
1183292E). T--shaped, with a charted depth [NP32/No.173c/Wk.30/17]
alongside of 154 m.
Huaneng Tangshan Gang Caofeidian Gangqu Coal China -- Suizhong Gang —
Pier, (385681N 1182666E), is 1428 m in Harbour; directions; leading lights
length. Alongside depths are reported to range
401
from 15 to 195 m.
Chinese C1 Notice 15/Marine Information/2017
[NP32/No.122/Wk.22/17] 1 Suizhong Gang consists of two piers. The E--most
Main Pier has three berths as follows:
The outer tanker berth, for vessels up to 50 000 dwt,
China – Bo Hai – Jingtang approaches — Wreck charted depth 15 m.
The centre tanker berth for vessels up to 30 000 dwt,
393 charted depth 13 m.
After Paragraph 10.142 2 line 3 Insert: The inner bulk cargo berth for vessels up to
2 000 dwt, charted depth between 7 and 8 m.
Caution. A wreck, depth 28 m, has been reported 2 A second buoyed channel, entered ½ mile WNW of
in position 391491N 1193020E. the centre tanker berth of the Main Pier (above) leads
to the W--most Coal Pier, on which there is a berth
Chinese Notice 47/1814/2015 [NP32/No.123/Wk.51/15] with a depth of 66 m alongside.
2 -- 150
Index
NP32
Paragraph 10.196 1 lines 3--4 For 400500N 1200260E China – Bo Hai – Liaodong Wan -- Yingkou Gang
Read 400504N 1200268E — Pilot positions
408
Chinese Chart 11572/16; ENC C1611571 After Paragraph 10.256 1 line 8 Insert:
[NP32/No.126/Wk.42/16]
403146N 1215847E
China – Bo Hai – Huludao Gang — 402102N 1220009E
Pilotage position
401 [NP32/No.130/Wk.03/16]
Paragraph 10.199 4 line 1 Replace by: China – Taiwan Strait – Yingkou and
Rongxing Gangqu — Virtual AIS
4 Pilotage is compulsory, the pilot boarding in
position 403850N 1210155E. 409
Chinese chart 11551 [NP32/No.127/Wk.51/15] Virtual AIS:
Light--buoy (isolated danger) (403699N
China – Bo Hai – Liaodong Wan — 1215976E) close W of a wreck.
Directions; wrecks
Chinese Notice 45/T1581/2014
403 [NP32/No.131/Wk.51/15]
Paragraph 10.215 6 lines 1--4 Replace by: China – Bo Hai – Rongxing Gangqu —
Pilotage positions
6 Clear of a dangerous wreck (391330N
1205713E); another dangerous wreck lies 411
2½ miles NE, thence: After Paragraph 10.276 1 line 9 Insert:
Chinese Notice 26/1041/17 [NP32/No.174/Wk.30/17] 2 Pilotage. There are two pilot boarding positions, as
follows:
402368N 1215098E
China – Bo Hai -- Changxing Dao —
403600N 1215830E
Outer anchorages
Chinese ENCs C1511521 and 1511533
405 [NP32/No.132/Wk.52/15]
After Paragraph 10.224 1 line 10 Insert: China -- Bayuquan — Depths
Outer anchorages. Three anchorage areas have 411
been established, centred on the following positions:
No 1 (392060N 1211200E); charted depths Paragraph 10.280 1 Replace by:
between 200 and 281 m. 1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth along
No 2 (392260N 1211250E); charted depths the centreline of the Bayuquan fairway is 22 m up to
between 300 and 350 m.
No 3 (392435N 1211250E); charted depths Light Buoys Nos 35 and 36 (lateral). An obstruction,
between 291 and 360 m. (401753N 1220198E) existence doubtful, with a
depth of 81 m, lies on the S limit of the fairway
C1 Notice 14/1945/16 [NP32/No.128/Wk.49/16] between Light Buoys Nos 35 and 37.
BA Chart 1282 [NP32/No.133/Wk.39/16]
China – Bo Hai – Yingkou Gangqu —
Pilotage positions China – Bo Hai – Bayuquan — Pilotage positions
411
408
No 1 -- 401842N 1215405E.
Port Position No 2 -- 401275N 1214300E.
Yingkou Gangqu 403105N 1215845E Small vessels and quarantine anchorage --
402090N 1220013E.
Bayuquan No 1 401841N 1215406E
Bayuquan No 2 401275N 1214300E Chinese chart 11521 [NP32/No.134/Wk.51/15]
Bayuquan quarantine 402102N 1220009E China – Bohai Sea – Bayuquan – Angang
Zianrendao No 1 400917N 1213733E Hangdao — Directions; Approach Channel
Zianrendao No 2 400400N 1213000E 412--413
Rongxing 402368N 1215098E Paragraphs 10.290 1--3 Replace by:
Rongxing 403600N 1215830E 1 From the vicinity of No 1 Pilot Boarding position
(400917N 1213733E) the track leads NE for
Chinese chart 11521, Chinese ENCs C1411510, 1511521, 18 miles to a second pilot boarding area in position
1511531, 1511533 [NP32/No.129/Wk.52/15] 402368N 1215100E.
2 -- 151
Index
NP32
Note: The track passes over a spoil ground, South Korea -- Taeh÷ksando — Directions; lights
(minimum depth 151 m, diameter 18 miles) centred
on a light buoy (special)(402002N 1214705E), and 421
it passes clear of the following dangers: Paragraph 11.36 5 lines 5--6 Delete
Dangerous wreck (401982N 1214914E);
Two obstructions, always submerged (minimum
Korean Notice 53/1035/16 [NP32/No.139/Wk.04/17]
depth 142 m)(402200N 1214929E);
Dangerous wreck (402288N 1215032E);
Spoil Ground A (402264N 1215930E) (10.283). South Korea – Yellow Sea –
2 From the second pilot boarding position, the track Mokp’o Hang approaches — Vertical clearance
leads E to Gangtie No 1 (lateral) starboard hand buoy 428
(402404N 1215866E). The entrance channel is
entered on passing between Nos 3 and 4 light buoys, Paragraph 11.87 1 line 2 For 27 m Read 25 m
on a heading of 106. On reaching No 7 and No 8
light buoys (No 8 has a racon), the heading changes South Korean Notice 43/664/2015
to 126 on the alignment of the leading lights. The [NP32/No.140/Wk.46/15]
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads for
about 6 miles towards Angang Bayuquan (402000N South Korea -- Approaches to Mokp’o Hang —
1220800E). Directions; lights
Chinese Notice 03/116/2016 [NP32/No.135/Wk.07/16] 429

China – Bo Hai – Xianrendao — Bulmugido Light (white four sided concrete tower,
Pilotage positions
11 m in height) (344555N 1261342E).
413
Paragraph 10.296 3 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 11.90 1 lines 2--3 Delete
No 2 -- 400400N 1213000E.
Chinese ENC C1411510 [NP32/No.136/Wk.52/15] Paragraph 11.90 2 lines 3--4 Delete
South Korea -- Maemul Sudo — Directions; lights Korean Notice 53/1032/16 [NP32/No.141/Wk.04/17]
417 South Korea – Chãngd÷ng Hae --

Majin Do — Directions; rock
431
Korean Notice 53/1034/16 [NP32/No.137/Wk.04/17] Paragraph 11.96 3 line 8 For 14 m Read 05 m.
Korean Chart 3131/16 [NP32/No.142/Wk.20/17]
West Coast of Korea – Mokp’o Hang and
418 Approaches — Directions for north approach
E of Hat’aedo (342330N 1251800E) (11.33), Paragraph 11.98 3 lines 8--9 For Chinmok To Light Beacon
from where Samtaedo Light (Hataedo) (white (E cardinal) Read Jaeundo Light Beacon (green square on
round concrete tower, 4 m in height) (342369N green round concrete tower, 13 m in height)
1251797E) is exhibited, thence:
Paragraph 11.98 3 line 10 For Chinmok To Read Jinmokdo
Korean Chart 3135 [NP32/No.143/Wk.03/16]
South Korea -- Maemul Sudo -- Adjacent Islands
— Directions; lights South Korea -- Mokp’o Hang — Directions; lights
420 436
Paragraph 11.32 1 lines 7--9 Delete Paragraph 11.117 1--2 Replace by:
1 Landmarks:
Korean Notice 53/1033/16 [NP32/No.138/Wk.04/17] Yong Du (344709N 1262133E).
Yudalsan (344739N 1262235E), a double peak
Paragraph 11.33 2 lines 2--3 Delete with a mass of large rocks of remarkable
appearance on the summit.
Korean Notice 53/1034/16 [NP32/No.138/Wk.04/17] Bulmugido Light (344556N 1261342E) (11.89).
2 -- 152
Index
NP32
2 Major lights: South Korea -- Inshore route -- Päpsängp’o —
Silhado Light (344199N 1261447E) (11.90). Directions; lights
Mokpogu Light (344574N 1261785E) (11.90). 442
Korean Notice 53/1032/16 [NP32/No.144/Wk.04/17] Paragraph 11.153 2 line 6 Delete
South Korea -- Mokp’o Hang — Wreck Korean Notice 53/1036/16 [NP32/No.149/Wk.04/17]
438 South Korea – Yellow Sea – Gunsan Hang and

Approaches — Pilot information
1 No 6 Anchorage, (344717N 1262560E), for Paragraph 11.164 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
vessels less than 10 000 dwt. A shoal bank,
least depth 78 m, lies near the centre of the 1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the following
area. A wreck, depth 118 m, lies in the WNW positions:
of the anchorage. No 1, an area of 2 miles radius centred on position
355700N 1262530E.
Korean Notice 34/651/16 [NP32/No.145/Wk.42/16] No 2, an area of 1 mile radius centred on position
355800N 1262800E.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
South Korea -- Ch’ilbalto to Gunsan Hang —
Coastal route; directions; lights Korean Notice 11/01/2016 [NP32/No.150/Wk.03/16]
439 South Korea – Yellow Sea –
Gunsan Hang — Pilot position
443
Maemulto Light (343136N 1254117E) (11.17).
Korean Notice 53/1034/16 and 53/1035/16
[NP32/No.146/Wk.04/17] 1 From the vicinity of Gunsan Hang pilotage position,
the track leads generally ENE, passing:
ESE of Yeongsando (343900N 1252800E), a
wooded islet with a sharp rocky peak. South Korea – Gunsan Hang to Boryeong —
Yeongsando is difficult to identify against the General information; pilotage
background of the larger island. Yeongsando
Light (white round concrete tower, 11 m in height) 447
(343921N 1252873E) is exhibited from the Paragraph 12.5 1 Replace by:
island. Thence:
1 From the vicinity of Gunsan Hang No 1 pilot
Korean Notice 53/1035/16 [NP32/No.146/Wk.04/17] embarkation position (355680N 1262576E), the
route leads NNW for 15½ miles to the vicinity of
Boryeong pilot boarding position (361131N
South Korea – W coast –
Sangwangd÷ngdo — Directions; light 1261845E).
BA Chart 913 [NP32/No.152/Wk.49/16]
439
Paragraph 11.133 2 lines 4--5 Delete South Korea – Gunsan Hang to Boryeong —
Directions; pilotage
448
440
Paragraph 11.136 3 line 3 For (11.133) Read (white round
concrete tower, 6 m in height) 2 The track then leads to the vicinity of Boryeong
pilot boarding position (361131N 1261845E); a
wreck, depth 162 m, lies close E.
BA Chart 913 [NP32/No.153/Wk.49/16]
South Korea -- Passage North--West of Naju
Kundo — Directions; lights South Korea – Boryeong —
Arrival information; Directions; pilotage
441 449
Paragraph 11.143 1 lines 2--6 Replace by: Paragraph 12.21 1 Replace by:
Maemulto Light (343136N 1254117E) (11.17). 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available in daylight
hours only. The pilot boards at Boryeong pilot
Korean Notice 53/1034/16 and 53/1035/16 boarding position (361131N 1261845E). See
[NP32/No.148/Wk.04/17] Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
2 -- 153
Index
NP32
Paragraph 12.26 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 2 In Area No 1, vessels shall not navigate at a speed
exceeding 15 knots.
1 From the vicinity of Boryeong pilot boarding position
(361131N 1261845E), noting the wreck charted Area No 2
close E, the track leads E, NNE and N through a 365963N 1264770E
channel marked by buoys (lateral), passing: 365894N 1264651E
BA Chart 913 [NP32/No.154/Wk.49/16] 365885N 1264810E

365811N 1264930E
South Korea – Boryeong to Kadae Am — 365837N 1264989E

General information; pilotage 3 In Area No 2, vessels shall not navigate at a speed
exceeding 12 knots.
450 Area No 3
Paragraph 12.31 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 370036N 1264636E
370013N 1264613E
1 From the vicinity of Boryeong pilot position
(361131N 1261845E), the route leads NW for 365947N 1264717E
10 miles to... 365938N 1264763E
4 In Area No 3, vessels shall not navigate at a speed
1 From the vicinity of Boryeong pilot boarding position
exceeding 8 knots.
(361131N 1261845E), the track leads NW passing:
Area No 4
BA Chart 913 [NP32/No.155/Wk.49/16] 365837N 1264989E
365811N 1264930E
West Coast of Korea – Approaches to 365700N 1265020E
P’yängt’aek Hang — Directions
365721N 1265068E
458 5 In Area No 4, vessels shall not navigate at a speed
exceeding 8 knots.
Korean Chart 3562 NE [NP32/No.157/Wk.41/16]
...between Nos 13 and 14 Light Buoys (lateral).
Korean Chart 3437 [NP32/No.156/Wk.47/15] Korea – West coast — Approaches to Incheon
462
Korea – West coast – Kadae Am to Inch’on Hang
– P’yängt’aek Hang — Arrival information; Paragraph 12.128 5 line 13 Replace by:
traffic regulations
...part. A dangerous wreck (depth 75 m) lies
9 cables NNE of this point.
460
Paragraph 12.113 1--5 Replace by: Korean Notice 46/3/2016 [NP32/No.158/Wk.05/16]
1 Restricted area. Entry is not permitted into the

South Korea – Inch’än Hang —
restricted area (365990N 1264680E) except for Controlling depths; alongside berths
vessels berthing at the oil and gas tanker terminals
(12.118). 463
Speed Limit areas. There are speed restrictions in
the areas bounded by the positions listed below. Paragraph 12.134 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
These lie in the approaches to P’yängt’aek Hang as
...charted being 8 m in position 372914N 1263562E.
follows:
Area No 1 South Korean Chart 3614 [NP32/No.159/Wk.48/16]
365986N 1264202E
370207N 1264482E South Korea – In’chon Hang — Anchorages
370035N 1264635E
465--466
370013N 1264613E
365947N 1264717E
365939N 1264763E 1 The outer harbour has 24 numbered anchorages,
limits of some of which are shown on the chart; they
365894N 1264751E
lie E and W of the main approach fairway, and W of
365862N 1264668E Fairway 1 as follows:
2 -- 154
Index
NP32
2 Anchorages W1 and W5 are to the W of the North Korea – Haeju Hang — Anchorage
main fairway below In’chon Grand Bridge and
W9 to W17 above the bridge, with depths 473
from 7 to 12 m, capable of accommodating Paragraph 13.21 1 line 6 Replace by:
vessels up to 50 000 tonnes. A wreck lies to
374067N 1253164E
the W of Anchorage W14, and an explosives
Anchorage may also be obtained in an area
anchorage (not numbered) lies NNE of
centred on 374755N 1253961E in depths of about
Anchorage W15.
22 m. This anchorage, S of Kye Do, lies between
3 W16 quarantine anchorage (373124N
shoal water and is only accessible from S.
1263543E) lies to the N of Jagyakdo
(12.149) and W of the buoyed channel; W17 Korean Chart 3712 [NP32/No.164/Wk.17/17]
anchorage lies ¼ mile to the N of W16
Anchorage.
Anchorages E1 to E6 lie to the E of the main fairway NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2017 Edition)
below the bridge, with depths from 7 to 16 m,
capable of accommodating vessels up to Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --
50 000 tonnes. Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
4 Anchorages A3 to A6 are located N of the 284
quarantine anchorage (12.144), and E of the
E numbered anchorages. Paragraph 9.125 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
Anchorage A9 is N of the In’chon Grand Bridge and is Santa Magdalena Light (white GRP tower, 10 m in
designated as a recommended anchorage. height) (123892N 1240639E).
Korean Chart 3438 [NP32/No.160/Wk.50/15] Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 1--Wk 52/17]
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Santa

Magdalena — Directions; light
South Korea – Inch’än Hang — Controlling
depths; alongside berths 290
467
Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E)
Paragraph 12.157 2 lines 8--9 Replace by: (9.125).
Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 2--Wk 52/17]
...the entrance to the S tidal basin, length 350 m, least
charted depth alongside 122 m; can accommodate
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --
vessels up to... San Bernardino Island — Directions; light
South Korean Chart 3614 [NP32/No.161/Wk.48/16] 290

...1241707E).
South Korea – Yellow Sea – Incheon — Incheon
New Port Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 3--Wk 52/17]
467 Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --

Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
LNG Terminal at Incheon New Port comprising Paragraph 9.244 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
three berths on two T--headed jetties (372028N Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E)
1263600E). Minimum depth 10.0 m. (9.125).
Incheon New Port Container Wharf (372050N
1263790E). Minimum depth 126 m. Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 4--Wk 52/17]
Korean chart 3469 [NP32/No.162/Wk.05/16] NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
Malaysia -- Celebes and Sulu Seas —

South Korea – W Coast – Ando to Haeju — Regulations
3

3 Maritime Areas of Common Concern. A
Paragraph 13.10 1 line 5 Delete co--operative between Indonesia, Malaysia and the
Philippines has established Maritime Areas of
Common Concern and associated ship reporting
S Korean Lights List 4145.5 [NP32/No.163/Wk.08/16] system in the vicinity of the NW Celebes Sea.
2 -- 155
Index
NP34
For further information on the Maritime Areas of Clear of an obstruction (65101S 1124487E),
Common Concern and associated ship reporting thence:
system, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals WSW of the pilot boarding position (4.80), thence:
Volume 6(4). ENE of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand), thence:
4 Transit Corridors. The Republic of the Philippines, 2 To the vicinity of 65206S 1124506E. The
Federation of Malaysia, and Indonesia have taken recommended track then leads SW for about
certain measures to mitigate the threat to shipping, 1½ miles, passing:
including the establishment of Transit Corridors in the NW of a dangerous wreck (65210S 1124520E),
NW Celebes Sea. thence:
SE of No 7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (65247S
Malaysia Notice 14/17 [NP34/No.12/Wk.40/17] 1124474E), thence:
To a position on the alignment of the leading lights
Jawa North Coast -- Selat Surabaya and in the vicinity of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand).
approaches — Port information
96--97
94
Paragraph 4.89 1 to 6 including heading Replace by:
No 4 Light Buoy to Tanjungperak
1 North entrance. The two channels leading across
4.89
the bar at the N entrance to Selat Surabaya pass
1 Leading lights:
close to a 38 m depth near No 4 Light Buoy (port
Front light: Mapia Light Beacon (white square
hand) (65333S 1124418E); see caution below. concrete tower, red bands, on platform, 14 m in
height) (65938S 1124199E).
95 Rear light: Ujung Piring Light (white metal framework
Paragraph 4.80 2 line 2 For 65183S 1124675E Read tower, 14 m in height) (27 miles from front light).
65118S 1124518E 2 The alignment (200) of these lights leads along the
recommended track marked by light buoys (lateral),
passing:
96 Close ESE of No 9 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(65414S 1124377E) and clear of
obstructions, existence doubtful, which lie on both
E of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (64650S sides of the track, thence:
1124438E), thence: ESE of a stranded wreck (65450S 1124339E),
E of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (64950S thence:
1124457E). 3 WNW of Pulau Karangjamuang (65560S
2 On passing No 3 Light Buoy the track splits into 1124362E), a reef on which stands the pilot
deep and shallow water channels which pass either station (4.85) and a retaining wall. Three radio
side of No 7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (65247S masts, with a height of 20 m stand on the
1124474E) (see 4.88a and 4.88b). island and a light (4.85) is exhibited from its
Caution. Light buoys (special) moored W of the W part. Thence:
channel mark a submarine gas pipeline and should ESE of Lereng Tengah (65690S 1124240E), a
not be confused with the channel marking buoys. narrow ridge of hard sand, extending over 6 miles
with depths of less than 5 m, which lies on the W
Deep water channel to No 4 Light Buoy side of the channel, thence:
4.88a 4 Between No 11 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
1 From the vicinity of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard (65781S 1124267E) and No 10 Light Buoy
hand), the recommended track leads S for 2¼ miles, (port hand). A dangerous wreck, (65771S
passing: 1124238E), lies 1 cable NNW of No 11 Light
W of an obstruction (65101S 1124487E), Buoy. Thence:
thence: ESE of a dangerous wreck (65811S 1124224E).
W of the pilot boarding position (4.80), thence:
W of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (65143S Paragraph 4.90 1 to 3 Replace by:
1124486E), thence: 1 Thence the recommended track leads SW, passing:
2 E of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) SE of a dangerous wreck (65848S 1124188E),
(65171S 1124456E). lying WSW of No 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand),
The recommended track then leads SSW on the thence:
alignment of the leading lights, to a position in the NW of Mapia Light Beacon (4.89), thence:
vicinity of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (65333S Close NW of No 14 Light Buoy (port hand), thence:
1124418E). SE of No 15 Light Buoy (starboard hand).
(Directions for Tanjungperak continue at 4.89) 2 Thence the recommended track leads generally
SSW, passing:
Shallow water Channel to No 4 Light Buoy WNW of an obstruction (70161S 1124034E),
4.88b existence doubtful.
1 From the vicinity of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard WNW of Ujung Slempit Light (4.85), thence:
hand) the recommended track leads generally SSE for ESE of a jetty (under development) (2016)
2½ miles, passing: (70517S 1123921E).
2 -- 156
Index
NP34
3 Thence the track leads S, passing: Indonesia -- Selat Linta -- Labuan Bajo —
E of Siam Maspion Terminal (4.100), thence: Directions; reefs; buoyage
Between a dangerous wreck (70755S 161
1123939E) and a shoal with a depth of 47 m
(70755S 1123985E), which is the least depth Paragraph 6.150 3 lines 5--8 Replace by:
of a bank whose western extent is marked by NNE of a reef (82968S 1194965E) with a depth
No 20 Light Buoy (port hand) (70761S of 14 m (4½ ft), thence:
1123962E). NNE of two reefs: the first (83032S 1194991E)
Thence the recommended track leads SSE to has a depth of 26 m (8½ ft); the second reef, with
Tanjungperak (4.102). Numerous dangerous wrecks a depth of 35 m (11½ ft) and marked by a light
exist. buoy (safe water), lies 5 cables farther ESE. And:
(Directions for Tanjungperak continue at 4.111)
Indonesian Notice 20/306/2017; ENC ID50296A
Indonesian Charts 96, 96A and ENC ID4000096 [NP34/No.3/Wk.25/17]
[NP34/No.1/Wk.16/17]
Flores Island -- Teluk Aimere — Directions; light
Indonesia -- Selat Madura — Production platform 177

97
Teluk Aimere Light (S cardinal beacon, 30 m in
Paragraph 4.92 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: height) (85035S 1204738E).
WHP Platform BD (72234S 1131661E). Tanjung Lawawolo Light (white beacon) (83657S
1225340E).
ENC Cell ID300082 [NP34--No 25--Wk 52/17]
Indonesia – Jawa – Tanjungperak — Wreck Flores Island -- Teluk Aimere — Light

100 180
Paragraph 4.114 1, lines 6--7 Delete After Paragraph 7.88 1 line 6 Insert:
A light (85035S 1204738E) (7.70) is exhibited
Indonesian notice 8/95/17 [NP34/No.2/Wk.14/17] from the NW shore of the bay.
Indonesia -- Selat Madura —
Prohibited anchorage Selat Boling -- Teluk Leba--Leba —
Directions; light
102
202
Anchoring is prohibited within restricted areas
Major light
(4.141a) surrounding production platforms and
Teluk Leba--Leba Light (W cardinal beacon, 25 m in
pipelines.
height) (82223S 1232424E).
Indonesian Notice 48/780/2017 After Paragraph 8.71 1 line 12 Insert:
[NP34--No 26--Wk 52/17]
A light (82223S 1232424E) (8.75) is exhibited
from the S shore of the bay.
Indonesia -- Selat Madura — Traffic regulations;
restricted and prohibited areas Indonesian Notice 19/290/17 [NP34/No.8/Wk.30/17]
103 Indonesia – Borneo – Kalimantan --

Muara Pegah — Directions; leading lights
249
Traffic regulations Paragraph 10.168 3 lines 7--10 Replace by:
4.141a
1 Restricted areas enclose WHP Platform BD (4.92) Pegah Estuary Leading Lights:
Front light (white triangle, point up, on a white
and production platforms E of Pulau Kambing
beacon, 12 m in height) (05213S 1171780E).
(71857S 1131284E), in the N of Selat Madura.
Two pipelines leading SW from the platforms to the Paragraph 10.168 4 lines 1--4 Replace by:
shore are also enclosed by restricted areas. 4 Rear light (white triangle, point down, on white
Prohibited area. WHP Platform BD is also beacon, 14 m in height) (05193S
enclosed in a prohibited area extending 2¾ cables 1171776E). 8 cables from front light.
from the platform. On the alignment (3503), of these lights...
Indonesian Notice 48/780/2017 Indonesian Notices 14/207 & 208/17
[NP34--No 27--Wk 52/17] [NP34/No.4/Wk.19/17]
2 -- 157
Index
NP34
Indonesia – Sulawesi – Makassar — Directions; Malaysia -- Celebes Sea — Directions; routes
LPG terminal; wrecks; anchorage; depths
290
274
(Directions continue for the S approach to Alur Alice
7 The track then leads generally SSW, passing: at 12.15a)
ESE of a LPG terminal (50400S 1192523E),
thence; Paragraph 12.10 4 line 11 Replace by:
BA Charts 1293 and 2638; Indonesian ENC ID500176 ...Sungai Sesayap at 12.124
[NP34/No.5a/Wk.14/17] and for the S approach to Alur Alice at 12.15a)
Malaysia Notice 14/17 [NP34/No.13/Wk.40/17]

Sulawesi -- Makassar — Outer anchorages
275 Indonesia -- Celebes Sea — Offshore routes
1 Outer anchorages are located W and NW of the After Paragraph 12.15 4 line 13 Insert:
breakwaters, either side of the main navigation
channel, in depths from 21 to 33 m, mud and sand: Sungai Bulungan to Alur Alice
Tanker and LPG vessels (50640S 1192165E).
Route
Dangerous cargo (50820S 1192180E).
12.15a
Cautions:
1 From a position in the vicinity of Sungai Bulungan
Taka Bako (50794S 1192168E), a 22 m shoal,
lies N of the dangerous cargo anchorage. (31452N 1175403E) the track leads NE to the
2 A 09 m shoal (50826S 1192142E) lie W of entrance of Alur Alice (Alice Channel) (43400N
the dangerous cargo anchorage. 1190000E).
The embarking or disembarking of passengers or Traffic Regulations
loading and unloading of cargo is prohibited in the 12.15b
anchorages. 1 The routes within this section fall within the
Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels
Indonesian Notice 15/232/17 [NP34/No.9/Wk.30/17] transiting the area are required to pass through the
designated Transit Corridor.
Indonesia – Sulawesi – Makassar — Directions;
LPG terminal; wrecks; anchorage; depths Directions
(continued from 12.9 or 12.10)
276 12.15c
1 From a position in the vicinity of Sungai Bulungan
After Paragraph 11.100 1 line 5 Insert: (31452N 1175403E) the track leads NE, passing:
Clear of a 70 m shoal (32394N 1180987E),
WNW of a dangerous wreck (50616S reported (1962), and:
1192496E) lying close outside the 10 m contour, NW of a 150 m shoal (31490N 1181469E),
thence; thence:
Paragraph 11.100 1 line 8 Replace by: SE of a 60 m shoal (32908N 1181275E),
position approximate.
...sand cay situated on its E side. 2 The track then continues to lead NE to a position
SSE of Pulau Ligitan (40984N 1185285E), covered
with bushes and scrub. A light (white metal framework
tower, red bands) is exhibited from the islet.
For a description of Alur Alice and the surrounding
An anchorage for local vessels is located ESE of islands see the Philippine Islands Pilot.
Gosong Panyoao (11.100).
UKHO [NP34/No.14/Wk.40/17]
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Peleng — Route
360
Paragraph 11.103 2 line 6 For 98 Read 94 Paragraph 14.90 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Paragraph 11.104 1 line 3 For of between 8 and 9 m Read 1 The two--way recommended track through Selat
from 87 to 99 m Peleng lies between Pulau Peleng and mainland
Sulawesi. Vessels should follow this track, which is
free of known dangers; there are a...
BA Charts 1293 and 2638; Indonesian ENC ID500176
[NP34/No.5b/Wk.14/17] Indonesian Notice 25/374/2017 [NP34/No.10/Wk.35/17]
2 -- 158
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Peleng — Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Lembeh — Depths
Directions; track
391
360--361 After Paragraph 15.148 2 line 12 Insert:
Paragraph 14.96 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Depths

15.148a
...Karang Thames (13335S 1223867E), the 1 Although minimum depths in both the S channel
recommended track through Selat Peleng leads generally and N channel are 120 m, vessels using the S
NE, thence E, passing: channel are limited to a draught of 102 m and vessels
using the N channel are limited to a draught of 82 m.
Paragraph 14.96 2 line 4 For E Read W
Indonesian Notice 34/505/17
[NP34/No.17/Wk.45/17]
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Lembeh --
Bitung — Pilotage
...be identified by light--green patches. Thence:
391
Paragraph 14.96 3 line 1 For N Read N and NNE
Paragraph 14.96 3 line 6 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels transiting through
Selat Lembeh. Vessels transiting may not exceed
NNE of a restricted area enclosing an obstruction 100 m LOA, 10 000 dwt or draught 82 m.
(10779S 1230894E), thence: Pilot boarding positions:
NNE of Tanjung Bakalinga (10971S Approaching from the S; 12483N 1250893E,
1231075E),... WSW of Tanjung Labuankompeni (15.153).
Approaching from the N; 13073N 1251540E,
Paragraph 14.96 5 lines 1--7 Delete ENE of Tanjung Batuangus (15.154).
2 For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Indonesian Notice 25/374/2017 [NP34/No.11/Wk.35/17] Vessels required to anchor prior to transiting, see
15.158.
Indonesian Notice 34/505/17
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau Lembeh — Lights [NP34/No.18/Wk.45/17]
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Palau Lembeh — Lights

389
391
Batukapal Island Light (white beacon) (13316N Batukapal Island Light (13316N 1251766E)
1251766E), situated on an islet close NNE of (15.135).
Pulau Lembeh. Batukapal Cape Light (13280N 1251754E),
Batukapal Cape Light (white beacon) (13280N reported missing (2017) (15.135).
1251754E), reported missing (2017), situated
Indonesian Notices 34/505/17; 34/511T/17
on the main island of Pulau Lembeh.
[NP34/No.19/Wk.45/17]
Indonesian Notice 34/505/17; 34/511T/17 Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Lembeh —

[NP34/No.15/Wk.45/17] Directions; caution
392
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Lembeh — Pilotage
1 Noting the limitations detailed at 15.148a, vessels
continuing through the strait generally follow the
391 fairway, which lies near the mainland shore and then
joins the N channel, passing:
Paragraph 15.147 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: SSE of the container terminal (12634N
1251170E), thence:
The inner route, which passes through Selat 2 SSE of Aertembaga Dok Surya (12670N
Lembeh, comprises the S channel, waters of the Port 1251235E), and S of the light buoy
of Bitung, and N channel. This inner route may only (starboard hand) 3½ cables E. The light buoy
be undertaken with a pilot (15.149); the navigable marks the edge of the bank extending from
channel... the mainland. A dangerous wreck (12685N
1251270E) lies on the NE side of the bank
Indonesian Notice 34/505/17 and another dangerous wreck lies 2½ cables
[NP34/No.16/Wk.45/17] NE.
2 -- 159
Index
NP34
3 Caution. Mariners proceeding N should note that An anchorage area within Lembeh Strait, adjacent
the direction of buoyage is reversed on passing to the N channel, is located at 12688N 1251364E;
Aertembaga Dok Surya. a dangerous wreck (12679N 1251354E) lies within
The track then continues NE in the N channel the area.
fairway, passing: Pilotage is compulsory; see 15.149. Vessels
SSE of a 47 m shoal (12725N 1251302E) departing should request a pilot at least 3 hours prior
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger). An 86 m to departure.
depth lies close SSW. Thence: For further information see ADMIRALTY List of
4 To a point SW of Pulau Serena Kecil (12735N Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
1251345E), which consists of several islets on a
reef. Indonesian Notice 35/535/2017 [NP34/No.21/Wk.45/17]
15.154a
1 The channel then divides, passing either side of Sulawesi -- Bitung -- Selat Lembeh —
Pulau Serena Kecil and Pulau Serena Besar Anchorages
(12764N 1251397E) and adjacent islets and reefs.
The N track of the channel leads N and NE, passing: 393
W of a 17 m patch (12717N 1251335E); a light
Paragraph 15.158 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice
buoy (port hand) is moored close NNW. Thence:
SE of a reef (12743N 1251315E) situated S of
Kampung Tandura, thence:
2 NW of Pulau Serena Kecil (12735N Arrival information
1251345E), thence: 15.158
NW of Pulau Serena Besar (12764N 1251397E); 1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day.
a light (red and white beacon, 15 m in height) Outer anchorages. Anchorage areas at the
(12777N 1251396E) is exhibited from Pulau entrance to the S channel are established as follows:
Satu, close N of Pulau Serena Besar. Thence: For vessels less than 3000 dwt, centred at 12520N
3 To a point NE of Pulau Serena Besar and S of a 1250854E.
bank extending E from the mainland shore, marked by For tankers and vessels carrying dangerous
a light buoy (starboard hand), where the S track cargoes, centred at 12476N 1250830E.
rejoins the N channel. Unrestricted anchorages centred at 12537N
The S track of the channel leads NE, passing SE 1251014E and 12475N 1250963E.
of Pulau Serena Kecil and Pulau Serena Besar, then 2 For vessels awaiting transit through the N channel,
leads N, between Pulau Serena Besar and Pulau anchorage may be obtained N of Tanjung Batuangus
Lembeh, to rejoin the N channel. (13049N 1251480E) (5.154a).
4 The channel then leads NNE through the strait, An anchorage area within Selat Lembeh, adjacent
passing: to the N channel, is located at 12688N 1251364E;
Between the fringing reefs on each side of the a dangerous wreck (12679N 1251354E) lies within
channel, thence: the area.
ESE of Tanjung Batuangus (13049N 3 Pilotage is compulsory; see 15.149. Vessels
1251480E), the N entrance point to the strait, departing should request a pilot at least 3 hours prior
covered with lava, from which a light (white to departure.
beacon, 15 m in height) is exhibited. For further information see ADMIRALTY List of
The track then continues NE towards the N Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
pilot--boarding area (15.149), and the open sea.
Indonesian Notices 35/534/17; 35/535/17; 46/737/17
[NP34--No 24--Wk 49/17]
Indonesian Notices 34/500&502/17; 35/534/17
[NP34/No.20/Wk.45/17]
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Bitung --
Selat Lembeh — Anchorage
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Bitung --
Selat Lembeh — Outer anchorage 393

393
1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day. Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Bitung --
Outer anchorages. Anchorage areas at the Selat Lembeh — Anchorages
entrance to the S channel are established as follows:
For vessels less than 3000 dwt, centred at 12520N 393
1250854E.
For tankers and vessels carrying dangerous
cargoes, centred at 12476N 1250830E. 1 Anchorage. For outer and designated anchorages,
2 For vessels awaiting transit through the N channel, see 15.158.
anchorage may be obtained N of Tanjung Batuangus
(13049N 1251480E) (15.154a). Indonesian Notice 35/534/17 [NP34/No.23/Wk.45/17]
2 -- 160
Index
NP35
NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2013 Edition) Jawa – Pelabuhan Tanjungpriok —
Nil Arrival information; outer anchorages
92
NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition)
...and mud. A stranded wreck (60407S
1065386E) marked by a light buoy lies in the S
Jawa -- Cigading -- Anyer Terminal — Pilot part of this anchorage.
boarding positions
Indonesian Notice 13/192--193/17 [NP36/No.2/Wk.24/17]
58
Jawa -- Pelabuhan Tanjungpriok — Anchorages
91--92
...boards in position;
Paragraph 4.109 including existing Section IV Notice
Pilot Cigading 60050S 1055667E Week 24/17 Replace by:
Pilot Cigading (Cape size) 60150S 1055500E 1 Permitted anchorage areas for various types of
Pilot Boarding A 55999S 1055699E vessels lie E and W of the approach channel, and
Pilot Boarding B 55399S 1055900E clear of the prohibited anchorage areas off the
entrance to Outer Harbour. On arrival, vessels usually
55947S 1055558E proceed directly into the harbour under pilotage. If
55844S 1055863E requested to anchor to await a berth, vessels should
proceed to one of the following designated areas:
2 East side:
BA Chart 918 [NP36/No.7/Wk.47/17]
Zone A (60305S 1065406E); small tankers;
depths from 129 to 156 m; mud and sand.
Jawa -- Selat Sunda -- Suralaya — Zone B (60295S 1065520E); tug and barge
Anchorage; wreck anchorage; depths from 124 to 145 m.
Zone C (60228S 1065458E); general cargo
63 vessels with LOA 140 m or less; depths from 148
to 167 m.
Paragraph 3.69 1 line 1 Replace by: 3 Zone D (60156S 1065458E); container
vessels with LOA 140 m or less; depths from
1 Anchorage can be found 1½ miles W of the port, 157 to 180 m; mud.
centred on position 55321S 1060022E. A wreck Zone E (60072S 1065458E); general cargo
lies in position 55313S 1060042E. A second vessels with LOA greater than 140 m; depths from
wreck, reported (2017), is in position 55322S 172 to 196 m; mud.
1060070E. Zone F (55995S 1065461E); container vessels
Pilotage. See 3.40. with LOA greater than 140 m; depths from 188 to
202 m; mud.
4 Zone G (55965S 1065466E); large tankers;
Indonesian Notice 41/654/17, BA Chart 918
depths from 168 to 206 m. A dangerous
[NP36/No.8/Wk.47/17]
wreck (55980S 1065578E), marked by a
light buoy (W cardinal), lies E of the SE
Jawa North Coast – Tanjungpriok approaches — corner of the anchorage.
Directions; wreck; light beacons Zone K (55741S 1065574E); repair anchorage;
depths from about 195 to 210 m.
Zone L (55900S 1065505E); transhipment area;
89
depths from 192 to 210 m.
Paragraph 4.93 2 line 4 Replace by: 5 Zone M (55742S 1065832E); sea trial area;
about 1½ miles SW of Tanjung Karawang;
...A dangerous wreck (55815S 1064870E) depths from 137 to 176 m, mud and sand.
lies 7½ cables ENE of the terminal. Thence: A Crossing Zone extends N/S along the W side of the
anchorage areas and E of the approach channel,
Indonesian Notice 21/324/17 [NP36/No.1/Wk.26/17] from Zone L to Zone A.
West side:
Paragraph 4.93 3 lines 2--4 Replace by: Zone H (60267S 1065234E); quarantine
anchorage; depths from 158 to 172 m.
...a wooded islet marked by a light beacon (S 6 Zone I (60328S 1065226E); dangerous
cardinal), and Pulau Talak (60038S cargo; depths from 130 to 148 m. A
1064992E), marked by a light beacon (N dangerous wreck (60320S 1065234E) lies
cardinal). A... in the anchorage; a light buoy (isolated
danger) lies ½ cable W of the wreck.
Indonesian Notices 21/322 and 323/17 Zone J (60371S 1065223E); state vessel
[NP36/No.1/Wk.26/17] anchorage; depths from 110 to 125 m, mud.
2 -- 161
Index
NP36
7 Lighterage area (60515S 1065184E); radius Paragraph 8.20 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
of 5 cables; depths from 50 to 95 m; mud. A 3 Shoals with a charted depth of:
dangerous wreck (60557S 1065173E) lies 109 m (20328S 1080524E);
in the S part of the anchorage, 1½ cables E 72 m (20053S 1080776E);
of a light buoy (port hand). 73 m (15584S 1080867E), and an 8 m shoal
Prohibited anchorages extend 1½ miles N from close N;
the W entrance to Outer Harbour, and within an area 10 m (15604S 1075486E), reported 1979.
situated 1¼ miles E of Tanjungpriok up to 3 miles from A dangerous wreck (14456S 1075799E).
the shore.
8 Anchoring is prohibited within the new and existing Indonesian Notice 23/358/17 [NP36/No.4/Wk.37/17]
breakwaters at Tanjungpriok.
For details of prohibited areas which lie in part Kalimantan -- Tangjung Puting to
within the harbour limits and part outside, see 4.89. Tanjung Sambar — Directions; light
149
Tanjung Selaka, Matua Light (white structure, 40 m
Sumatera -- Palembang -- in height) (30291S 1105605E).
Sungaigerong — Wreck
122
Indonesia -- Batam -- Selat Bulan --
Tanjung Uncang — Directions
202
2 Caution. A dangerous wreck (25898S
1045040E) is reported (2017) to lie in the
anchorage area on the NNW side of the Clear of a shoal patch (10852N 1035464E), with
channel, opposite the Sungaigerong berths a least depth of 62 m. A dangerous wreck
(6.64). (10840N 1035470E), lies close S of the shoal
patch. Thence:
Indonesian Notice 38/592/17 [NP36/No.6/Wk.43/17] Indonesian Chart 44/16 [NP36--No 11--Wk 50/17]
Indonesia -- Pulau Batam --

Pulau Belitung -- Selat Baur -- Karang Selatan — Teluk Senimba — Anchorage
Directions; Light buoy
202
After Paragraph 7.32 1 line 5 Insert: Indonesian Chart 106 [NP36--No 12--Wk 51/17]
Clear of a light buoy (safe water), about 1½ miles
SSE of Karang Selatan (30693S 1072459E) NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(7.26), thence: (2017 Edition)
Indonesian Notice 44/705/17 [NP36--No 9--Wk 48/17] United Kingdom — Distress and Rescue;
coastguard stations
8
Pulau Belitung -- Selat Baur -- Karang Balan —
Directions; Light buoy Paragraph 1.66 2 lines 1--10 Replace by:
133 a single network of operations centres, all data and
communications being available to every officer on
Paragraph 7.32 1 line 7 Replace by: duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre
(NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres
...Balan (30432S 1072561E), marked by a light
(CGOCs) carry out a range of coast guard duties. All
buoy (port hand), thence:
centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.
Indonesian Notice 44/707/17 [NP36--No 10--Wk 48/17]
Maritime and Coastguard Agency [NP37/No.5/Wk.29/17]
Selat Karimata — Depths; light Wales – Swansea Bay — Directions; buoy

94
146
Paragraph 8.20 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: ...(512875N 34790W). There is a...
Karang Florence Adelaide (20426S 1080476E). Trinity House Notice 13/17 [NP37/No.1/Wk.27/17]
2 -- 162
Index
NP37
England -- Bridgwater Bay -- Burnham--on--Sea — England -- Liverpool — Berths
Leading lights
244
126
Port of Liverpool Notice 28/17 [NP37/No.4/Wk.28/17]
Burnham Seafront Leading Lights:
Front light (red light on pole, 6 m in height)
(511439N 25995W). Daymark (red stripe on England -- Liverpool Bay —
white square daymark on sea wall). Directions; wind farm extension
Rear light (red light on church tower) (75 m from front
248
light).
Alignment 117. Paragraph 8.98 3 line 1 Replace by:
Port of Bridgwater Notice 10/17 3 S of Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines)
[NP37--No 10--Wk 48/17] (532918N 31651W) and S of a dangerous
wreck (532747N 31158W), thence:
N of a light buoy (special) (532700N...
England -- River Severn -- Chepstow —
Vessels handled Dong Energy [NP37/No.8/Wk.30/17]
140 Scotland -- Kirkcudbright Bay —

Outer anchorages
300
Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37/No.2/Wk.28/17] Paragraph 10.87 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage with good holding
England -- River Severn -- Sharpness Dock — ground can be found between the 5 and 10 m depth
Pilotage contours in the entrance to Kirkcudbright Bay (10.82),
inward of the firing range limit (10.3). South winds
142 cause an uneasy swell during which time it would be
unwise to anchor.
Paragraph 4.247 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: 2 A gas pipeline passes close N and E of Little Ross
2 All vessels of 30 m LOA and over. (10.80). An outfall extends 1½ cables SSW from the
shore from a position 1 cable SE of Torrs Point
Paragraph 4.247 4 lines 1--5 Replace by: (10.78).
Dock pilots, if required, board in the lock for H.102 Kirkcudbright Harbour for Dumfries and Galloway
berthing in Sharpness. Council 28/08/2017 [NP37/No.9/Wk.40/17]
Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37/No.3/Wk.28/17]

NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2016 Edition)
England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm
Sri Lanka -- Colombo Harbour and Approaches —
Pilotage
231
Wind Farm. The Burbo Bank Wind Farm and the Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:
Burbo Bank Wind Farm Extension lie S of... Pilot boards vessels at position A (65900N
794850E) or at position B (70050N 794750E), as
Dong Energy [NP37/No.6/Wk.30/17] advised by Port Control.
Sri Lanka Ports Authority [NP38/No.1/Wk.16/17]

England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm extension
Sri Lanka -- Colombo Harbour — Development
239
149
4 Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines) stands on
Three and Four Fathom Tongue, between South outer 1 In South Harbour, two additional container terminals
anchorage (8.68) and Burbo Wind Farm. Burbo Wind are under construction (2016), W of the harbour basin,
Farm (25 turbines) stands on... in the vicinity of positions 65710N 794965E and
65690N 795035E, respectively. The entire project
Dong Energy [NP37/No.7/Wk.30/17] is expected to complete in 2020.
2 -- 163
Index
NP38
2 Works are in progress (2016) to construct Colombo India -- Bhatkal to Kºrwºr --
Port City, a new city that will be built on reclaimed Kºrwºr Naval Harbour — Directions; depths
land, enclosed by breakwaters, lying to the S of South
Harbour, in the vicinity of 65610N 795000E. 199
Paragraph 6.126 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
Sri Lanka Ports Authority [NP38/No.2/Wk.48/16]
Kºrwºr Naval Harbour
Sri Lanka – Colombo — Directions; light 6.126
1 General information. Kºrwºr Naval Harbour
150 (144600N...
3 Directions. Entry to the naval harbour is through a
1 From a position close SW of No 2 Light Buoy
(70097N 794799E) the track leads SE in the white dredged channel marked by paired light buoys
sector (1335--1345) of North East Breakwater (lateral). Depths within the channel range from 138 m
direction light (65764N 795120E), through a to 106 m, however the port authority should be
dredged... contacted prior to arrival, as these depths are subject
to change.
BA Chart 1655 [NP38/No.3/Wk.17/17]
India – Tuticorin — Arrival information;
India -- Vengurla -- Vengurla Roads — Anchorage
anchorage; pilotage
215
158
Paragraph 4.149 1 lines 13--14 For 84340N 781516E ...Lighthouse (7.21) bearing 0287, distant about
Read 84036N 781708E
1½ miles, in depths of about 10 m, mud.
159
Paragraph 4.150 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: Indian Chart 2046/17 [NP38--No 27--Wk 51/17]
The pilot boarding positions are 84350N India – West coast – JSW Jaigarh Port —
781650E for vessels drawing 9 m or more and Arrival information; pilotage
84360N 781593E for all other vessels.
222
...172004N 730497E for Capesize vessels and
India -- West--north--west of Kochi —
Passage; wrecks 171855N 730804E for Panamax and below.
179
Paragraph 5.123 1 lines 4--8 Replace by: India -- Mirya Head to Mumbai (Bombay) --
Port Dºbhol — Pilotage
Clear of the SPM (95981N 760245E) and clear
of a lightering area (100359N 760444E), 223
thence: Paragraph 7.122 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
755777E), position approximate, thence: 1 Pilot may be obtained by giving 72 hours notice to
Clear of a dangerous wreck (100817N 760341E) Port Authorities. Pilot boards in position 173470N
marked by V--AIS, thence: 730400E. For further information see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
India -- West coast -- Malpe — Anchorage
India -- Mirya Head to Mumbai (Bombay) --
Port Dºbhol — Anchorage
193
224
1 Anchorage (132083N 743925E) may be
obtained in an area W of North Island Lighthouse in 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the roadstead,
depths from 77 to 130 m, sand and mud. 2 miles WNW of Tolkeshwar Point Light, in depths of
Small vessels may anchor about 4 cables WNW of about 10 m, clay.
the N breakwater light in depths from 54 to 65 m, An anchorage area, centred on 173445N
sand and mud. 730354E, lies about 4¾ miles W of Tolkeshwar Point
Light, in depths from 158 to 181 m, mud.
Indian Chart 2358/17, ENC IN62014A
[NP38--No 26--Wk 50/17] Indian Notice 11/89/17 [NP38/No.8/Wk.26/17]
2 -- 164
Index
NP38
India – Approaches to Mumbai — India – Mumbai Harbour — Anchorages;
General information; depths; TSS general information; deep water anchorage;
emergency anchorage
229
234
Paragraph 7.179 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Paragraph 7.221 1 line 3 For 100 m Read 162 m
2 The approach channel, from a position about
6¼ miles WSW of Prongs Reef Lighthouse (7.189), is After Paragraph 7.222 2 line 7 Insert:
about 4¼ cables wide with a maintained depth of
139 m; reducing to a width of 2¼ cables, maintained Deep water anchorage
depth 137 m, 1¾ miles SE of the same lighthouse. 7.222a
Depths in the maintained channel are subject to 1 Three deep water anchorages are established in
change due to siltation. Mariners are advised to the vicinity of 185415N 725200E.
contact the Port Authority for the latest information.
230 1 An emergency anchorage (185322N 725153E)
Paragraph 7.183 1 lines 1--5 including heading Replace by: is situated SE of the maintained channel and E of
Sunk Rock (7.219); a second is located NE of Butcher
Light Beacon (7.220).
Spare
7.183 Indian Chart 2016/17 [NP38/No.17/Wk.27/17]
Indian Chart 2016/17 [NP38/No.14/Wk.27/17]
India – Jawahar Lal Nehru Port — Anchorage
India – Approaches to Mumbai — 237

Directions; approach
231 1 JNP anchorage (185855N 725711E), with a
maintained depth of 128 m, is located NW of the
ONGC Jetty at the W end of Panvel Creek
...(185050N 723350E), the route leads E, then ENE, (185930N 725840E).
through the safety fairway and maintained depth approach
channel (7.179), marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Indian Chart 2076; ENC IN62123U
[NP38/No.9/Wk.22/17]
...wreck lying close E of the latter, and: India -- Gulf of Khambhºt — Shoal
S of a dangerous wreck (185064N 724186E),
noting three additional wrecks lying within 256
7 cables ENE.
SSE of N10 Light Buoy (port hand) (185085N Paragraph 8.126 2 line 10 Replace by:
724749E), noting SW Prongs Reef Light Buoy
(port hand) (185132N 724737E) (not named The track then leads NNE, passing:
on chart), moored 4½ cables NNW, marking the ESE of a shoal with a least depth of 09 m
dangers and coastal... (213000N 722045E), lying about 6 miles S of
Paragraph 7.192 5 lines 1--6 Replace by: Piram Island, thence:
5 To the pilot boarding ground (185155N Indian Notice 20/143/17 [NP38--No 25--Wk 51/17]
724946E) (7.207), SW of N14 Light Buoy (port hand)
(185200N 724987E). India – Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Harbours
Indian Chart 2016/17 [NP38/No.15/Wk.27/17] 267
India – Mumbai Harbour —
Arrival information; traffic regulations
232
India – Gulf of Kachchh – Tekra —
Paragraph 7.208 1 line 1 Replace by: Directions; buoyage; anchorage
1 Precautionary areas have been established where 281

vessels entering or leaving the Naval Dockyard
(7.229), Indira Dock (7.231), Jawahar Dweep Oil Jetty Paragraph 9.76 1 line 5 For 225086N 700692E Read
(7.235) and Jawahar Lal Nehru Port (7.240) are likely 225135N 700691E
to cross the main approach channel.
Indian Chart 2016/17 [NP38/No.16/Wk.27/17] 225135N 700691E
2 -- 165
Index
NP38
Paragraph 9.84 1 lines 4--5 For 225086N 700692E ...225343N 701009E. A pilot boarding position also
Read 225135N 700691E exists SSW of Tuna Tekra Terminal, see 9.124. Requests
for pilots should be...
Indian Chart 2018 [NP38/No.11a/Wk.18/17]
Vessels should arrive at the Waiting Area
(225230N 700787E) NE of Outer Tuna Light Buoy
India -- Gulf of Kachchh -- Pathfinder Inlet — or outer anchorage to...
Directions; wreck
Paragraph 9.134 1 line 6 For this Read the
283
289
693900E), position approximate, lies about 3 From the vicinity of Outer Tuna Light Buoy (port
5½ cables WSW of SBM III. hand) (225135N 700691E), the...
Paragraph 9.91 1 line 8 For Directions -- leading beacons Paragraph 9.143 3 line 6 Replace by:
Read Directions ...701028E), passing:
SE of unlit platform RTG (225500N 700993E),
2 Deep--draught vessels approaching from the W 290
should use the DW route (9.18). From the vicinity of
the E end of the DW route, the route to the inlet Paragraph 9.146 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
leads SSE about 6½ miles to the pilot boarding 4 There are numerous beacons, lit and unlit, standing
position for Essar VºdØnºr Terminal (9.93), passing: on the E bank of the creek, some situated about
Clear of a dangerous wreck (223015N 1 cable to 3 cables E of the bank edge.
693900E), position approximate, and:
Clear of VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal SBM III Indian Charts 2018 and 2059 [NP38/No.12/Wk.18/17]
(9.86), thence:
ENE of Tilburn Shoal (222863N 693881E), India – Gulf of Kachchh –
depth about 7 m. Hansthal Creek — Directions
Leading beacons:
Front light beacon (red triangle on metal framework 291
tower) (222591N 694017E). Paragraph 9.164 1 lines 6--10 Replace by:
Indian Notice 16/116/17 [NP38/No.24/Wk.38/17] From a position SSE of Outer Tuna Light Buoy
(9.143), the route leads about 11 miles ENE to a
position SSE of No 5 Light Buoy, passing:
India – Gulf of Kachchh – Tekra —
Directions; buoyage; anchorage Paragraph 9.164 2 lines 7--8 Replace by:
SSE of an unmarked 49 m shoal (225230N
287 700915E), thence:
SSE of an unmarked 49 m shoal patch (225226N
Paragraph 9.124 1 line 7 For 225086N 700692E Read 701208E), thence:
225135N 700691E SSE of Kala Dara Shoal (9.143) (225313N
701249E), thence:
Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in 3 NNW of a 43 m shoal patch (225258N
a rectangular area extending 9 cables E, 12 miles W 701390E); No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
and 55 miles S of the terminal pier. is moored 5 cables E of the shoal patch.
Website. Thence:
Indian Chart 2018 [NP38/No.11b/Wk.18/17] Paragraph 9.164 3 lines 6--7 For 225310N 701588E
Read 225315N 701635E
India – Gulf of Kachchh – Approaches to Kandla Paragraph 9.164 4 lines 1--2 Replace by:
— Anchorage; Pilotage; Directions;
4 SSE of a 38 m shoal (225379N 701540E),
288 lying about 4 cables SE of No 3 Light Buoy
(port hand), thence:
Paragraph 9.164 4 line 9 For 702413E Read 702410E
1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor, noting the
prohibited anchorage area, SW of Outer Tuna Light Indian Chart 2017; ENC IN52017A
Buoy (225135N 700691E) (9.134) in depths... [NP38/No.13/Wk.22/17]
2 -- 166
Index
NP38
India -- Gulf of Kachchh — Wreck NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2017 Edition)
292 Comores – Ndzuani – Mouillage d’Ouani —
Leading beacons
87
1 With the exception of Lushington Shoal (9.5) and
three... Paragraph 3.66 1 lines 4--11 Replace by:
Approach. The berth (3.67) lies only 1 cable off a
BA Chart 39 [NP38/No.18/Wk.28/17] steep--to coastal bank with depths of less than 11 m,
and should be approached with care.
India -- Gulf of Kachchh — Wrecks Paragraph 3.67 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
293 1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 35 m
with Maison Wilson (red roof), on...
NNE of a dangerous wreck (224012N 683912E),
position approximate, thence: Comores -- Ndzuani -- Mouillage d’Ouani —
Berths; mooring buoys
87
2 SSW of two dangerous wrecks (230862N
682900E and 230905N 682859E) both positions Paragraph 3.67 1 and 2 including existing Section IV Notice
approximate thence:
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (225115N 1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 35 m
681111E and 225000N 675398E), both with Maison Wilson (red roof), on Pointe Patsy
position approximate, thence: (120857S 442520E), bearing 081 and Pointe
Ouani bearing 030.
BA Chart 39 [NP38/No.19/Wk.28/17] Pier (120874S 442513E). There are two
mooring buoys, capable of accommodating vessels up
Pakistan -- Karachi harbour — to 6 000 dwt, off the head of the pier and a group of
Directions; light buoy oil tanks near its root. An obstruction, depth 48 m,
lies alongside the pierhead.
302
French Chart 7495/17 [NP39--No 6--Wk 48/17]
Comores Archipelago – Mayotte –
The best approach is with Manora Lighthouse Port de Longoni — Port information
bearing about 040 until Fairway Light Buoy (safe
water) (244314N 665586E), moored 5 miles SSW 95
of Manora Point, is sighted and closed. Paragraph 3.110 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.57 2 line 6 For Fairway K Read Fairway 1 General information. Port de Longoni (124324S
450980E) comprises an LPG berth, two quays, a
jetty, and a floating pier within the harbour area.
Pakistan Notice 20/70/2017 [NP38/No.20/Wk.30/17]
Pakistan -- Karachi harbour — Pilotage 2 Alongside berths. In the NW part of the port,
Commercial Pier (QP), 130 m in length with depths
304 alongside between 85 and 118 m, is capable of
berthing vessels up to 185 m in length. Coaster Berth
(QS), close SSE, is 47 m in length and 15 m wide
...244470N 665726E. with a depth alongside of 72 m. It is used by
coasters, barges, and other service boats up to 60 m
Pakistan Notice 20/70/2017 [NP38/No.21/Wk.30/17] length.
3 On the S side of the port is a container berth,
Pakistan -- Karachi harbour — Directions; light 226 m in length, with a depth alongside of 14 m.
buoy An LPG terminal lies on Pointe de Longoni. It
consists of a T--headed jetty 94 m in length, flanked
305 by dolphins, and has a depth alongside of 95 m.
Paragraph 10.80 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: French Notice 23/272/17 [NP39/No.4/Wk.28/17]
1 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy
Madagascar -- Port De La Nièvre --
(244314N 665586E), the line of bearing 040 of a Port de Commerce and Port Militaire — Berths
beacon (framework tower) (244760N 665989E)
leads 5 miles NE through a dredged channel marked... 214
Paragraph 10.82 2 line 5 For Fairway K Read Fairway
Anchorages in Port de...
Pakistan Notice 20/70/2017 [NP38/No.22/Wk.30/17] French Notice 43/152/17 [NP39/No.5/Wk.47/17]
2 -- 167
Index
NP39
Île de La Réunion -- Saint--Pierre — NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2016 Edition)
United Kingdom — Distress and rescue
263
8
French Notice 6/154/17 [NP39/No.2/Wk.19/17] ...(SAR) are explained in Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 5.
Rodriguez Island -- Port Mathurin -- Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5

Western Pass — Directions; light [NP40/No.14/Wk.30/17]
280 United Kingdom — Distress and rescue;

SAR in Northern Ireland
9
...just outside Western Pass on the white sector of Port
Mathurin Sector Light (11.216), mud and sand, good Paragraph 1.71 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
holding ground. ...SRR) will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 5.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5
Port Mathurin Sector Light: [NP40/No.15/Wk.30/17]
From a position 2½ miles NNW of the harbour
entrance, the white sector (163--167) of
Mathurin Sector Light (194076S 632534E) United Kingdom — Distress and rescue;
SAR in Northern Ireland
leads into the harbour, passing:
10
Indian Notice 22/155/17 [NP39--No 7--Wk 50/17] The UK SRR is covered by ten Coastguard
Operations Centres (CGOCs) which carry out a range
of coast guard duties. All centres carry out the
Rodriguez Island -- Port Mathurin -- function of an MRCC. For further details see Admiralty
Inner entrance — Directions; light List of Radio Signals Volume 5.
281 Paragraph 1.72 2 line 1 For MRCC Read CGOC
...the white sector of Port Mathurin Sector Light described 1 All CGOCs keep a constant VHF radio, Digital
at 11.216, bearing 167. Thence the bearing 200 of the Selective Calling (DSC), telephone and telex watch.
power... Maritime and Coastguard Agency
[NP40/No.16/Wk.30/17]
Indian Notice 22/155/17 [NP39--No 8--Wk 50/17]
Ireland -- Bantry Bay -- Bear Island — Light buoy
British Indian Ocean Territory —
General information; traffic regulations 71
289
...the point. Carrigavaddra Light Buoy (E cardinal)
Paragraph 12.7 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: (513876N 94599W) marks Carrigavaddra,
a...
1 Prohibited entry. It is an offence to approach or
anchor within 3 miles of Danger Island (62323S Commissioners of Irish Lights Notice 7/16
711435E), Cow Island (61407S 711770E), Three [NP40/No.13/Wk.28/17]
Brothers, including Resurgent Island (60925S
713100E) and Nelson’s Island (54090S Ireland -- South Coast -- Bantry Bay Oil Terminal
721880E). — Restricted area
2 It is an offence to approach, land or anchor within 74
200 m of all islands to the E of a line drawn between
the E--most point of Moresby Island (51420S After Paragraph 3.61 1 line 7 Insert:
714955E) and the E--most point of Île Fouquet A 50 m restricted area surrounds the disused
(52774S 714866E). terminal (514123N 93193W) due to the unsafe
nature of the jetty.
BIOT Correspondence dated 25/05/17
[NP39/No.3/Wk.26/17] Bantry Bay Port Company [NP40/No.1/Wk.47/16]
2 -- 168
Index
NP40
Ireland -- South Coast -- Glandore Harbour — Ireland -- South Coast -- Kilmokea Point —
Directions; light Berth; depth
135
102--103
Paragraph 3.257--3.261 Replace by:
Port of Waterford [NP40/No.3/Wk.46/16]
Directions for entering harbour Ireland – Dun Laoghaire Harbour — Berths

3.257
1 Landmarks: 171
Adam’s Island (513244N 90605W), a grass
covered rocky islet with rocky shelves extending E Paragraph 5.194 1 lines 7--13 Replace by:
and NW.
Eve Island (513296N 90661W), a rocky islet Carlisle Pier
which has a rocky shelf extending ½ cable E and No 2 57 m Cruiseships
NE. No 3 57 m Unusable
2 Entrance. From a position 8 cables ESE of Adam’s
St. Michael’s Pier
Island, the entrance to Glandore Harbour lies in the
white sector of Glandore Directional Beacon E side (No 4) 120 m 5.8 m Catamaran, naval
(513333N 090708W) (304--312), passing: and
SW of Goat’s Head (513276N 90512W), thence: Lighthouse
NE of Adam’s Island, thence: Authority vessels.
SW of Grohoge Point (513290N 90586W).
3 Thence vessels should shape a course to pass at Dun Laoghaire Harbour Company
least 1 cable NE of Eve Island and continue to a [NP40/No.18/Wk.32/17]
position NNW of Eve Island.
The track then leads NNW on the alignment (152),
Dublin Bay -- Port of Dublin — Development
astern, of the E side of Eve Island and the W side of
Adam’s Island, passing: 173
4 Between Long Point, noting the spit with a depth
of 15 m extending E from the point, and the After Paragraph 5.210 1 line 6 Insert:
SW extremity of The Dangers (513314N
90666W), marked by a light beacon
Development
(starboard hand), thence:
5.210a
WSW of the middle group of rocks (513328N
1 The port is being developed extensively, with works
90673W) of The Dangers, marked on their N
continuing until 2040. For details and progress of
side by a perch (starboard hand), thence:
5 WSW of a perch (starboard hand) (513338N works, Notices to Mariners should be consulted on the
90683W) marking the N extremity of The Dublin Port Company website (5.198).
Dangers, thence:
WSW of Sunk Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand) Correspondence 09/17 [NP40/No.20/Wk.46/17]
marking a rock (513345N 90694W) with a
depth of 1 m. Northern Ireland -- East Coast -- North Channel
6 Caution. If proceeding to anchorages in the W arm — Directions; wrecks
of the harbour, it is advisable to pass at least
1½ cables N of Coosaneigh (5 cables NW of Long 216
Point) in order to avoid a mud bank which extends
1 cable from its S shore. Paragraph 7.15 1 line 6 Replace by:
...dangerous wreck, and:
Spare SE of a dangerous wreck (542210N 52510W),
3.258 position approximate, thence:
Spare
3.259 ...(542932N 52604W).
Spare BA Chart 2093 [NP40/No.17/Wk.32/17]

3.260
Northern Ireland -- Burr Point to Belfast Lough --
Spare East--south--east of Ballywater —
3.261 Directions; buoy
218
Commissioner of Irish Lights; BA Chart 2092
[NP40/No.2/Wk.46/16] Paragraph 7.34 2 lines 1--2 For safe water Read port hand
2 -- 169
Index
NP40
220 Ireland -- West Coast -- Foynes Harbour —
Berths; depths
284
ENE of Skullmartin Light Buoy (port hand)
(543184N 52491W), thence: Paragraph 9.135 1 line 2 For 117 m Read 105 m
Commissioners of Irish Lights Notice 05/2017
[NP40/No.4/Wk.18/17] Paragraph 9.135 2 line 2 For 117 m Read 105 m

Belfast Lough – Donaghadee Sound —
Directions; buoy
Shannon Foynes Port Company [NP40/No.8/Wk.01/17]
221
Ireland -- west coast -- River Shannon —
Paragraph 7.41 4 line 9 For port hand Read N cardinal Directions; depths
285
224 Paragraph 9.143 1 line 6 For an 82 m Read a 69 m
Paragraph 7.65 1 line 4 For port hand Read N cardinal 288

Commissioners of Irish Lights Notice 6/2016
[NP40/No.5/Wk.14/17] Clear of a 16 m patch (524073N 84885W),
thence:
Northern Ireland -- Belfast Lough -- After Paragraph 9.163 3 line 8 Insert:
Kilroot Salt Jetty — Buoyage
Clear of a 15 m patch (524013N 84788W),
226 thence:
...(544362N 54479W); operational length is 140 m. A After Paragraph 9.164 3 line 2 Insert:
holding off wire is attached to an anchor laid 1 cable E of
Clear of a 15 m patch (524017N 84665W),
the head of the jetty.
thence:
Form H.102 [NP40--No 22--Wk 52/17] Paragraph 9.164 3 line 10 Replace by:
SE of Graigue Island (524052N 84610W), and
Northern Ireland – Port of Larne — Depth SE of a 08 m patch (524048N 84595W).
Paragraph 7.138 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Clear of a 04 m patch (523946N 84222W),
thence:
1 The minimum depth in the approach channel is
75 m. 290
Larne Notice 16/17 [NP40/No.19/Wk.33/17] After Paragraph 9.168 5 line 10 Insert:
Ireland -- West Coast -- Kilcreduan Head to Clear of a 06 m drying patch (523928N
Scattery Roads -- Carrigaholt Road — 84114W), thence
Anchorage; clearing marks
276 ...on the S bank. Thence:
Clear of a 09 m drying patch (523954N
83904W).
Paragraph 9.78 2 lines 1--7 Delete BA1540 [NP40/No.9/Wk.08/17]
Shannon Foynes Port Company [NP40/No.6/Wk.01/17] Galway Bay -- Spiddle -- Laghtnagliboge Point —
Directions; light buoy
Ireland -- West Coast -- Kilrush — Depth
315
276
...91633W). An obstruction marked by a light
...which is reported to be 15 m (2016). The lock is buoy (special) lies 1 mile SSE from the point. Thence:
able to...
Correspondence Marine Institute 09/17
Kilrush Marina [NP40/No.7/Wk.46/16] [NP40--No 21--Wk 52/17]
2 -- 170
Index
NP40
Ireland -- Sheep Haven -- Ards Bay — Northern Ireland – The Skerries —
Light beacon; Pier; Tidal streams; directions; Directions; beacon
building; leading lights; pilotage;
berth; anchorage 423
393
NW of The Storks, on which the sea breaks heavily in
Paragraph 12.297 1 line 7--11 Replace by: any swell, thence:
The Atlantic swell breaks on Breaghy Head Commissioners of Irish Lights [NP40/No.11/Wk.18/17]
(551150N 75482W), from which a light beacon is
exhibited, with great force and expends itself on the Northern Ireland – North Coast – Portrush –
broad strand of Tra More (551025N 74977W), Skerries Sound — Directions; beacon
which borders the SE shore of the haven, and covers 423
the mouth of Ards Bay (12.306) at its S end.
6 From a position 5 cables N of the outfall, marked
2 Small vessels, provided the swell is not too great, by a light buoy (special) (551234N 64183W), the
can find a temporary anchorage on either side of the track leads E, passing:
haven where there are piers alongside which a vessel
Radio Navigation Warning 8/17 [NP40/No.12/Wk.07/17]
may berth at HW.
Paragraph 12.298 1 lines 5--11 Delete NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2014 Edition)
Paragraph 12.300 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Japan -- Honshu -- Oki Shoto -- Saigo Ko —
Vertical clearance
A course can be set as required for entering
Downies Bay (12.304). 102
2 The recommended berth is... Japanese Notice 01/05/2017 [NP41/No.1/Wk.03/17]
Japan -- Honshu -- Kuro Saki to Bakuchi Misaki --

394 Maizuru Ko — Pilotage
2 Leading lights: Paragraph 4.34 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:

Front light (red concrete column, white band) ...Kane--ga--Saki in 15 m, mud. Pilots board in
(551079N 75564W). position 353311N 1351941E.
Rear light (white concrete column, red band) (81 m
from front light), exhibited from the SE corner of Japanese Notice 01/07/2017 [NP41/No.2/Wk.03/17]
the bay.
The alignment (1252) of these lights leads NW of Japan – Kanazawa Ko — Harbour; berths
a light beacon (starboard hand) and SW of the
pierhead, to which a depth of 4 m can be carried at 134
HW. Paragraph 4.130 1 lines 8--9 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.306, 12.307 and 12.308 Replace by: An area of reclaimed land lies along the shore
between the W...
Ards Bay Paragraph 4.130 1 line 12 For 3 cables Read ½ cable
12.306
1 Ards Bay. No vessel should attempt to enter Ards Paragraph 4.130 2 lines 5--7 Replace by:
Bay without local knowledge, and even then, if the ...both breakwaters. A camber having depths of between...
weather is bad, it is better to take shelter in Downies
Bay. With onshore gales, there is such a heavy sea in Paragraph 4.130 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
the vicinity of Horse Park Point, that a small vessel is 3 Development. An area between Kanazawa Ko W
quite unmanageable. Breakwater and Kanaiwa N Breakwater (363652N
1363515E) is currently (2017) being reclaimed.
Spare
12.307 135
Spare Paragraph 4.132 1 line 4 Replace by:

12.308 Ohama Wharf (363756N 1363645E), 290 m in
length, least depth alongside 13 m.
Corr. Todd Navigation [NP40/No.10/Wk.43/16] Sekiyu Quay (363720N 1363658E), 600 m in...
2 -- 171
Index
NP41
Paragraph 4.132 1 line 8 For 370 m Read 585 m Honshu East Coast – Taito Saki to Onahama Ko
– Hitachi Ko — Directions; alongside berths
Paragraph 4.132 2 line 8 For 34 m Read 32 m After Paragraph 7.60 2 line 3 Insert:
E of Hitachi LNG Berth (362878N 1403762E),
Japanese Chart W1193; ENC JP54QDU2 thence:
Hitachi LNG berth (7.60), SW of the harbour
Japan -- Honshu -- North--West Coast -- entrance. Depth alongside 14 m.
Niigata Ko -- Nishi Ku — Alongside depths
Japanese Notice 49/752/2015 [NP41/No.8/Wk.52/15]
159
Paragraph 5.150 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Honshu East Coast – Kashima Ko to
Onahama Ko – Hitachi Ko —
...Quay is 330 m in length with a least depth Anchorages and harbours
alongside of 66 m.
198
Japanese Notice 9/154/17 [NP41/No.4/Wk.19/17] Paragraph 7.64 1 line 10 For E Read NNE
Japan -- Niigata Ko —Alongside berths Japanese Notice 02/15/16 [NP41/No.9/Wk.04/16]
159
Honshu East Coast – Kashima Ko to
Paragraph 5.150 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: Onahama Ko -- Onahama Ko —
Limiting conditions; arrival information
...are each 135 m in length, with depths alongside
from 62 to 75 m. 199
Vertical clearance
Sakata Ko to Akita--Funakawa Ko — Directions 7.73a
1 A bridge between No 3 Wharf and No 1 West
164 Breakwater is currently under construction (2015) in
position 365627N 1405389E, vertical clearance
Paragraph 5.189 1 lines 6--8 For A light (red round concrete unknown.
tower, 10 m in height) (390425N 1395230E) Read A
light (white tower, 8 m in height) (390425N 1395183E) Japanese ENC JP54QNN3 [NP41/No.10a/Wk.05/16]
Japanese ENC 34TFJC [NP41/No.5/Wk.13/16] Japan -- Honshu -- Onahama — Bridge
199
Japan – Honshu – East coast – Choshi Ko —
vertical clearance Paragraph 7.73a 1 including existing Section IV Notice
190
1 Onahama Marine Bridge joins No 3 Wharf and No 1
Paragraph 7.15 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: West Breakwater in position 365628N 1405388E
and has a vertical clearance of about 24 m.
...(354445N 1404946E), with a vertical clearance of
about 110 m, spans Tone Kawa about 1½ miles from the Japanese Notice 39/622/2017 [NP41/No.23/Wk.43/17]
river mouth. It is painted red and marked by lights.
Honshu East Coast – Kashima Ko to
Japanese Notice 47/728/16 [NP41/No.6/Wk.50/16] Onahama Ko -- Onahama Ko —
Limiting conditions; arrival information
Honshu East Coast – Kashima Ko to Onahama 200
Ko -- Hitachi Ko — Directions
196
Entry is prohibited into an area which extends
Paragraph 7.57 1 line 6 Delete about 1 cable SSW of No 3 Wharf, in the vicinity of a
bridge under construction (7.73a).
Japanese Notice 27/03/2016 [NP41/No.7/Wk.05/16] Japanese ENC JP54QNN3 [NP41/No.10b/Wk.05/16]
2 -- 172
Index
NP41
Japan -- Honshu -- Onahama — Prohibited areas Hokkaido – West coast – Kafuka Ko — Light
200 256
Paragraph 7.80 1 including Existing Section IV Notice
1 Entry is prohibited into an area which extends
about 70 m from the SE end of No 7 Wharf. Hokkaido -- Kushiro Ko — Pilotage
Entry is prohibited into an area which extends
about 1 cable SE of No 3 Wharf, in the vicinity of the 278
Onahama Marine Bridge (7.73a).
Paragraph 9.138 1 lines 5--6 For 425815N 1441776E
Read 425800N 1441700E
Japan -- Onahama Ko to Ishinomaki Wan —
Directions; Wreck Kushiro Ko — Harbour; directions
202 278
Clear of a dangerous wreck (371610N Development

1410450E), thence: 9.140a
1 Nishi Ku is undergoing development (2016),
Japanese Notice 37/554/16 [NP41/No.11/Wk.43/16] including reclamation of land and a new breakwater
extending 1 mile S from the mainland to position
425931N 1441783E.
Japan -- Honshu -- East Coast -- Soma Ko —
Berths After Paragraph 9.144 1 line 6 Insert:
SSE of the breakwater under construction (9.140a),
205 thence:
After Paragraph 7.115 1 line 4 Insert: Japanese Notices 12/190/2016 and 12/191/2016
[NP41/No.15/Wk.14/16]
Japex LNG Terminal (375100N 1405730E) has
two berths. No 1 is 165 m (455 m with dolphins) with
Hokkaido – South coast –
a depth alongside of 145 m. No 2 is 60 m (170 m with Hanasaki Misaki — Light
dolphins) with a depth alongside of 74 m.
281
Japanese Notice 46/726/17 [NP41--No 26--Wk 48/17]
Japan – Honshu – East coast – Kesennuma Ko Paragraph 9.167 3 line 4 For Hanasaki Hana Light (9.166)
— Bridge; vertical clearance
Read Hanasaki Misaki Light (9.168)
After Paragraph 7.204 1 line 11 Insert: Hanasaki Misaki Light (white tower, red band, 10 m
in height) (431671N 1453533E)
A bridge, reported to be 30 m in height, with an
unknown safe vertical clearance also spans Oshima 282
Seto in position 385273N 1413636E.
Paragraph 9.171 8 line 5 and lines 7--8 For Hanasaki Hana
Japanese Notice 15/247/2017 [NP41/No.12/Wk.19/17] Light (9.166) Read Hanasaki Misaki Light (9.168).

Japan – Honshu East Coast – Kamaishi Ko —
Nosappu Misaki to Notsuke Saki — Directions
222 286
After Paragraph 7.238 3 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 10.18 Replace by:
N of an obstruction (391528N 1415496E), Spare
thence: 10.18
Japanese Chart 1091 [NP41/No.13/Wk.52/15] Japanese Notice 12/192/2016 [NP41/No.17/Wk.14/16]
2 -- 173
Index
NP41
Notsuke Channel and Nemuro Strait — Russsia – Sea of Okhotsk – Ostrov Iturup –
Directions Zaliv Kitovyy — Anchorages
310
289
Paragraph 10.35 Replace by: 4 Anchorage berths have been established, as
follows:
No 1 451480N 1475170E
Spare
10.35 No 2 451440N 1475170E
No 3 451530N 1475220E
Japanese Notice 12/192/2016 [NP41/No.18/Wk.14/16] No 4 451530N 1475190E
No 5 451510N 1475150E
No 6 451480N 1475150E
Sea of Okhotsk – Yuzhno –
Kuril’skiy Proliv — Directions No 7 451440N 1475100E
No 8 451550N 1475110E
303 Caution: Local knowledge is required, and these
anchorages provide no shelter from W and NW winds.
After Paragraph 11.34 1 line 9 Insert: Russian Notice 04/379/2016 [NP41/No.21/Wk.06/16]
SE of a shoal patch (433614N 1455390E), depth
91 m, thence: Russia – Sea of Okhotsk – Severo--Kuril’sk —
Japanese ENC 352BS4 [NP41/No.19/Wk.05/16] 331

The pilot boards in position 504126N 1560826E.
SE of a stranded wreck (434370N 1455510E),
thence: Russian Notice 04/378/2016 [NP41/No.22/Wk.06/16]
Russian Notice 254/03/2016 [NP41/No.19/Wk.05/16] NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
Shikoku -- Susaki Ko -- Daibo Quay — Depth

Russia – Sea of Okhotsk – Ostrov Kunashir –
Bukhta Yuznho--Kurilskaya — Anchorages 69
304
ENC JP54MEV5 [NP42A--No 1--Wk 49/17]
Paragraph 11.36 4 lines 10--22 including Section IV notice
(06/16) Replace by: Sagami Nada -- West and north--west of O Shima
— Directions; recommended route
Designated anchorage berths are as follows: The following notice is to be implemented at
1 440100N 1455110E 0000 UTC on 1 st January 2018
2 440113N 1455006E 150

3 440060N 1455031E Paragraph 7.20 4 lines 9--14 Replace by:
4 440034N 1455012E The track then continues to lead NE following the
5 440026N 1455114E recommended route, passing:
7 440017N 1454959E NW of Senba Saki (344217N 1392156E) (7.10),
thence:
8 440017N 1455094E SE of Kadowaki Saki (345343N 1390824E),
9 440017N 1455181E where the recommended route ends. The coast
7½ cables SSW of Kadowaki Saki is fringed with
11 435917N 1454960E
black rocks and is very steep--to; depths in excess
12 435912N 1455091E of 200 m lie within 3 cables of the shore. A light
13 435917N 1455195E (7.18) is exhibited from the headland. Thence:
15 440024N 1454918E Paragraph 7.20 5 lines 1--2 Delete
Japanese Notice 46/5634(P)/17

Russian Notice 13/1601/16 [NP41/No.20/Wk.16/16] [NP42A--No 2--Wk 50/17]
2 -- 174
Index
NP42B
NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2016 Edition) Suo Nada – Tokuyama Wan to Iwai Shima —
Directions; racon
Japan -- Kanmon Ko -- Mutsurejima Ku — 103

Anchorage; obstruction Paragraph 4.127 including heading Replace by:
68 Spare
Paragraph 3.67 5 lines 9--10 Replace by: 4.127
...areas of the anchorage. An obstruction lies in 335837N Japanese Notice 45/691/16 [NP42B/No.5/Wk.48/16]
1305360E, two further obstructions lie 4 cables and
5½ cables ESE. Ko Seto (3.61) is approached passing SW Suo Nada – Nakatsu Ko —
of the anchorage. Directions; submerged jetty
111
Japanese Notice 38/614/2017 [NP42B/No.22/Wk.42/17]
Suo Nada – Main Route — Directions; racon SE of a submerged jetty, marked by buoys (special),
lying close SSW of the detached breakwater.
88
Bungo Suido -- Seto Naikai — Pilotage
Japanese Notice 45/691/16 [NP42B/No.1/Wk.48/16] 115
Paragraph 5.9 1 line 1--4 Replace by:
Suo Nada – Ube Ko to Tazuno Hana —
Directions; racon 1 Pilots for vessels bound for Seto Naikai board
4¼ miles SE of Seki Saki Light (331601N
94 1315414E); and very large vessels 10 miles distant...
Paragraph 4.61 1 line 4 Delete Japanese Notice 33/535/17 [NP42B/No.21/Wk.37/17]
Bungo Suido – Mizunoko Shima —

Japanese Notice 45/691/16 [NP42B/No.2/Wk.48/16] Directions; racon
118
Suo Nada – Tazuno Hana to Tokuyama Wan —
Directions; racon Paragraph 5.12 including heading Replace by:
95 Spare
5.12
Japanese Notice 44/670/16 [NP42B/No.7a/Wk.52/16]
Spare
Kyushu east coast -- Bungo Suido — Depth
4.72
118
Suo Nada – Tokuyama--Kudamatsu — ...isolated rock with a depth of about 105 m,

Directions; racon thence:
Japanese Notice 44/5613(P)/17

99
[NP42B/No.23/Wk.46/17]
Bungo Suido – Mizunoko Shima —
Directions; racon
Spare
4.104 120
100 Paragraph 5.20 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 4.108 including heading Replace by: Spare

5.20
Spare Paragraph 5.25 including heading Replace by:
4.108
Spare
Japanese Notice 45/691/16 [NP42B/No.4/Wk.48/16] 5.25
2 -- 175
Index
NP42B
123 157
Paragraph 5.39 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 6.157 1 lines 4--5 Delete
Spare 162
5.39
Spare
Spare 6.193
5.43
172
124
Spare
Spare 6.221
5.57
127
Japanese Inland Sea – Channel separating
Paragraph 5.77 including heading Replace by: Hoso Shima and In--no--Shima —
Vertical clearances
Spare
5.77 247
Japanese Notice 44/670/16 [NP42B/No.7b/Wk.52/16] Paragraph 8.129 2 line 8 Replace by:

...point of In--no--Shima. A further overhead cable
Hozeku Wan to Yawatahama — (342097N 1330842E) with a safe vertical clearance of
General information 31 m spans the channel between the southern point of
Koboso and In--no--Shima.
132
1 With the exception of Ueyoko Se (332556N Hiuchi Nada and Bingo Nada —
1321874E), a nearby shoal patch (332545N Directions; aids to navigation; racons
1321883E), depth 19 m, and Minamikano Se
255
(332689N 1322159E), depths along the route are
in excess of 40 m. Paragraph 9.8 1 lines 4--5 Delete
Japanese Notice 12/5155(T)/16 [NP42B/No.8/Wk.14/16]

257
Iyo Nada – Sada Misaki to Tsurushima Suido — Paragraph 9.25 1 lines 4--5 Delete
Directions; racon
148 261
Paragraph 6.92 1 line 4 Delete Paragraph 9.55 1 including heading Replace by:
Spare
Japanese Notice 45/690/16 [NP42B/No.9/Wk.48/16] 9.55
Iyo Nada – Matsuyama Ko — 264

Directions for entering harbour; racon
Paragraph 9.85 1 including heading Replace by:
152
Spare
Paragraph 6.128 including heading Replace by: 9.85
Spare 266
6.128
267
Iyo Nada – North side — Directions; racon
155
Spare
Paragraph 6.144 1 line 4 Delete 9.107
2 -- 176
Index
NP42B
268 300
Paragraph 9.113 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 10.109 1 including heading Replace by:
Spare Spare
9.113 10.109
Japanese Notices 46/707/16 and 46/709/16 301

[NP42B/No.13a/Wk.49/16] Paragraph 10.115 1 lines 7--9 Delete
Honshu -- Fukuyama Ko -- South Quay — Depths Japanese Notice 46/707/16 [NP42B/No.14/Wk.49/16]
273 307
Paragraph 9.148 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 10.156 1 including heading Replace by:
...length of 350 m with alongside depths from 105 to
Spare
128 m; lesser depths lie off the berths.
10.156
Japanese Notice 45/715/17 [NP42B--No 24--Wk 48/17] Japanese Notices 46/703/16 and 46/706/16
[NP42B/No.14/Wk.49/16]
Hiuchi Nada and Bingo Nada —
Directions; aids to navigation; racons 325
273 Paragraph 10.273 1 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 9.159 including heading Replace by: Spare

10.273
Spare
9.159
275 Harima Nada — Directions

aids to navigation; racons
330
Spare Paragraph 11.17 1 line 2 Delete
9.165
332
Japanese Notice 46/707/16 [NP42B/No.13b/Wk.49/16]
Bisan Seto — Directions;
aids to navigation; racons 333
287 Paragraph 11.45 1 line 2 Delete


Honshu – Harima Nada – Himeji Ko to
Higashi--Harima Ko — Directions; sea berth
295
351
Paragraph 10.80 1 line 2 Delete Paragraph 11.170 1 lines 4--5 Delete

Japanese Notices 46/706/16 and 46/707/16 Tokushima -- Komatsushima Ko —

[NP42B/No.14/Wk.49/16] Arrival information; pilotage
297 368
Paragraph 10.95 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 12.36 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
2 Pilots for Tokushima Ku board in position
Spare 340290N 1343850E and pilots for Komatsushima
10.95 Ku board in position 340150N 1343850E.
Japanese Notice 46/706/16 [NP42B/No.14/Wk.49/16] Japanese Notice 46/701/16 [NP42B/No.17/Wk.49/16]
2 -- 177
Index
NP42B
Osaka Wan -- Kobe Ku -- East Passage — After Paragraph 6.154 1 line 8 Insert:
Directions; buoyage
LNG vessels embark the pilot at position 312900N
401 1303387E.
Paragraph 13.40 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Japanese Chart W221 [NP42C/No.1/Wk.24/15]
1 From the vicinity of Kobe Offing Light Buoy No 2
(343565N 1351433E) the track leads NE for about Kyushu -- South--West Coast --
4 miles to the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (safe water) East of Koshikijima Retto -- Koshiki Kaikyo --
Naka Se — Other aids to navigation; racon
(343776N 1351854E); the track then leads N
through a channel marked by buoys (lateral) and 199
between breakwater heads into the outer part of
Section 3. Paragraph 6.210 including heading Replace by:
Japanese Notice 4/75/17 [NP42B/No.18/Wk.07/17] Spare

6.210
Osaka Wan -- Kobe Ku — Paragraph 6.214 including heading Replace by:
Directions; light beacon
Spare
401 6.214
206
...Fukae--Hamamachi.
Spare
6.256
Osaka Wan --
Amagasaki--Nishinomiya--Ashiya Ku —
Directions; buoyage 209
403
Paragraph 13.67 1 line 2 For 343566N 1351433E Spare
Read 343565N 1351433E 6.280
214
Read 343776N 1351854E Paragraph 7.9 including heading Replace by:
Japanese Notice 4/75/17 [NP42B/No.19/Wk.07/17] Spare

7.9
Japanese Notice 2/37/17 [NP42C/No.2/Wk.10/17]

NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2015 Edition)
Japan -- Kyushu -- Yatsushiro Kai --
Japan -- Okinawa -- Nakagusuku Shinko — Yatsushiro Ko — Berths
Harbour; development
244
113
...reclaimed land. The berths and approaches are dredged
A new basin (261985N 1275151E) is under in sectors from 10 m to 14 m. Mariners should exercise
development (2017). caution as shallower patches exist within the 10 m and
14 m sectors. An obstruction (323209N 1303247E),
Japanese Notice 46/728/2017 with a depth of 129 m lies within the 14 m sector.
[NP42C--No 5--Wk 48/17] Alongside depths in the 10 m sector are from 88 m to
96 m.
Kyushu – Kagoshima Ko — Anchorage and
pilotage positions Japanese Notice 37/591/2017 [NP42C/No.4/Wk.42/17]
192 Shimabara Wan – Misumi Ko —

Bridge; vertical clearance
257
1 The quarantine anchorage is in position 313352N
1303540E, approximately 5 cables S of Kan Se, in After Paragraph 9.55 1 line 11 Insert:
depths of 11--30 m.
The Misumi--Ko Bridge (323673N 1302754E),
Paragraph 6.154 1 line 5 For 313341N 1303540E with a vertical clearance of 39 m, lies between the
Read 313321N 1303536E. overhead cable and road bridge.
2 -- 178
Index
NP42C
259 South Korea – Jejudo North Coast –
Aewolgot to Jeju Hang — Directions
76
Under the Misumi--Ko Bridge (323673N
1302754E) (9.55), thence: Paragraph 2.27 1 line 5 For light: Read lights:
Japanese Notice 15/257/2017 [NP42C/No.3/Wk.19/17] After Paragraph 2.27 1 line 7 Insert:

Jeju Hang Main Breakwater E (red four sided
concrete tower, 26 m in height) (333197N
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, 1263348E).
East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
South Korean Chart KR636B92 [NP43/No.3/Wk.49/15]
(2014 Edition)
Korea – Jejudo – Jeju Hang —
South Korea – Loran C Arrival information; Pilotage
77
6
Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 4--5 Delete East China Sea 333400N 1263300E
Hydropac 364/15 [NP43/No.1/Wk.09/15] Korean Notice 539/16 [NP43/No.4/Wk.32/16]
South Korea – Jejudo North Coast –

South Korea – Jejudo – West Coast – Aewolgot to Jeju Hang — Directions
Marado to Aewolgot — Directions
77
74
Paragraph 2.34 1 line 3 For light: Read lights:
Paragraph 2.16 1 line 5 Replace by: Jeju Hang Main Breakwater E (333197N
Biyangdo Light (332459N 1261365E) (2.17). 1263348E) (2.27)
After Paragraph 2.17 3 line 11 Insert: South Korean Chart KR636B92 [NP43/No.5/Wk.49/15]
Biyangdo Light (white round concrete tower, 5 m South Korea – Jejudo North Coast – Jeju Hang
in height) (332459N 1261365E). to Gwangjochwi — Directions
Paragraph 2.18 2 line 9 For (2.15) Read (2.17) 78
Paragraph 2.40 2 line 7 For light: Read lights:
South Korean Chart KR5F4K31 [NP43/No.2/Wk.49/15]
75
Jeju Hang Main Breakwater E (333197N
Paragraph 2.18 5 lines 3--4 Delete 1263348E) (2.27)
South Korean Chart KR636B92 [NP43/No.6/Wk.49/15]

South Korean Notice 45/713/15 [NP43/No.2/Wk.49/15]
Paragraph 2.20 2 line 7--8 Delete South Korea – Jejudo South Coast –
Gaeminpogot to Marado — Directions
Paragraph 2.20 2 line 10 For (2.15) Read (2.17) 82

Paragraph 2.21 3 line 4 For (2.15) Read (2.17)
2 Major lights:
Seogwipooehang Breakwater Light (red round
South Korean Chart KR5F4K31 [NP43/No.2/Wk.49/15] concrete floodlit tower, 15 m in height)
(331397N 1263404E)
Paragraph 2.22 2 lines 1--3 Delete Seogwipooehang Breakwater Light (331397N
1263404E) (2.60)
UKHO [NP43/No.2/Wk.49/15] South Korean Chart KR636D52 [NP43/No.7/Wk.49/15]
2 -- 179
Index
NP43
South Coast – Offshore Route – Hoenggando — South Coast of Korea – Inshore Route –
Directions Haenamgak to Somodo — Directions
84 94
Paragraph 2.79 1 lines 4--5 Delete Paragraph 2.141 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
SW of a wreck (341661N 1263113E), depth
Paragraph 2.79 1 line 7 Replace by: 30 m.
Hoenggando Light (white round concrete tower, Korean Notice 47/770/15 [NP43/No.14/Wk.52/15]
10 m in height) (340068N 1261966E).
Korean Chart 2713 [NP43/No.8/Wk.02/16] South Korea – S Coast – SSE approach to

Deungyang Man — Directions
South Korea – South Coast – Chuja Gundo — 101

Directions
Paragraph 2.188 3 lines 3--4 For (342380N 1270661E)
85 Read (342385N 1270652E)
Paragraph 2.80 4 line 4 For N cardinal Read isolated

danger
South Korean ENC KR5F4H31 [NP43/No.15/Wk.08/16]

South Korean Chart KR5F4K12 [NP43/No.9/Wk.49/15]
South Korea – South Coast — Hongdo Light

South Korea -- Geomundo — Directions; light
114
86
SSW of Ojiyeo Light Beacon (red round concrete After Paragraph 3.16 4 line 7 Insert:
tower, 12 m in height) (340204N 1272008E), 5 Useful mark:
thence: Hongdo Light (white round concrete tower, 8 m in
height) (343222N 1284397E).
South Korea – South Coast – Coastal Route –
Coastal Route South of Soan Kundo — South Korea – Habaeko to Hongdo —
Directions Directions; light
87 114
Paragraph 2.97 1 lines 2--3 Delete Paragraph 3.13 1 including existing Section IV Notice Wk
20/15 Replace by:
Korean Chart 2713 [NP43/No.11/Wk.02/16] 1 Major lights:
Yeondo Light (342470N 1274803E) (2.129).
South Korea – South Coast – Coastal Route – Somaemuldo Light (white round concrete tower,
Soan Gundo — Depths 13 m in height) (343718N 1283288E).
Hongdo Light (white round concrete tower, 8 m in
89 height) (343222N 1284397E).
Paragraph 2.103 1 line 4 For 114 m Read 76 m Paragraph 3.16 5 existing Section IV Notice Wk 20/15
Delete

South Korea – South Coast – Haenamgak to

Somodo — AIS South Korea – South Coast – Yeosu Hang —
Pilot disembarkation position
94
117
Waemolcho Light Beacon (341638N
Read 344232N 1275144E.
1264535E).
Korean Notice 41/790/2014 [NP43/No.13/Wk.49/14] Korean Notice 21/264/2015 [NP43/No.18/Wk.24/15]
2 -- 180
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Yeosu Hang -- Yeosu Haehyeop — Paragraph 3.147 5 lines 2--3 For Dudo (345350N
Light buoys 1281682E) Read Patseom
120 Paragraph 3.147 5 line 4 and line 6 For Dudo Read

Patseom
S of Yangam (344459N 1274666E) (3.43), Korean Chart 2158 [NP43/No.22/Wk.44/16]
marked by a light beacon (isolated danger),
thence:
S of Odongdo (344470N 1274606E), the S South Korea -- Korea Strait -- Western Channel —
side of which is marked by light buoys (S Directions; AIS; light
cardinal and special), thence:
N of No A Light buoy (N cardinal) (344406N 142
1274550E), thence:
N of No B Light buoy (special) (344402N After Paragraph 3.206 1 line 9 Insert:
1274531E), thence: AIS:
Bugyeodo Light Beacon — as above.
South Korea Notice 34/647/16 [NP43/No.19/Wk.37/16] Yangjiamchwi Light — as above.
Volume 2.
South Korea – Gwangyang Hang — Directions
South Korean Chart 2200 [NP43/No.23/Wk.11/17]
123
Paragraph 3.88 1--2 Replace by: Jinhae Hang and Approaches —

Pilot information
1 From a position in Myodo Sudo 2 cables NE of the
E end of the western GS Caltex Wharf (345182N 143
1274391E) the track leads 2½ cables SSW into a
channel, marked by numbered light buoys (lateral).
2 Thence the alignment (180) of a set of lights leads 2 A pilot boarding area lies in the area enclosed by
S, for a further 3½ cables to the coal pier: the following positions:
Front light (white metal framework tower, 20 m in 345760N 1284983E
height) (345123N 1274425E). 345735N 1284910E
Rear light (white metal framework tower, 26 m in 345875N 1284850E
height) (160 m from front light). 345897N 1284917E
3 A pilot disembarking area lies in the area enclosed
South Korean Chart 2512 [NP43/No.20/Wk.06/17] by the following positions:
345965N 1284803E
345938N 1284747E
South Korea – South Coast – Samcheonpo Hang 350033N 1284713E
to Hadaehodo — Directions; shoal depths 350063N 1284760E
131 Korean Notice 7/01/16 [NP43/No.24/Wk.05/16]

Okpo Hang — Arrival information
2 S of a shoal (345265N 1281060E), with a
depth of 97 m, thence: 143
S of a rock (345260N 1281124E), with a depth of
69 m, thence: Paragraph 3.212 -- Section IV Notice Week 05/16 is
cancelled.
BA Chart 1065 [NP43/No.25/Wk.08/16]
Korea – South coast – Goseong Man —

Description; name; vertical clearance South Korea -- Korea Strait -- Western Channel —
Directions; AIS; light
133
143
Paragraph 3.147 2 line 2 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.214 2 line 4 Insert:
...gravelly. Patseom (345348N 1281682E) lies in the... AIS:
Yangjiamchwi Light — as above.
Paragraph 3.147 2 line 5 and line 7 For Dudo Read
Patseom
Volume 2.
Paragraph 3.147 4 line 2 For 26 m Read 24 m South Korean Chart 2200 [NP43/No.26/Wk.11/17]
2 -- 181
Index
NP43
Korea – South Coast – Geojedo — South Korea – Busan New Port — Pilotage
Okpo Hang approaches — Wreck
147
143 Paragraph 3.238 2 line 3 For 350000N 1284832E
After Paragraph 3.214 2 line 4 Insert: Read 345800N 1284925E
Note. There is a dangerous wreck, always Korean Notice 211/15 [NP43/No.32/Wk.22/15]

submerged, depth 228 m, in position 355403N
1284819E.
Busan New Port —
Arrival information; directions
147
South Korea -- Geojedo -- Okpo Hang — Wreck Paragraph 3.238 2 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV
143
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt and
Paragraph 3.214 2 existing Section IV Notice Week 45/15 is available 24 hours. A pilot boarding area for Busan
Delete New Port lies in the area enclosed by the following
positions:
South Korea Notice 35/668/16 [NP43/No.28/Wk.38/16] 345875N 1284848E
345896N 1284918E
345761N 1284983E
Jinhae Hang and Approaches — 345735N 1284909E
Pilot information LNG vessels board at No 9 pilot station in position
345619N 1284888E.
144 A pilot disembarkation area lies in the area
enclosed by the following positions:
Paragraph 3.224 1 line 7 Replace by: 350036N 1284717E
...(350275N 1284457E) for Jinhae Hang 350063N 1284760E
(3.253),... 345939N 1284746E
345965N 1284803E
BA Chart 1065 [NP43/No.33/Wk.08/16]
South Korea – Gadeok Sudo —

General information; pilotage South Korea – Busan New Port — Speed limit
147
145
3 Speed limit. A 12 kn speed limit is in force in the
1 For vessels requiring a pilot for the approaches to turning area within Gadeok Sudo TSS (3.230), in an
Jinhae Hang, Masan Hang and Jinhae Man, the pilot area bounded by the following:
boards at the No 1 pilot boarding position (350275N Busan New Port No 16 Light Buoy (350263N
1284457E). 1284571E).
For Busan New Port pilots board in position Busan New Port No 12 Light Buoy (350202N
345800N 1284925E. 1284763E).
Busan New Port No 11 Light Buoy (350089N
BA1065 [NP43/No.30/Wk.07/17] 1284702E).
Busan New Port No 15 Light Buoy (350178N
Geojedo to Godumal -- Gadeok Sudo -- 1284532E).
Busan New Port — Limiting conditions
Korean ENC KR5G3A44 [NP43/No.34/Wk.52/14]
146
South Korea – Busan New Port — AIS
147
AIS:
Vertical clearance. The channel close W of 3.204a
Jangmal is spanned by... 1 Busan New Port Buoy (safe water) (345799N
1284878E).
Korean Chart 2214; ENC KR658D86 Busan New Port No C Buoy (safe water)
[NP43/No.31/Wk.16/17] (350144N 1284731E).
2 -- 182
Index
NP43
Busan New Port No 106 Buoy (starboard hand) South Korea – South Coast –
(350274N 1284718E). Jinhae Hang — Anchorages
Busan New Port No 118 Buoy (starboard hand)
(350384N 1284745E). 149
Korean Notices Week 5/15 [NP43/No.35/Wk.08/15]
Two designated anchorages lie on the E side of
Haengam Man (3.253) as follows:
Busan New Port — J--01 -- 350760N 1284120E
Arrival information; directions J--02 -- 350717N 1284125E
Both anchorages have a radius of 335 m.
147
Paragraph 3.241 1 line 2 For between 145 Read between
129
South Korea – Masan Hang and Approaches —
Paragraph 3.241 1 line 5 For between 155 Read between
137 150
Korean Chart 2214 [NP43/No.36/Wk.08/16] Read 350275N 1284457E
BA1065 [NP43/No.41/Wk.07/17]
Geojedo to Godumal -- Gadeok Sudo --
Busan New Port — Berths
Korea – S coast – Masan Hang and
147 Anjeong Hang — Arrival information; pilotage
Paragraph 3.241 1 including existing Section IV Week 150

08/16 lines 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 3.269 1 line 5 For 1284887E Read
1 There are six container berths at North Container 1285020E
Terminal, with depths alongside from 139 to 167 m.
Two berths are available at South Container Terminal Korean Notice 25/402/16 [NP43/No.42/Wk.28/16]
with depths alongside from 147 to 163 m.
Development continues in the rest of the port. A South Korea – South Coast – Masan Hang —
multi--purpose terminal is situated at the E end of the Anchorages
basin with depths alongside from 139 to 155 m.
151
Korean Chart 2214; ENCs KR658D86; KR5G3A44 Paragraph 3.277 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
[NP43/No.37/Wk.16/17]
2 There are three anchorages N of Jeodo
(351074N 1283489E), with depths from 6 to 8 m,
South Korea – Gadeok Sudo to Masan Hang as follows:
including Jinhae Hang — A2 -- 351159N 1283493E
General information; pilotage A4 -- 351130N 1283493E
A6 -- 351095N 1283495E
148
Read 350275N 1284457E
South Korea – Jinhae Man — Speed limits
BA1065 [NP43/No.38/Wk.07/17] 152

South Coast of Korea – Gadeok Sudo to 2 Limiting speeds:
Masan Hang including Jinhae Hang — A 12 kn speed limit is in force in the TSS’s which
Directions; arrival Information
lie SW of Jamdo (3.290), in two areas bounded by the
149
Northern TSS:
Paragraph 3.251 3 lines 5--10 Replace by: 350326N 1283870E.
350307N 1283930E.
The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NE 350215N 1283834E.
of Danangmal (350423N 1283807E), the SE 350231N 1283772E.
extremity of a peninsula. A light buoy exists (port 3 Southern TSS:
hand) close to the boundary of the traffic lane leading 350312N 1284018E.
to Masan Hang. 350255N 1284048E.
350154N 1283855E.
South Korean Chart 2156 [NP43/No.39/Wk.47/15] 350215N 1283834E.
2 -- 183
Index
NP43
4 A 15 kn speed limit is in force in the TSS which South Korea – Gohyeon Hang —
lies N of Jamdo (3.290), in an area bounded by the Arrival information; pilotage
155
350498N 1283907E.
350412N 1284123E. Paragraph 3.297 1 line 7 For 350240N 1284570E
350372N 1284086E. Read 350275N 1284457E
350458N 1283871E.
BA1065 [NP43/No.48/Wk.07/17]
Korean ENC KR5G3A43; Korean chart 2156
[NP43/No.44/Wk.03/15]
Korea – S coast – Masan Hang and
Anjeong Hang — Arrival information; pilotage
South Korea – South Coast —
Hwangdeokdo Light 155
Paragraph 3.303 1 line 5 For 1284887E Read
153 1285020E

After Paragraph 3.290 4 line 3 Insert: South Korea -- Korea Strait -- Western Channel —
Directions; AIS; light
Useful mark:
Hwangdeokdo Light (white round concrete tower, 157
16 m in height) (350067N 1283725E).
Korean Notice 25/349/15 [NP43/No.45/Wk.28/15] Yangjiamchwi Light (345370N 1284509E)
(3.205).
South Coast of Korea – Gadeok Sudo to After Paragraph 3.317 1 line 13 Insert:
Masan Hang including Jinhae Hang —
Directions; arrival Information AIS:
Yangjiamchwi Light — as above.
Volume 2.
E of a wreck (350436N 1283855E); a light buoy
(port hand), lies close. A further obstruction with a South Korea – Namhyeongjedo and Gadeokdo to
depth of 152 m lies 1¾ cables SSE of the light Godumal — Directions; inshore route
buoy in the entrance to the S--bound lane.
Thence: 158
...depths of less than 5 m, surrounding the islet.
2 E of Sillido (350381N 1283807E), a wooded Thence:
islet. Wonjeon Hang lies on the N side of the SE of a dangerous wreck (350262N 1290604E),
channel between Sillido and the mainland the position of which is approximate.
NNW. A detached breakwater, exhibiting a
light at each end, lies partially across the NE Korean Notice 123/10/16 [NP43/No.51/Wk.12/16]
end of this channel. Thence:
Paragraph 3.291 2 line 11 Replace by: Korea – S coast — Dadaepo breakwaters
...Jamdo. An unexploded ordnance lies close off the 161

island’s NW peninsula.
South Korean Chart 2156 [NP43/No.46/Wk.47/15] The harbour is protected by two breakwaters as
follows:
From the E side of the entrance to Dadaepo, a
South Korea – Jinhae Man --Gajodo Sudo — breakwater extends 17 cables WSW from the
Vertical clearance shore. A light is exhibited from the end of the
breakwater.
154 A second, L--shaped breakwater, centred on position
350250N 1285918E, lies 3 cables SSW of the
Paragraph 3.293 2 line 4 For (vertical clearance unknown) head of the above breakwater. Lights are
Read (vertical clearance 20 m). exhibited from the NW and E ends of the
breakwater.
Korean Chart 2165/2016 [NP43/No.47/Wk.20/17] Korean Notice 41/3/16 [NP43/No.52/Wk.05/16]
2 -- 184
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Busan Hang -- Dadaepo — South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Obstructions
Directions; breakwater; light; anchorage; berths
172
3 W--1 (352728N 1292338E) (radius 400 m) is
After Paragraph 3.340 3 line 5 Insert: an anchorage for vessels of less than
ENE of the E head of a detached breakwater, on 20 000 gt and can only accommodate one
which stands a light (white round concrete tower, vessel at a time. Two obstructions (352728N
10 m in height) (350250N 1285936E), 1292346E and 352727N 1292359E) lie
thence: in the E of the anchorage area.
BA Chart 898 [NP43/No.101/Wk.39/17]
4 Thence the track leads NW and N into the harbour, East Coast of Korea – Ulsan Hang —
Ulsan Sin Hang
passing W of the outer breakwater head, on which
stands a light (red concrete tower, 12 m in height) 173
(350277N 1285934E). Paragraph 4.39 Replace by:
Spare
165
4.39
Paragraph 3.346 1 lines 1--11 Replace by: Korean ENC KR659C18 & UKHO chart BA898
[NP43/No.55b/Wk.22/16]
1 Anchorage. K3 anchorage (350200N
1285927E), mud, depths around 19 m, lies SE of South Korea – Ulsan Hang —
Goraeseom (3.340). Harbour; development; directions
Alongside berths. There is a fishing harbour on
173
the NW side of Dadaepo and two commercial berthing
areas as follows: Paragraph 4.39 1 and 2 including heading and existing
2 East side. Quay, about 1100 m long, with Section IV Week 22/16 Replace by:
charted depths from 80 to 103 m alongside.
Development
North side. Comprises berths MKD01 and MKD02;
4.39
total length about 500 m with charted depths from
1 Land reclamation works are in progress (2017) in
47 to 95 m alongside. There are considerably
the vicinity of 352796N 1292267E for the
shoaler depths at either extremity of the quay.
construction of a large new port facility.
Paragraph 3.347 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Works are also in progress (2017) on the Ulsan Sin
Hang N Breakwater (352772N 1292315E).
1 Moorings. There are several mooring buoys on the
W side of the harbour and a mooring buoy close SSW Korean Notice 17/258/17 [NP43/No.56/Wk.22/17]
of Dongil Shipyard (350509N 1290026E). South Korea – East Coast –
Ulsan Hang — Directions
173 -- 174
Korea – Ulsan Hang approaches —
Directions; racon Ulsan Sin Hang No 1 Light Buoy (352347N
1292258E).
170 Ulsan Hang Light Buoy (352380N 1292359E).
Ulsan Hang Hyeonsan Light Buoy B (352551N
Ulsan Hang SBM B (352632N 1292361E).
Ulsan Sin Hang Hyeonsan No. A light buoy Onsan Hang North Breakwater (352708N
(352551N 1292270E). 1292236E).
Ulsan Hang detached breakwater W head
Korean Notice 50/1015/14 [NP43/No.54/Wk.02/15] (352799N 1292399E).
East Coast of Korea – Ulsan Hang —
Ulsan Sin Hang South Korean Chart KR659C18 [NP43/No.57/Wk.50/15]
East Coast of Korea – Ulsan Hang —

170 Ulsan Sin Hang
The track then leads to a position (352120N After Paragraph 4.43 1 line 7 Insert:
1292770E) in the pilot boarding area in the Ulsan Sin Hang
approaches to Ulsan Hang. 4.43a
1 From a position (352120N 1292770E) in the
Korean ENC KR659C18 & UKHO chart BA898 pilot boarding area, the track leads NW for 4 miles,
[NP43/No.55a/Wk.22/16] passing:
2 -- 185
Index
NP43
NE of F Buoy (352380N 1292359E), thence: South Korea -- East Coast --
WNW for one mile, to Fairway IV and the buoyed Ulsan Hang — Berths
channel to Ulsan Sin Hang.
174
Paragraph 4.48 2 including existing Section IV Wk 22/16
Paragraph 4.44 1 to 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Replace by:
2 SBM E (Korea Oil) (352481N 1292293E). For
1 From a position (352120N 1292770E) in the
tankers up to 300 000 dwt; depth of 27 m at
pilot boarding area, the track leads initially NNW to
the entrance fairway, passing: the terminal.
WSW of E3 anchorage area (352510N SBM F (Korea Oil) (352380N 1292359E),
1292625E), and: (Racon).
2 ENE of Ulsan Hang E (SBM) (white with blue As the SBMs are exposed to S and SE winds,
band) (352480N 1292293E), thence: vessels must always be ready to move. Vessels may
also ride up against the SBMs as the tidal stream
Korean Notice 18/265 & 266/16 [NP43/No.58/Wk.22/16] changes direction; it has been reported (1996) that a
stern tug remains fast throughout cargo operations to
keep vessels off the SBMs.
South Korea – East coast – Ulsan Hang — Light
South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Obstruction
174
175
After Paragraph 4.44 5 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 4.50 1 line 7 Replace by:
Ulsan Sin Hang N Light (352805N 1292347E). ...mainly mud. Two obstructions (352864N
1292396E and 352860N 1292404E) lie in
Korean Notice 42/814/14 [NP43/No.59/Wk.49/14] the S of anchorage area M7.
BA chart 898 [NP43/No.102/Wk.39/17]
South Korea – Ulsan Hang — South Korea – South Coast – P’ohang Hang —
Harbour; development; directions Outer anchorages
174 180
1 There are five anchorage areas, numbered S1 to
SSW of the Ulsan Sin Hang N Breakwater S head S5. Area S1 lies close E of the port. Areas S2, S3
(352703N 1292274E), thence: and S4 form one block NE of the port and are
centred on position 360330N 1292650E. Area S5
Korean Notice 17/258/17 [NP43/No.60/Wk.22/17] lies 6 miles NE of the port.
2 There are three quarantine anchorages, as follows:
East Coast of Korea – Ulsan Hang — Q1 -- 360725N 1293041E, radius 4½ cables.
Ulsan Sin Hang Q2 -- 360562N 1292870E, radius 500 m.
Q3 -- 360333N 1292459E, radius 400 m.
174 Korean Notices 37/711 & 39/756/14
[NP43/No.63/Wk.49/14]
East Coast – Pohang Hang – Yeongilman Hang
Korean ENC 659C18 [NP43/No.61/Wk.22/16] Container Terminal — Directions
181
After Paragraph 4.48 2 Insert: The track leads W towards the Traffic Separation
Light Buoy (360470N 1292860E), then W and
Ulsan Sin Hang NNW through the charted Traffic Separation Zone,
4.48a passing:
1 Ulsan Sin Hang (352650N 1292245E) lies close SW of Detached Breakwater S Head (360535N
SW of Onsan Hang. It is protected by N and S 1292784E), from which a light is exhibited.
breakwaters and a detached E breakwater; lights are Thence:
exhibited from all four breakwater heads. The facility ENE of Inner Detached Breakwater N Head
has a mixture of petro chemical and dry bulk berths. (360548N 1292724E), from which a light is
Depths alongside vary between 12 m and 16 m. exhibited. Thence:
ENE of a light buoy (port hand) (360557N
Korean ENC KR659C18 and BA898 1292730E).
[NP43/No.61/Wk.22/16] The track then leads NW to the container terminal.
2 -- 186
Index
NP43
After Paragraph 4.95 2 line 6 Insert: 2 Useful marks:
Hosan Hang N Breakwater Light (yellow round
Yeongilman Hang Detached Breakwater N Head
Light (white 4--sided concrete tower, 28 m in concrete tower, 30 m in height) (371076N
height) (360547N 1292723E). 1292147E).
Hosan Hang S Breakwater Light (red round concrete
Korean Notice 51/830/15 [NP43/No.64/Wk.01/16] tower, 30 m in height) (370992N 1292193E).
Hosan Hang Sea Berth B Light (yellow metal post,
12 m in height) (371022N 1292120E).
East Coast of Korea – Ulleungdo Island – Hosan Hang Sea Berth A Light (yellow metal post,
Jeodong Hang — Light
12 m in height) (371004N 1292137E).
3 Berth. The LNG berth consists of a dolphin berth
187
with 14 m of water alongside at the discharge point.
After Paragraph 4.129 1 line 7 Insert: Development. Two areas of land are currently
being reclaimed close N and S of the current harbour,
Jeodong Hang N Breakwater Light (red concrete and a large area of land about 1 mile in depth and
tower, 16 m in height) (372987N 1305485E).
1¼ cables wide is currently being reclaimed to the N
South Korean Notice 42/642/15 [NP43/No.65/Wk.46/15] of the port.

South Korea – East coast – Ulleungdo — Racon
187 Korea – East coast – Hosan Hang — Anchorages

Ulleung sadong Hang South Breakwater Light Paragraph 4.150a 3 line 1 existing Section IV Week 49/14
(372765N 1305296E). Replace by:
Korean Notice 47/937/14 [NP43/No.66/Wk.51/14] 3 Anchorages. Two designated anchorages lie in the
approaches to the port:
South Korea – Ulleungdo — AIS W-1 (370957N 1292300E) with a radius of
600 m in about 45 m, mud.
187 W-2 (371220N 1292211E) with a radius of 650 m
in 48 m, sand.
After Paragraph 4.130 1 Insert: 4 Berth. The LNG berth consists of a dolphin berth...
2 AIS:
Ssangjeoncho (373341N 1305639E). Korean Notice 45/861/16 [NP43/No.70/Wk.48/16]
Korean Chart 1700 [NP43/No.67/Wk.08/15] South Korea – Donghae Hang —

Berths; alongside depths
Korea – East Coast – Samcheok Hang —
Pilot Position 191--192
Paragraph 4.145 2 line 8 Replace by: 1 Donghae Hang contains the following berths:
Wharf C, length 270 m, depths from 117 to 134 m
Pilotage is compulsory, the boarding position being alongside.
372567N 1291287E. Wharf N, length 1 190 m, depths from 79 to 124 m
alongside.
Korean Chart 1414 [NP43/No.68/Wk.09/16] Wharf S, length 1 282 m, depths from 71 to 126 m
alongside.
South Korea – East coast — Hosan Hang Coal Pier, length 270 m, depth 145 m alongside.
Yukong Sea--Berth for oil cargoes; length 150 m,
190 charted depth of 31 m alongside.
After Paragraph 4.150 3 line 8 Insert: Korean Chart 1519/16 [NP43/No.71/Wk.50/16]
Chart 882, Korean chart 1524

South Korea – Mukho Hang —
Hosan Hang controlling depth; obstruction
4.150a
1 Description. Hosan Hang (371015N 1292130E) 192
is a new port, built on reclaimed land, for the
importation of liquified gas. The harbour is protected Paragraph 4.165 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
by a detached breakwater 1 mile in length, which
leads NW to S. A light is exhibited from each end of 1 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth
the breakwater. A small fishing harbour, enclosed by of 74 m in the fairway. An obstruction with a depth of
two breakwaters, each of which exhibits a light, lies 83 m (373279N 1290689E) lies in the approach to
close NW of the port. No 1 Wharf.
2 -- 187
Index
NP43
Paragraph 4.166 3 lines 3--6 Replace by: Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within a 3 mile corridor between Yã Do and
Caution. Care should be taken when using A1 and
the mainland to the SSW.
A2 anchorages to avoid a rocky shoal, with depth of
74 m (373279N 1290754E), lying 4½ cables NNE 2 Pilotage. Pilot boards in position 391522N
of the head of the E breakwater. 1274325E.
Quarantine. There is a quarantine station at Galma
Korean Chart 1519/16 [NP43/No.72/Wk.50/16] Dong (391186N 1272830E).
South Korea – East coast – Mukho Hang —
Berths; depths Russia – Zaliv Pos’yeta and Zaliv Slavyanskiy —
192
232
1 Mukho Hang contains the following main berthing
areas: 5 Anchorages. Within Zaliv Pos’yeta, eighteen
Central Wharf (373305N 1290679E); length designated anchor berths are charted, centred on
133 m, least charted depth 17 m alongside. Used position 423350N 1310250E.
for general cargo.
No 1 Wharf (Coal Pier) (373289N 1290684E); Russian Notice 3/235/15 [NP43/No.77/Wk.06/15]
contains three berths with a total length of 370 m,
charted depths from 33 m to 72 m alongside. Russia – Zarubino — Pilotage
Used for loading graphite and coal.
2 No 3 Wharf (373275N 1290674E); total 232
length 330 m, depths from 72 m to 77 m After Paragraph 6.22 5 line 6 Insert:
alongside. Used for loading cement.
No 4 Wharf (373264N 1290679E); length A further pilot boarding position lies in position
140 m, charted depth of 69 m alongside. Used for 423480N 1310606E.
loading cement.
BA Chart 898 [NP43/No.73/Wk.49/16]
Russia – Zaliv Pos’yeta and Zaliv Slavyanskiy —
South Korea -- Sokcho Hang —
Directions; rocky shoal 233
196
2 Pilotage. Pilot boards in the following position:
Paragraph 4.198 3 lines 6--8 Replace by: 423600N 1304980E.
...entrance, passing: Paragraph 6.27 3 lines 7--9 Delete
NE of a shoal with a least depth of 64 m
(381159N 1283655E), on which stands a light
239
beacon (port hand), thence:
Clear of a rocky shoal (381212N 1283626E) Paragraph 6.58 2 lines 5--6 For 425280N 1312500E
with a depth of 90 m, which lies 1 cable SSE of the Read 425350N 1312600E
head of the E breakwater.
Paragraph 6.59 2 line 11 For 1¼ miles N of Mys Slavyanka
Korean ENC KR688D53 [NP43/No.74/Wk.04/17] Read in position 425350N 1312555E
South Korea – East Coast – Russian Notice 3/235/15 [NP43/No.79/Wk.06/15]

Daejin Hang — Racon
Russia – East coast of Siberia – Vladivostok
197 approaches – Bukhta Narva — Anchorage
South Korean Notice 23/291/15 [NP43/No.75/Wk.26/15]
4 Anchorage can be obtained in Bukhta Narva
during offshore winds in 13 m, sand, about 1 mile ENE
North Korea – Wãnsan Hang — of Mys Brinera (425897N 1312974E), keeping well
Arrival information; anchorage clear of two large charted marine farms to the NE and
SW of this position. A group of five submerged
205 mooring buoys, centred on position 425893N
Paragraph 5.28 1--2 Replace by: 1313113E, lie close SE.
Vessels can also anchor in Bukhta Geka
1 Outer anchorage. There is a waiting anchorage for (425851N 1312966E) during offshore winds in 9 m,
foreign vessels outside Yãngh÷ng Man, centred on a off a sandy beach.
position 4½ miles ENE of Yã Do (391394N
1273762E). Russian Chart 68012 [NP43/No.80/Wk.49/14]
2 -- 188
Index
NP43
Russia – East Coast – Sea of Japan – Paragraph 7.49 1--2 including existing Sect IV notice week
Vladivostok — Pilot positions 21/15 Replace by:
245
1 Anchorage can be obtained within Zaliv Nakhodka,
Paragraph 6.110 1 lines 1--11 Replace by: for different classes of vessels, in designated areas as
follows:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The Anchorage area No 1 (424932N 1325551E);
pilot boards in the following positions; Russian dry cargo vessels.
E of Vladivostok in Zaliv Ussuriyskiy: Anchorage area No 2 (424935N 1325736E);
In Russian Regulated Area No 175A, centred on Russian dry cargo vessels.
position 430290N 1315960E. (Foreign
Anchorage area No 3 (424821N 1325751E);
vessels).
In Russian Regulated Area No 175B, centred on Foreign dry cargo vessels.
position 430405N 1315960E. (Russian 2 Anchorage area No 4 (424742N 1325555E);
vessels). Russian tankers.
At the entrance to Fairway No 8, in position Anchorage area No 5 (424656N 1325747E);
(430235N 1315772E). Foreign dry cargo vessels.
2 W of Vladivostok in Zaliv Amurskiy: Anchorage area No 6 (424725N 1325897E);
WNW of Fairway No 9 entrance, in position Foreign dry cargo vessels.
430465N 1314800E. Anchorage area No 7 (424679N 1330084E);
W of Mys Tokarevskogo in position 430750N Russian dry cargo vessels.
1314700E. 3 Anchorage area No 8 (424606N 1330199E);
In Russian Anchorage Area 169, centred on position Russian dry cargo vessels.
430420N 1314650E. Anchorage area No 9 (424511N 1330089E);
During ice navigation periods, in position 430700N Foreign dry cargo vessels.
1314610E. Anchorage area No 10 (424572N 1325560E);
Foreign tankers.
Russian Notice 37/5214/15 & Russian chart 96705 Large vessel anchorage (424535N 1325791E).
[NP43/No.81/Wk.41/15] Tankers (424476N 1330016E).
4 The Vostochnyy Roadstead Transhipment area,
Russia – Vladivostok — Directions centred on position 424634N 1325795E, lies at the
S end of Anchorage No 5; a mooring buoy has been
246 moored at the S end of the area in position
424622N 1325803E.
Paragraph 6.117 Replace by: Regulated Area No 282 is designated a small craft
anchorage and has two mooring buoys within its
Spare limits.
6.117 5 Quarantine formalities for cargo vessels are
normally carried out in anchorage areas Nos 3, 4, 5,
6, 9 and 10. Bunkering operations for foreign dry
cargo vessels are carried out in anchorage No 5.
Russia – Zaliv Nakhodka — Pilots It is reported that in the N anchorages holding is
very poor and dragging occurs, even in strong
258 offshore winds and with freshets from Reka
Partizanskaya (7.74). Two anchors are recommended
in the N areas after mid--October.
...weather, vessels follow the pilot boat. 6 A wreck (424522N 1325547E), position
There are two further pilot boarding positions in the approximate, with a depth of 20 m, lies within
entrance to Zaliv Nakhodka as follows: anchorage area No 10.
424800N 1325640E See Appendix II for details of the Russian
424583N 1325640E Regulated Areas and anchorage areas.
For further details, see Admiralty List of Radio Prohibited anchorage. See 7.51.
Signals Volume 6(6).

BA3041 [NP43/No.84/Wk.50/16]
Russia – Nakhodka Commercial Port —
Limiting conditions; arrival information; Paragraph 7.51 1 lines 6--8 Replace by:
depths; anchorages
Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within Russian
259
Regulated Area No 97 (424813N 1325333E).
Paragraph 7.46 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 2 Navigation is prohibited within Russian Regulated
Area No 291 (424905N 1325371E), in Bukhta
1 Controlling depths. The minimum charted depth in
Nakhodka. See Appendix II.
Fairway No 6 is 116 m. Alongside the maximum
permitted draughts are as follows:
Russian Chart 68011 [NP43/No.84/Wk.50/16] Russian Chart 68011 [NP43/No.84/Wk.50/16]
2 -- 189
Index
NP43
Russia – Sea of Japan – Vostochnyy — Russia – East Coast –
Transhipment Area Bukhta Dzhigit — Anchorages
275
259
3 Anchorage. There are three designated
The Vostochnyy Roadstead Transhipment area, anchorages, centred on the following positions:
centred on position 424633N 1325788E, lies at the Anchorage area 174A -- 444554N 1362168E
S end of Anchorage No 5; a mooring buoy has been Anchorage area 174B -- 444635N 1362194E
laid at the S end of the area in position Anchorage area 174C -- 444686N 1362354E
424620N 1325796E. Depths are between 162 m and 26 m, with a sand
seabed.
Russian Notice18/2526/15 [NP43/No.85/Wk.21/15]
Mys Nizmennyy to Mys Yuhznyy — Directions Mys Khoy to Proliv Nevel’skogo — Directions
270 293
...NE for 20 miles to position 514057N 1412009E, the
beginning of S entrance channel to Proliv Nevel’skogo
271 (10.8).

Russian Notice 492(T)/05/16 [NP43/No.86/Wk.07/16] 6 The track then leads to position 514057N
1412009E, the beginning of the S entrance channel
Russia – East coast of Siberia – to Proliv Nevel’skogo (10.8).
Bukhta Rudnaya — Wreck Russian Notice 481(T)/05/16 [NP43/No.91a/Wk.07/16]
274 Russia – Gulf of Tartary – Tatarskiy Strait –
Port Nevel’sk — Pilot Boarding Position
300
Caution. A wreck with a depth over it of 15 m lies Paragraph 9.15 1 line 6 For ...above). Read ...above). A
in the centre of the entrance, in position 442152N second pilot boarding position is 463943N 1414900E.
1355082E.
Gulf of Tartary – East Coast – Uglegorsk —
Directions for entering Uglegorsk
Russia – East Coast – Bukhta Rudnaya —
Anchorages 309
274
Russia East Coast – Gulf of Tartary – Portovyy
3 Anchorage. There are two designated anchorages, Punkt Shakhtërsk — Pilotage
as follows: 309
Anchor berth 1 -- 442120N 1355040E
Anchor berth 2 -- 442150N 1355070E Paragraph 9.82 2 line 3 Replace by:
The depth is 170 m, with a sand seabed. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position
491030N 1420200E prior to entry of the obligatory
Russian Notice 12/1654/15 [NP43/No.88/Wk.14/15] pilotage area. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Russia – East Coast –
Bukhta Plastun — Anchorages Russia – Gulf of Tartary –
Aleksandrovsk--Sakhalinskiy — Anchorages
275 314
Anchorage. There are two designated anchorages, 6 Designated anchorage positions:
as follows: No 1 -- 505460N 1420675E
Anchor berth 1 -- 444470N 1361950E No 2 -- 505468N 1420708E
Anchor berth 2 -- 444430N 1361950E No 3 -- 505478N 1420760E
The depth is 10 m to 11 m, with a sand seabed. No 4 -- 505492N 1420682E
No 5/Quarantine -- 505498N 1420727E
Russian Notice 12/1656/15 [NP43/No.89/Wk.14/15] Russian Notice 31/4413/15 [NP43/No.95/Wk.35/15]
2 -- 190
Index
NP43
Mys Khoy to Proliv Nevel’skogo — Directions Russia – Sea of Okhotsk — Directions; Racon
318 345
After Paragraph 11.75 1 line 11 including existing Section IV
notices (49/14) and (17/16) Insert:
1 From a position 7 miles E of Cape Sushcheva
(514138N 1410668E) at the beginning of the Other aids to navigation
channel through... 11.75a
1 Racon:
Russian Notice 481(T)/05/16 [NP43/No.91b/Wk.07/16] Platform PA--B (525600N 1432995E).
Volume 2.
Proliv Nevel’skogo — Directions
319
Paragraph 10.13 title Replace by: NP44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2017 Edition)
Mys Sushcheva to Mys Lazareva
Indonesia -- East Coast of Sumatera --
Paragraph 10.13 1 line 1--2 Replace by: Pulau Rupat — Wreck
1 From a position 7 miles E of Cape Sushcheva 76
(514138N 1410668E), the track generally leads...
Russian Notice 481(T)/05/16 [NP43/No.96/Wk.07/16] NE of a dangerous wreck (20279N 1020175E)
reported in 2017, thence:
NE of Gosong Rob Roy (15480N 1020250E),...
Russia – Sea of Okhotsk – Zaliv Terpeniya –
Reyd Poronaysk — Anchorages Indonesian Notice 36/551/2017 [NP44/No.1/Wk.42/17]
342 Indonesia -- East Coast of Sumatera --

Pulau Rupat — Wreck
77
Designated anchorages are as follows:
No 1 -- 491270N 1430870E. Paragraph 2.74 1 line 4 Replace by:
No 2 -- 491230N 1430790E.
...SW of a dangerous wreck (2.72) and NNE of Gosong
Quarantine -- 491210N 1430720E.
Rob Roy (2.72), to rejoin the track...
2 Anchorage elsewhere is prohibited except, with the
permission of the harbour authorities, in an Indonesian Notice 36/551/2017 [NP44/No.2/Wk.42/17]
emergency.
Malaysia -- North approach to Pelabuhan Klang --
Russian Notice 42/5975/15 [NP43/No.97/Wk.45/15] Angsa Bank — Obstruction; light
161
Russia – Sea of Okhotsk –
Drilling platform — Light Paragraph 6.108 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
2 NE of an obstruction (32012N 1005891E),
345 thence:
NE of Angsa Bank Light Beacon (N cardinal)
After Paragraph 11.75 1 line 4 Insert: (32000N 1005996E), thence:
Berkut Platform Light (522789N 1433897E). Malaysian Notice 10/185/17 [NP44--No 5--Wk 50/17]
Russian Notice 39/5601/14 [NP43/No.98/Wk.49/14] Malaysia -- Malacca Strait -- Tanjung Ru — Light

166
Russia – Sea of Okhotsk — Directions; Platform Paragraph 6.130 2 line 1 Replace by:
Light
2 Tanjung Ru Light (25035N 1011705E) (white
345 round tower on piled platform).
Bukit Jugra Light (25009N 1012502E) (6.111).
After Paragraph 11.75 1 line 10 including Section IV Notice
(49/14) Insert:
...light beacon (6.130) stands 5 cables WNW of
Platform PA--B (525598N 1432990E). this point. ...
Russian Notice 15/118/16 [NP43/No.99/Wk.17/16] Malaysian Notice 8/149/17 [NP44/No.3/Wk.45/17]
2 -- 191
Index
NP44
Singapore -- The Sisters — Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Teluk Bayur — Berths
Marine nature reserve
346
229
After Paragraph 8.139 1 line 1 Insert: 1 There are two Pertamina oil berths, one for black
oils and one for white, on either side of a single jetty
Marine nature reserve (10401S 1002453E) situated in Teluk Kabung
8.139a about 4¼ miles SE of Teluk Bayur breakwater head.
1 Sisters Islands Marine Park has been established in Both are 130 m in length. The black oil pier has an
the waters around Pulau Subar Darat (11290N alongside depth of 75m, the white 65 m.
1035000E) (8.143) and Pulau Subar Laut (8.143), 2 The pier (05984S 1002280E) 2 cables NE of
and along the western reefs of Pulau Sakijang Pulau Terlena forms the coal terminal.
Bendera (8.137) and Pulau Tekukor (8.143). The cement terminal (05981S 1002268E), lies N
For further information see www.nparks.gov.sg. of Pulau Terlena, with berthing facilities on both sides
of the jetty. A third cement berth lies W of the root of
MPA Singapore Notice 21/2017 the jetty.
[NP44--No 8--Wk 50/17] Six berths handling containers, brek bulk and
general cargo lie W and NW of Pulau Terlena.
A new pier has been constructed, SW of Pulau
Singapore -- The Sisters —
Directions; Marine nature reserve Terlena, just within and parallel to the outer
breakwater.
229
Indonesian Chart 279/2017 [NP44--No 7--Wk 50/17]
1 Cautions. See warnings about eddies at 8.61 and NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
the marine nature reserve at 8.139a. (2014 Edition)
MPA Singapore Notice 21/2017 Spain – Málaga —

[NP44--No 9--Wk 50/17] Directions for entering harbour; AIS
92
Singapore -- Jurong Island --
Sakra Basin — Berths After Paragraph 2.46 2 Insert:
235 Other aids to navigation

2.46a
1 AIS:
No 6 142 m Málaga Light — as above.
Volume 2.
...Singapore (Pte) Ltd operates all the berths. UKHO [NP45/No.1/Wk.06/17]
Berths 1--5 are situated along the NNE side of the
basin and Berth No 6 lies outside the basin facing the Spain -- Cartagena — Berths; depths; LNG berth
Selat Pandan. From the...
115
Singapore Notice 15/4032/17 [NP44--No 4--Wk 48/17] Paragraph 2.186 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
...depths from 103 to 116 m; two berths for vessels
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Teluk Bayur — up to 300 m long.
345
Leading lights:
Front light (white triangle, point up, on white single Dique Suroeste (373386N 05857W), mole;
pipe beacon) (05991S 1002284E) exhibited length 780 m, least depth alongside 230 m;
from the head of the coal pier. lay--by.
Rear light (white triangle, point down, on white
beacon) (342 m from front light). 116
From the vicinity of the entrance, the alignment
Paragraph 2.186 4 lines 4--8 and Paragraph 2.186 5 and 6
(014) of the above lights leads through the harbour to
Replace by:
the N berths.
Muelle Sur (373372N 05821W); length 600 m,
Indonesian Chart 279/2017 [NP44--No 6--Wk 50/17] least depth alongside 206 m; solid bulk.
2 -- 192
Index
NP45
Muelle Polivalente (373391N 05804W); length 133
580 m, least depth alongside 206 m;
multipurpose.
Tanker Berths (373410N 05824W), two berths;
length 440 m, least depth alongside 169 m at S
berth. Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Lighthouse
Dique--Muelle de Bastarreche (373406N (392731N 01716W) (3.12).
05792W); dolphin berth, length 400 m; Paragraph 3.41 1 line 7 Replace by:
maximum draughts: bow 195 m; stern 214 m;
second berth (373394N 05782W): length Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Light (392731N
417 m; least depth alongside 99 m; tankers. 01716W) (3.12).
Muelle de Maese (373387N 05757W) length Paragraph 3.42 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
362 m; least depth alongside 93 m; refined oils,
bioethanol in bulk. 1 AIS:
5 Muelle Pantalán (373397N 05752W); two Dique del Este Light (392603N 01817W).
berths; both 325 m long; depth 104 m (SW Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Light (392731N
berth) to 146 m (NE berth); LPG, methanol 01716W).
and petrol; LPG tankers up to 230 m LOA For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
and 75 000 m3 can be accommodated. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Muelle Isaac Peral (373420N 05726W); mooring BA Charts 562, 1701; ALRS Vol 2
length 400 m; least depth alongside 141 m; solid [NP45/No.4a/Wk.40/15]
bulk terminal.
6 Muelle Príncipe Felipe (South) (373424N
Spain -- Valencia — Directions; wreck
05744W); length 350 m; depth 144 m; solid
bulk terminal. 134
North Quay (373433N 05758W); length 200m,
depth 108m; LNG. Paragraph 3.43 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Metaneros E001 (373440N 05792W), lies close
within the entrance on the N side of the harbour; Approaches
length 445 m; depth 147m; LNG terminal, 3.43
vessels up to 310 m LOA and 125 m draught can 1 Main harbour. From the pilot boarding position
be accommodated. (392487N 01698W) (3.38), SE of Nuevo Dique del
Este Light (3.44), the track leads NW for about
Spanish Chart 4643 [NP45/No.2/Wk.01/17] 1½ miles to the entrance to the harbour, passing:
NE of a light buoy (E cardinal) (392522N
Spain – Puerto de Torrevieja — 01822W), thence:
Controlling depth NE of a light buoy (port hand) (392559N
01819W), moored on the SW side of the
119 channel, thence:
2 Between the head of Nuevo Dique del Este, and
Paragraph 2.204 1 line 2 For 10 Read 9 the N elbow of the S breakwater (3½ cables
SW). A light stands at the elbow. A light buoy
Spanish Notice 40/SD 4.2/15 [NP45/No.3/Wk.44/15] (special) is moored on the SW side of the
channel ¾ cables NE of the light.
Thence as required for the allocated berth.
Spain – Valencia —
Directions; light;AIS; development 3 Outer harbour. From the pilot boarding position
(3.38) SE of Nuevo Dique del Este Light (3.44), the
130 track leads NNW for about 1¾ miles to the outer
harbour entrance, between the head of the outer
Paragraph 3.12 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: breakwater (392666N 01753W) and the elbow of
4 Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Lighthouse the NNE extension of Dique del Este 3 cables W. A
(octagonal yellow and black tower, three white wreck (392641N 01765W), depth 153 m, lies
bands, 22 m in height) (392731N 3 cables SSW of the extremity of the outer
01716W). breakwater.
Thence NNE into the harbour and as required for
Paragraph 3.12 5 line 2 Replace by: the allocated berth.
Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Light -- as above.
Spanish Notice 33/320/17; Spanish SD Número 1 4.2/17
After Paragraph 3.12 5 line 5 Insert: [NP45/No.40/Wk.44/17]
Spain – Valencia — Directions; light;AIS;
3.12a development
1 AIS:
Cabo Cullera Light (391119N 01302W). 135
Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Light (392731N
01716W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Lighthouse
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. (392731N 01716W) (3.12).
2 -- 193
Index
NP45
Paragraph 3.57 6 line 3 Replace by: Spain – Isla de Mallorca --
South--West Coast — Directions; AIS
Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Light (392731N
01716W) (3.12). 196
AIS: Other aids to navigation

Puerto de Valencia Dique Exterior Light (392731N 4.80a
01716W). 1 AIS:
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Punta de Cala Figuera Light — as above.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Cabo Tramontana Light (393589N 22029E)
(4.149).
BA Charts 562, 1701; ALRS Vol 2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
[NP45/No.4b/Wk.40/15] Volume 2.
Spanish Notices 09/87/17 & 12/121/17
Spain – South--East coast – [NP45/No.8/Wk.17/17]
Puerto de Premia de Mar — Depths
Spain -- Isla de Mallorca, south--west coast —
163 Marine reserves

3 Depth. Depth varies between 07 m at the entrance
and 6 m within the harbour, due to silting. 2 A marine reserve lies between Mallorca and Isla
Dragonera. Restrictions apply, see 1.9.
Spanish Notice 14/15 Derrotero Núm 3 Tomo 1 A marine reserve also encompasses Punta de Sas
amendment [NP45/No.5/Wk.17/15] Barbinas and Islote El Toro (4.90). Restrictions apply;
see 1.9.
Spain -- Puerto de Palamós — Berths; depths
Spanish Notice 29/288/17 [NP45/No.35/Wk.33/17]
167
Spain -- Isla de Mallorca, south--west coast –
Paragraph 3.254 1 line 2 For 17 to 20 m Read 124 to Freu de Dragonera — Directions
126 m
198
Spanish Chart 4923 [NP45/No.6/Wk.01/17]
1 Freu de Dragonera, which lies within a marine
reserve (4.83), is entered between...
Spain – Isla de Ibiza -- Losa de Santa Eulalia —
Directions; AIS Paragraph 4.91 1 lines 7--13, 2 lines 1--7 and 3 lines 1--5
Replace by:
189 ...vessels of limited draught. The currents in Freu
After Paragraph 4.58 3 line 4 Insert: Dragonera are irregular and heavy squalls are known to
descend without warning from the high land in the area.
Strong currents, influenced by the wind during gales, may
be encountered in the strait.
4.58a
2 The channel may be obstructed by artificial reefs
1 AIS:
and fishing nets which extend from shore. Los
Losa de Santa Eulalia Light Buoy (isolated danger)
(385870N 13554E). Calafats (393536N 22038E), a chain of small
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals rocky islets and below--water rocks extending 3 cables
Volume 2. in length up to 1 cable off the coast of Isla Dragonera
are unmarked. Isla Mitjana (393514N 22050E) lies
Spanish Notice 12/120/17 [NP45/No.7/Wk.17/17] in the middle of the strait and has a light (W cardinal
mark on round post on yellow truncated pyramid,
black band, 4 m in height) exhibited from it. The
Spain-- Ibiza -- Isla Grossa —
Arrival Information: anchorages passage should not be used by merchant vessels; the
S portion is located in an ATBA (4.85).
Paragraph 4.65 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Spare
1 Outer anchorages. Two designated anchorages: 4.92
Anchorage A (385373N 12598E), WSW of Isla Spanish Notice 29/288/17 [NP45/No.36/Wk.33/17]
Grossa. Depths from 5 to 49 m, sand, stone.
Anchorage B (385264N 12781E), SSE of Spain -- Isla De Mallorca -- Palma — Pilotage
Isla Grossa. Depths from 5 to 49 m, stone,
206
sand, gravel. A submarine cable is laid E/W
through the central part of the anchorage. Paragraph 4.135 1 line 1 For 50 gt Read 500 gt
BA Chart 2834 [NP45/No.38/Wk.35/17] Mallorca Pilots Association [NP45/No.9/Wk.32/16]
2 -- 194
Index
NP45
Spain -- Isla de Mallorca, north--west coast – Algeria – Cap Bougaroun to Ras El Hamra —
Freu de Dragonera — Directions Traffic separation scheme
280
Traffic separation scheme
Paragraph 4.150 2 line 2 Replace by: 6.221a
1 Golfe d’Annaba. The Algerian Government has
...which a light (4.149) is exhibited, thence:
established a TSS in the approaches to Annaba, as
NW of Punta Galera (9 miles SW), lying on the S side
shown on the charts. This scheme is not
of Cala Basset (Cala Embaset), a
IMO--adopted. The Algerian authorities advise that the
rock--encumbered cove unsuitable as an
principles for the use of the routeing system, as
anchorage. The coast from the head of the cove to
defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for
Punta del Fabiolé, 1 mile farther NE and beyond,
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972), apply.
consists of high cliffs. Thence:
Algerian Notice 01 22 14-- Algérie -- golfe d’Annaba --
Règlement [NP45/No.13a/Wk.20/15]
Algeria -- Golfe De Stora —
Spain – Islas Baleares – Menorca – Mahón – 282
Muelle de Pasajeros — Light
Îlot des Singes Light (white square tower, green
227 lantern, 9 m in height) (365431N 65300E).
285
Îlot des Singes Light (365431N 65300E) (6.230).
Spanish Notice 27/160/15 [NP45/No.10/Wk.34/15] Algerian Notice 02 02 16 [NP45/No.14/Wk.13/16]
Algeria – Cap Bougaroun to Ras El Hamra —
Algeria – Alidade Bank — Wreck Traffic separation scheme
286
Traffic separation scheme
Paragraph 6.6 1 Replace by: 6.263a
1 For description of TSS in the approach to Annaba,
1 Alidade Bank (354430N 13060W), with a least see 6.221a.
charted depth of 44 m, lies 18 miles WNW of Cap
Figalo (6.10). A wreck (354401N 13069W) with a Algerian Notice 01 22 14-- Algérie -- golfe d’Annaba --
height of 15 m has been reported (2016) on the bank. Règlement [NP45/No.13b/Wk.20/15]
Algeria – Gulf of Annaba --
Italian Notice 18/0491/16 [NP45/No.11/Wk.39/16] Cap Rosa — Directions; light
286
Algeria – Cap Corbelin — Directions; light
Ras Rosa Light (white round tower, 13 m in height)
(365686N 81416E).
...1 cable off the coast. A light (6.268) is exhibited from the
After Paragraph 6.170 7 line 6 Insert: cape. Thence:
Cap Corbelin Light (round tower, 13 m in height) French Notice 15/41/128; ALL Vol E 6484
(365458N 42557E). [NP45/No.15a/Wk.44/15]
Algeria – Cap Bougaroun to Ras El Hamra —
273 Traffic separation scheme
287
...surrounded by trees standing on it. Cap Corbelin Light Traffic separation scheme
(6.170) stands on the point. A signal station stands 1 cable 6.278a
S... 1 For description of TSS in the approach to Annaba,
see 6.221a.
French Notice 15/41/128; ALL Vol E 6484 Algerian Notice 01 22 14-- Algérie -- golfe d’Annaba --
[NP45/No.12/Wk.44/15] Règlement [NP45/No.13c/Wk.20/15]
2 -- 195
Index
NP45
Algeria – Gulf of Annaba -- Malta – North--East coast – Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ
Cap Rosa — Directions; light to Valletta — Directions; light beacon
287 345
Ras Rosa Light (365686N 81416E) (6.268). 2 NE of Il--Merkanti (3½ cables N), a dangerous
underwater rock marked by a light beacon (E
288 cardinal), reported unlit (2017), lying close to
the extremity of a spit extending NE from the
coast, thence:
French Notice 15/41/128; ALL Vol E 6484 Maltese Notice 4/17 [NP45/No.20/Wk.06/17]
[NP45/No.15b/Wk.44/15]
Malta -- Valletta — Anchorage
Algeria – Îles de la Galite --
Ecueils des Sorelles — Directions; buoy 347
293 Paragraph 8.90 3 line 3 For 4½ miles Read about 7½ miles
Paragraph 7.15 4 line 5 For buoy Read light buoy

Maltese Notice 12/17 [NP45/No.21/Wk.14/17]
French Notice 15/41/128; ALL Vol E 6484
[NP45/No.16/Wk.44/15] Malta -- East Coast -- Il--Ponta taÿ--·onqor —
Restricted area
Italy -- Port di Pantelleria — Sector light 355

Paragraph 8.24 4 lines 1--7 Replace by: ...taÿ--·onqor. Vessels are required to keep 100 m clear of
a buoy (special) marking a dive site (355196N
4 Entrance. From a position NNE of Punta San 143453E).
Leonardo (365017N 115664E), a low point at the
NW extremity of the island from which a light (white Maltese Notice 27/17 [NP45/No.22/Wk.24/17]
tower) (365017N 115664E) is exhibited, the track
leads SW for 7 cables, passing (with positions given
Malta -- Marsaxlokk — LNG Terminal
from Punta San Leonardo):
Italian Notice 24.7 -- 9--XII--15 [NP45/No.17/Wk.02/16]
Prohibited area
Italy -- Isole Pelagie Group – Isola di Linosa — 8.127a
Prohibited anchorage 1 Navigation is prohibited for unauthorised vessels
within an area extending 100 m from the FSO moored
338 alongside the LNG Terminal (8.132).
Corr. Transport Malta [NP45/No.23/Wk.35/16]
355250N 125117E
After Paragraph 8.40 1 line 4 Insert: Malta – Il--Bajja ta’ Marsaxlokk —

Arrival information; prohibited area
Anchoring, stopping, fishing and underwater activity
is prohibited in an area, radius 1 cable, surrounding an 356
historic wreck (355135N 125117E).
Paragraph 8.127a existing Section IV Notice Week 35/16 1
Italian Chart 243 [NP45/No.18/Wk.18/17] lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Navigation is prohibited for unauthorised vessels as
Malta -- NE coast -- Ghallis Rocks — Light buoy follows:
Within an area extending 135 m from the LNG
345 Terminal (8.132) when the FSO is berthed
Paragraph 8.77 6 lines 1--4 Replace by: alongside it.
Within an area extending 100 m from the FSO when
6 NE of Ghallis Rocks (5 cables NW), lying within the FSO is in its storm mooring position.
2 cables of the coast (see 8.73 for firing practice Within an area extending 195 m from a LNG tanker
area), thence: when berthed alongside the FSO.
Malta Notice 19/16 [NP45/No.19/Wk.25/16] Transport Malta Notice 4/17 [NP45/No.24/Wk.06/17]
2 -- 196
Index
NP45
Malta -- Marsaxlokk — LNG Terminal Italy – Golfo di Gioia -- Capo Vaticano to
Stretto di Messina — Depths
357
432
After Paragraph 8.132 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 11.32 1 line 4 Replace by:
LNG Terminal. A semi--permanent FSO is moored ...distance except abreast San Ferdinando (11.41) and
alongside a pier which extends SSW from the shore S between Bagnara Calabra (11.49) and Cabo Paci
of Delimara Power Station. (381517N 154209E) where numerous hazards lie
within the 10 m contour.
Corr. Transport Malta [NP45/No.25/Wk.35/16]
Italian Notice 26/13/16 [NP45/No.29/Wk.04/17]
Malta – Il--Bajja ta’ Marsaxlokk —
Berths; oil and gas berths Italy – Stretto di Messina – South part —
Dangerous rock
357 444
2 Ħas Saptan Fuelling Dolphin is situated ...sandy point with a radio mast (12.27); a dangerous
5¾ cables N of the head of the breakwater. Mooring rock lies 1 cable W. And:
buoys are laid NNE and SSW from the dolphin.
During cargo operations at the LNG Terminal, berthing
is prohibited.
Italy – South Coast – Fiumara La Verde — Wreck
Transport Malta Notice 4/17 [NP45/No.26/Wk.06/17] 487
Malta -- South--West Coast -- Ras in--Newwiela to
Benghajsa Reef — Directions; restricted area ...about 1¼ miles, in depths of 26 to 29 m, sand. A wreck
lies off Capo Bruzzano in position 380219N 160946E.
358
Italy – Crotone — Outer anchorages
...pink square tower, 12 m in height. A
conservation area lies to the SW of the tower, 496
Vessels are required to keep 100 m clear of a
buoy (special) marking a dive site (354913N Paragraph 14.84 1 lines 5--8 Delete
142700E) in the conservation area. Thence:
Maltese Notice 27/17 [NP45/No.27/Wk.24/17] 2 Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained as
follows:
Italy -- Sicilia -- Porto di Sciacca — Wreck A1 (390602N 170910E), depth 22 m;
A2 (390562N 170960E), depth 30 m;
380 A3 (390502N 170960E), depth 32 m.
After Paragraph 9.94 4 line 7 Insert: Italian notice 9/7.1/17 [NP45/No.32/Wk.23/17]
Caution. A number of rocks, depths unknown, lie Italy – Golfo di Taranto --

within the vicinity of the 5 m contour to the W of the Cirò Marina — Anchorage
harbour entrance. A wreck (372985N 130454E),
position approximate, lies S of the S breakwater. 498
Italian Notice 17/17.8/17 [NP45/No.39/Wk.40/17]
6 Anchorage (392192N 170910E) can be
obtained SW of Molo Foraneo head (392246N
Italy – Sicilia – Punta di Sólanto Light — Position
170820E) in depths from 21 to 26 m, sand.
394 Italian notice 9/7.2/17 [NP45/No.33/Wk.23/17]
Paragraph 10.16 3 line 1 For 3811N 1346E Read
381051N 124625E Italy – Golfo di Taranto --
Punta Alice — anchorage
498
395
381051N 124625E 2 Anchorage (392542N 170760E) can be
obtained NW of Punta Alice in a depth of 26 m, sand.
BA Chart 1976 [NP45/No.28/Wk.22/15] Italian notice 9/7.2/17 [NP45/No.34/Wk.23/17]
2 -- 197
Index
NP46
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 France – Étang de Berre —
(2016 Edition) General information; depths
82
Regulations – International regulations —
Traffic separation schemes Paragraph 2.191 1 Replace by:
6 1 Depths. The channel leading from Canal de

Caronte (2.178) into Étang de Berre has a least
Paragraph 1.41 1 Replace by: charted depth of 67 m. The lagoon has depths of 50
1 The following IMO--adopted TSSs, in which Rule 10 to 90 m over much of its area and shoals rapidly
of the International Regulations for Preventing within 3 cables of the shore.
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies, have been Passe de Marignane, the narrow channel which
established in the area covered by this volume: leads from Étang de Berre to Étang de Vaine, has a
Vessel traffic service (VTS) scheme with mandatory least depth of 22 m. Étang de Vaine has depths of
two--way routes in the Bonifacio Strait less than 50 m. Canal de Marseille au Rhône is
(411800N 90600E to 412200N 92200E) dredged to 30 m.
In The Corsica Channel (430000N 94000E).
IMO COLREG.2Circ.67 20/05/16 [NP46/No.1/Wk.43/16]
2 Maximum permitted draught within Étang de
France — National limits Berre...
9 French Chart 6907 [NP46/No.4/Wk.07/17]
Paragraph 1.54 1 line 3 For does not claim Read claims

France -- Port de Marseille — Outer anchorage
Correspondence submitted 12 July 2017
[NP46/No.38/Wk.32/17] 86

France -- Banyuls--sur--Mer —
Prohibited anchorage 2 Estaque. The anchorage occupies the N part of
Rade de Marseille with depths of 10 to 65 m, mud,
58 sand shell and some areas of weed. The S limit is the
latitude 431980N from Île de L’Erévine (431980N
After Paragraph 2.27 5 line 9 Insert: 51420E) to the W limit of Marseille--Sainte--Marie
6 Prohibited anchorage. Vessels are prohibited from anchorage.
anchoring within an area (422898N 30857E) that
encloses the sewer outfall that extends ENE from the French Notice 50/Dir D21 (2008) 7.3.7.1/16
coast close E of the harbour. [NP46/No.5/Wk.03/17]
French Chart 7003/17 [NP46--No 65--Wk 50/17]
France – Port de Marseille and approaches —
Directions
France – Pointe de Beauduc to Cap Couronne —
Directions for the offshore route; racon
87
71
2 Major lights:
Île de Planier (431193N 51384E) (2.206).
French Notice 4/79/17 [NP46/No.2/Wk.08/17] Marseille--Nord Light (white tripod, dark green top,
12 m in height) (432084N 51911E).
France -- Port de Fos and Approaches —
Anchorage French Chart 7392 [NP46/No.6/Wk.08/17]
72
France -- Toulon -- Cap Brun — Anchorage
2 Golfe de Fos East (432120N 45980E) in 98
depths of 60 to 510 m, sand, mud and
gravel. The area lies E of the approach Paragraph 2.301 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
channel between the parallels of Lavéra Light 3 Cap Brun (430623N 55808E), an anchorage
Beacon (432250N) and Cap Couronne Light
area 3 ¾ cables SSE of Cap Brun is reserved for
(431953N), except that portion E of a line
between Pointe de Carro (431965N vessels in case of special weather conditions.
50247E) and 431953N 50237E.
French Chart 7091/17; ENC FR670930/17
French Notice 50/82/16 [NP46/No.3/Wk.02/17] [NP46--No 61--Wk 48/17]
2 -- 198
Index
NP46
France -- Toulon -- Baie de la Seyne — France – Port de Monaco — Pilotage
Prohibited area
133
...Nord. Pilots board at 434440N 72700E, 8 cables
After Paragraph 2.302 2 line 1 Insert: ENE of the entrance. See...
Traffic regulations
2.302a France -- south coast --
1 Prohibited area extending generally ENE from the Port de Menton — Anchorages
NE point of Brégaillon Nord (430656N 55328E), to 135
½ cable SE of the SE point of Grands Bassins
Vauban (430704N 55545E). The area continues
4 cables NE to the shore (430724N 55584E), 5 An anchorage is centred at 434642N 73139E
within Darse Vieille (2.318). with depths from 245 to 37 m.
Further prohibited areas encompass the Lazaret Oil Caution. The anchorage lies within a seaplane
and Gas Jetty (430510N 55481E) and the École landing area, used by seaplanes to draw water for
de plongée (430499N 55567E), both located S of fighting forest fires, that lies NW of a line between
Toulon. Capo Mortola (434680N 73333E) and Cap
2 Restricted area. A restricted area extends ½ cable Martinis.
W from Arsenal du Mourillon (430647N 55569E), French Chart 7442/2017 [NP46--No 60--Wk 48/17]
following the length of the inner harbour wall.
Italy – Gulf of Genoa – Arenzano —
ENC FR570910 [NP46--No 63--Wk 49/17] Prohibited area
155
France -- Toulon -- Cap de Carqueiranne — Paragraph 4.96 2 line 5 Replace by:

Directions ...prohibited. Vessels in transit must remain more
than 80 m distant from position 442333N 84082E.
99
Italian Notice 7.28/14 [NP46/No.8/Wk.06/17]
Paragraph 2.309 2 line 6 For ESE Read WSW Italy – Genova —
Limiting conditions;arrival information
ENC FR570910 [NP46--No 64--Wk 49/17] 156

Paragraph 4.102 1 line 10 and line 11 For 46 m Read 52 m
France – Cap d’Antibes to Cap Ferrat — Paragraph 4.103 1 lines 6--9 Replace by:
Prohibited and restricted areas 442562N 84516E;
442282N 84366E;
127 442054N 85494E;
442332N 85629E.
Restricted areas are situated SW of Cap Ferrat. A 2 In addition to the Air Obstruction Zone, two
restricted area centred on 433975N 71894E waypoints have been established:
prohibits anchoring, fishing, seabed and underwater T1: 442517N 84950E.
activities except for an area with 15 mile radius T2: 442472N 84825E.
centred on Cap Ferrat lighthouse, limited by bearings The waters between T1 and T2 are the Porto
090 and 340 on the lighthouse. The exempt area is Petroli (Multedo Oil Harbour) Approach Channel.
included and navigation is also prohibited when the Paragraph 4.103 3 lines 1--7 Replace by:
area is active, as announced by local Notices to
Mariners. 3 Within the Air Obstruction Zone:
Vessels entering harbour have priority over aircraft in
the area.
French Notice 29/84/17 [NP46/No.39/Wk.33/17] Aircraft have priority over vessels proceeding to sea,
except when the departing vessel has passed
point T1 and entered the Approach Channel.
France – Port de Nice — Berths; depth 4 In an aviation emergency, all measures are to
be taken to keep the Porto Petroli Approach
129 Channel clear.
The port pilot will maintain communications with air
Paragraph 3.139 1 line 4 For 78 m Read 65 m traffic authorities prior to and during transit of the
Approach Channel.
See also 4.109 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
French Chart 7200 [NP46/No.7/Wk.13/17] Volume 6(3) for details.
2 -- 199
Index
NP46
157 W1. Centred on 442134N 85952E, lies E of the
inbound lane of the TSS for Porto
After heading Arrival information Insert: Vecchio/Grazie/Sampierdarena, and W of
anchorage Delta (4.107) and Zone 6 (4.109).
W2. Centred on 442253N 84813E, lying E of the
Vessel traffic service inbound lane of the TSS for Porto di Prà, S of Zone
4.106a 2 (4.109) and W of Zone 1 (4.109).
1 A VTS is in operation, and is mandatory for vessels
of 300 gt or more which are arriving at, or transiting
the approaches to, the port of Genova. See Admiralty Italian Notices 20/16; 21/B1/16 [NP46/No.9a/Wk.47/16]
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details.
Paragraph 4.107 2 lines 1--29 Replace by: Italy -- Genova — Wreck

2 Anchorage areas and berths are established in
Genova roads as follows: 157
Anchorage area Type of vessel / limitation
Alpha Vessels to/from Porto di Prà. Paragraph 4.107 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Bravo Tankers less than 20 000 gt
to/from Multedo Oil Terminal.
2 Anchorages. Anchorage areas and berths are
Caution. A submarine pipeline established in Genova roads as follows:
extends 3 cables SSW from the E
section of Diga di Cornigliano Anchorage area Type of vessel / limitation
(4.116). The pipeline extends Alpha Vessels to/from Porto di Prà.
1¼ cables into the anchorage Bravo Tankers less than 20 000 gt
area. A restricted area surrounds to/from Multedo Oil Terminal.
the pipeline to a distance of
200 m. Caution. A submarine pipeline
extends 3 cables SSW from the E
Charlie Tankers to/from Porto Vecchio/
section of Diga di Cornigliano
Grazie /Sampierdarena.
(4.116). The pipeline extends
Caution. Two wrecks lie close 1¼ cables into the anchorage
together in the SW part of the area. A restricted area surrounds
anchorage in positions 442148N the pipeline to a distance of
85352E and 442143N 200 m.
85360E. A further wreck lies in
the NE part of the anchorage in Charlie Tankers to/from Porto Vecchio/
position 442210N 85472E. Grazie /Sampierdarena.
Delta Vessels to/from Porto Caution. Three wrecks lie close
Vecchio/Grazie/Sampierdarena. together in the SW part of the
anchorage in positions 442148N
Echo Vessels greater than 40 000 gt 85352E, 442143N 85360E
to/from Multedo Oil Terminal. and 442135N 85365E. A
Swing radius 750 m. further wreck lies in the NE part of
Foxtrot Vessels greater than 40 000 gt the anchorage in position
to/from Multedo Oil Terminal. 442210N 85472E.
Swing radius 750 m.
Delta Vessels to/from Porto
Golf Vessels greater than 40 000 gt Vecchio/Grazie/Sampierdarena.
Swing radius 800 m. Echo Vessels greater than 40 000 gt
Hotel Tankers 20 000 to 40 000 gt Swing radius 750 m.
Swing radius 500 m. Foxtrot Tankers greater than 40 000 gt
Lima Tankers 20 000 to 40 000 gt to/from Multedo Oil Terminal.
to/from Multedo Oil Terminal. Swing radius 750 m.
Swing radius 500 m. Golf Vessels greater than 40 000 gt
3 Vessels using the anchorage areas must maintain
Swing radius 800 m.
propulsion and steering systems in a state of
readiness in case of emergency or bad weather. For Hotel Tankers 20 000 to 40 000 gt
more information see 4.109. to/from Multedo Oil Terminal.
Swing radius 500 m.
Waiting areas Lima Tankers 20 000 to 40 000 gt
4.107a to/from Multedo Oil Terminal.
1 Waiting areas, in which vessels may stop but Swing radius 500 m.
anchoring and underwater operations are prohibited,
are provided near the approaches to the port, situated
as follows: Italian Notice 13/13.4/17 [NP46/No.36/Wk.30/17]
2 -- 200
Index
NP46
Italy – Genova — Limiting conditions; Italy – Genova – Accesso Multedo —
arrival information Directions; lights
159--160
157
4 Accesso Multedo. From a position about 4½ miles
Pilot boarding Position ESE of Capo Arenzano (442383N 84117E), in the
NNE--bound lane of the TSS, the track leads NNE to
Accesso di Levante 442270N 85740E the pilot boarding place (442345N 84740E), noting
Accesso di Multedo -- 442345N 84740E the Air Obstruction Zone (4.103), then continues NNE,
Porto Petroli passing:
Accesso di Voltri--Prà 442360N 84430E Paragraph 4.116 11 lines 6--8 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.109 8 lines 5--8 Replace by: NNE of Molo Duca di Galliera East Head Light
(4.113), thence:
Restricted zones. There are seven zones in which Paragraph 4.116 12 lines 1--7 Replace by:
navigation, anchoring, fishing and other activities are
subject to special restrictions and/or prohibitions. 12 SSW of Marina Fiera di Genova E Mole Light
9 Zone 6 is restricted from 1st June to (442360N 85610E).
15th September, and is considered an integral part of Thence the track leads NNE of the short spur on
anchorage Delta (4.107) during the remainder of the Molo Duca di Galliera, from which a light (red column
year. on hut, 6 m in height) (442353N 85586E) is
Zone 7 comprises several areas protecting exhibited, and into the harbour.
submarine pipelines and sewer outfalls, which are
generally 200 m wide. Genoa HM Ord. 222/2016 [NP46/No.11/Wk.51/16]
Details are best seen on the chart.
10 Prohibited areas: Italy – Genova – Porto di Prà — Berths
Area centred 1½ miles SE of Capo Arenzano (4.73).
Area with 500 m radius centred on 442220N 160
84580E.
Entry is prohibited into areas extending 50 m SW Paragraph 4.119 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
from the harbour breakwaters (4.110).
Unauthorised approach within 300 m of the oil 1 Porto di Prà (442500N 84700E) (Porto di Voltri
terminals within Zone 2 off Multedo is prohibited. on Charts 354 and 356) lies at the W end of the port
and is the principal container terminal. The main quay
is 1500 m in length, with alongside depths of 134 m
Italian Notices 20/16; 21/B1/16 [NP46/No.9b/Wk.47/16]
at W end to 157 m at E end, and is capable of
simultaneous handling of three large container
vessels. There are berths for three RoRo vessels at
Italy – Genova — Arrival information; the purpose--built berths on the W end of the main
regulations; Tanker Recognition Zone
quay.
157 Italian Chart 54/16 [NP46/No.12/Wk.51/16]

Italy -- Golfo Tigullio -- Portofino — Anchorage
4 Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous
cargoes are permitted to anchor within anchorage 165
area Bravo or one of the lettered anchor berths for Paragraph 4.144 2 Replace by:
48 hours only. Normally a vessel within this category,
unable to reach a working berth within the period, will 2 Anchorage for vessels bound for Portofino may be
be required to depart the anchorage and await obtained as follows:
instructions outside Italian territorial waters. In Cruise vessels may anchor or stop within an area
exceptional circumstances, however, the Port Authority centred on 441830N 91395E. Cruise vessels
may permit an extension to the period at anchor. should contact the Harbour Master for details of
entry and exit gates, routes and speed
Paragraph 4.109 7 lines 1--7 Replace by: restrictions. Transiting or stopping in this area by
all other vessels over 500 tonnes is prohibited.
7 Recognition Zone. On entering the Recognition
Zone vessels should report to the Port Authority Paragraph 4.144 3 lines 1--4 Delete
through Genova Traffic, to establish vessel arrival
times and to request instructions. See Admiralty List Paragraph 4.144 3 lines 11--12 Replace by:
of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). ...the wrecks surrounding cruise vessels anchorage.
Italian Chart 106/16 [NP46/No.10/Wk.51/16] ENC IT500058 [NP46/No.42/Wk.42/17]
2 -- 201
Index
NP46
Italy -- Golfo Tigullio -- Santa Margherita Ligure Corse (Corsica) -- Golfe de Porto —
— Anchorage Protection Zone
166 197
After Paragraph 6.8a 1 line 4 including existing Section IV

Paragraph 4.146 3 Replace by: Notice Week 01/17 Insert:
3 Anchorage for vessels bound for Santa Margherita
Ligure may be obtained in the vicinity of: Protection Zone
Anchorage S.M.L. (441967N 91375E), ½ mile 6.8b
ESE of the mole head, in depths of 26 to 35 m, 1 Navigation, anchoring and stopping by vessels
mud. Vessels should contact the Harbour Master greater than 500 gt is prohibited in an area extending
for details of entry and exit gates. W and N from Golfe de Porto (6.71).
Cruise vessels may anchor within an area centred
on 441830N 91395E. See 4.144 for details. French Notice 18/84/2017 [NP46/No.37/Wk.30/17]

West coast of Corse – Rade di Fornali —
4 Caution. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within Directions; anchorage
150 m of the charted wreck and within the sewer
200
outfall area extending E, respectively, lying 3 cables
and 6 cables SE of the molehead light. Paragraph 6.17 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.147 4 lines 6--10 Replace by: 1 Rade di Fornali (424114N 91710E). Anchorage
can be obtained in depths of about 11 m, 3 cables SE
...should contact the Harbour Master for details of of Pointe de Fornali Light (white square tower, green
entry and exit gates. top, 11 m in height) (424133N 91678E). An
obstruction lies 1 cable NNW of the anchorage.
441830N 91395E An anchorage area has been established 6 cables
NNE of Pointe de Fornali light.
2 Small vessels may obtain anchorage in depths of
Paragraph 4.147 6 line 2 For 2½ cables Read 1 cable about 6 m, mud, 1 cable S of the Écueil de la Tignoso
Light Beacon (red tower, 9 m in height) (424095N
91765E), but need to remain clear of the rocky
ENC IT500058 [NP46/No.43/Wk.42/17] shoals extending approximately 1 cable from the light
beacon.
Italy -- La Spezia — Prohibited area French Notice 43/81/16 [NP46/No.15/Wk.47/16]
171 West coast of Corse – Baie de Centuri —

Directions; anchorage
200--201
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within a 50 m
radius circle centred on 440360N 95390E Paragraph 6.21 1--3 Replace by:
where a dummy mine, used for military exercises,
is located. 1 Description. Baie de Centuri lies between Île de
Capense (425785N 92049E) and a headland
8 cables N.
Anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained in depths
France – Corse – North--West Coast – of 15 to 18 m, sand, weed and rock, approximately
Capo Cavallo — General information; 4 cables NNE of Île de Capense. Small vessels can
exercise area anchor closer inshore in depths of 5 to 10 m, sand,
weed and rock. Holding ground is poor.
197 2 Port de Centuri (425795N 92100E) is primarily
a small fishing harbour. The harbour, situated on the
After Paragraph 6.8 1 line 7 Insert: SE side of Baie de Centuri, is protected by a
breakwater extending N from the coast. The harbour
has depths of 03 m to 20 m.
Exercise area 3 The N--facing entrance lies between the breakwater
6.8a head and a rocky headland, on which stands a ruined
1 A firing practice area extending up to 2½ miles tower. A shoal marked by a beacon (red) lies 20 m N
offshore has been established from Capo Cavallo of the breakwater head. In strong W winds heavy
(423100N 84010E) to Punta Ricci (423360N seas develop across the entrance making it
84308E). dangerous.
French Notice 49/82/16 [NP46/No.14/Wk.01/17] French Notice 43/81/16 [NP46/No.16/Wk.47/16]
2 -- 202
Index
NP46
Corse – Port de Calvi — 230
7.9
After Paragraph 6.42 1 line 3 Insert: 1 Traffic separation scheme. The Corsica Channel
Anchorage areas are established as follows: TSS is established in the channel between Isola
Centred 423431N 84598E, radius 150 m, Capraia (430200N 94900E) and Cap Corse, to the
depths around 34 m, shell. W. This TSS is IMO--adopted and Rule 10 of the
Centred 423392N 84640E, radius 100 m, International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
depths around 22 m, rock. Sea (1972) applies.
2 Restricted area. Isola Capraia (430200N
French Notice 49/82/16 [NP46/No.17/Wk.09/17] 94900E) lies within the Arcipelago Toscana National
Park. Navigation and fishing within 3 miles of and
landing on the island require permission from local
Corse -- Port d’Ajaccio — Anchorage authorities.
214 ...92560E), the track leads SSE initially through the
Inshore Traffic Zone of The Corsica Channel TSS (7.9),
After Paragraph 6.106 3 line 9 Insert: passing, with positions relative to Capo Sagro Light
(424768N 92947E):
A regulated anchorage area (415534N 84642E)
is established 4 cables E of Aspretto Military Base IMO COLREG.2Circ.67 20/05/16
within the Mouillage d’Aspretto anchorage. [NP46/No.18/Wk.43/16]
ENC FR67436A [NP46/No.41/Wk.40/17] East coast of Corse – Pointe d’Agnello to

Punta di Arcu — General information; track
France -- Corse -- Golfe d’Ajaccio — 231

Traffic regulations; restricted and Paragraph 7.11 7 lines 10--12 Replace by:
prohibited areas
...coast 11 miles S of Capo Sagro Light.
214 French Notice 43/81/16 [NP46/No.19/Wk.47/16]
East coast of Corse – Bastia —
Arrival information; anchorage
Restricted areas, regulating activities which may
interfere with the Airport, have been established E of 231
the line joining Pointe d’Aspretto and Pointe de
Porticcio. Paragraph 7.15 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
Caution. Mariners must anchor on sand in this
Paragraph 6.107 4 lines 5--7 Replace by: area, after visual examination of the bottom, to protect
Only vessels authorised to use the Appontement the biocenosis found on the seabed. A waiting area
Saint--Joseph petroleum products jetty are permitted to (454127N 92739E) has been established close E
enter the enclosing prohibited area. of the anchorage.
Entry is prohibited to the area SW of Aéroport French Notice 43/81/16 [NP46/No.20/Wk.47/16]
d’Ajaccio--Campo dell’Oro positioned on the axis of the
runway and marked by three light buoys (special). The East coast of Corse – Pointe d’Agnello to
farthest buoy to the W marks the end of an outfall Punta di Arcu – Arcu — Anchorage
pipeline extending 5 cables WSW from the coast. 235
Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within 100 m of
the above pipeline. Paragraph 7.34 1 including heading Replace by:
Spare
French Notice 43/84/2017 & 41/85/2017 7.34
[NP46/No.59/Wk.47/17] French Notice 43/81/16 [NP46/No.21/Wk.47/16]
France -- The Corsican Channel —

France – Corse – Pointe d’Agnello to Directions; TSS
Punta di Arcu — General information; directions
244
Paragraph 7.8 1 line 3 Replace by: An ocean route between the Gulf of Genoa and the
E Mediterranean leads through the Corsica Channel
...Corse and Isola Capraia, via the Corsica Channel TSS. TSS (7.9).
2 -- 203
Index
NP46
245 Italy – West coast – Arcipelago Toscano –
Isola D’Elba – South coast — General
Paragraph 8.14 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: information; prohibited anchorages
255
From a position 9 miles NE of Pointe d’Agnello
(430060N 92560E) the track leads SSE, initially After Paragraph 8.71 1 line 4 Insert:
through the Corsica Channel TSS (7.9), passing, with
Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited within
positions relative to Jetée du Dragon Light (424165N
5 miles of a wreck in position 424506N 100223E,
92725E) (7.10):
5½ miles WNW of Punta di Fetovaia.
IMO COLREG.2.Circ.67 20/05/16 Italian Notice 19/16 -- 19.2 -- 14--IX--2016
[NP46/No.22/Wk.51/16] [NP46/No.24/Wk.41/16]
Italy -- Golfo di Follonica --

Italy -- Tyrrhenian Sea -- Isola del Giglio — Portovecchio di Piombino — Outer anchorage
Prohibited areas
260
250 Paragraph 8.103 2 line 12 For 1½ miles Read 2½ miles
After Paragraph 8.40 3 line 4 Insert: ENC IT500071 & BA Chart 131 [NP46/No.44/Wk.42/17]
Italy -- Golfo di Follonica --

Prohibited area Portovecchio di Piombino — Development
8.40a
1 Isola del Giglio lies within Parco Nazionale 260
dell’Arcipelago Toscano (8.8).
Paragraph 8.41 2 line 1 Replace by: ...entrance. Banchina Giuseppe Pecoraro is undergoing a
further extension ENE marked by a light buoy (port hand).
2 Regulations. Entry is prohibited into an area lying
between the entrance and a position about 4 cables N Italian Notice 18/18.3/2017 [NP46/No.45/Wk.42/17]
of Punta del Lazzaretto (8.40).
Anchoring, stopping, fishing, bathing... Italy -- Porto Santo Stefano —
Italian Chart 119/2017 [NP46/No.57/Wk.45/17] 264
Italy -- Tyrrhenian Sea -- Isola del Giglio — 1 Outer anchorages. The following anchorages,
Regulations; speed limit radius 5 cables, have been established:
A (422705N 110900E) for cargo vessels;
250 B (422855N 110900E) for cargo vessels
carrying dangerous goods and tankers.
Portolano P2 2017 [NP46/No.46/Wk.44/17]
There is a speed limit of 5 kn approaching the
entrance and 3 kn within the harbour. Sardegna -- Stintino Porto Mannu —
Prohibited area
Italian Portolano P2/2017 [NP46/No.58/Wk.45/17] 272
Italy -- Isola d’Elba -- ...breakwaters and has a depth of 25 m. The
Rada di Portoferraio — Depths maximum draught accepted is 22 m (2008).
Anchorage is prohibited in the semicircular area,
253 radius 2 cables, centred on the green light (405616N
81392E).
1 Controlling depth. Rada di Portoferraio has a least
depth of 62 m, 2½ cables S of Punta del Torrione Sardegna -- Rada di Alghero —
(424870N 101983E). Outer anchorages; regulations
276
254
Paragraph 8.62 1 line 2 For 14 m Read 121 m Outer anchorages. Anchorage areas have been
established within Rada di Alghero as follows.
Authority to use these berths must be obtained from
French Chart 7176 [NP46/No.23/Wk.51/16] the Port Authority:
2 -- 204
Index
NP46
Berth Position Notes Sardegna -- Portovesme — Arrival information;
outer anchorages
403400N For passenger and
A 286
81750E merchant vessels.
403370N For passenger and Paragraph 9.128 1 lines 6--31 Replace by:
B
81775E merchant vessels.
P1 391381N 8 m maximum draught.
Temporary safety/refuge 81894E Prohibited during tunny
403430N
C anchoring for vessels not fishing.
81670E
exceeding 500 grt.
Permission required.
With local knowledge, anchorage for smaller
vessels can be obtained in depths of about 14 m, P4 390783N 52 m maximum draught.
weed and sand, 2½ miles WNW of the harbour 82227E Oil tankers and laden
chemical tankers are
entrance or in depths of about 9 m, weed and sand,
prohibited.
between Isolotto della Maddalena and Alghero.
Permission required
Paragraph 9.62 2 line 4 For 500 m Read 200 m P5 390485N Permission required
81917E
Paragraph 9.62 2 line 5 For 4 kn Read 3 kn P7 391500N Prohibited during tunny
82000E fishing.
Paragraph 9.62 2 line 8 Replace by: Permission required.

P8 391550N Prohibited during tunny
...entrance. Entry is prohibited within an area extending 82150E fishing.
100 m from the breakwaters. Permission required.
Papa 391100N Permission to anchor in
82180E the area is required.
90 m maximum draught.
Sardegna -- Porto Conte — Anchorage Maximum period at

anchor 24 hours. Oil
tankers and laden
277 chemical tankers are
prohibited.
...approach channel. The anchorage is only for use by
vessels seeking temporary refuge from adverse weather Sardegna -- Portovesme —
for a maximum of 48 hours, and is subject to prior Arrival information; outer anchorages
authorisation by the managing body of Capo Caccia -- Isola
Piana MPA. 287
Portolano P3 2016 [NP46/No.50/Wk.44/17] 2 Permission to remain at anchor in berths P1, P5,
P7 and P8 must be obtained from Portoscuso
Maritime Authority. Anchorage P4 is within the...
Sardegna -- Oristano —
Arrival information; outer anchorages Portolano P3 2016 [NP46/No.53/Wk.44/17]
280 Sardengna -- Porto di Olbia —

Arrival information; regulations
Paragraph 10.82 4 line 19 For 10 kn Read 10 kn for HSC,
Maximum
Name Position Radius 8 kn for others
draught
395334N Portolano P3 2016 [NP46/No.54/Wk.44/17]
A 2 cables 6m
83098E
395303N Sardegna -- Porto Cervo — Marina; turning basin
B 1½ cables 6m
83137E
318
395094N
C 4 cables 20 m Paragraph 10.88 1 lines 7--12 Replace by:
82777E
395181N A large modern marina, Porto Cervo Marina, occupies the
D 6 cables 10 m W end of the inlet and is protected from E by an angled
82867E
mole extending generally SE from the N shore. The marina
entrance lies between the head of the mole and the S
Portolano P3 2016 [NP46/No.51/Wk.44/17] shore. Vessels up to 100 m in length are accepted.
2 -- 205
Index
NP46
A turning area has been established for vessels Italy West Coast – Fiumara Grande to
headed for the E side of the mole as follows: Capo d’Anzio — Traffic regulations;
410813N 93193E; protected marine area; directions
410817N 93203E;
410813N 93203E. 344
Anchorage and fishing are prohibited within this
Paragraph 11.70 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
area.
Portolano P3 2016 [NP46/No.55/Wk.44/17] Traffic regulations

11.70
1 Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are
Italy -- Cala di Volpe — prohibited within an area, ...
Anchorage; prohibited areas
319 2 Marine area. A Protected Marine Area called
Secche di Tor Paterno (413594N 121999E) has
been established off Villa Campello (11.71) for the
2 Anchorage. Small vessels can obtain anchorage purpose of environmental protection. The area has
within the cove. four light buoys (special) marking its perimeter. In
Moorings. Two areas, known as Marpark and Fox general, all vessels without authorisation from the
Mooring, containing recreational vessel moorings, are managing body are prohibited from entering the area.
established on a seasonal basis within the bay. The
In addition, vessels over 500 tonnes are prohibited
corners of the areas, centred on 410454N 93253E
and 410426N 93227E, are marked by buoys from entering an area extending 2 miles from the
(special). Protected Marine Area.
3 Within the buoyed areas, the following are
prohibited: 345
Transit by any type of vessel not involved with the
buoyed areas. Paragraph 11.73 3 lines 9--10 Replace by:
Anchoring. SW of a Protected Marine Area (11.70) within which
Fishing of any kind. lies an isolated submerged rock with a least depth
Mooring of more than one vessel at the same of 18 m, thence:
beacon.
Exceeding a speed of 3 kn. Italian Notice 6/6.9/17 [NP46/No.27/Wk.16/17]
4 The use of jet skis and other high speed craft
as tenders, unless travelling at a maximum
speed of 3 kn, for the time strictly needed in Italy – West Coast – Porto d’Anzio —
order to exit from the buoyed area, and in Controlling depths
any case, following the shortest route.
Bunkering. 350
Sound emissions and polluting gas emissions. Paragraph 12.16 1 lines 1--2 Delete
Sardegna -- North--east coast -- Punta Timone — Italy -- Porto d’Anzio —

Directions; prohibited area Limiting conditions; depths
321 350
Clear of a prohibited area (405486N 95360E) 1 Controlling depths. Maximum draught for entering
with a radius of 200 m, centred on a wreck, the harbour is 36 m in good weather conditions.
thence: Entry/exit manoeuvres by vessels with a draught close
to the maximum limit are not recommended at LW.
Sardegna east coast – Capo San Lorenzo —
General information; prohibited area Italy – west coast – Capo D’Anzio to
Punta di Torre Fumo – Gaeta —
Arrival information; prohibited areas
328
361
1 Entry is prohibited 6¼ miles NE of Capo San
Lorenzo, within a radius of 400 m centred on A second prohibited area, radius 370 m, exists,
393378N 94450E and 3 miles ESE of the same centred on an ODAS light buoy (special) (411164N
point, within a radius of 300 m centred on 392877N 133693E), 2 miles ESE of Monte Orlando (12.50).
94248E. Both areas contain unexploded ordnance.
Italian notice 19/16 -- 19.4 -- 14--IX--16
Italian Notice 05/07/17 [NP46/No.26/Wk.13/17] [NP46/No.29/Wk.41/16]
2 -- 206
Index
NP46
Italy – West Coast – Formia — Italy – Canale di Procida — Directions
Outer anchorage; wreck
371
After Paragraph 12.79 1 line 3 Insert: N of Punta Pioppeto (1¼ miles WSW) (12.120), the
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position N extremity of Isola di Procida. A light (white pylon
411451N 133793E. on hut, 3 m in height) is exhibited from the
headland. Thence:
Italian Notice 3.6/17 [NP46/No.30/Wk.09/17] N of Porto di Procida (12.131), and:
S of a wreck (404664N 140200E), position
approximate, with a depth of 50 m, thence:
Italy -- Golfo di Napoli -- Gaiola — Restricted area
Italian Chart 129 [NP46/No.33/Wk.04/17]
366
Paragraph 12.106 3 lines 1--5 Delete Italy -- Golfo di Napoli -- Gaiola — Restricted area
376
Gaiola. An underwater park and protected marine
area have been established in the sea areas off Punta Merchant vessels of more than 500 gt must remain more
della Gaiola (404755N 141127E) (12.148). than 2 miles from the Gaiola protected marine area
Transit of merchant vessels. A 2 mile prohibited (12.107) the S limit of which is marked by Secca della
area has been established outside these marine Cavallara Light Beacon. Thence:
nature reserves and protected areas, where
navigation, anchoring and the passage of cargo and Italian Notice 11.7 -- 24--V--2017 [NP46/No.34/Wk.26/17]
passenger vessels of more than 500gt is prohibited.
Italy -- Golfo di Pozzuoli -- Isolotto di Nisida —
Italian Notice 11.7 -- 24--V--2017 [NP46/No.31/Wk.26/17] Prohibited area
379
Italy – Canale d’Ischia — Directions
368--369 An area, within which entry is prohibited, extends
1 cable to seaward of the entirety of Molo Dandolo
Paragraph 12.120 1--8 Replace by: and along the NE shore of Isolotto di Nisida to Molo
1 Passage south. From a position about 3½ miles W Cappellini.
of Punta di Torre Fumo, Castello d’Ischia Light
(12.119) bearing 180 leads into the channel passing: Italian Notice 24/10/16 [NP46/No.35/Wk.51/16]
W of Punta della Serra (404578N 140030E). The
headland marks the N end of Insentura di Italy -- Golfo di Napoli --
Ciraccio. Thence: Torre Annunziata — Draught
W of a shoal, with a depth of 85 m (404535N
135892E), the shoal is the N end of Formiche di 380
Vivara, and: Paragraph 12.175 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
2 E of Porto d’Ischia (12.122), thence:
W of Formiche di Vivara Light Beacon (W cardinal, 1 Controlling depth. Maximum allowable draught for
6 m in height) (404460N 135863E). The light entering the harbour is 835 m (865 m at HW). A
beacon marks the SW side of a rocky shoal with shoal depth of 49 m, lies off the knuckle of Molo
depths of 4 m. Thence: Ponente.
E of Punta Molina (404452N 135724E). The
headland is easily identified at the foot of an Paragraph 12.175 2 line 3 Delete
ancient lava stream.
3 Thence, from a position between Punta Molina and Italian Notice 23/23.13/17 [NP46--No 62--Wk 49/17]
Formiche di Vivara Light Beacon the track leads ESE,
passing:
NNE of Castello d’Ischia (12.119), thence: NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
Clear of a light buoy (special) (404440N
135850E), which marks the SW extent of a
(2017 Edition)
marine reserve, thence:
4 SSW of Punta di Mezzogiorno (404441N Croatia -- Splitski Kanal — Anchorage
135981E), the S extremity of Isola di Vivara,
on which stands a light beacon (special), 263
thence:
NNE of La Catena (404312N 135953E), a rock Paragraph 7.600 2 lines 2--11 Replace by:
with a least depth of 22 m, and a shoal with a depth Vessels carrying dangerous substances and of less
of 24 m lying 3½ cables NW. than 75 m draught anchor in an area centred on
Thence the track leads to a position S of Punta 432860N 163032E, 3½ miles ESE of
Solchiaro (404437N 140100E). Gradska Luka E molehead light.
Italian Chart 129 [NP46/No.32/Wk.04/17] Croatian Notice 2--12/17 [NP47/No.2/Wk.32/17]
2 -- 207
Index
NP47
Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev — Italy -- Adriatic Sea -- Isola Pianosa —
Prohibited anchorage Prohibited areas
264 487--488
An area extending about 1½ cables offshore 2 Prohibited areas. A marine nature reserve has
between Marjan Marina (433107N 162558E) been established in the area around the islet, the
and a jetty 2 cables NE of Rt Marjan (7.615). limits...
Croatian Notice 8/4/2017 [NP47/No.5/Wk.40/17]
Entry is prohibited into an area extending 500 m
Italy -- Brindisi — Arrival information; from the coast, due to the presence of unexploded
regulations concerning entry ordnance on the seabed.
466 Italian Chart 204/2017 [NP47/No.6/Wk.45/17]
After Paragraph 11.63 2 line 9 Insert: Italy -- Adriatic Sea -- Isole Tremiti —
Restricted areas; overhead cables
A speed limit of 10 kn is in force for all vessels
transiting Porto Medio and Porto Esterno. 488
3 A speed limit of 6 kn is in force for all vessels
...100 m either side of the submarine pipelines between
transiting Canale Pigonati and Porto Interno. Isola San Domino and Isola San Nicola. Anchoring and
trawling are prohibited within this area.
HMS ECHO [NP47/No.3/Wk.35/17]
A restricted area is established extending 100 m
either side of the submarine pipeline lying NE of
Italy -- Brindisi — Directions; light sector Punta Secca (11.246). Anchoring and trawling are
prohibited within this area.
467
Vertical clearance. Overhead power cables with a
NNW of a light beacon (E cardinal) (403975N vertical clearance of 15 m span the channels between
180220E) within the white sector (2612--2618) of the islands of San Domino, Il Cretaccio and San
Isola di Saint’ Andrea Light (11.69), thence: Nicola.
HMS ECHO [NP47/No.4/Wk.35/17] Italian Chart 204/2017 [NP47/No.7/Wk.45/17]
Italy -- Monopoli — Depths; berths Italy -- East Coast -- Falconara Marittima --

API Refinery Pier — Obstruction
470
510
1 Controlling depth. The centre of the entrance ...operations apply; contact the Port Authority for details.
channel to the harbour has a least depth of 75 m Caution. An obstruction (433896N 132326E)
whilst the centre of the basin has depths of 65 m. close SW of a mooring dolphin, with a depth of 29 m
Paragraph 11.97 1--2 Replace by: marked by a light buoy (special), lies 2¾ cables WNW
of the pierhead berth.
1 In the S part of the harbour there is a total of
295 m of berthing space on the commercial quays of Italian Chart 210 [NP47/No.1/Wk.32/17]
Banchina della Solfatara, the longest of which is
110 m in length with depths alongside between 4 and
7 m. Used by fishing vessels. NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
In Cala Batterie, close W, there is 60 m of berthing (2017 Edition)
space with depths alongside between 55 and 68m.
2 The W side of Molo Margherita has 100 m of Greece – Stenó Nafstáthmou —
berthing space. For the use of fishing vessels. Directions; wreck
Diga di Tramontana is 340 m in length with depths
alongside from 56 to 92 m. Used by commercial 153
vessels.
A concrete jetty, 50 m in length with depths of
about 45 m, lies 5 cables NW of the root of the N 2 W of Ákra Fylatoúri (375880N 233313E),
mole. It serves an oil storage facility. the...
Italian Notice 23/23.9/17 [NP47--No 8--Wk 49/17] Greek Notice 5/92/17 [NP48/No.2/Wk.34/17]
2 -- 208
Index
NP48
Greece -- Kykládes Nísoi -- Turkey -- North Aegean -- Karayer AdalarÝ —
Ermoúpolis — Anchorage Directions; major lights
213 403
Paragraph 6.276 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 10.241 2 lines 4--5 Delete
1 Outer anchorages. There are two designated Paragraph 10.242 1 line 5 Replace by:
anchorages S of Nísos Gáïdaros and Nisída Strongyló
(6.273); depths from 23 to 58 m. ...old castle. BeîiÔe Burnu Light is...
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in a Turkish Notice 33/202/17 [NP48/No.8/Wk.42/17]
submarine cable area E of the N part of the harbour
as shown on the plan.
Turkey -- Nemrut LimanÝ — Pilotage
Greek Notice 6/110/17 [NP48/No.4/Wk.37/17]
433
Greece -- Kólpos Thessaloníkis — Wreck Paragraph 11.247 1 lines 9--10 Replace by:
...position 384725N 265250E. For further information
362 see...
After Paragraph 9.266 6 line 3 Insert: Turkish ENC TR502151 [NP48/No.11/Wk.45/17]
A wreck (403434N 225600E), the position of
which is approximate. Turkey -- Nemrut LimanÝ — Directions; pilotage
Greek Notice 4/75/2017 [NP48/No.1/Wk.30/17] 434

Turkey -- North Aegean -- Karayer AdalarÝ — ...two--way route from the pilot boarding position (11.247),
Directions; major lights
passing:
Paragraph 10.201 2 lines 5--6 Delete Thence the berths can be approached directly.
Turkish ENC TR502151 [NP48/No.12/Wk.45/17]

Turkey -- AliaÔa — Anchorages
Turkey -- Bozcaada — Directions; light sector
436
384618N 265309E
...the NW part of ¬imal SÝÔlÝÔ (10.210). Turkish ENC TR502151 [NP48/No.13/Wk.45/17]

Turkey -- Díavlos Lámna/Müsellim Geçidi --
Müsellim KayasÝ — Position
Turkey -- North Aegean -- Karayer AdalarÝ —
Directions; major lights 447
399 Read (392513N 261468E)
Greek Notice 8/146/17 [NP48/No.9/Wk.42/17]

Turkey -- Díavlos Lámna/Müsellim Geçidi —
Directions; shoals, depths
Turkey -- North Aegean -- Karayer AdalarÝ —
Directions; major lights 448
400
Read (392513N 261468E)
Paragraph 11.361 2 line 3 For WNW Read N
Turkish Notice 33/202/17 [NP48/No.7/Wk.42/17] Paragraph 11.361 2 line 4 For 63 m Read 64 m
2 -- 209
Index
NP48
Paragraph 11.361 2 line 4 For 2 Read 5 Egypt – Abø QØr — Limiting conditions;
controlling depth
1 Controlling depth. The approach channel has
Paragraph 11.362 1 lines 1--2 For (392500N 261500E) been dredged to 16 m (2017).
Read (392513N 261468E) Correspondence Abu--Kir Port [NP49/No.4/Wk.24/17]
Egypt -- Abø QØr — Anchorages; pilotage
122
Paragraph 11.362 1 line 5 For 63 m Read 64 m Paragraph 3.134 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. There is a designated waiting area
Paragraph 11.362 1 line 6 Delete (312275N 300387E) for Abø QØr port, radius
5 cables, 2½ miles NW of JazØrat DisøqØ.
Greek Notice 8/146/17 [NP48/No.10/Wk.42/17] An anchorage (312138N 300816E) exists
1½ miles E of JazØrat DisøqØ, depth 12 m, sand and
shell.
NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 There is an anchorage (312078N 300659E) for
(2016 Edition) small vessels close S of JazØrat DisøqØ (3.126).
Vessels may anchor, in depths of 7 to 8 m, with the E
extremity of JazØrat Dis ø qØ bearing about 354,
Libya -- Ra’s Ajdir to Ra’s al Barq -- distance 7½ cables.
Al Jurf Oilfield — Restricted area
64 312275N 300387E
Paragraph 2.16 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Egyptian Notice 1/17 [NP49/No.5/Wk.11/17]
...farther WSW. Mooring buoys lie S, N and NW of Egypt – Abø QØr — Arrival information;
the platform. anchorages and pilotage
A restricted area with a radius of 3 miles surrounds Paragraph 3.134 1--3 including existing Section IV Week
the oilfield, centred on 335100N 120200E. 11/17 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. There is a designated waiting area
Libyan Ports & Maritime Transport Authority (312290N 300463E) for Abø QØr port; a STS
[NP49/No.1/Wk.48/16]
operations waiting area lies to the W, centred on
312285N 300362E.
Libya -- ®arºbulus — Directions; buoy An anchorage (312138N 300816E) exists
1½ miles E of JazØrat DisøqØ, depth 12 m, sand and
69 shell.
Paragraph 2.66 1 line 3 For 345440N 121364E Read 2 There is an anchorage (312078N 300659E) for
325440N 131364E small vessels close S of JazØrat DisøqØ (3.126).
Vessels may anchor, in depths of 7 to 8 m, with the E
extremity of JazØrat Dis ø qØ bearing about 354,
70 distance 7½ cables.
Paragraph 2.66 2 lines 7--9 Replace by: 3 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 0800 to
1800 local time; the pilot boards in position 312265N
W of a dangerous wreck (325578N 131384E) in 300535E. For the Ammonia Berth, pilots board in
the central area of the detached part of Kaliyusha the waiting areas centred on 312105N 300865E
Bank, the W extremity of which is marked by a and 312000N 300850E. Vessels should not pass
buoy (W cardinal), thence: the arrival light buoy without contacting the pilot
service.
MV OOC Tiger [NP49/No.2/Wk.52/16]
Volume 6(3).
Egypt – Ad Dukhaylah —
Correspondence Abu--Kir Port [NP49/No.6/Wk.24/17]
Arrival information; prohibited areas
Egypt -- Abø QØr — Directions; Light buoy
113
122
4 Within 2 cables of 310920N 294685E, W of Culloden Reef (312200N 300715E),
1¼ miles SW of the harbour entrance, where marked by Nelson Island Light Buoy (N cardinal),
two prohibited areas are located. thence:
Egyptian Notice 10/16 [NP49/No.3/Wk.48/16] Egyptian Notice 1/17 [NP49/No.7/Wk.11/17]
2 -- 210
Index
NP49
Egypt – Abø QØr — Directions for entering Egypt – MØnº’ Dumyºò —
harbour; obstructions Directions for entering harbour; buoy
123 127
Paragraph 3.135 3 lines 9--10 Delete Paragraph 3.178 1 lines 3--4 For 313820N 314760E
Read 313718N 314759E
128
Correspondence Abu--Kir Port [NP49/No.8/Wk.24/17]
Paragraph 3.179 1 line 4 For within Read S of
Egypt -- Abø QØr — Directions; wreck
BA Chart 2578 [NP49/No.11/Wk.13/17]
123
Paragraph 3.135 5 lines 7--9 Replace by: Egypt – Port Said — General information
...2 miles S of West A/Q Platform, thence: 129

300700E), thence: Paragraph 3.189 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.135 6 lines 1--2 Replace by: ...respective entrances to Port Said Harbour, Port Said
By--pass and Suez Canal Container Terminal. The
6 To a position close NE of a light buoy (safe water)
channels are marked by light...
(312361N 300779E). The route then follows the
recommended track SSE, passing: After Paragraph 3.189 4 Insert:
UKHO [NP49/No.29/Wk.45/17] 5 Container Terminal Channel. This channel extends

generally SSW for about 12 miles from the Eastern
Channel Fairway Light Buoy (N cardinal) (312463N
Egypt -- Abø QØr — Directions; wrecks 322526E) to the entrance to Suez Canal Container
Terminal.
123
Paragraph 3.135 5 lines 1--9, including existing Section IV BA Chart 2578 [NP49/No.12/Wk.13/17]
Notice Week 45/17, Replace by:
5 Ammonia Berth. From a position about 4 miles Egypt – Port Said — Limiting conditions
NW of JazØrat DisøqØ (312148N 300636E) the
130
track leads E for about 4 miles, passing:
N of ‹aÖl Sultºn (312221N 300452E), an Paragraph 3.191 1 Replace by:
isolated shoal, thence:
S of the wellhead (312507N 300609E), lying 1 The controlling depths in the approaches are as
2 miles S of West A/Q Platform, thence: follows:
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (312380N Port Said Harbour Approach 165 m.
300650E and 312427N 300700E), thence: Port Said By--pass Channel 235 m.
Container Terminal Channel 185 m.
UKHO [NP49--No 36--Wk 50/17] The controlling depths within the port are as
follows:
Egypt -- Abø QØr — Directions; Light buoy Suez Canal 155 m.
123 2 Port Said By--pass Channel 240 m.
Suez Canal Container Terminal 165 m.
The maximum permitted draught for vessels is
...rocks and shoals and is marked by Nelson Island determined by the Suez Canal Authority.
Light Buoy (N cardinal). Patches of foul ground on...
BA Chart 2578 [NP49/No.13/Wk.13/17]
Egyptian Notice 1/17 [NP49/No.9/Wk.11/17]
Egypt – Port Said — Arrival information
Egypt – Al Mu‘addØyah Port — Berths
130
123
For entering the Suez Canal Container Terminal, the
1 Harbour. The harbour is quayed on all sides, and pilot boards in the vicinity of Eastern Channel
has been dredged to depths ranging from 10 to 12 m Fairway Light Buoy (N cardinal) (312463N
(2017). 322527E).
Correspondence Abu--Kir Port [NP49/No.10/Wk.24/17] BA Chart 2578 [NP49/No.14/Wk.13/17]
2 -- 211
Index
NP49
Egypt – Port Said — Directions Turkey -- Selimiye — Prohibited area
134 176

Prohibited area. Marine traffic is prohibited within a
triangular area centred on 364570N 312200E,
Container Terminal Channel
enclosing an underwater museum and wreck.
3.217a
1 From a position in the vicinity of the Eastern Turkish Notice 2/011/17 [NP49/No.17/Wk.09/17]
Channel Fairway Light Buoy (N cardinal) (312463N
322527E), the track leads SSW through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) for 6 miles, passing; Turkey -- Taîucu Körfezi —
WNW of two dangerous wrecks (311980N Directions; marine farm
322322E and 311968N 322351E), thence;
WNW of a dangerous wreck (311922N 178
322293E), thence;
2 Between HM80 Light Buoy (lateral) (311900N
322265E) and W1 Light Buoy (lateral) Clear of a marine farm (361242N 334895E)
(311903N 322249E). lying ENE of Dana AdasÝ light, thence:
The track then leads generally S within the channel
to the berths, passing between the breakwater heads Turkish Notice 41/243/17 [NP49/No.30/Wk.46/17]
(311496N 322155E).
Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi —
BA Chart 2578 [NP49/No.15/Wk.13/17] Northern Terminals — Outer anchorages
186
Egypt -- Al ‘ArØsh — Directions; breakwater
137
Outer anchorages
Paragraph 3.235 2 Replace by: 5.248
1 There are four anchorage areas as follows:
2 Directions for entering harbour. From seaward Anchorage area No 1 (364900N 355875E):
the track leads SW, passing SE of the outer vessels carrying dangerous cargo, vessels
breakwater, which extends about 7½ cables NE from gas--freeing, nuclear powered naval vessels and
the shore. Thence the alignment (213) of leading quarantine vessels.
lights (310906N 334972E), leads through a Anchorage area No 2 (364900N 355450E):
channel, 100 m wide, with a least charted depth of vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and naval
7 m, passing NW of the inner breakwater head and vessels.
into the harbour. 2 Anchorage area No 5 (364975N 360625E):
vessels carrying dangerous cargo, vessels
Correspondence SHOM 11/17 gas--freeing, nuclear powered naval vessels
[NP49--No 39--Wk 52/17] and quarantine vessels.
Anchorage area No 6 (365260N 360100E):
vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and naval
Turkey -- Antalya to Anamur Burnu -- vessels.
Alanya — Outer anchorages
176
Turkey -- ™sdemir — Outer anchorages
188
1 Outer anchorages are as follows:
Anchorage area No 1 (363145N 320085E), for Paragraph 5.263 1--2 including heading Replace by:
vessels not carrying dangerous cargoes, lying
ESE of Alanya Light (5.160). Outer anchorages
Anchorage area No 2 (363265N 315375E), a 5.263
quarantine and dangerous goods anchorage, 1 There are four anchorage areas as follows:
lying WNW of Alanya Light. Anchorage area No 1 (363640N 360924E):
2 Caution. The anchorages must be used with vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and naval
caution, especially in winter, as the bottom is loose vessels.
sand and a heavy surf rolls in during and after S Anchorage area No 2 (363812N 360999E):
winds. vessels carrying dangerous cargo, vessels
gas--freeing, nuclear powered naval vessels and
Turkish Notice 20/136/17 [NP49/No.16/Wk.26/17] quarantine vessels.
2 -- 212
Index
NP49
2 Anchorage area No 3 (364100N 360950E): Cyprus – Cape Elœa to Klides Island —
vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and Anchorages and harbours
naval vessels. 214
Anchorage area No 4 (364630N 360801E):
vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and naval Paragraph 6.155 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
vessels.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited
around the NE peninsula of Cyprus, approximately
3 miles offshore from Ronnas Bay on the N side, and
Melissakros Point on the S side, to Klidhes Island
Turkey -- ™sdemir -- YakacÝk — Anchorage (6.148).
BA796 [NP49/No.22/Wk.48/16]
189
Paragraph 5.273 1--2 including heading Replace by: Cyprus – Karavostasi, New Soli and approaches
— Anchorages
Spare 217
5.273
ENC TR300334 [NP49/No.20/Wk.26/17] 1 Vessels may obtain anchorage in Anchorage Area
No 1 in the E part of Morphou bay (6.167) in
moderate depths, good holding ground.
Turkey -- ™skenderun — Pilotage Caution. Anchorage in this area is prohibited during
military or firing exercises, which are announced by
190 navigational warnings.
Paragraph 5.281 1 line 1 Replace by: BA775 [NP49/No.23/Wk.48/16]
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign flagged
vessels over 500 gt. Pilots board at 363720N Cyprus – Davlos to Klides Island —
361000E. Anchorages and harbours
220
UKHO [NP49/No.28/Wk.43/17]
Cyprus – Episkopi Bay — Anchorages Prohibited anchorage

6.204
198
1 For details see 6.155.
Paragraph 6.26 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 6.205 including heading Replace by:
1 General. Anchorage within Episkopi Bay is not
recommended; see 6.25. Spare
6.205
BA775 [NP49/No.21/Wk.48/16] BA796 [NP49/No.24/Wk.48/16]
Cyprus -- Limassol — Container berth Syria -- Nahr Hurayîøn — Wreck
202 227
Container Berth (343887N 330067E) in West
355610E) lies N of No 7 CBM.
Basin: length 800 m; depth alongside 16 m.
French Notice 48/115/17 [NP49--No 38--Wk 52/17]
UKHO [NP49--No 37--Wk 51/17]
Lebanon -- Trâblous -- North--east of
Cyprus -- Famagusta — Mooring buoys Sanâni Channel — Directions; wreck
231
211
Two mooring buoys are located 8½ cables NE and 354880E), thence:
9½ cables E of the head of the outer breakwater. Clear of two wrecks with a minimum unsurveyed...
Turkish Notice 41/244/17 [NP49/No.31/Wk.46/17] Italian Notice 11.17/17 [NP49/No.25/Wk.26/17]
2 -- 213
Index
NP49
Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Racon Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Racon
236
233
Paragraph 7.137a including existing Section IV Notice Wk
After Paragraph 7.105 2 line 5 Insert: 10/17 Delete
Other aids to navigation UKHO [NP49/No.27b/Wk.12/17]

7.105a Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Racon
1 Racon:
Râs Beyrouth Light — as above. 237
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals After Paragraph 7.147 2 line 3 Insert:
Volume 2.
French Chart 7348 [NP49/No.26a/Wk.10/17] 7.147a
1 Racon:
Râs Beyrouth Light — as above.
Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Racon For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
233
French Chart 7348 [NP49/No.26c/Wk.10/17]
Paragraph 7.105a including existing Section IV Notice Wk
10/17 Delete Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Racon
237
UKHO [NP49/No.27a/Wk.12/17] Paragraph 7.147a including existing Section IV Notice Wk
10/17 Delete
Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Obstruction UKHO [NP49/No.27c/Wk.12/17]
235 Israel -- •efa -- Qishon Harbour — Development
...depth 67 m lies 1 cable W; an obstruction, with a depth of After Paragraph 7.197 1 line 8 Insert:
207 m lies in position 335464E 353042E. In winter, a Works are in progress (2017) to dismantle the N
large ground... breakwater of Qishon harbour.
Israeli Notice 116/17 [NP49--No 35--Wk 49/17]
ENC FR57348A [NP49--No 32--Wk 48/17]
Israel -- Ashdod — Harbour; development
Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Harbour development 248

Development
7.248a
1 Works are in progress (2017) to expand the
Development harbour N, including reclaimed areas and breakwaters.
7.135a The W portion of the new N breakwater reduces the
1 Reclamation works are in progress (2017) E of the available width of the harbour entrance.
harbour, in the vicinity of Dora Terminal.
Reclamation works are in progress (2017) between Ashdod Port Development Correspondence
the root of the breakwater and the anchorage area [NP49--No 34--Wk 48/17]
centred 1 mile W of the head of the breakwater.
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
French Notice 44/118/2017 [NP49--No 33--Wk 48/17] (2016 Edition)
Goose Bay Narrows — Directions; buoyage;
Lebanon -- Beyrouth — Racon depths; controlling depths
236 433
SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W
from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light
7.137a
Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water
1 Racon:
to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal
Râs Beyrouth Light — as above.
depth of 85 m is reported (2016) to lie close ESE
of H21 Light Buoy. Thence:
Volume 2.
Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16
French Chart 7348 [NP49/No.26b/Wk.10/17] [NP50/No.1/Wk.39/16]
2 -- 214
Index
NP50
Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows to South Island – West Cape to Windsor Point —
Terrington Basin — Directions; shoal Directions
433 177
Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 10--12 including existing Section
IV Notice Week 39/16. Replace by: 1 From a position not less than 2 miles off West
Cape (455427S 1662560E), the coastal route
SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W leads S, then SE across the entrances to Chalky and
from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard Preservation Inlets, to a position SW of Windsor Point
hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light (5.182). The cautions given at 5.99 should be
Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water observed, passing:
to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal 2 W of Cape Providence Light (white GRP tower,
depth of 73 m (24ft) lies close NNW of H21 Light 4 m in height) (455989S 1662703E),
standing 1 mile NW of Cape Providence
Buoy. Thence: (460068S 1662828E), thence:
W of a dangerous rock (460149S 1662674E),
Canadian Notice 3/4728/17 [NP50/No.2/Wk.18/17] which lies to the W of Providence Rocks
(460120S 1662800E), extending 1¼ miles S
from Cape Providence, thence:
Goose Bay Narrows — Directions; buoyage; 3 W of a 121 m depth (460210S 1662632E),
depths; controlling depths
upon which the sea may break; a 162 m
depth lies 4¼ cables SSW. Thence:
454 W of Chalky Island (460300S 1663130E), which
lies in the entrance to Chalky Inlet (5.186).
Paragraph 13.111 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: The track then leads SE, passing:
1 There is a least charted depth along the inshore 4 SW of Table Rock (460569S 1663086E),
which is like a brown box and is conspicuous
route of 55 m (562720N 613393W) in The Bridges from all directions, thence:
Passage (13.118). SW of Balleny Reef (460635S 1663296E), lying
on the NW side of the entrance to Preservation
Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16 Inlet (5.196); the sea breaks heavily over the reef
[NP50/No.3/Wk.39/16] and is evident even in fair weather. Thence:
5 SW of Puysegur Point (460938S 1663659E),
long and sloping, on which stands a light
(5.183), thence:
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2015 Edition) SW of Marshall Rocks (461052S 1663657E), the
above--water part of which is flat--topped and
easily distinguished, thence:
Navigation and regulations – Radio facilities — To a position SW of Windsor Point (5.182).
Radio navigational warnings (Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.22)
(Directions are given, for Chalky Inlet at 5.187
5 and for Preservation Inlet at 5.197)
Paragraph 1.36 1 line 3 Replace by: NZ Notice 18/187(P)/16 [NP51/No.2/Wk.39/16]
...New Zealand are responsible for navigation... New Zealand – North Island – North Cape to
Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 6--12 Replace by: Karaui Point — Directions
Address: Maritime New Zealand, 210

RCCNZ Paragraph 7.11 1 line 9 For Island, Read Island.
41 Percy Cameron Street
Avalon Studios Level 1, Paragraph 7.11 1 line 10 Replace by:
PO Box 30050, Caution. There exists a rock (344673S
Lower Hutt 5040, 1732378E) depth 3.7 m, in the channel between
New Zealand. Rocky Island and Cape Karikari. Thence:
E--mail: rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz
Website. www.maritimenz.govt.nz NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.3/Wk.51/15]
Corr. Maritime NZ 4.6.17 [NP51/No.32/Wk.27/17] North Island -- Parengarenga Harbour —

Directions
North Island -- Wanganui — Entry; light 211

104
S of an unnamed drying bank (343124S
Paragraph 3.49 2 lines 4--7 Replace by: 1725969E), thence:
S of a stranded wreck (343120S 1725944E) to
Close SSE of the head of North Mole (395692S the N of a line of breakers, and:
1745880E), thence: N of a drying bank (343142S 1725945E). Two
stranded wrecks lie on the S side of the bank.
NZ Notice 18/186/16 [NP51/No.1/Wk.39/16] Thence:
2 -- 215
Index
NP51
Paragraph 7.13 4 lines 5--9 Replace by: Hauraki Gulf -- Auckland approaches —
Traffic regulations; reporting
...Kokota (343151S 1725782E).
5 Once W of Parengarenga Harbour Light, the Paragraph 8.53 1 line 1 Replace by:
harbour opens out... 1 Reporting. All vessels over 40 m LOA and any
vessel of 500 grt or greater, entering the...
New Zealand Chart 5111 [NP51/No.4/Wk.05/17]
Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17
New Zealand – North Island – [NP51/No.36/Wk.46/17]
North Cape to Karaui Point — Directions
212 Auckland approaches -- Motuihe Channel —
Directions
249
An 8 m shoal (345657S 1732962E).
A rock (345663S 1732961E), depth 16 m. Paragraph 8.58 3 line 2 For NW Read NE
NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.5/Wk.51/15] Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17

[NP51/No.37/Wk.46/17]
New Zealand – North Island – Bay of Islands —
Pilotage, anchorages North Island -- Auckland — Wreck
217 252
Paragraph 7.51 1 line 1 For 351290S 1740780E Read After Paragraph 8.83 1 line 5 Insert:
351255S 1740802E Caution. A wreck (364347S 1745256E),
(reported 2016), with a least depth of 181 m, lies
NZ Notice 240/24/15 [NP51/No.6/Wk.51/15] between outer anchorage No 4 and No 6.
219 NZ Notice 24/236P/16 [NP51/No.7/Wk.51/16]
Auckland approaches -- Tamkai Strait —
...of the pilotage area (7.51). Local knowledge
Caution. Attention is drawn to the following
detached dangers: 263
2 An underwater rock (351484S 1740858E),
depth 64 m. Paragraph 8.136 1 Replace by:
An underwater rock (351490S 1740862E), 1 Approaching from NE through the main Waiheke
depth 44 m.
Channel is possible at all times. Local knowledge is
Oturori Rock (351499S 1740868E), depth
11 m, a dangerous rock lying to the S of the required at night for Sandspit Passage (8.147), Ruthe
anchorage. Passage (8.146), and between Pakatoa and Rotoroa
An underwater rock (351505S 1740871E), Islands (8.142).
depth 44 m.
An underwater rock (351517S 1740836E), Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17
depth 65 m. [NP51/No.38/Wk.46/17]
NZ Notice 246(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.6/Wk.51/15] North Island – East Coast –

Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones
North Island -- Whangarei Harbour — 274
Anchorages
230
Paragraph 7.126 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: Exclusion zone
9.12a
1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have 1 An exclusion zone of 2 miles radius, applicable to
been established: all vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established
355240S 1743450E at Volkner Rocks (372862S 1770801E).
Area A 355240S 1743610E 276
(anchor berths A1 to A4) 355340S 1743610E
355340S 1743450E
355580S 1743230E Exclusion zone
Area B 9.20a
355580S 1743390E
(anchor berths B1 to B3) 1 An exclusion zone of 1 mile radius, applicable to all
355780S 1743390E
vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established at
Penguin Shoal (372675S 1762016E).
New Zealand Notice
15/136/2017 [NP51/No.35/Wk.39/17] NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51/No.8/Wk.25/16]
2 -- 216
Index
NP51
North Island – East Coast – North Island – Tauranga – Western Channel —
Tauranga — Anchorages Directions; buoyage
282
286
2 Directions. From a position about 2½ cables SE of
2 Anchor berths: Panepane Point (373812S 1760972E) the track
Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E. through Western Channel leads SW, passing:
No 1 -- 373749S 1761521E. (Note -- No 1 Between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
anchorage lies in the E corner of Spoil Ground ‘G’) (373830S 1760982E) and No 3 Light Buoy (N
No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E. cardinal) (373840S 1760999E), thence:
No 3 -- 373829S 1761621E. Over a 28 m patch (373845S 1760980E) lying
No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E. on a bar at the entrance of the channel, thence:
No 5 -- 373270S 1760900E. NW of WC2 Light Buoy (port hand) (373868S
No 6 -- 373060S 1760820E. 1760969E), thence:
New Zealand chart NZ 541 [NP51/No.9/Wk.03/16] Paragraph 9.66 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
North Island – Tauranga – Maunganui Roads and 3 SE of WC3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Stella Passage — Directions; beacons (373857S 1760951E), whence the track is
generally W through the marked channel,
285 passing:
S of the S point of Matakana Island. A small wharf
Paragraph 9.63 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: extends SSW from the point. Thence:
1 From the vicinity of P7 Light Beacon the track
leads S through Maunganui Roads and Stella NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.13/Wk.24/17]
Passage, which are marked by light beacons, passing
E of No 17 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S
1761060E), which stands at the N entrance point to North Island – Tauranga – Otumoetai Channel —
Otumoetai Channel. Thence the track leads to a Directions; beacons
position E of Town Reach Light Beacon (special)
(373996S 1761059E), which marks the S limit of
the dredged, deep--water channel. 286
NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.10/Wk.24/17] Paragraph 9.67 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:
1 General information. Otumoetai Channel leads W

North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach — from Maunganui Roads in the vicinity of No 17 Light
Directions; beacons
Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S 1761060E) to
Tauranga Marina (373966S 1760998E), and
285
thence generally WNW to connect with Western
Paragraph 9.65 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: Channel NW of W Otumoetai Light Beacon (W
cardinal) (373907S 1760892E). A swashway,
2 Directions (continued from 9.63). From E of Town entered opposite the marina connects the two
Reach Light Beacon (special) (373996S channels. Otumoetai Channel has a least charted
1761059E) the track leads SSW through Town depth of 56 m over a width of about ½ cable for the
Reach, passing: first 1½ miles, whence it shoals to 21 m towards its
WNW of No 10 Light Beacon (port hand) (374012S junction with Western Channel and the swashway has
1761060E), and: a least charted depth of 18 m.
WNW of No 12 Light Beacon (port hand) (374026S
NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.11/Wk.24/17] 3 Directions. From a position ¾ cable SSE of No 17
Light Beacon the track through Otumoetai Channel
North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach — leads generally W, passing:
Directions; useful marks S of Otumoetai A Light Beacon (starboard hand)
(373938S 1761013E), thence:
286 N of a breakwater at the seaward end of which a light
(platform) is exhibited (373954S 1760992E),
Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1--5 Delete on the N side of the entrance to Tauranga Marina.
ENC NZ505412 [NP51/No.12/Wk.24/17] NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.14/Wk.24/17]
2 -- 217
Index
NP51
North Island – East Coast – North Island – East coast –
Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones Gisborne — Anchorages
290 298
After Paragraph 9.81 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 9.133 including heading and existing Section IV
Exclusion zones Anchorages
9.81a 9.133
1 Exclusion zones, applicable to all vessels of 500 gt 1 Outer anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three
and over, have been established at: designated anchorages, all in depths from 17--20 m,
Name Position Radius fine sand, in the following positions:
No 1: 384326S 1775860E
373491S
Okaparu Reef 15 miles No 2: 384326S 1775930E
1762167E
No 3: 384326S 1780000E
373414S A spoil ground lies in the N sector of these
Brewis Shoal 1.5 miles
1762283E anchorages.
373245S 2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a
Astrolabe Reef 20 miles submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from
1762562E
a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater
372862S Head Light (384068S 1780112E).
Volkner Rocks 20 miles
1770801E
Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of
Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a
NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51/No.15/Wk.25/16] circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour
leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore.
North Island – East Coast – New Zealand Notice 14/133/17 [NP51/No.34/Wk.35/17]
Whakatane River — Description
North Island – East coast –
291 Gisborne — Directions; lights
NZ Notice 22/02/16 [NP51/No.16/Wk.06/16]
...entrance to Poverty Bay, the white sector (329--331) of
North Island East Coast – East Cape to
Mahia Peninsula – Gisborne — Anchorages the directional light leads through the bay to the vicinity of
the...
298 New Zealand Chart 5571/16 [NP51/No.18/Wk.30/16]
Paragraph 9.133 Replace by: North Island – Hawke Bay —
Directions; pilotage; anchorages
Anchorages
303
9.133
1 Outer Anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three Paragraph 9.161 2 line 2 For 392508S 1765857E Read
designated anchorages, all in 17--20 m, fine sand, in 392450S 1765940E
the following positions:
Paragraph 9.161 2 line 4 For 3¼ Read 4
No 1: 384326S 1775860E
No 2: 384326S 1775930E Paragraph 9.162 2 line 9 For 392508S 1765857E Read
No 3: 384326S 1780000E 392450S 1765940E
A spoil ground lies 3 cables NE of this position.
2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a 304
submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from
a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater
Head Light (384068S 1780112E). 2 Prohibited anchorages exist at the seaward end
Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of of two submarine pipelines, both marked by two light
Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a buoys (special), in the following positions:
circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour 393464S 1765805E.
leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore. 393247S 1765620E.
3 Passenger vessels conducting tendering however, New Zealand Chart 56 [NP51/No.19/Wk.12/17]
may anchor within the prohibited anchorage area at
the following position: Napier – Breakwater Harbour — Directions; light
Inner Anchorage: 384100S 1780000E
Anchorage obtained in this area must be such that 307
vessels remain 500 m clear of the channel entrance Paragraph 9.183 1 line 3 For (392847S 1765470E)
buoy (port hand) (384101S 1780030E). Read (392846S 1765480E)
New Zealand Chart NZ505571 [NP51/No.17/Wk.02/16] New Zealand Chart 5612 [NP51/No.20/Wk.16/16]
2 -- 218
Index
NP51
South Island -- East Coast – Cape Campbell to Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information
Conway Flat — General information; depths
324
314
Paragraph 10.80 including existing Section IV NMs Wks
After Paragraph 10.8 1 line 11 Insert: 22/16 and 25/16 Replace by:
Arrival information
Depths
10.80
10.8a
1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the
1 Due to seismic activity (2016), depths significantly
Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must
shoaler than charted have been reported between
transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating:
Cape Campbell (414374S 1741656E) (4.211) and
vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The
Conway Flat (423722S 1732759E).
requirements for reporting are as follows:
NZ Notice 9/96/17 [NP51/No.21/Wk.22/17] On passing abeam of Akaroa Head.
2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends
about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay,
South Island – Lyttelton – Godley Head — Light marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A
317 submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point
close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E),
Above Paragraph 10.31 heading Insert: the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is
marked by a buoy (special).
Principal mark 3 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has
10.30a been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour
1 Major light: within which all marine life and habitats are totally
Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height) protected. See 1.49 for further details.
(433522S 1724843E). Regulations concerning entry. Access to Akaroa
Harbour N of the existing harbour limit, between
320 Timutimu Head and Akaroa Head, is restricted.
No vessel of 500 gt or greater or 40 m LOA or
After Paragraph 10.58 3 line 1 Insert: longer may enter into or remain within the harbour
without the prior permission of the harbourmaster.
Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height)
4 Vessels granted permission to enter or remain
(433522S 1724843E).
within the area must operate in accordance with the
Akaroa Harbour Navigation Safety Operating
NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51/No.22/Wk.10/16]
Requirements.
South Island – East Coast – NZ6324 [NP51/No.25/Wk.26/16]

Lyttelton Harbour — AIS
Akaroa Harbour —
320 Berths; anchorages and moorings
10.58a 1 Anchorages and moorings:
1 AIS: There are five designated anchor berths in Akaroa
Light buoy (special) (433438S 1725345E). harbour as follows:
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals No. Position Min. Depth
Volume 2.
1 434930S 1725535E 105 m
NZ Notice 02/25/17 [NP51/No.23/Wk.07/17] 2 434980S 1725568E 112 m
3 434936S 1725612E 90 m
East coast of South Island – Banks Peninsula — 5 434830S 1725610E 77 m
General information; marine reserves;
marine mammal sanctuary 6 434874S 1725585E 95 m
323 New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51/No.26/Wk.22/16]

South Island – East Coast –
1 Marine mammal sanctuary is established within Canterbury Bight — Wreck
12 miles of the coast around Banks Peninsula 326
between Waipara River (430925S 1724790E) and
Rakaia River (435400S 1721255E); see the chart. After Paragraph 10.97 2 line 7 Insert:
Certain fishing and acoustic seismic survey activities A wreck of unknown depth is located at 440432S
are restricted. 1721396E.
New Zealand Chart 64 [NP51/No.24/Wk.52/16] NZ Notice 10/110(P)/16 [NP51/No.27/Wk.25/16]
2 -- 219
Index
NP51
South Island -- East coast -- Timaru Harbour — Kermadec Islands — Directions
Pilot boarding place
344
328 Paragraph 11.15 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.116 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 Passage west of Meyer Islands. From the vicinity
of Howard Rock (291640S 1775275W), the track
2 Pilot boarding place (442288S 1712227E) is
leads NNW through a channel with a least charted
2 miles E of Fairway Light Beacon. Vessels should
depth of 76 m in the fairway, passing:
remain 4½ miles to seaward of...
ENE of Lava Point (291626S 1775318W),
thence:
New Zealand Notice 24/195/17
ENE of Egeria Rock (291496S 1775370W), and:
[NP51--No 39--Wk 50/17]
WSW of Meyer Islands (291470S 1775265W),
thence:
South Island – East coast – Otago Harbour — WSW of Napier Island (291394S 1775250W).
New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.29b/Wk.16/16]
334
Kermadec Islands —
Paragraph 10.157 Replace by: Anchorages and landing places
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over 344
500 gt and 40 m LOA, unless the master is exempted
Paragraph 11.16 1 lines 3--4 For (291470S 1775265E)
by law.
Read (291470S 1775265W)
Pilot boards at one of two positions:
Alpha. (454283S 1704482E). The preferred New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.30/Wk.16/16]
boarding place for vessels greater than 225 m.
Bravo. (454361S 1704371E). Auckland Islands —
The notice required for a pilot is the same as that General information; prohibited area
for ETA.
353
New Zealand Chart NZ 661/16 [NP51/No.28/Wk.30/16] After Paragraph 11.68 3 line 8 Insert:
South Island -- East coast -- Otago Harbour -- Traffic regulations

Port Chalmers — Wharf development 11.68a
1 Prohibited area. The Auckland Islands are legally
337 protected as nature reserves. Entry to the islands,
including any landings, is strictly prohibited except
After Paragraph 10.169 1 line 9 Insert: under permit.
Caution. Works are in progress (2017) in the NZ Chart 2862 [NP51/No.31/Wk.06/17]
vicinity of the multi--purpose wharf.
New Zealand Notice 24/197(P)/17 NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2015 Edition)
[NP51--No 40--Wk 50/17]
Scotland — LORAN--C and eLORAN
Kermadec Islands — Directions 5
Paragraph 11.11 1 lines 7--8 For (291489S 1775134W) Trinity House Notice 27/15 [NP52/No.1/Wk.52/15]
Read (291390S 1775216W)
United Kingdom — Distress and Rescue;
Paragraph 11.11 2 lines 1--2 For (291461S 1775261W) coastguard network
Read (291394S 1775250W) 11
New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.29a/Wk.16/16]
The United Kingdom maritime radio infrastructure is
a single network of operations centres, all data and
New Zealand -- Raoul Island -- Denham Bay — communications being available to every officer on
Directions; obstruction duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre
(NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres
344
Paragraph 11.12 1 line 2 Replace by: centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further
...the track leads SSE, passing: 2 All CGOCs keep a constant VHF radio, Digital
WSW of an obstruction (291585S 1775851W), Selective Calling (DSC), telephone and telex watch.
thence:
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
New Zealand Notice 13/126/17 [NP51/No.33/Wk.30/17] [NP52/No.21/Wk.30/17]
2 -- 220
Index
NP52
Scotland – North coast – Cape Wrath — 90
Virtual AIS
59 Beatrice Offshore Wind Farm, under construction
(2017), marked by light buoys (special and
cardinal) (4.11).
Virtual (Sule Stack) — (590145N 43040W).
Virtual (Nun Rock) — (585265N 45830W). Beatrice Offshore Windfarm Ltd [NP52/No.5/Wk.12/17]
Northern Lighthouse Board [NP52/No.2/Wk.43/15] Fraserburgh — Directions for entering harbour;

directional light
Scotland – North coast – 98

Thurso Harbour — Lights
69 4 Directional light.
The narrow white sector (289 -- 293) of the
Directional/Sectored light (metal pole, 4 m in
Thurso Harbour Inner Light (grey post, 3 m in height) (574154N 15999W) on the SE corner
height) (583591N 33080W) on E face of of North Jetty leads towards and through the
breakwater. harbour entrance.
Leading lights.
70 Front light (white mast, red bands, 9 m in height) on
elbow of Middle Jetty (574157N 20014W).
Paragraph 3.95 2 lines 2--3 Delete. Rear light (metal mast, 11 m in height) on dockside
75 m farther WNW.
Northern Lighthouse Board [NP52/No.3/Wk.28/15] Fraserburgh Harbour Commissioners Notice 10/2015
[NP52/No.6a/Wk 02/16]
Scotland – Pentland Firth –
Inner Sound — underwater turbines Moray Firth – Fraserburgh — Directions for
entering harbour; directional and leading lights
71
98
Paragraph 4.99 4 existing Section IV Notice Week 02/16
...and should be given a wide berth. Replace by:
Underwater turbines. See 3.139a. 4 Directional Light.
The narrow white sector (289 -- 293) of the
77 Directional/Sectored light (metal pole, 4 m in
line 3 Insert: height) (574154N 15999W) on the SE corner
After Paragraph 3.139 1
of North Pier leads towards and through the
harbour entrance.
Underwater turbines
3.139a Fraserburgh Harbour Notice 1/16
1 Underwater turbines are being installed, between [NP52/No.6b/Wk.18/16]
2016 and 2025, in Inner Sound S of Stroma. Least
Scotland -- Cromarty Firth —
depth in the operating area is 99 m. Mobile Offshore Drilling Units
BA Chart 2162 [NP52/No.4/Wk.06/17] 115
Scotland -- Moray Firth — Wind Farms
1 Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODUs), including
84 semi--submersible or jack--up oil rigs, are liable to be
encountered anywhere in the Cromarty Firth port area
After Paragraph 4.11 2 line 12 Insert: both inside and outside the Sutor headlands and
moored alongside in the vicinity of the Service and
Work is in progress (2017) to extend the wind farm
Supply Base at Invergordon. Anchor buoys, small
to the NE, marked by light buoys (special and
craft, and ancillary plant are liable to be encountered
cardinal).
up to 900 m from moored rigs. Mariners should give
MODUs a wide berth where possible, and, at all times
85
proceed with utmost caution in their vicinity. Rigs
After Paragraph 4.19 3 line 9 Insert: berthed at the Service and Supply Base should be
passed at a distance of at least 1 cable.
W of a light buoy (N cardinal) (582021N For further information see The Mariner ’s
25058W), marking the N extent of the Beatrice Handbook.
Offshore Wind Farm (4.11), which is under
construction (2017), thence: Port of Cromarty Firth [NP52/No.7/Wk.11/17]
2 -- 221
Index
NP52
Scotland – North--east coast – Inverness — Scotland – Shetland Islands –
Directions; buoyage Lerwick — Development
124 231
The Dales Voe jetty (6.198) is being extended to a
N of a drying bank extending NNE from Carnarc length of 130 m and the laydown area ashore is being
Point (572973N 41425W), and marked on enlarged. Completion is due in 2016.
its N side by Carnarc Point North Light Buoy (N
cardinal). Carnarc Light (green tower, Lerwick Local Notice 1/15 [NP52/No.12/Wk.28/15]
framework top, 4 m in height) stands on the
point. Thence: Scotland -- Lerwick Harbour — Development
125 231
Paragraph 6.182 1 including heading and existing Section
Paragraph 4.263 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: IV Notice Week 28/15 Replace by:
ESE of a drying bank (572980N 41420W),
marked on its N side by Carnarc Point North Spare
Light Buoy (4.256), thence: 6.182
Lerwick Port Authority [NP52/No.19/Wk.29/17]
Northern Lighthouse Board [NP52/No.8/Wk.31/15]
Scotland -- Lerwick Harbour — Alongside berths
Shetland Islands – Bluemull Sound —
General information; underwater energy turbines 233--234
224
2 South Harbour is lined by quays and piers with a
After Paragraph 6.130 2 line 4 Insert: total berthing length of about 900 m. There is a
privately owned marina on the W side of Bressay.
Underwater energy turbines. See 6.310a.
Laurenson Quay (600944N 10863W), length
Nova Innovation Ltd. [NP52/No.9/Wk.10/17] 87 m, with a depth of 46 m alongside.
3 Alexandra Wharf (North) (600939N
10862W), length 63 m, with depths from 42
The Shetland Islands – Lerwick Harbour – to 55 m alongside.
Limiting conditions — Controlling depths Alexander Wharf (South) (600937N 10859W),
length 75 m, with a depth of 42 m alongside.
230
Spur Jetty (North) (600935N 10857W), length
Paragraph 6.176 1 Replace by: 38 m, with depths from 42 to 70 m alongside.
4 Bressay Ferry Terminal (600934N
1 Controlling depths. A continuous channel is 10856W), RoRo berth, length 27 m, with a
dredged to 91 m through Bressay Sound. Abreast depth of 37 m alongside.
North Ness (600955N 10875W), between North Victoria Pier (West) (600929N 10848W), length
and South Harbours, it is dredged to 91 m (2014) 61 m, with depths from 76 to 90 m alongside.
over a width of 100 m. Thence northwards it is Victoria Pier (East) (600928N 10845W), length
dredged to 91 m (2014), over a minimum width of 91 m, with depths from 78 to 107 m alongside.
100 m through North Harbour and abreast Point of Paragraph 6.197 1 and 2 Replace by:
Scattland (601043N 10930W), including the
approach to Gremista Quay (601028N 10940W). 1 North Harbour has about 30 berths, lying to the N
From Point of Scattland to Turra Taing it is dredged to of North Ness.
91 m (2012). A side channel, to a fish factory pier on Shearers Quay (600958N 10916W), two berths
the E side of the harbour (601026N 10864W) in 52 and 70 m in length, with depths of 30 and 67 m
Bay of Heogan, is dredged to 80 m (2012) over a alongside.
Holmsgarth South (600975N 10947W), five
width of 90 m.
berths, including three RoRo berths, between 124
BA Chart 3271 [NP52/No.10/Wk.19/16] and 170 m in length, with depths from 52 to
125 m alongside.
2 Morrison Dock (600964N 10931W), three
Lerwick Harbour — Arrival information; pilotage berths between 46 and 147 m in length, with
depths from 32 to 80 m alongside.
230 Mairs Pier (600998N 10945W), five berths
between 30 and 275 m in length, with depths from
52 to 91 m alongside.
Vessels carrying more than 10 kg of explosive Mairs Quay (600994N 10962W), length 189 m
substances as defined by The Dangerous Goods with a depth of 62 m alongside.
in Harbour Areas Regulations 2016 (DGHAR). 3 Gremista Quay (601028N 10940W), five
berths between 35 and 80 m in length, with
UK Statutory Instrument 721/16 [NP52/No.11/Wk.47/16] depths from 52 to 90 m alongside.
2 -- 222
Index
NP52
Greenhead Base (601068N 10931W), seven Faroe Islands – Vágar – SørvágsfjørÉur — Lights
berths between 102 and 348 m in length, with
dredged depths of 60 m at Berths 1--2, 80 m at 281
Berth 3 and 91 m at Berths 4--7.
Lerwick Port Authority [NP52/No.20/Wk.29/17] 4 N of a marine farm (620477N 72400W)
marked by yellow spar buoys.
The track then turns further S and passes:
Shetland Islands – Benelip Sound — Depth N of Múlin, from which a light (white structure, red
band, 5 m in height) (620472N 72331W) is
exhibited, thence:
240 Between fish farms.
5 From a position S of MiÉtleiti Fyr Direction Light,
Paragraph 6.224 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: Sørvågs Havn Direction Light (steel lattice tower, 75 m
in height) (620432N 71871W), bearing 1092 ahead
...South Benelip close S, is grass--covered. A 25 m shoal
(602448N 04787W) lies in mid channel; passage (at night the white sector (1082--1102) of the direction
through the sound is not recommended. light) leads to the head of the fjord.

ENC GB40642C/17 [NP52/No.22/Wk.30/17]
Sullom Voe with Yell Sound and approaches — Faroe Islands – East coast – Nólsoy —
Directions; marine farm
244 296
Paragraph 7.212 1 lines 5--7 Delete.
2 All vessels of not more than 300 gt which do not Paragraph 7.212 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
have on--board dangerous and polluting E of Eystnes (620346N 64169W), the S
goods, as defined by The Dangerous Goods extremity of Eysturoy, on which stand three wind
in Harbour Areas Regulations, 2016 (DGHAR). turbines, thence:
See also 1.55.
UK Statutory Instrument 721/16 [NP52/No.13/Wk.47/16]
Faroe Islands – BorÉoy – ÁrnafjørÉur —
Directions; marine farm
Shetland – Bluemull Sound — South--eastern
approaches; underwater energy turbines 305
253 ...sides of the inlet. A marine farm extends along most of
the NE side of the fjord, but the last mile to the head of
After Paragraph 6.310 2 line 6 Insert: the fjord is clear.

Bluemull Sound Tidal Turbine Array
6.310a
1 Bluemull Sound Tidal Turbine Array consists of NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2016 Edition)
three underwater tidal energy turbines which have
been installed in the vicinity of position 604192N
05902W. Underwater cables leading from the United Kingdom — Distress and rescue;
turbines, land S of Culli Voe Breakwater (6.338). coastguard network
9
Nova Innovation Ltd. [NP52/No.14/Wk.10/17]
Faroe Islands – Sandsvágur – a single network of operations centres, all data and
Sandur — Light; fish farm
communications being available to every officer on
duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre
276 (NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres
Paragraph 7.69 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further
3 Caution. A marine farm is centred on 614985N All CGOCs keep a constant VHF radio, Digital
64763W, 3 cables E of Sandur Havn Light. It
Selective Calling (DSC), telephone and telex watch.
is marked by a light buoy (special).
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Danish Notice 22/628/15 [NP52/No.15/Wk.28/15] [NP54/No.21/Wk.30/17]
2 -- 223
Index
NP54
Scotland -- East of Peterhead -- Scotland – East coast – Aberdeen — Depths
Buchan Deep — Wind farm
62
53 Paragraph 3.69 1 line 2 For ...depth alongside of 60 m...
Read
...depth alongside of 60 m at berths 1 and 2, and
55 m at berth 3...
Wind farm
3.7a Paragraph 3.69 1 line 4 For 56 m Read 55 m
Hywind Wind Farm (572920N 12160W), consisting of
five floating turbines moored to the seabed, lies on Buchan Forth Ports Notice 08/16 [NP54/No.2/Wk.14/16]
Deep, 13 miles E of Peterhead. Lights (special) are
exhibited from the bases and obstruction lights (red) are Scotland – Montrose — Arrival information;
pilotage and tugs
exhibited from the turbines.
67
BA Chart 278 [NP54--No 27--Wk 49/17]
All vessels carrying dangerous goods as defined by
Scotland -- Aberdeen — Wind farm The Dangerous Goods in Harbour Areas
Regulations 2016 (DGHAR).
57
UK Statutory Instrument 721/16 [NP54/No.3/Wk.47/16]
Scotland – East coast – Firth of Forth —
Forth Ports
Wind farm
3.38a 85
1 Aberdeen Offshore Wind Farm is under construction
(2017), 5½ miles NNE of Aberdeen Harbour (3.47). Paragraph 4.2 1--2 Replace by:
The wind farm will consist of 11 turbines and is 1 Forth Ports Limited exercises jurisdiction over all
centred on 571360N 15960W. The outer limits are the waters of Firth of Forth and River Forth between a
marked by buoys (cardinal). line joining North Carr Rocks Beacon (561769N
23434W) and South Carr Beacon (14½ miles S) and
Correspondence -- Vattenfall Notices 5--7/17 the head of navigation at Stirling Bridge. The (Forth)
[NP54/No.25/Wk.47/17] Marine Procedures, Guidelines and Information
document sets out detailed regulations for the conduct
of vessels within Forth Ports Limited area of
Scotland -- Aberdeen — Wind farm jurisdiction. Forth Ports Limited is also the Local
Lighthouse Authority.
58 2 The address is Forth Ports Limited, No 1 Prince of
Wales Dock, Edinburgh, EH6 7DX. See
Paragraph 3.42 3 lines 7--10 Replace by: www.forthports.co.uk for marine procedures, guidelines
and information.
...(571310N 20200W) and a wind farm under
construction (3.38a), close NE, thence: Forth Ports NM 11/16 [NP54/No.4/Wk.17/16]
Correspondence -- Vattenfall Notices 5--7/17 Scotland – East coast – Firth of Forth —

[NP54/No.26/Wk.47/17] Anchorages
Scotland -- Aberdeen — Anchorage 91
59 Paragraph 4.45 2 lines 1--2 For There are three designated

anchor berths, L1, L2 and L3, in Leith Road... Read
Paragraph 3.55 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: 2 There is a designated anchor berth in Leith Road
and a small vessel anchorage...
1 An anchorage area has been designated in
Aberdeen Bay centred on 571147N 20175W, NNE Forth Ports Notice 08/16 [NP54/No.5/Wk.13/16]
of the harbour entrance, depths 12 to 26 m, sand,
mud and shells. Foul ground exists in the following
Scotland – East Coast – Rosyth —
positions: Directions for entering harbour
571205N 20075W;
571170N 20160W; 105
571070N 20230W.
The bay is exposed to E winds. Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
SW of onshore Beacon C directional light (2 red
CGOC Aberdeen [NP54/No.1/Wk.10/17] triangles apex down on...
2 -- 224
Index
NP54
Paragraph 4.151 3 line 1 Replace by: England -- River Humber -- Grimsby —
VTS Operations Centre
Thence course is adjusted WNW, within the white
sector (113--116.5) astern, of Beacon C to the 165
harbour...
Forth Ports Notice 18/16 [NP54/No.6/Wk.24/16]
1 Humber Pilotage and VTS Operations Centre are
based in Royal Dock, Grimsby. The Humber...
England -- East coast -- Coquet Island to Blyth —
Wind farm H.109/2017 ABP Humber Estuary Services
[NP54/No.22/Wk.42/17]
131 England – River Humber —
General information; dangerous goods
166
Development Paragraph 7.8 including heading Replace by:
5.115a
Dangerous goods
1 Blyth Demonstrator Wind Farm, under construction
7.8
(2017), lies centred in 550780N 12400W. The 1 In order to satisfy the requirements of The
limits of the development are marked by light buoys Dangerous Goods in Harbour Areas Regulations 2016
(cardinal). Code (DGHAR), vessels carrying dangerous
substances into the River Humber and its approaches
132 must:
Give 24 hours notice of the entry of dangerous goods
Paragraph 5.118 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: into the harbour area; when this is not possible,
give notice before the vessel commences
4 Clear of Blyth Demonstrator Wind Farm navigation in the Humber.
(5.115a) and clear of a meteorological mast 2 Display a red flag by day. When moored or at
(550878N 12525W), which is lighted and anchor, an all--round red light is to be
marked by obstruction lights, thence: exhibited at night and during the day in
restricted visibility. The red light is not to be
Trinity House and EDF Energy Renewables exhibited when a vessel is underway.
[NP54/No.7/Wk.19/17] A Master shall not bring his vessel alongside a
moored or anchored vessel displaying the
foregoing signals without permission and shall
England -- River Tyne -- Jarrow — otherwise keep his vessel at a safe distance from
Vertical clearance vessels displaying such signals.
3 The Master of a vessel carrying dangerous
136 goods must immediately inform the Harbour
Master, or if the vessel is at a berth, the berth
Paragraph 5.149 1 line 1 For 64 m Read 85 m operator and the Harbour Master Humber of
any untoward incident which occurs or has
occurred on the vessel.
Port of Tyne Harbour Office [NP54/No.23/Wk.45/17] The Master of a vessel which is carrying dangerous
goods or on board which dangerous goods are to
England – Flamborough Head to River Humber be loaded shall anchor or moor his vessel only at
— Directions; AIS
such places and at such times as the Harbour
Master may from time to time direct and shall
161 ensure that any conditions the Harbour Master
may impose, with regard to anchoring or mooring,
Paragraph 6.163 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: are complied with.
AIS: 4 Possess a valid certificate of fitness appropriate
Humber Light Float — as above. to the carriage of dangerous goods therein.
Full details of The Dangerous Goods in Harbour
Areas Regulations 2016 Code can be found at
Volume 2. www.hse.gov.uk
ABP Humber [NP54/No.8/Wk.08/17] ABP Notice SH6 [NP54/No.10/Wk.47/16]
England – Approaches to River Humber —
Directions; AIS
England – East coast – Westermost Rough —
Wind Farm
168
Paragraph 6.164 2 Lines 1--4 Replace by: AIS:
Humber Light Float — as above.
2 ENE of Westermost Rough Offshore Wind Farm For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
(534830N 00900E), thence: Volume 2.
Trinity House [NP54/No.9/Wk.13/16] ABP Humber [NP54/No.11/Wk.08/17]
2 -- 225
Index
NP54
England -- River Humber -- Kingston upon Hull -- The Wash – Boston and approaches —
Alexandra Dock — Directions; signal station Directions
180 198
1 The Signal Station (534456N 01780W) stands ...Channel between No 7 Light Buoy (starboard
on the E side of the dock entrance. The alignment hand) (525863N 01141E) and Delta Light
345 of two transit marks (lit, yellow triangle Buoy (port hand).
daymarks) E of the Signal Station indicate the E limit
of the dredged approach area to the entrance lock. Port of Boston Notice 06/16 [NP54/No.18/Wk.18/16]
Humber HM Notice 11/17 [NP54/No.12/Wk.08/17]

England – East Coast – Winterton Ness to
Outer Approach to Great Yarmouth and
England – East coast – Humber to Cromer – Lowestoft — Directions
Docking Shoal — Meteorological mast
211
189
Paragraph 8.8 4 Delete ...marked on its SE side by E Cross Sand Light
Buoy (port hand), and at its S end by Barley Light
Phae Pritchard, Centrica [NP54/No.13/Wk.16/16] Buoy (S cardinal); and South Cross Sand...
Trinity House Notice 04/16 [NP54/No.19/Wk.19/16]

England – Humber to Cromer — Directions; AIS
190 England – Great Yarmouth —

214
AIS:
Humber Light Float — as above. Paragraph 9.63 2 lines 8--9 For (523425N 14520E)
Read (523420N 14570E)
ABP Humber [NP54/No.14/Wk.08/17]
Peel Ports Great Yarmouth [NP54/No.20/Wk.38/16]
England – East coast – Humber to Cromer –
Docking Shoal — Meteorological mast
England -- Lowestoft — Directions; Wreck
191
221
Phae Pritchard, Centrica [NP54/No.15/Wk.16/16] Clear of a dangerous wreck (522523N 14967E)

with a depth of 51 m, marked by light buoys
(wreck), thence:
Humber to The Wash — Directions; buoyage
Trinity House Notice 33/2017 [NP54/No.24/Wk.45/17]
192

NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2017 Edition)
...are marked on their perimeter with lighted...
Trinity House [NP54/No.16/Wk.02/17] Netherlands -- Approaches to Ijmuiden --

The Broad Fourteens — Directions;
other aids to navigation; racons
Blakeney Overfalls -- Blakeney Harbour —
Directions; Buoyage 74
194 Paragraph 3.16 1 line 2 Delete
75
...in the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe
water) (525923N 05853E) the track leads Paragraph 3.29 1 line 5 Delete
SW, passing...
Blakeney Harbour LNM 25.05.17[NP54/No.17/Wk.26/17] Netherlands Notice 14/117/17 [NP55/No.1/Wk.19/17]
2 -- 226
Index
NP55
Netherlands -- Amsterdam -- Noordzeekanaal -- Germany -- Südreede — Anchorage; obstruction
North of Suriname Kade — Moorings
212
Paragraph 3.117 1 including heading Replace by: ...the fairway even while swinging. An obstruction
(535261N 91012E), with a least depth of 123 m,
lies within the anchorage area. A second obstruction
Moorings with a least depth of 127 m lies 1 cable ENE, on the
3.117 N limit of the anchorage area.
1 Barge moorings are available in an area centred on
522283N 45643E. A triangular area, marked by German Notice 34--35/46/17 [NP55/No.8/Wk.41/17]
light buoys and buoy (special), where vessels may
moor using spud poles only, lies centred on Denmark -- Esbjerg -- Østhavn —
Alongside depth
522280N 45670E.
283
Germany -- North Sea Coast -- Accumer Ee — Paragraph 8.331 2 line 8 For 105 m Read 62 m
Directions; light buoy
125
Denmark -- North Sea -- Horns Rev — Wind farm
534679N 72395E 285
German Notice 26/(21)87/2017 [NP55/No.4/Wk.30/17] 3 Horns Rev 3 wind farm, is under construction in
an area centred on 554191N 73976E. The
boundary of the wind farm is marked by light buoys
Germany -- Harle channel — Directions; buoy (special); unauthorized entry is prohibited.
127 Danish Notice 32/670(P)/17 [NP55/No.7a/Wk.37/17]
Paragraph 4.265 1 line 5 For 534925N 75047E Read Denmark -- Skagerrak -- Jammerbugt —
534918N 74739E Prohibited area
324
Germany – Approaches to Weser -- Roter Grund Prohibited area

— Directions; depth 9.352a
1 Entry is prohibited to an area centred on
175 572680N 84817E marked by light buoys (special).
Paragraph 6.146 2 line 7 For 48 m Read 46 m Danish Notice 46/970(P)/17 [NP55--No 10--Wk 50/17]
Denmark -- Jammerbugt -- Directions;

Paragraph 6.146 2 line 8 For NW Read SW marine survey station
325
BA Chart 3617 [NP55/No.2/Wk.13/17]
Germany -- Elbe — Recommended track; depths; Danish Notice 21/190/17 [NP55/No.6/Wk.31/17]

obstructions
205 NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2015 Edition)

Norway -- Jærens Rev to Midbrødøya --
...marked by light buoys (lateral). Hellvik i Marrenbukta — Directions; light; buoy
Due to the proximity of the steep--to side of the 67
fairway, care should be taken not to cross the line of
the light buoys (starboard hand) and in poor visibility Paragraph 2.17 5 lines 5--7 Replace by:
to remain in depths of more than 20 m. ESE of Øyaflu (582797N 55089E), a group of
Caution. A patch (535929N 82448E), with a submerged rocks marked on its SE side by Øyaflu
depth of 99 m, lies within the channel marked by light Light Buoy (port hand) (582791N 55091E); it
buoys (lateral), between Light Buoys 10 and 12. is also marked by an iron perch. Thence:
German Notice 34--35/44/17 [NP55/No.7b/Wk.41/17] Norwegian Notice 20/56197/16 [NP56/No.1/Wk.47/16]
2 -- 227
Index
NP56
Norway – Hidra – Rasvåg — Light sector Norway – Lindesnes to Kristiansand –
Mandal — Vertical clearance
81 106
Paragraph 2.104 1 line 4 For (3034--3053) Read Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
(3035--3055). 1 Two bridges span Mandalselva, 4 cables and
6 cables above the entrance, vertical clearances (1.11)
Norwegian Notice 16/55878/2016 [NP56/No.2/Wk.38/16] of 40 m and 29 m, respectively.
Norwegian Notice 12/53623/15 [NP56/No.6/Wk.29/15]
Norway – Farsund — Directions Norway -- Kristiansand to Langesundbukta --
Arendal to Lyngør — Directions; racon; light
90
137
Paragraph 2.151 3 line 6 For SE Read SW After Paragraph 4.86 1 line 6 Insert:
Major lights:
Paragraph 2.151 4 line 1 For NW Read NE Torungen Light — as above.
Paragraph 2.151 4 line 3 For SE Read SW
Bonden Light (583135N 85914E) (4.72).
Paragraph 2.151 4 line 8 For SE Read SW Norwegian Notice 3/56735/17; BA Chart 3506
[NP56/No.7/Wk.10/17]
Paragraph 2.151 5 line 1 For NW Read NE Norway – Arendal to Lyngør –
Tvedestrand — Directions
Paragraph 2.151 5 line 3 For SE Read SW 140
Before Paragraph 4.99 1 line 1 Insert:
Paragraph 2.151 6 line 1 For NW Read NE
Caution. Attention is drawn to several hydrophones
(depth 25 m) which have been deployed in the
BA chart 2982 [NP56/No.3/Wk.38/15] following positions:
583575N 85727E
583576N 85693E
Norway – Lindesnes to Mandal -- 583582N 85698E
Inner passage — Directions 583592N 85688E
583603N 85686E
104 583619N 85677E
583716N 85628E
Paragraph 3.21 7 lines 1--10 and 8 lines 1--3 Replace by: Mariners should take care to avoid these
7 NE of Indre Mannevær, thence: obstructions.
SW of Teistholmen (5800·22N 725·72E), thence: Norway NM 17/53983/15 [NP56/No.8/Wk.40/15]
SW of a 10 m patch (5800·06N 726·06E), thence:
NE of a rock, with a depth of 40 m, fronting the NE
Norway – Langesund — Directions
side of Skudeholmen (5759·81N 726·06E),
thence: 151
SW of Gulholmbaen (5800·00N 726·45E), an
underwater rock with a depth of 34 m, marked by Paragraph 4.167 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
a spar buoy (starboard hand), thence: 2 Across the seaward limit of Grenland Harbour
8 SW of Bjørnen (5759·87N 726·47E), thence: (4.134), thence:
SW of a rock (5759·75N 726·51E) with a depth of
45 m, thence: ALRS Vol 6(2) [NP56/No.9/Wk.32/15]
NE of a rock (575960N 72648E), with a depth of
39 m, lying off the E side of Storøy (575952N Norway -- Skien Havneterminal —
72632E). Vertical clearance
BA Chart 3007 [NP56/No.4/Wk.04/16] 155
Norway – Lindesnes to Mandal – Syrdalsfjorden
– Lonebukta — Anchorages Norwegian Notice 04/56877/17 [NP56/No.10/Wk.12/17]
Norway -- Langesundsfjorden to Oslofjorden --

105 Svenner — Principal marks
Norwegian Notice 21/54384/15 [NP56/No.5/Wk.49/15] Svenner Light — as above.
2 -- 228
Index
NP56
165 Norway -- Oslofjorden Main Channel --
Filtvet to Oslo Havn — Depths
198
3 Major light:
Svenner Lighthouse (585815N 100887E) Paragraph 6.113 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
(5.16). 2 Least charted depth in the fairway of the channel
is 129 m in position 594001N 103713E, to the W
Norwegian notice 15/55802/16 [NP56/No.11/Wk.35/16] of Drøbakgrunnen, along the track given at 6.121.
Depths may be shoaler than described outside of the
Norway -- Sandefjordsfjorden -- Asnes — light sectors described within these directions, most
Directions; light notably in the vicinity of Drøbakgrunnen.
169 ENC NO5E0921 [NP56/No.15/Wk.05/17]
Paragraph 5.70 1 line 3 For 3492--3527 Read Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane,
3485--354 Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene —
Directions; lights; racon
Norwegian Notice 20/57955/2017 198
[NP56/No.51/Wk.47/17]
2 Steilene Lighthouse (disused) (594898N
Norway – Sandefjord —
Alongside berths; depths 103564E).
199
170
Spare
Paragraph 5.75 1 line 7 For 68 m Read 59 m 6.119
Norwegian Notices 8/57184/17; 8/57178/17; 8/57179/17;
Paragraph 5.75 2 line 3 For 147 m Read 61 m ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.16/Wk.22/17]
Paragraph 5.75 2 line 4 For 199 m Read 194 m Norway – Oslofjorden – Main Channel —
Directions -- northbound; racon
199
Paragraph 5.75 2 line 7 For 76 m Read 194 m Paragraph 6.119 1 including existing Section IV Week
22/17 Replace by:
6.119
Paragraph 5.75 3 line 4 For 79 m Read 90 m 1 Racon:
Gåsungane Light (595038N 103519E).
Norwegian notice 6/57047/17 [NP56/No.12/Wk.18/17] For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
Norway – Oslofjorden – Horten — Norwegian Notice 9/57211/17 [NP56/No.17/Wk.24/17]
Measured distance
Oslofjorden — Directions; lights
192
200
Paragraph 6.122 3 line 3 For (3109--3199) Read
(3115--3200)
Spare
6.72 Norwegian Notice 21/56324/16 [NP56/No.18/Wk.51/16]
Oslofjorden -- Aspond to Langåra —
Depths; directions
Norway -- Horten Inner Harbour — 200
Directions; underwater rock
193
2 ENE of a shallow ridge, with a least depth of
After Paragraph 6.78 4 line 3 Insert: 135 m, which lies 1½ cables NNE of Aspond
E Light (lantern on post) (5 cables NNW)
Close E of a shoal patch (1½ cables N) with a depth which is exhibited from the E side of Aspond,
of 68 m, thence: an islet on the W side of the fairway, thence:
Norwegian Notice 12/55658/16 [NP56/No.14/Wk.29/16] Norwegian notice 8/55264/16 [NP56/No.19/Wk.21/16]
2 -- 229
Index
NP56
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane, Useful mark:
Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene — Bjørkøygrunnen Light (lantern on post) (594989N
Directions; lights; racon 103158E).
200 Paragraph 6.127 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 6.126 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: Nordre Steilesand to Nesodden
6.127
1 From a position WNW of Nordre Steilesand (6.126),
Norwegian Chart 401 (see 1.29) the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to
Langåra to Nordre Steilesand Ildjernsflua Light (595135N 103786E) (6.118)):
6.126
1 From a position 2 cables E of Langåra Light Norwegian Notices 8/57184/17; 8/57178/17; 8/57179/17;
(594552N 103402E), the route leads 3 miles N, ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.22/Wk.22/17]
passing (with positions relative to Steilene Lighthouse
(disused) (594898N 103564E) (6.118)): Oslofjorden -- Østre Måsane to Nesodden —
Depths; directions
201 201
Paragraph 6.126 4 and 5 Replace by: Paragraph 6.127 2 line 9 For 100 m Read 140 m
4 W of Søre Steilesand (6 cables SSW). Norwegian Notice 8/55270; 55274/16

Thence the track leads NNE in the white sector of [NP56/No.23/Wk.21/16]
(0140--0225) Gåsungene NE Light (595060N
103601E), passing (with positions relative to Steilene Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane,
Lighthouse (disused)): Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene —
ESE of Storegrunnane (9 cables WSW), thence: Directions; lights; racon
5 WNW of Torskegrunn (2 cables W), a group of
rocks with a depth of 77 m, on which stands 201
Torskegrunnen Light (floodlit). Torskegrunn lies
on the W edge of a bank extending SW from Paragraph 6.127 2 lines 1--10 including existing Section IV
the Steilene islet group. Thence: week 21/16 Replace by:
2 SE of Gåsungane (1½ miles SW), a reef which
Norwegian Notices 8/57184/17; 8/57178/17; 8/57179/17; dries in parts, on which stands Østre Gåsungen
ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.20/Wk.22/17] Beacon (black with white band). The SW end of the
reef is marked by a buoy (starboard hand) and the
NE end is marked by Gåsungene NE Light (floodlit)
Oslofjorden -- Langåra to Østre Måsane —
Depths; directions (595060N 103601E). Thence:
201 Norwegian Notices 8/57184/17; 8/57178/17; 8/57179/17;

ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.24/Wk.22/17]
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane,
6 Clear, depending on draught, of a detached Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene —
patch (5 cables WNW), with a depth of Directions; lights; racon
140 m, which lies within the E part of a white
201
sector (1738--1788), astern, of Spro Light.
Norwegian notice 8/55268/16 [NP56/No.21/Wk.21/16]
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane, Spare

Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene — 6.129
ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.25/Wk.22/17]
201
Paragraph 6.126 6 lines 1--7 including existing Section IV Oslofjorden -- Østre Måsane to Nesodden —
Notice Week 21/16 Replace by: Depths; directions
201
6 ESE of a detached patch (5 cables WNW) with a
depth of 140 m, which lies within the E part Paragraph 6.127 3 lines 4--8 Replace by:
of a white sector (1738--1788), astern, of NW of Ildjernsflu (Ildjernsflua on chart 3501) Light
Spro Light, thence: (6.118), standing near the centre of a ridge on
ESE of Østre Måsane (7 cables NNW), a group of which depths of less than 12 m extend up to
shoals marked by Østre Måsane light (floodlit). 3 cables NE and 1 cable SW from the light.
Thence the track leads to a position WNW of
Nordre Steilesand (594958N 103574E), marked by Norwegian Notice 8/55270; 55274/16
Nordre Steilesand Light (floodlit). [NP56/No.26/Wk.21/16]
2 -- 230
Index
NP56
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane, Paragraph 6.131 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene —
Directions; lights; racon 3 Clear, depending on draught, of Storegrunnane
(1 mile WSW), a group of shoal heads lying
201 on the W side of the fairway, and with a least
Spare Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane,
6.129 Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene —
ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.27/Wk.22/17] 201
Norway – Oslofjorden – Main Channel — Paragraph 6.131 1 lines 1--6 including existing Section IV
Directions -- southbound; racon Notice Week 21/16 Replace by:
201 1 From a position NW of Gåsungane (595039N

103536E) the track leads SSW in the white sector
Paragraph 6.129 1 including existing Section IV Week (0116--0222), astern, of Gåsøya Light (6.127),
22/17 Replace by: passing (with positions relative to Steilene Lighthouse
(disused) (594898N 103564E) (6.118)):
Other aids to navigation ESE of a shoal patch (13 miles NNW), with a least
6.129 depth of 150 m, thence:
1 Racon:
Gåsungane Light (595038N 103519E). Paragraph 6.131 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2. 2 ESE of Vestre Måsane (14 miles NW), a group
of shoals maked by Vestre Måsane Light
Norwegian Notice 9/57211/17 [NP56/No.28/Wk.24/17] (6.130), thence:
WNW of Østre Måsane (7 cables NNW), thence:
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Steilene, Ostre Måsane, Norwegian Notices 8/57184/17; 8/57178/17; 8/57179/17;
Vestre Måsane and Gåsungene — ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.32/Wk.22/17]
201
Norway -- Oslofjorden —
Håmerrgrunnen; directions
201
...SW in the white sector of (223.0--226.5) of Vestre
Måsane Light (floodlit) (594998N 103371E), passing Paragraph 6.131 3 lines 5--7 Replace by:
(with positions relative to Ildjernsflua Light (595135N
103786E) (6.118)): E of Håmerrgrunnen (2¾ miles SW), thence:
E of Torpene (3¼ miles SSW) (6.126).
Norwegian Notices 8/57184/17; 8/57178/17; 8/57179/17; Thence the track leads to a position W of Spro
ENC Cell NO5G0921 [NP56/No.29/Wk.22/17] Light (6.126).
Oslofjorden -- Nesodden to Gåsungane — ENC Cell NO4D0921 [NP56/No.33/Wk.22/17]

Depths; directions
201 Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Ristodden — Light

Clear, depending on draught, of Storesanden
Paragraph 6.132 3 line 4 For 1595 Read 156
(6 cables NW), an extensive ridge 8 cables in
length, orientated ENE/WSW, with a least depth of
14 m, thence: Norwegian Notice 22/56415/16 [NP56/No.34/Wk.51/16]
Norway -- Oslofjorden Main Channel -- Filtvet to
Oslo Havn -- Spro to Aspond — Directions; light
Oslofjorden -- Gåsungane to Spro —
Depths; directions 202
201
Paragraph 6.132 4 line 2 For 1432--1448 Read
Paragraph 6.131 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: 1386--1449
Clear, depending on draught, of a patch (1¼ miles
NNW), with a least depth of 150 m, thence: Norwegian Chart 402 [NP56/No.35/Wk.05/17]
2 -- 231
Index
NP56
Oslofjorden — Directions; lights Oslofjorden -- Western Channel --
Depths; directions
202
207
Paragraph 6.133 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.172 2 Replace by:
1 From a position in Ristsundet (594320N 2 SE of Hukfluene (2½ cables WSW), within a
103440E), between Aspond and Nordre Håøya, the white sector (0401--0513) of Dyna Light.
route leads 1½ miles SSE on the bearing (160) of There is a least depth of 115 m 1½ cables
Tronstadodden Light (post, 12 m in height) (594152N SSE from Hukskjera (Hukskjæra on chart
103545E), passing: 3712) (3½ cables WNW). Thence:
Paragraph 6.133 5 lines 1--6 Replace by: Norwegian notice 8/55282/16

(SDD 2016000 107444) [21/16]
5 Thence the track is adjusted to pass E of
Tronstadodden and enter a white sector Oslofjorden -- Western Channel —
(3115--3200), astern, of Tronstadodden Light, that Depths; directions
leads SW of Langebåt Light (6.123) to rejoin the
N--bound route NE of Nordre Kaholmen (594070N 207
103650E). Paragraph 6.172 2 including existing Section IV Notice
2 SE of Hukfluene (2½ cables WSW), within a
white sector (0401--0513) of Dyna Light.
Oslofjorden -- Håøya — Directions; lights There is a least depth of 120 m 2 cables SSE
from Hukskjera (Hukskjæra on chart 3712)
202 (3½ cables WNW). Thence:
Paragraph 6.133 1 existing Section IV Notice Wk 51/16 Norwegian notice 10/55422/16 [NP56/No.39/Wk.25/16]
Replace by:
Oslofjorden -- Oslo -- Bleikøysundet —
1 From a position in Ristsundet (594320N Directions; light
103440E), NE of Ristodden Light, the track leads S.
Tronstadodden Leading Lights: 208
Tronstadodden Light (post, 12 m in height) Paragraph 6.177 7 lines 4--7 Delete
(594152N 103545E).
Søre Tronstadodden Light (90 m from front light)
The alignment (1585) of these lights leads SSE, Norwegian notice 10/55456/16 [NP56/No.40/Wk.25/16]
passing:
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Vesterøy --
Paragraph 6.133 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Papperhavn — Submarine pipeline
2 WSW of Storegrunnen Light (1 mile N) (6.123)... 228
...rings are available and recommended for use. A
submarine pipeline is located close to the anchorage area.
Norway – Oslofjorden – Vestfjorden —
Description Norwegian Notice 10/57363/17 [NP56/No.41/Wk.26/17]
202 Norway – Halden and inner approaches –

Inner Harbour — Channel depth
240
...Stedgrunnen, marked by Stedgrunnen Light (floodlit)
(594065N 103431E) and a spar buoy (S cardinal), lies Paragraph 7.139 1 line 3 For 66 m Read 53 m
in mid--channel in the SE part of the fjord, 1 mile W of
Søndre Kaholmen. Norwegian Notice 23/54507/15 [NP56/No.42/Wk.01/16]
Norwegian Notice 13/53736/15 [NP56/No.38/Wk.31/15] Norway – Ramskär to Hållö – Hållö — Light

254
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Sandvika — Leading line
203
Spare
Paragraph 6.144 3 line 10 For (0122) Read (014) 8.89
Norwegian Notice 13/57520/17 [NP56/No.50/Wk.32/17] ...islet from which Hållö Light is exhibited.
2 -- 232
Index
NP56
After Paragraph 8.91 3 line 8 Insert: Sweden -- Marstrand — Anchorage
4 Useful mark: 287
Hållö Light (white round stone tower, red top, 20 m in
height, floodlit) (582016N 111304E).
1 Anchorage. A restricted anchorage, in depths from
Paragraph 8.92 including heading Replace by: 10 to 12 m clay, is charted in the SE entrance to the
harbour, clear of a submarine pipeline which lies close
Spare W of Rockebådarna. This anchorage is protected
8.92 against gales from the W but is exposed to the swell.
Sweden -- Stenungsund — Anchorages

Sweden – Ramskär to Hållö –
Sotekanalen — Depth 290
257 Paragraph 9.202 1 and 2 Replace by:

1 Designated anchorages lie about 1¼ miles WSW of
Paragraph 8.114 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Stenungsund, in depths of 11 m to 17 m in clay, as
...with a length of 3 miles, least bottom width of 15 m, follows:
channel draught (8.2) of 40 m, and a least depth in the Designated anchorages Position
canal of 42 m, connects...
S1 580500N 114699E
Swedish Notice 570/10619/15 [NP56/No.44/Wk.47/15] S2 580460N 114670E
S3 580420N 114649E
Sweden -- Sotekanalen —
Vertical and horizontal clearance Swedish Notice 656/12199/17 [NP56/No.49/Wk.30/17]
257 NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A

Paragraph 8.114 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: (2016 Edition)
...canal, has a vertical clearance (1.11) of 57 m when Norway – West coast – Skudeneshavn —
closed and a horizontal clearance of 157 m. Anchorage
Swedish Notice 652/11582/17 [NP56/No.45/Wk.26/17] 87

Norway – Hållö to Måseskär — Principal marks
Norwegian Notice 18/56031/16 [NP57A/No.1/Wk.50/16]
263
Gandsfjorden – Sandnes — Basins and berths;
Paragraph 9.12 3 line 2 Delete depths
108
Sweden -- Marstrand — Outer Anchorages Paragraph 3.194 4 line 5 Replace by:

...148 m long, with depths from 55 to 68 m...
287
Ryfylkefjordene – Finnøyfjorden –
1 Outer anchorages Bokn – Tjørnasund — Anchorage
Designated anchorages Position
133
M2 575460N 113668E
M3 575503N 113947E
M4 575606N 114167E Norway Notice 2/56681/17 [NP57A/No.3/Wk.09/17]
M5 575638N 114073E
Norway – West coast – Sandfjorden —
M6 575735N 114336E Vertical clearance; bridge
M7 575882N 114352E 144
Regulations concerning entry. A vessel traffic
service is described at 9.5. There is a speed limit of
5 kn in the harbour area. Sandsfjord Bridge (592453N 60742E), with a
vertical clearance of 65 m, spans the narrows
Swedish Notice 656/12199/17 [NP56/No.48/Wk.30/17] immediately N of the overhead cable.
2 -- 233
Index
NP57A
Paragraph 4.231 3 line 1 Replace by: Norway -- Fensfjorden -- Rossnesvågen —
Vertical clearance
3 Beneath an overhead cable and Sandsfjord
Bridge (4.227), and: 371
E of Åsarøyholmen (592453N 60736E), from...
Norwegian Notice 20/56184/16 [NP57A/No.4/Wk.50/16] 2 Vertical clearance:
The inner part of Rossnesvågen, adjacent to Lauvås
(604610N 50630E), is spanned by an
Haugesund approaches – Karmsundet overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 16 m.
South part — Directions; light beacon
Norwegian Notice 22/58141/17
154 [NP57A--No 13--Wk 52/17]
Paragraph 5.19 1 line 9 Replace by: Ånnelandssundet -- Sandøyna --

...Kopervik. Grytenes — Light
Directions 386
(continued from 3.57 and 3.58) Paragraph 10.53 1 lines 1--7 Delete
UKHO [NP57A/No.5/Wk.26/17] Paragraph 10.53 2 line 1 Replace by:

1 At night, from a position E of Steinevikneset Light
at...
Paragraph 5.21 4 line 5 For a buoy Read Terneholmflua
Light Beacon Norwegian Notice 20/57958/17
[NP57A/No.12/Wk.47/17]
Folefotsundet — Overhead cable
389
Huftarøy -- Hundvåkosen — Directions; light
275
Vertical Clearance
Paragraph 8.51 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: 10.72a
1 Folefotsundet is spanned by an overhead cable
An iron pole (600765N 51237E). (605890N 50215E) with a vertical clearance of
Paragraph 8.51 4 lines 1--2 Delete 90 m.

Norway -- Ospa -- Drivøyosen — Directions; light
Osterfjorden -- Mulsneset — Overhead cable
433
Paragraph 9.255 1 lines 2--4 Delete ...fairway, marked by Tjørnholmgrunnen Light
(16 m in height),...
353 Norwegian Notice 12/57464/2017

[NP57A/No.11/Wk.31/17]
Fåfjorden and Våsfjorden —
Vertical clearance. The inlet is spanned by an Directions; racons; leading lights
overhead cable with a vertical clearance of 27 m.
513
Æneset Front Light (615540N 50101E).
Fensfjorden -- Mongstad Oil Terminal — Raudalsegga Light (615424N 50294E).
Berths; Depths For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
367
Paragraph 12.153 1 line 2 For initially SE Read generally
Paragraph 9.359 1 line 6 For 74 Read 81 ESE

Norwegian Notice 20/56175/16 [NP57A/No.8/Wk.50/16] 615136N 51343E
2 -- 234
Index
NP57A
Paragraph 12.153 2 to 7 line 6 Replace by: Bindalsfjorden -- Fiskarosen and Skjelsviksjøen
— Anchorages
SSW of Nyflu (620110N 45176E), an isolated
shoal, thence: 91
2 SSW of Alsbåen (Alsboen on Norwegian
Chart 29) (620053N 45358E), a dangerous Paragraph 3.185 2 lines 1--2 Delete
below--water rock, thence:
NNE of Fallet (615716N 44923E), a rocky shoal, Paragraph 3.186 2 lines 1--2 Delete
thence:
Clear of Gauteskallen (615809N 45249E), Norwegian Notice 23/54567/15 [NP58A/No.2/Wk.01/16]
thence:
3 NNE of a patch (615729N 45408E), with a Melsteinen – Helgelandsflesa —
depth of 150 m, lying NE of Hårfluene, a Directions; racon
shoal on the SW side of the fairway, thence:
NNE of Nørdrefludene (615659N 45608E), an 96
isolated shoal.
Thence the track, although continuing ESE, leaves After Paragraph 3.232 2 line 2 Insert:
the line of bearing 124, passing:
4 NNE of Klovningskjeret (615634N 45679E), Other aids to navigation
fronting the N side of Klovningen (12.152), 3.232a
thence: 1 Racon:
Clear of Jokkefluda (615658N 45827E), a patch Helgelandsflesa Light (tower, 7 m in height)
over which the sea sometimes breaks. (651300N 115319E).
Æneset Leading Lights: For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Front light (615540N 50101E).
Rear light (1¼ cables from front light). Volume 2.
5 The alignment (141) of these lights leads SE,
99
passing:
NE of Skorningane (615590N 45868E), a chain Paragraph 3.251 heading Replace by:
of small islets, thence:
NE of Svarteskjera (615592N 45949E), an
above--water rock with rocks awash on its NW and Directions
SE sides, thence: Other aids to navigation
6 SW of Båtesundskjeret (615620N 50046E) 3.250a
(Båsundskjera on Norwegian Chart 29), a 1 Racon:
group of above--water rocks from which
Helgelandsflesa Light (tower, 7 m in height)
Båtesundskjæret Light (lantern on column,
13 m in height) (615616N 50044E) is (651300N 115319E).
exhibited. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Norway Coastal Administration [NP58A/No.3/Wk.07/17]
The track then leads ESE to a position about
2½ cables N of Hovdeneset Light (615557N
50143E) (12.170). Ylvingsfjorden -- Rørøya — Anchorage

Spare
12.154
Mindværfjorden -- Trosundet — Directions; light
Norwegian Notice 04/56862/17 [NP57A/No.10/Wk.13/17] 140
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2017 Edition) 1 From a position about 1 mile SW of Stokkaskjæret
Nil (654591N 123118E) the track leads N, passing:
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2015 Edition) Thence the track continues N, passing:
Gjerdinga -- Korsholmen — Light
73 Vefsnfjorden -- Bjørga — Overhead cable

NNW of a rock awash marked by Korsholmen N Light Paragraph 4.142 including heading Replace by:
(floodlit) (645656N 112862E), fronting the N
side of Korsholmen (645646N 112864E), Spare
thence: 4.142
Norwegian Notice 16/55896/16 [NP58A/No.1/Wk.38/16] Norwegian Notice 12/53625/15 [NP58A/No.6/Wk.29/15]
2 -- 235
Index
NP58A
Dønna -- Sørøyvågen — Overhead cable Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen --
Kalsholmen Light — Directions
170
224
...harbour.
Vertical clearance. The inner harbour is spanned
by an overhead power cable with a safe vertical Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.13/Wk.09/16]
clearance of 13 m.
Meløyfjorden -- Jektvika —
Norwegian Notice 14/55784/16 [NP58A/No.7/Wk.33/16] Directions; light; buoyage
Tomma -- Alsøyvågen — Overhead cable 229

175
2 E of Grønøybåen (664780N 132694E) lying at
Paragraph 4.349 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: the end of a spit extending from the NW entrance
Vertical clearance. The inlet is spanned by an point of Jektvika; it is marked by Grønøybåen Light
overhead power cable with a safe vertical clearance of (664780N 132695E) (floodlit). And:
17 m, 8 cables NNE of the entrance.
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen --
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Kalsholmen Light — Directions
Kalsholmen Light — Directions
231
194
Paragraph 5.10 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.15/Wk.09/16]
Spare
5.10
Gåsværfjorden -- Gåsvær — Directions; light
231
5 The track then leads to a position WNW of
Ternholman (17 miles NE), from which Kalsholmen After Paragraph 5.209 2 line 2 Insert:
Light (tower, 13 m in height) (665481N 130552E)
is exhibited. Other aids to navigation
5.209a
Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.9/Wk.09/16] 1 Racon:
Gåsværbåen Light (665235N 132221E).
Træna -- Husøyhamn — Anchorage
201
Paragraph 5.26 2 lines 1--5 Delete Gåsværfjorden -- Gåsvær — Directions; buoy
232
Nordfjorden -- Hellarvika — Overhead cable
W of Gåsværbåen Light (665235N 132221E).
215
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen --
Norwegian Notice 14/53775/15 [NP58A/No.11/Wk.34/15] Kalsholmen Light — Directions
234
North part of Kvarøyfjorden and Rødøfjorden to
Skarsfjorden – Tjongsfjorden — Anchorage Paragraph 5.229 1 lines 6--7 Delete
219
235
Spare
5.133 238
Norwegian Notice 5/56985/17 [NP58A/No.12/Wk.15/17] Paragraph 6.9 2 line 1--2 Delete
2 -- 236
Index
NP58A
241 Fugløyfjorden -- Hestøya and Stongholmgrunnen
— Light
250
242 ENE of a rock (670739N 135820E) with a depth
of 18 m, lying off the N side of Gjellarholmen, and
Paragraph 7.12 2 line 1 Delete Hestøya Light (post) (670743N 135789E)
1 cable ENE, thence:
Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.18/Wk.09/16] Norwegian Notice 15/53889/15 [NP58A/No.23/Wk.37/15]
Støttvær -- Svenningen and Støtt — Light WSW of Stongholmgrunnen (670766N
135844E) from which a light (post) is exhibited.
248 Norwegian Notice 14/53808/15 [NP58A/No.23/Wk.37/15]
Paragraph 7.38 3 line 7 Replace by: Saltfjorden east part -- Sennvika —

Directions; light
...rock awash to the NW, from which Bonetskjær 258
NW Light (floodlit) (665613N 132706E) is
exhibited. The... Paragraph 7.109 1 lines 8--10 Replace by:
...for a farther 4 miles, to a position off Vikan (67181N
Norwegian Notice 14/53858/15 14423E) (7.121), near the head of the fjord.
[NP58A/No.19/Wk.34/15] Paragraph 7.114 4 lines 3--4 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position off Vikan
Fugløyfjorden -- Røssøya — Light (67181N 14423E) (7.121).
249
Bodø and approaches -- Alternative south--west
Paragraph 7.43 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: approach -- Hernesskagleia and Røssøyleia —
Directions; lights
WNW of Røssøyskjæran (2¾ miles SSW), the NW
skerry from which Røssøyskjæran Light (post) 272
(670422N 135517E) is exhibited. A beacon Paragraph 7.212 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
(black tower) stands on the islet close SSE.
Thence: 3 NW of Lyngholman (3½ cables NE), a small islet
from which Nordre Lyngholmen Light (floodlit)
(671556N 141730E) is exhibited, thence:
SE of Røssøya (5 cables NNE), an elongated island
from which Røsøyskjær Southwest Light (floodlit)
Fugløyfjorden -- Haggeren — Light (671572N 141717E) is exhibited, and:
NW of Nordskagskjæran (7½ cables NE), an islet
249 and foul ground marked by Hernesskagen North
Light (floodlit) (671576N 141820E).
...the E side of Fleina. Haggeren Light (670611N 6 NW of Kvitrøskallen (8 cables NE), marked by a
135589E) is exhibited from the above--water rock. light beacon (floodlit) (671635N 141991E),
Thence: thence:
Norwegian Notice 14/53864/15 [NP58A/No.21/Wk.34/15] 1 At night the track leads initially NE within the
white sector (0165--0875) of Hernesskagen
Light (671528N 141676E) into the
Fleinsundet -- Stabben — Light Hernesskagleia channel; the track then
continues to lead NE between Lyngholmen
249 Light (floodlit) and Røsøyskjær Southwest
Light (floodlit); thence between Hernesskagen
Paragraph 7.43 2 lines 7--9 Replace by: North Light (floodlit) and Røsøyskjær Light.
ESE of Stabben (9 cables NW), from which a light Thence, when abreast of Røsøyskjær Light,
(post) (670665N 135759E) is exhibited. A the track leads NE within the white sector
rock with a depth of 9 m, lies 4 cables NE of (0448--0482) of Nyholmen Light (671718N
Stabben. And: 142190E) to a position off the entrance to
the inner harbour, SW of the light.
Norwegian Notice 15/53882/15 Norwegian Notices 20/56165, 56166, 56169, 56170,
[NP58A/No.22/Wk.37/15] 56172/16 [NP58A/No.25/Wk.48/16]
2 -- 237
Index
NP58A
Vågøyan -- Akseløya — Submarine pipeline Grøtøysundet – Nordskot — Anchorage
279 299
...harbour.
Between Akseløya (1½ miles E) and Brattholmen, in Anchorage can be obtained 1 cable N of the
depths from 14 to 17 m, sand and clay. A harbour, in a depth of 17 m, shells.
submarine pipeline lies close S of this anchorage. A second anchorage is located 1½ cables E of the
harbour, in a depth of 7 m, mud.
[NP58A/No.29/Wk.26/17]
Karlsøyfjorden -- Helløya -- Helløyskjær —
Directions; light sectors
Tysfjorden -- Kjøpsviksundet —
4 Thence, on passing clear of Helløyskjæret, the Paragraph 9.83 1 line 2 For 38 m Read 35 m
track leads NW, passing:
Tysfjorden -- Hellmofjorden --
Måløy Skarholmen and Folda to Flatøya -- Musken — Anchorage
Main Inshore Route -- Sildeskjær to Vestfjorden
by way of Grøtøysundet and Breidsundet — 330
Depths
298 1 Description. Musken (675346N 161315E), a
cove with an alongside berth, is situated on the W
Paragraph 8.34 2 line 1 Delete side of the fjord. A marine farm is moored ENE of the
cove with ground tackle extending up to 3½ cables
Paragraph 8.34 2 line 2 For 45 m Read 40 m from it.

Norwegian Chart 67 [NP58A/No.26/Wk.10/17]
Tysfjorden -- Grunnfjorden — Directions
Måløy Skarholmen and Folda to Flatøya --
Main Inshore Route -- Sildeskjær to Vestfjorden 331
by way of Grøtøysundet and Breidsundet —
Directions; caution Paragraph 9.115 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
WSW of Glettigrunnen (11 miles SSW), marked by
298 an iron perch, thence:
After Paragraph 8.39 1 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 9.115 3 lines 3--4 Delete
Caution Norwegian Notice 16/53925/15 [NP58A/No.32/Wk.39/15]

8.39a
1 Fairway deepening project is in progress (2017) Mannfjorden -- Verka — Overhead cable
from the vicinity of Sildeskjær (8.28) to Kjuklingan
(8.43), planned to complete mid 2017. Temporary 331
marks will be deployed until permanent marks are
established. Mariners are advised to navigate with
caution.
Norwegian Notice 23/56356(T)/16
[NP58A/No.27/Wk.10/17] Tysfjorden -- Hulløysundet --
Hamnvika — Anchorage
Vestfjorden -- Grøtøysundet — Anchorage 331
Paragraph 8.46 including heading Delete Spare

9.123
Norwegian Notice 3/56761/17 [NP58A/No.28/Wk.10/17] Norwegian NM 3/54942/16 [NP58A/No.34/Wk.09/16]
2 -- 238
Index
NP58A
Efjorden -- Straumøya and Hellarneset — 343
Overhead cable
334 1 There is good anchorage for large vessels in the
Paragraph 9.132 4 line 7 For 16 m Read 12 m centre of Narvikbukta, with depths from 22 to 25 m, in
the following positions:
Ytre Straumen (682552N 172381E).
Norwegian Notice 13/53764/15 [NP58A/No.35/Wk.34/15] Kleiva (682527N 172495E).
Pilots will advise on the selection of berths. See
Ofotfjorden -- Geiskevika — Anchorage also 9.190a for restrictions on anchoring.
335 344
Paragraph 9.142, including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 9.203 5 line 6 Insert:
Spare Outer anchorages

9.142 9.203a
1 Outer anchorages for Narvik, with depths from 20
Norwegian Notice 7/55217/16 [NP58A/No.36/Wk.20/16] to 60 m, are available in the S part of Herjangsfjorden
as follows:
Narvik -- Vidrek -- Herjangsfjorden — Anchorages Herjangen One (682950N 172585E).
Herjangen Two (682892N 172560E).
340 Herjangen Three (682820N 172510E).
The Herjangen anchorages are outside the Narvik
After Paragraph 9.174 2 line 9 Insert: Port Authority’s jurisdiction, but the pilot should be
consulted.
Vidrek
9.174a Norwegian Notice 03/52893/15 [NP58A/No.37/Wk.22/15]
1 There is an outer anchorage for Narvik, with depths
from 50 to 70 m, in position 682440N 170990E, Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen —
NNE of Vidrek. For further information and anchorage Directions; leading lights
restrictions see 9.188a and 9.190a.
357
341
1 Røssnesvågen. From a position about 1½ cables E
of Ytre Seiklakken Light (10.66) the track initially leads
Outer anchorages
NW passing (with positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken
9.188a
1 Outer anchorages for Narvik are as follows: Light):
Vidrek (682440N 170990E) (9.174a).
Framnes North (682652N 172150E).
Framnes South (682606N 172160E).
Herjangen One (682950N 172585E). Værøy -- Sørlandsvågen -- Røssnesvågen —
Herjangen Two (682892N 172569E). Directions; Leading Lights
Herjangen Three (682820N 172510E).
2 Permission is required from Narvik Port Authority to 357
use the Vidrek, Framnes North and Framnes South
anchorages; the Herjangen anchorages are outside
the Narvik Port Authority’s jurisdiction, but the pilot Notice Week 01/17. Replace by:
should be consulted. For restrictions applying to the 1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights:
Vidrek and Framnes North anchorages see 9.190a. Front light (post, floodlit, 14 m in height) (673902N
Rear light (post, 8 m in height) (50 m from front light).
Regulations concerning entry From a position about 1½ cables E of Ytre
9.190a Seiklakken Light (10.66) the track initially leads NW
1 Wind and waves. The following restrictions apply on the alignment (317) of these lights, passing:
to anchoring:
Anchoring is not permitted when the average wind Norwegian Notice 18/57769/17
speed is 18 m/s or when such wind has been [NP58A--No 56--Wk 48/17]
forecast within the next 24 hours. Lofoten -- Sørvagen and Moskenes — Beacon
When the average windspeed exceeds 18 m/s,
vessels at anchor must have a tug available or 368
leave their anchorage position. Paragraph 11.22 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
2 At the Framnes North anchorage (682652N
172150E), the above applies for an average ...light (post) is exhibited. Kråkungan,...
windspeed of 19 m/s. At the Vidrek anchorage
(682440N 170990E), the above applies for an Norwegian Notice 13/53698/15
average windspeed of 20 m/s. [NP58A/No.39/Wk.33/15]
2 -- 239
Index
NP58A
Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Sørvågen — Skrova -- Skrova Havn — Overhead cable
Directions; leading line
408
Paragraph 11.23 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 11/55496/16 [NP58A/No.43/Wk.27/16]
...13031E). Thence the track leads SW, passing (with North side of Vestfjorden --
positions... Svolvær — Anchorage
Within Diagram Sørvågen and Moskenes, between 414
Paragraphs 11.24 and 11.25, Delete leading lights and line
for Sørvågen Paragraph 12.92 1 lines 4--8 Delete

Norwegian NM 20/54362/15 [NP58A/No.40/Wk.48/15] [NP58A/No.44/Wk.01/16]
Lofoten -- Sørvagen and Moskenes — Beacon Vestfjorden -- Austnesfjorden --

368 Sildpollen — Anchorage
417
NW of Kråka, from which a light (11.22) is exhibited,
thence: Norwegian Notice 3/56716/17 [NP58A/No.45/Wk.10/17]
Norwegian Notice 13/53698/15 Vestfjorden -- Raftsundet — Vertical clearance

[NP58A/No.41/Wk.33/15]
419
Vestfjorden -- Brandsholmsfallan — Paragraph 12.129 1 line 4 For 55 m Read 45 m

Directions; light buoys
382
North side of Vestfjorden -- South approach to
Paragraph 11.89 1 lines 5--10 Replace by: Raftsundet — Directions; beacon
SSE of Brandsholmsfallan (680315N 133998E) 420

(2¼ miles SW), an area of foul ground marked by Paragraph 12.143 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
a light buoy (S cardinal) and perches.
Brandsholmbåen (680331N 134075E), a WNW of Vesthallen (68140N 14575E) (1½ miles
drying patch marked by a buoy (N cardinal) lies SSW), thence:
3 cables ENE and Grimsskallen, an isolated Norwegian Notice 20/54366/15 [NP58A/No.47/Wk.48/15]
patch, lies 4½ cables farther ENE. Thence:
Vesterålen -- Langøysundet -- Rå — Anchorage
Norwegian Notices 14/57560/17; 14/57561/17
[NP58A/No.55/Wk.34/17] 471
Paragraph 14.122 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace
by:
Lofoten -- Henningsvær — Directions; light
Spare
386 14.122
Paragraph 11.116 6 lines 4--5 Delete Norwegian Notice 4/55022/16 [NP58A/No.48/Wk.11/16]
Vesterålen -- Malnesfjorden -- Hovden —

398 Directions; leading lights

399 2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables ENE of

Hovden Light (tripod, 7 m in height) (684905N
143333E) the track leads WSW, and at night within
Paragraph 12.15 1 lines 2--3 Delete the green sector (2288--2732) of Hovden Light,
passing:
Paragraph 12.20 4 lines 6--9 Replace by: SSE of a patch (684917N 143359E), with a
depth of 14 m, lying at the S end of a bank which
SE of the S end (1 cable S) of Hellandsøya. extends 1 cable N. An above--water rock, marked
by an iron perch, lies on the N end of the bank.
Norwegian NM 20/54297/15 [NP58A/No.42/Wk.48/15] Thence:
2 -- 240
Index
NP58A
3 SSE of the head of the N mole (684911N Prestfjorden -- Andvæbåan and Brusfluan —
143343E). Directions; lights
Thence the track leads into the harbour, passing
488
between the head of the S mole (684905N
143333E), from which Hovden Light is exhibited, Paragraph 14.225 4 line 3 Replace by:
and two iron perches marking the N edge of the
...Geitholman Light, passing (with positions relative
harbour entrance channel.
to the same light):
Norwegian NM 3/54928/16 [NP58A/No.49/Wk.09/16] Paragraph 14.225 4 lines 7--8 Replace by:
NNE of Brusflua Light (685654N 145768E)
Vesterålen – Langøya – Hovden — (6¾ cables WSW) (14.224).
Directions; light
Norwegian Notice 20/54264; 54266/15
481 [NP58A/No.51b/Wk.48/15]
Paragraph 14.183 2 lines 1--5 and 3 lines 1--5 including

existing sect IV notice week 09/16 Replace by: NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (2013 Edition)
2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables ENE of Radio facilities — Loran C
Hovden Light (floodlit) (684911N 143341E) the
track leads WSW within the green sector 8
(2360--2695) of Hovden Light, to a position 1 cable
ENE of Hovden Light, passing:
SSE of a patch (684917N 143359E), with a Spare
depth of 14 m, lying at the S end of a bank which 1.45
extends 1 cable N. An above--water rock, marked
by an iron perch, lies on the N end of the bank. Norwegian Notice 01/Misc./15 [NP58B/No.1/Wk.07/15]
3 Thence the track leads WSW through the entrance
channel marked by iron perches, passing: Norway, north coast — Barents SRS
SSE of the head of the N mole (684911N
143343E), on which stands Hovden Light, 9
thence: Paragraph 1.47 and heading Replace by:
NNW of the head of the S mole (684905N
143333E).
Vessel traffic services
Norwegian Notice 18/56049/16 NOR vessel traffic service
[NP58A/No.50/Wk.44/16] 1.47
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
Prestfjorden -- Andvæbåan and Brusfluan — waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
Directions; lights
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit outside
487 Norwegian territorial waters are requested to report.
Paragraph 14.223 6 line 3 Replace by: Volume 6 (2).
...from which a light is exhibited. Barents Area ship reporting system
1.47a
Paragraph 14.224 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 The Barents Area SRS, a mandatory ship reporting
3 ENE of Brusflua Light (685654N 145768E) system, in force on 1st June 2013, will apply to the
(1½ miles NW), thence: area covered by this volume. Its purpose is to monitor
shipping movements and provide shipping with
Norwegian Notice 20/54264; 54266/15 information concerning positioning, weather
[NP58A/No.51a/Wk.48/15] forecasting, navigational warnings and other hazards
in the ship reporting area.
2 Participation in the reporting system is mandatory
Prestfjorden -- Skjåneset — Directions; light
for the following:
488 All vessels of 5000 gt and above;
All tankers;
Paragraph 14.224 5 lines 1--5 Replace by: All vessels carrying hazardous cargoes;
Vessels towing when the length of the tow exceeds
Between Fjellgrimstadbåen (68544N 15003E) 200 m;
(8¾ cables S), marked by an iron perch, and 3 Any vessels not under command, restricted in
Skjåneset (68545N 15023E) (1 mile SE), a their ability to manoeuvre or having defective
point from which a light is exhibited. A marine farm navigational aids.
is moored off the N side of Skjåneset. Thence: For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
[NP58A/No.52/Wk.46/15] Norwegian Notice 08/13 [NP58B/No.2/Wk.22/13]
2 -- 241
Index
NP58B
Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme Paragraph 3.115 5 lines 3--6 and 6 lines 1--2 Replace by:
E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), and:
10 W of Litle Dyna Øst Light Buoy (685739N
163807E) to the E. Alternatively vessels may
Paragraph 1.58 4--6 Delete pass between Litle Dyna Øst Light Buoy and
Sandsøy Light Buoy (685735N 163837E),
thence:
The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal
Clear of a rock awash, marked by Steingrunnen Light
Affairs [NP58B/No.3/Wk.05/14]
(post, 7 m in height) (685747N 163821E); a
shoal extends 100 m W.
North Coast – Offshore route — 6 The track then leads to a position about 3½ cables
Directions; major lights NNW of Store Dyna Light.
60
1 Sandssundet to Kvernsundet. From the position
Paragraph 2.13 2 line 1 Delete about 3½ cables NNW of Store Dyna Light (3.115) the
track leads NW, passing:
Norwegian Notice 9/57206/17 [NP58B/No.4/Wk.24/17]
1 Sandssundet to Andfjorden (continued from
3.115). From the position about 3½ cables NNW of
Vågsfjorden – South side – Harstad — Store Dyna Light (3.115) the track leads N, passing:
Directions; useful marks
85
81
Paragraph 3.101 including heading Replace by: 1 Sandssundet to Vågsfjorden (continued from
3.115). From the position about 3½ cables NNW of
Spare Store Dyna Light (3.115) the track leads NE, passing:
3.101 Norwegian Notices 18/56033, 56034, 56036/16; ENC
NO4G2733 [NP58B/No.6/Wk.44/16]
83
Vågsfjorden – Astafjorden – Tovikskjeret —
Port plan for Harstad (3.103, 3.104 and 3.105) Replace by Directions; buoyage
new port plan accompanying chart blocks at end of 89
Section II. Annex A (see page 4 - 3).
Paragraph 3.146 2 line 3 For special Read port hand
Vågsfjorden – East side of Grytøya — Kvæfjorden – Directions; light

Directions; lights; buoy 107
2 The track then leads SSW, and at night in the
Paragraph 3.113 1 lines 8--9 Replace by: white sector (027--034), astern, of Senholmen Light,
...about 3 cables NNW of Store Dyna Light (pile structure) passing:
(685722N 163817E). Paragraph 4.57 4 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.115 1 line 1 For 5 cables Read 5¾ cables 4 WNW of Flesungen (685091N 160609E),
marked by an iron perch. A patch of drying
ground with above water rocks on it lies close
Paragraph 3.115 1 lines 9--11 Replace by: SSW of Flesungen. Thence:
...perches. Thence: Paragraph 4.58 1 lines 6--9 Delete
Paragraph 3.115 2 lines 5--11 Replace by: 107--108
The track then leads NNW, passing ENE of a shoal Paragraph 4.59 2--4 Replace by:
patch (685621N 163900E), with a depth of 15 m, 2 Directions. From a position NW of Gavlen
then WNW, passing: (685210N 160180E) the track leads SE, passing:
SW of Varnesgrunnen (685657N 163904E),
SW of a dangerous below--water rock (685244N
marked by an iron perch and a light buoy
160226E) with a depth of 6 m lying WSW of
(starboard hand), thence:
Gapøyholmane, thence:
Paragraph 3.115 3 lines 7--8 Replace by: NW of Gavlen (685210N 160180E).
Thence the track leads into the deep water channel
...Sandsholmgrunnen; it is... E of Gapøya.
2 -- 242
Index
NP58B
4 Useful marks: After Paragraph 4.129 5 lines 5 Insert:
Beacon (4.55) standing on the S part of Svartskjæret
Continuing NNE, and at night in the white sector
(685318N 160300E).
(1785--198), astern, of Nordøyneset Light, and:
The sector limit 345 of Kinnholmen Light
(685617N 155930E) changing from red to Paragraph 4.129 6 lines 1--5 Replace by:
green.
6 If bound for Torskefjorden, the track rounds the
108 N side of Senholmen and then leads generally
E, passing S of Torskøya, into the fjord.
1 Approach and entry from south--west. From a
position about 7 cables WSW of Olsbåen (685158N
160707E), the track leads initially E, passing
[NP58B/No.10/Wk.48/16]
between Aspenesgrunnan (685110N 160687E) and
Olsbåen (685158N 160707E), and thence NE,
passing: Meløyvær to Grytøya -- Sundsvollsundet —
Directions
124
Gullesfjorden – Bygdesundet and Øysundet —
Bridge and causeway 6 N of Trollnesgrunnen (690101N 163335E)
marked by an iron pole, and:
110
Paragraph 4.82 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: ...of Andfjorden (4.142) the track leads NE, passing:
2 A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, spans Paragraph 4.178 2 lines 6--8 Replace by:
the E end of Øysundet in the vicinity of Salengrunnen
(684457N 161125E). ...Light (690142N 162854E) (4.177), passing:

S of Salengrunnen (684457N 161125E), thence: Paragraph 4.190 1 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.83 6 lines 1--4 Delete ...ENE of Trollnesgrunnen (690101N
163335E),...
2 ESE of Trollnesgrunnen (4.177), thence:
Spare
4.84 Paragraph 4.190 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 6/50785/14 [NP58B/No.9/Wk.17/14] Thence the track leads SSW, passing:

Andfjorden -- Torskefjorden -- Torskøya —
Directions; lights Grytøya -- Kvernsundet -- Øvergårdsvika —
Anchorage
115
127
Nordøyneset Light (692065N 170041E),
exhibited from the N point of Torskøya (4.129). Spare
4.198
116
...(0555--0685) of Nordøyneset Light (692065N Solbergfjorden – Gottersjordneset and
170041E) (4.126), passing: Øyjordneset — Leading lights
NNW of Senholmen (691994N 165914E), an Paragraph 5.146 1 lines 6--7 and 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
islet with low knolls.
Directions (continued from 5.141). From a position
Paragraph 4.129 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: S of Indre Forøyneset (690952N 180502E) the
track leads E to the berths, passing:
5 If bound for Gryllefjorden, the track then leads
NNE, passing: Norwegian Notice 7/50797/14 [NP58B/No.13/Wk.19/14]
2 -- 243
Index
NP58B
East of Senja -- Finnsnesrenna — Directions WNW of the edge of the shoal ground, marked by a
light buoy (starboard hand) (691414N
155 175747E), extending 1¼ cables N from
Finnsnesskjæret, thence:
Paragraph 5.153 1 lines 11--14 Replace by: 7 WNW of two unmarked patches (691422N
175760E), with depths of 60 and 62 m.
...Gisundet Bridge, and thence N to a position E of The track then leads to a position close WNW of a
Brennneset (691544N 175780E). patch (691434N 175771E), with a depth of 64 m,
lying close SSW of Bjørnhiskjerboen (691438N
Norwegian Notice 10/51084/14 175777E).
[NP58B/No.17a/Wk.08/16]
Norwegian Notices 10/51084, 51624/14
[NP58B/No.16a/Wk.11/15]
Finnsnesrenna — Channel depth
East of Senja -- Finnsnesrenna — Directions
155
155--156
Paragraph 5.154 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.158 3--7 including existing Section IV Notice
Main route. The channel is reported (2014) to be
dredged to a depth of 100 m. 3 NE of Nikkerevet (691305N 175600E), lying
at the end of a rocky spit extending ENE from
Norwegian Notice Laksneset.
7/50893(P)/14 [NP58B/No.14/Wk.19/14] Thence, when a position is reached about 2 cables
WNW of Finnsnesgrunnen Light, the track leads NNE,
passing:
East side of Senja – Finnsnesrenna — 4 ESE of a patch (691388N 175672E), with a
Depths; directions depth of 79 m, thence:
WNW of Finnsnesskjæret SW Light (post, floodlit)
155 (691391N 175742E) marking the S end
(691393N 175743E) of the shoal bank
Paragraph 5.154 1 lines 1--7 Including existing Section IV extending SSW from Finnsnesskjæret, and:
Notice Week 19/14 Replace by: 5 ESE of Olaholmen S Light (post, 14 m in height)
(691400N 175706E), thence:
1 Controlling depths in Finnsnesrenna are as follows: WNW of the W side of Finnsnesskjæret marked by
Main route. The channel is reported (2014) to be Finnsnesskjæret NW Light (post, 14 m in height)
dredged to a depth of 100 m. (691412N 175748E), thence:
Secondary route. It is reported (2014) that the 6 ESE of Olaholmen NE Light (post, floodlit)
channel, over a navigable width of 120 m, has a (691416N 175726E) marking the drying
minimum dredged depth of 80 m. ground extending 1 cable NE from the N end
of Laukhelløya (691412N 175694E),
Norwegian Notices thence:
7/50893(P), 51482(P)/14 [NP58B/No.16a/Wk.11/15] WNW of two unmarked patches (691422N
175778E), with depths of 60 and 62 m.
155--156 7 The track then leads to a position close WNW of
Bjørnhiskjæbåen Light (post, 14 m in height, floodlit)
Paragraph 5.158 3--7 Replace by: (691438N 175778E).
3 NE of Nikkerevet (691305N 175600E), lying Norwegian Notices 10/51084/14; 12/51482(P)/14;
at the end of a rocky spit extending ENE from 14/51624, 51636, 51642/14; 17/51919/14; 23/54582,
Laksneset. 54586, 54635, 54556, 54561, 54562, 54568, 54571,
Thence, when a position is reached about 2 cables 54575, 54579, 54585, 54590, 54597, 54598, 54599,
WNW of Finnsnesgrunnen Light, the track leads NNE, 54601, 54558, 54577/15; 01/54681/16
passing: [NP58B/No.17b/Wk.08/16]
4 ESE of a patch (691388N 175672E), with a
depth of 79 m, thence: East side of Senja – Finnsnesrenna —
WNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) marking the S Depths; directions
end (691393N 175743E) of the shoal bank
156
extending SSW from Finnsnesskjæret, and:
5 ESE of a patch (691399N 175707E), with a Paragraph 5.159 1 lines 6--7 and 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
depth of 90 m, marked by a light buoy (port WNW of Bjørnhiskjerboen (691438N 175777E),
hand), thence: with a depth of 46 m, marked by a light buoy
WNW of the W side of Finnsnesskjæret (691403N (starboard hand, thence:
175760E), thence: 2 Between the piers which flank the navigable
6 ESE of the drying ground extending 1 cable NE passage beneath Gisundet Bridge (691457N
from the N end of Laukhelløya (691412N 175785E), thence:
175694E); the NE edge of the drying
ground is marked by a light buoy (port hand). Norwegian Notices 10/51084/14; 12/51482(P)/14;
And: 14/51636/14; 17/51919/14 [NP58B/No.16b/Wk.11/15]
2 -- 244
Index
NP58B
East of Senja -- Finnsnesrenna — Directions East of Senja -- Finnsnesrenna — Directions
156--157
156 Paragraph 5.162 1--3 and heading, including existing
Section IV Notice Week 47/13, Replace by:
Paragraph 5.159 1--3 and heading Replace by:
Track
5.162
1 From a position about 4 cables E of
Børnhiskjæbåen to Brennneset
5.159 Klauvskjærodden (691177N 180035E) follow the
1 From the position close WNW of Bjørnhiskjæbåen directions for the main route (5.158) until a position is
Light (691438N 175778E) the track continues to reached about 1 mile NNW of Klauvskjærodden.
lead NNE, passing: Thence the track leads initially NNW, and at night in
2 Between the piers, marked by lights (lateral, the white sector (150 -- 155), astern, of
floodlit), which flank the navigable passage Klauvskjerodden Light (691177N 180035E),
beneath Gisundet Bridge (691457N passing:
175785E), thence: 2 WSW of Mellomgrunnen (691279N
ESE of a patch (691480N 175794E), with a 175992E), thence:
depth of 80 m, thence: ENE of Finnsnesgrunnen (691339N 175751E),
3 ESE of Laukhellegrunnen (691500N the E side of which is marked by a buoy (port
175814E), marked by Laukella Light (post, hand) (691340N 175763E), thence:
10 m in height, floodlit) (691499N WSW of Katrinabukta Light (post, 12 m in height,
175810E). The nearest danger on the E floodlit) (691359N 175808E) marking the
side of the fairway is a patch (691504N edge of the coastal reef fringing Finnsneset
175903E), with a depth of 70 m. (691368N 175825E).
Thence the track leads N, passing: 3 The track then leads N, passing:
W of a shoal (691386N 175824E), with a depth of
Paragraph 5.161 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 45 m, thence:
W of another shoal (691390N 175824E), with a
1 This route leads through a passage, for which the depth of 33 m, lying off Harevika (691393N
175840E), thence:
vertical clearance is not known, beneath Gisundet
4 W of Bjørnhiet Light (post, 3 m in height, floodlit)
Bridge (691455N 175793E), SE of the main
(691405N 175822E) exhibited from
navigation channel.
Bjørnhineset, and:
E of Finnsnesskjæret Light (post, 14 m in height,
Norwegian Notices 10/51084/14; 12/51482(P)/14; floodlit (691405N 175783E), thence:
14/51624, 51636, 51642/14; 17/51919/14; 23/54582, E of a rock (691410N 175783E), with a depth of
54586, 54635, 54556, 54561, 54562, 54568, 54571, 63 m.
54575, 54579, 54585, 54590, 54597, 54598, 54599, 5 Thence the track continues N through a channel
54601, 54558, 54577/15; 01/54681/16 marked by light beacons (lateral), passing:
[NP58B/No.17c/Wk.08/16] W of a beacon (691438N 175827E), marking the
W edge of Nygårdskjæret (691438N
175842E), thence:
Under Gisundet Bridge and W of a 75 m patch
Finnsnesrenna – Gisundet — Directions (691450N 175822E).
6 The track then joins the main route (5.159) leading
NNE through Finnsnesrenna.
156
Norwegian Notices 10/51084/14; 12/51482(P)/14;
Paragraph 5.162 4 lines 4--5 Replace by: 14/51624, 51636, 51642/14; 17/51919/14; 23/54582,
54586, 54635, 54556, 54561, 54562, 54568, 54571,
E of a rock (691408N 175804E), with a depth of 54575, 54579, 54585, 54590, 54597, 54598, 54599,
55 m, thence: 54601, 54558, 54577/15; 01/54681/16
[NP58B/No.17d/Wk.08/16]
157 East side of Senja – Finnsnesrenna —

Depths; directions
Paragraph 5.162 7 lines 1--5 Replace by: 156--157

Paragraph 5.162 4--8 Including existing Section IV Notice
7 E of a rock (691419N 175804E), with a Week 47/13 Replace by:
W of a patch (691431N 175815E), with a depth 4 W of an above -- water rock (691406N
of 50 m, thence: 175822E) lying on the drying ground fringing
Bjørnhineset (691410N 175826E), and:
E of a rock (691410N 175783E), with a depth of
Norwegian Notice 20/49223/13 63 m, marked on its SW side by a buoy (port
[NP58B/No.15/Wk.47/13] hand).
2 -- 245
Index
NP58B
5 Thence the track leaves the white sector of Helgøyfjorden – Head of Dåfjorden — Buoyage
Bjørnhiskjær Light and continues N through a channel 220
W of a beacon (691438N 175827E), marking the Paragraph 7.144 1 line 1 For Dåvøya Read Dåfjorden
W edge of Nygårdskjæret (691438N
175842E), thence: 221
6 Under Gisundet Bridge and W of a 75 m patch Paragraph 7.144 3 line 7 Delete marked by a buoy (port
(691450N 175822E). hand),
The track then joins the main route (5.159) leading
NNE through Finnsnesrenna.
Norwegian Notices 10/51084/14; 12/51482(P)/14;
14/51636/14; 17/51919/14 [NP58B/No.16c/Wk.11/15] Norway, north coast – Fugløysundet –
Årviksand — Entrance depth
242
Balsfjorden -- Ramfjorden —
Olavsvern military restricted area Paragraph 8.57 1 line 5 For 54 m Read 48 m
189 Norwegian Notice 11/47777/13

[NP58B/No.22/Wk.27/13]
Sørøysundet -- Hasvik — Anchorages
[NP58B/No.49/Wk.38/17]
Notice week 39/14 Delete
West of Tromsø – Nordbotn –
Eidkjosen — Anchorage Norwegian notice 15/55843/16
[NP58B/No.23/Wk.35/16]
192
Hammerfest -- Main harbour --
Paragraph 6.202 4 lines 5--6 Delete Fugleneset — Directions; light
291
Norwegian Notice 19/52064/14 [NP58B/No.18/Wk.46/14] Paragraph 9.108 5 line 5 Delete

Tromsø and approaches — Depths; directions
...Slettnesfjord Light (703776N 230897E) (9.79),
193 passing:
292
1 There is a least charted depth of 70 m in the
fairway, close SSW of Tromsøbrua navigable width 294
(693906N 185874E) (6.209).
195 SSE of Fuglenesodden (704003N 233929E),

thence:
Paragraph 6.220 4 line 9 Replace by: Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 6--7 Delete
...(693895N 185820E), thence:
Close NW of an underwater rock (693903N Norwegian Notice 19/54217/15
185871E) with a depth of 70 m. [NP58B/No.24/Wk.46/15]
Norwegian Notice 7/55178/16 [NP58B/No.19/Wk.19/16] Kvaløya -- Hammerfest — Anchorage

294
Tromsø – Tromsøysundet south part — Paragraph 9.127 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
Anchorage
Anchorage
195 9.127
1 The following anchorage is available:
Norwegian Notice 19/52025/14 Norwegian Notice 16/57676/17

[NP58B/No.20/Wk.46/14] [NP58B/No.51/Wk.41/17]
2 -- 246
Index
NP58B
Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme
348
318
Chapter index diagram “Chapter 11 -- Coastal waters and
Chapter index diagram “Chapter 10 -- Offshore and coastal fjords from Nordkapp and Porsangerfjorden to
waters from Ingøya and Rolvsøya to Nordkapp and inshore Tanafjorden.” Delete the four TSS’s depicted at the top of
waters from Kvaløya and Sørøya to Porsangerfjorden.” the diagram.
Delete the depiction of the TSS in the top right hand corner
of the diagram. The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal
321 Porsangerfjorden -- Skjåholmen —
Directions; light
353
...through the appropriate lane of a coastal TSS (1.58)...
Paragraph 11.38 2 line 3 For (1575--209) Read
The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal (1575--2055)
Paragraph 11.38 3 line 3 For (1575--209) Read
(1575--2055)
Inshore waters from Kvaløya and Sørøya to
Porsangerfjorden – Revsbotn -- Outer Part -- Norwegian Notice 8/57152/17 [NP58B/No.31/Wk.22/17]
Kvalfjorden — Anchorage
Inner part of Porsangerfjorden -- East side --
332 Hamnbukt — Directions; pontoon

Care is needed to avoid a submarine pipeline laid out from
the N shore, through the fjord to a position N of Directions (continued from 11.52) From a position
Kvalfjordneset and then out to sea. SE of Sommerøy Light (700579N 250636E) the
track leads WSW passing SSE of a buoy (starboard
Norwegian NM 02/52781/15 [NP58B/No.26/Wk.09/15] hand), moored off the S end of Vestre Sommerøy, and
clear of a 9 m rock (700555N 250511E), to a point
SE of the concrete quay at Hamnbukt. The track then
Magerøysundet to Porsangerfjorden -- leads NW, then NNE to the anchorage, passing:
Honningsvåg — Harbour
SW of a rock (700566N 250483E), with a depth
of 66 m, thence:
344
SW of a rock (700573N 250469E), with a depth
Paragraph 10.151 2 line 5 Replace by: of 06 m and a shoal patch, marked by a buoy
(starboard hand).
Klubbskjæret Mole (705866N 255719E).
Norwegian Notice 16/53977/15 A moveable, articulated pontoon can be extended
[NP58B/No.27/Wk.39/15] 300 m SE from the SSE face of the concrete quay;
for the use of cruise ships.
Magerøya -- Honningsvåg — Directions; light ENC NO6E3050; Correspondence 10/17
[NP58B/No.52/Wk.47/17]
344
Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme
Paragraph 10.152 2 line 3 For (318--050) Read
357
(3215--0500)
Norwegian Notice 8/57148/17 [NP58B/No.28/Wk.22/17] Chart 2330
Spare
Magerøysundet to Porsangerfjorden -- 11.65
Honningsvåg — Harbour The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal
345
North Coast –Sværholthavet – Offshore route —
Paragraph 10.152 4 line 5--7 Replace by: Passage directions; major light
W of the head of Klubbskjæret Mole (705866N 358
255719E), from which a light (lantern, 5 m in
height) (705866N 255722E) is exhibited, Paragraph 11.69 1 including heading Replace by:
thence: Spare
11.69
[NP58B/No.29/Wk.39/15] Norwegian Notice 9/57206/17 [NP58B/No.33/Wk.24/17]
2 -- 247
Index
NP58B
Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme
359 370
Paragraph 11.71 1 lines 5--6 Delete Paragraph 11.144 1 Replace by:

...and at the beginning of the appropriate lane of a TSS. 1 From the vicinity of 711680N 273800E, N of
Nordkinn (710800N 273942E), the route leads
The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal ESE for 14½ miles, and thence SE, for a farther
Affairs [NP58B/No.34/Wk.05/14] 14½ miles to the vicinity of 710600N 290000E, off
the entrance to Tanafjorden.
North Coast – West side of Sværholthavet —
Passage directions; major light Paragraph 11.147 1 including heading Replace by:
359 Spare
11.147
Norwegian Notice 9/57206/17 [NP58B/No.35/Wk.24/17] 1 From the vicinity of 711680N 273800E the track
leads ESE, passing:
Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme Paragraph 11.152 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:
362 Thence the track leads SE, passing:
Paragraph 11.89 1 lines 7--8 Delete The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal
...and at the beginning of the appropriate lane of a TSS.
Paragraph 11.93 3 line 7 Delete Sværholthavet to Tanafjorden --
...and at the beginning of the appropriate lane of a TSS. Mehamn — Directions
The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal 371

Affairs [NP58B/No.36/Wk.05/14] Paragraph 11.155 7 line 5 Replace by:
...5 m in height, floodlit) (710239N 275051E), marking
North Coast – East side of Sværholthavet —
the...
362
Read (710239N 275051E)
Norwegian Notice 9/57206/17 [NP58B/No.37/Wk.24/17] Paragraph 11.157 5 lines 5--7 Delete
Inner part of Laksefjorden -- Ifjorden -- Norwegian Notice 17/54027/15

Trollbukta — Anchorage [NP58B/No.41/Wk.41/15]
368
Sværholthavet to Tanafjorden --
Paragraph 11.133 1 lines 3--4 Delete Gamvik — Directions
374
[NP58B/No.38/Wk.52/15] Paragraph 11.167 4 lines 3--5 Replace by:
Thence the track leads W, passing:
Norway – Laksefjorden – Bekkarfjorden —
Lilleskjeret light Norwegian Notice 17/54060/15
[NP58B/No.42/Wk.41/15]
368
Paragraph 11.134 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: Vardø to Nordkapp — Traffic separation scheme
...track leads ESE, passing: 382

Paragraph 11.134 2 lines 3--5 Replace by: Chapter index diagram “Chapter 12 -- Austhavet and
Varangerfjorden.” Delete the TSS depicted in the top right
SSW of Lilleskjeret, an islet. An unmarked rocky
patch, with a depth of 70 m, lies 2 cables farther hand part of the diagram.
E. Thence:
...the fjord. Paragraph 12.6 1 including heading Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 14/48240/13 Spare

[NP58B/No.39/Wk.34/13] 12.6
2 -- 248
Index
NP58B
Paragraph 12.9 1 line 3 Delete Varangerfjorden – Vardø to Bugøya –
Ytre Kiberg — Directions
...through the appropriate traffic lane of a TSS,...
397
The Royal Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Coastal
Close WNW of a rock (701666N 305903E), with
Austhavet – Tanafjorden to Makkaur — a depth of 30 m, lying on the E limit of the white
Directions; major light sector (012--018), thence:
ESE of a rock (701684N 305898E), with a depth
384 of 38 m.
After Paragraph 12.11 1 line 1 Insert: Norwegian Notice 24/49698/13

[NP58B/No.47/Wk.03/14]
Kjølnes Light (white tower, 22 m in height)
(705118N 291415E), with an auxiliary light at
the foot of the same tower. Elvenesfjorden – South of Kirkenes —
Controlling depth; wreck
413
2 NNE of Kjølnes Light (705118N 291415E)
(12.11), thence: Paragraph 12.204 1 line 3 For 27 m Read 25 m

[NP58B/No.44/Wk.46/14]
North Coast--Berlevåg — ...(694318N 300606E), passing:

Directions; Trøndernes Mole SW of a wreck (694374N 300662E), with a depth
of 51 m, and:
384--385 NE of the E side of Prestøya.
Paragraph 12.18 1 line 7 For (705161N 290595) Read Norwegian Notice 22/49500/13
(705162N 290625) [NP58B/No.48/Wk.51/13]
Paragraph 12.19 4 lines2--4 Replace by: Balsfjorden -- Ramfjorden — Olavsvern military

...the head of Trøndernes Mole (705162N 290625E), restricted area
from which a light is exhibited and the head of
423
Grundteneset Mole, from...
Paragraph IV 2 lines 1--13 Delete
[NP58B--No 53--Wk 48/17]
[NP58B/No.50/Wk.38/17]
North Norway – Båtsfjord — Directions
388
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
Paragraph 12.33 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: (2013 Edition)
5 Clear of a patch (703748N 294337E), with a
depth of 62 m, lying in the middle of the Canada – Sambro Harbour —
fairway. Directions; light buoys
NE of a patch (703807N 294414E), with a depth Paragraph 4.21 1 and 2 Replace by:
of 42 m, fronting a mole which forms the W
entrance point, thence: 1 Preferred approach from south -- western
quadrant. From a position about 2½ miles SSE of
Norwegian Notice 01/49857/14 Pennant Point (4.19), the preferred approach from the
[NP58B/No.45/Wk.05/14] SW quadrant leads NNE through a channel marked
by light buoys (lateral), passing:
WNW of Smithson Rock (442447N 633634W),
Austhavet – Tanafjorden to Makkaur –
Båtsfjord — Directions; light thence:
2 In mid -- channel between Thrumcap Rock
388 (442555N 633720W) and Mare Shoal
Paragraph 12.34 2 lines 3--5 Delete (442509N 633573W), thence:
ESE of Paddle Rock (442607N 633680W), and:
Norwegian Notice 20/52160/14 Canadian Notice 8/4237/16; ENC CA476009

[NP58B/No.46/Wk.48/14] [NP59/No.1/Wk.52/16]
2 -- 249
Index
NP59
Canada – Indian Harbour — Overhead cable Papua New Guinea – Cape Endaiadere to
Cape Ward Hunt — Directions; shoal patch
95 264
Paragraph 4.26 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Paragraph 6.233 4 line 2 For 76 m Read 41 m
1 Indian Harbour (442839N 633653W), almost Australian Notice 186/4/13 [NP60/No.2/Wk.15/13]
landlocked, is entered between Bull Point and Cook
Head (442822N 633620W). A public pier, 76 m Papua New Guinea – North East Coast –
long with a depth of 03 m alongside the outer end, is Hercules Bay — Anchorage
situated on the N side of the entrance, 4 cables WSW 268
of Bull Point.
Canadian Notice 8/4237/16; ENC CA476009 Caution. There exists a 35 m shoal patch
[NP59/No.2/Wk.52/16] (75470S 1474880E), lying 5¼ miles E of Tauwara
Islet, in the eastern approach to the anchorage.
Canada – Halifax — Arrival information; pilotage
97
Papua New Guinea – North East Coast –
Paragraph 4.43 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: Huon Gulf — Directions
268
Outer position 442900N 632850W.
Inner position 443040N 632950W. Paragraph 6.270 1 lines 8--11 Delete
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4237/14 269

Useful Mark:
Canada – Luneburg Harbour — Bumung Point Light (white column, 4 m in height)
Arrival information; pilotage (70081S 1470417E) Vis 140--300(160).
Paragraph 5.99 1 line 2 For coast Read maritime Paragraph 6.274 4 lines 1--9 Replace by:
4 ENE of Salamaua Peninsula (70159S
Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 4--9 Replace by: 1470393E) joined to the mainland by a low
By arrangement, the pilot boards at 441950N isthmus; Bumung Point Light (6.271) is
641350W (local); 441500N 641900W (La Have exhibited from the NE extremity of the
River) (6.5); 443040N 632950W (Halifax) (4.33). peninsula. Shoals with depths of 116 and
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 61 m and a rock with a depth of 12 m, lie
Volume 6(5). 1½ miles SE, 6 cables ESE and 4½ cables
NE, respectively, of the point. Thence:
Canadian Eastern Notices 8/4237/14 and 9/14 After Paragraph 6.274 5 line 5 Insert:
[NP59/No.4/Wk.44/14]
Useful Mark:
Bumung Point Light (white column, 4 m in height)
Canada – Petit Passage — General information; (70081S 1470417E) Vis 140--300(160).
overhead power cables
168
Papua New Guinea – Huon Gulf – Lae —
Paragraph 7.126 4 line 1 For 43 m Read 39 m Anchorages; berths; beacons
271
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4118/14
[NP59/No.5/Wk.39/14] Paragraph 6.296 1 lines 5--8 Replace by:
Quarantine anchorages. There are two dedicated
quarantine anchorages in the following positions:
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
Name Position
(2012 Edition)
QN 64760S 1465800E
QS 64890S 1465800E
Papua New Guinea – Oro Bay —
Directions; dangerous shoal Depths are between 15 and 30 m.
262 Caution. A wreck with a depth of 171 m lies
between the two anchorages in position 64835S
Paragraph 6.224 2 lines 7--8 Delete 1465817E. The wreck is marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger).
Australian Notice 185/4/13 [NP60/No.1/Wk.15/13] Australian Chart 523 [NP60/No.5/Wk.33/16]
2 -- 250
Index
NP60
Paragraph 6.299 1 lines 9--11 Replace by: Papua New Guinea – New Ireland –
Kavieng Harbour — Anchorages
...well as oil and gas cargoes. The wharf has three
dedicated berths and an extension berth along its length. 352
Two coastal berths exist close W and a further two berths
with dolphin type mooring arrangments lie to the ESE of the After Paragraph 9.180 Insert:
main wharf -- a tanker berth in position 64454S
1465921E and a terminal fed by conveyor in position Anchorages
64460S 1465930E. 9.180a
1 The following positions are recommended by the
272 Port Authority, Kavieng, as possible safe anchorages:
(1) Within the Pilot boarding ground, SE of Edmago
Paragraph 6.300 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Island (9.180), in position 23742S
1 Substantial development is underway (2016) NW of 1504468E.
the main port area to construct a container terminal in (2) Within the quarantine anchorage area, in position
the tidal basin E of the entrance to the Markham 23590S 1504670E.
River. Further development and reclamation of land is (3) Within Nusa Channel, WSW of Edmago Island
occuring E of the dolphin berths. (9.180), in position 23730S 1504320E.
Paragraph 9.183 Delete
...Markham River. The shoal is marked by a light beacon Kavieng Port Authority [NP60/No.7/Wk.16/15]
(port hand) (64602S 1465834E).
Yap Islands – Tamil Harbour — Light
422
1 The following berths are available: Paragraph 11.190 3 lines 2--3 Delete
Name Length Depth alongside ...on the Directional Light (93013N 1380736E)...
Overseas (Main Paragraph 11.194 1 lines 1--5 Delete
154 m 12 m
Wharf) 1
Overseas (Main US Chart 81187 [NP60/No.8/Wk.23/13]
92 m 12 m
Wharf) 2
Overseas (Main
Wharf) 3
220 m 12 m NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2(2017 Edition)
Overseas (Main
Wharf) Exten- 108 m 137 m Nouvelle--Calédonie -- South coast -- Nouméa —
sion Limiting conditions; depths
Coastal Wharf 4 54 m 49 m 87
Coastal Wharf 5 52 m 30 m Paragraph 2.138 1 line 4 Replace by:
Tanker Berth 69 m 137 m
...on the leading line at the inner end between the Mineral
Terminal 62 m depth unknown Terminal and Grand Quai at Pointe Lambert (221583S
1662557E), is 92 m.
2 There is also a liquefied gas terminal with a berth French Chart 7644 (2017) [NP61/No.6/Wk.32/17]
length 548 m, depth alongside 61 m.
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa --
PNG Ports Corporation [NP60/No.5/Wk.33/16] Grande Rade — Leading Line
88
Papua New Guinea – North--east coast –
Tuam Island — Light beacon Paragraph 2.149 2 line 5 For 117 Read 1158
298
Nouvelle Calédonie --
...from which a light (8.13) is exhibited, thence: Baie de Saint Vincent — Anchorages
299 95--96
Useful marks: ...of Île Mathieu, in 12 m, sand and mud, good
Tuam Island Light Beacon (55781S 1480164E). holding.
Nesup Island Light Beacon (55494S Baie Centrale: 5½ cables NW of Île Page (3.35), in
1480782E). 11 m, mud and shells.
Papua New Guinea Notice 31/14 [NP60/No.6/Wk.35/14] French Chart 6540 [NP61/No.10/Wk.43/17]
2 -- 251
Index
NP61
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Baie de Ouinné — Fiji -- Exploring Isles -- Qilaqila Passage —
Anchorage Leading Beacons
125 346
Front beacon (white pillar) (170969S
3 A mooring buoy is moored 2¼ cables E of the front
1790223W).
leading beacon. Rear beacon (white pillar) (2 cables from front
Anchor Berth U2, with a swinging circle of radius beacon).
3 cables, can only be used by day.
MV Tenacious [NP61/No.9/Wk.43/17]
French Notice 15/K10 2008 2.1.5.2/17
[NP61/No.2/Wk.20/17] Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Cape Tapaga —
Shoal depth.
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Port de Thio — 411
130
1 A channel lies between Cape Tapaga (140285S
Paragraph 4.75 1 lines 10--12 Delete 1712611W) and Nu’utele Islet (13.36); it should not
be used by large vessels as a shoal depth of 14 m
(140360S 1712649W) was reported (2017) to lie in
French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61/No.3/Wk.20/17]
the approaches to the channel.
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Baie Laugier — NZ Notice 6/66(P)/17 [NP61/No.5/Wk.15/17]

135 NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3

(2016 Edition)
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti --
French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61/No.4/Wk.20/17] Mouillage Vairao — Anchorage
150
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Baie de Poro —
Leading beacons Paragraph 6.54 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
...regional administrative centre, stands on the E
138 shore. It is reported that French aircraft...
Paragraph 4.137 2 line 1 For 1402 Read 1365 Paragraph 6.54 2 lines 1--6 Delete
French Notice 44/204/17 Block F.577 French Chart 6717 [NP62/No.1/Wk.11/17]

[NP61--No 11--Wk 48/17]
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société --
Tahiti -- Port Phaéton — Directions; depth
Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu Bay — Directions; rocks
151
281
SSE of two dangerous rocks (172504S
1781659E), thence:
French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Passe Aifa — Depth
BA Chart 387 [NP61/No.7/Wk.40/17] 154
Fiji Isands -- Levuka Wharf — Wreck
295 French Notice 24/206/17 [NP62/No.11/Wk.35/17]
Paragraph 8.427 3 lines 10--12 Replace by: French Polynesia -- Tahiti --

Mouillage d’Aifa — Depth
...130 m ENE of the light near the knuckle of
Levuka Wharf, in position 174104S 1785028E. A 154
dangerous wreck, depth 7 m, marked at its extremities
by buoys (special), lies 90 m E of the light exhibited Paragraph 6.74 5 line 8 For 5 m Read 4 m
from the head of Levuka Wharf.
French Notice 50/208 (Block F767)/16
BA Chart 1244 [NP61/No.8/Wk.41/17] [NP62/No.3/Wk.03/17]
2 -- 252
Index
NP62
French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Lagon de Punaauia Alongside berths:
— Anchorages; wrecks; beacon Pier on the E coast 3 cables SSW of Pointe Paveau
which is usually occupied during the day by small
158 ferries.
Paragraph 6.89 2 lines 1--11 Replace by: French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.2.36;37;41/17
[NP62/No.9/Wk.31/17]
2 Name Position Remarks
A Centred 173480S Depths 42 to 201 m. French Polynesia -- Moorea --
1493732W Wreck, depth 134 m Baie d’Opunohu — Anchorages
at 173467S 179
1493737W; wreck,
depth 33 m, 1 cable N Paragraph 6.231 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
B Centred 173506S Depth 10 m. A 95 m 1 Vessels over 90 m in length may use anchor berth
1493720W patch lies in the S part MO 1 situated about 3 cables E of Pointe Taïri, on the
with a wreck, depth line of bearing (2465) of the anchoring beacons
48 m, close SSW; a (white) and the alignment (1568) of Passe Tareu
drying rock lies in the Leading Lights, in depth of 40 m, sand and mud.
N part of the
Regulations apply, see 6.210.
anchorage.
C Centred 173541S Depths 10 to 18 m. French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.2.71/17
1493703W [NP62/No.10/Wk.31/17]
French Notice 27/206/17 [NP62/No.7/Wk.31/17] French Polynesia -- Îles Sous le Vent --

Raiatea – Uturoa — Anchorage berths
201
French Polynesia -- Moorea — Regulations
176 1 Anchorage berths. There are three anchorage
berths available for vessels waiting to berth alongside.
Paragraph 6.210 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: The swinging room is limited, but the two N
Anchorage regulations apply for Baie de Cook and anchorage berths, in depths of about 27 m (15 fm),
Baie d’Opunohu. These regulations include required are recommended, as the holding ground is good. The
notice and limitation of stay at the designated S anchorage berth, in similar depths, is affected by a
anchorage areas. Vessels less than 90 m are not strong current, usually NW--going.
authorized to use the designated anchor berths
without permission. French Notice 5/208/17 [NP62/No.4/Wk.09/17]
For further information, contact Port Autonome de
Papeete (6.167) and consult large scale national Îles de la Société -- Raiatea --
charts. Passe Toamaro — Depth
French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.0.37/17 204
[NP62/No.8/Wk.31/17] Paragraph 7.98 1 line 7 For 82 m (27 ft) Read 72 m (23 ft)
French Polynesia -- Moorea -- French Notice 45/207/17 [NP62--No 12--Wk 49/17]

Baie de Cook — Anchorage berths
Palmyra Atoll — Explosives dumping ground
179 244
Paragraph 6.227 1--2 Replace by: After Paragraph 9.88 2 line 9 Insert:
1 Anchorage berths. Baie de Cook affords excellent Dumping ground

anchorage on a muddy bottom, except in certain 9.88a
places, where it is coral. Anchorage regulations apply, 1 A dumping ground, used for disposal of explosives,
see 6.210. Small vessels may anchor as convenient, lies about 16 miles WSW of Palmyra Atoll (55300N
but with NW winds, it is necessary to proceed some 1620500W).
distance into the bay to avoid some heavy sea which
enters through Passe Avaroa. BA Chart 4652 [NP62--No 13--Wk 49/17]
2 Vessels of 90 m to 220 m in length may use anchor
berth MO 2, situated about 3 cables ENE of Pointe French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva
Nuura (172926S 1494957W) in depths of 31 m to -- Baie de Taiohae — Anchorage
34 m.
Vessels over 90 m in length may use anchor berth 258
MO 3 situated at the intersection of the alignment
(191) of the inner leading lights and the alignment Paragraph 10.95 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
(259) of the anchoring beacons (white concrete with 1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baie de Taiohae, in
red bands) (172962S 1494956W) in depths of depths of 15 to 20 m (8 to 11 fm), sand, about
about 32 m, mud. 3¾ cables off Fort Collet, with the light bearing 060.
Vessels less than 90 m in length may anchor in the
S part of the bay, good holding, mainly mud. French Notice 7/207/17 [NP62/No.5/Wk.10/17]
2 -- 253
Index
NP62
Hawaii -- Oahu -- Kaneohe Bay — A dumping ground, marked by a light buoy (special)
Directions; wreck on its W side, lies close E of anchorage area E.
Caution: Artificial reefs lie between the anchorages
323 and the port.
Omanian Notice 04/09/16 [NP63/No.2/Wk.47/16]
multi--pile structure) (215 m from front light).
United Arab Emirates – Port of Fujairah —
1574800W), position approximate, lies in the main Arrival information; anchorages; directions
channel about 3 cables WNW of the junction with
Sampan Channel (13.170). 79
US Notice 13/19359/17 [NP62/No.6/Wk.26/17] Paragraph 3.176 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Waiting anchorages are...
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2015 Edition) Paragraph 3.176 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
...their anchoring instructions.
Iran -- Persian Gulf —
General information;light vessel Paragraph 3.176 2 lines 3--21 Replace by:
51 Area Centred Purpose
Paragraph 2.1 1 line 9 Replace by: A 251760N Vessels awaiting orders.
563100E
...Møsá Light Vessel No 1 (293702N 493397E) is
B 251234N Vessels requiring bunkers,
described...
563200E lubricating oils or tank
Iran Ports and Maritime Organization cleaning facilities.
[NP63/No.1/Wk.05/16] C 251350N Vessels requiring marine
562800E services.
Iran -- Strait of Hormuz -- JazØreh--ye Hengºm — D 251624N Vessels carrying hazardous
Directions; light; racon 563090E cargoes or explosives and
LNG/LPG tankers.
52 G 251625N LNG/LPG for STS
Paragraph 2.10 1 lines 16--18 Delete 563415E operations.
N 251765N Naval vessels only.
Paragraph 2.11 1 lines 10--11 Delete 562780E
S 250894N Tankers for STS operations.
BA Chart 3174 [NP63/No.55/Wk.30/17] 563140E
T 251564N Tankers calling at SPM
Iran -- Persian Gulf — 562780E terminals and requiring
General information; light vessel stores, spares, bunkers,
lubricating oils or tank
55 cleaning facilities.
V 250895N Vessels waiting for VLCC
Paragraph 2.21 1 line 7 For Khowr--e Møsá Light Float 563440E berths.
(293720N 493416E) Read Khowr--e Møsá Light
Vessel No 1 (293702N 493397E) W 251010N Vessels waiting to berth
562800E within Port of Fujairah and
Vopak Terminal.
Iran Ports and Maritime Organization
[NP63/No.1/Wk.05/16]
Fujairah Port Notices 213 212/16 [NP63/No.3/Wk.36/16]
Oman -- Port Sohar — Anchorages

United Arab Emirates -- Fujairah —
77 Arrival information; traffic regulations

1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows:
Anchorage area A (243555N 563897E); vessels Paragraph 3.176 including heading and existing Section IV
awaiting berthing. Notice Week 36/16 Replace by:
Anchorage area B (243551N 564099E) and
anchorage area D (243302N 564097E); long Port operations
term lay--up, repairs, crew change, stores 3.175a
reception. 1 A maximum speed limit of 5 kn is in force for all
2 Anchorage area C (243553N 564299E) and vessels within the outer anchorage areas (3.176).
anchorage area E (243303N 564299E); Vessels exceeding this limit may be subject to
bunkering, STS operations or gas trials. sanctions.
2 -- 254
Index
NP63
Outer anchorages United Arab Emirates – Port of Fujairah —
3.176 Arrival information; anchorages; directions
1 Waiting anchorages are situated NE and E of the
80
harbour entrance. Vessels intending to use these
extremely busy anchorages must establish contact Paragraph 3.186 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
with the port radio before approaching within 4 miles
of the coast and request their anchoring instructions. 1 See 3.179. From the vicinity of the Fairway Light
2 Anchorage areas. Buoy (250800N 562500E), the track leads
With reference to the harbour S entrance: 1¼ miles NW in the designated approach channel to
the pilot boarding position (3.178). The S harbour is
Area Centred Purpose entered between the heads of the central and S
A 251760N Vessels awaiting orders. breakwaters, from where lights (lateral, white bands,
563100E 4 m in height) are exhibited. The N harbour is entered
B 251234N Vessels requiring bunkers, 1 mile NE.
563200E lubricating oils or tank
Fujairah Port Notices 213, 212/16
cleaning facilities.
[NP63/No.7/Wk.36/16]
C 251350N Vessels requiring Marine
562800E Services. Iran -- Gulf of Oman -- Ra’s--e Jºsk —
D 251624N Vessels carrying hazardous Directions; light
563090E cargoes or explosives and
LNG/LPG tankers. 99
G 251625N Prohibited anchorage. Paragraph 4.37 1 and heading Replace by:
563415E Permission to enter must be
obtained from Port Control. Spare
N 251665N Naval vessels only. 4.37
562780E Paragraph 4.38 3 line 8 Replace by:
S 250894N Tankers for STS operations. ...Jºsk (4.58). Ra’s--e Jºsk Light (red metal
563140E framework tower) (253819N 574597E) is...
T 251564N Tankers calling at SPM
562780E terminals and requiring BA Chart 2851 [NP63/No.70/Wk.47/17]
stores, spares, bunkers,
lubricating oils or tank Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar —
cleaning facilities. Directions; dangerous wreck
V 250895N Vessels waiting for VLCC 105
563440E berths.
W 251010N Vessels waiting to berth
562800E within Port of Fujairah and Clear of a dangerous wreck (265988N 562142E)
Vopak Terminal. marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
Iranian Notice 10/15 [NP63/No.8/Wk.34/15]

Fujairah Port Notice 221/17 [NP63/No.4/Wk.16/17]
Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar --

United Arab Emirates – Port of Fujairah — South--eastern approach —
Traffic regulations Directions; obstruction
80 106
NE of an obstruction (265924N 561763E),
reported (1973), with depth 115 m, thence:
MENAS Notice 19/16 [NP63/No.5/Wk.37/16]
BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.9/Wk.31/16]
United Arab Emirates -- Fujairah —
Arrival information; traffic regulations Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar —
Limiting conditions; dredged depths
80
107
After Paragraph 3.179 4 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 5.21 1 Replace by:
Passage through anchorage Area G (3.176) is 1 The harbour is dredged to 105 m (2014); silting
restricted. Vessels may be subject to sanctions should can be expected within the port. Hormozgan approach
they enter the anchorage area without permission from channel and the area off the berth are dredged to
Port Control. 15 m (2011).
Fujairah Port Notice 221/17 [NP63/No.6/Wk.16/17] BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.10/Wk.31/16]
2 -- 255
Index
NP63
Iran -- South east of Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar —
— Outer anchorage; obstruction Directions; wreck; light
108
107 Paragraph 5.33 2 lines 1--10 including existing Section IV
After Paragraph 5.24 1 line 7 Insert: 2 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position the
track leads N on the alignment (000) of the leading
Caution. An obstruction (270406N 561580E) light beacons, passing:
with a depth of 9 m lies within the anchorage. E of the light buoy (safe water) (270721N
561156E), moored at the outer end of
Hormozgan Steel Complex Marine Terminal
BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.68/Wk.46/17] (5.40) entry channel, thence:
E of a dangerous wreck (270739N 561210E).
Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar — ...position, the track leads about 3¾ miles W to the
Directions; light; racon terminal jetty...
BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.57/Wk.30/17]
108 Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar —
Basins and berths; dredged depths
1 Commercial Basin extends 6 cables N from the
turning basin. The Naval Basin extends E from the
turning basin.
Spare BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.13/Wk.31/16]

5.31
Iran -- Strait of Hormuz -- JazØreh--ye Hengºm —
Directions; light; racon
BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.56/Wk.30/17] 112
Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar —
Directions; buoyage Spare
5.88
108 BA Chart 3174 [NP63/No.58/Wk.30/17]
Iran -- JazØreh--ye Qeshm — Directions; lights

Paragraph 5.32 1 line 7 For W cardinal Read isolated
112
danger
...560820E), thence:
Iranian Notice 5/15 [NP63/No.11/Wk.26/15] BA Chart 3173 [NP63/No.59/Wk.30/17]

Directions; light
Iran -- Bandar--e ShahØd Bºhonar — 113
Directions; dredged depths
BA Chart 3174 [NP63/No.60/Wk.30/17]

108
Paragraph 5.33 2 lines 2--5 Replace by: Directions; racon
114
...track leads N on the alignment (000) of the leading light
beacons, passing E of the light buoy (safe water)
(270715N... Spare
5.99
BA Chart 3599 [NP63/No.12/Wk.31/16] BA Chart 3174 [NP63/No.61/Wk.30/17]
2 -- 256
Index
NP63
Iran -- Kalºt — Directions; stranded wreck United Arab Emirates - –amrØyah Freezone Port
— Arrival information; wreck
126
142
Paragraph 6.62 3 line 3 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.69 1 line 10 Insert:
WSW of Kalºt (282413N 510893E) (6.64) and Caution. A wreck (253042N 552254E) with a
clear of a stranded wreck (282280N depth of 10 m lies about 2 cables S of Anchorage B.
510040E).
BA NM 26/3338/16 [NP63/No.16/Wk.27/16]
127
United Arab Emirates -- –amrØyah —
Paragraph 6.71 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: Directions; sector light
Clear of a stranded wreck (282280N 510040E), 142
thence:
SW of Kalºt Light (282510N 510810E), exhibited Paragraph 7.71 2 lines 7--10 Replace by:
1¼ miles NNW of the village of Kalºt (6.64), 3 Thence the track leads S, passing:
thence:
UKHO 4869/39/15 [NP63/No.14/Wk.41/15]
Persian Gulf -- Iran -- Ra’s-e HalØleh — Wreck United Arab Emirates -- ‘Ajmºn — Anchorages
127 142
1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage areas are located
Clear of a wreck (283100N 504000E), reported
2017, thence: WNW of ‘Ajmºn Fairway Light Buoy (7.74) as follows:
Anchorage Alpha (253049N 551919E), depths
MENAS Notice 18/17 [NP63--No 72--Wk 51/17] from 240 to 255 m;
Anchorage Bravo (253199N 551684E), depths
from 265 to 300 m.
Iran -- Persian Gulf —
General information; light vessel Correspondence Port of Ajman Department of Ports and
Customs, Notice 008/2017 [NP63--No 73--Wk 52/17]
129
United Arab Emirates - Shºrjah —
Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 4--5 For Khowr-e Møsá No 1 Light General information; wreck
Buoy (293731N 493467E) Read Khowr-e Møsá Light
Vessel No 1 (293702N 493397E) 144--145
Paragraph 6.96 1 lines 1--5 including heading Delete
...echo sounders, about 4½ miles NNW of the port. Two
Paragraph 6.97 3 lines 1--6 Replace by: further wrecks lie 1½ and 4½ miles WNW of the fairway
light, with depths of 8 and 10 m, respectively. The entry
3 Clear of the dangerous wrecks (293580N track leads ESE, then generally S through the entrance
493565E), position approximate, which lie channel and between the breakwaters.
about 2 miles SE of Khowr-e Møsá Light
Vessel No 1, thence: BA NM 26/3338/16 [NP63/No.18/Wk.27/16]
To the vicinity of Khowr-e Møsá Light Vessel No 1
(293702N 493397E). United Arab Emirates -- Dubai —
Harbour development
146
[NP63/No.15/Wk.05/16]
United Arab Emirates -- Saqr Port — Anchorages An exclusion zone marked by light buoys (special)
has been established between Palm Jumeirah (7.3)
137 and MØnº’ Seyaha, where Dubai Harbour Project is
being developed (2017).
Dubai Maritime City Authority G014/2017
1 Outer anchorage zones lie NW of the harbour and
are designated as follows: [NP63--No 71--Wk 48/17]
Zone I Vessels < 100 m LOA, barges, small craft Abu Dhabi — General information; directions;
Zone II Vessels from 100 to 200 m LOA approach and entry; arrival information;
outer anchorages; light buoy; racon
Zone III Vessels over 200 m LOA
148
Zone IV Capesize vessels, ship--to--ship transfer
and bunkering operations Paragraph 7.140 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
...SW for 46 miles to a position in the vicinity of Z--FWB
RAK Ports [NP63/No.65/Wk.37/17] Light Buoy (safe water) (243922N 541427E).
2 -- 257
Index
NP63
149 United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali — Harbour
Paragraph 7.144 1 line 8 Delete 151
Paragraph 7.145 6 lines 6--8 in existing Section IV Wk Paragraph 7.173 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
23/16 Replace by: 1 The port consists of two container terminals, an
The track continues SSW to a position in the outer basin and two large inner basins. The limits of
vicinity of Z--FWB Light Buoy (243922N 541427E). the channel through the outer basin and cut are
indicated by light buoys (lateral); Megamax Container
MENAS Notice 104/16 [NP63/No.19/Wk.48/16] Terminal basin is dredged to 158 m (2008), Container
Terminal 3 is dredged to 170 m (2015), N basin is
United Arab Emirates -- Dubai to Abu Dhabi — dredged to 140 m (1980) and S to 115 m (1980). See
Directions; passage also 7.166.
Paragraph 7.145 1--4 Replace by: 1 Megamax Terminal 2 (250228N 550297E) is
under construction (2015). The development is
1 From a position NW of Dubai Approach Light Buoy enclosed by an exclusion zone marked by light
(251850N 551000E) the track leads WSW,
passing: beacons.
NNW of a dangerous wreck (251696N
550367E); DB--ONE Light Buoy (N cardinal) is BA Chart 3739 [NP63/No.22/Wk.04/16]
moored on its N side. Thence:
The track leads SW, passing: United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali —
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (251494N Directions for entering harbour
545154E); Zainab Light Buoy (N cardinal) is
moored close N. Thence:
NW of Jebel Ali Approach Light Buoy (safe water) 152
(251062N 545232E), thence: Paragraph 7.176 2 lines 1--4 Delete
marked by light buoys, thence:
3 SE of Crescent Island (251872N 543963E), Paragraph 7.178 2 lines 1--5 Delete
an artificial crescent shaped island from which
a light (metal post) is exhibited, thence: Photograph Jebel Ali (7.176) Port Control Tower Delete
Clear of a dangerous wreck (250556N 543496E)
and two further wrecks lying 7½ cables W; a third
wreck lies 1½ miles NNW. Thence: BA Chart 3739 [NP63/No.23/Wk.01/16]
4 NW of Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe
water) (245630N 543465E), and:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (250022N United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali —
543173E), thence: Basins and berths
542972E); a light buoy (isolated danger) is 153
moored close W. Thence:
5 SE of ¬Ør Abø Nu‘ayr (7.157), thence: Paragraph 7.179 Replace by:
SE of an area of reclamation work (245938N
541271E), marked by buoys, thence: Megamax Terminal 1
The track leads SSW, passing: 7.179a
WNW of an 88 m shoal patch (244473N 2 Megamax Terminal 1 (250155N 550300E), is a
542266E), thence: dedicated container terminal. The terminal has a
6 WNW of a shoal (244136N 541939E) with a 2800 m long quay with depth alongside of 172 m
least depth of 72 m; a shoal with a least (2008).
depth of 84 m lies 1½ miles NE and another,
with a least depth of 81 m, 1½ miles WSW. LNG Berth
Thence: 7.179b
The track continues SSW to a position in the 2 LNG Berth (250184N 550402E) is sheltered by
vicinity of Abu Dhabi Light Buoy (safe water) a short detached breakwater breakwater close N. It is
(244010N 541412E). a dolphin berth with depths of 140 m (2008) alongside
and approached through a turning circle dredged to
UKHO [NP63/No.20/Wk.23/16] 158 m (2008).
Tanker Berths
United Arab Emirates -- ¬Ør Abø Nu‘ayr — 7.179c
Anchorage; wreck 2 The outer basin (250068N 550300E) has five
150 tanker berths with alongside depths of 15 m; No 1
Tanker Berth also handles LPG exports and oil
Paragraph 7.157 4 line 4 Replace by: products.
...from the swell, noting a wreck (251373N 541616E), Container Terminal 3
reported (2017), ENE of the fishing harbour. In N or NE 7.179d
winds, good anchorage... 2 Container Terminal 3 (245917N 550318E)
opened in 2014 and has a 1860 m long quay, with
Correspondence [NP63/No.21/Wk.20/17] depth alongside of 17 m.
2 -- 258
Index
NP63
North Basin After Paragraph 7.199 1 line 5 Insert:
7.179e
2 The N basin (250000N 550400E), entered from Inner Harbour berth
the outer basin through a cut, has three quays with 7.199a
17 numbered berths handling oil exports, bulk grain,
aluminium imports, timber and containers; all berths 1 The Inner Harbour berth lies at the ESE end of a
have alongside depths of 14 m, except Berths 16 and 60 m wide channel marked by light buoys. The berth
17, with alongside depths of 16 m. has a reported depth of 40 m (2017).
South Basin Abu Dhabi Ports Notice 05/17 [NP63/No.67/Wk.40/17]
7.179f
2 The S basin (245908N 550341E), entered
through a short cut, has seven quays numbered 4 to Abu Dhabi — General information; directions;
10, with 49 numbered berths, handling general, frozen, approach and entry; arrival information;
chemical and RoRo cargoes; all the berths have outer anchorages; light buoy; racon
alongside depths of 115 m, except Berths 44, 45
and 46, with depths alongside of 160 m. A ship repair 154
yard, with four numbered berths, situated in a small
basin entered from the SW side of the inner basin, Paragraph 7.205 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
has alongside depths of 55 and 70 m. 1 Z--FWB Light Buoy (safe water) (243922N
541427E) is approached from NNE; several
BA Chart 3739 [NP63/No.24/Wk.04/16]
detached shoals, with depths of less than 10 m, lie in
the approaches and large parts of the area are not
United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali — fully surveyed. The track leads SE through the
Hassah Marina entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
153 which leads over the SW part of –add aò ®allah
(244200N 543100E), an extensive offshore reef;
Paragraph 7.183 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: the channel then continues through to MØnº’ Zºyid.
1 Hassah Marina (245970N 550200E) is entered
from NE between breakwaters. A light (white tower, 155
red band) is exhibited from the head of the W Paragraph 7.211 1--2 Replace by:
breakwater. Hassah Palace Hotel stands in the SW
part of the marina. 1 There are three designated outer anchorages, about
6 miles NW of Z--FWB Light Buoy (243922N
BA Chart 3739 [NP63/No.25/Wk.01/16] 541427E):
MØnº’ Zºyid (244523N 541220E);
United Arab Emirates -- Khalifa Port — Musaffah (244604N 540903E); an obstruction
Draught; port operations and a shoal, least depth 94 m, lie in the N part of
the anchorage;
153 Musaffah Lighterage (244406N 540900E).
After Paragraph 7.188 1 line 3 Insert: 2 It is recommended that vessels use plenty of cable
as the shamºl, which blows in this vicinity between N
Vessels intending to use the Inner Harbour Channel and NW, can rise suddenly with great force.
shall not exceed a maximum draught of 32 m.
Spare
Port operations
7.190 7.219
1 Vessels may not use the Inner Harbour Channel in Paragraph 7.220 1 Replace by:
winds exceeding 20 kn or in visibility less than 1 mile.
1 From a position about 4 miles NNE of Z--FWB Light
Vessel traffic service Buoy (safe water) (243922N 541427E), the
7.190a
1 Khalifa Port VTS regulates operations for the port. entrance channel is approached, passing:
For further information, see Admiralty List of Radio WNW of a shoal patch (244070N 541781E) with
Signals Volume 6(8). a least depth of 81 m, thence:
Clear of Z--FWB Light Buoy (safe water) (243922N
Abu Dhabi Ports Notice 05/17 [NP63/No.66/Wk.40/17] 541427E).

United Arab Emirates -- Khalifa Port —
Tugs; harbour; berth
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi --
154 Sºs an Nakhl Refinery — Limiting conditions;
vertical clearance
157
Tugs
7.193a Paragraph 7.232 1 line 6 For 19 m Read 20 m
1 It is compulsory for vessels intending to use the
Inner Harbour Channel to use at least one tug. Abu Dhabi Ports Company [NP63/No.27/Wk.09/16]
2 -- 259
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi – United Arab Emirates – Jabal Aþ ¹annah and
MuîaffaÖ Port — Arrival information; Ar Ru’ays — Limiting conditions; depths
inner anchorage
165
Paragraph 7.240 4 line 4 Replace by: 1 The DW channel (7.311) has a least depth in the
fairway of 15 m and leads to both ports.
...540895E. The East Gashº Channel has a dredged depth of
Inner anchorage. An inner anchorage for short 12 m (2016).
stay vessels who regularly use the channel is centred
on 242966N 541499E. Petroleum Ports Authority [NP63/No.31/Wk.51/16]
MENAS Notice 59/17 [NP63/No.28/Wk.18/17] United Arab Emirates – Jabal Aþ ¹annah –

Ruwais — Arrival information; directions for
entering harbour
United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi –
MuîaffaÖ Port — Arrival information; pilotage 166
Paragraph 7.300 1 line 3 For deep--water Read Ruwais DW
158
Anchorage may also be obtained W of North
Pilot boarding position No 2 (242900N 541420E) Channel centred on 242842N 523822E; depths
is designated for vessels with a draught of less than from 10 to 27 m, sand, shell.
5 m.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). Paragraph 7.302 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels proceeding
Abu Dhabi Notice 02/17 [NP63/No.29/Wk.15/17] within the port limits and is available day and night.
Pilot boards in position 242590N 523340E, W of
Ghashº Light Buoy for the DW routes; or 242600N
United Arab Emirates -- Khawr al –alj --
West Mubarraz Oilfield — Directions; buoys 524242E for North Channel routes. For further
162 Volume 6(8).

...leads S for about 10 miles, favouring the Bø
®Ønah side of the fairway, passing:
W of WM--3 Light Buoy (243302N 531379E).
The track then leads W passing: Zirkø Light — as above.
S of a shoal patch (243089N 530940E), least For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
depth 49 m, thence: Volume 2.
S of a shoal patch (243086N 530696E), least
depth 45 m, thence: BA Charts 3179, 3780; ENC Cells GB303179, GB45054A
N of a wellhead (242790N 525620E), least depth [NP63/No.32/Wk.09/17]
unknown.
The drying banks on Bø ®Ønah can be seen from United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah and
some distance, but Al Bazm al GharbØ is only visible Ar Ru’ays — Directions for entering harbour;
when in mid--channel. It is recommended that passage North--eastern approach
through the channel should be made during daylight,
167
in clear weather, with the sun astern.
ADNOC Petroleum Port Authority
1 The route then follows the recommended track
[NP63/No.69/Wk.47/17]
initially W, marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal),
passing:
United Arab Emirates -- –ºlat al Mubarraz Oil Clear of Jabal Aþ ¹annah/Ar Ru’ays Outer Fairway
Loading Terminal — Pilotage Light Buoy (safe water) (244590N 525326E),
thence:
164 2 N, then W of Creagh Shoal (244322N
524306E), an area with a least depth of
Paragraph 7.282 3 lines 2--4 Replace by: 73 m, marked by a light buoy (W cardinal); a
wellhead, with a safe clearance depth of 7 m,
...mooring master boards in position 245715N lies in the NE part of the shoal. Thence:
531635E. For further... The track continues S, passing:
Clear of an obstruction (244080N 524218E),
Menas Notice 06/17 [NP63/No.30/Wk.12/17] reported (2007), thence:
2 -- 260
Index
NP63
3 The track leads generally WSW, passing: United Arab Emirates – Jabal Aþ ¹annah –
SSE of Patch JBD Light Buoy (starboard hand) Ruwais — Arrival information;
(244010N 524159E), moored close E of a directions for entering harbour
14 m shoal patch, thence:
SSE of JBD--05 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (243782N 167--168
523826E), marking a shoal patch with a least
depth of 122 m, thence: Paragraph 7.311 including heading Replace by:
4 SSE of JBD--05A Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(243678N 523573E); an obstruction,
reported (1987), with a least depth of 13 m, Ruwais deep--water inbound channel
lies 6 cables S of the light buoy. Thence: 7.311
SSE of AZ 11 Production Platform (243811N 1 Approach. Inbound vessels approaching from the
523369E) (lit), standing in the S part of Arzanah NW should, where possible, favour the SW part of the
Oilfield, thence: channel until reaching Yas Channel.
5 NNW of JBD--06 Light Buoy (port hand), marking Track. From a position W of Ghashº Light Buoy
a 134 m shoal patch, thence: (242589N 523449E), the track leads generally SE
NNW, then SW around Dalma Light Buoy (W for 13 miles through to Jabal Aþ ¹annah Oil Loading
cardinal) (243251N 522785E), moored ENE Berths (7.316), the waiting anchorages (7.301) or Ar
of JazØrat Dalmº (7.341), thence: Ru’ays Approach Channel (7.315), passing:
The track continues SE, passing: SW of Najwat Light Buoy (S cardinal) (242541N
NE of HD 3 Production Platform (243058N 523571E) moored on the SSW edge of Najwat
522645E) (lit) standing in the N part of Petty Ghashº, a shoal with a least depth of 73 m;
Patches, thence: overfalls are usually present over this shoal.
6 NE of Petty Patches (242884N 522703E), a Thence:
shoal area of three detached heads with a 2 NE of No 1 Light Buoy (N cardinal) (242439N
least depth of 46 m, thence: 523645E), moored at the N end of a shoal
NE of JBD--07 Light Buoy (starboard hand) spur extending N from Bø San’ia, a detached
(242955N 522976E), thence: reef off the N side of ¬Ør BanØ Yºs (7.338),
The track continues to the vicinity of the pilot with a least depth of 43 m, thence:
boarding position W of Ghashº Light Buoy SW of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (242448N
(W cardinal) (242589N 523448E), moored close 523719E) moored on the SW edge of a shoal
SW of a 146 m foul patch. with a least depth of 67 m, thence:
3 NE of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(242388N 523729E) moored at the E end
MV Seacor Mariner [NP63/No.33/Wk.23/16]
of Bø San’ia, thence:
SW of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (242411N
523774E), moored at the WSW end of The
United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah and Ridge, a spur shoal, with a least depth of 52 m,
Ar Ru’ays — Directions; alternative route extending WSW from JazØrat Ghashº, a flat rocky
islet covered with coarse scrub and sand. The
167 stranded wreck of a tug (242546N 523867E)
lies on the edge of the reef N of JazØrat Ghashº.
Thence:
4 SW of ‘Ayayat Ghashº (242380N 523970E),
a partly drying coral reef, thence:
Dalma route. An alternative recommended route
Between Light Buoys Nos 7 (starboard hand)
exists leading generally S through a channel dredged
(242261N 523900E) and N–Yas Light Buoy
to 15 m (2016), marked by light buoys (lateral and
(special) (242256N 523935E), the entrance
cardinal), from a position WSW of JBD--06 Light Buoy
to Yas Channel and meeting point with the
(port hand), to a position in the vicinity of Ghashº
outbound Ruwais DW channel.
Light Buoy (W cardinal).
5 The inbound track then continues SE and SSE
through Yas Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
Petroleum Ports Authority [NP63/No.34/Wk.28/16] to a position between S–Yas Light Buoy (special)
(241830N 524094E) and Light Buoy No 19
(starboard hand) (241785N 524064E), passing:
United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah and ESE of Ruqq Bu Aitr (241834N 524024E), a
Ar Ru’ays — Directions; buoy shoal with a least depth of 3 m, and a dangerous
coral reef about 5 cables SW, thence:
6 W of Price Shoal (241751N 524221E), with
167 a least depth of 12 m, marked by a light
beacon (red metal column, white lantern),
Paragraph 7.311 1 line 7 Replace by: thence:
Through to the waiting anchorages, berths or Ar
SSW of Najwat Light Buoy (S cardinal) Ru’ays Approach Channel.
(242541N...
BA Charts 3179, 3780; ENC Cells GB303179, GB45054A
Petroleum Ports Authority [NP63/No.35/Wk.31/16] [NP63/No.36/Wk.09/17]
2 -- 261
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah and Close SE of a light buoy (isolated danger)
Ar Ru’ays — Directions; new channel (243794N 524727E) marking an obstruction,
with a safe clearance depth of 15 m, thence:
168 NW of a shoal patch (243375N 524466E) with a
least charted depth of 91 m, thence:
Paragraph 7.312 1 lines 6--7 Delete N of North Channel Light Buoy (safe water)
(242954N 524159E).
Paragraph 7.312 2 lines 1--2 Delete The track then leads S and joins the North and
East Gashº Channels; — see above.
Paragraph 7.312 3 lines 1--2 Delete 4 Yabr Channel, used by local craft, is entered
between E Ghashº Light Buoy No 7 (242398N
524136E) (starboard hand) and E Ghashº (W
After Paragraph 7.312 Insert: Kurkum) Light Buoy No 8 (W cardinal), 2½ cables E.
The track initially leads 6 miles SE to Yabr Channel
Yas Channel Light Buoy (safe water) (241901N 524525E),
7.312a passing NE of N Yabr Light Buoy (N cardinal)
1 Yas Channel is marked by numbered light buoys (242101N 524336E); it continues 3½ miles SSW
(lateral and special) and dredged to a depth of 15 m through to S Yabr Channel Light Buoy (safe water)
(2016). The channel is entered between Light Buoys (241588N 524346E) and the waiting anchorages.
Nos 3A (starboard hand) (242313N 523840E) and
5A 50 (port hand), lying close SW to the start of the After Paragraph 7.315 Insert:
deep--water route. The channel then leads generally
SSE for about 6 miles, through to the holding Directions for leaving harbour
anchorages. Ruwais Deep--Water Departure Channel
7.315a
Petroleum Ports Authority [NP63/No.37/Wk.14/16] 1 From a position W of Price Shoal (7.311) the
Ruwais DW route, for outbound vessels only, is
entered between Light Buoys No 19 and No 20 and
United Arab Emirates – Jabal Aþ ¹annah – leads NNE, passing:
Ruwais — Arrival information;
directions for entering harbour ESE of S–Yas Light buoy (7.311), thence:
2 WNW of JazØrat Yabr (241919N 524316E), a
168 small sandy islet, 1 m high, surrounded by a
drying reef steep--to on its S side; the islet
Paragraph 7.312 including existing Section IV Notice Wk lies on the S edge of an extensive reef with
14/16 Replace by: foul ground on its W side, marked by No 16
Light Buoy (W cardinal) (242000N
524231E). Thence:
Spare To a position W of No 16 Light Buoy, which marks the
7.312 W side of the reef.
Paragraph 7.312a existing Section IV Notice Wk 14/16 3 The route then leads NW through Ruwais DW
Delete Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and special),
until it joins the inbound route N of N–Yas Light Buoy
(242256N 523935E) (7.311).
BA Charts 3179, 3780; ENC Cells GB303179, GB45054A
1 Vessels exempt pilotage and of suitable draught
[NP63/No.38/Wk.09/17]
should use the secondary approach channels when
entering or leaving either port.
United Arab Emirates -- Mugharaq Port —
North Channel. From a position E of Patch Light Directions; dredged channel
Buoy (starboard hand) (244011N 524160E), the
track leads about 10 miles S to North Channel Light 170
Buoy (safe water) (243007N 524165E). The North Paragraph 7.331 1 line 5 Replace by:
Channel, marked by light buoys, then leads to and
subsequently forms the East Gashº Channel. ...dredged to 6 m (2015), passing:
2 East Gashº Channel (242437N 524146E),
Abu Dhabi Ports Company [NP63/No.39/Wk.36/15]
used by local craft, passes between JazØrat Ghashº
reef (242481N 523905E) and its outlying shoals to Qatar -- Mesaieed —
the W and Umm al Kurkum reef (242359N Directions for entering harbour
524588E) and its outlying shoals to the E. From the
exit of the channel, between E Ghashº Light Buoy 180
No 7 (starboard hand) and E Ghashº Light Buoy (W Paragraph 7.430 1 lines 3--7 Replace by:
Kurkum) Light Buoy No 8 (W cardinal) (242398N
...4 miles to Wakrah Light Buoy (E cardinal) (250950N
524154E), the Yabr Channel leads SE.
514150E); then S to Hul Light Buoy (7.427), passing
3 Relief Route. From a position in the vicinity of
through a buoyed channel dredged to 15 m (2015). The
Jabal Aþ ¹annah and Ar Ru’ays Outer Fairway Light
track continues generally S passing...
Buoy (safe water) (244590N 525326E), the track
leads SW passing: BA Chart 3787 [NP63/No.40/Wk.01/16]
2 -- 262
Index
NP63
Qatar -- Persian Gulf Southern Side -- Mesaieed Qatar -- Ra’s Laffºn — Basins and berths
— Directions for entering harbour; Racon
185--186
180
Paragraph 7.427 1 line 3 existing Section IV Notice Week
01/16 Replace by: Basins
7.473
Light buoy (N cardinal) (250252N 514152E). 1 Doha Dock. The N basin has two LNG berths.
Coastguard mooring buoys lie either side of N
Qatar Ports Management Co. [NP63/No.41/Wk.26/16] Breakwater’s inner spur.
Al Khor Dock lies WSW of Doha Dock within inner
breakwaters. Four LNG berths, six liquid products and
seven cargo berths are situated within the basin.
Qatar -- Ra’s Laffºn — Anchorage Berth Nos 104 and 107 are used for RoRo cargo.
2 Wakra Dock, consisting of inner and outer basins
184 separated by breakwaters, is situated SE of Al Khor
Dock and has a number of Liquid Products berths
Paragraph 7.464 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: under construction (2015) in its outer basin.
Rayyan Dock, the S--most basin, has a container
1 The designated anchorage lies between the terminal and dry dock where works are in progress
parallels of 254800N and 255500N and the (2015).
meridians of 514500E and 514800E, SE of the
port. It is sub--divided into twenty one anchor berths, Alongside berths
7.473a
in depths between 10 m and 22 m, spaced about
1 Doha Dock. Berths as follows:
1 mile apart. The Port Authority should be contacted
LNG Nos 5 and 6: length 390 m; maximum LOA
for berth allocation.
345 m; maximum draught 125 m.
2 A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs
Al Khor Dock. Berths as follows:
(7.472) is centred on 260170N 521235E. LNG No 1: length 330 m; maximum LOA 315 m;
In addition to the designated anchorage area, maximum draught 125 m; starboard side
supply vessels and other small craft, in consultation alongside.
with Port Control, may anchor in the shelter of the LNG No 2: length 330 m; maximum LOA 305 m;
Southern Breakwater, but may not approach closer maximum draught 125 m; port side alongside.
than 500 m of the breakwater. 2 LNG Nos 3 and 4: length 390 m; maximum LOA
345 m; maximum draught 125 m; port side
Ra’s Laffºn Port Handbook [NP63/No.62/Wk.31/17] alongside.
Liquid Product Berth Nos 20 to 23: length 345 m;
maximum LOA 345 m; maximum draught 125 m.
Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Anchorages Liquid Product Berth Nos 24 to 25: length 370 m;
maximum LOA 345 m; maximum draught 125 m.
Dry Cargo Berth Nos 104 to 106: total length 556 m;
184 maximum LOA 345 m; maximum draught at
No 104 is 75 m and at Nos 105 and 106 it is
Paragraph 7.464 1 lines 1--9 including heading and existing 85 m.
Section IV Week 31/17 Replace by: Dry Cargo Berth No 107: length 137 m; maximum
LOA 122 m; maximum draught 85 m.
3 Wakra Dock. Berths as follows:
Outer anchorages Liquid Product Berth Nos 30 and 31: length 345 m;
7.464 maximum LOA 345 m; maximum draught 125 m.
1 The designated anchorage lies between the Rayyan Dock. Berths as follows:
parallels of 254600N and 255500N and the Container Terminal Nos 121 to 123: depth 135 m.
meridians of 514400E and 514900E, SE of the
port. It is sub--divided into 34 anchor berths, in depths Ra’s Laffºn Port Handbook [NP63/No.63/Wk.31/17]
between 10 m and 22 m, spaced about 1 mile apart.
The Port Authority should be contacted for berth
allocation. Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain —
Directions; light beacon
2 A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs
(7.472) is centred on 260170N 521235E.
In addition to the designated anchorage area, 193
supply vessels and other small craft, in consultation
with Port Control, may anchor in the shelter of the
Southern Breakwater, but may not approach closer 4 From the vicinity of MØnº’ Salman Approach Buoy
than 500 m of the breakwater. (261023N 504083E) (safe water) the...
Qatar Petroleum [NP63/No.64/Wk.32/17] MENAS Notice 007/16 [NP63/No.42/Wk.18/16]
2 -- 263
Index
NP63
Saudi Arabia – Ad Dammºm — 2 Berths 42 and 43 are dredged to 16 m and
Limiting conditions; controlling depth serve the new container terminal (263052N
501142E).
201 West Basin Y1 Light Buoy (special) is moored on
the W side of the main dredged area; lights are
Paragraph 8.117 1 Replace by: exhibited from the vicinity of the bulk cement berths
1 The approach channel has been dredged (2016) to and the explosives berth.
a depth of 165 m to a circular manoeuvring area Saudi Arabian Port Authority [NP63/No.46/Wk.47/16]
centred approximately on position 263129N
501200E. The approaches to the East Basin (8.131)
Saudi Arabia - Marjan Oilfield — Anchorages
have a dredged depth of 150 m. Consult the port
authorities for the latest information. 211
Saudi Arabian Port Authority [NP63/No.43/Wk.47/16] Paragraph 8.205 Replace by:
Spare
Saudi Arabia – Ad Dammºm — 8.205
Arrival information; outer anchorages; depth
BA Chart 3774 [NP63/No.47/Wk.45/16]
201--202
Kuwait – MØnº’ al AÖmadØ — Wreck
220
1 Anchorage berths within the port area are usually
allocated by port control; the holding ground is Paragraph 8.328 1 lines 7--10 Delete
generally good. Anchorage may be obtained in East
Channel Holding Anchorage (264910N 502950E); Ministry of Communications, Kuwait
vessels bound for Ad Dammºm may be directed to [NP63/No.54/Wk.30/17]
anchor here if the inner anchorage is congested; see
8.78. The Inner Holding Anchorage (263270N Iran -- Khowr--e Møsá —
General information; light vessel
501040E) has a dredged depth (2016) of 15 m and
is entered from the W side of the channel in the 229
vicinity of D 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand); the
extent of the anchorage is marked by light buoys Paragraph 9.4 1 line 5 For Khowr--e Møsá No 1 Light Float
(special). Read Khowr--e Møsá Light Vessel No 1
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring within the
entrance channel is prohibited. 230
Paragraph 9.7 including headings Replace by:
Saudi Arabian Port Authority [NP63/No.44/Wk.47/16]
KHOWR--E M³SÁ LIGHT VESSEL NO 1 TO

Saudi Arabia – Ad Dammºm — BANDAR--E EM†M KHOMEYN—
Harbour; development
General information
202 Charts 2884, 1268, 1269
Route
Paragraph 8.126 1 Replace by: 9.7
1 Works are in progress (2016) in the West Basin 1 From the vicinity of Khowr--e Møsá Light Vessel
(8.130) to construct two new berths (262993N No 1 (293702N 493397E), the route leads NW for
501142E). Land reclamation operations are also about 25 miles to the pilot boarding position in the
taking place in the vicinity of 263126N 501158E, vicinity of No 12 Light Buoy (295344N 491266E); it
to further expand the W dock face of the basin. continues NW, following the buoyed channel over The
Bar, then N through Khowr--e Møsá.
Saudi Arabian Port Authority [NP63/No.45/Wk.47/16]
[NP63/No.48/Wk.05/16]
Saudi Arabia – Ad Dammºm —
Basins and berths; West Basin Iran -- Khowr--e Møsá — Directions; light vessel
203 230
Paragraph 8.130 1 Replace by: Paragraph 9.12 1 lines 2--3 Delete
1 West Basin has been dredged (2016) to depths of Paragraph 9.13 1 lines 1--2 For Khowr--e Møsá No 1 Light
between 12 m and 16 m, and is the larger of the two Float (293730N 493467E) Read Khowr--e Møsá Light
deep--water basins with 19 alongside berths: Vessel No 1 (293702N 493397E)
Berths 23 to 26 form one of two container terminals;
Berths 23, 35 and 36 can handle RoRo traffic; Iran Ports and Maritime Organization
Berth 39 is used for explosives; [NP63/No.49/Wk.05/16]
2 -- 264
Index
NP63
Iran -- Bandar--e Emºm KhomeynØ — Egypt -- Suez Canal -- Port Said to Al Qanòarah —
General information; light vessel Bridge
231 74
Paragraph 9.21 1 lines 1--2 For Khowr--e Møsá No 1 Light Paragraph 2.77 2 line 7 Replace by:
Float (293730N 493467E) Read Khowr--e Møsá Light ...the W bank at Ra’s al ‘Ushsh, between Km 14 and 15.
Vessel No 1 (293702N 493397E) Bridge. A pontoon bridge (311370N 321824E),
marked by lights, is situated at Km 4.
[NP63/No.50/Wk.05/16] Egyptian Notice 8/17 [NP64/No.33/Wk.36/17]
Egypt – Gulf of Suez — Regulations

Iran -- Bandar--e Mºhshahr —
Directions; leading lights 88
Paragraph 9.48 3 Delete Regulations
3.12a
BA Chart 1269 [NP63/No.51/Wk.32/16] 1 Vessels in the Red Sea, bound for Egyptian ports,
should request permission to enter Egyptian waters
from the relevant port authorities 48 hours before
Iran -- Shaòò al ‘Arab -- Kºrøn Bar —
Directions; dangerous wreck crossing the parallel of 23N.
Vessels within the Gulf of Suez should maintain a
243 continuous listening watch on VHF.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Paragraph 9.108 4 line 1 For E Read W. Signals Volume 6(8).
UKHO [NP64/No.21/Wk.28/17]
E of a dangerous wreck (302480N 481052E), Egypt – Gulf of Suez —
thence: Directions; light; oil terminal
Pakistani Notice 48/15 [NP63/No.52/Wk.04/16] 90

Iraq -- Az Zubayr — Harbour; general layout
Ain Sukhna Light (white daymark...
293611N 322047E
Paragraph 9.214 1 line 9 For Berth No 10 Read Berths No 9
and No 10
91
After Paragraph 9.214 1 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 3.27 5 line 5 For 3.80 Read 3.73a
2 Caution. Berths are subject to siltation and to
abnormal water levels (9.199). Less water than After Paragraph 3.27 5 line 8 Insert:
charted has been reported (2016).
(Directions continue at 3.73o for Ain Sukhna)
H102 Interorient [NP63/No.53/Wk.19/16]
Paragraph 3.28 3 line 8 For 3.80 Read 3.73a
Egyptian Notice 5/17 [NP64/No.22/Wk.28/17]

NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2015 Edition)
Egypt -- Gulf of Suez -- Tor Bank — Wreck
Egypt -- Suez Canal North Approach — 92

66 ...Oilfield (3.47) are all situated on Tor Bank.
Thence:
...322082E). 332048E) marked by a light buoy (isolated
Eastern Channel Fairway: danger), thence:
Pilot boards near Eastern Channel Fairway Light
Buoy (312463N 322527E).
Egyptian Notice 8/17 [NP64/No.32/Wk.36/17] UKHO Chart 2374 [NP64--No 41--Wk 49/17]
2 -- 265
Index
NP64
Egypt – Gulf of Suez — Regulations Limiting conditions
96 Controlling depths
3.73c
Paragraph 3.59 1 line 8 Replace by: 1 Controlling depths for the approach and terminal
are:
Ain Sukhna (3.73a). FSRU/LNG approach channel: 157 m.
Terminals and harbour (3.75). FSRU/LNG berth: 14.6 m.
Ain Sukhna Oil Terminal (SBMs): 27.5 m. (see
caution 3.73u).
Regulations Tidal levels

3.61a 3.73d
1 See 3.12a and 3.22. 1 Tidal range is 1.5 m.
Paragraph 3.65 1 line 4 For 3.81 Read 3.73d Local weather and sea state
3.73e
1 The SBMs at the oil terminal are designed to
UKHO [NP64/No.23/Wk.28/17] accommodate vessels up to the following maximum
prevailing conditions:
Egypt – Gulf of Suez – Sokhna Port — Wind speed: 35 kn.
Directions; light Tidal range: 2 m.
Wave height: 34 m.
97 Current: surface 20 kn; seabed 10 kn.
2 These parameters are relevant to the safety of the
Paragraph 3.70 1 line 2 For 293612N 322052E Read buoy, not the ship, and as such the mooring master
293611N 322047E has the authority to decide whether the vessel should
remain moored or vacate the berth due to adverse
Paragraph 3.71 1 line 4 For 293612N 322052E Read weather conditions.
293611N 322047E
Arrival information
Paragraph 3.72 1 line 9 For 3.80 Read 3.73a
Port operations
3.73f
Egyptian Notice 5/17 [NP64/No.24/Wk.28/17] 1 Mooring and discharging operations at the SBM
continue 24 hours a day throughout the year, weather
permitting.
Egypt – Gulf of Suez – Ain Sukhna — Vessels are requested to arrive at the SBM terminal
Port details trimmed on an even keel.
97 Outer anchorages
3.73g
After Paragraph 3.73 2 line 4 Insert: 1 A tanker anchorage area is centred at 293145N
322725E, SE of No 4 SBM. Anchorage may be
obtained in depths of about 50 m, mud.
AIN SUKHNA
Pilotage
General information 3.73h
1 Pilotage is compulsory.
Position and function For FSRU/LNG Terminal berths, pilot boards at
3.73a 293688N 322392E.
1 Ain Sukhna (SUMED) (293580N 322020E) lies For oil terminal (SBM), pilot and berthing master
about 8 miles W of the S--bound lane of the Gulf of board at 293269N 322608E, or in the
Suez TSS. It is the S -- most terminal of the anchorage, and remain on board while the vessel
Suez--Mediterranean (SUMED) pipeline, which carries is discharging.
crude oil between Ain Sukhna and Sidi Kerir on the For further information, see Admiralty List of Radio
Mediterranean coast. Signals Volume 6(8).
2 The port comprises Ain Sukhna FSRU/LNG
Terminal (3.73v), Ain Sukhna Product Hub (ASPH) Traffic regulations
(3.73n) (under development 2017) and Ain Sukhna Oil 3.73i
Terminal (SBM) (3.73u). A small harbour, protected by 1 See 3.22 for regulations for the Gulf of Suez TSS
a breakwater, fronts the industrial area of Ain Sukhna. and Ain Sukhna approach.
Port Authority Quarantine

3.73b 3.73j
Arab Petroleum Pipeline Company (SUMED), Al 1 Quarantine regulations for Port of Ain Sukhna are
IskandarØya (Alexandria). similar to those in force at Suez.
2 -- 266
Index
NP64
Harbour Caution. A coral pinnacle, depth 42 m, lies S of
the turning basin.
General layout 5 Approach to SBM berths. From the W end of the
3.73k W--bound traffic lane, the track leads SSW to the pilot
1 The NW part of the port area comprises terminals boarding position (3.73h) for the SBM terminal, or S to
for an FSRU/LNG berth served by a pier extending the anchorage (3.73g).
6½ cables ESE from the shore, a small service basin
situated S of the FSRU/LNG terminal and an oil Directions for leaving harbour
terminal, comprising four SBMs. An anchorage is 3.73q
situated in the SE part of the port. 1 A SE--bound traffic lane, covered by the red sector
(298–306) of Ain Sukhna Light (3.25), leads from
Development Ain Sukhna anchorage (3.73g) at the SE part of the
3.73l port to the N--bound and S--bound lanes and crossing
1 Ain Sukhna Product Hub (ASPH) is under place of the TSS at South AS Light Float (safe water)
construction (2017), extending the main pier serving (292918N 323590E) (3.28).
the FSRU/LNG terminal ESE by 3¼ cables, to two
product berths. Basins and berths
Hazards Anchorages and moorings
3.73m 3.73r
1 A number of coral pinnacles lie in the NW part of 1 Ain Sukhna Oil Terminal (293480N 322330E)
the port WSW of the pilot boarding position and in the consists of four SBMs moored from 1 to 2½ miles
vicinity of the turning basin for the FSRU/LNG offshore. Lights are exhibited from all four SBMs.
terminal. Nos 1 and 2 SBMs, the NE and SW buoys of the
complex, can accommodate vessels up to
Tidal stream 350 000 dwt with a maximum draught of 228 m.
3.73n No 3 SBM, the NW buoy of the complex, can
1 Tidal stream at Ain Sukhna is reported to set accommodate a vessel up to 150 000 dwt with a
parallel to the coast, setting N with the in--going maximum draught of 167 m.
stream and S on the out--going stream, at a maximum 2 No 4 SBM, the SE buoy of the complex, can
surface rate of ½ kn. accommodate a vessel up to 500 000 dwt with
a maximum draught of 315 m.
Subject to the prevailing weather conditions and the
approval of the terminal operator No 2 SBM can
(continued from 3.27) accept vessels up to 400 000 dwt and No 3 SBM can
accept vessels up to 200 000 dwt.
Principal marks 3 Vessels approaching the berths should note the
3.73o 300 m of floating hose attached to each SBM.
1 Major lights: Tankers secure to the SBMs with two buoy lines
Ain Sukhna Light (293611N 322047E) (3.25). and embark the oil hoses on their port side using a
ship’s derrick or crane, with a safe working load of at
Approach least 10 tonnes.
3.73p Caution. Depths at the SBM berths may be
1 From a position in the N--bound or S--bound traffic reduced by up to 52 m by seabed installations.
lanes of the Gulf of Suez TSS, at the crossing for Ain
Sukhna, about 2½ miles S of No 1 Light Float (safe Alongside berths
water) (293949N 323242E), a W--bound traffic lane 3.73s
leads W towards the pilot boarding position at the NE 1 FSRU/LNG Terminal. An FSRU is moored to a pier
port limit. with dolphins (293616N 322163E) extending NE
2 The W--bound traffic lane to Ain Sukhna and the from a main pier, depth alongside 146 m.
crossing place through the TSS separation zone from
the N--bound lane are covered by the green sector Port services
(260--273) of Ain Sukhna Light. Supplies
3 Approach to FSRU/LNG Berth. From the W end 3.73t
of the W--bound traffic lane, the track continues W to 1 Fresh provisions with advance notice.
the pilot boarding position (3.73h) at the NE entrance
to the port; then continues W about 1¼ miles, Paragraph 3.74 1 lines 1--8 including headings and
passing: reference chart legend Replace by:
N of a coral pinnacle (293625N 322248E) which
dries, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) on its NE Terminal regulations
side. 3.74
4 The track then leads SW in a channel marked by 1 Main engines are required to be kept at immediate
light buoys (lateral), passing: notice and vessels must be prepared to vacate the
NW of a coral pinnacle with a depth of 23 m SBMs immediately on instructions from the berthing
(293637N 322226E), thence: master.
To a turning basin, 600 m in diameter, marked by
light buoys (special), and the FSRU/LNG berth. Egyptian Notice 5/17 [NP64/No.25/Wk.28/17]
2 -- 267
Index
NP64
Egypt – Gulf of Suez – Ras Sadat Terminal — 104
Terminal description
Paragraph 3.128 including chart references and General
97 information heading Replace by:
Paragraph 3.75 headings and reference chart legend Spare

Replace by: 3.128
UKHO [NP64/No.28/Wk.28/17]
TERMINALS AND HARBOUR
Egypt – Strait of Gubal – Ashrâfi Reef —
Ras Sadat Terminal Directions; racon
Charts 2133, 2373 108
General information After Paragraph 3.163 1 line 9 Insert:
3.75
AshrºfØ Reef Light (274734N 334238E) (3.25).
UKHO [NP64/No.26/Wk.28/17] Egyptian Notice 11/16 [NP64/No.1/Wk.51/16]
Egypt – Gulf of Suez -- Ain Sukhna — Red Sea – Strait of Gubal to JazØrat Zabarjad —
Terminal details Directions; bearings
98 120
Paragraph 3.80 1 lines 1--5 including headings Replace by: Paragraph 4.13 1 line 5 For WSW Read ENE
Paragraph 4.13 2 line 1 For WSW Read ENE

Spare
3.80 BA 159 [NP64/No.2/Wk.44/16]
Paragraph 3.81 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
Eritrea -- Bab el Mandeb —
Spare Directions; prohibited anchorage
3.81 123
Paragraph 3.82 1, 2 and 3 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 4.24 2 line 7 Replace by:
...light--structure stands nearby. An area in which
Spare
anchoring is prohibited lies N and W of the point.
3.82
Thence:
ENC FR375190 [NP64/No.3/Wk.21/16]
Spare
Eritrea -- Bab el Mandeb —
3.83 Directions; wreck depth
Paragraph 3.84 1 and 2 including heading Replace by: 123
Spare Paragraph 4.25 2 line 9 For 149 m Read 133 m

3.84
ENC FR375190 [NP64/No.4/Wk.21/16]
Sudan -- Sawºkin — Harbour; development
Spare
3.85 150
Paragraph 3.86 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 6.93 Insert:
Spare Development
3.86 6.93a
1 Extensive land reclamation is in progress (2016) to
Egyptian Notice 5/17 [NP64/No.27/Wk.28/17] the S of Graham Point (190773N 372168E).
BA Chart 81 [NP64/No.5/Wk.08/16]
Egypt – Gulf of Suez – East side — Regulations
Sudan -- Sawºkin — Directions
103--104
150--151
Regulations ...about 2 miles NE of the harbour control tower
3.127a (190747N 372132E), the track to Osman Digna Port
1 See 3.12a and 3.22. leads SW...
2 -- 268
Index
NP64
151 Sudan -- Sawºkin to Trinkitat — Directions
NW of the harbour control tower (190747N Paragraph 6.155 1 lines 4--5 For (190766N 372151E)
372132E), thence: (6.98) Read (190773N 372168E)
Paragraph 6.98 4 lines 4--5 Delete BA Chart 81 [NP64/No.9/Wk.08/16]
Photograph Approaches to Sawakin (6.98) Delete Sudan -- Inner Channel --

Sawºkin to Trinkitat — Directions
BA Chart 81 [NP64/No.6/Wk.08/16] 161

Paragraph 6.155 1--7 including existing Section IV week
08/16, Replace by:
Sudan -- Sawºkin — Directions; buoyage
1 From a position about 1¼ miles SW of No 9 Light
151 Beacon (190971N 372444E), ENE of the entrance
channel to Sawºkin, the track initially leads S,
Paragraph 6.98 2--3 including existing Section IV Notices passing:
Week 08/16 Replace by: E of Graham Point (190773N 372168E), thence:
2 W of Al Waladab al Beedh (190635N
2 From a position in the approaches to the harbour,
372603E) (chart 82), which lies at the W
about 2 miles NE of the harbour control tower end of a chain of reefs that extend about
(190747N 372132E), the track to Osman Digna 5½ miles WSW from Burns Reef (190710N
Port leads SW for about 2¾ miles, passing: 373020E) to a position within 2 miles of the
SE of a light beacon (black and white metal coastal reef, on the E side of the Inner
framework tower on base) (190850N Channel. Fasmat al Waladab (190656N
372196E) standing on the edge of the reef and 372735E), over which the sea generally
marking the N side of the start of the entrance breaks, lies in the central part of this chain;
channel, thence: several detached reefs lie in this vicinity.
3 NW of No 5 Light Beacon (190819N Thence:
372205E) which marks the N end of a 3 W of the detached coral reefs (190442N
detached drying coral reef. This light beacon 372589E) which stand on a shoal with a
marks the SE side of the entrance channel, least depth of 55 m, which lies in the NW
which then leads SW, through the coastal part of Qºd Eitwid. Qºd Eitwid is an area of
reef, to the harbour area. Thence: some islets, and numerous reefs and shoals,
SE of a light beacon (190792N 372140E), which fronts the coast for 11 miles S from
thence: Fasmat al Waladab (190656N 372737E).
NW of the control tower, thence: The sea breaks over some of these dangers.
SE of a light beacon (190739N 372094E) There is no navigable passage between the
marking the E limit of the prohibited anchorage reefs. Thence:
area, thence: 4 E of the beacon (metal post, T--shaped topmark,
3 m in height) (190381N 372412E) which
BA NM 14/1643/16 [NP64/No.7/Wk.15/16] stands close off the E side of the coastal reef,
E of Marsa Hadºd Gabº (190375N
372211E).
Sudan -- Sawºkin — Berths
The route continues S, passing:
E of the beacon (185991N 372485E) (metal
151 post, T--shaped topmark, NNW of South West
Islet, thence:
5 W of South West Islet (185801N 372624E),
a sandy islet with some coarse grass growing
Paragraph 6.99 2 lines 7--8 Delete on it, which lies SW of Qºd Eitwid Islet. The
islet is the NE--most of a group of islets
known locally as Al Zaharat. Thence:
152 W of a 73 m shoal patch (185655N 372687E)
which lies SSE of South West Islet. This shoal
Photograph LNG Exporting Berth (6.99) Delete patch extends 6½ cables SSW with depths of
157 m or less. And:
Paragraph 6.100 1 Replace by: 6 E of the beacon (185550N 372483E),
position approximate, which stands near the
1 Railway Pier is situated close SW of the Livestock centre of the coastal reef.
Export Berth No 11. The track then continues SE, passing:
Cotton Pier and two further smaller piers are SW of the shoal patch with a least depth of 68 m
situated S of Old Sawºkin. (185593N 372707E), which lies N of the track,
and noting the patch with a depth of 101 m close
BA Chart 81 [NP64/No.8/Wk.08/16] S.
2 -- 269
Index
NP64
Paragraph 6.156 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 8.71 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:
1 The track for Trinkitat then continues generally Restricted area. A restricted area surrounds South
ENE, then E passing: Oil Jetty (8.81). Vessels must not enter this area
SSE of Silayet al Shubuk (South East Reef) without permission.
(185705N 372921E) noting the shoal patches
extending S 1½ miles, with a least depth of 8 m, Israeli Chart 500 [NP64/No.11/Wk.10/16]
SSW of the reef. Silayet al Shubuk, over which the
sea generally breaks, is marked by a beacon
(metal post, cone topmark, 5 m in height). Saudi Arabia -- ‹ubº Bulk Plant Terminal —
Thence:
2 SE of shoals with a least depth of 73 m,
extending up to 1 mile SE of Silayet al 223
Shubuk, and:
Clear of a set of shoal patches 1¾ miles W of Middle Paragraph 9.55 1 line 2 For 271572N 354252E Read
Shoal (185550N 373206E), a detached coral 271700N 354300E
head, thence:
N of Middle Shoal, thence: Saudi Port Authority [NP64/No.12/Wk.03/16]
3 S of Eitwid Islet (190135N 373358E), a
sandy islet fringed by a reef on which bushes
grow on its NE end. The islet forms a good Saudi Arabia -- Yanbu‘ Al BaÖr —
landmark for this section of the Inner Channel. Port development
No attempt should be made to pass between
Eitwid Islet and Qºd Eitwid Islet. Thence: 229
4 N of Jinniya Reef (Corner Reef), the N--most of
two detached reefs which lie off the NE After Paragraph 9.103 1 line 11 Insert:
corner of Sha‘ab el Shubuk (6.167). The reef,
over which the sea generally breaks, is
marked by a beacon (masonry base, metal Development
post, cage topmark) (185338N 373639E). 9.103a
During periods of calm weather, when the sea 1 The port is undergoing extensive development and
does not break, the reef is usually visible. A dredging (2017). A 700 m long berth is under
shoal bank, with a least depth of 64 m, lies construction on the E side of the inner basin. Land
about 1¾ miles NW of the reef. reclamation works are also in progress on the S side
of the inner basin. The Port Authority should be
contacted for the latest information.
BANM 25/3228(P)/16 [NP64/No.10/Wk.28/16]
UKHO [NP64/No.40/Wk.45/17]
Egypt -- Sharm el Sheikh — Anchorage
Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- Ra’s Mastørah to
198 Ar Ra’s al Aswad — Directions;
major lights; racon
235
1 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels in
the NE corner of the bay in an emergency, clear of
any moorings that may be laid, in depths of about Shi’b Nºzºr Light (221940N 385132E).
26 m, sand. Anchoring on reefs is prohibited. Caution Al Fahal Light (221852N 385807E).
is necessary as depths increase suddenly towards
the W. After Paragraph 9.157 1 line 5 Insert:
Shi’b Nºzºr Light — as above.

BA Chart 2132 [NP64/No.36/Wk.43/17]
King Abdullah Port [NP64/No.13a/Wk.16/16]
Israel -- Eilat; pilotage and traffic regulations

Saudi Arabia -- MØnº ' al QaÊØmah —
Directions; light; racon
206
235
After paragraph 9.156 5 line 2 including existing Section IV
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot for Katza Oil Notice Week 16/16 Replace by:
Terminal boards in position 292996N 345567E; the
pilot for Eilat boards in position 293075N Shi’b Nºzºr Light (221940N 385132E).
345649E. The pilot launch has a red hull with buff
superstructure. King Abdullah Port Notice 2/17 [NP64/No.29/Wk.35/17]
2 -- 270
Index
NP64
Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- Ra’s Mastørah to Saudi Arabia -- MØnº ' al QaÊØmah —
Ar Ra’s al Aswad — Directions; Directions; light; racon
major lights; racon
237
236
Paragraph 9.164 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 16/16
Paragraph 9.158 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: Replace by:
1 Major light:
3 W of Shi‘b Nºzºr (221991N 385117E), a Shi’b Nºzºr Light (221940N 385132E).
drying reef. A light (9.156) is exhibited from Racons:
the S extremity of the reef and a light buoy Beacon (221960N 385754E), position
(port hand) is moored close S of the light, approximate.
marking the outer end of the entrance channel Shi’b Nºzºr Light — as above.
to MØnº' al QaÊØmah. Thence: For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
King Abdullah Port [NP64/No.13b/Wk.16/16]
King Abdullah Port Notice 2/17 [NP64/No.30/Wk.35/17]
Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- MØnº' al QaÊØmah — Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- King Abdullah Port —
General information; reference chart Directions for entering harbour;
major lights; Racon
236
241
Paragraph 9.160 above heading ‘General information’
Replace by: Paragraph 9.203 including heading Replace by:
Major lights
Charts 63, 2659 9.203
1 Shi’b Nºzºr Light (221940N 385132E).
UKHO [NP64/No.14/Wk.16/16] Al Fahal Light (221852N 385807E).
Qiòa’ al Kirsh Light (222600N 385958E).
Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- MØnº' al QaÊØmah — 9.203a
Directions for entering harbour; major lights; 1 Racons:
racon Shi’b Nºzºr Light — as above.
V--AIS:
237 King Abdullah Port DW route is marked by V--AIS.
For further details see Admiralty List of Lights
Paragraph 9.164 1--3 Replace by: Volume 2.
1 Major lights: Paragraph 9.204 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:
Shi’b Nºzºr Light (221940N 385132E). SE of an isolated drying reef (221864N
Al Fahal Light (221852N 385807E). 385315E), marked by a light and a light buoy
Other aids to navigation: (starboard hand), thence:
Racons:
Beacon (221960N 385754E), position Paragraph 9.204 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
approximate. NW of Qiòa’ al Kirsh (222593N 385976E), a
Shi’b Nºzºr Light — as above. drying reef, from where lights are exhibited.
For further details see Admiralty List of Lights
Volume 2. King Abdullah Port [NP64/No.16/Wk.16/16]
2 Entry. From a position about 2 miles WSW of the S
extremity of Shi‘b Nºzºr (221991N 385117E) the Saudi Arabia -- MØnº ' al QaÊØmah —
track leads through the designated entrance channel, Directions; light; racon
passing:
SSE of Shi‘b Nºzºr Light (9.156); P10 Light Buoy 241
(port hand) (221917N 385138E) is moored Paragraph 9.203 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 16/16
close S. Thence: Replace by:
3 NNW of Rose Reef Light (221871N
385309E), marking the NW side of a drying Major lights
rock. P09 Light Buoy (starboard hand) lies 9.203
close S. Thence: 1 Shi’b Nºzºr Light (221940N 385132E).
Through a precautionary area where the approach Qiòa’ al Kirsh Light (222600N 385958E).
channel crosses the King Abdullah Port DW route,
thence: King Abdullah Port Notice 2/17 [NP64/No.31/Wk.35/17]
4 NNW of the beacon (221960N 385754E),
position approximate, which stands near the Saudi Arabia – Jeddah — Limiting conditions;
W edge of the shoal water on the S side of directions for entering harbour
the outer approach channel, thence:
Clear of the light buoy (safe water) (222131N 242
385922E) and into the narrower inner reach of
the approach channel.
...commercial port of Jeddah; they are swept to 16 m. A
King Abdullah Port [NP64/No.15/Wk.16/16] maximum draught of...
2 -- 271
Index
NP64
244 2 From the vicinity of the pilot station the terminal
entrance is situated 3¼ miles NE and marked by light
Paragraph 9.224 6 line 6 For S part of the E Read S part of buoys (lateral).
the W Berths. The terminal consists of two berths with
associated mooring dolphins. The terminal basin has
Paragraph 9.224 6 line 7 For (9.232) Read (9.231) been dredged to 18 m (2016).
Saudi Ports Authority [NP64/No.19/Wk.20/16]
246
Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn Oil Terminal —
Paragraph 9.231 1 line 2 Replace by: Pilot boarding position
...channel, swept to 16 m, leads about 1 mile E, passing: 267

2 Pilotage is compulsory; pilots board in position
2 N of a dangerous wreck (212761N 390707E), 165170N 422780E or in the vicinity of N13 Light
marked close NW by No 15 Light Buoy (starboard Buoy (10.113).
hand), thence:
S of Shi‘b Jahºn (212851N 390719E), a Paragraph 10.120 2 lines 1--3 Delete
partially drying reef which extends about 8 cables in a
N/S direction, marked by Shi‘b Jahºn Light (9.224). ‘A’ 268
Light Buoy (port hand) (212820N 390714E), marks
Paragraph 10.121 2 line 6 For 2 miles Read 5 miles
the S extremity of the reef and the W extremity of the
entrance to the channel leading to Red Sea Gateway
Terminal. Saudi Port Authority [NP64/No.20/Wk.03/16]
(Directions continue at 9.232
and for the commercial port at 9.233) Djibouti -- Golfe De Tadjoura —
Multi--purpose port
333
2 SE of Shi‘b Jahºn (9.231) and Shi‘b Jahºn Light Paragraph 14.19 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
(212851N 390719E) (9.224), standing on
the S part of the W side of Shi‘b Jahºn, 1 South coast. Between Doraleh Multi--purpose Port
thence: (113600N 430400E) and ‘Ambâda (113547N
430039E) (14.54) the coast is fringed by a shallow,
Saudi Ports Authority [NP64/No.17/Wk.07/17] rocky bank. It is composed of steep cliffs between
120 m and 150 m high.
Saudi Arabia -- Jeddah — Berths; oil terminal French Notice 36/165/17 [NP64/No.37/Wk.45/17]
249 Djibouti -- Port d’Obock -- Port du Sud —

Directions; depths
334
Al Hazem Oil Terminal (211083N 390904E) Paragraph 14.30 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
(10.11a) is situated 17 miles S of Jeddah.
...so as to avoid the unsurveyed area, with depths
Saudi Ports Authority [NP64/No.18/Wk.20/16] of 46 m (1941) and the reef (115764N 431871E).
BA Chart 265 C Port of Obock [NP64/No.34/Wk.42/17]
Saudi Arabia -- Offshore passage —
Side channel; oil terminal Djibouti -- Golfe de Tadjoura -- Tadjoura — Shoal
335
253
BA Chart 265 A Tadjoura Anchorage
Al Hazem Oil Terminal [NP64/No.35/Wk.42/17]
10.11a
1 General information. Al Hazem Oil Terminal Djibouti -- Golfe De Tadjoura —
(211083N 390904E) has been established for the Multi--purpose port
Jeddah South Thermal Power Plant. 338
Directions. Approach to the pilot station
(210800N 390650E) should be made passing S Paragraph 14.56 1 line 2--5 Replace by:
and then E of Al Qaîr al YamºnØyah (210588N ...(113732N 430900E) (14.76) and Doraleh
390210E), noting a rock awash, existence doubtful, Multi--purpose Port (113600N 430400E).
4½ miles SW and a shoal patch with a depth of
146 m, 5¼ miles ESE. French Notice 36/165/17 [NP64/No.38/Wk.45/17]
2 -- 272
Index
NP64
Djibouti -- Golfe De Tadjoura — Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations
Multi--purpose port
87
343
Traffic regulations
Doraleh Multi--purpose Port
14.89a 4.2a
1 Phase 1 of Doraleh Multi--purpose Port (113600N 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84.
430400E), in operation since mid--2017, consists of
a 12 km long quay close W of the oil terminal. The Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.9/Wk.41/17]
port can handle bulk, break--bulk, container and RoRo
cargoes. Canada -- Sept--Îles — Arrival information;
outer anchorages
103
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2016 Edition) Paragraph 5.27 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 A triangular--shaped anchorage area is situated in
Gulf of St Lawrence — Regulations; the middle of the bay. The SW part of this area is for
speed restrictions; protection of wildlife transhipment and special operations. Only vessels
13 authorised by the harbour master may anchor in this
area.
Paragraph 1.83 1 lines 10--11 Replace by: During strong SW winds, the swell in the anchorage
2 In order to promote navigation safety and protection in Baie des Sept Îles, can be significant for vessels
of the marine environment in the Gulf of St Lawrence smaller than 30 000 dwt.
and the St Lawrence River due to an increase of
North Atlantic right whales, all vessels of 198 m or Canadian East Notice 10/ATL110 para 280/17
longer are instructed to proceed at a speed not [NP65/No.16/Wk.47/17]
exceeding 10 kn over the ground in an area between
the following coordinates: 4710N 6200W; 4710N St Lawrence River -- Sept--Îles — Berths
6500W; 5020N 6500W; 5020N 6200W. Failure
to comply could lead to enforcement action. 105
Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. After Paragraph 5.41 1 line 10 Insert:
Quai des Crosières 117, 11
2 Vessels within the speed restriction area of the Gulf (No 12) extended
of St Lawrence and St Lawrence River (1.83), are to (501184N 662297W). by dolphins
report all observations of live, dead or injured whales Berth on S side. to 315
to the Canadian Coast Guard on VHF ch 16, or by Passengers and general
calling the Marine Animal Response Society at
1--866--567--6277 or the Réseau québécois d’urgences cargo.
pour les mammifères marins at 1--877--722--5346.
Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.7/Wk.41/17]
Canadian Chart 1220 [NP65/No.12/Wk.45/17]
Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations
65 St Lawrence River -- Sept--Îles --
Point Noire — Berths
106
3 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84.
Quai Multiusager (501005N 662810W); length of
dredged berth 320 m. The quay is used for iron ore loading.
Gulf of St Lawrence, North Shore – Berth No 35 (outer) has a least depth alongside of 202 m
Strait of Belle Isle to Cap Whittle — (2017). Berth No 36 (inner) has a least depth alongside of
General information; Navigation
160 m (2017).
73
Canadian Chart 1220 [NP65/No.13/Wk.45/17]
4 CAUTION. Due to significant distortions on the Rivière Saguenay and approaches –
following Canadian reference charts, shoreline and Saguenay–St. Lawrence Marine Park —
other chart features can be offset by more than 150 m Whale protection
from their true positions. Mariners are requested to be
very cautious. 117
Canadian charts 4470; 4472; 4473 and 4474.
Paragraph 5.141 3 line 12 For (April 2013 to March 2014)
Canadian E Notice 4/4470/16 [NP65/No.1/Wk.21/16] Read (April 2016 to March 2017)
2 -- 273
Index
NP65
Paragraph 5.141 4--8 Replace by: Saint Lawrence River -- Chenal du Nord --
Saint--Siméon — Pier depth
4 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (May 1 to
October 31), to reduce the risk of ship strikes with 159
whales and to minimize the impact of noise on the Paragraph 8.18 2 line 5 For 77 m Read 67 m
beluga whales are in force. These take the following
form: Canadian East Notice 9/1234/17 [NP65/No.14/Wk.46/17]
A precautionary area within the park and extending
NE and SW beyond its boundaries. Canada -- Cape Breton Island -- St Anns Bank —
A speed restriction area where vessels should Restricted area
proceed at 10 kn or less through the water and 217
post an additional lookout exists between Îles
Penchées (482225N 692217W) and Paragraph 11.50 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
Haut--fond Prince Light (480649N 693686W). ...unexploded ordnance, lies 14 miles E of Flint Island.
5 An ATBA, lies within the inshore traffic zone
between Pointe au Boisvert (483385N Restricted area
690870W) and Îles Penchées (482225N 11.50a
692217W). If impossible to avoid passage of 1 An ESSA (460665N 590020W) is established in
this area, vessels should proceed at 10 kn or an area of Saint Anns Bank (460400N 591600W),
less through the water. centred ENE of Scatarie Island (11.49). Ballasting
restrictions apply to all vessels.
Canada East Notices 05/1203 & 1236/16 After Paragraph 11.52 1 line 7 Insert:
[NP65/No.2/Wk.26/16]
The described route passes through an ESSA. See
11.50a for further information.
Pointe Noire to Pointe au Boeuf —
Vertical clearance Canadian Notice 08/4001/2017 [NP65/No.6/Wk.40/17]
Nova Scotia -- Canso Lock —

119 General information; vertical clearance
1 Power transmission lines span the river as follows: Paragraph 12.99 1 line 10 For 457 m Read 43 m
3 cables W of Cap de la Boule (480888N
694822W), vertical clearance 89 m. Canadian East Notice 10/4302/17
1½ miles WNW of Pointe aux Crêpes (481302N [NP65/No.17/Wk.47/17]
695369W), vertical clearance 47 m.
Strait of Canso – Canso Lock to North Canso —
Canadian Notice 10/1203/16 [NP65/No.3/Wk.48/16] General information; vertical clearance
245
Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations Paragraph 12.105 1 line 2 For 490 m (161 ft) Read 410 m
(134 ft)
125
Canadian E Notice 9/4302/16 [NP65/No.4/Wk.43/16]
Prince Edward Island -- Charlottetown --
Traffic regulations North River — Depths
6.2a 268
Paragraph 13.168 1 line 1 For (461421N 600954W)
Read (461363N 630917W)
Gulf of St Lawrence -- Îles de la Madeleine -- ...buoys, has a least depth of 37 m (461326N
Cap--aux--Mueles — Berths 630923W) at its entrance, and then depths more than
55 m as far as...
131
Canadian E Notice 11/4460/17 [NP65--No 19--Wk 51/17]
Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations
...depths from 31 m to 53 m alongside.
283
Paragraph 6.51 1 line 8 For 49 m to 72 m Read 54 m to Traffic regulations
61 m 14.1a
Canadian E Notice 11/4956/17 [NP65--No 18--Wk 51/17] Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.11/Wk.41/17]
2 -- 274
Index
NP65
Shediac Valley -- Miramichi Bay — Gulf of St Lawrence -- West shore --
Limiting draught Havre de Gaspé — Berths
284 304
...was reported (2017) as 55 m at HW. ...and 34 m wide, has a least depth of...
Canadian East Notice 9/4911/17 [NP65/No.15/Wk.46/17]

Gulf of St Lawrence -- West shore --
Miramichi Bay to Birch Point — Wreck
Canadian E Notice 11/4416/17 [NP65--No 21--Wk 51/17]
288
After Paragraph 14.43 2 line 6 Insert: NP66A South--West Coast of Scotland Pilot
Clear of a dangerous wreck (475535N (2014 Edition)
642280W), reported 2017, thence:
Scotland – West coast —
Canadian E Notice 11/4024/17 [NP65--No 20--Wk 51/17] LORAN--C and eLORAN
Gulf of St Lawrence – Baie de Lamèque — 5

Directions; lights
Paragraph 1.44 1 and heading Replace by:
292
Spare
3 Pointe à Marcelle Leading Lights: Trinity House Notice 27/15 [NP66A/No.1/Wk.52/15]
Front light (white trapezium daymark, red stripe,...
After Paragraph 14.68 3 line 13 Insert: Regulations — Dangerous substances in
harbour areas
From close E of the E edge of Pokesudie Shoal
(475072N 644481W), the alignment (194) of 8
these lights, visible on the leading line only, leads
through the first reach of Shippegan Channel. Paragraph 1.67 including heading Replace by:
Dangerous goods in harbour areas
4 Pointe à Bernache Leading Lights: 1.67
Front light (black trapezium daymark, red stripe,... 1 The Dangerous Goods in Harbour Areas
Regulations, 2016 (DGHAR), concern the marking,
movements and berthing of vessels with dangerous
The alignment (1795) of these lights leads S goods embarked. They define the various substances
through the central part of Baie de Shippegan. (IMO Dangerous Goods Code) and require that the
Harbour Master be given notice of the entry of such
substances into the Harbour Area. The Harbour
1 The track for Baie de Lamèque, marked by light Master is empowered to prohibit or remove any
buoys (lateral), leads SE from Baie de Shippegan dangerous goods, which in his opinion are a risk to
across a bar of sand and mud with a charted depth of health or safety. A red flag (International Code B) is to
49 m (1992), between Pointe Alexandre (474702N be displayed by day and a red light at night, in
644158W) and Pointe Brûlé (474608N vessels carrying dangerous goods, including when
644456W), 2 miles SW. moored or anchored. They are also to be equipped
2 The track then leads E and ENE to a point about with VHF radio.
7¾ cables SE of Pointe Alexandre. The track then 2 For further information see www.legislation.gov.uk
leads NE through a dredged channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral), with reported depth of 55 m (2017), to UK Statutory Instrument 721/16 [NP66A/No.2/Wk.47/16]
the harbour entrance.
Scotland – West coast – Firth of Clyde —
Paragraph 14.71 4 lines 2--4 Replace by: Submarine traffic
Lamèque Wharf Light (red, white and red triangular
daymark, point up, on pipe swing pole SE of 47
harbour entrance) (474743N 643954W) on
the SE side of the entrance.
Canadian Notice 3/4920/17 [NP65/No.5/Wk.19/17] QHM HMNB Clyde [NP66A/No.3/Wk.49/15]
2 -- 275
Index
NP66A
Scotland — Loch Ryan — Directions Scotland – West coast – Firth of Clyde —
Submarine traffic
53 95
Paragraph 2.52 title Replace Cairnryan Ferry Terminal by: Paragraph 3.3 4 line 7 For 1000 m Read 1500 m
Port of Cairnryan
QHM HMNB Clyde [NP66A/No.8/Wk.49/15]
53 – 54
Paragraph 2.52 8 line 1 – 8 Replace by: Scotland – Firth of Clyde –

Firth of Clyde Channel — Least depth
8 Thence, when Cairn Point (545847N
50184W), is distant 3½ cables, astern, and 98
the S end of Cairnryan Jetty is abeam, the After Paragraph 3.16 1 line 6 Insert:
alignment (340), astern, of Cairn Point
(545847N 50184W) (from where Cairn Paragraph 3.16 1 line 7 Replace by:
Point light (2.49) is exhibited) with Garry Point
(550069N 50322W) leads SSE in the ... entrance to the River Clyde is 177 m close E of the end
fairway, to a position WSW of the Port of of the channel, 1½ cables SE of Whiteforeland Buoy.
Cairnryan Mooring Dolphin Light (545777N
50102W) (mast). BA Chart 1994 [NP66A/No.9/Wk.31/16]
54
Depths of 28 m and 22 m are shown encroaching
Paragraph 2.59 1 line 2 Replace 69 m by: 68 m into the channel from SE, and are best seen on the
chart.
Paragraph 2.60 1 line 1 For Cairnryan Port Service Read BA Chart 1867 [NP66A/No.9/Wk.31/16]
Loch Ryan Port
Scotland – Firth of Clyde –
BA Chart 1404 [NP66A/No.4/Wk.27/16] Greenock — Controlling depths
105
Firth of Clyde – Ayr — Pilotage
Paragraph 3.50 1 line 5 For 65 m Read 60 m.
63
BA Chart 1994 [NP66A/No.10/Wk.31/16]
...board 8½ cables SW of South Pier Light. Scotland – Firth of Clyde – Greenock — Harbour
Ayr & Troon LNM 5/15 [NP66A/No.5/Wk.42/15] 106

Scotland – West coast – Ayr — ... less than 3 m to 85 m, alongside the outer berths. Parts
Directions: light buoy of the harbour dry, depths vary, and are best seen on the
chart.
64
Paragraph 3.54 5 line 4 For 1998 Read 2015
S of Euchar Light Buoy (port hand) (552824N Paragraph 3.55 1 line 5 For SW Read SE
43894W), thence:
S of North Breakwater head (552822N 43878W) Paragraph 3.55 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
which is detached and lies 80 m NNW of the South ... length of 380 m and has been dredged to 75 m depth
Pier head. A light (white metal framework tower, alongside (2015).
9 m in height) is exhibited from the N Breakwater.
Thence: BA Chart 1994 [NP66A/No.11/Wk.31/16]
ABP Ayr Notice 10/15 [NP66A/No.6/Wk.03/16] Scotland – Firth of Clyde – Loch Long and
approaches — Controlling depths
Scotland – Campbeltown — 113
Arrival information; Regulations
78
...Channel is 33 m. Vessels using the Firth of Clyde
Paragraph 2.185 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: Channel (3.16), via the Skelmorlie Channel (3.16) should
note the least depth of 31 m where Skelmorlie Channel
... in The Dangerous Goods in Harbour Areas Regulations meets Hunterston Channel. The least depth in Loch Long
2016 (DGHAR). fairway is 33 m, as far as Morelaggan Point...
UK Statutory Instrument 721/16 [NP66A/No.7/Wk.47/16] BA Charts 3746 & 2221 [NP66A/No.12/Wk.32/16]
2 -- 276
Index
NP66A
Loch Goil – Directions Scotland --Loch Indaal --
Bruichladdich Pier — Light
117 140
4 Track: The berth is approached from the S in the white
From a position ESE of Rubha nan Eòin sector (348--349) of a light (554601N 62163W),
(560565N 45254W), the track leads NW in the standing 1½ cables N of the pier, exhibited during
white sector (3175--3185) of The Perch Light vessel movements.
(orange can on metal column, 3 m in height) Northern Lighthouse Board correspondence 09/11/17
(560691N 45429W), passing: [NP66A--No 35--Wk 49/17]
5 SW of Carraig nan Ròn, or Dog Rock
(560600N 45169W), 3 m high and from Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound -- Oban —
where Carraig nan Ròn Light (white column, Traffic Regulations; directions;
5 m in height) is exhibited, (3.99), thence: development; anchorages
QHM Clyde Notice 09/17 [NP66A/No.13/Wk.08/17] 190

Firth of Clyde – Gareloch – Rhu Narrows — ...Bay (5.77) and Oban Harbour (5.84) from both N
Depths and S. It provides safe passage...
Oban Bay Code of Practice [NP66A/No.17/Wk.20/17]
120
Paragraph 3.117 1 line 7 Add: However depths down to Scotland – Kerrera Sound — Buoyage
129 m have been reported (2015) in Rhu Narrows and 190
approaches.
From north. From the vicinity of 562600N
BA Chart 2000 [NP66A/No.14/Wk.36/15]
53000W the route leads SE then S to a position off
Oban Bay (562487N 52884W).
Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch and approaches -- Northern Lighthouse Board [NP66A/No.18/Wk.15/15]
Faslane — Traffic signals
Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound -- Oban —
122--123 Traffic Regulations; directions;
development; anchorages
190
5 WSW of the end of the SW arm of the Naval
Jetty (560315N 44925W), extending from Paragraph 5.74 1 line 13 including existing Section IV
Carnban Point, on which stands a building Notice Week 15/15 Replace by:
(3.123) from which Port Closure light signals From north. From the vicinity of 562600N
are made from the NW and SE corners. A 53020W, the route leads SE and then S to a
light (metal mast) is exhibited from the elbow position off Oban Harbour.
of the jetty. A dolphin stands close SE, with
another dolphin, marked by a light, a short Paragraph 5.77 2 line 1 Replace by:
distance farther SE. An overhead power cable 2 Oban Bay is defined as the area bounded to the
is suspended between the two dolphins, and N by a line from...
passage between the dolphins is prohibited.
Correspondence Faslane [NP66A/No.15/Wk.13/17] 3 Oban Harbour (5.84) is defined as the area
which lies to the E of a charted line between
Dog Stone (562541N 52900W) (5.83) and
Scotland – West coast – River Clyde — Brandystone (562453N 52928W).
Maintained depth North Channel (562566N 52960W) is deemed to
be a narrow channel (see COLREG Rule 9) and
125 forms the Large Vessel Channel and deep water
route into Oban Bay.
Paragraph 3.138 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: 4 A large vessel is defined as a vessel of more
than 20 m in length and/or a draught of more
...Quay 16½ miles up river, the channel has a maintained than 3 m. Any vessel other than a large
depth of 80 m. Depths in the River Clyde are subject to vessel is considered a small vessel.
siltation and liable to change; for the latest information Large vessels leaving Oban Bay have the right of
consult the Harbour Master. way over all vessels entering Oban Bay. Small
vessels, including sailing vessels, shall not
impede the passage of a large vessel entering or
Peel Ports [NP66A/No.16/Wk.50/15] leaving Oban Bay.
2 -- 277
Index
NP66A
5 Small vessels entering or leaving Oban Bay Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound -- Oban—
through North Channel should remain outside Traffic Regulations; directions;
the Large Vessel Channel where practicable. development; anchorages
Small vessels shall not cross the Large
Vessel Channel if such crossing impedes the 191
passage of a vessel that can only navigate
Paragraph 5.82 3 line 6 For Oban Bay Read Oban Harbour
within it.
6 Within Oban Harbour there is a speed limit of (5.84)
6 knots. A speed limit of 10 knots is in force
for the rest of Oban Bay; all vessels should 192
avoid making excessive wash.
7 Vessels operating in Oban Bay should maintain Paragraph 5.83 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
a listening watch on VHF. Large vessels
should broadcast a brief safety announcement ...of the entrance, leads SE towards North Channel
on VHF prior to entry or departure. For details (5.77), a deep water channel that forms the N
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals entrance to Oban Bay, passing:
Volume 6(1). Paragraph 5.83 7 line 2 For Bay Read Harbour (5.84)
For further details regarding the Oban Bay
regulations, see www.obanharbour.scot
193
Paragraph 5.84 1 lines 1--2 Including heading Replace by:
Scotland – Kerrera Sound — Buoyage
Oban Harbour
191 General information
1 Position and function. Oban Harbour (562490N
4 WNW of Sgeir an Fheurain Light Buoy 52890W) forms the E side of Oban Bay (5.77) and
(starboard hand) (562280N 53194W) is...
which marks the WSW extremity of Sgeir an
Fheurain (562282N 53183W), a drying Paragraph 5.84 2 line 5 For Oban Bay Read Oban Harbour
rock and shoal ground fronting Rubh’ an
Fheurain, a promontory 5 m high, thence: Paragraph 5.84 3 line 2 For Bay Read Harbour
2 WNW of the NW area of Ferry Rocks 194
(562403N 53060W) marked by Ferry After Paragraph 5.86 1 line 8 Insert:
Rocks NW Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(562411N 53070W), and: Speed Limit. A speed limit of 6 kn is in force within
ESE of Kerrera Light Buoy (port hand) (562415N the harbour, see 5.77.
53081W), thence: A Code of Practice for navigation in Oban Bay is in
operation, see 5.77.
Paragraph 5.81 1 line 9 For (port hand) Read (E cardinal)
Northern Lighthouse Board [NP66A/No.20/Wk.15/15] Development. A marina is under construction in
the vicinity of 562495N 52859W.
Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound -- Oban— Paragraph 5.88 1 line 6 For Bay Read Harbour
Traffic Regulations; directions;
development; anchorages
191 1 Anchorage berths. Four commercial anchorages
lie within Oban Bay and Oban Harbour as follows:
Paragraph 5.82 1 line 1 For Oban Read Oban Harbour
No 1 (562492N 52904W). Vessels must
maintain a NW heading to avoid blocking ferry
Oban Bay Code of Practice [NP66A/No.21/Wk.20/17] traffic.
No 2 (562519N 52947W) in Ardantrive Bay
Firth of Lorn and South--West Approaches -- (5.91).
Kerrera Sound — Directions; buoyage No 3 (562592N 53037W).
No 4 (562507N 52956W) in Ardantrive Bay.
191 Caution. These anchorages are recommended by
the Oban Bay Group; it is ultimately the Master’s
Paragraph 5.82 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: responsibility to ensure that the anchorage is
WNW of NWM6--North Light Buoy (special) moored appropriate for the vessel and any intended passenger
S of the SW--most (562454N 52971W) of a transfer operations.
group of shoals, with least depth 44 m, fronting After Paragraph 5.89 2 line 3 Insert:
Cardingmill Bay (5.92), thence:
Caution. Winds from the SW blow with great force
Correspondence [NP66A/No.22/Wk.26/17] up Kerrera Sound.
2 -- 278
Index
NP66A
Paragraph 5.89 3 line 3 For Bay Read Harbour Loch Etive — Directions; depth
Paragraph 5.89 4 line 5 For Bay Read Harbour 207

195 NNE of a shoal, depth 65 m, and drying ground
(562765N 51917W), fronting Abbot’s Isles, ...
Paragraph 5.91 1 line 5 For Bay Read Harbour
MV White Ribbon, BGS [NP66A/No.26/Wk.16/15]
Loch Linnhe -- Corran Narrows —
Directions; light
Firth of Lorn and South--West Approaches --
Kerrera Sound -- Oban Harbour — Anchorage 214
and harbours; buoyage
195
...of the above marks leads NNE, and at night in
Paragraph 5.92 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: the white sector (020--030) of Corran Point Light
(5.191), passing:
1 Cardingmill Bay (562463N 52942W) affords
anchorage near the middle of an area containing 215
many private and visitors’ moorings. The NW
boundary of the mooring area is marked by a light Paragraph 5.227 5 Replace by:
buoy and a buoy (both special) moored close within.
5 Thence, the track continues to lead NNE to a
This anchorage has limited swinging room.
position 7 cables SSW of Corran Point Light
Correspondence [NP66A/No.24/Wk.26/17] (564325N 51454W) (5.191), where the white
sector (0325--0335) of Corran Narrows NE Light
Beacon (white metal framework tower, 4 m in height)
Lynn of Morvern -- Glensanda Harbour — (564362N 51390W), leads NE, through Corran
Pilotage; tidal streams Narrows, passing:
199 NLB Notice 6/17 [NP66A/No.27/Wk.24/17]
Paragraph 5.114 2 line 2 For 6000 dwt Read 8000 dwt
Scotland – Sound of Mull — Buoyage
222
After SW gales, if the wind veers or subsides, a
build--up of water in the loch can cause the out--going Paragraph 5.271 5 lines 1--5 Replace by:
tide to have a rate of up to 3½ kn for approximately 5 SW of New Rocks (563912N 60336W) a
24 hours. rocky shoal with depths of less than 11 m,
marked by New Rocks Light Buoy (west
Glensanda Port and Terminal Information Booklet cardinal) (563907N 60355W). A rocky
[NP66A/No.34/Wk.31/17] bank (563892N 60365W), with depth
122 m, lies 1½ cables SSW. Thence:
Scotland – Lynn of Lorn –
Loch Creran — Anchorages NLB Notice 07/16 [NP66A/No.28/Wk.15/16]
Tobermory -- Harbour Association
202
223
Paragraph 5.275 2 line 5 For Authority Read Association
Anchorages. Loch Creran has been designated a
Marine Special Area of Conservation and mariners are
requested to restrict anchoring to the preferred UKHO [NP66A/No.29/Wk.01/16]
anchorages described at 5.141a, 5.142 and 5.145.
Isle of Mull — Tobermory Harbour;
203 seaplane operating area
After Paragraph 5.141 8 Insert: 224

Glaceriska Bay
5.141a 2 Regulations. Local rules prohibit anchorage in the
1 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in fairway and restrict speed to 4 kn.
the bay, NE of Eriska.
Loch Creran Marine SAC Management Plan
[NP66A/No.25/Wk.19/16] Tobermory Harbour Assoc. [NP66A/No.30/Wk.09/17]
2 -- 279
Index
NP66A
Scotland West coast -- Loch Aline — depths Isle of Skye — Loch na Bèiste; wrecks
224 91
...is 16 m. ...head, clear of marine farms and three wrecks
which lie in the following positions:
Aspect Surveys Ltd [NP66A/No.33/Wk.27/17] 571591N 54269W
571586N 54291W
Loch Aline — Depth 571573N 54347W.
225
UKHO [NP66B/No.3/Wk.51/16]
Paragraph 5.283 5 line 7 After reef. Add A depth of 04 m
has been reported (2015) 50 m ESE of the beacon. Outer Hebrides – South Uist — Lochboisdale
Bob Bradfield, Antares Charts [NP66A/No.31/Wk.25/15] 105

Paragraph 2.352 including centre heading Replace by:
Scotland – Sound of Iona — Buoyage
236 Lochboisdale and Gasay Harbour
Paragraph 5.346 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: General information
3 WNW of Bogha hun a Chuhoil (561667N 2.352
62485W), a pinnacle rock with depth 13 m marked 1 Position and function. Lochboisdale (570911N
by Bogha hun a Chuhoil Light Buoy (S cardinal) 71825W), where berthing facilities for coasters are
(561657N 62486W), moored close S; see clearing available, is situated midway on the N side of Loch
bearings below. Thence: Boisdale. With a population of about 1950,
Lochboisdale is the terminal for the vehicular ferries
NLB Notice 04/16 [NP66A/No.32/Wk.05/16]
from Oban, on the Scottish mainland, and from
Castlebay on Barra. In addition to a regular ferry
NP66B North--West Coast of Scotland Pilot service the port is frequently used by coasters and
(2014 Edition) fishing vessels.
2 A new (2016) marina and fishing harbour lies on
the S side of the approaches to Lochboisdale,
Scotland – West coast — between Gasay and Rubha Bhuailt, connected by a
LORAN--C and eLORAN causeway to the mainland.
5 3 Port limits. The outer harbour limit is defined by a
Paragraph 1.42 1 and heading Replace by: N/S line 6 cables in length from the head of Bagh
Creag Spuir (570909N 71600W) to the S shore of
Spare the loch. The inner harbour limit is defined by a line
1.42 from Hotel Point (570918N 71816W) to the E
extremity of Rubha Bhuailt, 25 cables SSE.
Trinity House Notice 27/15 [NP66B/No.1/Wk.52/15] 4 Port Authority. Lochboisdale harbour is managed
by Caledonian Maritime Assets Ltd, Ferry Terminal,
Regulations — Gourock PA19 1QP. The jetty is operated by
Dangerous substances in harbour areas Caledonian MacBrayne Ltd, Pier Office, Lochboisdale
8 HS8 5TH.
Main office, Gourock: +44(0)1475 650100.
Paragraph 1.66 including heading Replace by: Lochboisdale: +44(0)1878 700288.
Website. www.calmac.co.uk
Dangerous goods in harbour areas
1.66 Transport Scotland [NP66B/No.4/Wk.22/16]
1 The Dangerous Goods in Harbour Areas
Regulations, 2016 (DGHAR), concern the marking, 106
movements and berthing of vessels with dangerous
goods embarked. They define the various substances Paragraph 2.355 Delete
(IMO Dangerous Goods Code) and require that the
Harbour Master be given notice of the entry of such After Paragraph 2.357 1 line 13 Insert:
substances into the Harbour Area. The Harbour
Master is empowered to prohibit or remove any 2 Gasay Harbour. The new harbour on the W side of
dangerous goods, which in his opinion are a risk to Gasay, protected by breakwaters, provides pontoon
health or safety. A red flag (International Code B) is to berths for leisure craft and small fishing vessels, and
be displayed by day and a red light at night, in alongside berths for larger fishing vessels. Approaches
vessels carrying dangerous goods, including when
moored or anchored. They are also to be equipped within the harbour to the Fish Pier and pontoon berths
with VHF radio. are dredged to 40 m. Depth alongside the Fish Pier is
2 For further information see www.legislation.gov.uk 55 m and 30 m at the pontoon berths.
UK Statutory Instrument 721/16 [NP66B/No.2/Wk.47/16] Wallace Stone Civil Engineering [NP66B/No.4/Wk.22/16]
2 -- 280
Index
NP66B
Loch Maddy — Pilotage Inner Sound -- Rona — Light
147 170
Pilots are not available. Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/17
[NP66B/No.11/Wk.44/17]
CnES Harbour Office [NP66B/No.5/Wk.43/16]
Inner Sound -- Rona — Light
Isle of Skye – Inner Sound —
Directions; light beacons 173
161
Paragraph 4.45 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/17
[NP66B/No.12/Wk.44/17]
Sgeir Ghobhlach Light Beacon (metal platform
structure, 8 m in height) (571569N 55225W).
162 175
Paragraph 4.45 5 lines 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 4.120 1 line 8 Delete
...Ghobhlach, marked by Sgeir Ghobhlach Light

Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/17
Beacon (571569N 55225W), thence:
[NP66B/No.13/Wk.44/17]
...Ghobhlach (4.45), marked by Sgeir Ghobhlach
Light Beacon (571569N 55225W) (4.45), and: 177
163--164 Paragraph 4.140 1 line 8 Delete
Paragraph 4.55 3 lines 6--11 Replace by: Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/17
[NP66B/No.14/Wk.44/17]
ENE of the coastal bank (571988N 55620W),
with a depth of 14 m, which extends up to
1¾ cables from Sgeir Thraid, a drying rock on Inner Sound -- Rona — Light
which stands Sgeir Thraid Light Beacon (metal
178
platform structure, 8 m in height) (571982N
55651W), and: Paragraph 4.146 1 line 5 Delete
164 Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/17

[NP66B/No.15/Wk.44/17]
4 SSW of a shoal (571961N 55650W), with a Loch Broom -- Ullapool — Directions; wreck
depth of 57 m, fronting Sgeir Thraid on which
stands Sgeir Thraid Light Beacon (571982N 193
55651W) (4.55), thence:
165 Thence as required to berth, noting a dangerous
wreck (575356N 50917W) and numerous small
Paragraph 4.69 2 line 3 Replace by: mooring buoys lying ESE of the jetty.
...on which stands Sgeir Thraid Light Beacon MCA 13/04/17 [NP66B/No.7/Wk.26/17]
(571982N 55651W) (4.55), thence:
Outer Hebrides – Stornoway — Pilotage
NLB Notices 8 & 9/15 [NP66B/No.6/Wk.15/15]
208
Inner Sound -- Rona — Light Paragraph 5.172 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
166 ...Harbour Master. The pilot boards at the Outer Pilot

Station (581060N 62100W) or, off Arnish Point Light, at
Paragraph 4.77 1 lines 6--7 Delete the Inner Pilot Station (581143N 62174W). For details
see...
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/17
[NP66B/No.10/Wk.44/17] HM Stornoway Port [NP66B/No.8/Wk.45/15]
2 -- 281
Index
NP66B
Deep water route – Whale Rock — 2 Only vessels of 180 m or less and/or less than 9 m
Directions; buoy draught may anchor SE of the reference line, unless a
pilot is on board. Other vessels should anchor NW of
227 the line, or in the designated anchorages in the S
Paragraph 6.66 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: portion of Zone II. Pilotage is required in the joint
anchorage for all vessels of 220 m length or more,
...heavy weather. A light buoy (E cardinal) marks and loaded tankers of 180 m or more.
Whale Rock.
Designated anchorages:
NLB Notice 14/15 [NP66B/No.9/Wk.25/15] Area A. Vessels less than 120 m in length and a
maximum draught of 85 m; circular area, radius
380 m, centred on 432221N 82151W.
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot Area B. Vessels less than 120 m in length and a
(2014 Edition) maximum draught of 70 m; circular area, radius
380 m, centred on 432149N 82197W.
Area C. Vessels less than 80 m in length and a
Spain – Cabo Finisterre to Cabo Raso —
maximum draught of 50 m; circular area, radius
Passage directions
270 m, centred on 432117N 82226W.
62 Spanish Notice 50/4--17.4.1/16; 4--17.4.2
After Paragraph 2.32 1 line 2 Insert: [NP67/No.4/Wk.02/17]
AIS: Spain – North--West Coast – Ría de A Coruña —

Cabo Silleiro Light — as above. Arrival information; pilotage
Spanish Notice 02/17/17 [NP67/No.1/Wk.06/17] 77
Spain – North--West Coast – Ría de Ferrol and The pilot boarding position (P1) (432420N
de Ría A Coruña — Arrival information;
anchorages 82617W) is used for vessels over 9 m draught,
vessels carrying dangerous goods and vessels under
70 emergency conditions.
The pilot boarding position (P3) (432510N
After Paragraph 3.46 1 line 15 Insert: 82202W) is used for vessels of no more than 11 m
2 A Coruña--Ferrol joint anchorage. See 3.103 for draught, using Canal del Este.
details. Paragraph 3.104 2 line 2 Replace by:
Spanish Notice 50/4--17.4.1/16 [NP67/No.2/Wk.02/17] ...(P2), WNW of Punta Mera (432320N
82208W),...
Spain – North--West Coast – Spanish Notice 50/4--17.3/16 [NP67/No.5/Wk.02/17]
Ría de A Coruña — Port limits
Spain – North--West Coast – Ría de A Coruña —
76 Basins and berths; tanker terminal depths;
deep--water port
80
1 Zone I (inner area). Area lying W of a line joining
the head of Dique Barrié de la Maza (3.106) and the Paragraph 3.119 1 line 7 For 13 m Read 11 m.
head of Dique Exterior (432112N 82277W) of
Nueva Dársena de Oza, including the area within Paragraph 3.119 2 line 2 For 17 m Read 16 m.
Nueva Dársena de Oza.
2 Zone II (outer area). Ría de la Coruña, E and NE Paragraph 3.119 2 line 4 For 155 m Read 16 m.
of Zone I, extending N to 432530N and W to Punta
Peñaboa (3.134), excluding Ensenada de Orzan; also Paragraph 3.121 including heading Replace by:
the S half of the approaches to Ría de Betanzos
(3.90), lying N of Fontán and excluding Ensenada de Spare
Cirro. 3.121
Spanish Notice 50/4--17.5/16 [NP67/No.3/Wk.02/17] Spanish SD 2016 Edition [NP67/No.6/Wk.02/17]
Spain – North--West Coast – Ría de A Coruña to

Spain – North--West Coast – Ría de A Coruña — Islas Sisargas — Directions;
Arrival information; anchorages anchorages and harbours
76 82
1 A Coruña--Ferrol joint anchorage, for merchant Anchorages and harbours

vessels awaiting entry or departure from the ports of
A Coruña or Ferrol, is established at the entrance to Puerto Exterior de A Coruña
Ría de Ares (3.74) and Ría de Betanzos (3.74). Inner 3.136a
and outer areas are defined by a reference line joining 1 General information. The new deep--water port lies
Punta Redonda and Islas Miranda. 4 miles W of the main port complex of A Coruña.
2 -- 282
Index
NP67
The port is protected by a mole extending 3360 m After Paragraph 4.155 Insert:
W then SW from Punta Langosteira (Punta o Cabo)
(432100N 83100W) to form a basin with depths of Other aids to navigation
20 m and capable of handling tankers and bulk 4.155a
carriers of 300 000 dwt. 1 AIS
2 Pilotage. For all vessels carrying dangerous goods, Cabo Silleiro Light — as above.
pilot boards at position P4 (432183N 83441W). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
For all other vessels, pilot boards at P5 (432093N Volume 2.
83279W). See also 3.104 and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Spanish Notice 02/17/17 [NP67/No.10/Wk.06/17]
3 Directions. Vessels should approach the port
through the channel orientated SE--NW established Spain -- Puerto de Vigo and approaches —
between the end of the mole on which stands a Directions for entering harbour;
other aids to navigation
beacon (port hand) and Bajo Pego (3.134) which is
marked by light buoys (starboard hand). 117
Restricted Area. A renewable energy area, centred
432215N 82967W, to which traffic is restricted, lies Paragraph 4.176 1 line 2 For 421500N 85238W Read
close NE of Puerto Exterior de A Coruña. 421503N 85236W
4 Berths. Tanker berths are under construction (2016)
along the mole. Bulk berths are located in the NE of After Paragraph 4.176 1 line 5 Insert:
the basin. AIS:
Punta Robaleira Light — as above.
Above Paragraph 3.137 1 Centre heading Anchorage Cabo Silleiro Light — as above.
Delete 2 Cabo Silleiro Light Buoy (N cardinal) (420726N
85472W).
Cabo Estay Front Leading Light — as above.
Spanish Notice 50/4--20.1.4/16 [NP67/No.7/Wk.02/17]
Spain -- Ría De Arousa — Directions; buoyage Spain -- Puerto de Vigo — Floating platform
103 118
...2½ cables farther NE, thence;
12 NNW of Bajo El Seijo (4¾ miles ENE), a rock Clear of an ATIR wave--powered floating platform (lit)
which is surmounted by a beacon (green and white) (421484N 84450W), thence:
and which only breaks at LW. Bajo El Seijo is the
outermost... Spanish Notice 30/293/2017 [NP67/No.51/Wk.34/17]
Spanish Notice 3/12/16 [NP67/No.8/Wk.05/16] Spain -- Puerto de Vigo and approaches —

Directions for entering harbour;
approach and entry from south
Spain – Ría de Arousa to Ría de Pontevedra — 118
109 3 NNW of Cabo Silleiro (420672N 85390W)
(4.155), from which a reef extends 7 cables NNW,
Paragraph 4.114 1 Replace by: marked by Cabo Silleiro Light Buoy (N cardinal),
thence:
1 AIS:
Isla Ons Light — as above. Spanish Notice 02/17/17 [NP67/No.12/Wk.06/17]
Cabo Silleiro Light — as above.
Spain – Ría de Vigo to Río Miño — Directions
Volume 2.
121
Spain – Ría de Pontevedra to Ría De Vigo –
Directions; other aids to navigation Other aids to navigation
4.198a
114 1 AIS:
Paragraph 4.155 4 lines 6--7 Replace by: Cabo Silleiro Light Buoy (N cardinal) (420726N
85472W).
...bands, on white dwelling, 30 m in height) For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
(420626N 85379W) (see above). Volume 2.
2 -- 283
Index
NP67
Paragraph 4.199 1 line 4 Replace by: Portugal -- Baía de Cascais -- Cascais — Shoal
W of Cabo Silleiro (420672N 85390W) (4.155), 153
from which a reef extends 7 cables NNW, marked
by Cabo Silleiro Light Buoy (N cardinal), thence: After Paragraph 5.174 1 line 12 Insert:
2 Caution. A shoal area (384165N 92483W)
Spanish Notice 02/17/17 [NP67/No.13/Wk.06/17] surrounds the breakwater and extends N into the
Portugal – Rio Minho to Rio Lima — Directions harbour entrance, with a least depth of 14 m.
126 Portuguese Notice 10/237/17 [NP67--No 54--Wk 49/17]
After Paragraph 5.12 Insert: Portugal -- Porto de Lisboa and approaches —

Storm signals
Other aids to navigation 156
5.12a
1 AIS: Paragraph 5.194 1 lines 3--4 Delete
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Paragraph 5.194 1 lines 7--11 Delete
Volume 2.
Portuguese Notice 3/156/16 [NP67/No.18/Wk.18/16]
Portugal -- Porto de Lisboa — Directions; light

Portugal – Porto de Aveiro — Leading line
157
140
Paragraph 5.109 1 line 8 For 063.1 Read 060.6
Portuguese NM 11/268/15 [NP67/No.19/Wk.01/16]
Portuguese ENC PT528506 [NP67/No.15/Wk.13/15]
Portugal – Porto de Sines —
Berths; Terminal XXI
Portugal – Porto da Figueira da Foz —
Harbour; vertical clearance 172

1 Terminal XXI is a container terminal located E of
Paragraph 5.122 2 line 8 For 39 m Read 37 m the LNG terminal. It has a continuous quay length of
946 m; maximum depth alongside 155 m. Terminal
Portuguese Notice 7/219/16 [NP67/No.16/Wk.44/16] XXI--W, 200 m in length, lies in the NW corner of the
terminal and has depths alongside of 100 m.
A breakwater extends SE/NW and protects both the
Portugal -- west of Lisboa -- Cabo da Roca — LNG and container terminals. A marine farm marked
Traffic separation scheme; two--way traffic route by light beacons (special), lies along the inside of the
SE arm of the breakwater.
149
On the E side of the separation zone there is a Portugal – Cabo de São Vicente —
2 mile wide two--way traffic route for vessels sailing Traffic separation scheme
between ports situated between Cabo Finisterre
178
(425294N 91632W) and Punta del Perro
(364427N 62654W) and S--bound ships bound to After Paragraph 6.18 1 line 8 Insert:
the port of Lisboa (Lisbon) or N--bound ships leaving
the port of Lisboa, except for ships carrying oils (as 1 To the E of these TSS lanes is an additional 2 mile
listed in appendix I of annex I of the International wide lane for southbound coastal traffic between Cabo
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, Finisterre and Punta del Perro and southbound ships
1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (Marpol) bound for Porto de Portimão, not carrying oils (as
and carrying in bulk the substances listed in listed in appendix I of annex I of the International
categories X and Y in the appendices I and II of Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships,
annex II of that same Convention. 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978, Marpol
The area between this route and the coast is 73/78) or dangerous bulk substances (listed in
designated as an inshore traffic zone. categories X and Y in appendices I and II of annex II
of that same Convention).
BA Chart 3635; IMO Ships’ Routeing 2015 Edition Part B
II/32--1 and II/32--2 [NP67/No.17/Wk.08/16] IMO Ship’s Routing 2013 [NP67/No.21/Wk.27/15]
2 -- 284
Index
NP67
Spain -- Río Guardiana — AIS:
Bridge; vertical clearance Puerto de Huelva W Cardinal Light Buoy
(370553N 64910W).
188 Dique de Juan Carlos I — as above.
Picacho Light — as above.
Volume 2.
Spanish Chart 440A; ENC ES400440
[NP67/No.22/Wk.22/16] Spanish Notice 03/22/17 [NP67/No.26/Wk.07/17]
Spain – South--west coast – Ensenada de Huelva Spain – Río Guadalquivir —

— Light buoy (special) Directions for entering the river;
other aids to navigation
189 195
....(370085N 65973W), thence 13 miles ENE to AIS:
the shore. No 2 Light Buoy (W cardinal) (364735N
62676W).
Spanish Notice 10/49/15 [NP67/No.23/Wk.14/15] Bajo Salmedina Light Beacon (W cardinal)
(364438N 62843W) (6.130).
Spain – Río Guadiana to Ría de Huelva — Punta del Perro Light Buoy — as above.
Directions; AIS No 1 El Perro Light Buoy — as above.
189 Volume 2.
Paragraph 6.82 including heading Replace by: Spanish Notice 6/55/17 [NP67/No.27/Wk.10/17]
Other aids to navigation Spain -- Bahía de Cádiz -- Rota Naval Base —

6.82 Directions; leading beacons
1 Racon:
201
Dique de Juan Carlos I (370649N 64994W)
(6.99). Paragraph 6.178 3 line 2 For 322 Read 3205
AIS:
SBM (370479N 65559W) (6.105). Spanish Notice 50/371/16 [NP67/No.28/Wk.01/17]
Dique de Juan Carlos I — as above.
Puerto de Huelva W Cardinal Light Buoy Spain – Bahía de Cádiz –
(370553N 64910W). Rota Naval Base — Depths
Picacho Light — as above.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 201
Volume 2.
Spanish Notice 03/22/17 [NP67/No.24/Wk.07/17] ...depths alongside from 94 to 140 m.
Spain – South--west coast – Ensenada de Huelva
— Light buoy (special) ...alongside from 77 to 119 m.
190 202
...alongside from 88 to 96 m.
....64559W) to a junction (370085N 65973W)
(6.78) (chart 93). Paragraph 6.179 1 line 10 Replace by:
Spanish Notice 10/49/15 [NP67/No.25/Wk.14/15] Muelle No 4 (finger pier); length 350 m; depths
alongside from 37 to 110 m.
Spain – Puerto de Huelva — Spanish Chart 4433 [NP67/No.29/Wk.18/17]

Directions for entering harbour; AIS
Spain -- Puerto de Cádiz —
191 Limiting conditions; vertical clearance
After Paragraph 6.99 Insert: 204
Other aids to navigation After Paragraph 6.194 1 line 11 Insert:

6.99a Puente de la Constitución 1812 (363139N
1 Racon: 61582W), a bridge which spans the harbour close S
Dique de Juan Carlos I (370649N 64994W) of La Cabezuela (6.202) has a vertical clearance of
(6.99). 69 m above the buoyed channel.
2 -- 285
Index
NP67
Paragraph 6.204 including heading Replace by: Morocco -- Tanger — Anchorages; caution
Spare 221
6.204
Paragraph 7.60 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
BA Chart 88 [NP67/No.30/Wk.21/16] Week 24/17 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. There are two outer anchorage areas
Spain -- Puerto de Cádiz — situated in Baie de Tanger. Anchorage No 1, centred
Limiting conditions; vertical clearance in position 354843N 54935W, has depths from 13
204 to 45 m. Anchorage No 2, has depths from 31 to
39 m. The anchorages are separated by an area, two
Paragraph 6.194 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 21/16 cables wide, in which anchoring is prohibited (see
Replace by: below).
Puente de la Constitución 1812 (363139N Anchorage No 3, centred on 354711N 54722W,
61582W), a bridge which spans the harbour close S lies about 5 cables SE of the breakwater head; depths
of La Cabezuela (6.202), has a vertical clearance of between 11 and 16 m, sand.
66 m above the buoyed channel. Caution. There are number of charted obstructions
in Anchorage No 1 and an obstruction with a depth of
93 m lies on the SW edge of Anchorage No 3.
Spain -- Puerto de Cadiz — AIS BA Chart 1912/2017 [NP67/No.53/Wk.47/17]

206 Morocco – Tanger — Arrival information;
After Paragraph 6.207 2 line 3 Insert: prohibited anchorages
221
6.207b After Paragraph 7.60 3 line 4 Insert:
1 AIS Anchoring is also prohibited between No 1 and
Castillo de San Sebastián Lighthouse -- as above. No 2 anchorages due to the presence of a mile--long
seawater intake pipeline, the seaward end of which is
marked by a Light Buoy (special).
Strait of Gibraltar — Vessel Traffic Service BA Chart 1912 [NP67/No.35/Wk.24/17]

213 Morocco – Tanger —
Paragraph 7.7 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Arrival information; pilotage
1 A mandatory ship reporting system (GIBREP) has 221

been established in the Strait of Gibraltar. For futher Paragraph 7.60 5 line 3 For 8 cables Read 1 mile
Volume 6(1).
BA Chart 1912 [NP67/No.36/Wk.24/17]
Spain and Gibraltar --
214 Gibraltar Bay — Directions; lights
Paragraph 7.77 2 lines 3--4 Delete.
225
UKHO [NP67/No.33/Wk.45/16]
Morocco – Tanger — Gibraltar South Mole (‘A’ Head) Light (360804N
Arrival information; anchorages 52185W) (7.106).
221 BA Chart 1448 [NP67/No.37/Wk.31/16]
Morocco – Tanger--Méditerranée — Harbour
1 Anchorages. There are two outer anchorage areas
situated in Baie de Tanger. Anchorage No 1, centred 226
in position 354843N 54935W, has depths from 13 After Paragraph 7.92 2 line 5 Insert:
to 45 m. Anchorage No 2, has depths from 31 to
39 m. The anchorages are separated by an area, two Entry into Tanger--Méditerranée 2
cables wide, in which anchoring is prohibited (see
below). 7.92a
Anchorage No 3, centred on 354711N 54722W, 1 Vessels approach within the red sector of the
lies about 5 cables SE of the breakwater head; depths direction light (355278N 53180W) on the end of
between 11 and 16 m, sand. the secondary jetty, and then within the white sector
of the light (355151N 53268W) at the SW end of
BA Chart 1912 [NP67/No.34/Wk.24/17] the basin.
2 -- 286
Index
NP67
Paragraph 7.93 1 line 8 For 16 m Read 16 -- 18 m 2 Container Terminal 4 in the SW part of the basin
has 1245 m of quays with depths of 16 to 18 m.
French Notice 22/15 Instructions Nautiques D6 (2008) Terminal 3 is under construction (2015) to the NE of
amendments [NP67/No.38/Wk.25/15] Terminal 4. A turning circle, dredged to 185 m, is in
the centre of the basin.
Morocco -- Tanger--Méditerranée 1 — Harbour French Notice 22/2015 Instructions Nautiques D6 (2008)
amendments [NP67/No.41/Wk.25/15]
226
Paragraph 7.93 including existing Section IV Week 25/15, Morocco -- Tanger--Méditerranée —
Replace by: Basins and berths; depths
1 The port comprises a basin protected from the NW 226
by a breakwater extending 1 mile NE, the end of
which is marked by a light (355402N 52965W). Paragraph 7.94a 1 and 2 including existing Section IV Notice
An inner breakwater, marked by a light, extends Week 25/15 Replace by:
from the NE corner in a SW direction and an entrance
between the breakwaters facing NE is 300 m in width. 1 Tanger--Méditerranée 2 (355255N 53198W) is
2 There are 1600 m of quays in the SE to SW part the largest of the three basins and is situated
of the basin, which consists of No 1 and No 2 immediately adjacent to the Passenger and RoRo
Container Terminals, with depths of 16 to 18 m;
port. It is protected to the N and W by an angled
maximum allowable draught 162 m.
3 At the SW side of the basin between the two breakwater 3500 m in length, the end of which is
container terminals, there is a Ro--Ro pier; length marked by a light (pylon, 12 m in height) (355288N
220 m with a dolphin close NW of the pier. This pier 53202W).
can accomodate vessels with a maximum length of An inner breakwater (355280N 53162W),
240 m; depths alongside 12 m. marked by a light, is under construction (2017) from
the NW breakwater of the Passenger and RoRo port.
French Notice 25/2016. Instructions Nautiques D6 (2008) The entrance, lying to the NW of the inner breakwater
amendments [NP67/No.39/Wk.28/16]
light is about 370 m wide, with charted depths from 10
to 20 m.
Morocco -- Tanger--Méditerranée — 2 Container Terminal 4 (355181N 53234W) in the
Basins and berths; depths SW part of the basin has 1245 m of quays with
depths from 154 to 179 m. Land reclamation works
226 are in progress (2017) for the construction of
Paragraph 7.93 2 and 3 including existing Section IV Notice Terminal 3 (355229N 53161W). A turning circle,
Week 28/16 Replace by: with a charted depth of 179 m, is in the centre of the
basin.
2 Container Terminals No 1 and No 2 (355356N
52967W), situated on the E side of the basin, French Notice 15/132/17, ENC FR574330
provide 1600 m of berthing space with charted depths [NP67/No.42/Wk.25/17]
from 114 to 174 m.
RoRo Terminal (355341N 53010W). At the SW
end of the basin there is a RoRo pier. This berth can Spain and Gibraltar -- Gibraltar Bay —
accommodate vessels with a maximum length of Directions; lights
240 m; charted depth alongside 114 m.
3 General goods and bulk terminal (355358N 229
53014W), Situated along the SW part of the outer
breakwater, the terminal provides 500 m of berthing Paragraph 7.104 1 lines 6--7 Delete.
space and charted depths from 114 to 144 m.
French Notice 15/132/17, ENC FR574330
[NP67/No.40/Wk.25/17] 1 Gibraltar South Mole (‘A’ Head) Light (white
column 7 m in height) (360804N 52185W).
Morocco – Tanger--Méditerranée — Harbour Ermita del Baleares (360927N 52706W), a
conspicuous building.
226 Conspicuous chimney (elevation 182 m)
(361093N 52335W), at the power station at
After Paragraph 7.94 1 line 8 Insert: Puente Mayorga (7.122).
Tanger--Méditerranée 2 231
7.94a
1 Immediately adjacent to the Passenger and Ro--Ro Paragraph 7.117 2 lines 1--8 Replace by:
port, Tanger--Méditerranée 2 is the largest of the three 1 Major lights:
basins, protected to the N and W by an angled Punta Carnero Light (360462N 52558W) (7.76).
3500 m breakwater, the end of which is marked by a
light (355288N 53202W). Europa Point Light (360658N 52069W) (7.76).
An inner breakwater, marked by a light, is under Gibraltar Aero Light (360857N 52059W).
construction (2015) from the NW breakwater of the Track. There are no specific directions for entering
Passenger and Ro--Ro port. The entrance is 250 m Puerto de Algeciras--La Línea. The chart is a sufficient
wide, with a depth of 27 m. guide.
2 -- 287
Index
NP67
Useful mark: Paragraph 8.19 1 lines 3--4 Delete
Gibraltar South Mole (‘A’ Head) Light (360804N
52185W) (7.106).
BA Chart 1448 [NP67/No.43/Wk.31/16]
Arquipélago dos Açores – Ilha de São Jorge –
Porto das Velas — Anchorage
Gibraltar – Inner harbour — Speed limit
263
236
Inner harbour speed limit. The maximum speed Portuguese Notice 3/160/15 [NP67/No.48/Wk.18/15]
allowed within the inner harbour, as shown on the
chart, is 5 kn.
Arquipélago dos Açores – Ilha do Faial –
Gibraltar Notice 19/15 [NP67/No.44/Wk.25/15] Porto da Horta — Anchorage
266
Spain and Gibraltar -- Gibraltar Bay —
Directions; lights Paragraph 8.164 1 line 10 Add:
North outer anchorage; bearing 095 4 cables, in a
237
depth of 37 m.
Paragraph 7.149 2 lines 6--7 Delete. South outer anchorage; bearing 128 5 cables, in a
depth of 35 m.
Gibraltar South Mole (‘A’ Head) Light (360804N
52185W) (7.106).
Portugal -- Ilha do Pico -- Madalena — Directions;
leading lights
BA Chart 1448 [NP67/No.45/Wk.31/16]
267
Gibraltar -- Inner Harbour — Depths
238 ...Madalena the white sector (1395--1425) of Madalena
light (white posts, red bands, 6 m in height) (383202N
283190W) situated at the head...
Shoals with depths of 46 and 48 m lie WSW of
Berth 38 in the vicinity of 360825N 52152W and Portuguese Notice 06/192/17 [NP67/No.50/Wk.31/17]
360822N 52153W respectively. For the latest
information contact the Port Authority.
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Gibraltar Notice 47/15 [NP67/No.46/Wk.50/15] Volume 1 (2016 Edition)
Strait of Gibraltar -- South side --

Puerto De Ceuta — Directions; AIS Gulf of Maine – Frenchman Bay —
240 58
AIS: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
Dique de Poniente (355376N 51867W).
Dique de Levante (355374N 51847W). US vessels under register in foreign trade, with a
For information see The Mariners Handbook and draught of 27 m (9 ft) or more. The pilot boards in
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. position 441810N 680399W or 441611N
680789W. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Spanish NM 33/194/15 & 51/380/16 Volume 6(5) for details.
[NP67/No.47/Wk.03/17]
US Notice 01/13312/16 [NP68/No.1/Wk.12/16]
Portugal -- Arcquipélago dos Açores –
Ilha de São Miguel -- Bretanha — Light Gulf of Maine – Penobscot Bay —
General information; pilotage
245
66
N of Ponta da Bretanha (8.16). A light, Pilar da
Bretanha, (white column, red stripes, 6 m in Vessels from the W: in position 434659N
height) (375427N 254710W) is exhibited 692259W.
close SW of Ponta da Bretanha. Baixona, a rock
awash, lies 2 cables... US Notice 11/13006/16 [NP68/No.2/Wk.14/16]
2 -- 288
Index
NP68
Gulf of Maine – Penobscot River — Buzzards Bay -- New Bedford and Approaches —
General information; vertical clearances Directions; buoyage
161
77
ESE of Inez Rock (413377N 705447W), thence:
2 Overhead power cables. Power cables span the
US Notice 20/13218/17 [NP68/No.7/Wk.25/17]
river in positions 443430N 684852W and
444067N 684888W. The vertical clearance of
Narragansett Bay – West Passage –
these cables is 432 and 399 m (142 and 131 ft), Quonset Point and Davisville Depot —
respectively. Berths; depths
US Notice 09/13309/16 [NP68/No.3/Wk.12/16] 170

Massachusetts – Cape Cod — Directions; light 4 Berths. Pier at Quonset Point with reported depths
alongside between 67 and 83 m.
126 Davisville Depot. Depths between 73 and 82 m on
the SW side of Pier 1 and 94 and 100 m in the basin
Paragraph 4.66 2 lines 6--8 Replace by: between Pier 1 and 2.
Nauset Beach Light (white conical tower, red top, US Chart 13223/17 [NP68/No.8/Wk.18/17]
37 m in height) (415160N 695720W).
3 Highland Light on Cape Cod (white conical Long Island Sound -- Point Judith — Pilotage
tower, 56 m in height) (420237N
177
700366W), which stands on a bluff.
...this chapter. The Point Judith Pilot Station is the primary
ENE of Nauset Beach Light (415160N pilot boarding location for entry into Block Island Sound
695720W) (4.66), thence: and Long Island Sound. Vessels bound for Long Island
Sound ports may board pilots at the Point Judith Pilot
US Notice 50/Light List/16 [NP68/No.4/Wk.02/17] Station (411700N 713050W).
There is a secondary pilot station which may be
used with a special arrangement at any point south of
Boston Harbor and Inner Approaches -- the Montauk Point Pilot Station, centred on 410180N
Sculpin Ledge Channel — 714174W.
Directions; vertical clearance
US Notice 47/12363/17 [NP68--No 15--Wk 51/17]
133
Long Island Sound -- Point Judith — Pilotage
191
...extremity of Long Island and Moon Head
(421836N 705942W), passing between two bridge
supports (421855N 705881W and 421857N 1 Pilotage is compulsory in Long Island Sound for
705876W) remaining from the dismantled Long foreign flag vessels and US vessels which are under
Island Viaduct. register. Pilot services are usually arranged in
advance. Pilot boards at Point Judith Pilot Station
Paragraph 4.101 2 lines 7--11 Replace by: (411700N 713050W). See also 6.4.
...described above, and round the SW extremity of US Notice 47/12363/17 [NP68--No 16--Wk 51/17]
Long Island at a distance of 1½ cables, before
passing between the remaining bridge supports of the Long Island Sound -- Bridgeport Entrance
dismantled viaduct (see above). Channel — Buoyage; lights
NOAA Notice 19/13270/17 [NP68/No.5/Wk.24/17] 192

Nantucket Sound -- Centerville Harbor — 1 From a position 2 miles SSW of the outer
Anchorage; buoy breakwaters a channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), leads NNE to the harbour entrance, passing:
152 Between East Breakwater Head Light 8 (red triangle
on framework tower) (410929N 731061W)
Paragraph 5.84 5 lines 6--7 Replace by: and Bridgeport Harbor Light 7 (green square on
framework tower) (410940N 731079W),
...to avoid Spindle Rock (413790N 702027W).
thence:
US Notice 20/13229/17 [NP68/No.6/Wk.25/17] US Notice 47/12363/12364/17 [NP68--No 17--Wk 51/17]
2 -- 289
Index
NP68
Black Rock Harbor -- Penfield Reef — Light 6 Anchorage No 45 (402955N 741577W); with
depths of 2 to 7 m (7 to 23 ft), adjoins the S and W
192 sides of Anchorage No 44.
1 From a position about 1½ miles ESE of Penfield Paragraph 7.80 1 Replace by:
Reef Light (410703N 731333W) the outer
approach to Black Rock Harbor leads NNW to the... 1 Anchorage No 49F (402699N 740135W), an
emergency naval anchorage, with depths of 5 to 7 m
US Notice 47/12363/17 [NP68--No 18--Wk 51/17] (16 to 23 ft).
Anchorage No 49G (402818N 740271W), a
Long Island Sound -- Harbours in the south--east naval anchorage, with depths of 7 to 85 m (23 to
part of Long Island Sound -- United Riverhead 28 ft). They are reserved for vessels carrying
Terminal — Anchorage explosives and may not be used as general
anchorages.
195 No pleasure or commercial craft shall navigate or
anchor within these areas when naval vessels,
Paragraph 6.184 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: anchored in them, display a red flag by day or a red
1 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth at the light by night.
platform shall anchor within Riverhead Anchorage US Notices 21/12327/16 and 30/12324 to 12402/16
Ground, about 2½ miles N of the platform. [NP68/No.10/Wk.33/16]
US Chart 12358 [NP68/No.9/Wk.16/17]
New York – Buttermilk Channel —
Directions – other channels; obstruction
New York Harbor — Anchorages
219
215
Paragraph 7.79 1 -- 12 Replace by: 2 An unmarked obstruction, depth 70 m (23 ft), lies in
1 The following general anchorage areas are mid--channel, in position 404114N 740080W,
established in Lower Bay. For recommendations and 1 cable NNW of the entrance to Atlantic Basin.
general regulations, see 7.5 and 7.49.
USCG Distr. 1 LNM 48/12334/16
Anchorage No 25 (403540N 740121W); is in
[NP68/No.11/Wk.08/17]
Gravesend Bay (403545N 740120W) (7.85), on
the E side of the channel approaching The Narrows.
Good anchorage may be obtained in 3 to 15 m (10 to New York Harbor — Anchorages
49 ft), clear of two wrecks.
2 When this anchorage is required by naval vessels, 220
any commercial vessels therein must move when Paragraph 7.100 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
directed by the COTP. No vessel may occupy this
anchorage for a period of time in excess of 96 hours ...additional regulations applying to anchorages Nos 19,
without prior approval of the COPT. Additional rules 20A--G, 21A--C, 23A--B, 24 and 25, see 7.102.
apply to this anchorage, see (7.102). Paragraph 7.101 1 -- 3 Replace by:
3 Anchorage No 26 (402934N 740752W); is
1 The following general anchorage areas are
situated in Sandy Hook Bay, S of the Raritan Channel
established in Upper Bay and the lower part of the
(7.70). Provides anchorage in depths ranging from 64
Hudson River:
to 94 m (21 to 31 ft). A dangerous wreck lies in the
Anchorage No 24 (403694N 740335W); with
position 402936N 740835W, position approximate.
depths of 16 to 24 m (52 ft to 13 fm), is situated on
4 Anchorage No 27 (402711N 735793W); is a
the W side of Anchorage Channel close N of the
large anchorage that lies to the E of the northern Verrazano Narrows Bridge. Two underwater
point of Sandy Hook. The anchorage extends E up to pipelines lie across the channel within the
3 miles offshore and the southern limit is 5 miles to anchorage.
the south. Depths range from 2 to 20 m (6 to 65 ft). 2 Anchorage No 23B (403761N 740358W); an
Anchorage No 28 (403000N 740500W); with obstruction (403763N 740367W), reported
depths from 46 to 76 m (15 to 25 ft) lies in the to be an anchor (2016), position approximate,
central part of Lower Bay, N of No 26 Anchorage and along with an underwater pipeline area lie
W of the Chapel Hill Channel. within the anchorage.
5 Anchorage No 44 (402966N 741544W); with Anchorage No 23A (403832N 740387W); with
depths of 85 to 122 m (28 to 40 ft), lies in the W part depths of 10 to 168 m (33 to 55 ft). An underwater
of Raritan Bay outside the S entrance to Arthur Kill pipeline area lies within the anchorage.
(7.104). The anchorage is restricted to deep--draught 3 Anchorage No 21C (403872N 740291W);
vessels, except that barges may anchor in the S part has depths of 12 to 161 m (39 to 53 ft), is
of the anchorage. No vessel must occupy the situated on the E side of Anchorage Channel
deep--draught part of the anchorage for more than SW of Bay Ridge Flats (403970N
48 hours without the permission of the COTP. 740180W).
2 -- 290
Index
NP68
Anchorage No 21B (403968N 740239W); has 4 Anchorage No 21A
depths of 79 to 14 m (26 to 46 ft). Lies W of Bay No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
Ridge Flats. time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
Anchorage No 21A (403951N 740193W); has of the COTP.
depths of 24 to 7 m (8 to 23 ft). Lies W of Red Anchorage No 20G
Hook Channel (7.97). Although this anchorage is designated a naval
4 The following anchorages are situated on the W anchorage, commercial vessels may be permitted
side of Anchorage Channel between the E entrance to to occupy this anchorage temporarily, for not more
Kill Van Kull (403906N 740470W) and Ellis Island, than 24 hours. Upon notification of an anticipated
3 miles NNW: naval arrival, any commercial vessel so anchored
Anchorage No 20G (403931N 740402W); has must relocate at its own expense.
a depth of 12 m to 13 m (4 to 43 ft). 5 Anchorages Nos 20A to 20F
Anchorage No 20F (403993N 740358W); has a No vessel may occupy these anchorages for more
depth of 15 to 158 m (5 to 52 ft). than 72 hours.
Anchorage No 20E (404045N 740301W); has Anchorage No 19W
a depth of 3 to 14 m (10 to 46 ft). This anchorage is for the use of tugs and/or barges.
Anchorage No 20D (404091N 740274W); has No vessel may anchor in this anchorage without the
a depth of 24 to 131 m (8 to 43 ft). permission of the COTP.
5 Anchorage No 20C (404132N 740236W); Each vessel shall report its position to the COTP
has a depth of 15 to 143 m (5 to 47 ft). immediately after anchoring.
Anchorage No 20B (404167N 740224W); has 6 No vessel may conduct lightering operations in
a depth of 33 to 14 m (11 to 46 ft). this anchorage without the permission of the
Anchorage No 20A (404202N 740207W); has COTP.
a depth of 27 to 103 m (9 to 34 ft). Any vessel conducting lightering or bunkering
Anchorage No 19W (404810N 735900W); with operations shall display a red flag at its mast head
depths of 57 to 158 m (19 ft to 52 ft), is situated or at least 10 feet above the upper deck if the
on the W side of Hudson River between 1 and vessel has no mast, by night the flag must be
4 miles above Manhattan Cruise Terminal illuminated by spotlight.
(7.103). See also 7.179. No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
Paragraph 7.102 1 -- 8 Replace by: time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
1 Unless otherwise authorised by the COTP the of the COTP.
following regulations apply to particular anchorages: 7 In addition to the general regulations the following
Anchorage No 24 specific regulations apply to Anchorage Nos 20A--G
No vessel with a length overall of less than 24384 m (7.101), 21A--C (7.101), 23A--B (7.101), 24 (7.101)
(800 ft), or with a draught of less than 12192 m and 25 (7.79):
(40 ft), may occupy this anchorage without the No vessel may anchor unless it notifies the COTP
prior approval of the COTP. when it anchors, of the vessel’s name, length,
Anchorage No 23B draught and position in the anchorage.
No vessel with a length of 204216 m (670 ft) or less Each vessel anchored must notify the COTP when it
may occupy this anchorage without prior approval weighs anchor.
of the COTP. No vessel may conduct lightering operations unless
See 7.88 for adjacent restricted area details. it notifies the COTP before it begins lightering
2 Anchorage No 23A operations.
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for more than 8 Each vessel lightering must notify the COTP at
48 hours without prior approval of the COTP. the termination of lightering.
No vessel with a length of more than 204216 m No vessel may anchor unless it maintains a bridge
(670 ft) may occupy this anchorage without prior watch, guards and answers Channel 16 FM, and
approval of the COTP. maintains an accurate position plot.
No vessel with a draught of more than 12192 m If any vessel is so close to another that a collision is
(40 ft) may occupy this anchorage without prior probable, each vessel must communicate with the
approval of the COTP unless it anchors within other vessel and the COTP on Channel 16 FM
5 hours after the out--going current begins in The and shall act to eliminate the close proximity
Narrows. situation.
See 7.88 for adjacent restricted area details. No vessel may anchor unless it maintains the
3 Anchorage No 21C capability to get underway within 30 minutes,
No vessel with a draught of 100584 m (33 ft) or less except with the prior approval of the COTP.
may occupy this anchorage without prior approval 9 No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status
of the COTP. (propulsion or control unavailable for normal
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of operations) without the prior approval of the
time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval COTP.
of the COTP. Each vessel in a “dead ship” status must engage an
Anchorage No 21B adequate number of tugs alongside during tide
No vessel with a draught of 3048 m (10 ft) or less changes. A tug alongside may assume the
may occupy this anchorage without prior approval Channel 16 FM radio guard for the vessel after it
of the COTP. notifies the COTP.
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
No vessel may lighter in a “dead ship” status without
time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
prior approval from the COTP.
of the COTP.
2 -- 291
Index
NP68
224 (b) Critical habitat boundaries. Critical habitat includes two
areas (Units) located in the Gulf of Maine and Georges
Bank Region (Unit 1) and off the coast of North Carolina,
Paragraph 7.133 1 -- 2 Replace by: South Carolina, Georgia and Florida (Unit 2).
(1) Unit 1. The specific area on which are found the
1 A Special Anchorage Area with a maximum charted physical and biological features essential to the
depth of 36 m lies in the SE of Newark Bay in conservation of the North Atlantic right whale
position 403968N 740814W. include all waters, seaward of the boundary
delineated by the line connecting the geographic
coordinates and landmarks identified herein:
US Notices 21/12327/16 and 30/12324 to 12402/16 (i) The southern tip of Nauset Beach (Cape Cod)
[NP68/No.12/Wk.33/16] (413839N 695732W).
(ii) From this point, southwesterly to 413719N
695911W.
(iii) From this point, southward along the eastern
shore of South Monomoy Island to 413276N
USA -- Appendix VIII, Part 1 — 695973W.
§226.203 Critical habitat for (iv) From this point, southeasterly to 4050N
Northern Right Whales 6912W.
(v) From this point, east to 4050N 6850W.
(vi) From this point, northeasterly to 4200N
270 6755W.
(vii) From this point, east to 420N 6730W.
(viii) From this point, northeast to the intersection
Paragraph §226.203 lines 1--14 Replace by: of the U.S.-Canada maritime boundary and
4210N.
Critical habitat is designated for North Atlantic right whales (ix) From this point, following the U.S.-Canada
as described in this section. The textual descriptions in maritime boundary north to the intersection of
paragraph (b) of this section are the definitive source for 4449727N 6657952W; From this point, moving
determining the critical habitat boundaries. The maps of southwest along the coast of Maine, the specific
the critical habitat units provided in paragraph (c) of this area is located seaward of the line connecting the
section are for illustrative purposes only following points
(a) Physical and biological features essential to the 4449727N 6657952W.
conservation of endangered North Atlantic right whales. 444967N 665777W
444864N 665643W
(1) Unit 1. The physical and biological features 444736N 665925W
essential to the conservation of the North Atlantic 444551N 67287W
right whale, which provide foraging area functions in 44377N 67975W
Unit 1 are: The physical oceanographic conditions 442777N 673286W
and structures of the Gulf of Maine and Georges 442574N 673839W
Bank region that combine to distribute and 442166N 675178W
aggregate C. finmarchicus for right whale foraging, 441908N 68205W
namely prevailing currents and circulation patterns, 441355N 681071W
bathymetric features (basins, banks, and channels), 44836N 681475W
oceanic fronts, density gradients, and temperature 435936N 683795W
435983N 685006W
regimes; low flow velocities in Jordan, Wilkinson,
435672N 69489W
and Georges Basins that allow diapausing 435028N 691886W
C. finmarchicus to aggregate passively below the 434896N 693115W
convective layer so that the copepods are retained 434364N 693758W
in the basins; late stage C. finmarchicus in dense 434144N 694527W
aggregations in the Gulf of Maine and Georges 434604N 70398W
Bank region; and diapausing C. finmarchicus in 433194N 70868W
aggregations in the Gulf of Maine and Georges 432763N 701748W
Bank region. 432023N 702364W
(1) Unit 2. The physical features essential to the 43406N 703670W
conservation of the North Atlantic right whale, which 43293N 704147W
provide calving area functions in Unit 2, are: (x) From this point (43293N 704147W) on the
(i) Sea surface conditions associated with Force 4 coast of New Hampshire south of Portsmouth, the
or less on the Beaufort Scale, boundary of the specific area follows the coastline
(ii) Sea surface temperatures of 7C to 17C, and southward along the coasts of New Hampshire and
(iii) Water depths of 6 to 28 meters, where these Massachusetts along Cape Cod to Provincetown
features simultaneously co--occur over contiguous southward along the eastern edge of Cape Cod to
areas of at least 231 nmi2 of ocean waters during the southern tip of Nauset Beach (Cape Cod).
the months of November through April. When (xi) In addition, the specific area does not include
these features are available, they are selected by waters landward of the 72 COLREGS lines
right whale cows and calves in dynamic (33 CFR part 80) described below.
combinations that are suitable for calving, nursing, (A) Portland Head, ME to Cape Ann, MA.
and rearing, and which vary, within the ranges (1) A line drawn from the northernmost
specified, depending on factors such as weather extremity of Farm Point to Annisquam Harbor
and age of the calves. Light.
2 -- 292
Index
NP68
(B) Cape Ann, MA to Marblehead Neck, MA. NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
(1) A line drawn from Gloucester Harbor Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
Breakwater Light to the twin towers charted at
latitude 42351N longitude 70416W. New Jersey -- Delaware River -- Whitehill Range
(2) A line drawn from the westernmost — Leading lights
extremity of Gales Point to the easternmost
extremity of House Island; thence to Bakers 88
Island Light; thence to Marblehead Light.
(C) Hull, MA to Race Point, MA. Paragraph 3.251 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
(1) A line drawn from Canal Breakwater Light 4 1 From a position about 1½ cables WNW of
south to the shoreline. Newbold Directional Light (3.250), the track
(1) Unit 2. Unit 2 includes marine waters from Cape continues 1 mile NE through the dredged
Fear, North Carolina, southward to 28N latitude channel, marked by light buoys (lateral).
(approximately 31 miles south of Cape Canaveral,
Florida) within the area bounded on the west by the US Notice 42/12314/17 [NP69/No.2/Wk.45/17]
shoreline and the 72 COLREGS lines, and on the
east by rhumb lines connecting the following points St Marys Entrance — Pilot boarding position
in the order stated from north to south.
3351N at shoreline 225
3342N 7743W
3337N 7747W
3328N 7833W 2 Pilots board vessels in the vicinity of STM Light
3259N 7850W Buoy (304290N 811464W), or N of the entrance
3217N 7953W channel in the vicinity of 304330N 812000W. The
3131N 8033W pilot boat has a black...
3043N 8049W
3030N 8101W ENC US5GA18M [NP69/No.1/Wk.39/17]
2945N 8101W
2915N 8055W Georgia -- Saint Marys Entrance —
2908N 8051W Restricted area
2850N 8039W
2838N 8030W 225
2828N 8026W Paragraph 9.27 2 line 2 For area is Read areas are
2824N 8027W
2821N 8031W Paragraph 9.27 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
2816N 8031W
2811N 8033W ...required to maintain steerage.
2800N 8029W A second regulated navigation area is established,
2800N At shoreline from 1 mile N, to 1 mile S of the entrance channel
centre line, extending from the shore to the STM Light
Buoy (safe water).
US CFR 226.203 27/01/16 [NP68/No.13/Wk.20/16] See Appendix V for general rules governing
regulated navigation areas.
ENC US5GA18M [NP69/No.3/Wk.45/17]
USA -- Appendix VIII, Part 2 — NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Seasonal occurance of
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2015 Edition)
North Atlantic right whales.
Costa Rica – Puerto Moín — Directions; buoy
270 78
Paragraph 3 lines 11--20 Replace by: Thence the track leads WSW for about 9 cables to
the Fairway Light Buoy (black and white pillar light
Bay Traffic Separation Scheme. Two areas in US waters buoy) (100155N 830536W).
have been designated as critical habitats for North Atlantic CMA CGM Company [NP69A/No.1/Wk.17/16]
right whales. Unit 1 is the Northeastern US foraging area,
whereby the physical oceanographic conditions and
Costa Rica – Puerto Moín —
structures of the Gulf of Maine and the Georges Bank Directions; buoys; lights
region distribute zooplankton favourably for right whale
foraging. Unit 2 covers an area of up to 32 miles offshore 78
from Cape Fear to a latitude of 280000N on the E coast of
Florida. Unit 2 is a calving area for the right whale. (See Paragraph 3.40 2 lines 3--5 existing Section IV Notice Week
CFR Title 50, Part 226.203 (above) for habitat limits). 17/16 Replace by:
Thence the track leads WSW for about 3½ cables
to the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (100183N
US CFR 226.203 27/01/16 [NP68/No.14/Wk.20/16] 830488W).
2 -- 293
Index
NP69A
Paragraph 3.41 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 6.114 3 lines 3--4 For 181270N 940758W
Read 181264N 940797W.
1 Entrance channel. From a position in the vicinity of
the Fairway Light Buoy the channel, marked by light
GBNM 47/5962/16; ENC MX508319
buoys (lateral), leads S passing:
[NP69A/No.4/Wk.52/16]
W of Isla Pájaros Light (tower) (100110N
830458W), thence:
Mexico – Approaches to Tuxpan —
W of Puerto Moin breakwater head (unlit) Directions; landfall buoy
(100078N 830479W).
Thence on to the alignment (151) of Puerto Moín Leading 141
Lights to the berths:
Paragraph 6.186 1 lines 3--4 For (205949N 971615W).
Correspondence [NP69A/No.2/Wk.51/16] Read (205938N 971596W).
Mexican Notice 12/393/16 [NP69A/No.5/Wk.06/17]

Honduras – Puerto Cortés —
Arrival information; prohibited anchorage
Mexico – Tuxpan — Arrival information;
After the Arrival information heading, Insert: 142

Prohibited anchorage
4.109a Traffic regulations
1 A prohibited anchorage, defined by the following 6.202a
positions, lies in the N approach to the port: 1 Restricted areas. See 6.215a.
1. 155179N 875734W.
ENCs MX408121 and MX408112
2. 155370N 875806W.
3. 155398N 875727W. [NP69A/No.6/Wk.37/15]
4. 155206N 875655W.
Mexico – Tuxpan approaches —
Dept. Hidrografia, Honduras [NP69A/No.3/Wk.44/15] General information; Traffic regulations
143
Mexico -- Bay of Campeche — Anchorages
128
Traffic regulations
After Paragraph 6.71 2 line 8 Insert: 6.215a
1 Irregular shaped areas, designated as marine
183603N 924484W 7 to 9 m nature reserves, have been established as follows:
1. Restricted area surrounds Arrecife Tuxpan
Paragraph 6.71 3 lines 4--6 Delete (210167N 971177W), Arrecife Enmedio
(210503N 971549W) and Arrecife Tanhüijo
BA Chart 2626 [NP69A/No.27/Wk.32/17] (210808N 971631W).
2 2. Restricted area surrounds Isla de Lobos
(212811N 971363W), Arrecife Medio
Mexico -- Bay of Campeche -- (213092N 971524W) and Arrecife
Dos Bocas — Anchorage Blanquilla (213248N 971675W). Within the
area anchoring and fishing are restricted and
131 dredging is prohibited.
Paragraph 6.96 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Local authorities in Tuxpan (6.194) should be
consulted for further information.
1 Outer anchorages. There is a waiting anchorage
area 18 miles N of the port. ENCs MX408121 and MX408112
[NP69A/No.7/Wk.37/15]
Mexico – Tampico to Río Grande --
Laguna Madre — Directions; lights
Mexico – Coatzacoalcos – Tonalá —
Directions; major light 149
After Paragraph 6.112 1 line 4 Insert: Punta Piedra Light (round concrete tower, 25 m in
height) (242922N 974455W).
Tonalá Light (red square masonry tower, white La Carbonera Light (white round concrete tower, red
bands, 16 m in height) (181264N 940797W). bands, 10 m in height) (243763N 974298W).
El Mezquital Light (metal tower on white concrete
133 base, 20 m in height) (251491N 972657W).
Paragraph 6.114 3 line 3 For 17 m Read 16 m Mexican Notice 11/357/16 [NP69A/No.8/Wk.10/17]
2 -- 294
Index
NP69A
Approaches to Aransas Pass — Directions; AIS Approaches to Galveston Bay — Directions; AIS
154 170
After Paragraph 7.16 1 line 1 and the Directions heading
Insert: 2 AIS:
GB Light Buoy (safe water) (291474N
Other aids to navigation 943269W).
7.16a For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
1 AIS: Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
AP Light Buoy (safe water) (274757N
US Notice 50/1116/15 [NP69A/No.12/Wk.52/15]
965737W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Galveston Bay — Directions; AIS
171
US Notice 50/1117/15 [NP69A/No.9/Wk.52/15] After Paragraph 7.139 1 line 5 Insert:

United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico --
Port Brownsville — Wreck 7.139a
2 AIS:
155 GB Light Buoy (safe water) (291474N
943269W).
After Paragraph 7.28 1 line 4 Insert: For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
970453W) lies in the centre of the North anchorage. US Notice 50/1116/15 [NP69A/No.13/Wk.52/15]
US Notice 46/1117/17 [NP69A--No 30--Wk 50/17] United States of America -- Houston —
Fred Hartman Bridge
Approaches to Corpus Christi — Directions; AIS 177
158 Fred Hartman Bridge Photograph line 1 For 292423N
Read 294223N
BA chart 3187 [NP69A/No.14/Wk.23/15]
7.67a United States of America -- Gulf Coast --
1 AIS: Houston — Directions; wreck
AP Light Buoy (safe water) (274757N 178
965737W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and After Paragraph 7.208 1 line 12 Insert:
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 2 Caution. A dangerous wreck (294352N
US Notice 50/1117/15 [NP69A/No.10/Wk.52/15] 951627W) lies just off the centre line of the channel
close E of Brady Island.
Approaches to Freeport — Directions; AIS US Notice 37/11325/17 [NP69A--No 31--Wk 51/17]
164 United States of America -- Galveston

Approaches to Sabine Pass Approaches --
After Paragraph 7.90 1 line 2 and the Directions heading Port Arthur — Natural conditions; current
Insert:
183
Other aids to navigation After Paragraph 7.241 1 line 8 Insert:
7.90a Caution. Following tropical cyclones, a strong
1 AIS: westerly current, known to cause groundings, has
FP Light Buoy (safe water) (285261N been reported at the NW portion of Sabine Bank
951415W).
Channel and across the Outer Bar Channel.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. US Notice 16/17 Coast Pilot 5 44 Ed 2016 Correction,
Chapter 10, Paragraph 50 [NP69A/No.15/Wk.22/17]
167
United States of America – Lake Charles —
After Paragraph 7.113 1 line 3 Insert: Limiting conditions; road bridge vertical
AIS: clearance
FP Light Buoy (safe water) (285261N 188
951415W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Paragraph 7.295 1 line 2 For 387 m (127 ft) Read 411 m
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. (135 ft)
US Notice 50/1117/15 [NP69A/No.11/Wk.52/15] US Notice 19/11339/16 [NP69A/No.16/Wk.21/16]
2 -- 295
Index
NP69A
United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico — United States of America – Tampa Bay —
Directions; Major light Directions; AIS
194 218
Paragraph 8.11 1 lines 5--8 Delete Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/16 Paragraph 9.33 1
lines 4--10 Replace by:
AIS:
T Light Buoy (9.34)
US Notice 14/1116/15 [NP69A/No.17/Wk.23/15] Sunshine Skyway Bridge (9.30)
Hillsborough Cut C channel inbound leading lights.
(275448N 822629W and 275521N
United States of America -- Mississippi River --
New Orleans — Directions; other aids to 822621W).
navigation; AIS For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
202
United States of America – Tampa Bay –

Spare Weedon Island Terminal —
8.93 Directions; lights; buoyage
BA Chart 3384 [NP69A/No.18/Wk.18/17]
224
United States of America -- Tampa Bay — Paragraph 9.71 1 lines 4--8 Delete
Directions; AIS
217
2 Approach. From a position at the N end of Cut J2
After Paragraph 9.24 2 line 9 Insert: Channel (274858N 823441W), the track leads
NNW through the centre of the approach channel,
Automatic Identification System 2¼ miles in length, to a channel, 4 cables in length,
9.24a leading W to the turning basin and berth.
1 There are numerous AIS aids to navigation installed
in this area. Only AIS of particular navigational US Notice 15/11416/17 [NP69A/No.26/Wk.31/17]
significance have been listed. For full details, see
United States of America – Big Bend —
218 Berth; obstruction

AIS After Paragraph 9.119 1 line 4 Insert:
T Light Buoy (9.34)
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Caution. An obstruction exists in position
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 274845N 822450W (position approximate).
United States of America – Tampa Bay —

Directions; AIS Cape San Blas to Pensacola — Directions; AIS
218 238
Existing Section IV Notice Week 23/15 Paragraph 9.33 1 After Paragraph 10.16 1 line 6 Insert:
lines 4--7 Replace by:
AIS: Other aids to navigation
T Light Buoy (9.34) 10.16a
Hillsborough Cut C channel inbound leading lights. 1 AIS:
(275448N 822629W and 275521N SA Light Buoy (safe water) (300550N
822621W). 854643W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2 -- 296
Index
NP69A
Approaches to Panama City — Directions; AIS Bermuda -- Town Cut Channel —
Leading beacons
240
70
Other aids to navigation Leading daymarks:
10.39a Front beacon (white metal pole, with red, white, red
1 AIS: striped rectangular topmark) (322261N
SA Light Buoy (safe water) (300550N 644038W);
854643W). Rear beacon (similar structure), 8 cables from front.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 2.48 1 lines 6--8 Replace by:
From a position N of Spit Light Buoy (2.31), the
alignment (2588) of the above beacons leads W
through Town Cut, passing:
Pensacola to Mobile Bay — Directions; AIS
BA Chart 1315 [NP70--No 54--Wk 50/17]
246
United States of America --
After Paragraph 10.85 1 line 3 Insert: Straits of Florida — Directions; light
AIS:
PP Light Buoy (safe water) (301551N 122
873341W). Paragraph 5.11 2 lines 1--2 Delete
US Notice 45/11450/16 [NP70/No.2/Wk.48/16]
United States of America – Florida Keys —
General information; Directions; lights;
United States of America -- Mississippi Sound-- Racons; useful marks
Pascagoula — Restricted area
122
251
2 Restricted area (302067N 883442W). An area Paragraph 5.12 1 lines 5--6 Delete
into which entry is controlled, surrounding Ingalls
Shipyard, has been established in the West Bank US Notices
Basin. 30/11450/14 & 39/11420/15 [NP70/No.3/Wk.46/15]
United States of America – Port Canaveral —
Basins and berths; alongside berths
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2015 Edition) 128
Bermuda – South--West Coast —
Marine nature reserves; 1 Inner Reach South Side:
seasonally protected fisheries area Cruise terminal berth 1 (282450N 803671W) is
432 m in length and has a maximum permitted
66 draught of 111 m alongside.
Paragraph 2.15 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: H102 Queen Victoria [NP70/No.4/Wk.22/17]
The South Western Area comprising the area
enclosed by the following coordinates: United States of America – Port Canaveral —
321640N 650320W, Basins and berths; alongside berths
321610N 650000W, 128
321190N 645710W,
321100N 650000W, and: Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 3--4 For 96 to 101 m Read 91 m
Along the 220 m depth contour to the point of (2015)
origin.
Paragraph 2.15 3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.57 1 line 6 For of 110 to 116 m Read from
121 to 124 m
3 Fishing of any kind is prohibited throughout the
year within numerous small areas around the islands. Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:
For details consult the local authorities and
www.gov.bm/bermudas--no--fishing--areas. South cargo piers 1--3 have a combined length of
492 m with depths alongside from 109 to 121 m.
Corr. Bermuda MoE [NP70/No.1/Wk.25/17] No 4 cargo pier has a depth alongside of 124 m.
2 -- 297
Index
NP70
Paragraph 5.57 2 line 3 For of 98 to 104 m Read from 103 United States of America -- Miami — Anchorages
to 112 m 135
BA Chart 3692 [NP70/No.5/Wk.13/17]
Outer anchorages
5.131
United States of America – Florida – 1 Anchorage is permitted in areas to the N of the
Port Everglades — Channel name pilot boarding position. Anchorage Area A is centred
on 254724N 800554W, depths from 121 to 173 m
132
(40 to 57 ft). Anchorage Area B is centred on
Paragraph 5.101 1 line 3 For Bar Cut Read Inner Entrance 254740N 800465W, depths from 34 to 118 m (112
Channel to 387 ft).
US Notice 33/11466/2017 [NP70/No.50/Wk.39/17]
Paragraph 5.102 1 line 2 For Bar Cut Read Inner Entrance
Channel United States of America – Florida Keys —
General information; Directions; lights; Racons;
useful marks
Channel 139
US Notice 26/11470/17 [NP70/No.47/Wk.35/17] Paragraph 5.167 including heading Replace by:
Spare
United States of America -- Port Everglades — 5.167
US Notices 30/11450/14 & 39/11420/15)
132 [NP70/No.8/Wk.46/15]
Paragraph 5.107 1 lines 5--9 Replace by: United States of America – Florida Keys —
General information; Directions; lights;
...all vessels should come to a position 2¾ miles Racons; useful marks
from the buoy and await boarding instructions. Large 139--140
vessels, deep--draught vessels and all cruise vessels
will be boarded approximately 2¾ miles from the buoy
in position 260517N 800166W; other vessels will Photograph caption line 1 For Alligator Reef Light from SE
be boarded closer to the buoy. (5.168) Read Alligator Reef light (disused) from SE (5.171)
ENC US4FL31M [NP70/No.6/Wk.26/17] Paragraph 5.169 1 line 4 Replace by:

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
United States of America – Florida – Paragraph 5.169 1 line 7 Replace by:
Port Everglades — Harbour; channel name For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Paragraph 5.110 1 line 2 For Bar Cut Read Inner Entrance ...of Alligator Reef from where a light (see below) is
Channel exhibited, passing:
US Notice 26/11470/17 [NP70/No.48/Wk.35/17] ...(245450N 803150W) SW, of Davis Reef.
Thence to a position SE of Alligator Reef
(245108N 803706W), from where a light (small
United States of America – Florida –
Port Everglades — Directions; channel name platform on metal pile) is exhibited.
134 Dome (251661N 801823W).
Carysfort Reef light (disused) (brown 8--sided
pyramidal framework tower with white central
Channel
column and conical dwelling, on piles)
(251331N 801269W).
US Notice 26/11470/17 [NP70/No.49/Wk.35/17] Paragraph 5.172 1 line 7 Replace by:
2 Radio tower (245432N 803888W).
United States of America – Florida Keys — Alligator Reef light (disused) (white 8--sided
Directions; light; Racon pyramidal framework tower with central column,
square dwelling, on black piles) (245110N
134 803712W).
Paragraph 5.121 1 lines 4--5 Delete Paragraph 5.175 1 line 2 For 5.168 Read 5.171
US Notices 30/11450/14 and 39/11420/15
US Notice 11/411/16 [NP70/No.7/Wk.17/16] [NP70/No.9/Wk.46/15]
2 -- 298
Index
NP70
United States of America – Florida Keys — AIS:
Directions; light; Racon M Light Buoy — as above.
139--140 Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 46/15 (P139--140 5.168) US Notice 11/411/16 [NP70/No.12/Wk.48/16]
United States of America -- Miami to Key West --
1 Major light: Miami to Alligator Reef — Directions; racon
Key Largo Aero Light (radio tower) (250580N
802620W). 140
US Notice 11/411/16 [NP70/No.10/Wk.17/16] Paragraph 5.169 1 lines 3--4 including existing Section IV
Notice 48/16 Delete
United States of America – Florida Keys — US Notice 11/411/16 [NP70/No.13/Wk.50/16]

Directions; light; Racon
140 General information; Directions; lights;
Racons; useful marks
Existing Section IV Notice Week 46/15 Paragraph 5.169
Replace by: 141
1 Racon: Paragraph 5.179 1 lines 4--5 Delete
M Light Buoy (5.141).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 5.180 1 Replace by:
AIS: 1 AIS:
M Light Buoy (5.141). KW Light Buoy (5.182).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 46/15 Paragraph 5.170 Paragraph 5.181 1 line 1 For 5.168 Read 5.171
Replace by:
1 From a position E of M Light Buoy (254610N
800500W) in the approaches to Miami the track ...(13 ft), situated SW of Tennessee Reef, thence:
leads generally S, SSW and then SW to a position SE Paragraph 5.182 1 Replace by:
of Alligator Reef from where a light (see below) is
1 SSE of American Shoal (243154N 813104W)
exhibited, passing:
from where a light (small platform on metal
E of Fowey Rocks Light (brown 8--sided pyramidal
pile) is exhibited, thence:
framework tower with white central column and
8--sided dwelling, on piles, 34 m in height) Paragraph 5.182 2 lines 4--8 Replace by:
(253544N 800580W), thence: ...triangle on pile) (242848N 814453W) at the
2 E of Triumph Reef (252876N 800691W). entrance to Stock Island Channel.
Brewster (253400N 800580W), Ledbury
(253275N 800580W) and Star (253160N Paragraph 5.183 1 line 9 Replace by:
800600W) Reefs lie on the edge of the ...810665W).
shoals between Triumph Reef and Fowey 2 American Shoal light (disused) (brown 8--sided
Rocks Light. Thence: pyramidal framework tower with brown central
E of Pacific Reef Light (black framework tower on column and 8--sided dwelling, on piles)
piles) (252225N 800852W). Ajax Reef (243151N 813117W).
(252410N 800770W) and Long Reef
(252670N 800700W) lie NNE of this light. US Notices 30/11450/14 & 39/11420/15
Thence: [NP70/No.14/Wk.46/15]
US Notice 11/411/16 [NP70/No.11/Wk.17/16] United States of America – Key West —

Arrival information; Pilotage
United States of America -- Miami to Key West -- 142
Miami to Alligator Reef — Directions; racon
Paragraph 5.192 1 line 4 For 1 mile SW Read 1½ miles S
140
ENC US5FL93M [NP70/No.15/Wk.25/16]
Paragraph 5.169 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/16 Replace by: United States of America – Florida Keys —
Directions; buoyage
1 Racons:
M Light Buoy (254610N 800500W) (5.141). 144
Fowey Rocks Light (253544N 800581W)
(5.170).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. ...swept to a depth of 7 m (23 ft) is unmarked.
2 -- 299
Index
NP70
Paragraph 5.205 1 line 8 Replace by: Dominican Republic -- North coast -- Amber Cove
— Directions; port information
...channel.
157
US Notice 40/11439/15 [NP70/No.16/Wk.46/15]

Directions; lights; Racons Amber Cove
General information
145
6.42a
1 Position and function. Amber Cove (195078N
704606W) is located in the Bay of Maimon,
2 Dry Tortugas light (disused) (black conical tower, 4½ miles WNW of Puerto Plata (6.29). The port
lower... handles cruise ships exclusively.
Port Authority. Carnival Cruise Line, 3655 NW
Paragraph 5.220 2 lines 4--5 Delete 87th Avenue, Miami, FL 33178.
Website. www.ambercove.com
Paragraph 5.221 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Limiting conditions
1 Racon: 6.42b
Twenty--Eight Foot Shoal No 2 Light Buoy (5.223).
1 Depths. Within the harbour, charted depths exceed
100 m.
146 Directions for entering harbour

6.42c
Photograph caption line 1 For Dry Tortugas Light, 1 Landmarks:
Loggerhead Key (5.220) Read Dry Tortugas light White pavilion (195020N 704630W).
(disused), Loggerhead Key (5.220) Track. From the vicinity of 195270N 704470W,
the track leads SSW in the white sector (210--212)
of Puerto Maimon direction light (platform on pile,
US Notice 40/11420/15 [NP70/No.17/Wk.46/15] 11 m in height), through a channel marked by light
beacons (lateral).
United States of America – Florida Keys — Basins and berths

Directions; buoyage 6.42d
1 Cruise Terminal. An L--shaped jetty with two berths
146 extends 200 m from the shore and is 330 m in length.
Paragraph 5.222 4 line 5 For 242752N 821237W Read ENC GB50463A [NP70/No.20/Wk.46/16]
242744N 821253W
Cuba – North Coast -- Punta Barlovento to

US Notice 40/11439/15 [NP70/No.18/Wk.46/15] Punta Mangles — General information;
marine nature reserves
United States of America – Florida Keys — 165

Directions; lights; Racons
147
Marine nature reserves
Paragraph 5.231 2 line 12 Replace by: 7.2a
1 Archipiélago de Sabana--Camagüey PSSA is an
...(5.220) and Dry Tortugas light (disused) (5.220). IMO--designated zone which covers the coastal sea
Paragraph 5.232 1 line 11 Replace by: areas lying between Punta Barlovento (7.13) and
Punta Mangles (7.44).
Dry Tortugas light (disused) (5.220). Areas to be avoided. To reduce the risk of
pollution and damage to the coral reef ecosystem, all
vessels carrying oil or other hazardous materials, and
148
all vessels greater than 50 m (164 ft) in length, should
avoid the IMO--approved areas marked on the chart.
2 Discharge restrictions. In Ecological Reserves and
Sanctuary Preservation Areas, all discharges and
Spare deposits are prohibited except cooling water and
5.240 engine exhaust.
US Notice 40/11420/15 [NP70/No.19/Wk.46/15] Correspondence [NP70/No.21/Wk.19/17]
2 -- 300
Index
NP70
Cuba -- North--east coast -- Cuba -- North--east coast --
Puerto de Moa — Pilotage Puerto Padre — Pilotage
166
171
1 Pilotage is compulsory; pilots board 2½ miles N of
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 1 mile NNE of
No 1 Light Buoy (7.18) in position 204332N
Puerto Padre Light (7.55).
745237W. Pilotage is also provided for Puerto
Baracoa (7.37) and Puerto de Tánamo (7.38). Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.36/Wk.33/17]
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.31/Wk.33/17]
Cuba -- North coast --
Puerto de Nuevitas — Pilotage
Cuba -- North--east coast --
Bahía de Levisa — Pilotage 172
167
...the harbour entrance in position 213733N 770601W;
2 Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.30 and 7.34. 24 hours notice required.
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.32/Wk.33/17] Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.37/Wk.33/17]
Cuba -- North--east coast -- Cuba -- North coast --

Bahía de Nipe and Felton — Pilotage Puerto Isabela de Sagua — Pilotage
168 178
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards vessels
Pilotage is compulsory; pilots (7.113) board off
approaching from E and bound for Puerto de Antilla,
Matanzas.
Felton, Nicaro and Vita in position 204823N
753223W, 1 mile NW of Bahía de Nipe Light. Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.38/Wk.33/17]
Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.30 and 7.34. Cuba -- North--west coast --
Puerto Matanzas — Pilotage
180
Cuba -- North--east coast -- Antilla, Baracoa and Paragraph 7.113 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Puerto de Tánamo — Pilotage
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
169 Pilot boards in position 230563N 813018W.
Paragraph 7.34 3 line 1 Replace by: Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.39/Wk.33/17]
3 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards vessels
approaching from W and bound for Puerto de Antilla, Cuba -- Puerto Matanzas — Anchorages
Felton, Nicaro and Vita in position 21068N
75577W, 1 mile N of Puerto de Vita Light (7.48). For 181
pilotage for vessels approaching from E see 7.30.
Paragraph 7.116 including heading 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.16. Basins and berths
7.116
Paragraph 7.38 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows:
Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.16. Cascajales (230333N 813279W), depths from
174 to 75 m, shingle, mud and isolated rocks,
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.34/Wk.33/17] with a pronounced slope to the E and S. The
anchorage allows a single vessel with a maximum
length of 250 m, a minimum length of 215 m and a
Cuba -- North--east coast -- maximum draught of 17 m. Alternatively, two
Puerto de Vita — Pilotage
vessels with lengths that do not exceed 400 m
170 overall and with maximum draughts of 12 m may
anchor.
Paragraph 7.47 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: 2 Norte (230303N 813348W), depths about
Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.30 and 7.34. 8 m, mud, good holding ground.
Medio (230291N 813324W), depths about
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.35/Wk.33/17] 13 m.
2 -- 301
Index
NP70
Sur (230274N 813329W), depth 114 m, mud, Paragraph 7.149 1--3 Replace by:
good holding ground. The anchorage allows a
single vessel with a maximum length of 180 m and 7.149
a maximum draught of 823 m. An obstruction with 1 Spare.
a depth of 5 m lies 1 cable ESE of the anchorage.
3 Indio (230271N 813362W), depth 64 m, Cuban Notice 12/145/2016; BA Chart 411
mud, good holding ground. The anchorage [NP70/No.23/Wk.48/16]
allows a single vessel with a maximum length
of 91 m and a maximum draught of 49 m. Cuba north coast – Punta Gobernadora to
Caution. The overall length of vessels at Norte and Sur Cayo Buenavista — Directions; light
anchorages must not exceed 340 m.
187
Cuba -- North--west coast -- Roncadora Light (red framework tower on piles, 8 m
La Habana — Pilotage in height) (223832N 841159W).

2 NNW of Roncadora Light (7.171), standing at the
entrance to Pasa Roncadora, thence:
...and pilots embark 3 miles NW of Castillo del Morro Light
(7.109). Cuban Notice 3/50/17 [NP70/No.24/Wk.13/17]
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.40/Wk.33/17] Cuba -- Bahía de Santa Lucía — Directions; Buoy
Cuba -- North--west coast -- 187

Puerto del Mariel — Pilotage
184 ...water) (224546N 835910W), the entrance channel,
leads S to...
...boards 3 miles N of No 1 Light Buoy (230183N Cuban Notice 11/181/17 [NP70/No.53/Wk.45/17]
824541W).
Cuba -- South--east coast --
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.41/Wk.33/17] Santiago de Cuba — Pilotage
Cuba -- Puerto del Mariel — Directions; AIS 219

184
...Pilots board in position (195600N 755237W), about
After Paragraph 7.148 1 Insert: 2 miles S of the harbour entrance. The pilot station is on
AIS: Cayo Granma (195860N 755245W).
824550W). Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.42/Wk.33/17]
No 7 Light Buoy (port hand) (230131N
824542W). Cuba -- South--east coast --
Entrance channel leading lights, front and rear Bahía de Pilón — Pilotage
(7.148).
There are a number of AIS aids to navigation 222
installed in this area. Only AIS of particular
navigational significance have been listed. For full Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 2 miles SW of
Cuban Chart 11823 [NP70/No.22/Wk.08/17] Cabo Cruz Light (9.53).

Cuba -- North Coast -- Puerto del Mariel —
Directions; leading lights; buoyage; depths
Cuba -- Golfo de Guacanayabo — Pilotage
184
224
Paragraph 7.148 2 line 3 For (230093N 824554W)
Read (230094N 824548W) Paragraph 9.67 1 lines 2--6 Replace by:
...ports in Golfo de Guacanayabo. Pilots board about
Paragraph 7.148 3 lines 1--10 Replace by: 2 miles SW of Cabo Cruz Light (9.53), for the ports of
3 From the pilot boarding positions (7.146) the Manzanillo, Pilón, Niquero and Ceiba Hueca. For the ports
alignment (182) of these lights leads through the of Santa Cruz del Sur and Guayabal pilots board in position
narrow entrance channel, marked by light buoys 202300N 780000W.
(lateral) to a position 2 cables N of Punta Regla
(230093N 824552W). Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.44/Wk.33/17]
2 -- 302
Index
NP70
Cuba -- Golfo de Ana Maria — Pilotage 3 Berth Nos 8 and 9 (175915N 764992W), are
182 m in length; maximum draught 127 m, handling
228 container cargoes.
Kingston North Container Terminal. Consists of
Berths 10 and 11 (175929N 765009W), each with
...Canal Bretón which lies 4 miles W of Cayo Bretón Light a length of 267 m alongside, handling vessels up to a
(9.111). maximum draught of 130 m.
Pilots for Casilda embark off Cayo Blanco de 4 Kingston West Container Terminal. Consists of
Casilda (9.122); see 9.120. two berths (175919N 765021W) with 600 m of
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.45/Wk.33/17] berthing space, handling vessels with a maximum
draught of 126 m.
Kingston South Container Terminal. Located on
Cuba -- Golfo de Ana Maria -- Casilda — Pilotage
Gordon Cay (175883N 765001W), it forms the SW
229 side of Port Bustamante. Five berths ranged over
1300 m can handle vessels up to a maximum draught
Paragraph 9.120 2 line 2 For 7 cables SE Read 1 mile SW of 130 m.
5 Refinery berths:
Cuban Notice 6/99/17 [NP70/No.46/Wk.33/17] Esso Bunkering Platform (175813N
764902W), connected to the shore NE by
submarine pipelines. It berths vessels up to 168 m
Cuba -- Bahía de Cienfuegos --
Cayo Carenas — Rock in length with a maximum draught of 98 m,
handling chemicals and petroleum products.
233 Esso Dry Cargo Pier (175831N 764900W).
Length of 113 m and a reported depth of 50 m
Paragraph 9.151 4 line 4 Replace by: alongside.
...802795W), thence: Petrojam Refinery Platform (175823N
WNW of a rock (220537N 802797W) with a 764916W), connected to the shore N by a
depth of 123 m, thence: submarine pipeline. It berths vessels up to 229 m
in length with a maximum draught of 111 m,
ENC CU411940 [NP70/No.30/Wk.32/17] handling chemicals, crude oil and petroleum
products.
Jamaica – Kingston — Basins and berths; 6 Newport East Quay (175810N 764830W) is
anchorages; alongside berths approached by a one--way system.
Approach is made on a track of 060, passing SE
258 of No 1 Buoy (175812N 764884W).
Paragraph 10.145 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Access to the berths is by a dredged channel
marked by buoys.
1 Vessels with a maximum draught of 103 m and a 7 Departure is made on a SSE track, passing E of
maximum length of 350 m are permitted to use the No 8 Buoy (175785N 764827W).
following anchorages: Wherry Wharf (175798N 764830W) and Rapid
A (175745N 764771W);
Wharf (175809N 764845W), on Newport East
B (175743N 764718W);
C (175739N 764666W); Quay, can each accommodate a vessel of 107 m
D (175715N 764495W); length and 68 m draught.
E (175716N 764443W). 8 Head of the harbour. The principal berths at the E
Port Royal Anchorage (175649N 765035W). end of the harbour are:
Rockfort Jetty (Shell) (175803N 764467W); can
259 handle vessels up to 183 m with a maximum
draught of 91 m.
Paragraph 10.146 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Replace by:
Caribbean Cement Company Coal Pier (175780N
1 Port Royal Jamaica Defence Force Pier 764414W). The berth can handle vessels up to
(175609N 765069W). Maximum depth alongside is 196 m in length with a reported depth alongside of
90 m. up to 103 m.
Port Bustamante (175896N 764991W). 9 Caribbean Cement Company Pier (175775N
Consists of the Newport West Quay, served by the 764396W). The berth can handle vessels up
Kingston Wharves and the Kingston North, South and
to 152 m with a reported depth alongside of
West Container Terminals which is operated by
Kingston Container Terminal (KCT) Services Limited. up to 84 m.
Maximum LOA for vessels using the port is 370 m. Texaco Eastern Pier (175763N 764383W). It
2 Kingston Wharves Limited operate nine berths: handles vessels up to 185 m in length with a
Berth No 1 (175871N 764930W); maximum maximum draught of 81 m.
LOA 152 m; maximum draught 89 m. Jamaica Gypsum Pier (175682N 764345W) can
Berth Nos 2 to 7 (175888N 764958W) are all handle vessels up to 172 m in length with a
183 m in length, handling container, RoRo and break maximum draught of 95 m.
bulk cargoes; maximum draughts:
Berth Nos 2 and 7 -- 97 m;
Berth Nos 4 and 5 -- 96 m;
Berth No 6 -- 95 m. Jamaican Notice 9/16 [NP70/No.25/Wk.46/16]
2 -- 303
Index
NP70
Jamaica – Portland Bight and approaches — USA -- Appendix XI, Part 1 — §226.203 Critical
Directions habitat for Northern Right Whales
328
262
Paragraph §226.203 lines 1--14 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.154 1 -- 3 Replace by:
Critical habitat is designated for North Atlantic right whales
1 From a position SW of Cow Bay Point (175250N as described in this section. The textual descriptions in
763650W) (10.115) the track leads initially WSW for paragraph (b) of this section are the definitive source for
about 19 miles, passing: determining the critical habitat boundaries. The maps of
NNW of California Bank (174600N 764600W) the critical habitat units provided in paragraph (c) of this
(10.126), thence:
section are for illustrative purposes only
SSE of Hotch Kyn Patches.
Thence the line of bearing (297) of Pigeon Island (a) Physical and biological features essential to the
Front Leading Light (10.155), leads through East conservation of endangered North Atlantic right whales.
Channel, passing: (1) Unit 1. The physical and biological features
2 NNE of Bare Bush Cay (174535N essential to the conservation of the North Atlantic
770190W), grass and low scrub, and: right whale, which provide foraging area functions in
SSW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (174656N Unit 1 are: The physical oceanographic conditions
770138W) marking an 88 m patch. and structures of the Gulf of Maine and Georges
Salt River Leading Lights: Bank region that combine to distribute and
Front light (red daymark, white vertical stripe) aggregate C. finmarchicus for right whale foraging,
(175010N 770973W). namely prevailing currents and circulation patterns,
3 Rear light (similar construction) (3½ cables from bathymetric features (basins, banks, and channels),
front light). oceanic fronts, density gradients, and temperature
The alignment (2991) of these lights leads WNW, regimes; low flow velocities in Jordan, Wilkinson,
passing SSW of Pigeon Island (10.152) to the vicinity and Georges Basins that allow diapausing
of 174850N 770680W, WNW of Pigeon Island. C. finmarchicus to aggregate passively below the
Paragraph 10.155 3 Replace by: convective layer so that the copepods are retained
in the basins; late stage C. finmarchicus in dense
3 Thence the line of bearing (319) of the NE aggregations in the Gulf of Maine and Georges
extremity of Salt Island (174999N 770818W) leads Bank region; and diapausing C. finmarchicus in
NW to the vicinity of 174850N 770680W, WNW of aggregations in the Gulf of Maine and Georges
Pigeon Island (10.152), passing SW of Morris Shoal Bank region.
and NE of the N end of Portland Reefs.
(1) Unit 2. The physical features essential to the
Paragraph 10.156 including heading Replace by: conservation of the North Atlantic right whale, which
provide calving area functions in Unit 2, are:
Spare (i) Sea surface conditions associated with Force 4
10.156 or less on the Beaufort Scale,
(ii) Sea surface temperatures of 7C to 17C, and
Jamaican Notice 14/16 [NP70/No.26/Wk.04/17] (iii) Water depths of 6 to 28 meters, where these
features simultaneously co--occur over contiguous
Jamaica – Rocky Point — areas of at least 231 nmi2 of ocean waters during
Directions for entering harbour the months of November through April. When
these features are available, they are selected by
263 right whale cows and calves in dynamic
combinations that are suitable for calving, nursing,
After Paragraph 10.162 Insert: and rearing, and which vary, within the ranges
specified, depending on factors such as weather
Directions for entering harbour and age of the calves.
10.162a (b) Critical habitat boundaries. Critical habitat includes two
1 Salt River Leading Lights: areas (Units) located in the Gulf of Maine and Georges
Front light (175010N 770973W) (10.154). Bank Region (Unit 1) and off the coast of North Carolina,
Rear light (3½ cables from front light) (10.154). South Carolina, Georgia and Florida (Unit 2).
From the vicinity of 174850N 770680W the (1) Unit 1. The specific area on which are found the
alignment (2991) of these lights leads WNW to the physical and biological features essential to the
berth. conservation of the North Atlantic right whale
include all waters, seaward of the boundary
Jamaican Notice 14/16 [NP70/No.27/Wk.04/17] delineated by the line connecting the geographic
coordinates and landmarks identified herein:
Cayman Islands -- Grand Cayman — Wreck (i) The southern tip of Nauset Beach (Cape Cod)
(413839N 695732W).
270 (ii) From this point, southwesterly to 413719N
695911W.
After Paragraph 10.226 2 line 14 Insert: (iii) From this point, southward along the eastern
A dangerous wreck (191271N 812409W) lies shore of South Monomoy Island to 413276N
1¼ miles SE of North West Point. 695973W.
(iv) From this point, southeasterly to 4050N
Correspondence 08/17 [NP70/No.51/Wk.40/17] 6912W.
2 -- 304
Index
NP70
(v) From this point, east to 4050N 6850W. (1) Unit 2. Unit 2 includes marine waters from Cape
(vi) From this point, northeasterly to 4200N Fear, North Carolina, southward to 28N latitude
6755W. (approximately 31 miles south of Cape Canaveral,
Florida) within the area bounded on the west by the
(vii) From this point, east to 420N 6730W. shoreline and the 72 COLREGS lines, and on the
(viii) From this point, northeast to the intersection east by rhumb lines connecting the following points
of the U.S.-Canada maritime boundary and in the order stated from north to south.
4210N. 3351N at shoreline
(ix) From this point, following the U.S.-Canada 3342N 7743W
3337N 7747W
maritime boundary north to the intersection of 3328N 7833W
4449727N 6657952W; From this point, moving 3259N 7850W
southwest along the coast of Maine, the specific 3217N 7953W
area is located seaward of the line connecting the 3131N 8033W
following points 3043N 8049W
4449727N 6657952W. 3030N 8101W
444967N 665777W 2945N 8101W
444864N 665643W 2915N 8055W
444736N 665925W 2908N 8051W
444551N 67287W 2850N 8039W
2838N 8030W
44377N 67975W
2828N 8026W
442777N 673286W 2824N 8027W
442574N 673839W 2821N 8031W
442166N 675178W 2816N 8031W
441908N 68205W 2811N 8033W
441355N 681071W 2800N 8029W
44836N 681475W 2800N At shoreline
435936N 683795W US CFR 226.203 27/01/16 [NP70/No.28/Wk.20/16]
435983N 685006W
435672N 69489W USA -- Appendix XI, Part 2 — Seasonal
435028N 691886W occurance of North Atlantic right whales.
434896N 693115W 328
434364N 693758W
Paragraph 3 lines 11--20 Replace by:
434144N 694527W
434604N 70398W Bay Traffic Separation Scheme. Two areas in US waters
433194N 70868W have been designated as critical habitats for North Atlantic
right whales. Unit 1 is the Northeastern US foraging area,
432763N 701748W whereby the physical oceanographic conditions and
432023N 702364W structures of the Gulf of Maine and the Georges Bank
43406N 703670W region distribute zooplankton favourably for right whale
43293N 704147W foraging. Unit 2 covers an area of up to 32 miles offshore
(x) From this point (43293N 704147W) on the from Cape Fear to a latitude of 280000N on the E coast of
coast of New Hampshire south of Portsmouth, the Florida. Unit 2 is a calving area for the right whale. (See
boundary of the specific area follows the coastline CFR Title 50, Part 226.203 (above) for habitat limits).
southward along the coasts of New Hampshire and US CFR 226.203 27/01/16 [NP70/No.29/Wk.20/16]
Massachusetts along Cape Cod to Provincetown
southward along the eastern edge of Cape Cod to NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
the southern tip of Nauset Beach (Cape Cod).
(xi) In addition, the specific area does not include Virgin Islands -- The Narrows —
waters landward of the 72 COLREGS lines Directions; depths
(33 CFR part 80) described below. 90
(A) Portland Head, ME to Cape Ann, MA. Paragraph 3.142 2 lines 6--12 Replace by:
(1) A line drawn from the northernmost
extremity of Farm Point to Annisquam Harbor SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 77 m
(182248N 644150W), reported (2016),
Light.
thence:
(B) Cape Ann, MA to Marblehead Neck, MA. NNE of Gowed Point (182113N 644085W)
(1) A line drawn from Gloucester Harbor the bluff end of a spur from a hill which
Breakwater Light to the twin towers charted at projects prominently between Mennebeck Bay
latitude 42351N longitude 70416W. (182130N 644100W) and Haulover Bay
(2) A line drawn from the westernmost (182100N 644065W), thence:
extremity of Gales Point to the easternmost SSW of an isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 94 m
extremity of House Island; thence to Bakers (182275N 643958W), thence:
Island Light; thence to Marblehead Light. SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of
(C) Hull, MA to Race Point, MA. 55m (182205N 643940W), reported
(1) A line drawn from Canal Breakwater Light 4 (2016), thence:
south to the shoreline. BA Chart 2005 [NP71/No.6/Wk.40/17]
2 -- 305
Index
NP71
Virgin Islands -- Tortola -- Road Harbour — Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Restricted area
Alongside berths
261
96
Restricted area
2 Road Town Jetty (182513N 643708W) has 7.67
two jetties, offering a total of 190 m of 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area inshore of a line
berthing space with a depth alongside of
joining Pointe Philippeaux (142790N 605568W),
365 m, providing berths for ferries and small
cruise vessels. The passenger terminal lies MA2...
between the jetties.
3 Cruise Ship Jetty (182530N 643674W) Martinique – Culde--de--Sac du Marin —
extends 400 m SE from the E corner of Directions for entering harbour; channels
Wickhams Cay 1 (182528N 643689W), 262
with a width of 180 m, and a lighted dolphin
at the seaward end. Depths alongside range Paragraph 7.75 1 lines 7--9 Delete
from 10 m at the landward end to 15 m to
seaward, and vessels up to 130 000 gt and Paragraph 7.75 2 Replace by:
340 m in length have used the jetty.
2 The track, in depths decreasing to less than 5 m,
Oceanside Solutions [NP71/No.1/Wk.18/17] then divides into three directions:
Continuing NE in a channel marked by light buoys
Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- Hams Bluff — (lateral) for the marina facilities, or;
Directions; light NNE for the anchorage and dock at Le Marin, W of
Banc de la Douane (142807N 605222W),
111 which dries in places, or:
N in a buoyed channel with dredged depth of 4 m,
Paragraph 3.293 including heading Replace by: passing W of a wreck (142810N 605246W), to
an L--shaped pier for small craft.
Spare
3.293 French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71/No.2/Wk.23/17]
US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71/No.8/Wk.44/17] Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Anchorage
Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- 262

Hams Bluff — Light Paragraph 7.78 1, 2 and 3 including headings Replace by:
115
Spare
Paragraph 3.333 1 lines 8--10 Delete 7.78

NNW of Hams Bluff Light (white round tower) The Grenadines – Carriacou and Grenada –
(174615N 645225W), exhibited from Hams Northern channel — Directions; rock
Bluff (3.333).
299
US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71/No.9/Wk.44/17]
Guadeloupe -- Pointe--à--Pitre — S of an isolated rock with a depth of 52 m
Alongside berths (122342N 612940W), 1½ cables SE of the
30 m contour line which fringes the chain of
244 Bonaparte Rocks, thence:
Paragraph 6.140 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: Fugro LiDAR Survey [NP71/No.3/Wk.18/17]
...No 4) have a combined length of 283 m, minimum depth
alongside 37 m. Barbados -- Bridgetown — Obstruction; depth
Paragraph 6.140 2 lines 4--8 Replace by: 327 -- 328
...No 8) have a combined length of 306 m; least depth Paragraph 9.82 1 lines 2--8 Replace by:
alongside 14 m. A RoRo Terminal, positioned between
No 6 and No 7 berths, has a depth alongside of 55 m. ...side of reclaimed land, is a dolphin berth
equipped to handle bulk grain and flour. Length of
Paragraph 6.140 3 line 7 For 10 m Read 70 m berth is 152 m and can accommodate a vessel with a
maximum length of 183 m and up to 30 000 tonnes
ENC FR571000 [NP71--No 10--Wk 52/17] displacement. The reported depth alongside is 115 m.
2 -- 306
Index
NP71
Caution. A shoal exists on the W end of the berth Motovskiy Zaliv – Guba Titovka — Beacon
with a least depth of 43 m. An obstruction
(130660N 593771W), with a depth of 108 m, lies 91
alongside the centre of the berth. Paragraph 2.203 4 lines 1--3 Delete
UKHO; BA Chart 502 [NP71/No.7/Wk.44/17]
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Motovskiy Zaliv – Guba Titovka — Useful mark
Pilot (2014 Edition)
91
Kol’skiy Zaliv – Murmansk — Pilotage Paragraph 2.203 6 lines 3--5 Delete
78 Russian Notice 36/5012/15 [NP72/No.7/Wk.39/15]

Barents Sea -- Beloye More Northern Part —
...48 hours in advance, with confirmation not later than Konushinskiy light
4 hours prior to...
108
Northern Sea Route Information Office
[NP72/No.1/Wk.41/14] Paragraph 4.12 2 line 5--7 Replace by:
...in places.
Murmanskiy Bereg – Guba Belokamennaya —
Directions; cargo transhipment area 112
After Paragraph 2.147 2 line 5 Insert: 2 Morzhovskiy Lighthouse (664344N 422834E)
(4.80).
Cargo Transhipment Area. A cargo transhipment
area (690483N 331447E) is located 5 cables ESE 115
of Mys Tukhmachkin.
BA Notice 39/4887/16 [NP72/No.2/Wk.42/16]
2 Gorodetskiy Light — as above.
Murmanskiy Bereg – Port Murmansk — Paragraph 4.69 3 line 4 Delete

Arrival information; prohibited anchorage
86
After Paragraph 2.160 1 Insert: Barents Sea -- Beloye More -- Gorlo --
Ostrov Danilov — Directions; wreck
2 Regulated Area No 25 (see Appendix I), the limits
of which are shown on the chart and in which 122
anchoring is prohibited, is situated N and W of Mys
Pinagoriy (2.124).
NW of a wreck (20 miles NE) (664364N
Russian Notice 8/912/15 [NP72/No.3/Wk.10/15] 411518E) with a safe clearance of 20 m,
thence:
Port Murmansk -- Tri Ruch’ya -- Mys Lagernyy —
Leading lights Russian Notice 47/6070/2017
[NP72--No 21--Wk 50/17]
87
Paragraph 2.171 2 lines 1--7 and 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: Arkhangel’sk to Mys Gorbolukskiy —
Anchorages and harbours; useful mark
2 The alignment (1958) of these lights lead SSW
through the fishing port, passing (with positions 140
relative to Mys Lagernyy (685631N 330049E)): Paragraph 5.83 4 lines 5--7 Delete
Russian notice 51/7180/15 [NP72/No.4/Wk.03/16]
Motovskiy Zaliv – Guba Kislukha — Useful mark
Beloye More – Arkhangel’sk to
91 Mys Gorbolukskiy – Unskaya Guba —
Unskiy Severnyy Leading lights
140
Russian Notice 36/5012/15 [NP72/No.5/Wk.39/15] Paragraph 5.84 5 line 3 For 5 Read four
2 -- 307
Index
NP72
Paragraph 5.84 5 line 5 Replace by: Beloye More – Approaches to Port Onega —
Directions; buoyage
...Lights. Unskiy...
151
Proliv Vostochnaya Solovetskaya Salma — ...ripples form in calm weather, thence:
Directions; light
143
Paragraph 5.106 3 lines 3--5 Delete Beloye More, Inner Basin – Onezhskiy Zaliv –
Approaches to Port Onega —
Russian Notice 47/6296/16 [NP72/No.11/Wk.49/16] Directions; useful mark
151
Proliv Zapadnaya Solovetskaya Salma — Paragraph 5.145 7 Delete
Ports and anchorages; light; beacons
148 Russian Notice 13/1722/15 [NP72/No.17/Wk.16/15]
Kandalakshskiy Zaliv – Guba Pon’goma —
...Ostrov Osinka (643113N 351400E), a rocky, Directions; leading lights; beacon
peat--covered island.
160
Russian Notice 47/6297 & 6298/16
[NP72/No.12/Wk.49/16] Paragraph 5.213 4 line 3 Replace by:
...(652112N 342543E).
Proliv Zapadnaya Solovetskaya Salma –
Port Belomorsk — Leading lights Paragraph 5.213 5 lines 5--6 Replace by:
148 ...Luda.
Paragraph 5.129 2 and 3 including existing Section IV BA Chart 2274; Russian Notice 47/6297 & 6299/16
Notice Week 49/16 3 lines 4--6 Delete [NP72/No.18/Wk.49/16]
Paragraph 5.129 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Kandalakshskiy Zaliv – Guba Kovda —
4 From the outer anchorage, the track leads initially Directions; leading lights
W, then through a channel marked by buoys (lateral) 163
on a heading of 2355.
Reka Shizhnya (643068N 344851E), which has Paragraph 5.229 1--4 Replace by:
a dam across its mouth, ...
1 Description. Guba Kovda is entered between Mys
Paragraph 5.129 5 line 1 Replace by: Tolstik (664355N 325690E) and a point 5 miles
5 Berths. There are eleven berths within the SE. The inlet is encumbered with islands, rocks and
harbour... shoals and most of the inner part is occupied by
Ostrov Oleniy (664350N 325000E).
Russian Notice 12/1309/17 [NP72/No.13/Wk.16/17] 2 On the N side of Ostrov Oleniy stands the village
of Lesozavodskiy where there is a timber mill and a
Beloye More, Inner Basin – Onezhskiy Zaliv – wharf 110 m in length, depth alongside 55 m.
Approaches to Port Onega — 3 Guba Kovda is not designated as a port open to
Topography; beacon foreign vessels.
4 Entry into Guba Kovda is between Ostrov
149 Priglubnyy Baklysh, from where a light (5.226) is
exhibited, and Ostrov Mikkov (664224N 325987E),
1 mile SSE, through Bol’shoy Vneshniy Kovdinskiy
...wooded easily distinguished cliffy point. Reyd, the outer roadstead between the N shore of the
gulf and a chain of islands extending from Ostrov
Russian Notice 13/1722/15 [NP72/No.14/Wk.16/15] Mikkov to Ostrov Ovechiy, 2½ miles W.
Approaches to Port Onega — Russian Notice 47/6300/16 [NP72/No.19/Wk.49/16]

Directions; beacon; light
Pechorskaya Guba to Proliv Yugorskiy Shar –
150
Oil and gas offshore fields – Prirazlomnaya
Paragraph 5.142 1 lines 4--7 Delete platform — Safety zone
183
Paragraph 6.96 2 line 3 For 3 miles Read 570 m
Russian Notice 47/6296 & 6297/16
[NP72/No.15/Wk.49/16] Russian Notice 43/6029/14 [NP72/No.20/Wk.46/14]
2 -- 308
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
100 The Mariner’s Handbook 11th (2016) 50/16
136 Ocean Passages for the World 6th (2014) 36/15
350(1) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12
350(2) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08
350(3) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables – Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09
735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System. 7th (2012) 50/12
5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on ADMIRALTY Paper Charts 6th (2016) 11/16
5012 ADMIRALTY Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 2nd (2015) 34/15
133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 4th (2013) 49/13
133C ENC Maintenance Record 2nd (2017) 48/17
231 ADMIRALTY Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 2nd (2016) 11/16
232 ADMIRALTY Guide to ECDIS Implementation, Policy and Procedures 2nd (2016) 33/16
294 How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date 10th (2017) 22/17
Volume 1A ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom – English Channel
201A to River Humber (including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European 2018 24/17
Channel Ports)
Volume 1B ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland
201B (excluding Isles of Scilly, English Channel to River Humber, 2018 22/17
Channel Islands and European Channel Ports)
Volume 2 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Atlantic Ocean and
202 2018 25/17
Arctic Regions
Volume 3 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Indian Ocean
203 2018 29/17
(including Tidal Stream Tables)
Volume 4 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South Pacific Ocean
204 2018 33/17
Volume 5 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South China Sea and Indonesia
205 2018 37/17
Volume 6 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Pacific Ocean
206 2018 41/17
207 Volume 7 ADMIRALTY South West Atlantic Ocean and South America 2018 45/17
Volume 8 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South East Atlantic Ocean,
208 2018 48/17
West Africa and Mediterranean (including Tidal Stream Tables)
164 Dover, Times of High Water and Mean Ranges (published annually) 2018 51/17
209 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands, 1986 4th
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and West Coast of
218 5th
Scotland, 1995
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and Approaches,
219 2nd
1991
220 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and Approaches, 1991 2nd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and Approaches,
221 2nd
1991
222 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches, 1992 1st
3 -- 1
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
233 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait, 1995 3rd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary, 1985
249 2nd
(with Co--Tidal Charts)
250 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel, 1992 4th
251 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Part, 2005 4th
252 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, North Western Part, 2005 4th
253 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part, 2004 2nd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to
254 1st
Teignmouth, 2003
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow, including the
255 1st
Isles of Scilly, 2004
256 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea and Bristol Channel, 1992 4th
257 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland, 1973 3rd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel, Lundy to Avonmouth,
258 1st
2006
259 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea Eastern Part, 2006 1st
263 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay, 2003 1st
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and the
264 5th
Adjacent Coasts of France, 1993
265 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast, 2005 2nd
337 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent Waters, 1993 4th
214 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Persian Gulf, 1999 2nd
215 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas South--East Asia, 1979 1st
303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars Epoch 2020.0 13/17
303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0 -- 40 Dec 0 -- 29 2010
303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39 -- 89, Dec 0 -- 29 2010
314 The Nautical Almanac 2018 14/17
321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2018 22/17
323 Star Finder and Identifier
GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2017 23/16
GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2017 23/16
DP330 NavPac and Compact Data 2016--2020 14/15
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.
3 -- 2
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 29 DECEMBER 2017 (Week 52/17)
NP Publication Page
136 . . . . . . . . Ocean Passages for the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 2
4 -- 1
NP136
NP136 Ocean Passages for the World (6th Edition 2014)
Page 75, Diagram 3.41.
Lettered Position L
Change W to E

Lettered Position L
Change W to E

Lettered Position L
Change W to E

Lettered Position L
Change W to E
UKHO [36/15]
118
Malacca Strait
Chart reference above heading General notes
Chart 5525
UKHO [46/16]
4 -- 2
ANNEX A (NP58B) (See Page 2 - 196)
CHAPTER 3
3 4
Ha rs t a d
6
Larsneset
7
Kingsbaypynten
>
=
<
Klubben
;
:
9
Purkesletta
Bårdnakken
8 N
Gansåsbotn
Key
Rødskjer
The circled numbers relate to the same
symbols inserted in the adjacent text
Harstad (3.103, 3.104 and 3.105)
83
4 -- 3

Annual Notice

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual Notice

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2017 (Week 52/17)

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners

NP No Title Edition Published /

UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 29th December 2017 (Week 52/17)

Africa Pilot Volume 1 — Date 263

1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage outside the bar may 263

Paragraph 6.46 1 line 2 For 52981S 121003E Read 158

Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3--4 For 52956S 121003E Read Spare

Mozambique – Baia de Maputo —

196 Paragraph 5.16 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

159 BA Chart 646 [NP3/No.3a/Wk.17/17]

Mozambique -- Maputo — Vertical clearances

161 Paragraph 5.49 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:

Paragraph 5.44 1 line 1 Replace by: Spare

Paragraph 5.46 1 line 4 Replace by: Spare

Mombasa Harbour Master [NP3/No.8/Wk.12/17] Brazil -- Porto de Santana — Berths; anchorage

Brazil Notice 21/120(P)/17 [NP5--No 21--Wk 50/17]

NP4 South--East Alaska Pilot (2015 Edition)

Kake -- Security Bay — Patch 93

Paragraph 3.239 3 line 9 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by:

236 Brazil -- Porto Do Rio Grande — Berths

Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: 276

2 Muelle C (345387S 561198W) is 370 m in 3 NE of Puerto Bunge Ramallo (10.170).

Spare Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —

Paragraph 10.24 1 line 4 Replace by: BA Chart 1327 [NP5/No.7/Wk.41/17]

Other aids to navigation 243

Track SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence:

Chilean Chart 12750 [NP6/No.3b/Wk.25/12]

Existing Section IV Notice Week 25/12 Paragraph 5.374 1

AIS: After Paragraph 7.74 1 line 6 Insert:

Chilean Notice 3/43/14 [NP6/No.4/Wk.14/14] Chilean Notice 3/42/14 [NP6/No.6/Wk.14/14]

Colombia -- Isla Malpelo — PSSA Chile -- Puerto Valparaíso — Light

50000N 802217W Chilean Notice 9/67/17 [NP7/No.23/Wk.41/17]

Chilean Notice 9/67/17 [NP7/No.24/Wk.41/17]

Peru Notice 11/101--104/2016 [NP7/No.3/Wk.52/16] 307--308

290 Peruvian Notice April/014/2017 [NP7/No.6/Wk.23/17]

Paragraph 9.126 1 line 1 For 5 miles Read 3½ miles

Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Punta Aguja –

6 115998S Fishing A stranded Peru -- Pimentel -- Roca San José —

Peru – Eten — Directions; light Peru Notice 9/79/16 [NP7/No.10/Wk.44/16]

325 Peru -- Paita — Berths

After Paragraph 10.182 1 line 8 Insert: 330

Paragraph 10.182 1 lines 9--11 Delete Peru -- Paita -- Punta Paita —

329 Ecuador – Puerto Bolívar —

355 Alongside berths

Colombia – Bahía de Málaga —

C 35163N 770620W Least charted 370

2 Quarantine anchorage ‘J’ centred on position Colombian Notice 218/16 [NP7/No.16/Wk.47/16]

French Guiana -- Îles du Salut — H102 [NP7A/No.23/Wk.31/17]

81 Caution. The width of Grier Channel is reduced

1 From a position about 3 miles NNE of Saint Giles’ UKHO [NP7A/No.8/Wk.10/17]

Trinidad & Tobago Nav Warning 14/17 166

Venezuela – Cabo Malapascua to 177